diff options
Diffstat (limited to '36452-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/36452-h.htm | 21531 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img138.jpg | bin | 0 -> 63276 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img139a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47491 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img139b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41656 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img142.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54375 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img148.jpg | bin | 0 -> 1473 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img206a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21473 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img206b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28218 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img206c.jpg | bin | 0 -> 1905 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img206d.jpg | bin | 0 -> 3712 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img206e.jpg | bin | 0 -> 3526 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img206f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10641 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img206g.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25860 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img207a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21898 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img207b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11113 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img207c.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19398 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img207d.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20562 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img207e.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26417 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img207f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21749 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img207g.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17819 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img208a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10818 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img208b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6588 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img208c.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7312 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img208d.jpg | bin | 0 -> 52136 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img208e.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54001 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img224.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36771 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img227.jpg | bin | 0 -> 15434 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36452-h/images/img258.jpg | bin | 0 -> 125633 bytes |
28 files changed, 21531 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/36452-h/36452-h.htm b/36452-h/36452-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c4ac76 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/36452-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,21531 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= + "text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" /> + + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Encyclopædia Britannica, Volume X Slice II - Fairbanks, Erastus to Fens. + </title> + + <style type="text/css"> + + body { margin-left: 12%; margin-right: 12%; text-align: justify; } + p { margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; text-indent: 1em; line-height: 1.4em;} + p.c { margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; text-indent: 1em; padding-left: 1em; line-height: 1.4em;} + p.noind { margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; text-indent: 0; } + + h2,h3 { text-align: center; } + hr { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center; width: 70%; height: 5px; background-color: #dcdcdc; border:none; } + hr.art { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; width: 40%; height: 5px; background-color: #778899; + margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 6em } + hr.foot {margin-left: 2em; width: 16%; background-color: black; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 0; height: 1px; } + hr.full {width: 100%} + + table.ws {white-space: nowrap; border-collapse: collapse; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; + margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + table.reg { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; clear: both;} + table.reg td { white-space: normal;} + table.nobctr { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse; } + table.flt { border-collapse: collapse; } + table.pic { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } + table.math0 { vertical-align: middle; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse;} + table.math0 td {text-align: center;} + table.math0 td.np {text-align: center; padding-left: 0; padding-right: 0;} + + table.reg p {text-indent: 1em; margin-left: 1.5em; text-align: justify;} + table.reg td.tc5p { padding-left: 2em; text-indent: 0em; white-space: normal;} + table.nobctr td, table.flt td { white-space: normal; } + table.nobctr td.tcln { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;} + table.pic td { white-space: normal; text-indent: 1em; padding-left: 2em; padding-right: 1em;} + table.nobctr p, table.flt p {text-indent: -1.5em; margin-left: 1.5em;} + table.pic td p {text-indent: -1.5em; margin-left: 1.5em;} + + td { white-space: nowrap; padding-right: 0.3em; padding-left: 0.3em;} + td.norm { white-space: normal; } + td.denom { border-top: 1px solid black; text-align: center; padding-right: 0.3em; padding-left: 0.3em;} + + td.tcc { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: center; vertical-align: top;} + td.tccm { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;} + td.tccb { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: center; vertical-align: bottom;} + td.tcr { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: top;} + td.tcrb { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;} + td.tcrm { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: middle;} + td.tcl { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;} + td.tclb { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: left; vertical-align: bottom;} + td.tclm { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: left; vertical-align: middle;} + td.vb { vertical-align: bottom; } + + .caption { font-size: 0.9em; text-align: center; padding-bottom: 1em; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em;} + .caption1 { font-size: 0.9em; text-align: left; padding-bottom: 1em; padding-left: 3em; padding-right: 2em;} + + td.lb {border-left: black 1px solid;} + td.ltb {border-left: black 1px solid; border-top: black 1px solid;} + td.rb {border-right: black 1px solid;} + td.rb2 {border-right: black 2px solid;} + td.tb, span.tb {border-top: black 1px solid;} + td.bb {border-bottom: black 1px solid;} + td.bb1 {border-bottom: #808080 3px solid; padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em;} + td.rlb {border-right: black 1px solid; border-left : black 1px solid;} + td.allb {border: black 1px solid;} + td.cl {background-color: #e8e8e8} + + table p { margin: 0;} + + a:link, a:visited, link {text-decoration:none} + + .author {text-align: right; margin-top: -1em; margin-right: 1em; font-variant: small-caps;} + .center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} + .center1 {text-align: center; text-indent: 0; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} + .grk {font-style: normal; font-family:"Palatino Linotype","New Athena Unicode",Gentium,"Lucida Grande", Galilee, "Arial Unicode MS", sans-serif;} + + .f80 {font-size: 80%} + .f90 {font-size: 90%} + .f150 {font-size: 150%} + .f200 {font-size: 200%} + + .sp {position: relative; bottom: 0.5em; font-size: 0.75em;} + .sp1 {position: relative; bottom: 0.6em; font-size: 0.75em;} + .su {position: relative; top: 0.3em; font-size: 0.75em;} + .su1 {position: relative; top: 0.5em; font-size: 0.75em; margin-left: -1.2ex;} + .spp {position: relative; bottom: 0.5em; font-size: 0.6em;} + .suu {position: relative; top: 0.2em; font-size: 0.6em;} + .sc {font-variant: small-caps;} + .scs {text-transform: lowercase; font-variant: small-caps;} + .ov {text-decoration: overline} + .cl {background-color: #f5f5f5;} + .bk {padding-left: 0; font-size: 80%;} + .bk1 {margin-left: -1em;} + + .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 5%; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt; + background-color: #f5f5f5; color: #778899; text-indent: 0; + padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em; font-style: normal; } + span.sidenote {width: 8em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1.7em; margin-right: 2em; + font-size: 85%; float: left; clear: left; font-weight: bold; + font-style: italic; text-align: left; text-indent: 0; + background-color: #f5f5f5; color: black; } + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; font-size: 0.9em; } + .fn { position: absolute; left: 12%; text-align: left; background-color: #f5f5f5; + text-indent: 0; padding-left: 0.2em; padding-right: 0.2em; } + span.correction {border-bottom: 1px dashed red;} + + div.poemr { margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em;} + div.poemr p { margin-left: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em; margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: 0em; } + div.poemr p.s { margin-top: 1.5em; } + div.poemr p.i05 { margin-left: 0.4em; } + div.poemr p.i1 { margin-left: 1em; } + div.poemr p.i2 { margin-left: 2em; } + + .figright1 { padding-right: 1em; padding-left: 2em; padding-top: 1.5em; text-align: center; } + .figleft1 { padding-right: 2em; padding-left: 1em; padding-top: 1.5em; text-align: center; } + .figcenter {text-align: center; margin: auto; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; padding-top: 1.5em;} + .figcenter1 {text-align: center; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 2em;} + .figure {text-align: center; padding-left: 1.5em; padding-right: 1.5em; padding-top: 1.5em; padding-bottom: 0;} + .bold {font-weight: bold; } + + div.minind {text-align: justify;} + div.condensed, div.condensed1 { line-height: 1.3em; margin-left: 3%; margin-right: 3%; font-size: 95%; } + div.condensed1 p {margin-left: 0; padding-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em;} + div.condensed span.sidenote {font-size: 90%} + + div.list {margin-left: 0;} + div.list p {padding-left: 4em; text-indent: -2em;} + div.list1 {margin-left: 0;} + div.list1 p {padding-left: 5em; text-indent: -3em;} + + .pt05 {padding-top: 0.5em;} + .pt1 {padding-top: 1em;} + .pt2 {padding-top: 2em;} + .ptb1 {padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em;} + td.prl {padding-left: 10%; padding-right: 7em; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, +Volume 10, Slice 2, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, Volume 10, Slice 2 + "Fairbanks, Erastus" to "Fens" + +Author: Various + +Release Date: June 17, 2011 [EBook #36452] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA *** + + + + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + + +<table border="0" cellpadding="10" style="background-color: #dcdcdc; color: #696969; " summary="Transcriber's note"> +<tr> +<td style="width:25%; vertical-align:top"> +Transcriber’s note: +</td> +<td class="norm"> +A few typographical errors have been corrected. They +appear in the text <span class="correction" title="explanation will pop up">like this</span>, and the +explanation will appear when the mouse pointer is moved over the marked +passage. Sections in Greek will yield a transliteration +when the pointer is moved over them, and words using diacritic characters in the +Latin Extended Additional block, which may not display in some fonts or browsers, will +display an unaccented version. <br /><br /> +<a name="artlinks">Links to other EB articles:</a> Links to articles residing in other EB volumes will +be made available when the respective volumes are introduced online. +</td> +</tr> +</table> +<div style="padding-top: 3em; "> </div> + +<h2>THE ENCYCLOPÆDIA BRITANNICA</h2> + +<h2>A DICTIONARY OF ARTS, SCIENCES, LITERATURE AND GENERAL INFORMATION</h2> + +<h3>ELEVENTH EDITION</h3> +<div style="padding-top: 3em; "> </div> + +<hr class="full" /> +<h3>VOLUME X SLICE II<br /><br /> +Fairbanks, Erastus to Fens</h3> +<hr class="full" /> +<div style="padding-top: 3em; "> </div> + +<p class="center1" style="font-size: 150%; font-family: 'verdana';">Articles in This Slice</p> +<table class="reg" style="width: 90%; font-size: 90%; border: gray 2px solid;" cellspacing="8" summary="Contents"> + +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar1">FAIRBANKS, ERASTUS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar125">FASCIA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar2">FAIRFAX, EDWARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar126">FASCINATION</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar3">FAIRFAX OF CAMERON, FERDINANDO FAIRFAX</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar127">FASCINE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar4">FAIRFAX OF CAMERON, THOMAS FAIRFAX</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar128">FASHION</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar5">FAIRFIELD</a> (Connecticut, U.S.A.)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar129">FASHODA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar6">FAIRFIELD</a> (Iowa, U.S.A.)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar130">FAST AND LOOSE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar7">FAIRHAVEN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar131">FASTI</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar8">FAIRHOLT, FREDERICK WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar132">FASTING</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar9">FAIRMONT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar133">FASTOLF, SIR JOHN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar10">FAIR OAKS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar134">FAT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar11">FAIRŪZĀBĀDĪ</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar135">FATALISM</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar12">FAIRY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar136">FATE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar13">FAIRY RING</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar137">FATEHPUR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar14">FAITHFULL, EMILY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar138">FATEHPUR SIKRI</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar15">FAITH HEALING</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar139">FATHER</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar16">FAITHORNE, WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar140">FATHERS OF THE CHURCH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar17">FAIZABAD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar141">FATHOM</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar18">FAJARDO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar142">FATIMITES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar19">FAKHR UD-DĪN RĀZI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar143">FAUBOURG</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar20">FAKIR</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar144">FAUCES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar21">FALAISE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar145">FAUCHER, LÉONARD JOSEPH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar22">FALASHAS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar146">FAUCHET, CLAUDE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar23">FALCÃO, CHRISTOVÃO DE SOUSA</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar147">FAUCHET, CLAUDE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar24">FALCK, ANTON REINHARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar148">FAUCIT, HELENA SAVILLE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar25">FALCÓN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar149">FAUJAS DE SAINT-FOND, BARTHÉLEMY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar26">FALCON</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar150">FAULT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar27">FALCONE, ANIELLO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar151">FAUNA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar28">FALCONER, HUGH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar152">FAUNTLEROY, HENRY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar29">FALCONER, WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar153">FAUNUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar30">FALCONET, ÉTIENNE MAURICE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar154">FAURE, FRANÇOIS FÉLIX</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar31">FALCONRY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar155">FAURÉ, GABRIEL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar32">FALDSTOOL</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar156">FAURIEL, CLAUDE CHARLES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar33">FALERII</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar157">FAUST</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar34">FALERIO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar158">FAUSTINA, ANNIA GALERIA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar35">FALGUIÈRE, JEAN ALEXANDRE JOSEPH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar159">FAVARA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar36">FALIERO, MARINO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar160">FAVART, CHARLES SIMON</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar37">FALISCI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar161">FAVERSHAM</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar38">FALK, JOHANN DANIEL</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar162">FAVORINUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar39">FALK, PAUL LUDWIG ADALBERT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar163">FAVRAS, THOMAS DE MAHY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar40">FALKE, JOHANN FRIEDRICH GOTTLIEB</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar164">FAVRE, JEAN ALPHONSE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar41">FALKIRK</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar165">FAVRE, JULES CLAUDE GABRIEL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar42">FALKLAND, LUCIUS CARY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar166">FAVUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar43">FALKLAND (burgh of Scotland)</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar167">FAWCETT, HENRY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar44">FALKLAND ISLANDS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar168">FAWCETT, JOHN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar45">FALLACY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar169">FAWKES, FRANCIS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar46">FALLIÈRES, CLÉMENT ARMAND</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar170">FAWKES, GUY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar47">FALL-LINE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar171">FÁY, ANDRÁS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar48">FALLMERAYER, JAKOB PHILIPP</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar172">FAYAL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar49">FALLOPIUS, GABRIELLO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar173">FAYETTEVILLE</a> (Arkansas, U.S.A.)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar50">FALLOUX, FRÉDÉRIC ALFRED PIERRE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar174">FAYETTEVILLE</a> (North Carolina, U.S.A.)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar51">FALLOW</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar175">FAYRER, SIR JOSEPH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar52">FALLOW-DEER</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar176">FAYUM</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar53">FALL RIVER</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar177">FAZOGLI</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar54">FALMOUTH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar178">FEA, CARLO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar55">FALSE POINT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar179">FEARNE, CHARLES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar56">FALSE PRETENCES</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar180">FEASTS AND FESTIVALS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar57">FALTICHENI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar181">FEATHER</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar58">FALUN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar182">FEATHERSTONE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar59">FAMA</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar183">FEATLEY DANIEL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar60">FAMAGUSTA</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar184">FEBRONIANISM</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar61">FAMILIAR</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar185">FEBRUARY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar62">FAMILISTS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar186">FEBVRE, ALEXANDRE FRÉDÉRIC</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar63">FAMILY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar187">FÉCAMP</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar64">FAMINE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar188">FECHNER, GUSTAV THEODOR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar65">FAN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar189">FECHTER, CHARLES ALBERT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar66">FANCY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar190">FECKENHAM, JOHN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar67">FANG</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar191"> FEDCHENKO, ALEXIS PAVLOVICH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar68">FANO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar192"> FEDERAL GOVERNMENT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar69">FANSHAWE, SIR RICHARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar193">FEDERALIST PARTY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar70">FANTAN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar194">FEDERICI, CAMILLO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar71">FANTASIA</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar195"> FEE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar72">FANTI, MANFREDO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar196">FEHLING, HERMANN VON</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar73">FANTI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar197">FEHMARN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar74">FANTIN-LATOUR, IGNACE HENRI JEAN THÉODORE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar198">FEHMIC COURTS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar75">FANUM FORTUNAE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar199">FEHRBELLIN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar76">FAN VAULT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar200">FEIJÓO Y MONTENEGRO, BENITO JERÓNIMO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar77">FARADAY, MICHAEL</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar201">FEITH, RHIJNVIS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar78">FARAH</a> (river of Afghanistan)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar202">FEJÉR, GYORGY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar79">FARAH</a> (town of Afghanistan)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar203">FELANITX</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar80">FARAZDAQ</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar204">FELDKIRCH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar81">FARCE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar205">FÉLIBIEN, ANDRÉ</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar82">FAREHAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar206">FELIX (five popes)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar83">FAREL, GUILLAUME</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar207">FELIX</a> (bishop from Burgundy)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar84">FAREY, JOHN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar208">FELIX</a> (Spanish bishop)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar85">FARGO, WILLIAM GEORGE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar209">FELIX (of Valois)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar86">FARGO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar210">FELIX, ANTONIUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar87">FARIA Y SOUSA, MANUEL DE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar211">FÉLIX, LIA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar88">FARIBAULT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar212">FELIXSTOWE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar89">FARIDKOT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar213">FELL, JOHN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar90">FARIDPUR</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar214">FELL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar91">FARĪD UD-DĪN ‘ATTĀR</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar215">FELLAH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar92">FARINA, SALVATORE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar216">FELLENBERG, PHILIPP EMANUEL VON</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar93">FARINATO, PAOLO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar217">FELLER, FRANÇOIS XAVIER DE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar94">FARINELLI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar218">FELLING</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar95">FARINGDON</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar219">FELLOE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar96">FARINI, LUIGI CARLO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar220">FELLOW</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar97">FARM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar221">FELLOWS, SIR CHARLES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar98">FARM BUILDINGS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar222">FELO DE SE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar99">FARMER, RICHARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar223">FELONY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar100">FARMERS’ MOVEMENT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar224">FELSITE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar101">FARNABY, THOMAS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar225">FELSPAR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar102">FARNBOROUGH, THOMAS ERSKINE MAY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar226">FELSTED</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar103">FARNBOROUGH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar227">FELT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar104">FARNE ISLANDS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar228">FELTHAM, OWEN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar105">FARNESE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar229">FELTON, CORNELIUS CONWAY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar106">FARNESE, ALEXANDER</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar230">FELTON, JOHN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar107">FARNESE, ELIZABETH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar231">FELTRE, MORTO DA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar108">FARNHAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar232">FELTRE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar109">FARNWORTH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar233">FELUCCA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar110">FARO</a> (town of Portugal)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar234">FEMALE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar111">FARO</a> (game of cards)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar235">FEMERELL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar112">FARQUHAR, GEORGE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar236">FENCING</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar113">FARR, WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar237">FENDER</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar114">FARRAGUT, DAVID GLASGOW</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar238">FÉNELON, BERTRAND DE SALIGNAC</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar115">FARRANT, RICHARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar239">FÉNELON, FRANÇOIS DE SALIGNAC DE LA MOTHE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar116">FARRAR, FREDERIC WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar240">FENESTELLA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar117">FARREN, ELIZABETH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar241">FENESTRATION</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar118">FARREN, WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar242">FENIANS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar119">FARRER, THOMAS HENRY FARRER</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar243">FENNEL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar120">FARRIER, and FARRIERY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar244">FENNER, DUDLEY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar121">FARS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar245">FENNY STRATFORD</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar122">FARTHING</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar246">FENRIR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar123">FARTHINGALE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar247">FENS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar124">FASCES</a></td> <td> </td></tr> +</table> + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page130" id="page130"></a>130</span></p> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRBANKS, ERASTUS<a name="ar1" id="ar1"></a></span> (1792-1864), American manufacturer, +was born in Brimfield, Massachusetts, on the 28th of October +1792. He studied law but abandoned it for mercantile pursuits, +finally settling in St Johnsbury, Vermont, where in 1824 he +formed a partnership with his brother Thaddeus for the manufacture +of stoves and ploughs. Subsequently the scales invented +by Thaddeus were manufactured extensively. Erastus was a +member of the state legislature in 1836-1838, and governor of +Vermont in 1852-1853 and 1860-1861, during his second term +rendering valuable aid in the equipment and despatch of troops +in the early days of the Civil War. His son <span class="sc">Horace</span> (1820-1888) +became president of E. & T. Fairbanks & Co. in 1874, and +was governor of Vermont from 1876 to 1878.</p> + +<p>His brother, <span class="sc">Thaddeus Fairbanks</span> (1796-1886), inventor, +was born at Brimfield, Massachusetts, on the 17th of January +1796. He early manifested a genius for mechanics and designed +the models from which he and his brother manufactured stoves +and ploughs at St Johnsbury. In 1826 he patented a cast-iron +plough which was extensively used. The growing of hemp was +an important industry in the vicinity of St Johnsbury, and in +1831 Fairbanks invented a hemp-dressing machine. By the old +contrivances then in use, the weighing of loads of hemp-straw +was tedious and difficult, and in 1831 Fairbanks invented his +famous compound-lever platform scale, which marked a great +advance in the construction of machines for weighing bulky +and heavy objects. He subsequently obtained more than fifty +patents for improvements or innovations in scales and in +machinery used in their manufacture, the last being granted +on his ninetieth birthday. His firm, eventually known as +E. & T. Fairbanks & Co., went into the manufacture of scales +of all sizes, in which these inventions were utilized. He, with his +brothers, Erastus and Joseph P., founded the St Johnsbury +Academy. He died at St Johnsbury on the 12th of April 1886.</p> + +<p>The latter’s son <span class="sc">Henry</span>, born in 1830 at St Johnsbury, +Vermont, graduated at Dartmouth College in 1853 and at +Andover Theological Seminary in 1857, and was professor of +natural philosophy at Dartmouth from 1859 to 1865 and of +natural history from 1865 to 1868. In the following year he +patented a grain-scale and thenceforth devoted himself to the +scale manufacturing business of his family. Altogether he +obtained more than thirty patents for mechanical devices.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRFAX, EDWARD<a name="ar2" id="ar2"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1580-1635), English poet, translator +of Tasso, was born at Leeds, the second son of Sir Thomas +Fairfax of Denton (father of the 1st Baron Fairfax of Cameron). +His legitimacy has been called in question, and the date of his +birth has not been ascertained. He is said to have been only +about twenty years of age when he published his translation of +the <i>Gerusalemme Liberala</i>, which would place his birth about the +year 1580. He preferred a life of study and retirement to the +military service in which his brothers were distinguished. He +married a sister of Walter Laycock, chief alnager of the northern +counties, and lived on a small estate at Fewston, Yorkshire. +There his time was spent in his literary pursuits, and in the +education of his children and those of his elder brother, Sir +Thomas Fairfax, afterwards baron of Cameron. His translation +appeared in 1600,—<i>Godfrey of Bulloigne, or the Recoverie of +Jerusalem, done into English heroicall Verse by Edw. Fairefax, +Gent.</i>, and was dedicated to the queen. It was enthusiastically +received. In the same year in which it was published extracts +from it were printed in <i>England’s Parnassus</i>. Edward Phillips, +the nephew of Milton, in his <i>Theatrum Poetarum</i>, warmly +eulogized the translation. Edmund Waller said he was indebted +to it for the harmony of his numbers. It is said that it was King +James’s favourite English poem, and that Charles I. entertained +himself in prison with its pages. Fairfax employed the same +number of lines and stanzas as his original, but within the limits +of each stanza he allowed himself the greatest liberty. Other +translators may give a more literal version, but Fairfax alone +seizes upon the poetical and chivalrous character of the poem. +He presented, says Mr Courthope, “an idea of the chivalrous +past of Europe, as seen through the medium of Catholic orthodoxy +and classical humanism.” The sweetness and melody of many +passages are scarcely excelled even by Spenser. Fairfax made +no other appeal to the public. He wrote, however, a series of +eclogues, twelve in number, the fourth of which was published, +by permission of the family, in Mrs Cooper’s <i>Muses’ Library</i> +(1737). Another of the eclogues and a <i>Discourse on Witchcraft, +as it was acted in the Family of Mr Edward Fairfax of Fuystone +in the county of York in 1621</i>, edited from the original copy by +Lord Houghton, appeared in the <i>Miscellanies</i> of the Philobiblon +Society (1858-1859). Fairfax was a firm believer in witchcraft. +He fancied that two of his children had been bewitched, and +he had the poor wretches whom he accused brought to trial, +but without obtaining a conviction. Fairfax died at Fewston +and was buried there on the 27th of January 1635.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRFAX OF CAMERON, FERDINANDO FAIRFAX,<a name="ar3" id="ar3"></a></span> <span class="sc">2nd +Baron</span> (1584-1648), English parliamentary general, was a son +of Thomas Fairfax of Denton (1560-1640), who in 1627 was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page131" id="page131"></a>131</span> +created Baron Fairfax of Cameron in the peerage of Scotland. +Born on the 29th of March 1584, he obtained his military education +in the Netherlands, and was member of parliament for +Boroughbridge during the six parliaments which met between +1614 and 1629 and also during the Short Parliament of 1640. +In May 1640 he succeeded his father as Baron Fairfax, but being +a Scottish peer he sat in the English House of Commons as one +of the representatives of Yorkshire during the Long Parliament +from 1640 until his death; he took the side of the parliament, +but held moderate views and desired to maintain the peace. +In the first Scottish war Fairfax had commanded a regiment in +the king’s army; then on the outbreak of the Civil War in 1642 +he was made commander of the parliamentary forces in Yorkshire, +with Newcastle as his opponent. Hostilities began after +the repudiation of a treaty of neutrality entered into by Fairfax +with the Royalists. At first he met with no success. He was +driven from York, where he was besieging the Royalists, to +Selby; then in 1643 to Leeds; and after beating off an attack +at that place he was totally defeated on the 30th of June at +Adwalton Moor. He escaped to Hull, which he successfully +defended against Newcastle from the 2nd of September till the +11th of October, and by means of a brilliant sally caused the +siege to be raised. Fairfax was victorious at Selby on the 11th +of April 1644, and joining the Scots besieged York, after which +he was present at Marston Moor, where he commanded the +infantry and was routed. He was subsequently, in July, made +governor of York and charged with the further reduction of the +county. In December he took the town of Pontefract, but failed +to secure the castle. He resigned his command on the passing of +the Self-denying Ordinance, but remained a member of the +committee for the government of Yorkshire, and was appointed, +on the 24th of July 1645, steward of the manor of Pontefract. +He died from an accident on the 14th of March 1648 and was +buried at Bolton Percy. He was twice married, and by his first +wife, Mary, daughter of Edmund Sheffield, 3rd Lord Sheffield +(afterwards 1st earl of Mulgrave), he had six daughters and +two sons, Thomas, who succeeded him as 3rd baron, and Charles, +a colonel of horse, who was killed at Marston Moor. During his +command in Yorkshire, Fairfax engaged in a paper war with +Newcastle, and wrote <i>The Answer of Ferdinando, Lord Fairfax, +to a Declaration of William, earl of Newcastle</i> (1642; printed +in Rushworth, pt. iii. vol. ii. p. 139); he also published <i>A Letter +from ... Lord Fairfax to ... Robert, Earl of Essex</i> (1643), +describing the victorious sally at Hull.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRFAX OF CAMERON, THOMAS FAIRFAX,<a name="ar4" id="ar4"></a></span> <span class="sc">3rd Baron</span> +(1612-1671), parliamentary general and commander-in-chief +during the English Civil War, the eldest son of the 2nd lord, +was born at Denton, near Otley, Yorkshire, on the 17th of +January 1612. He studied at St John’s College, Cambridge +(1626-1629), and then proceeded to Holland to serve as a +volunteer with the English army in the Low Countries under +Sir Horace (Lord) Vere. This connexion led to one still closer; +in the summer of 1637 Fairfax married Anne Vere, the daughter +of the general.</p> + +<p>The Fairfaxes, father and son, though serving at first under +Charles I. (Thomas commanded a troop of horse, and was +knighted by the king in 1640), were opposed to the arbitrary +prerogative of the crown, and Sir Thomas declared that +“his judgment was for the parliament as the king and kingdom’s +great and safest council.” When Charles endeavoured +to raise a guard for his own person at York, intending +it, as the event afterwards proved, to form the nucleus of +an army, Fairfax was employed to present a petition to his +sovereign, entreating him to hearken to the voice of his parliament, +and to discontinue the raising of troops. This was at a +great meeting of the freeholders and farmers of Yorkshire +convened by the king on Heworth Moor near York. Charles +evaded receiving the petition, pressing his horse forward, but +Fairfax followed him and placed the petition on the pommel of +the king’s saddle. The incident is typical of the times and of +the actors in the scene. War broke out, Lord Fairfax was +appointed general of the Parliamentary forces in the north, +and his son, Sir Thomas, was made lieutenant-general of the +horse under him. Both father and son distinguished themselves +in the campaigns in Yorkshire (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Great Rebellion</a></span>). Sometimes +severely defeated, more often successful, and always +energetic, prudent and resourceful, they contrived to keep up +the struggle until the crisis of 1644, when York was held by the +marquess of Newcastle against the combined forces of the English +Parliamentarians and the Scots, and Prince Rupert hastened +with all available forces to its relief. A gathering of eager +national forces within a few square miles of ground naturally +led to a battle, and Marston Moor (<i>q.v.</i>) was decisive of the +struggle in the north. The younger Fairfax bore himself with +the greatest gallantry in the battle, and though severely wounded +managed to join Cromwell and the victorious cavalry on the other +wing. One of his brothers, Colonel Charles Fairfax, was killed +in the action. But the marquess of Newcastle fled the kingdom, +and the Royalists abandoned all hope of retrieving their affairs. +The city of York was taken, and nearly the whole north submitted +to the parliament.</p> + +<p>In the south and west of England, however, the Royalist +cause was still active. The war had lasted two years, and the +nation began to complain of the contributions that were exacted, +and the excesses that were committed by the military. Dissatisfaction +was expressed with the military commanders, and, +as a preliminary step to reform, the Self-denying Ordinance +was passed. This involved the removal of the earl of Essex +from the supreme command, and the reconstruction of the armed +forces of the parliament. Sir Thomas Fairfax was selected as +the new lord general with Cromwell as his lieutenant-general +and cavalry commander, and after a short preliminary campaign +the “New Model” justified its existence, and “the rebels’ new +brutish general,” as the king called him, his capacity as commander-in-chief +in the decisive victory of Naseby (<i>q.v.</i>). The +king fled to Wales. Fairfax besieged Leicester, and was successful +at Taunton, Bridgwater and Bristol. The whole west +was soon reduced.</p> + +<p>Fairfax arrived in London on the 12th of November 1645. +In his progress towards the capital he was accompanied by +applauding crowds. Complimentary speeches and thanks were +presented to him by both houses of parliament, along with a +jewel of great value set with diamonds, and a sum of money. +The king had returned from Wales and established himself at +Oxford, where there was a strong garrison, but, ever vacillating, +he withdrew secretly, and proceeded to Newark to throw himself +into the arms of the Scots. Oxford capitulated, and by the +end of September 1646 Charles had neither army nor garrison +in England. In January 1647 he was delivered up by the Scots +to the commissioners of parliament. Fairfax met the king +beyond Nottingham, and accompanied him during the journey +to Holmby, treating him with the utmost consideration in every +way. “The general,” said Charles, “is a man of honour, and +keeps his word which he had pledged to me.” With the collapse +of the Royalist cause came a confused period of negotiations +between the parliament and the king, between the king and the +Scots, and between the Presbyterians and the Independents in +and out of parliament. In these negotiations the New Model +Army soon began to take a most active part. The lord general +was placed in the unpleasant position of intermediary between +his own officers and parliament. To the grievances, usual in +armies of that time, concerning arrears of pay and indemnity +for acts committed on duty, there was quickly added the political +propaganda of the Independents, and in July the person of the +king was seized by Joyce, a subaltern of cavalry—an act which +sufficiently demonstrated the hopelessness of controlling the +army by its articles of war. It had, in fact, become the most +formidable political party in the realm, and pressed straight on +to the overthrow of parliament and the punishment of Charles. +Fairfax was more at home in the field than at the head of a +political committee, and, finding events too strong for him, he +sought to resign his commission as commander-in-chief. He was, +however, persuaded to retain it. He thus remained the titular +chief of the army party, and with the greater part of its objects +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page132" id="page132"></a>132</span> +he was in complete, sometimes most active, sympathy. Shortly +before the outbreak of the second Civil War, Fairfax succeeded +his father in the barony and in the office of governor of Hull; +In the field against the English Royalists in 1648 he displayed +his former energy and skill, and his operations culminated in the +successful siege of Colchester, after the surrender of which place +he approved the execution of the Royalist leaders Sir Charles +Lucas and Sir George Lisle, holding that these officers had broken +their parole. At the same time Cromwell’s great victory of +Preston crushed the Scots, and the Independents became +practically all-powerful.</p> + +<p>Milton, in a sonnet written during the siege of Colchester, +called upon the lord general to settle the kingdom, but the crisis +was now at hand. Fairfax was in agreement with Cromwell +and the army leaders in demanding the punishment of Charles, +and he was still the effective head of the army. He approved, +if he did not take an active part in, Pride’s Purge (December +6th, 1648), but on the last and gravest of the questions at issue +he set himself in deliberate and open opposition to the policy +of the officers. He was placed at the head of the judges who +were to try the king, and attended the preliminary sitting of the +court. Then, convinced at last that the king’s death was intended, +he refused to act. In calling over the court, when the +crier pronounced the name of Fairfax, a lady in the gallery called +out “that the Lord Fairfax was not there in person, that he +would never sit among them, and that they did him wrong to +name him as a commissioner.” This was Lady Fairfax, who +could not forbear, as Whitelocke says, to exclaim aloud against +the proceedings of the High Court of Justice. His last service +as commander-in-chief was the suppression of the Leveller +mutiny at Burford in May 1649. He had given his adhesion to +the new order of things, and had been reappointed lord general. +But he merely administered the affairs of the army, and when in +1650 the Scots had declared for Charles II., and the council of +state resolved to send an army to Scotland in order to prevent +an invasion of England, Fairfax resigned his commission. +Cromwell was appointed his successor, “captain-general and +commander-in-chief of all the forces raised or to be raised by +authority of parliament within the commonwealth of England.” +Fairfax received a pension of £5000 a year, and lived in retirement +at his Yorkshire home of Nunappleton till after the death of the +Protector. The troubles of the later Commonwealth recalled +Lord Fairfax to political activity, and for the last time his +appearance in arms helped to shape the future of the country, +when Monk invited him to assist in the operations about to +be undertaken against Lambert’s army. In December 1659 +he appeared at the head of a body of Yorkshire gentlemen, +and such was the influence of Fairfax’s name and reputation +that 1200 horse quitted Lambert’s colours and joined him. +This was speedily followed by the breaking up of all Lambert’s +forces, and that day secured the restoration of the monarchy. +A “free” parliament was called; Fairfax was elected member +for Yorkshire, and was put at the head of the commission +appointed by the House of Commons to wait upon Charles II. +at the Hague and urge his speedy return. Of course the “merry +monarch, scandalous and poor,” was glad to obey the summons, +and Fairfax provided the horse on which Charles rode at his +coronation. The remaining eleven years of the life of Lord +Fairfax were spent in retirement at his seat in Yorkshire. He +must, like Milton, have been sorely grieved and shocked by the +scenes that followed—the brutal indignities offered to the +remains of his companions in arms, Cromwell and Ireton, the +sacrifice of Sir Harry Vane, the neglect or desecration of all +that was great, noble or graceful in England, and the flood of +immorality which, flowing from Whitehall, sapped the foundations +of the national strength and honour. Lord Fairfax died at +Nunappleton on the 12th of November 1671, and was buried at +Bilborough, near York. As a soldier he was exact and methodical +in planning, in the heat of battle “so highly transported that +scarce any one durst speak a word to him” (Whitelocke), +chivalrous and punctilious in his dealings with his own men +and the enemy. Honour and conscientiousness were equally the +characteristics of his private and public character. But his +modesty and distrust of his powers made him less effectual as a +statesman than as a soldier, and above all he is placed at a disadvantage +by being both in war and peace overshadowed by +his associate Cromwell.</p> + +<p>Lord Fairfax had a taste for literature. He translated some +of the Psalms, and wrote poems on solitude, the Christian warfare, +the shortness of life, &c. During the last year or two of +his life he wrote two <i>Memorials</i> which have been published—one +on the northern actions in which he was engaged in 1642-1644, +and the other on some events in his tenure of the chief command. +At York and at Oxford he endeavoured to save the libraries +from pillage, and he enriched the Bodleian with some valuable +MSS. His only daughter, Mary Fairfax, was married to George +Villiers, the profligate duke of Buckingham of Charles II.’s court.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His correspondence, edited by G.W. Johnson, was published in +1848-1849 in four volumes (see note thereon in <i>Dict. Nat. Biogr.</i>, +s.v.), and a life of him by Clements R. Markham in 1870. See also +S.R. Gardiner, <i>History of the Great Civil War</i> (1893).</p> +</div> + +<p>His descendant Thomas, 6th baron (1692-1782), inherited +from his mother, the heiress of Thomas, 2nd Baron Culpepper, +large estates in Virginia, U.S.A., and having sold Denton Hall +and his Yorkshire estates he retired there about 1746, dying a +bachelor. He was a friend of George Washington. Thomas +found his cousin William Fairfax settled in Virginia, and made +him his agent, and Bryan (1737-1802), the son of William +Fairfax, eventually inherited the title, becoming 8th baron in +1793. His claim was admitted by the House of Lords in 1800. +But it was practically dropped by the American family, until, +shortly before the coronation of Edward VII., the successor in +title was discovered in Albert Kirby Fairfax (b. 1870), a +descendant of the 8th baron, who was an American citizen. +In November 1908 Albert’s claim to the title as 12th baron was +allowed by the House of Lords.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRFIELD,<a name="ar5" id="ar5"></a></span> a township in Fairfield county, Connecticut, +U.S.A., near Long Island Sound, adjoining Bridgeport on the E. +and Westport on the W. Pop. (1890) 3868; (1900) 4489 (1041 +being foreign-born); (1910) 6134. It is served by the New York, +New Haven & Hartford railway. The principal villages of the +township are Fairfield, Southport, Greenfield Hill and Stratfield. +The beautiful scenery and fine sea air attract to the township a +considerable number of summer visitors. The township has the +well-equipped Pequot and Fairfield memorial libraries (the +former in the village of Southport, the latter in the village of +Fairfield), the Fairfield fresh air home (which cares for between +one and two hundred poor children of New York during each +summer season), and the Gould home for self-supporting women. +The Fairfield Historical Society has a museum of antiquities +and a collection of genealogical and historical works. Among +Fairfield’s manufactures are chemicals, wire and rubber goods. +Truck-gardening is an important industry of the township. In +the Pequot Swamp within the present Fairfield a force of Pequot +Indians was badly defeated in 1637 by some whites, among whom +was Roger Ludlow, who, attracted by the country, founded the +settlement in 1639 and gave it its present name in 1645. Within +its original limits were included what are now the townships of +Redding (separated, 1767), Weston (1787) and Easton (formed +from part of Weston in 1845), and parts of the present Westport +and Bridgeport. During the colonial period Fairfield was a +place of considerable importance, but subsequently it was greatly +outstripped by Bridgeport, to which, in 1870, a portion of it +was annexed. On the 8th of July 1779 Fairfield was burned by +the British and Hessians under Governor William Tryon. Among +the prominent men who have lived in Fairfield are Roger Sherman, +the first President Dwight of Yale (who described Fairfield +in his <i>Travels</i> and in his poem <i>Greenfield Hill</i>), Chancellor James +Kent, and Joseph Earle Sheffield.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Frank S. Child, <i>An Old New England Town, Sketches of Life, +Scenery and Character</i> (New York, 1895); and Mrs E.H. Schenck, +<i>History of Fairfield</i> (2 vols., New York, 1889-1905).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRFIELD,<a name="ar6" id="ar6"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Jefferson county, +Iowa, U.S.A., about 51 m. W. by N. of Burlington. Pop. (1890) +3391; (1900) 4689, of whom 206 were foreign-born and 54 were +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page133" id="page133"></a>133</span> +negroes; (1905) 5009; (1910) 4970. Area, about 2.25 sq. m. +Fairfield is served by the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy, and the +Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific railways. The city is in a blue +grass country, in which much live stock is bred; and it is an +important market for draft horses. It is the seat of Parsons +College (Presbyterian, coeducational, 1875), endowed by Lewis +Baldwin Parsons, Sr. (1798-1855), a merchant of Buffalo, N.Y. +The college offers classical, philosophical and scientific courses, +and has a school of music and an academic department; in +1907-1908 it had 19 instructors and 257 students, of whom 93 +were in the college and 97 were in the school of music. Fairfield +has a Carnegie library (1892), and a museum with a collection of +laces. Immediately E. of the city is an attractive Chautauqua +Park, of 30 acres, with an auditorium capable of seating about +4000 persons; and there is an annual Chautauqua assembly. +The principal manufactures of Fairfield are farm waggons, +farming implements, drain-tile, malleable iron, cotton gloves and +mittens and cotton garments. The municipality owns its waterworks +and an electric-lighting plant. Fairfield was settled in +1839; was incorporated as a town in 1847; and was first +chartered as a city in the same year.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Charles H. Fletcher, <i>Jefferson County, Iowa: Centennial +History</i> (Fairfield, 1876).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRHAVEN,<a name="ar7" id="ar7"></a></span> a township in Bristol county, Massachusetts, +U.S.A., on New Bedford Harbor, opposite New Bedford. Pop. +(1890) 2919; (1900) 3567 (599 being foreign-born); (1905, state +census) 4235; (1910) 5122. Area, about 13 sq. m. Fairhaven is +served by the New York, New Haven & Hartford railway and by +electric railway to Mattapoisett and Marion, and is connected +with New Bedford by two bridges, by electric railway, and by +the New York, New Haven & Hartford ferry line. The principal +village is Fairhaven; others are Oxford, Naskatucket and +Sconticut Neck. As a summer resort Fairhaven is widely known. +Among the principal buildings are the following, presented to +the township by Henry H. Rogers (1840-1909), a native of +Fairhaven and a large stockholder and long vice-president of the +Standard Oil Co.; the town hall, a memorial of Mrs Rogers, the +Rogers public schools; the Millicent public library (17,500 vols. +in 1908), a memorial to his daughter; and a fine granite memorial +church (Unitarian) with parish house, a memorial to his mother; +and there is also a public park, of 13 acres, the gift of Mr Rogers. +From 1830 to 1857 the inhabitants of Fairhaven were chiefly +engaged in whaling, and the fishing interests are still important. +Among manufactures are tacks, nails, iron goods, loom-cranks, +glass, yachts and boats, and shoes.</p> + +<p>Fairhaven, originally a part of New Bedford, was incorporated +as a separate township in 1812. On the 5th of September 1778 +a fleet and armed force under Earl Grey, sent to punish New +Bedford and what is now Fairhaven for their activity in privateering, +burned the shipping and destroyed much of New Bedford. +The troops then marched to the head of the Acushnet river, and +down the east bank to Sconticut Neck, where they camped till +the 7th of September, when they re-embarked, having meanwhile +dismantled a small fort, built during the early days of the war, +on the east side of the river at the entrance to the harbour. +On the evening of the 8th of September a landing force from the +fleet, which had begun to set fire to Fairhaven, was driven off +by a body of about 150 minute-men commanded by Major Israel +Fearing; and on the following day the fleet departed. The fort +was at once rebuilt and was named Fort Fearing, but as early +as 1784 it had become known as Fort Phoenix; it was one of the +strongest defences on the New England coast during the war of +1812. The township of Acushnet was formed from the northern +part of Fairhaven in 1860.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See James L. Gillingham and others, <i>A Brief History of the Town +of Fairhaven, Massachusetts</i> (Fairhaven, 1903).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRHOLT, FREDERICK WILLIAM<a name="ar8" id="ar8"></a></span> (1814-1866), English +antiquary and wood engraver, was born in London in 1814. +His father, who was of a German family (the name was originally +Fahrholz), was a tobacco manufacturer, and for some years +Fairholt himself was employed in the business. For a time he +was a drawing-master, afterwards a scene-painter, and in 1835 +he became assistant to S. Sly, the wood engraver. Some pen +and ink copies made by him of figures from Hogarth’s plates led +to his being employed by Charles Knight on several of his +illustrated publications. His first published literary work was +a contribution to Hone’s <i>Year-Book</i> in 1831. His life was one +of almost uninterrupted quiet labour, carried on until within a +few days of death. Several works on civic pageantry and some +collections of ancient unpublished songs and dialogues were +edited by him for the Percy Society in 1842. In 1844 he was +elected fellow of the Society of Antiquaries. He published an +edition of the dramatic works of Lyly in 1856. His principal +independent works are <i>Tobacco, its History, and Association</i> +(1859); <i>Gog and Magog</i> (1860); <i>Up the Nile and Home Again</i> +(1862); many articles and serials contributed to the <i>Art Journal</i>, +some of which were afterwards separately published, as <i>Costume +in England</i> (1846); <i>Dictionary of Terms in Art</i> (1854). These +works are illustrated by numerous cuts, drawn on the wood by +his own hand. His pencil was also employed in illustrating +Evans’s <i>Coins of the Ancient Britons</i>, Madden’s <i>Jewish Coinage</i>, +Halliwell’s folio <i>Shakespeare</i> and his <i>Sir John Maundeville</i>, +Roach Smith’s <i>Richborough</i>, the <i>Miscellanea Graphica</i> of Lord +Londesborough, and many other works. He died on the 3rd of +April 1866. His books relating to Shakespeare were bequeathed +to the library at Stratford-on-Avon; those on civic pageantry +(between 200 and 300 volumes) to the Society of Antiquaries; +his old prints and works on costume to the British Museum; +his general library he desired to be sold and the proceeds devoted +to the Literary Fund.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRMONT,<a name="ar9" id="ar9"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Marion county, +West Virginia, U.S.A., on both sides of the Monongahela river, +about 75 m. S.E. of Wheeling. Pop. (1890) 1023; (1900) 5655, +of whom 283 were negroes and 182 foreign-born; (1910) 9711. +It is served by the Baltimore & Ohio railway. Among its manufactures +are glass, machinery, flour and furniture, and it is an +important shipping point for coal mined in the vicinity. The +city is the seat of one of the West Virginia state normal schools. +Fairmont was laid out as Middletown in 1819, became the county-seat +of the newly established Marion county in 1842, received its +present name about 1844, and was chartered as a city in 1899.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIR OAKS,<a name="ar10" id="ar10"></a></span> a station on a branch of the Southern railway, +6 m. E. of Richmond, Virginia, U.S.A. It is noted as the site +of one of the battles of the Civil War, fought on the 31st of May +and the 1st of June 1862, between the Union (Army of the +Potomac) under General G.B. McClellan and the Confederate +forces (Army of Northern Virginia) commanded by General J.E. +Johnston. The attack of the Confederates was made at a moment +when the river Chickahominy divided the Federal army into +two unequal parts, and was, moreover, swollen to such a degree +as to endanger the bridges. General Johnston stationed part +of his troops along the river to prevent the Federals sending +aid to the smaller force south of it, upon which the Confederate +attack, commanded by General Longstreet, was directed. +Many accidents, due to the inexperience of the staff officers +and to the difficulty of the ground, hindered the development of +Longstreet’s attack, but the Federals were gradually driven +back with a loss of ten guns, though at the last moment reinforcements +managed to cross the river and re-establish the line of +defence. At the close of the day Johnston was severely wounded, +and General G.W. Smith succeeded to the command. The +battle was renewed on the 1st of June but not fought out. At +the close of the action General R.E. Lee took over the command +of the Confederates, which he held till the final surrender in +April 1865. So far as the victory lay with either side, it was +with the Union army, for the Confederates failed to achieve +their purpose of destroying the almost isolated left wing of +McClellan’s army, and after the battle they withdrew into the +lines of Richmond. The Union losses were 5031 in killed, +wounded and missing; those of the Confederates were 6134. +The battle is sometimes known as the battle of Seven Pines.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRŪZĀBĀDĪ<a name="ar11" id="ar11"></a></span> Ābū-ṭ-Ṭāhir ibn Ibrahīm Majd ud-Dīn ul-Fairūzābādī] +(1329-1414), Arabian lexicographer, was born at +Kārazīn near Shiraz. His student days were spent in Shiraz, +Wāsiṭ, Bagdad and Damascus. He taught for ten years in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page134" id="page134"></a>134</span> +Jerusalem, and afterwards travelled in western Asia and Egypt. +In 1368 he settled in Mecca, where he remained for fifteen years. +He next visited India and spent some time in Delhi, then remained +in Mecca another ten years. The following three years were +spent in Bagdad, in Shiraz (where he was received by Timur), +and in Ta’iz. In 1395 he was appointed chief cadi (qadi) of +Yemen, married a daughter of the sultan, and died at Zabīd +in 1414. During this last period of his life he converted his +house at Mecca into a school of Mālikite law and established +three teachers in it. He wrote a huge lexicographical work +of 60 or 100 volumes uniting the dictionaries of Ibn Sīda, a +Spanish philologist (d. 1066), and of Sajānī (d. 1252). A digest +of or an extract from this last work is his famous dictionary +<i>al-Qāmūs</i> (“the Ocean”), which has been published in +Egypt, Constantinople and India, has been translated into +Turkish and Persian, and has itself been the basis of several later +dictionaries.</p> +<div class="author">(G. W. T.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRY<a name="ar12" id="ar12"></a></span> (Fr. <i>fée</i>, <i>faerie</i>; Prov. <i>fada</i>; Sp. <i>hada</i>; Ital. <i>fata</i>; +med. Lat. <i>fatare</i>, to enchant, from Lat. <i>fatum</i>, fate, destiny), +the common term for a supposed race of supernatural beings +who magically intermeddle in human affairs. Of all the minor +creatures of mythology the fairies are the most beautiful, the +most numerous, the most memorable in literature. Like all +organic growths, whether of nature or of the fancy, they are not +the immediate product of one country or of one time; they +have a pedigree, and the question of their ancestry and affiliation +is one of wide bearing. But mixture and connexion of races +have in this as in many other cases so changed the original +folk-product that it is difficult to disengage and separate the +different strains that have gone to the making or moulding of +the result as we have it.</p> + +<p>It is not in literature, however ancient, that we must look for +the early forms of the fairy belief. Many of Homer’s heroes +have fairy lemans, called nymphs, fairies taken up into a higher +region of poetry and religion; and the fairy leman is notable +in the story of Athamas and his cloud bride Nephelē, but this +character is as familiar to the unpoetical Eskimo, and to the Red +Indians, with their bird-bride and beaver-bride (see A. Lang’s +<i>Custom and Myth</i>, “The Story of Cupid and Psyche”). The +Gandharvas of Sanskrit poetry are also fairies.</p> + +<p>One of the most interesting facts about fairies is the wide +distribution and long persistence of the belief in them. They +are the chief factor in surviving Irish superstition. Here they +dwell in the “raths,” old earth-forts, or earthen bases of later +palisaded dwellings of the Norman period, and in the subterranean +houses, common also in Scotland. They are an organized +people, often called “the army,” and their life corresponds to +human life in all particulars. They carry off children, leaving +changeling substitutes, transport men and women into fairyland, +and are generally the causes of all mysterious phenomena. Whirls +of dust are caused by the fairy marching army, as by the being +called Kutchi in the Dieri tribe of Australia. In 1907, in northern +Ireland, a farmer’s house was troubled with flying stones (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Poltergeist</a></span>). The neighbours said that the fairies caused the +phenomenon, as the man had swept his chimney with a bough +of holly, and the holly is “a gentle tree,” dear to the fairies. +The fairy changeling belief also exists in some districts of Argyll, +and a fairy boy dwelt long in a small farm-house in Glencoe, +now unoccupied.</p> + +<p>In Ireland and the west Highlands neolithic arrow-heads +and flint chips are still fairy weapons. They are dipped in water, +which is given to ailing cattle and human beings as a sovereign +remedy for diseases. The writer knows of “a little lassie in +green” who is a fairy and, according to the percipients, haunts +the banks of the Mukomar pool on the Lochy. In Glencoe is a +fairy hill where the fairy music, vocal and instrumental, is heard +in still weather. In the Highlands, however, there is much more +interest in second sight than in fairies, while in Ireland the +reverse is the case. The best book on Celtic fairy lore is still +that of the minister of Aberfoyle, the Rev. Mr Kirk (<i>ob.</i> 1692). +His work on <i>The Secret Commonwealth of Elves, Fauns and +Fairies</i>, left in MS. and incomplete (the remainder is in the Laing +MSS., Edinburgh University library), was published (a hundred +copies) in 1815 by Sir Walter Scott, and in the Bibliothèque de +Carabas (Lang) there is a French translation. Mr Kirk is said +(though his tomb exists) to have been carried away by fairies. +He appeared to a friend and said that he would come again, +when the friend must throw a dirk over his shoulder and he +would return to this world. The friend, however, lost his nerve +and did not throw the dirk. In the same way a woman reappeared +to her husband in Glencoe in the last generation, +but he was wooing another lass and did not make any effort to +recover his wife. His character was therefore lost in the glen.</p> + +<p>It is clear that in many respects fairyland corresponds to the +pre-Christian abode of the dead. Like Persephone when carried +to Hades, or Wainamoïnen in the Hades of the Finns (Manala), +a living human being must not eat in fairyland; if he does, +he dwells there for ever. Tamlane in the ballad, however, was +“fat and fair of flesh,” yet was rescued by Janet: probably +he had not abstained from fairy food. He was to be given as +the <i>kane</i> to Hell, which shows a distinction between the beliefs +in hell and in the place of fairies.</p> + +<p>It is a not uncommon theory that the fairies survive in legend +from prehistoric memories of a pigmy people dwelling in the +subterranean earth-houses, but the contents of these do not +indicate an age prior to the close of the Roman occupation of +Britain; nor are pigmy bones common in neolithic sepulchres. +The “people of peace” (<i>Daoine Shie</i>) of Ireland and Scotland +are usually of ordinary stature, indeed not to be recognized as +varying from mankind except by their proceedings (see J. Curtin, +<i>Irish Folk-tales</i>).</p> + +<p>The belief in a species of lady fairies, deathly to their human +lovers, was found by R.L. Stevenson to be as common in Samoa +(see <i>Island Nights’ Entertainments</i>) as in Strathfinlas or on the +banks of Loch Awe. In New Caledonia a native friend of J.J. +Atkinson (author of <i>Primal Law</i>) told him that he had met +and caressed the girl of his heart in the forest, that she had +vanished and must have been a fairy. He therefore would die +in three days, which (Mr Atkinson informs the writer) he punctually +did. The Greek sirens of Homer are clearly a form of these +deadly fairies, as the Nereids and Oreads and Naiads are fairies +of wells, mountains and the sea. The fairy women who come +to the births of children and foretell their fortunes (<i>Fata</i>, <i>Moerae</i>, +ancient Egyptian <i>Hathors</i>, <i>Fées</i>, <i>Dominae Fatales</i>), with their +spindles, are refractions of the human “spae-women” (in the +Scots term) who attend at birth and derive omens of the child’s +future from various signs. The custom is common among +several savage races, and these women, represented in the +spiritual world by <i>Fata</i>, bequeath to us the French <i>fée</i>, in the +sense of fairy. Perrault also uses <i>fée</i> for anything that has +magical quality; “the key was <i>fée</i>,” had <i>mana</i>, or <i>wakan</i>, +savage words for the supposed “power,” or <i>ether</i>, which works +magic or is the vehicle of magical influences.</p> + +<p>Though the fairy belief is universally human, the nearest +analogy to the shape which it takes in Scotland and Ireland—the +“pixies” of south-western England—is to be found in <i>Jān</i> +or <i>Jinnis</i> of the Arabs, Moors and people of Palestine. In stories +which have passed through a literary medium, like <i>The Arabian +Nights</i>, the <i>geni</i> or <i>Jān</i> do not so much resemble our fairies as +they do in the popular superstitions of the East, orally collected. +The <i>Jān</i> are now a subterranean commonwealth, now they reside +in ruinous places, like the fairies in the Irish raths. Like the +fairies they go about in whirls of dust, or the dust-whirls themselves +are <i>Jān</i>. They carry off men and women “to their own +herd,” in the phrase of Mr Kirk, and are kind to mortals who are +kind to them. They chiefly differ from our fairies in their +greater tendency to wear animal forms; though, like the +fairies, when they choose to appear in human shape they are +not to be distinguished from men and women of mortal mould. +Like the fairies everywhere they have amours with mortals, +such as that of the Queen of Faery with Thomas of Ercildoune. +The herb rue is potent against them, as in British folk-lore, and +a man long captive among the <i>Jān</i> escaped from them by +observing their avoidance of rue, and by plucking two handfuls +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page135" id="page135"></a>135</span> +thereof. They, like the British brownies (a kind of domesticated +fairy), are the causes of strange disappearances of things. To +preserve houses from their influences, rue, that “herb of grace,” +is kept in the apartments, and the name of Allah is constantly +invoked. If this is omitted, things are stolen by the <i>Jān</i>.</p> + +<p>They often bear animal names, and it is dangerous to call a +cat or dog without pointing at the animal, for a <i>Jinni</i> of the +same name may be present and may take advantage of the +invocation. A man, in fun, called to a goat to escort his wife +on a walk: he did not point at the goat, and the wife disappeared. +A <i>Jinni</i> had carried her off, and her husband had to seek her at +the court of the <i>Jān</i>. Euphemistically they are addressed as +<i>mubārakin</i>, “blessed ones,” as we say “the good folk” or “the +people of peace.” As our fairies give gold which changes into +withered leaves, the <i>Jān</i> give onion peels which turn into gold. +Like our fairies the <i>Jān</i> can apply an ointment, kohl, to human +eyes, after which the person so favoured can see <i>Jān</i>, or fairies, +which are invisible to other mortals, and can see treasure wherever +it may be concealed (see <i>Folk-lore of the Holy Land</i>, by J.E. +Hanauer, 1907).</p> + +<p>It is plain that fairies and <i>Jān</i> are practically identical, +a curious proof of the uniformity of the working of imagination +in peoples widely separated in race and religion. Fairies +naturally won their way into the poetry of the middle ages. +They take lovers from among men, and are often described as +of delicate, unearthly, ravishing beauty. The enjoyment of +their charms is, however, generally qualified by some restriction +or compact, the breaking of which is the cause of calamity to +the lover and all his race, as in the notable tale of Melusine. +This fay by enchantment built the castle of Lusignan for her +husband. It was her nature to take every week the form of a +serpent from the waist below. The hebdomadal transformation +being once, contrary to compact, witnessed by her husband, +she left him with much wailing, and was said to return and +give warning by her appearance and great shrieks whenever one +of the race of Lusignan was about to die. At the birth of Ogier +le Danois six fairies attend, five of whom give good gifts, which +the sixth overrides with a restriction. Gervaise of Tilbury, +writing early in the 13th century, has in his <i>Otia Imperialia</i> a +chapter, <i>De lamiis et nocturnis larvis</i>, where he gives it out, as +proved by individuals beyond all exception, that men have been +lovers of beings of this kind whom they call <i>Fadas</i>, and who +did in case of infidelity or infringement of secrecy inflict terrible +punishment—the loss of goods and even of life. There seems +little in the characteristics of these fairies of romance to distinguish +them from human beings, except their supernatural +knowledge and power. They are not often represented as +diminutive in stature, and seem to be subject to such human +passions as love, jealousy, envy and revenge. To this class +belong the fairies of Boiardo, Ariosto and Spenser.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>There is no good modern book on the fairy belief in general. +Keightley’s <i>Fairy Mythology</i> is full of interesting matter; Rhys’s +<i>Celtic Mythology</i> is especially copious about Welsh fairies, which +are practically identical with those of Ireland and Scotland. The +works of Mr Jeremiah Curtin and Dr Douglas Hyde are useful for +Ireland; for Scotland, Kirk’s <i>Secret Commonwealth</i> has already been +quoted. Scott’s dissertation on fairies in <i>The Border Minstrelsy</i> is +rich in lore, though necessarily Scott had not the wide field of +comparative study opened by more recent researches. There is a +full description of French fairies of the 15th century in the evidence +of Jeanne d’Arc at her trial (1431) in Quicherat’s <i>Procès de Jeanne d’Arc</i>, +vol. i. pp. 67, 68, 187, 209, 212, vol. ii. pp. 390, 404, 450.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. L.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIRY RING,<a name="ar13" id="ar13"></a></span> the popular name for the circular patches of a +dark green colour that are to be seen occasionally on permanent +grass-land, either lawn or meadow, on which the fairies were +supposed to hold their midnight revels. They mark the area of +growth of some fungus, starting from a centre of one or more +plants. The mycelium produced from the spores dropped by +the fungus or from the “spawn” in the soil, radiates outwards, +and each year’s successive crop of fungi rises from the new +growth round the circle. The rich colour of the grass is due +to the fertilizing quality of the decaying fungi, which are +peculiarly rich in nitrogenous substances. The most complete +and symmetrical grass rings are formed by <i>Marasmius orcades</i>, +the fairy ring champignon, but the mushroom and many other +species occasionally form rings, both on grass-lands and in woods. +Observations were made on a ring in a pine-wood for a period of +nine years, and it was calculated that it increased from centre +to circumference about 8½ in. each year. The fungus was never +found growing within the circle during the time the ring was +under observation, the decaying vegetation necessary for its +growth having become exhausted.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAITHFULL, EMILY<a name="ar14" id="ar14"></a></span> (1835-1895), English philanthropist, +was the youngest daughter of the Rev. Ferdinand Faithfull, +and was born at Headley Rectory, Surrey, in 1835. She took a +great interest in the conditions of working-women, and with the +object of extending their sphere of labour, which was then +painfully limited, in 1860 she set up in London a printing establishment +for women. The “Victoria Press,” as it was called, +soon obtained quite a reputation for its excellent work, and Miss +Faithfull was shortly afterwards appointed printer and publisher +in ordinary to Queen Victoria. In 1863 she began the publication +of a monthly organ, <i>The Victoria Magazine</i>, in which for eighteen +years she continuously and earnestly advocated the claims of +women to remunerative employment. In 1868 she published a +novel, <i>Change upon Change</i>. She also appeared as a lecturer, +and with the object of furthering the interests of her sex, lectured +widely and successfully both in England and the United States, +which latter she visited in 1872 and 1882. In 1888 she was +awarded a civil list pension of £50. She died in Manchester on +the 31st of May 1895.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAITH HEALING,<a name="ar15" id="ar15"></a></span> a form of “mind cure,” characterized by the +doctrine that while pain and disease really exist, they may be +neutralized and dispelled by faith in Divine power; the doctrine +known as Christian Science (<i>q.v.</i>) holds, however, that pain is +only an illusion and seeks to cure the patient by instilling into +him this belief. In the Christian Church the tradition of faith +healing dates from the earliest days of Christianity; upon the +miracles of the New Testament follow cases of healing, first by +the Apostles, then by their successors; but faith healing proper +is gradually, from the 3rd century onwards, transformed into +trust in relics, though faith cures still occur sporadically in later +times. Catherine of Siena is said to have saved Father Matthew +from dying of the plague, but in this case it is rather the healer +than the healed who was strong in faith. With the Reformation +faith healing proper reappears among the Moravians and +Waldenses, who, like the Peculiar People of our own day, put +their trust in prayer and anointing with oil. In the 16th century +we find faith cures recorded of Luther and other reformers, +in the next century of the Baptists, Quakers and other Puritan +sects, and in the 18th century the faith healing of the Methodists +in this country was paralleled by Pietism in Germany, which +drew into its ranks so distinguished a man of science as Stahl +(1660-1734). In the 19th century Prince Hohenlohe-Waldenburg-Schillingsfürst, +canon of Grosswardein, was a famous healer on +the continent; the Mormons and Irvingites were prominent +among English-speaking peoples; in the last quarter of the +19th century faith healing became popular in London, and +Bethshan homes were opened in 1881, and since then it has +found many adherents in England.</p> + +<p>Under faith healing in a wider sense may be included (1) the +cures in the temples of Aesculapius and other deities in the +ancient world; (2) the practice of touching for the king’s evil, +in vogue from the 11th to the 18th century; (3) the cures of +Valentine Greatrakes, the “Stroker” (1629-1683); and (4) +the miracles of Lourdes, and other resorts of pilgrims, among +which may be mentioned St Winifred’s Well in Flintshire, +Treves with its Holy Coat, the grave of the Jansenist F. de Paris +in the 18th century, the little town of Kevelaer from 1641 onwards, +the tombs of St Louis, Francis of Assisi, Catherine of +Siena and others.</p> + +<p>An animistic theory of disease was held by Pastor J. Ch. +Blumhardt, Dorothea Trudel, Boltzius and other European +faith healers. Used in this sense faith healing is indistinguishable +from much of savage leech-craft, which seeks to cure disease +by expelling the evil spirit in some portion of the body. Although +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page136" id="page136"></a>136</span> +it is usually present, faith in the medicine man is not essential +for the efficacy of the method. The same may be said of the +lineal descendant of savage medicine—the magical leech-craft +of European folk-lore; cures for toothache, warts, &c., act in +spite of the disbelief of the sufferer; how far incredulity on the +part of the healer would result in failure is an open question.</p> + +<p>From the psychological point of view all these different kinds +of faith healing, as indeed all kinds of mind cure, including +those of Christian Science and hypnotism, depend on suggestion +(<i>q.v.</i>). In faith healing proper not only are powerful direct +suggestions used, but the religious atmosphere and the auto-suggestions +of the patient co-operate, especially where the cures +take place during a period of religious revival or at other times +when large assemblies and strong emotions are found. The +suggestibility of large crowds is markedly greater than that of +individuals, and to this and the greater faith must be attributed +the greater success of the fashionable places of pilgrimage.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See A.T. Myers and F.W.H. Myers in <i>Proc. Soc. Psychical Research</i>, +ix. 160-209, on the miracles of Lourdes, with bibliography; +A. Feilding, <i>Faith Healing and Christian Science</i>; O. Stoll, <i>Suggestion +und Hypnotismus in der Völkerpsychologie</i>; article “Greatrakes” +in <i>Dict. Nat. Biog.</i></p> +</div> +<div class="author">(N. W. T.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAITHORNE, WILLIAM<a name="ar16" id="ar16"></a></span> (1626 or 1627-1691), English painter +and engraver, was born in London and was apprenticed to +Robert Peake, a painter and printseller, who received the honour +of knighthood from Charles I. On the outbreak of the Civil War +he accompanied his master into the king’s service, and being +made prisoner at Basinghouse, he was confined for some time to +Aldersgate, where, however, he was permitted to follow his +profession of engraver, and among other portraits did a small +one of the first Villiers, duke of Buckingham. At the earnest +solicitation of his friends he very soon regained his liberty, +but only on condition of retiring to France. There he was so +fortunate as to receive instruction from Robert Nanteuil. He +was permitted to return to England about 1650, and took up a +shop near Temple Bar, where, besides his work as an engraver, +he carried on a large business as a printseller. In 1680 he gave +up his shop and retired to a house in Blackfriars, occupying +himself chiefly in painting portraits from the life in crayons, +although still occasionally engaged in engraving. It is said that +his life was shortened by the misfortunes, dissipation, and early +death of his son William. Faithorne is especially famous as a +portrait engraver, and among those on whom he exercised his art +were a large number of eminent persons, including Sir Henry +Spelman, Oliver Cromwell, Henry Somerset, the marquis of +Worcester, John Milton, Queen Catherine, Prince Rupert, +Cardinal Richelieu, Sir Thomas Fairfax, Thomas Hobbes, Richard +Hooker, Robert second earl of Essex, and Charles I. All his works +are remarkable for their combination of freedom and strength +with softness and delicacy, and his crayon paintings unite to +these the additional quality of clear and brilliant colouring. +He is the author of a work on engraving (1622).</p> + +<p>His son <span class="sc">William</span> (1656-1686), mezzotint engraver, at an early +age gave promise of attaining great excellence, but became idle +and dissipated, and involved his father in money difficulties. +Among persons of note whose portraits he engraved are Charles +II., Mary princess of Orange, Queen Anne when princess of +Denmark, and Charles XII. of Sweden.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The best account of the Faithornes is that contained in Walpole’s +<i>Anecdotes of Painting</i>. A life of Faithorne the elder is preserved +in the British Museum among the papers of Mr Bayford, librarian +to Lord Oxford, and an intimate friend of Faithorne.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAIZABAD,<a name="ar17" id="ar17"></a></span> a town of Afghanistan, capital of the province of +Badakshan, situated on the Kokcha river. In 1821 it was +destroyed by Murad Beg of Kunduz, and the inhabitants removed +to Kunduz. But since Badakshan was annexed by Abdur +Rahman, the town has recovered its former importance, and is +now a considerable place of trade. It is the chief cantonment +for eastern Afghanistan and the Pamir region, and is protected +by a fort built in 1904.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAJARDO,<a name="ar18" id="ar18"></a></span> a district and town on the E. coast of Porto Rico, +belonging to the department of Humacao. Pop. (1899) of the +district, 16,782; and of the town, 3414. The district is highly +fertile and is well watered, owing in great measure to its abundant +rainfall. Sugar production is its principal industry, but some +attention is also given to the growing of oranges and pineapples. +The town, which was founded in 1774, is a busy commercial +centre standing 1¼ m. from a large and well-sheltered bay, at the +entrance to which is the cape called Cabeza de San Juan. It is +the market town for a number of small islands off the E. coast, +some of which produce cattle for export.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAKHR UD-DĪN RĀZI<a name="ar19" id="ar19"></a></span> (1149-1209), Arabian historian and +theologian, was the son of a preacher, himself a writer, and was +born at Rai (Rei, Rhagae), near Tehran, where he received his +earliest training. Here and at Marāgha, whither he followed his +teacher Majd ud-Dīn ul-Jilī, he studied philosophy and theology. +He was a Shaf‘ite in law and a follower of Ash‘arī (<i>q.v.</i>) in +theology, and became renowned as a defender of orthodoxy. +During a journey in Khwarizm and Mawara’l-nahr he preached +both in Persian and Arabic against the sects of Islam. After +this tour he returned to his native city, but settled later in Herat, +where he died. His dogmatic positions may be seen from his +work <i>Kitāb ul-Muḥassal</i>, which is analysed by Schmölders in his +<i>Essai sur les écoles philosophiques chez les Arabes</i> (Paris, 1842). +Extracts from his <i>History of the Dynasties</i> were published by +Jourdain in the <i>Fundgruben des Orients</i> (vol. v.), and by D.R. +Heinzius (St Petersburg, 1828). His greatest work is the +<i>Mafātiḥ ul-Ghaib</i> (“The Keys of Mystery”), an extensive +commentary on the Koran published at Cairo (8 vols., 1890) +and elsewhere; it is specially full in its exposition of Ash‘arite +theology and its use of early and late Mu’tazilite writings.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For an account of his life see F. Wüstenfeld’s <i>Geschichte der +arabischen Ärzte</i>, No. 200 (Göttingen, 1840); for a list of his works +cf. C. Brockelmann’s <i>Gesch. der arabischen Literatur</i>, vol. 1 (Weimar, +1898), pp. 506 ff. An account of his teaching is given by M. Schreiner +in the <i>Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft</i> (vol. 52, +pp. 505 ff.).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(G. W. T.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAKIR<a name="ar20" id="ar20"></a></span> (from Arabic <i>faqīr</i>, “poor”), a term equivalent to +<i>Dervish</i> (<i>q.v.</i>) or Mahommedan religious mendicant, but which +has come to be specially applied to the Hindu devotees and +ascetics of India. There are two classes of these Indian Fakirs, +(1) the religious orders, and (2) the nomad rogues who infest the +country. The ascetic orders resemble the Franciscans of Christianity. +The bulk lead really excellent lives in monasteries, +which are centres of education and poor-relief; while others go +out to visit the poor as Gurus or teachers. Strict celibacy is +not enforced among them. These orders are of very ancient date, +owing their establishment to the ancient Hindu rule, followed +by the Buddhists, that each “twice-born” man should lead in +the woods the life of an ascetic. The second class of Fakirs are +simply disreputable beggars who wander round extorting, under +the guise of religion, alms from the charitable and practising +on the superstitions of the villagers. As a rule they make no +real pretence of leading a religious life. They are said to number +nearly a million. Many of them are known as “Jogi,” and lay +claim to miraculous powers which they declare have become +theirs by the practice of abstinence and extreme austerities. +The tortures which some of these wretches will inflict upon +themselves are almost incredible. They will hold their arms over +their heads until the muscles atrophy, will keep their fists +clenched till the nails grow through the palms, will lie on beds +of nails, cut and stab themselves, drag, week after week, enormous +chains loaded with masses of iron, or hang themselves before a +fire near enough to scorch. Most of them are inexpressibly +filthy and verminous. Among the filthiest are the Aghoris, +who preserve the ancient cannibal ritual of the followers of Siva, +eat filth, and use a human skull as a drinking-vessel. Formerly +the fakirs were always nude and smeared with ashes; but now +they are compelled to wear some pretence of clothing. The +natives do not really respect these wandering friars, but they +dread their curses.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See John Campbell Oman, <i>The Mystics, Ascetics and Saints of +India</i> (1903), and Indian Census Reports.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALAISE,<a name="ar21" id="ar21"></a></span> a town of north-western France, capital of an +arrondissement in the department of Calvados, on the right +bank of the Ante, 19 m. S. by E. of Caen by road. Pop. (1906) +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page137" id="page137"></a>137</span> +6215. The principal object of interest is the castle, now partly +in ruins, but formerly the seat of the dukes of Normandy and the +birthplace of William the Conqueror. It is situated on a lofty +crag overlooking the town, and consists of a square mass defended +by towers and flanked by a small donjon and a lofty tower added +by the English in the 15th century; the rest of the castle dates +chiefly from the 12th century. Near the castle, in the Place de +la Trinité, is an equestrian statue in bronze of William the +Conqueror, to whom the town owed its prosperity. The churches +of La Trinité and St Gervais combine the Gothic and Renaissance +styles of architecture, and St Gervais also includes Romanesque +workmanship. A street passes by way of a tunnel beneath the +choir of La Trinité. Falaise has populous suburbs, one of which, +Guibray, is celebrated for its annual fair for horses, cattle and +wool, which has been held in August since the 11th century. +The town is the seat of a subprefecture and has tribunals of +first instance and commerce, a chamber of arts and manufacture, +a board of trade-arbitrators and a communal college. Tanning +and important manufactures of hosiery are carried on.</p> + +<p>From 1417, when after a siege of forty-seven days it succumbed +to Henry V., king of England, till 1450, when it was retaken by +the French, Falaise was in the hands of the English.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALASHAS<a name="ar22" id="ar22"></a></span> (<i>i.e.</i> exiles; Ethiopic <i>falas</i>, a stranger), or “Jews +of Abyssinia,” a tribe of Hamitic stock, akin to Galla, Somali +and Beja, though they profess the Jewish religion. They claim +to be descended from the ten tribes banished from the Holy Land. +Another tradition assigns them as ancestor Menelek, Solomon’s +alleged son by the queen of Sheba. There is little or no physical +difference between them and the typical Abyssinians, except +perhaps that their eyes are a little more oblique; and they may +certainly be regarded as Hamitic. It is uncertain when they +became Jews: one account suggests in Solomon’s time; another, +at the Babylonian captivity; a third, during the 1st century +of the Christian era. That one of the earlier dates is correct +seems probable from the fact that the Falashas know nothing +of either the Babylonian or Jerusalem Talmud, make no use of +phylacteries (<i>tefillin</i>), and observe neither the feast of Purim +nor the dedication of the temple. They possess—not in Hebrew, +of which they are altogether ignorant, but in Ethiopic (or Geez)—the +canonical and apocryphal books of the Old Testament; +a volume of extracts from the Pentateuch, with comments given +to Moses by God on Mount Sinai; the Te-e-sa-sa Sanbat, or +laws of the Sabbath; the Ardit, a book of secrets revealed to +twelve saints, which is used as a charm against disease; lives of +Abraham, Moses, &c.; and a translation of Josephus called Sana +Aihud. A copy of the Orit or Mosaic law is kept in the holy of +holies in every synagogue. Various pagan observances are +mingled in their ritual: every newly-built house is considered +uninhabitable till the blood of a sheep or fowl has been spilt in it; +a woman guilty of a breach of chastity has to undergo purification +by leaping into a flaming fire; the Sabbath has been deified, and, +as the goddess Sanbat, receives adoration and sacrifice and is +said to have ten thousand times ten thousand angels to wait +on her commands. There is a monastic system, introduced +it is said in the 4th century <span class="scs">A.D.</span> by Aba Zebra, a pious man +who retired from the world and lived in the cave of Hoharewa, +in the province of Armatshoho. The monks must prepare all +their food with their own hands, and no lay person, male or +female, may enter their houses. Celibacy is not practised by the +priests, but they are not allowed to marry a second time, and no +one is admitted into the order who has eaten bread with a +Christian, or is the son or grandson of a man thus contaminated. +Belief in the evil eye or shadow is universal, and spirit-raisers, +soothsayers and rain-doctors are in repute. Education is in the +hands of the monks and priests, and is confined to boys. Fasts, +obligatory on all above seven years of age, are held on every +Monday and Thursday, on every new moon, and at the passover +(the 21st or 22nd of April). The annual festivals are the passover, +the harvest feast, the Baala Mazalat or feast of tabernacles +(during which, however, no booths are built), the day of covenant +or assembly and Abraham’s day. It is believed that after death +the soul remains in a place of darkness till the third day, when the +first sacrifice for the dead is offered; prayers are read in the +synagogue for the repose of the departed, and for seven days a +formal lament takes place every morning in his house. No +coffins are used, and a stone vault is built over the corpse so +that it may not come into direct contact with the earth.</p> + +<p>The Falashas are an industrious people, living for the most part +in villages of their own, or, if they settle in a Christian or Mahommedan +town, occupying a separate quarter. They had their own +kings, who, they pretend, were descended from David, from the +10th century until 1800, when the royal race became extinct, +and they then became subject to the Abyssinian kingdom of +Tigré. They do not mix with the Abyssinians, and never marry +women of alien religions. They are even forbidden to enter the +houses of Christians, and from such a pollution have to be purified +before entering their own houses. Polygamy is not practised; +early marriages are rare, and their morals are generally better +than those of their Christian masters. Unlike most Jews, they +have no liking for trade, but are skilled in agriculture, in the +manufacture of pottery, ironware and cloth, and are good +masons. Their numbers are variously estimated at from one +hundred to one hundred and fifty thousand.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Bibliography.—M. Flad, <i>Zwölf Jahre in Abyssinia</i> (Basel, 1869), +and his <i>Falashas of Abyssinia</i>, translated from the German by S.P. +Goodhart (London, 1869); H.A. Stern, <i>Wanderings among the +Falashas in Abyssinia</i> (London, 1862); Joseph Halévy, <i>Travels in +Abyssinia</i> (trans. London, 1878); Morais, “The Falashas” in +<i>Penn Monthly</i> (Philadelphia, 1880); Cyrus Adler, “Bibliography +of the Falashas” in <i>American Hebrew</i> (16th of March 1894); Lewin, +“Ein verlassener Bruderstamm,” in Bloch’s <i>Wochenschrift</i> (7th +February 1902), p. 85; J. Faitlovitch, <i>Notes d’un voyage chez les +Falachas</i> (Paris, 1905).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCÃO, CHRISTOVÃO DE SOUSA<a name="ar23" id="ar23"></a></span> (? 1512-1557), Portuguese +poet, came of a noble family settled at Portalegre in the Alemtejo, +which had originated with John Falcon or Falconet, one of the +Englishmen who went to Portugal in 1386 in the suite of Philippa +of Lancaster. His father, João Vaz de Almada Falcão, was an +upright public servant who had held the captaincy of Elmina on +the West African coast, but died, as he had lived, a poor man. +There is a tradition that in boyhood Christovão fell in love +with a beautiful child and rich heiress, D. Maria Brandão, and +in 1526 married her clandestinely, but parental opposition +prevented the ratification of the marriage. Family pride, it is +said, drove the father of Christovão to keep his son under strict +surveillance in his own house for five years, while the lady’s +parents, objecting to the youth’s small means, put her into the +Cistercian convent of Lorvão, and there endeavoured to wean +her heart from him by the accusation that he coveted her fortune +more than her person. Their arguments and the promise of a +good match ultimately prevailed, and in 1534 D. Maria left the +convent to marry D. Luis de Silva, captain of Tangier, while the +broken-hearted Christovão told his sad story in some beautiful +lyrics and particularly in the eclogue <i>Chrisfal</i>. He had been the +disciple and friend of the poets Bernardim Ribeiro and Sá de +Miranda, and when his great disappointment came, Falcão laid +aside poetry and entered on a diplomatic career. There is +documentary evidence that he was employed at the Portuguese +embassy in Rome in 1542, but he soon returned to Portugal, +and we find him at court again in 1548 and 1551. The date of +his death, as of his birth, is uncertain. Such is the story accepted +by Dr Theophilo Braga, the historian of Portuguese literature, +but Senhor Guimarães shows that the first part is doubtful, +and, putting aside the testimony of a contemporary and grave +writer, Diogo do Couto, he even denies the title of poet to +Christovão Falcão, arguing from internal and other evidence +that <i>Chrisfal</i> is the work of Bernardim Ribeiro; his destructive +criticism is, however, stronger than his constructive work. The +eclogue, with its 104 verses, is the very poem of <i>saudade</i>, and its +simple, direct language and chaste and tender feeling, enshrined +in exquisitely sounding verses, has won for its author lasting +fame and a unique position in Portuguese literature. Its +influence on later poets has been very considerable, and Camoens +used several of the verses as proverbs.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The poetical works of Christovão Falcão were published anonymously, +owing, it is supposed, to their personal nature and allusions, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page138" id="page138"></a>138</span> +and, in part or in whole, they have been often reprinted. There +is a modern critical edition of <i>Chrisfal</i> and a <i>Carta</i> (letter) by A. +Epiphanio da Silva Dias under the title <i>Obras de Christovão Falcão</i> +(Oporto, 1893), and one of the <i>Cantigas</i> and <i>Esparsas</i> by the same +scholar appeared in the <i>Revista Lusitana</i>, vol. 4, pp. 142-179 (Lisbon, +1896), under the name <i>Fragmento de um Cancioneiro do Seculo XVI</i>. +See <i>Bernardim Ribeiro e o Bucolismo</i>, by Dr T. Braga (Oporto, 1897), +and <i>Bernardim Ribeiro</i> (<i>O Poeta Crisfal</i>), by Delfim Guimarães +(Lisbon, 1908).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. Pr.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCK, ANTON REINHARD<a name="ar24" id="ar24"></a></span> (1777-1843), Dutch statesman, +was born at Utrecht on the 19th of March 1777. He studied +at the university of Leiden, and entered the Dutch diplomatic +service, being appointed to the legation at Madrid. Under King +Louis Napoleon he was secretary-general for foreign affairs, but +resigned office on the annexation of the Batavian republic to +France. He took a leading part in the revolt of 1813 against +French domination, and had a considerable share in the organization +of the new kingdom of the Netherlands. As minister of +education under William I. he reorganized the universities of +Ghent, Louvain and Liége and the Royal Academy of Brussels. +Side by side with his activities in education he directed the +departments of trade and the colonies. Falck was called in +Holland the king’s good genius, but William I. presently tired +of his counsels and he was superseded by Van Maanen. He was +ambassador in London when the disturbances of 1830 convinced +him of the necessity of the separation of Belgium from Holland. +He consequently resigned his post and lived in close retirement +until 1839, when he became the first Dutch minister at the Belgian +court. He died at Brussels on the 16th of March 1843. Besides +some historical works he left a correspondence of considerable +political interest, printed in <i>Brieven van A.R. Falck</i>, 1795-1843 +(2nd ed. The Hague, 1861), and <i>Ambtsbrieven van A.R. Falck</i> +(<i>ibid.</i> 1878).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCÓN,<a name="ar25" id="ar25"></a></span> the most northern state of Venezuela, with an +extensive coast line on the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Venezuela. +Pop. (1905 est.) 173,968. It lies between the Caribbean on the +N. and the state of Lara on the S., with Zulia and the Gulf of +Venezuela on the W. Its surface is much broken by irregular +ranges of low mountains, and extensive areas on the coast are +sandy plains and tropical swamps. The climate is hot, but, +being tempered by the trade winds, is not considered unhealthy +except in the swampy districts. The state is sparsely settled +and has no large towns, its capital, Coro, being important +chiefly because of its history, and as the entrepôt for an extensive +inland district. The only port in the state is La Vela de Coro, +on a small bay of the same name, 7 m. E. of the capital, with +which it is connected by railway.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCON<a name="ar26" id="ar26"></a></span> (Lat. <i>Falco</i>;<a name="fa1a" id="fa1a" href="#ft1a"><span class="sp">1</span></a> Fr. <i>Faucon</i>; Teutonic, <i>Falk</i> or <i>Valken</i>), +a word now restricted to the high-couraged and long-winged +birds of prey which take their quarry as it moves; but formerly +it had a very different meaning, being by the naturalists of the +18th and even of the 19th century extended to a great number +of birds comprised in the genus <i>Falco</i> of Linnaeus and writers +of his day,<a name="fa2a" id="fa2a" href="#ft2a"><span class="sp">2</span></a> while, on the other hand, by falconers, it was, +and still is, technically limited to the <i>female</i> of the birds +employed by them in their vocation (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Falconry</a></span>), whether +“long-winged” and therefore “noble,” or “short-winged” and +“ignoble.”</p> + +<p>According to modern usage, the majority of the falcons, in the +sense first given, may be separated into <i>five</i> very distinct groups: +(1) the falcons pure and simple (<i>Falco</i> proper); (2) the large +northern falcons (<i>Hierofalco</i>, Cuvier); (3) the “desert falcons” +(<i>Gennaea</i>, Kaup); (4) the merlins (<i>Aesalon</i>, Kaup); and (5) +the hobbies (<i>Hypotriorchis</i>, Boie). A sixth group, the kestrels +(<i>Tinnunculus</i>, Vieillot), is often added. This, however, appears +to have been justifiably reckoned a distinct genus.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:439px; height:491px" src="images/img138.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 1.—Peregrine Falcon.</td></tr></table> + +<p>The typical falcon is by common consent allowed to be that +almost cosmopolitan species to which unfortunately the English +epithet “peregrine” (<i>i.e.</i> strange or wandering) has been +attached. It is the <i>Falco peregrinus</i> of Tunstall (1771) and of +most recent ornithologists, though some prefer the specific name +<i>communis</i> applied by J.F. Gmelin a few years later (1788) to a +bird which, if his diagnosis be correct, could not have been a true +falcon at all, since it had yellow irides—a colour never met with +in the eyes of any bird now called by naturalists a “falcon.” +This species inhabits suitable localities throughout the greater +part of the globe, though examples from North America have by +some received specific recognition as <i>F. anatum</i> (the “duck-hawk”), +and those from Australia have been described as distinct +under the name of <i>F. melanogenys</i>. Here, as in so many other +cases, it is almost impossible to decide as to which forms should, +and which should not, be accounted merely local races. In size +not surpassing a raven, this falcon (fig. 1) is perhaps the most +powerful bird of prey for its bulk that flies, and its courage is not +less than its power. It is the species, in Europe, most commonly +trained for the sport of hawking (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Falconry</a></span>). Volumes have +been written upon it, and to attempt a complete account of it is, +within the limits now available, impossible. The plumage of the +adult is generally blackish-blue above, and white, with a more or +less deep cream-coloured tinge, beneath—the lower parts, except +the chin and throat, being barred transversely with black, while +a black patch extends from the bill to the ear-coverts, and +descends on either side beneath the mandible. The young have +the upper parts deep blackish-brown, and the lower white, more +or less strongly tinged with ochraceous-brown, and striped +longitudinally with blackish-brown. From Port Kennedy, the +most northern part of the American continent, to Tasmania, +and from the shores of the Sea of Okhotsk to Mendoza in the +Argentine territory, there is scarcely a country in which this +falcon has not been found. Specimens have been received from +the Cape of Good Hope, and it is only a question of the technical +differentiation of species whether it does not extend to Cape +Horn. Fearless as it is, and adapting itself to almost every +circumstance, it will form its eyry equally on the sea-washed +cliffs, the craggy mountains, or (though more rarely) the drier +spots of a marsh in the northern hemisphere, as on trees (says +H. Schlegel) in the forests of Java or the waterless ravines of +Australia. In the United Kingdom it was formerly very common, +and hardly a high rock from the Shetlands to the Isle of Wight +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page139" id="page139"></a>139</span> +but had a pair as its tenants. But the British gamekeeper has +long held the mistaken faith that it is his worst foe, and the +number of pairs now allowed to rear their brood unmolested in +the British Islands is very small. Yet its utility to the game-preserver, +by destroying every one of his most precious wards +that shows any sign of infirmity, can hardly be questioned by +reason, and G.E. Freeman (<i>Falconry</i>) has earnestly urged its +claims to protection.<a name="fa3a" id="fa3a" href="#ft3a"><span class="sp">3</span></a> Nearly allied to this falcon are several +species, such as <i>F. barbarus</i> of Mauretania, <i>F. minor</i> of South +Africa, the Asiatic <i>F. babylonicus</i>, <i>F. peregrinator</i> of India +(the shaheen), and perhaps <i>F. cassini</i> of South America, with +some others.</p> + +<p>Next to the typical falcons comes a group known as the +“great northern” falcons (<i>Hierofalco</i>). Of these the most remarkable +is the gyrfalcon (<i>F. gyrfalco</i>), whose home is in the +Scandinavian mountains, though the young are yearly visitants +to the plains of Holland and Germany. In plumage it very +much resembles <i>F. peregrinus</i>, but its flanks have generally a +bluer tinge, and its superiority in size is at once manifest. Nearly +allied to it is the Icelander (<i>F. islandus</i>), which externally differs +in its paler colouring and in almost entirely wanting the black +mandibular patch. Its proportions, however, differ a good deal, +its body being elongated. Its country is shown by its name, +but it also inhabits south Greenland, and not unfrequently +makes its way to the British Islands. Very close to this comes the +Greenland falcon (<i>F. candicans</i>), a native of north Greenland, +and perhaps of other countries within the Arctic Circle. Like +the last, the Greenland falcon from time to time occurs in the +United Kingdom, but it is always to be distinguished by wearing +a plumage in which at every age the prevailing colour is pure +white. In north-eastern America these birds are replaced by +a kindred form (<i>F. labradorus</i>), first detected by Audubon and +subsequently recognized by Dresser (<i>Orn. Miscell.</i> i. 135). It +is at once distinguished by its very dark colouring, the lower parts +being occasionally almost as deeply tinted at all ages as the +upper.</p> + +<p>All the birds hitherto named possess one character in common. +The darker markings of their plumage are longitudinal before the +first real moult takes place, and for ever afterwards are transverse. +In other words, when young the markings are in the form of +stripes, when old in the form of bars. The variation of tint is very +great, especially in <i>F. peregrinus</i>; but the experience of falconers, +whose business it is to keep their birds in the very highest condition, +shows that a falcon of either of these groups if light-coloured +in youth is light-coloured when adult, and if dark when young +is also dark when old-age, <i>after the first moult</i>, making no +difference in the complexion of the bird. The next group is that +of the so-called “desert falcons” (<i>Gennaea</i>), wherein the difference +just indicated does not obtain, for long as the bird may live +and often as it may moult, the original style of markings never +gives way to any other. Foremost among these are to be considered +the lanner and the saker (commonly termed <i>F. lanarius</i> +and <i>F. sacer</i>), both well known in the palmy days of falconry, +but only since about 1845 readmitted to full recognition. Both +of these birds belong properly to south-eastern Europe, North +Africa and south-western Asia. They are, for their bulk, less +powerful than the members of the preceding group, and +though they may be trained to high flights are naturally +captors of humbler game. The precise number of species is +very doubtful, but among the many candidates for recognition +are especially to be named the lugger (<i>F. jugger</i>) of India, and +the prairie falcon (<i>F. mexicanus</i>) of the western plains of North +America.</p> + +<p>The systematist finds it hard to decide in what group he +should place two somewhat large Australian species (<i>F. hypoleucus</i> +and F. <i>subniger</i>), both of which are rare in collections—the latter +especially.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:370px; height:376px" src="images/img139a.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig. 2.</span>—Merlin.</td></tr></table> + +<p>A small but very beautiful group comes next—the merlins<a name="fa4a" id="fa4a" href="#ft4a"><span class="sp">4</span></a> +(<i>Aesalon</i> of some writers, <i>Lithofalco</i> of others). The European +merlin (<i>F. aesalon</i>) is perhaps the boldest of the <i>Accipitres</i>, +not hesitating to attack birds of twice its own size, and even on +occasion threatening human beings. Yet it readily becomes tame, +if not affectionate, when reclaimed, and its ordinary prey consists +of the smaller <i>Passeres</i>. Its “pinion of glossy blue” has become +almost proverbial, and a deep ruddy blush suffuses its lower +parts; but these are characteristic only of the male—the female +maintaining very nearly the sober brown plumage she wore +when as a nestling she left her lowly cradle in the heather. Very +close to this bird comes the pigeon-hawk (<i>F. columbarius</i>) of +North America—so close, indeed, that none but an expert +ornithologist can detect the difference. The turumti of Anglo-Indians +(<i>F. chicquera</i>), and its representative from southern +Africa (<i>F. ruficollis</i>), also belong to this group, but they are +considerably larger than either of the former.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:372px; height:427px" src="images/img139b.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig. 3.</span>—Hobby.</td></tr></table> + +<p>Lastly, the Hobbies (<i>Hypotriorchis</i>) comprise a greater +number of forms—though how many seems to be doubtful. +They are in life at once recognizable by their bold upstanding +position, and at any time by their long wings. The type of this +group is the English hobby (<i>F. subbuteo</i>), a bird of great power +of flight, chiefly shown in the capture of insects, which form its +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page140" id="page140"></a>140</span> +ordinary food. It is a summer visitant to most parts of Europe, +including the British Islands, and is most wantonly and needlessly +destroyed by gamekeepers. A second European species +of the group is the beautiful <i>F. eleonorae</i>, which hardly comes +farther north than the countries bordering the Mediterranean, +and, though in some places abundant, is an extremely local bird. +The largest species of this section seems to be the Neotropical +<i>F. femoralis</i>, for <i>F. diroleucus</i> though often ranked here, is now +supposed to belong to the group of typical falcons.</p> +<div class="author">(A. N.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1a" id="ft1a" href="#fa1a"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Unknown to classical writers, the earliest use of this word is said +to be by Servius Honoratus (<i>circa</i> <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 390-480) in his notes on <i>Aen.</i> +x. 145. It seems possibly to be the Latinized form of the Teutonic +<i>Falk</i>, though <i>falx</i> is commonly accounted its root.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2a" id="ft2a" href="#fa2a"><span class="fn">2</span></a> The nomenclature of nearly all the older writers on this point is +extremely confused. What many of them, even so lately as Pennant’s +time, termed the “gentle falcon” is certainly the bird we +now call the goshawk (<i>i.e.</i> goose-hawk), which name itself may +have been transferred to the <i>Astur palumbarius</i> of modern ornithologists, +from one of the long-winged birds of prey.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3a" id="ft3a" href="#fa3a"><span class="fn">3</span></a> It is not to be inferred, as many writers have done, that falcons +habitually prey upon birds in which disease has made any serious +progress. Such birds meet their fate from the less noble <i>Accipitres</i> +or predatory animals of many kinds. But when a bird is <i>first</i> +affected by any disorder, its power of taking care of itself is at once +impaired, and hence in the majority of cases it may become an easy +victim under circumstances which would enable a perfectly sound +bird to escape from the attack even of a falcon.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4a" id="ft4a" href="#fa4a"><span class="fn">4</span></a> French, <i>Émérillon</i>; Icelandic, <i>Smirill</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCONE, ANIELLO<a name="ar27" id="ar27"></a></span> (1600-1665), Italian battle-painter, was +the son of a tradesman, and was born in Naples. He showed his +artistic tendency at an early age, received some instruction from +a relative, and then studied under Ribera (Lo Spagnoletto), of +whom he ranks as the most eminent pupil. Besides battle-pictures, +large and small, taken from biblical as well as secular +history, he painted various religious subjects, which, however, +count for little in his general reputation. He became, as a battle-painter, +almost as celebrated as Borgognone (Courtois), and was +named “L’Oracolo delle Battaglie.” His works have animation, +variety, truth to nature, and careful colour. Falcone was bold, +generous, used to arms, and an excellent fencer. In the insurrection +of Masaniello (1647) he resolved to be bloodily avenged +for the death, at the hands of two Spaniards, of a nephew +and of a pupil in the school of art which he had established in +Naples. He and many of his scholars, including Salvator Rosa +and Carlo Coppola, formed an armed band named the <i>Compagnia +della Morte</i> (“Company of Death”; see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Rosa, Salvator</a></span>). +They scoured the streets by day, exulting in slaughter; at night +they were painters again, and handled the brush with impetuous +zeal. Peace being restored, they had to decamp. Falcone and +Rosa made off to Rome; here Borgognone noticed the works of +Falcone, and became his friend, and a French gentleman induced +him to go to France, where Louis XIV. became one of his patrons. +Ultimately Colbert obtained permission for the painter to return +to Naples, and there he died in 1665. Two of his battle-pieces +are to be seen in the Louvre and in the Naples museum; he +painted a portrait of Masaniello, and engraved a few plates. +Among his principal scholars, besides Rosa and Coppola (whose +works are sometimes ascribed to Falcone himself), were Domenico +Gargiuolo (named Micco Spadaro), Paolo Porpora and Andrea +di Lione.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCONER, HUGH<a name="ar28" id="ar28"></a></span> (1808-1865), British palaeontologist and +botanist, descended from an old Scottish family, was born at +Forres on the 29th of February 1808. In 1826 he graduated at +Aberdeen, where he manifested a taste for the study of natural +history. He afterwards studied medicine in the university of +Edinburgh, taking the degree of M.D. in 1829; during this +period he zealously attended the botanical classes of Prof. R. +Graham (1786-1845), and those on geology by Prof. R. Jameson. +Proceeding to India in 1830 as assistant-surgeon on the Bengal +establishment of the East India Company, he made on his +arrival an examination of the fossil bones from Ava in the +possession of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and his description +of the collection, published soon afterwards, gave him a recognized +position among the scientists of India. Early in 1831 he +was appointed to the army station at Meerut, in the Northwestern +Provinces, but in the same year he was asked to officiate +as superintendent of the botanic garden of Saharanpur, during +the ill-health and absence of Dr J.F. Royle; and in 1832 he +succeeded to this post. He was thus placed in a district that +proved to be rich in palaeontological remains; and he set to +work to investigate its natural history and geology. In 1834 he +published a geological description of the Siwalik hills, in the +Tertiary strata of which he had in 1831 discovered bones of +crocodiles, tortoises and other animals; and subsequently, with +conjoint labourers, he brought to light a sub-tropical fossil +fauna of unexampled extent and richness, including remains of +<i>Mastodon</i>, the colossal ruminant <i>Sivatherium</i>, and the enormous +tortoise <i>Colossochelys Atlas</i>. For these valuable discoveries he +and Captain (afterwards Sir Proby T.) Cautley (1802-1871) +received in 1837 the Wollaston medal in duplicate from the +Geological Society of London. In 1834 Falconer was appointed +to inquire into the fitness of India for the growth of the tea-plant, +and it was on his recommendation that it was introduced +into that country.</p> + +<p>He was compelled by illness to leave India in 1842, and +during his stay in England he occupied himself with the classification +and arrangement of the Indian fossils presented to the +British Museum and East India House, chiefly by himself and +Sir Proby T. Cautley. He then set to work to edit the great +memoir by Cautley and himself, entitled <i>Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis</i>, +of which Part I. text was issued in 1846, and a series of +107 plates during the years 1846-1849. Unfortunately the +work, owing partly to Dr Falconer’s absence from England and +partly to ill-health, was never completed. He was elected F.R.S. +in 1845. In 1847 he was appointed superintendent of the +Calcutta botanical garden, and professor of botany in the +medical college; and on entering on his duties in the following +year he was at once employed by the Indian government and the +Agricultural and Horticultural Society as their adviser on all +matters connected with the vegetable products of India. He +prepared an important report on the teak forests of Tenasserim, +and this was the means of saving them from destruction by +reckless felling; and through his recommendation the cultivation +of the cinchona bark was introduced into the Indian empire. +Being compelled by the state of his health to leave India in +1855, he spent the remainder of his life chiefly in examining +fossil species in England and the Continent corresponding to +those which he had discovered in India, notably the species of +mastodon, elephant and rhinoceros; he also described some new +mammalia from the Purbeck strata, and he reported on the +bone-caves of Sicily, Gibraltar, Gower and Brixham. In the +course of his researches he became interested in the question of +the antiquity of the human race, and actually commenced a work +on “Primeval Man,” which, however, he did not live to finish. +He died on the 31st of January 1865. Shortly after his death a +committee was formed for the promotion of a “Falconer +Memorial.” This took the shape of a marble bust, which was +placed in the rooms of the Royal Society of London, and of a +Falconer scholarship of the annual value of £100, open for +competition to graduates in science or medicine of the university +of Edinburgh.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Dr Falconer’s botanical notes, with 450 coloured drawings of +Kashmir and Indian plants, have been deposited in the library at +Kew Gardens, and his <i>Palaeontological Memoirs and Notes</i>, comprising +all his papers read before learned societies, have been edited, +with a biographical sketch, by Charles Murchison, M.D. (London, +1868). Many reminiscences of Dr Falconer, and a portrait of him, +were published by his niece, Grace, Lady Prestwich, in her <i>Essays +descriptive and biographical</i> (1901).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCONER, WILLIAM<a name="ar29" id="ar29"></a></span> (1732-1760), British poet, was born +in Edinburgh on the 11th of February 1732. His father was a +wig-maker, and carried on business in one of the small shops +with wooden fronts at the Netherbow Port, an antique castellated +structure which remained till 1764, dividing High Street from +the Canongate. The old man became bankrupt, then tried +business as a grocer, and finally died in extreme poverty. +William, the son, having received a scanty education, was put +to sea. He served on board a Leith merchant vessel, and in his +eighteenth year obtained the appointment of second mate of the +“Britannia,” a vessel employed in the Levant trade, and +sailed from Alexandria for Venice. The “Britannia” was overtaken +by a dreadful storm off Cape Colonna and was wrecked, +only three of the crew being saved. Falconer was happily one +of the three, and the incidents of the voyage and its disastrous +termination formed the subject of his poem of <i>The Shipwreck</i> +(1762). Meanwhile, on his return to England, Falconer, in his +nineteenth year, printed at Edinburgh an elegy on Frederick, +prince of Wales, and afterwards contributed short pieces to the +<i>Gentleman’s Magazine</i>. Some of these descriptive and lyrical +effusions possess merit. The fine naval song of “The Storm” +(“Cease, rude Boreas”), reputed to be by George Alexander +Stevens, the dramatic writer and lecturer, has been ascribed to +Falconer, but apparently on no authority. The duke of York, +to whom <i>The Shipwreck</i> had been dedicated, advised Falconer +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page141" id="page141"></a>141</span> +to enter the royal navy, and before the end of 1762 the poet-sailor +was rated as a midshipman on board the “Royal George.” +But as this ship was paid off at the peace of 1763, Falconer +received an appointment as purser of the “Glory” frigate, a +situation which he held until that vessel was laid up on ordinary +at Chatham. In 1764 he published a new and enlarged edition +of <i>The Shipwreck</i>, and in the same year a rhymed political tirade +against John Wilkes and Charles Churchill, entitled <i>The Demagogue</i>. +In 1769 appeared his <i>Universal Marine Dictionary</i>, in +which <i>retreat</i> is defined as a French manœuvre, “not properly +a term of the British marine.” While engaged on this dictionary, +J. Murray, a bookseller in Fleet Street, father of Byron’s munificent +publisher and correspondent, wished him to join him as a +partner in business. The poet declined the offer, and became +purser of the “Aurora” frigate, which had been commissioned to +carry out to India certain supervisors or superintendents of the +East India Company. Besides his nomination as purser, Falconer +was promised the post of private secretary to the commissioners. +Before sailing he published a third edition of his <i>Shipwreck</i>, +which had again undergone “correction,” but not improvement. +The poet sailed in the “Aurora” from Spithead on the 20th of +September 1769. The vessel arrived safely at the Cape of Good +Hope, and left on the 27th of December. She was never more +heard of, having, as is supposed, foundered at sea. <i>The Shipwreck</i>, +the poem with which Falconer’s name is connected, had +a great reputation at one time, but the fine passages which +pleased the earlier critics have not saved it from general oblivion.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See his <i>Poetical Works</i> in the “Aldine Edition” (1836), with a life +by J. Mitford.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCONET, ÉTIENNE MAURICE<a name="ar30" id="ar30"></a></span> (1716-1791), French +sculptor, was born in Paris. His parents were poor, and he was +at first apprenticed to a carpenter, but some of his clay-figures, +with the making of which he occupied his leisure hours, attracted +the notice of the sculptor Lemoine, who made him his pupil. +He found time to study Greek and Latin, and also wrote several +<i>brochures</i> on art. His artistic productions are characterized by +the same defects as his writings, for though manifesting considerable +cleverness and some power of imagination, they display in +many cases a false and fantastic taste, the result, most probably, +of an excessive striving after originality. One of his most +successful statues was one of Milo of Crotona, which secured his +admission to the membership of the Academy of Fine Arts in +1754. At the invitation of the empress Catherine he went in +1766 to St Petersburg, where he executed a colossal statue of +Peter the Great in bronze. In 1788 he became director of the +French Academy of Painting. Many of Falconet’s works, being +placed in churches, were destroyed at the time of the French +Revolution. His “<i>Nymphe descendant au bain</i>” is in the Louvre.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Among his writings are <i>Reflexions sur la sculpture</i> (Paris, 1768), +and <i>Observations sur la statue de Marc-Aurèle</i> (Paris, 1771). The +whole were collected under the title of <i>Œuvres littéraires</i> (6 vols., +Lausanne, 1781-1782; 3 vols., Paris, 1787).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALCONRY<a name="ar31" id="ar31"></a></span> (Fr. <i>fauconnerie</i>, from Late Lat. <i>falco</i>, falcon), +the art of employing falcons and hawks in the chase, often termed +<i>Hawking</i>. Falconry was for many ages one of the principal +sports of the richer classes, and, since many more efficacious +methods and appliances for the capture of game undoubtedly +existed, it is probable that it has always been carried on as a +pure sport. The antiquity of falconry is very great. There +appears to be little doubt that it was practised in Asia at a very +remote period, for which we have the concurrent testimony of +various Chinese and Japanese works, some of the latter being +most quaintly and yet spiritedly illustrated. It appears to +have been known in China some 2000 years <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and the records +of a king Wen Wang, who reigned over a province of that country +689 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, prove that the art was at that time in very high favour. +In Japan it appears to have been known at least 600 years <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, +and probably at an equally early date in India, Arabia, Persia +and Syria. Sir A.H. Layard, in his <i>Nineveh and Babylon</i>, +considered that in a bas-relief found by him in the ruins of +Khorsabad “there appeared to be a falconer bearing a hawk +on his wrist,” from which it would appear to have been known +there some 1700 years <span class="scs">B.C.</span> In all the above-mentioned countries +of Asia it is practised at the present day.</p> + +<p>Little is known of the early history of falconry in Africa, +but from very ancient Egyptian carvings and drawings it seems +to have been known there many ages ago. It was probably also +in vogue in the countries of Morocco, Oran, Algiers, Tunis and +Egypt, at the same time as in Europe. The older writers on +falconry, English and continental, often mention Barbary and +Tunisian falcons. It is still practised in Egypt.</p> + +<p>Perhaps the oldest records of falconry in Europe are supplied +by the writings of Pliny, Aristotle and Martial. Although their +notices of the sport are slight and somewhat vague, yet they are +quite sufficient to show clearly that it was practised in their +days—between the years 384 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> and <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 40. It was probably +introduced into England from the continent about <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 860, +and from that time down to the middle of the 17th century +falconry was followed with an ardour that perhaps no English +sport has ever called forth, not even fox-hunting. Stringent +laws and enactments, notably in the reigns of William the +Conqueror, Edward III., Henry VIII. and Elizabeth, were +passed from time to time in its interest. Falcons and hawks +were allotted to degrees and orders of men according to rank and +station—for instance, to the emperor the eagle and vulture, +to royalty the jerfalcons, to an earl the peregrine, to a yeoman the +goshawk, to a priest the sparrow-hawk, and to a knave or servant +the useless kestrel. The writings of Shakespeare furnish ample +testimony to the high and universal estimation in which it was +held in his days. About the middle of the 17th century falconry +began to decline in England, to revive somewhat at the Restoration. +It never, however, completely recovered its former favour, +a variety of causes operating against it, such as enclosure of +waste lands, agricultural improvements, and the introduction of +fire-arms into the sporting field, till it fell, as a national sport, +almost into oblivion. Yet it has never been even temporarily +extinct, and it is successfully practised even at the present day.</p> + +<p>In Europe the game or “quarry” at which hawks are flown +consists of grouse (confined to the British Isles), black-game, +pheasants, partridges, quails, landrails, ducks, teal, woodcocks, +snipes, herons, rooks, crows, gulls, magpies, jays, blackbirds, +thrushes, larks, hares and rabbits. In former days geese, cranes, +kites, ravens and bustards were also flown at. Old German +works make much mention of the use of the Iceland falcon for +taking the great bustard, a flight scarcely alluded to by English +writers. In Asia the list of quarry is longer, and, in addition +to all the foregoing, or their Asiatic representatives, various +kinds of bustards, sand grouse, storks, ibises, spoonbills, pea-fowl, +jungle-fowl, kites, vultures and gazelles are captured by trained +hawks. In Mongolia and Chinese Tartary, and among the nomad +tribes of central Asia, the sport still flourishes; and though some +late accounts are not satisfactory either to the falconer or the +naturalist, yet they leave no doubt that a species of eagle is still +trained in those regions to take large game, as antelopes and +wolves. Mr Atkinson, in his account of his travels in the country +of the Amur, makes particular mention of the sport, as does also +Mr Shaw in his work on Yarkand; and in a letter from the +Yarkand embassy, under Mr Forsyth, C.B., dated Camp near +Yarkand, Nov. 27, 1873, the following passage occurs:—“Hawking +appears also to be a favourite amusement, the golden +eagle taking the place of the falcon or hawk. This novel sport +seemed very successful.” It is questionable whether the bird +here spoken of is the golden eagle. In Africa gazelles are taken, +and also partridges and wild-fowl.</p> + +<p>The hawks used in England are the three great northern +falcons, viz. the Greenland, Iceland and Norway falcons, the +peregrine falcon, the hobby, the merlin, the goshawk and the +sparrow-hawk. In former days the saker, the lanner and the +Barbary or Tunisian falcon were also employed. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Falcon</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>Of the foregoing the easiest to keep, most efficient in the field, +and most suitable for general use are the peregrine falcon and +the goshawk.</p> + +<p>In all hawks, the female is larger and more powerful than the +male.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page142" id="page142"></a>142</span></p> + +<p>Hawks are divided by falconers all over the world into two +great classes. The first class comprises “falcons,” <i>i.e.</i> “long-winged +hawks,” or “hawks of the lure,” distinguished by +Eastern falconers as “dark-eyed hawks.” In these the wings +are pointed, the second feather in the wing is the longest, and the +iris is of a deep, dark-brown hue. Merlins must, however, be +excepted; and here it would seem that the Eastern distinction +is the better, for though merlins are much more falcons than they +are hawks, they differ from falcons in having the third feather +in the wing the longest, while they are certainly “dark-eyed +hawks.”</p> + +<p>The second class is that of “hawks,” <i>i.e.</i> “short-winged +hawks,” or “hawks of the fist,” called by Eastern falconers +“yellow (or rose) eyed hawks.” In these the wings are rounded, +the fourth feather is the longest in the wing, and the iris is +yellow, orange or deep-orange.</p> + +<p>The following glossary of the principal terms used in falconry +may assist the reader in perusing this notice of the practice of +the art. Useless or obsolete terms are omitted:—</p> + +<div class="condensed list"> +<p><i>Austringan.</i>—A falconer.</p> + +<p><i>Bate.</i>—A hawk is said to “bate” when she flutters off from the fist, +perch or block, whether from wildness, or for exercise, or in +the attempt to chase.</p> + +<p><i>Bewits.</i>—Straps of leather by which the bells are fastened to a +hawk’s legs.</p> + +<p><i>Bind.</i>—A hawk is said to “bind” when she seizes a bird in the +air and clings to it.</p> + +<p><i>Block.</i>—The conical piece of wood, of the form of an inverted flower-pot, +used for hawks to sit upon; for a peregrine it should be +about 10 to 12 in. high, 5 to 6 in diameter at top, and 8 to 9 in +diameter at base.</p> + +<p><i>Brail.</i>—A thong of soft leather used to secure, when desirable, the +wing of a hawk. It has a slit to admit the pinion joint, and the +ends are tied together.</p> + +<p><i>Cadge.</i>—The wooden frame on which hawks, when numerous, are +carried to the field.</p> + +<p><i>Cadger.</i>—The person who carries the cadge.</p> + +<p><i>Calling off.</i>—Luring a hawk (see <i>Lure</i>) from the hand of an +assistant.</p> + +<p><i>Carry.</i>—A hawk is said to “carry” when she flies away with the +quarry on the approach of the falconer.</p> + +<p><i>Cast.</i>—Two hawks which may be used for flying together are called +a “cast,” not necessarily a pair.</p> + +<p><i>Casting.</i>—The oblong or egg-shaped ball, consisting of feathers, +bones, &c., which all hawks (and insectivorous birds) throw +up after the nutritious part of their food has been digested. +Also the fur or feathers given them to assist the process.</p> + +<p><i>Cere.</i>—The naked wax-like skin above the beak.</p> + +<p><i>Check.</i>—A hawk is said to fly at “check” when she flies at a bird +other than the intended object of pursuit.</p> + +<p><i>Clutching.</i>—Taking the quarry in the feet as the short-winged hawks +do. Falcons occasionally “clutch.”</p> + +<p><i>Come to.</i>—A hawk is said to “come to” when she begins to get +tame.</p> + +<p><i>Coping.</i>—Cutting the beak or talons of a hawk.</p> + +<p><i>Crab.</i>—To fight.</p> + +<p><i>Creance.</i>—A long line or string.</p> + +<p><i>Crop, to put away.</i>—A hawk is said to “put away her crop” when +the food passes out of the crop into the stomach.</p> + +<p><i>Deck feathers.</i>—The two centre tail-feathers.</p> + +<p><i>Eyas.</i>—A hawk which has been brought up from the nest (nyas, +from Fr. <i>niais</i>).</p> + +<p><i>Eyry.</i>—The nest of a hawk.</p> + +<p><i>Foot.</i>—A hawk is said to “foot” well or to be a “good footer” +when she is successful in killing. Many hawks are very fine +fliers without being “good footers.”</p> + +<p><i>Frounce.</i>—A disease in the mouth and throat of hawks.</p> + +<p><i>Get in.</i>—To go up to a hawk when she has killed her quarry.</p> + +<p><i>Hack.</i>—The state of partial liberty in which young hawks must +always at first be kept.</p> + +<p><i>Haggard.</i>—A wild-caught hawk in the adult plumage.</p> + +<p><i>Hood.</i>—(See fig.)</p> + +<p><i>Hoodshy.</i>—A hawk is said to be “hoodshy” when she is afraid of, +or resists, having her hood put on.</p> + +<p><i>Hunger trace.</i>—A mark, and a defect, in the tail feathers, denoting +a weak point; generally due to temporary starvation as a +nestling.</p> + +<p><i>Imping.</i>—The process of mending broken feathers is called “imping.” +(See fig.)</p> + +<p><i>Imping needle.</i>—A piece of tough soft iron wire from about 1½ to +2½ in. long, rough filed so as to be three-sided and tapering +from the middle to the ends. (See fig.)</p> + +<p><i>Intermewed.</i>—A hawk moulted in confinement is said to be “intermewed.”</p> + +<p><i>Jack.</i>—Mate of the merlin.</p> + +<p><i>Jerkin.</i>—Mate of the jerfalcon.</p> + +<p><i>Jesses.</i>—Strips of light but very tough leather, some 6 to 8 in. long, +which always remain on a hawk’s legs—one on each leg. (See +fig.)</p> + +<p><i>Jonk.</i>—To sleep.</p> + +<p><i>Leash.</i>—A strong leathern thong, some 2½ or 3 ft. long, with a knot +or button at one end, used to secure a hawk. (See fig.)</p> + +<p><i>Lure.</i>—The instrument used for calling long-winged hawks—a dead +pigeon, or an artificial lure made of leather and feathers or wings +of birds, tied to a string, with meat attached to it.</p> + +<p><i>Mail.</i>—The breast feathers.</p> + +<p><i>Make hawk.</i>—A hawk is called a “make hawk” when, as a +thoroughly trained and steady hawk, she is flown with young +ones to teach them their work.</p> + +<p><i>Man a hawk.</i>—To tame a hawk and accustom her to strangers.</p> +</div> + +<table class="pic" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter" colspan="2"><img style="width:470px; height:525px" src="images/img142.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption" colspan="2">Implements used in Falconry.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="f90" style="width: 50%; vertical-align: top;"> +<p>1. Hood.</p> +<p>2. Back view of hood, showing +braces <i>a, a, b, b</i>; by drawing +the braces <i>b, b</i>, the hood, +now open, is closed.</p> +<p>3. Rufter hood.</p> +<p>4. Imping-needle.</p> +<p>5. Jess; <i>d</i> is the space for the +hawk’s leg; the point and +slit <i>a, a</i> are brought round +the leg, and passed through +slit <i>b</i>, after which the point +<i>c</i> and slit <i>c</i>, and also the +whole remaining length of +jess, are pulled through slits +<i>a</i> and <i>b</i>; <i>c</i> is the slit to which +the upper ring of swivel is +attached.</p></td> + +<td class="f90" style="width: 50%; vertical-align: top;"> +<p>6. Hawk’s leg with bell a, bewit +<i>b</i>, jess <i>c.</i></p> +<p>7. Jesses, swivel and leash.</p> +<p>8. Portion of first wing-feather +of male peregrine falcon, +“tiercel,” half natural size, +in process of imping; <i>a</i>, +the living hawk’s feather; +<i>b</i>, piece supplied from another +tiercel, with the imping +needle <i>c</i> pushed half its +length into it and ready to +be pushed home into the +living bird’s feather.</p></td></tr></table> + +<div class="condensed list"> +<p class="pt2"><i>Mantle.</i>—A hawk is said to “mantle” when she stretches out a leg +and a wing simultaneously, a common action of hawks when +at ease; also when she spreads out her wings and feathers to +hide any quarry or food she may have seized from another +hawk, or from man. In the last case it is a fault.</p> + +<p><i>Mew.</i>—A hawk is said to “mew” when she moults. The place +where a hawk was kept to moult was in olden times called +her “mew.” Buildings where establishments of hawks were +kept were called “mews.”</p> + +<p><i>Musket.</i>—Male of the sparrow-hawk.</p> + +<p><i>Mutes</i> (<i>mutings</i>).—Excrement of hawk.</p> + +<p><i>Pannel.</i>—The stomach of a hawk, corresponding with the gizzard +of a fowl, is called her pannel. In it the casting is formed.</p> + +<p><i>Passage.</i>—The line herons take over a tract of country on their way +to and from the heronry when procuring food in the breeding +season.</p> + +<p><i>Passage hawks.</i>—Hawks captured when on their passage or +migration.</p> + +<p><i>Pelt.</i>—The dead body of any quarry the hawk has killed.</p> + +<p><i>Pitch.</i>—The height to which a hawk, when waiting for game to be +flushed, rises in the air.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page143" id="page143"></a>143</span></p> + +<p><i>Plume.</i>—A hawk is said to “plume” a bird when she pulls off the +feathers.</p> + +<p><i>Point.</i>—A hawk “makes her point” when she rises in the air over +the spot where quarry has saved itself from capture by dashing +into a hedge, or has otherwise secreted itself.</p> + +<p><i>Pounces.</i>—A hawk’s claws.</p> + +<p><i>Pull through the hood.</i>—A hawk is said to pull through the hood +when she eats with it on.</p> + +<p><i>Put in.</i>—A bird is said to “put in” when it saves itself from the +hawk by dashing into covert or other place of security.</p> + +<p><i>Quarry.</i>—The bird or beast flown at.</p> + +<p><i>Rake out.</i>—A hawk is said to “rake out” when she flies, while +“waiting on” (see <i>Wait on</i>), too far and wide from her master.</p> + +<p><i>Ramage.</i>—Wild.</p> + +<p>Red hawk.—Hawks of the first year, in the young plumage, are +called “red hawks.”</p> + +<p><i>Ringing.</i>—A bird is said to “ring” when it rises spirally in the air.</p> + +<p><i>Rufter hood.</i>—An easy fitting hood, not, however, convenient for +hooding and unhooding—used only for hawks when first +captured. (See fig.)</p> + +<p><i>Sails.</i>—The wings of a hawk.</p> + +<p><i>Seeling.</i>—Closing the eyes by a fine thread drawn through the lid +of each eye, the threads being then twisted together above the +head—a practice long disused in England.</p> + +<p><i>Serving a hawk.</i>—Driving out quarry which has taken refuge, or +has “put in.”</p> + +<p><i>Stoop.</i>—The hawk’s rapid plunge upon the quarry.</p> + +<p><i>Take the air.</i>—A bird is said to “take the air” when it seeks to +escape by trying to rise higher than the falcon.</p> + +<p><i>Tiercel.</i>—The male of various falcons, particularly of the peregrine, +also <i>tarcell</i>, <i>tassell</i> or <i>tercel</i>; the term is also applied to the male +of the goshawk.</p> + +<p><i>Trussing.</i>—A hawk is said to “truss” a bird when she catches it +in the air, and comes to the ground with it in her talons: this +term is not applied to large quarry. (See <i>Bind</i>.)</p> + +<p><i>Varvels.</i>—Small rings, generally of silver, fastened to the end of the +jesses, and engraved with the owner’s name.</p> + +<p><i>Wait on.</i>—A hawk is said to “wait on” when she flies above her +master waiting till game is sprung.</p> + +<p><i>Weathering.</i>—Hawks are “weathered” by being placed unhooded +in the open air. Passage hawks which are not sufficiently +reclaimed to be left out by themselves unhooded on blocks are +“weathered” by being put out for an hour or two under the +falconer’s eye.</p> + +<p><i>Yarak.</i>—An Eastern term, generally applied to short-winged +hawks. When a hawk is keen, and in hunting condition, she +is said to be “in yarak.”</p> +</div> + +<p>The training of hawks affords much scope for judgment, +experience and skill on the part of the falconer, who must carefully +observe the temper and disposition as well as the constitution +of each bird. It is through the appetite principally that +hawks, like most wild animals, are tamed; but to fit them for use +in the field much patience, gentleness and care must be used. +Slovenly taming necessitates starving, and low condition and +weakness are the result. The aim of the falconer must be +to have his hawks always keen, and the appetite when they are +brought into the field should be such as would induce the bird +in a state of nature to put forth its full powers to obtain its food, +with, as near as possible, a corresponding condition as to flesh. +The following is an outline of the process of training hawks, +beginning with the management of a wild-caught peregrine +falcon. When first taken, a rufter hood should be put on her +head, and she must be furnished with jesses, swivel, leash and +bell. A thick glove or rather gauntlet must be worn on the left +hand (Eastern falconers always carry a hawk on the right), +and she must be carried about as much as possible, late into +the night, every day, being constantly stroked with a bird’s +wing or feather, very lightly at first. At night she should be +tied to a perch in a room with the window darkened, so that no +light can enter in the morning. The perch should be a padded +pole placed across the room, about 4½ ft. from the ground, +with a canvas screen underneath. She will easily be induced +to feed in most cases by drawing a piece of beefsteak over her +feet, brushing her legs at the time with a wing, and now and +then, as she snaps, slipping a morsel into her mouth. Care must +be taken to make a peculiar sound with the lips or tongue, or to +use a low whistle as she is in the act of swallowing; she will very +soon learn to associate this sound with feeding, and it will be +found that directly she hears it, she will gripe with her talons, +and bend down to feel for food. When the falconer perceives +this and other signs of her “coming to,” that she no longer +starts at the voice or touch, and steps quietly up from the perch +when the hand is placed under her feet, it will be time to change +her rufter hood for the ordinary hood. This latter should be very +carefully chosen—an easy fitting one, in which the braces draw +closely and yet easily and without jerking. An old one previously +worn is to be recommended. The hawk should be taken into a +very dark room—one absolutely dark is best—and the change +should be made if possible in total darkness. After this she +must be brought to feed with her hood off; at first she must be +fed every day in a darkened room, a gleam of light being admitted. +The first day, the hawk having seized the food and begun to +pull at it freely, the hood must be gently slipped off, and after +she has eaten a moderate quantity, it must be replaced as slowly +and gently as possible, and she should be allowed to finish her +meal through the hood. Next day the hood may be twice removed, +and so on; day by day the practice should be continued, +and more light gradually admitted, until the hawk will feed +freely in broad daylight, and suffer the hood to be taken off and +replaced without opposition. Next she must be accustomed to +see and feed in the presence of strangers and dogs, &c. A good +plan is to carry her in the streets of a town at night, at first +where the gas-light is not strong, and where persons passing by +are few, unhooding and hooding her from time to time, but not +letting her get frightened. Up to this time she should be fed +on lean beefsteak with no castings, but as soon as she is tolerably +tame and submits well to the hood, she must occasionally be +fed with pigeons and other birds. This should be done not later +than 3 or 4 <span class="scs">P.M.</span>, and when she is placed on her perch for the +night in the dark room, she must be unhooded and left so, of +course being carefully tied up. The falconer should enter the +room about 7 or 8 <span class="scs">A.M.</span> next day, admitting as little light as +possible, or using a candle. He should first observe if she has +thrown her casting; if so, he will at once take her to the fist, +giving her a bite of food, and re-hood her. If her casting is not +thrown it is better for him to retire, leaving the room quite dark, +and come in again later. She must now be taught to know the +voice—the shout that is used to call her in the field—and to +jump to the fist for food, the voice being used every time she is +fed. When she comes freely to the fist she must be made acquainted +with the lure. Kneeling down with the hawk on his +fist, and gently unhooding her, the falconer casts out a lure, +which may be either a dead pigeon or an artificial lure garnished +with beefsteak tied to a string, to a distance of a couple or three +feet in front of her. When she jumps down to it, she should be +allowed to eat a little on it—the voice being used—the while +receiving morsels from the falconer’s hand; and before her meal +is finished she must be taken off to the hand, being induced to +forsake the lure for the hand by a tempting piece of meat. +This treatment will help to check her inclination hereafter to +carry her quarry. This lesson is to be continued till the falcon +feeds very boldly on the lure on the ground, in the falconer’s +presence—till she will suffer him to walk round her while she is +feeding. All this time she will have been held by the leash only, +but in the next step a strong, but light creance must be made +fast to the leash, and an assistant holding the hawk should +unhood her, as the falconer, standing at a distance of 5 to 10 yds., +calls her by shouting and casting out the lure. Gradually day +after day the distance is increased, till the hawk will come 30 yds. +or so without hesitation; then she may be trusted to fly to the +lure at liberty, and by degrees from any distance, say 1000 yds. +This accomplished, she should learn to stoop at the lure. Instead +of allowing the hawk to seize upon it as she comes up, the falconer +should snatch the lure away and let her pass by, and immediately +put it out that she may readily seize it when she turns round to +look for it. This should be done at first only once, and then +progressively until she will stoop backwards and forwards at the +lure as often as desired. Next she should be entered at her +quarry. Should she be intended for rooks or herons, two or three +of these birds should be procured. One should be given her +from the hand, then one should be released close to her, and a +third at a considerable distance. If she take these keenly, she +may be flown at a wild bird. Care must, however, be taken to +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page144" id="page144"></a>144</span> +let her have every possible advantage in her first flights—wind +and weather, and the position of the quarry with regard to the +surrounding country, must be considered.</p> + +<p>Young hawks, on being received by the falconer before they +can fly, must be put into a sheltered place, such as an outhouse +or shed. Their basket or hamper should be filled with straw. +A hamper is best, with the lid so placed as to form a platform +for the young hawks to come out upon to feed. This should +be fastened to a beam or prop a few feet from the ground. +The young hawks must be most plentifully fed on the best fresh +food obtainable—good beefsteak and fresh-killed birds; the +falconer when feeding them should use his voice as in luring. +As they grow old enough they will come out, and perch about the +roof of their shed, by degrees extending their flights to neighbouring +buildings or trees, never failing to come at feeding time to +the place where they are fed. Soon they will be continually +on the wing, playing or fighting with one another, and later the +falconer will observe them chasing other birds, as pigeons and +rooks, which may be passing by. As soon as one fails to come +for a meal, it must be at once caught with a bow net or a snare +the first time it comes back, or it will be lost. It must be borne +in mind that the longer hawks can be left at hack the better they +are likely to be for use in the field—those hawks being always +the best which have preyed a few times for themselves before +being caught. Of course there is great risk of losing hawks when +they begin to prey for themselves. When a hawk is so caught +she is said to be “taken up” from hack. She will not require a +rufter hood, but a good deal of the management described for +the passage falcon will be necessary. She must be carefully +tamed and broken to the hood in the same manner, and so +taught to know the lure; but, as might be expected, very much +less difficulty will be experienced. As soon as the eyas knows the +lure sufficiently well to come to it sharp and straight from a +distance, she must be taught to “wait on.” This is effected +by letting the hawk loose in an open place, such as a down. +It will be found that she will circle round the falconer looking +for the lure she has been accustomed to see—perhaps mount a +little in the air, and advantage must be taken of a favourable +moment when the hawk is at a little height, her head being turned +in towards the falconer, to let go a pigeon which she can easily +catch. When the hawk has taken two or three pigeons in this +way, and mounts immediately in expectation, in short, begins +to wait on, she should see no more pigeons, but be tried at game +as soon as possible. Young peregrines should be flown at +grouse first in preference to partridges, not only because the +season commences earlier, but because, grouse being the heavier +birds, they are not so much tempted to “carry” as with +partridges.</p> + +<p>The training of the great northern falcons, as well as that of +merlins and hobbies, is conducted much on the above principles, +but the jerfalcons (gerfalcons or gyrfalcons) will seldom wait on +well, and merlins will not do it at all.</p> + +<p>The training of short-winged hawks is a simpler process. +They must, like falcons, be provided with jesses, swivel, leash and +bell. In these hawks a bell is sometimes fastened to the tail. +Sparrow-hawks can, however, scarcely carry a bell big enough to +be of any service. The hood is seldom used for short-winged +hawks—never in the field. They must be made as tame as +possible by carriage on the fist and the society of man, and taught +to come to the fist freely when required—at first to jump to it in a +room, and then out of doors. When the goshawk comes freely +and without hesitation from short distances, she ought to be +called from long distances from the hand of an assistant, but not +oftener than twice in each meal, until she will come at least +1000 yds., on each occasion being well rewarded with some food +she likes very much, as a fresh-killed bird, warm. When she +does this freely, and endures the presence of strangers, dogs, &c., +a few bagged rabbits should be given to her, and she will be ready +to take the field. Some accustom the goshawk to the use of the +lure, for the purpose of taking her if she will not come to the +fist in the field when she has taken stand in a tree after being +baulked of her quarry, but it ought not to be necessary to use it.</p> + +<p>Falcons or long-winged hawks are either “flown out of the +hood,” <i>i.e.</i> unhooded and slipped when the quarry is in sight, +or they are made to “wait on” till game is flushed. Herons and +rooks are always taken by the former method. Passage hawks +are generally employed for flying at these birds, though sometimes +good eyases are quite equal to the work. For heron-hawking +a well-stocked heronry is in the first place necessary. +Next an open country which can be ridden over—over which +herons are in the constant habit of passing to and from their +heronry on their fishing excursions, or making their “passage.” +A heron found at his feeding-place at a brook or pond affords no +sport whatever. If there be little water any peregrine falcon +that will go straight at him will seize him soon after he rises. +It is sometimes advisable to fly a young falcon at a heron so +found, but it should not be repeated. If there be much water +the heron will neither show sport nor be captured. It is quite a +different affair when he is sighted winging his way at a height +in the air over an open tract of country free from water. Though +he has no chance whatever of competing with a falcon in straightforward +flight, the heron has large concave wings, a very light +body proportionately, and air-cells in his bones, and can rise with +astonishing rapidity, more perpendicularly, or, in other words, +in smaller rings, than the falcon can, with very little effort. +As soon as he sees the approach of the falcon, which he usually +does almost directly she is cast off, he makes play for the upper +regions. Then the falcon commences to climb too to get above +him, but in a very different style. She makes very large circles +or rings, travelling at a high rate of speed, due to her strength and +weight and power of flying, till she rises above the heron. Then +she makes her attack by stooping with great force at the quarry, +sometimes falling so far below it as the blow is evaded that she +cannot spring up to the proper pitch for the next stoop, and has +to make another ring to regain her lost command over the heron, +which is ever rising, and so on—the “field” meanwhile galloping +down wind in the direction the flight is taking till she seizes +the heron aloft, “binds” to him, and both come down together. +Absurd stories have been told and pictures drawn of the heron +receiving the falcon on its beak in the air. It is, however, +well known to all practical falconers that the heron has no power +or inclination to fight with a falcon in the air; so long as he +is flying he seeks safety solely from his wings. When on the +ground, however, should the falcon be deficient in skill or +strength, or have been mutilated by the coping of her beak and +talons, as was sometimes formerly done in Holland with a view +to saving the heron’s life, the heron may use his dagger-like bill +with dangerous effect, though it is very rare for a falcon to be +injured. It is never safe to fly the goshawk at a heron of any +description. Short-winged hawks do not immediately kill their +quarry as falcons do, nor do they seem to know where the life +lies, and seldom shift their hold once taken even to defend +themselves; and they are therefore easily stabbed by a heron. +Rooks are flown in the same manner as herons, but the flight +is generally inferior. Although rooks fly very well, they seek +shelter in trees or bushes as soon as possible.</p> + +<p>For game-hawking eyases are generally used, though undoubtedly +passage or wild-caught hawks are to be preferred. +The best game hawks we have seen have been passage hawks, +but there are difficulties attending the use of them. It may +perhaps be fairly said that it is easy to make all passage hawks +“wait on” in grand style, but until they have got over a season +or two they are very liable to be lost. Among the advantages +attending the use of eyases are the following: they are easier +to obtain and to train and keep; they also moult far better +and quicker than passage hawks, while if lost in the field they +will often go home by themselves, or remain about the spot +where they were liberated. Experience, and, we must add, +some good fortune also, are requisite to make eyases good for +waiting on for game. Slight mistakes on the part of the falconer, +false points from dogs, or bad luck in serving, will cause a young +hawk to acquire bad habits, such as sitting down on the ground, +taking stand in a tree, raking out wide, skimming the ground, +or lazily flying about at no height. A good game hawk in proper +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page145" id="page145"></a>145</span> +flying order goes up at once to a good pitch in the air—the +higher she flies the better—and follows her master from field to +field, always ready for a stoop when the quarry is sprung. +Hawks that have been successfully broken and judiciously +worked become wonderfully clever, and soon learn to regulate +their flight by the movements of their master. Eyases were not +held in esteem by the old falconers, and it is evident from their +writings that these hawks have been very much better understood +and managed in the 19th century than in the middle ages. +It is probable that the old falconers procured their passage +and wild-caught hawks with such facility, having at the same +time more scope for their use in days when quarry was more +abundant and there was more waste land than there now is, +that they did not find it necessary to trouble themselves about +eyases. Here may be quoted a few lines from one of the best +of the old writers, which may be taken as giving a fair account +of the estimation in which eyases were generally held, and from +which it is evident that the old falconers did not understand +flying hawks at hack. Simon Latham, writing in 1633, says of +eyases:</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>They will be verie easily brought to familiaritie with the man, +not in the house only, but also abroad, hooded or unhooded; nay, +many of them will be more gentle and quiet when unhooded than +when hooded, for if a man doe but stirre or speake in their hearing, +they will crie and bate as though they did desire to see the man. +Likewise some of them being unhooded, when they see the man +will cowre and crie, shewing thereby their exceeding fondness and +fawning love towards him....</p> + +<p>... These kind of hawks be all (for the most part) taken out +of the nest while verie young, even in the downe, from whence +they are put into a close house, whereas they be alwaies fed and +familiarly brought up by the man, untill they bee able to flie, when +as the summer approaching verie suddenly they are continued +and trained up in the same, the weather being alwaies warm and +temperate; thus they are still inured to familiaritie with the man, +not knowing from whence besides to fetch their relief or sustenance. +When the summer is ended they bee commonly put up into a house +again, or else kept in some warm place, for they cannot endure the +cold wind to blow upon them.... But leaving to speak of these +kind of scratching hawks that I never did love should come too +neere my fingers, and to return unto the faire conditioned haggard +faulcon....</p> +</div> + +<p>The author here describes with accuracy the condition of +unhacked eyases, which no modern falconer would trouble +himself to keep. Many English falconers in modern times have +had eyases which have killed grouse, ducks and other quarry in a +style almost equalling that of passage hawks. Rooks also have +been most successfully flown, and some herons on passage have +been taken by eyases. No sport is to be had at game without +hawks that wait on well. Moors, downs, open country where +the hedges are low and weak are best suited to game hawking. +Pointers or setters may be used to find game, or the hawk may be +let go on coming to the ground where game is known to lie, +and suffered, if an experienced one, to “wait on” till game is +flushed. However, the best plan with most hawks, young ones +especially, is to use a dog, and to let the hawk go when the dog +points, and to flush the birds as soon as the hawk is at her pitch. +It is not by any means necessary that the hawk should be near +the birds when they rise, provided she is at a good height, and +that she is watching; she will come at once with a rush out of +the air at great speed, and either cut one down with the stoop, +or the bird will save itself by putting in, when every exertion +must be made, especially if the hawk be young and inexperienced, +to “serve” her as soon as possible by driving out the bird again +while she waits overhead. If this be successfully done she is +nearly certain to kill it at the second flight. Perhaps falcons +are best for grouse and tiercels for partridges.</p> + +<p>Magpies afford much sport. Only tiercels should be used for +hunting magpies. A field is necessary—at the very least 4 or 5 +runners to beat the magpie out, and perhaps the presence of a +horseman is an advantage. Of course in open flight a magpie +would be almost immediately caught by a tiercel peregrine, +and there would be no sport, but the magpie makes up for his +want of power of wing by his cunning and shiftiness; and he is, +moreover, never to be found except where he has shelter under +his lee for security from a passing peregrine. Once in a hedge +or tree he is perfectly safe from the wild falcon, but the case is +otherwise when the falconer approaches with his trained tiercel, +perhaps a cast of tiercels, waiting on in the air, with some +active runners in his field. Then driven from hedge to hedge, +from one kind of shelter to another, stooped at every instant +when he shows himself ever so little away from cover by the +watchful tiercels overhead, his egg-stealing days are brought to +an end by a fatal stroke—sometimes not before the field is pretty +well exhausted with running and shouting. The magpie always +manœuvres towards some thick wood, from which it is the aim +of the field to cut him off. At first hawks must be flown in +easy country, but when they understand their work well they +will kill magpies in very enclosed country—with a smart active +field a magpie may even be pushed through a small wood. +Magpie hawking affords excellent exercise, not only for those who +run to serve the hawks, but for the hawks also; they get a great +deal of flying, and learn to hunt in company with men—any +number of people may be present. Blackbirds may be hunted +with tiercels in the same way. Woodcock afford capital sport +where the country is tolerably open. It will generally be found +that after a hawk has made one stoop at a woodcock, the cock +will at first try to escape by taking the air, and will show a very +fine flight. When beaten in the air it will try to get back to +covert again, but when once a hawk has outflown a woodcock, +he is pretty sure to kill it. Hawks seem to pursue woodcock +with great keenness; something in the flight of the cock tempts +them to exertion. The laziest and most useless hawks—hawks +that will scarcely follow a slow pigeon—will do their best at +woodcock, and will very soon, if the sport is continued, be improved +in their style of flying. Snipe may be killed by first-class +tiercels in favourable localities. Wild duck and teal are only to +be flown at when they can be found in small pools or brooks +at a distance from much water—where the fowl can be suddenly +flushed by men or dogs while the falcon is flying at her pitch +overhead. For duck, falcons should be used; tiercels will kill +teal well.</p> + +<p>The merlin is used for flying at larks, and there does not seem +to be any other use to which this pretty little falcon may fairly +be put. It is very active, but far from being, as some authors +have stated, the swiftest of all hawks. Its flight is greatly +inferior in speed and power to that of the peregrine. Perhaps +its diminutive size, causing it to be soon lost to view, and a +limited acquaintance with the flight of the wild peregrine falcon, +have led to the mistake.</p> + +<p>The hobby is far swifter than the merlin, but cannot be said +to be efficient in the field; it may be trained to wait on beautifully, +and will sometimes take larks; it is very much given to +the fault of “carrying.”</p> + +<p>The three great northern falcons are not easy to procure in +proper condition for training. They are very difficult to break +to the hood and to manage in the field. They are flown, like the +peregrine, at herons and rooks, and in former days were used +for kites and hares. Their style of flight is magnificent; they +are considerably swifter than the peregrine, and are a most deadly +“footers.” They seem, however, to lack somewhat of the spirit +and dash of the peregrine.</p> + +<p>For the short-winged hawks an open country is not required; +indeed they may be flown in a wood. Goshawks are flown at +hares, rabbits, pheasants, partridges and wild-fowl. Only +very strong females are able to take hares; rabbits are easy +quarry for any female goshawk, and a little too strong for the +male. A good female goshawk may kill from 10 to 15 rabbits +in a day, or more. For pheasants the male is to be preferred, +certainly for partridges; either sex will take duck and teal, +but the falconer must get close to them before they are flushed, +or the goshawk will stand a poor chance of killing. Rabbit +hawking may be practised by ferreting, and flying the hawk +as the rabbits bolt, but care must be taken or the hawk will +kill the ferret. Where rabbits sit out on grass or in turnip fields, +a goshawk may be used with success, even in a wood when the +holes are not too near. From various causes it is impossible, or +nearly so, to have goshawks in England in the perfection to which +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page146" id="page146"></a>146</span> +they are brought in the East. In India, for instance, there is a +far greater variety of quarry suited to them, and wild birds are +much more approachable; moreover, there are advantages for +training which do not exist in England. Unmolested—and +scarcely noticed except perhaps by others of his calling or tastes—the +Eastern falconer carries his hawk by day and night in the +crowded bazaars, till the bird becomes perfectly indifferent to +men, horses, dogs, carriages, and, in short, becomes as tame as +the domestic animals.</p> + +<p>The management of sparrow-hawks is much the same as that +of goshawks, but they are far more delicate than the latter. +They are flown in England at blackbirds, thrushes and other +small birds; good ones will take partridges well till the birds +get too wild and strong with the advancing season. In the East +large numbers of quail are taken with sparrow-hawks.</p> + +<p>It is of course important that hawks from which work in the +field is expected should be kept in the highest health, and they +must be carefully fed; no bad or tainted meat must on any +account be given to them—at any rate to hawks of the species +used in England. Peregrines and the great northern falcons +are best kept on beefsteak, with a frequent change in the shape +of fresh-killed pigeons and other birds. The smaller falcons, +the merlin and the hobby, require a great number of small birds +to keep them in good health for any length of time. Goshawks +should be fed like peregrines, but rats and rabbits are very good +as change of food for them. The sparrow-hawk, like the small +falcons, requires small birds. All hawks require castings frequently. +It is true that hawks will exist, and often appear to +thrive, on good food without castings, but the seeds of probable +injury to their health are being sown the whole time they are so +kept. If there is difficulty in procuring birds, and it is more convenient +to feed the hawks on beefsteak, they should frequently +get the wings and heads and necks of game and poultry. In +addition to the castings which they swallow, tearing these is +good exercise for them, and biting the bones prevents the beaks +from overgrowing. Most hawks, peregrines especially, require +the bath. The end of a cask, sawn off to give a depth of about +6 in., makes a very good bath. Peregrines which are used for +waiting on require a bath at least twice a week. If this be +neglected, they will not wait long before going off in search +of water to bathe, however hungry they may be.</p> + +<p>The most agreeable and the best way, where practicable, +of keeping hawks is to have them on blocks on the lawn. Each +hawk’s block should stand in a circular bed of sand—about 8 ft. +in diameter; this will be found very convenient for keeping +them clean. Goshawks are generally placed on bow perches, +which ought not to be more than 8 or 9 in. high at the highest +part of the arc. It will be several months before passage or wild-caught +falcons can be kept out of doors; they must be fastened +to a perch in a darkened room, hooded, but by degrees as they +get thoroughly tame may be brought to sit on the lawn. In +England (especially in the south) peregrines, the northern falcons +and goshawks may be kept out of doors all day and night in a +sheltered situation. In very wild boisterous weather, or in snow +or sharp frost, it will be advisable to move them to the shelter +of a shed, the floor of which should be laid with sand to a depth of +3 or 4 in. Merlins and hobbies are too tender to be kept much +out of doors. An eastern aspect is to be preferred—all birds +enjoy the morning sun, and it is very beneficial to them. The +more hawks confined to blocks out of doors see of persons, dogs, +horses, &c., moving about the better, but of course only when +there is no danger of their being frightened or molested, or of +food being given to them by strangers. Those who have only +seen wretched ill-fed hawks in cages as in zoological gardens or +menageries, pining for exercise, with battered plumage, torn +shoulders and bleeding ceres, from dashing against their prison +bars, and overgrown beaks from never getting bones to break, +can have little idea of the beautiful and striking-looking birds +to be seen pluming their feathers and stretching their wings at +their ease at their blocks on the falconer’s lawn, watching with +their large bright keen eyes everything that moves in the sky +and everywhere else within the limits of their view. Contrary +to the prevailing notion, hawks show a good deal of attachment +when they have been properly handled. It is true that by +hunger they are in a great measure tamed and controlled, and +the same may be said of all undomesticated and many domesticated +animals. And instinct prompts all wild creatures when +away from man’s control to return to their former shyness, +but hawks certainly retain their tameness for a long time, and +their memory is remarkably retentive. Wild-caught hawks have +been retaken, either by their coming to the lure or upon quarry, +from 2 to 7 days after they had been lost, and eyases after 3 +weeks. As one instance of retentiveness of memory displayed by +hawks we may mention the case of a wild-caught falcon which +was recaptured after being at liberty more than 3 years, still +bearing the jesses which were cut short close to the leg at the time +she was released; in five days she was flying at the lure again +at liberty, and was found to retain the peculiar ways and habits +she was observed to have in her former existence as a trained +hawk. It is useless to bring a hawk into the field unless she has +a keen appetite; if she has not, she will neither hunt effectually +nor follow her master. Even wild-caught falcons, however, +may sometimes be seen so attached to their owner that, when +sitting on their blocks on a lawn with food in their crops, they +will on his coming out of the house bate hard to get to him, till +he either go up to them and allow them to jump up to his hand +or withdraw from their sight. Goshawks are also known to +evince attachment to their owner. Another prevailing error +regarding hawks is that they are supposed to be lazy birds, +requiring the stimulus of hunger to stir them to action. The +reverse is the truth; they are birds of very active habits, and +exceedingly restless, and the notion of their being lazy has been +propagated by those who have seen little or nothing of hawks +in their wild state. The wild falcon requires an immense deal +of exercise, and to be in wind, in order to exert the speed and +power of flight necessary to capture her prey when hungry; +and to this end instinct prompts her to spend hours daily on the +wing, soaring and playing about in the air in all weathers, +often chasing birds merely for play or exercise. Sometimes she +takes a siesta when much gorged, but unless she fills her crop +late in the evening she is soon moving again—before half her +crop is put over. Goshawks and sparrow-hawks, too, habitually +soar in the air at about 9 or 10 <span class="scs">A.M.</span>, and remain aloft a considerable +time, but these birds are not of such active habits as the +falcons. The frequent bating of thoroughly tame hawks from +their blocks, even when not hungry or frightened, proves their +restlessness and impatience of repose. So does the wretched +condition of the caged falcon (before alluded to), while the really +lazy buzzards and kites, which do not in a wild state depend on +activity or power of wing for their sustenance, maintain themselves +for years, even during confinement if properly fed, in good +case and plumage. Such being the habits of the falcon in a +state of nature, the falconer should endeavour to give the hawks +under his care as much flying as possible, and he should avoid +the very common mistake of keeping too many hawks. In this +case a favoured few are sure to get all the work, and the others, +possibly equally good if they had fair play, are spoiled for want +of exercise.</p> + +<p>The larger hawks may be kept in health and working order +for several years—15 or 20—barring accidents. The writer has +known peregrines, shaheens and goshawks to reach ages between +15 and 20 years. Goshawks, however, never fly well after 4 or +5 seasons, when they will no longer take difficult quarry; they +may be used at rabbits as long as they live. Shaheens may be +seen in the East at an advanced age, killing wild-fowl beautifully. +The shaheen is a falcon of the peregrine type, which does not +travel, like the peregrine, all over the world. It appears that +the jerfalcons also may be worked to a good age. Old Simon +Latham tells us of these birds—“I myself have known one +of them an excellent Hearnor (killer of herons), and to continue +her goodnesse very near twentie yeeres, or full out that time.”</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—Schlegel’s <i>Traité de fauconnerie</i> contains a very +large list of works on falconry in the languages of all the principal +countries of the Old World. <i>Bibliotheca accipitraria</i>, by J.E. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page147" id="page147"></a>147</span> +Harting (1891), gives a complete bibliography. See <i>Coursing</i> and +<i>Falconry</i> in the Badminton Library; and <i>The Art and Practice of +Hawking</i>, by E.B. Michell (1900), the best modern book on the +subject. Perhaps the most useful of the old works are <i>The Booke +of Faulconrie or Hawking</i>, by George Turberville (1575), and <i>The +Faulcon’s Lure and Cure</i>, by Simon Latham (1633).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. D. R.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALDSTOOL<a name="ar32" id="ar32"></a></span> (from the O.H. Ger. <i>falden</i> or <i>falten</i>, to fold, +and <i>stuol</i>, Mod. Ger. <i>Stuhl</i>, a stool; from the medieval Latin +<i>faldistolium</i> is derived, through the old form <i>faudesteuil</i>, the +Mod. Fr. <i>fauteuil</i>), properly a folding seat for the use of a bishop +when not occupying the throne in his own cathedral, or when +officiating in a cathedral or church other than his own; hence +any movable folding stool used for kneeling in divine service. +The small desk or stand from which the Litany is read is sometimes +called a faldstool, and a similar stool is provided for the +use of the sovereign at his coronation.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALERII<a name="ar33" id="ar33"></a></span> [mod. <i>Cività Castellana</i> (<i>q.v.</i>)], one of the twelve +chief cities of Etruria, situated about 1 m. W. of the ancient +Via Flaminia,<a name="fa1b" id="fa1b" href="#ft1b"><span class="sp">1</span></a> 32 m. N. of Rome. According to the legend, it +was of Argive origin; and Strabo’s assertion that the population, +the Falisci (<i>q.v.</i>), were of a different race from the Etruscans is +proved by the language of the earliest inscriptions which have +been found here. Wars between Rome and the Falisci appear +to have been frequent. To one of the first of them belongs the +story of the schoolmaster who wished to betray his boys to +Camillus; the latter refused his offer, and the inhabitants +thereupon surrendered the city. At the end of the First Punic +War, the Falisci rose in rebellion, but were soon conquered +(241 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) and lost half their territory. Zonaras (viii. 18) tells +us that the ancient city, built upon a precipitous hill, was +destroyed and another built on a more accessible site on the plain. +The description of the two sites agrees well with the usual +theory that the original city occupied the site of the present +Cività Castellana, and that the ruins of Falleri (as the place is +now called) are those of the Roman town which was thus transferred +3 m. to the north-west. After this time Falerii hardly +appears in history. It became a colony (Junonia Faliscorum) +perhaps under Augustus, though according to the inscriptions +apparently not until the time of Gallienus. There were bishops +of Falerii up till 1033, when the desertion of the place in favour +of the present site began, and the last mention of it dates from +<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 1064.</p> + +<p>The site of the original Falerii is a plateau, about 1100 yds. +by 400, not higher than the surrounding country (475 ft.) but +separated from it by gorges over 200 ft. in depth, and only +connected with it on the western side, which was strongly +fortified with a mound and ditch; the rest of the city was +defended by walls constructed of rectangular blocks of tufa, of +which some remains still exist. Remains of a temple were +found at Lo Scasato, at the highest point of the ancient town, +in 1888, and others have been excavated in the outskirts. The +attribution of one of these to Juno Quiritis is uncertain. These +buildings were of wood, with fine decorations of coloured terra-cotta +(<i>Notizie degli scavi</i>, 1887, p. 92; 1888, p. 414). Numerous +tombs hewn in the rock are visible on all sides of the town, +and important discoveries have been made in them; many +objects, both from the temples and from the tombs, are in the +Museo di Villa Giulia at Rome. Similar finds have also been +made at Calcata, 6 m. S., and Corchiano, 5 m. N.W. The site +of the Roman Falerii is now entirely abandoned. It lay upon a +road which may have been (see H. Nissen, <i>Italische Landeskunde</i>, +ii. 361) the Via Annia, a by-road of the Via Cassia; this road +approached it from the south passing through Nepet, while its +prolongation to the north certainly bore the name Via Amerina. +The circuit of the city is about 2250 yds., its shape roughly +triangular, and the walls are a remarkably fine and well-preserved +specimen of Roman military architecture. They are constructed +of rectangular blocks of tufa two Roman ft. in height; the +walls themselves reach in places a height of 56 ft. and are 7 to +9 ft. thick. There were about 80 towers, some 50 of which are +still preserved. Two of the gates also, of which there were eight, +are noteworthy. Of the buildings within the walls hardly anything +is preserved above ground, though the forum and theatre +(as also the amphitheatre, the arena of which measured 180 by +108 ft. outside the walls) were all excavated in the 19th century. +Almost the only edifice now standing is the 12th-century abbey +church of S. Maria. Recent excavations have shown that the +plan of the whole city could easily be recovered, though the +buildings have suffered considerable devastation (<i>Notizie degli +scavi</i>, 1903, 14).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See G. Dennis, <i>Cities and Cemeteries of Etruria</i> (London, 1883), i. +97; for philology and ethnology see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Falisci</a></span>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(T. As.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1b" id="ft1b" href="#fa1b"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The Roman town lay 3 m. farther N.W. on the Via Annia. The +Via Flaminia, which did not traverse the Etruscan city, had two +post-stations near it, Aquaviva, some 2½ m. S.E., and Aequum +Faliscum, 4½ m. N.N.E.; the latter is very possibly identical with +the Etruscan site which G. Dennis (<i>Cities and Cemeteries of Etruria</i>, +London, 1883, i. 121) identified with Fescennium (<i>q.v.</i>). See +O. Cuntz in <i>Jahreshefte des österr. arch. Inst.</i> ii. (1899), 87.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALERIO<a name="ar34" id="ar34"></a></span> (mod. <i>Falerone</i>), an ancient town of Picenum, Italy, +about 10 m. S.E. of Urbs Salvia. We know almost nothing of +the place except from inscriptions, from which, and from the +remains of its buildings, it appears to have been of some importance. +It was probably founded as a colony by Augustus after +his victory at Actium. A question arose in the time of Domitian +between the inhabitants of Falerio and Firmum as to land +which had been taken out of the territory of the latter (which +was recolonized by the triumvirs), and, though not distributed +to the new settlers, had not been given back again to the people +of Firmum. The emperor, by a rescript, a copy of which in +bronze was found at Falerio, decided in favour of the people of +Falerio, that the occupiers of this land should remain in possession +of it (Th. Mommsen in <i>Corp. Inscr. Latin.</i> ix., Berlin, 1883, +No. 5, 420). Considerable remains of a theatre in concrete +faced with brickwork, erected, according to an inscription, +in 43 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and 161 ft. in diameter, were excavated in 1838 +and are still visible; and an amphitheatre, less well preserved, +also exists, the arena of which measures about 180 by 150 ft. +Between the two is a water reservoir (called Bagno della Regina) +connected with remains of baths.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See G. de Minicis in <i>Giornale Arcadico</i>, lv. (1832), 160 seq.; +<i>Annali dell’ Istituto</i> (1839), 5 seq.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(T. As.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALGUIÈRE, JEAN ALEXANDRE JOSEPH<a name="ar35" id="ar35"></a></span> (1831-1900), +French sculptor and painter, was born at Toulouse. A pupil of +the École des Beaux Arts he won the <i>Prix de Rome</i> in 1859; he +was awarded the medal of honour at the Salon in 1868 and was +appointed officer of the Legion of Honour in 1878. His first +bronze statue of importance was the “Victor of the Cock-Fight” +(1864), and “Tarcisus the Christian Boy-Martyr” followed in +1867; both are now in the Luxembourg Museum. His more +important monuments are those to Admiral Courbet (1890) at +Abbeville and the famous “Joan of Arc.” Among more ideal +work are “Eve” (1880), “Diana” (1882 and 1891), “Woman +and Peacock,” and “The Poet,” astride his Pegasus spreading +wings for flight. His “Triumph of the Republic” (1881-1886), +a vast quadriga for the Arc de Triomphe, Paris, is perhaps more +amazingly full of life than others of his works, all of which +reveal this quality of vitality in superlative degree. To these +works should be added his monuments to “Cardinal Lavigerie” +and “General de La Fayette” (the latter in Washington), +and his statues of “Lamartine” (1876) and “St Vincent de +Paul” (1879), as well as the “Balzac,” which he executed for the +<i>Société des gens de lettres</i> on the rejection of that by Rodin; +and the busts of “Carolus-Duran” and “Coquelin cadet” +(1896).</p> + +<p>Falguière was a painter as well as a sculptor, but somewhat +inferior in merit. He displays a fine sense of colour and tone, +added to the qualities of life and vigour that he instils into his +plastic work. His “Wrestlers” (1875) and “Fan and Dagger” +(1882; a defiant Spanish woman) are in the Luxembourg, and +other pictures of importance are “The Beheading of St John +the Baptist” (1877), “The Sphinx” (1883), “Acis and Galatea” +(1885), “Old Woman and Child” (1886) and “In the Bull +Slaughter-House.” He became a member of the Institute +(Académie des Beaux-Arts) in 1882. He died in 1900.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Léonce Bénédite, <i>Alexandre Falguière</i>, Librairie de l’art +(Paris).</p> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page148" id="page148"></a>148</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALIERO<a name="ar36" id="ar36"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">Falier</span>), <b>MARINO</b> (1279-1355), doge of Venice, +belonged to one of the oldest and most illustrious Venetian +families and had served the republic with distinction in various +capacities. In 1346 he commanded the Venetian land forces +at the siege of Zara, where he was attacked by the Hungarians +under King Louis the Great and totally defeated them; this +victory led to the surrender of the city. In September 1354, +while absent on a mission to Pope Innocent IV. at Avignon, +Faliero was elected doge, an honour which apparently he had +not sought. His reign began, as it was to end, in disaster, for +very soon after his election the Venetian fleet was completely +destroyed by the Genoese off the island of Sapienza, while plague +and a declining commerce aggravated the situation. Although a +capable commander and a good statesman, Faliero possessed a +violent temper, and after his election developed great ambition. +The constitutional restrictions of the ducal power, which had been +further curtailed just before his election, and the insolence of +the nobility aroused in him a desire to free himself from all +control, and the discontent of the arsenal hands at their treatment +by the nobles offered him his opportunity. In concert with +a sea-captain named Bertuccio Ixarella (who had received a +blow from the noble Giovanni Dandolo), Filippo Calendario, a +stonemason, and others, a plot was laid to murder the chief +patricians on the 15th of April and proclaim Faliero prince of +Venice. But there was much ferment in the city and disorders +broke out before the appointed time; some of the conspirators +having made revelations, the Council of Ten proceeded to arrest +the ringleaders and to place armed guards all over the town. +Several of the conspirators were condemned to death and others +to various terms of imprisonment. The doge’s complicity +having been discovered, he was himself arrested; at the trial +he confessed everything and was condemned and executed on +the 17th of April 1355.</p> + +<p>The story of the insult written by Michele Steno on the doge’s +chair is a legend of which no record is found in any contemporary +authority. The motives of Faliero are not altogether clear, as +his past record, even in the judgment of the poet Petrarch, +showed him as a wise, clear-headed man of no unusual ambition. +But possibly the attitude of the aristocracy and the example +offered by the tyrants of neighbouring cities may have induced +him to attempt a similar policy. The only result of the plot +was to consolidate the power of the Council of Ten.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—An account of Marino Faliero’s reign is given +in S. Romanin’s <i>Storia documentata di Venezia</i>, lib. ix. cap. ii. (Venice, +1855); M. Sanudo, <i>Le Vite dei Dogi</i> in new edition of Muratori fasc, +3, 4, 5 (Citta di Castello, 1900). For special works see V. Lazzerini’s +“Genealogia d. M. Faliero” in the <i>Archivio Veneto</i> of 1892; “M. +Faliero avanti il Dogado,” <i>ibid.</i> (1893), and his exhaustive study +“M. Faliero, la Congiura,” <i>ibid.</i> (1897). The most recent essay on the +subject is contained in Horatio Brown’s <i>Studies in Venetian History</i> +(London, 1907), wherein all the authorities are set forth.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(L. V.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALISCI,<a name="ar37" id="ar37"></a></span> a tribe of Sabine origin or connexions, but speaking +a dialect closely akin to Latin, who inhabited the town of Falerii +(<i>q.v.</i>), as well as a considerable tract of the surrounding country, +probably reaching as far south as to include the small town of +Capena. But at the beginning of the historical period, <i>i.e.</i> from +the beginning of the 5th century <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and no doubt earlier, +the dominant element in the town was Etruscan; and all through +the wars of the following centuries the town was counted a +member, and sometimes a leading member, of the Etruscan +league (cf. Livy iv. 23, v. 17, vii. 17).</p> + +<p>In spite of the Etruscan domination, the Faliscans preserved +many traces of their Italic origin, such as the worship of the +deities Juno Quiritis (Ovid, <i>Fasti</i>, vi. 49) and Feronia (Livy +xxvi. n), the cult of <i>Dis Soranus</i> by the <i>Hirpi</i> or fire-leaping +priests on Mount Soracte (Pliny, <i>Nat. Hist.</i> vii. 2, 19; Servius, +<i>ad Aen.</i> xi. 785, 787), above all their language. This is preserved +for us in some 36 short inscriptions, dating from the 3rd and 2nd +centuries <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and is written in a peculiar alphabet derived +from the Etruscan, and written from right to left, but showing +some traces of the influence of the Latin alphabet. Its most +characteristic signs are—</p> + +<div class="center pt2"><img style="width:163px; height:25px; vertical-align: middle;" src="images/img148.jpg" alt="" /></div> + +<p class="pt2 noind">As a specimen of the dialect may be quoted the words written +round the edge of a picture on a patera, the genuineness of which +is established by the fact that they were written before the glaze +was put on: “foied vino pipafo, era carefo,” <i>i.e.</i> in Latin “hodie +vinum bibam, cras carebo” (R.S. Conway, <i>Italic Dialects</i>, p. +312, b). This shows some of the phonetic characteristics of the +Faliscan dialect, viz.:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>1. The retention of medial <i>f</i> which in Latin became b;</p> + +<p>2. The representation of an initial Ind.-Eur. <i>gh</i> by,<i>f</i> (<i>foied</i>, contrast +Latin <i>hodie</i>);</p> + +<p>3. The palatalization of <i>d</i> + consonant <i>i</i> into some sound denoted +merely by <i>i</i>-the central sound of <i>foied</i>,.from <i>fo-diëd</i>;</p> + +<p>4. The loss of final s, at all events before certain following sounds +(<i>cra</i> beside Latin <i>crās</i>);</p> + +<p>Other characteristics, appearing elsewhere, are:</p> + +<p>5. The retention of the velars (Fal. <i>cuando</i> = Latin <i>quando</i>; contrast +Umbrian <i>pan(n)u</i>);</p> + +<p>6. The assimilation of some final consonants to the initial letter +of the next word: “pretod de zenatuo sententiad” (Conway, <i>lib. +cit.</i> 321), <i>i.e.</i> “praetor de senatus sententia” (<i>zenatuo</i> for <i>senaiuos</i>., +an archaic genitive). For further details see Conway, <i>ib.</i> pp. 370 if., +especially pp. 384-385, where the relation of the names <i>Falisci</i>, <i>Falerii</i> +to the local hero <i>Halaesus</i> (<i>e.g.</i> Ovid, <i>Fasti</i>, iv. 73) is discussed, and +where reason is given for thinking that the change of initial <i>f</i> (from +an original <i>bh</i> or <i>dh</i>) into an initial h was a genuine mark of Faliscan +dialect.</p> +</div> + +<p>It seems probable that the dialect lasted on, though being +gradually permeated with Latin, till at least 150 <span class="scs">B.C.</span></p> + +<p>In addition to the remains found in the graves (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Falerii</a></span>), +which belong mainly to the period of Etruscan domination and +give ample evidence of material prosperity and refinement, +the earlier strata have yielded more primitive remains from the +Italic epoch. A large number of inscriptions consisting mainly +of proper names may be regarded as Etruscan rather than +Faliscan, and they have been disregarded in the account of the +dialect just given. It should perhaps be mentioned that there +was a town Feronia in Sardinia, named probably after their +native goddess by Faliscan settlers, from some of whom we have a +votive inscription found at S. Maria di Falleri(Conway, <i>ib.</i> p. 335).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Further information may be sought from W. Deecke, <i>Die Falisker</i> +(a useful but somewhat uncritical collection of the evidence accessible +in 1888); E. Bormann, in <i>C.I.L.</i> xi. pp. 465 ff., and Conway, +<i>op. cit.</i></p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. S. C.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALK, JOHANN DANIEL<a name="ar38" id="ar38"></a></span> (1768-1826), German author and +philanthropist, was born at Danzig on the 28th of October 1768, +After attending the gymnasium of his native town, he entered the +university of Halle with the view of studying theology, but +preferring a non-professional life, gave up his theological studies +and went to live at Weimar. There he published a volume of +satires which procured him the notice and friendship of Wieland, +and admission into literary circles. After the battle of Jena, +Falk, on the recommendation of Wieland, was appointed to a +civil post under the French official authorities and rendered his +townsmen such good service that the duke of Weimar created +him a counsellor of legation. In 1813 he established a society +for friends in necessity (<i>Gesellschaft der Freunde in der Not</i>), +and about the same time founded an institute for the care and +education of neglected and orphan children, which, in 1820, was +taken over by the state and still exists as the <i>Falksches Institut</i>. +The first literary efforts of Falk took the form chiefly of satirical +poetry, and gave promise of greater future excellence than was +ever completely fulfilled; his later pieces, directed more against +individuals than the general vices and defects of society, gradually +degenerated in quality. In 1806 Falk founded a critical +journal under the title of <i>Elysium und Tartarus</i>. He also +contributed largely to contemporary journals. He enjoyed the +acquaintance and intimate friendship of Goethe, and his account +of their intercourse was posthumously published under the +title <i>Goethe aus näherem persönlichen Umgange dargestellt</i> (1832) +(English by S. Austin). Falk died on the 14th of February 1826.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Falk’s <i>Satirische Werke</i> appeared in 7 vols. (1817 and 1826); his +<i>Auserlesene Schriften</i> (3 vols., 1819). See <i>Johannes Falk: Erinnerungsblatter +aus Briefen und Tagebüchern, gesammelt von dessen Tochter +Rosalie Falk</i> (1868); Heinzelmann, <i>Johannes Falk und die Gesellschaft +der Freunde in der Not</i> (1879); A. Stein, <i>J. Falk</i> (1881); +S. Schultze, <i>Falk und Goethe</i> (1900).</p> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page149" id="page149"></a>149</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALK, PAUL LUDWIG ADALBERT<a name="ar39" id="ar39"></a></span> (1827-1900), German +politician, was born at Matschkau, Silesia, on the 10th of August +1827. In 1847 he entered the Prussian state service, and in +1853 became public prosecutor at Lyck. In 1858 he was elected +a deputy, joining the Old Liberal party. In 1868 he became a +privy-councillor in the ministry of justice. In 1872 he was made +minister of education, and in connexion with Bismarck’s policy +of the Kultur-kampf he was responsible for the famous May +Laws against the Catholics (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Germany</a></span>: <i>History</i>). In 1879 +his position became untenable, owing to the death of Pius IX. +and the change of German policy with regard to the Vatican, +and he resigned his office, but retained his seat in the Reichstag +till 1882. He was then made president of the supreme court of +justice at Hamm, where he died in 1900.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALKE, JOHANN FRIEDRICH GOTTLIEB<a name="ar40" id="ar40"></a></span> (1823-1876), +German historian, was born at Ratzeburg on the 20th of April +1823. Entering the university of Erlangen in 1843, he soon +began to devote his attention to the history of the German +language and literature, and in 1848 went to Munich, where he +remained five years, and diligently availed himself of the use +of the government library for the purpose of prosecuting his +historical studies. In 1856 he was appointed secretary of the +German museum at Nuremberg, and in 1859 keeper of the manuscripts. +With the aid of the manuscript collections in the +museum he now turned his attention chiefly to political history, +and, with Johann H. Müller, established an historical journal +under the name of <i>Zeitschrift für deutsche Kulturgeschichte</i> (4 vols., +Nuremberg, 1856-1859). To this journal he contributed a history +of German taxation and commerce. On the latter subject he +published separately <i>Geschichte des deutschen Handels</i> (2 vols., +Leipzig, 1850-1860) and <i>Die Hansa als deutsche See- und Handelsmacht</i> +(Berlin, 1862). In 1862 he was appointed secretary of the +state archives at Dresden, and, a little later, keeper. He there +began the study of Saxon history, still devoting his attention +chiefly to the history of commerce and economy, and published +<i>Die Geschichte des Kurfürsten August von Sachsen in volkswirthschaftlicher +Beziehung</i> (Leipzig, 1868) and <i>Geschichte des +deutschen Zollwesens</i> (Leipzig, 1869). He died at Dresden on the +2nd of March 1876.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALKIRK<a name="ar41" id="ar41"></a></span>, a municipal and police burgh of Stirlingshire, +Scotland. Pop. (1891) 19,769; (1901) 29,280. It is situated +on high ground overlooking the fertile Carse of Falkirk, 11 m. +S.E. of Stirling, and about midway between Edinburgh and +Glasgow. Grangemouth, its port, lies 3 m. to the N.E., and the +Forth & Clyde Canal passes to the north, and the Union Canal +to the south of the town. Falkirk now comprises the suburbs +of Laurieston (E.), Grahamston and Bainsford (N.), and Camelon +(W.). The principal structures include the burgh and county +buildings, town hall, the Dollar free library and Camelon fever +hospital. The present church, with a steeple 146 ft. high, dates +only from 1811. In the churchyard are buried Sir John Graham, +Sir John Stewart who fell in the battle of 1298, and Sir Robert +Munro and his brother, Dr Duncan Munro, killed in the battle +of 1746. The town is under the control of a council with provost +and bailies, and combines with Airdrie, Hamilton, Lanark and +Linlithgow (the Falkirk group of burghs) to return a member to +parliament. The district is rich in coal and iron, which supply +the predominant industries, Falkirk being the chief seat of the +light casting trade in Scotland; but tanning, flour-milling, +brewing, distilling and the manufacture of explosives (Nobel’s) +and chemicals are also carried on. Trysts or sales of cattle, +sheep and horses are held thrice a year (August, September and +October) on Stenhousemuir, 3 m. N.W. They were transferred +hither from Crieff in 1770, and were formerly the most important +in the kingdom, but have to a great extent been replaced by +the local weekly auction marts. Carron, 2 m. N.N.W., is famous +for the iron-works established in 1760 by Dr John Roebuck +(1718-1794), whose advising engineers were successively John +Smeaton and James Watt. The short iron guns of large calibre +designed by General Robert Melville, and first cast in 1779, +were called carronades from this their place of manufacture.</p> + +<p>Falkirk is a town of considerable antiquity. Its original name +was the Gaelic <i>Eaglais breac</i>, “church of speckled or mottled +stone,” which Simeon of Durham (fl. 1130) transliterated as +Egglesbreth. By the end of the 13th century appears the form +Faukirke (the present local pronunciation), which is merely a +translation of the Gaelic <i>fau</i> or <i>faw</i>, meaning “dun,” “pale red.” +The first church was built by Malcolm Canmore (d. 1093). +Falkirk was made a burgh of barony in 1600 and a burgh of +regality in 1646, but on the forfeiture of the earl of Linlithgow +in 1715, its superiority was vested in the crown. Callender +House, immediately to the S., was the seat of the earl and his +ancestors. The mansion was visited by Queen Mary, captured +by Cromwell, and occupied by Generals Monk and Hawley. The +wall of Antoninus ran through, the grounds, and the district is +rich in Roman remains, Camelon, about 2 m. W., being the +site of a Roman settlement; Merchiston Hall, to the N.W., +was the birthplace of Admiral Sir Charles Napier. The eastern +suburb of Laurieston was first called Langtoune, then Merchistown, +and received its present name after Sir Lawrence Dundas +of Kerse, who had promoted its welfare. At Polmont, farther +east, which gives the title of baron to the duke of Hamilton, +is the school of Blair Lodge, besides coal-mines and other +industries.</p> + +<p><i>Batttles of Falkirk.</i>—The battle of the 22nd of July 1298 was +fought between the forces of King Edward I. of England and +those of the Scottish national party under Sir William Wallace. +The latter, after long baffling the king’s attempts to bring him to +battle, had taken up a strong position south of the town behind +a morass. They were formed in four deep and close masses +(“schiltrons”) of pikemen, the light troops screening the front +and flanks and a body of men-at-arms standing in reserve. It +was perhaps hoped that the English cavalry would plunge into +the morass, for no serious precautions were taken as to the +flanks, but in any case Wallace desired no more than to receive +an attack at the halt, trusting wholly to his massed pikes. The +English right wing first appeared, tried the morass in vain, and +then set out to turn it by a long détour; the main battle under the +king halted in front of it, while the left wing under Antony Bec, +bishop of Durham, was able to reach the head of the marsh +without much delay. Once on the enemy’s side of the obstacle +the bishop halted to wait for Edward, who was now following him, +but his undisciplined barons, shouting “’Tis not for thee, bishop, +to teach us war. Go say mass!” drove off the Scottish archers +and men-at-arms and charged the nearest square of pikes, +which repulsed them with heavy losses. On the other flank the +right wing, its flank march completed, charged with the same +result. But Edward, who had now joined the bishop with the +centre or “main battle,” peremptorily ordered the cavalry to +stand fast, and, taught by his experience in the Welsh wars, +brought up his archers. The longbow here scored its first victory +in a pitched battle. Before long gaps appeared in the close ranks +of pike heads, and after sufficient preparation Edward again +launched his men-at-arms to the charge. The shaken masses +then gave way one after the other, and the Scots fled in all +directions.</p> + +<p>The second battle of Falkirk, fought on the 17th of January +1746 between the Highlanders under Prince Charles and the +British forces under General Hawley, resulted in the defeat +of the latter. It is remarkable only for the bad conduct of the +British dragoons and the steadiness of the infantry. Hawley +retreated to Linlithgow, leaving all his baggage, 700 prisoners +and seven guns in the enemy’s hands.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALKLAND, LUCIUS CARY<a name="ar42" id="ar42"></a></span>, <span class="sc">2nd Viscount</span> (<i>c.</i> 1610-1643), +son of Sir Henry Cary, afterwards 1st Viscount Falkland (d. +1633), a member of an ancient Devonshire family, who was lord +deputy of Ireland from 1622 to 1629, and of Elizabeth (1585-1639), +only daughter of Sir Lawrence Tanfield, chief baron of +the exchequer, was born either in 1609 or 1610, and was educated +at Trinity College, Dublin. In 1625 he inherited from his +grandfather the manors of Great Tew and Burford in Oxfordshire, +and, about the age of 21, married Lettice, daughter of +Sir Richard Morrison, of Tooley Park in Leicestershire. Involved +in a quarrel with his father, whom he failed to propitiate by +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page150" id="page150"></a>150</span> +offering to hand over to him his estate, he left England to take +service in the Dutch army, but soon returned. In 1633, by the +death of his father, he became Viscount Falkland. His mother +had embraced the Roman Catholic faith, to which it was now +sought to attract Falkland himself, but his studies and reflections +led him, under the influence of Chillingworth, to the interpretation +of religious problems rather by reason than by tradition +or authority. At Great Tew he enjoyed a short but happy +period of study, and he assembled round him many gifted and +learned men, whom the near neighbourhood of the university +and his own brilliant qualities attracted to his house. He was +the friend of Hales and Chillingworth, was celebrated by Jonson, +Suckling, Cowley and Waller in verse, and in prose by Clarendon, +who is eloquent in describing the virtues and genius of the +“incomparable” Falkland, and draws a delightful picture of +his society and hospitality.</p> + +<p>Falkland’s intellectual pleasures, however, were soon interrupted +by war and politics. He felt it his duty to take part on +the king’s side as a volunteer under Essex in the campaign of +1639 against the Scots. In 1640 he was returned for Newport +in the Isle of Wight to the Short and Long Parliaments, and took +an active part on the side of the opposition. He spoke against +the exaction of shipmoney on the 7th of December 1640, denouncing +the servile conduct of Lord Keeper Finch and the judges.<a name="fa1c" id="fa1c" href="#ft1c"><span class="sp">1</span></a> +He supported the prosecution of Strafford, at the same time +endeavouring on more than one occasion to moderate the +measures of the Commons in the interests of justice, and voted +for the third reading of the attainder on the 21st of April 1641. +On the great question of the church he urged, in the debate of +the 8th of February 1641, that the interference of the clergy in +secular matters, the encroachments in jurisdiction of the spiritual +courts, and the imposition by authority of unnecessary ceremonies, +should be prohibited. On the other hand, though he +denied that episcopacy existed <i>jure divino</i>, he was opposed to its +abolition; fearing the establishment of the Presbyterian system, +which in Scotland had proved equally tyrannical. Triennial +parliaments would be sufficient to control the bishops, if they +meditated any further attacks upon the national liberties, and +he urged that “where it is not necessary to change, it is necessary +not to change.” Even Hampden still believed that a compromise +with the episcopal principle was possible, and assured Falkland +that if the bill taken up to the Lords on the 1st of May 1641, +excluding the bishops from the Lords and the clergy from secular +offices, were passed, “there would be nothing more attempted +to the prejudice of the church.” Accordingly the bill was +supported by Falkland. The times, however, were not favourable +to compromise. The bill was lost in the Lords, and on the 27th +of May the Root and Branch Bill, for the total abolition of +episcopacy, was introduced in the House of Commons. This +measure Falkland opposed, as well as the second bill for excluding +the bishops, introduced on the 21st of October. In the discussion +on the Grand Remonstrance he took the part of the bishops and +the Arminians. He was now opposed to the whole policy of the +opposition, and, being reproached by Hampden with his change +of attitude, replied “that he had formerly been persuaded by +that worthy gentleman to believe many things which he had +since found to be untrue, and therefore he had changed his +opinion in many particulars as well as to things as to persons.”<a name="fa2c" id="fa2c" href="#ft2c"><span class="sp">2</span></a></p> + +<p>On the 1st of January 1642, immediately before the attempted +arrest of the five members, of which, however, he was not +cognizant, he was offered by the king the secretaryship of state, +and was persuaded by Hyde to accept it, thus becoming involved +directly in the king’s policy, though evidently possessing little +influence in his counsels. He was one of the peers who signed +the protestation against making war, at York on the 15th of June +1642. On the 5th of September he carried Charles’s overtures +for peace to the parliament, when he informed the leaders of the +opposition that the king consented to a thorough reformation +of religion. The secret correspondence connected with the +Waller plot passed through his hands. He was present with the +king at Edgehill and at the siege of Gloucester. By this time +the hopelessness of the situation had completely overwhelmed +him. The aims and principles of neither party in the conflict +could satisfy a man of Falkland’s high ideals and intellectual +vision. His royalism could not suffer the substitution, as the +controlling power in the state, of a parliament for the monarchy, +nor his conservatism the revolutionary changes in church and +state now insisted upon by the opposite faction. The fatal +character and policy of the king, the most incapable of men +and yet the man upon whom all depended, must have been by +now thoroughly understood by Falkland. Compromise had long +been out of the question. The victory of either side could only +bring misery; and the prolongation of the war was a prospect +equally unhappy. Nor could Falkland find any support or +consolation in his own inward convictions or principles. His +ideals and hopes were now destroyed, and he had no definite +political convictions such as inspired and strengthened Stratford +and Pym. In fact his sensitive nature shrank from contact +with the practical politics of the day and prevented his rise to +the place of a leader or a statesman. Clarendon has recorded +his final relapse into despair. “Sitting amongst his friends, +often, after a deep silence and frequent sighs (he) would with a +shrill and sad accent ingeminate the word <i>Peace</i>, <i>Peace</i>, and +would passionately profess that the very agony of the war, +and the view of the calamities and desolation the kingdom did +and must endure, took his sleep from him and would shortly +break his heart.” At Gloucester he had in vain exposed himself +to risks. On the morning of the battle of Newbury, on the 20th +of September 1643, he declared to his friends, who would have +dissuaded him from taking part in the fight, that “he was weary +of the times and foresaw much misery to his own Country and +did believe he should be out of it ere night.”<a name="fa3c" id="fa3c" href="#ft3c"><span class="sp">3</span></a> He served during +the engagement as a volunteer under Sir John Byron, and, +riding alone at a gap in a hedge commanded by the enemy’s fire, +was immediately killed.</p> + +<p>His death took place at the early age of 33, which should be +borne in mind in every estimate of his career and character. +He was succeeded in the title by his eldest son Lucius, 3rd +Viscount Falkland, his male descent becoming extinct in the +person of Anthony, 5th viscount, in 1694, when the viscounty +passed to Lucius Henry (1687-1730), a descendant of the first +viscount, and the present peer is his direct descendant.</p> + +<p>Falkland wrote a <i>Discourse of Infallibility</i>, published in 1646 +(<i>Thomason Tracts</i>, E 361 [1]), reprinted in 1650, in 1651 (E 634 +[1]) ed. by Triplet with replies, and in 1660 with the addition +of two discourses on episcopacy by Falkland. This is a work +of some importance in theological controversy, the general argument +being that “to those who follow their reason in the interpretation +of the Scriptures God will either give his grace for +assistance to find the truth or his pardon if they miss it. And +then this supposed necessity of an infallible guide (with the +supposed damnation for the want of it) fall together to the +ground.” Also <i>A Letter ... 30 Sept. 1642 concerning the late +conflict before Worcester</i> (1642); and <i>Poems</i>, in which he shows +himself a follower of Ben Jonson, edited by A.B. Grosart in +<i>Miscellanies of the Fuller Worthies Library</i>, vol. iii. (1871).</p> + +<p>The chief interest in Falkland does not lie in his writings or in +the incidents of his career, but in his character and the distinction +of his intellectual position, in his isolation from his contemporaries +seeking reformation in the inward and spiritual life of the church +and state and not in its outward and material form, and as the +leader and chief of rationalism in an age dominated by violent +intolerance and narrow dogmatism. His personal appearance, +according to Clarendon, was insignificant, “in no degree attractive +or promising. His stature was low and smaller than most +men; his motion not graceful ... but that little person and +small stature was quickly found to contain a great heart ... all +mankind could not but admire and love him.”<a name="fa4c" id="fa4c" href="#ft4c"><span class="sp">4</span></a></p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—There is a <i>Life and Times</i> by J.A.R. Marriott +(1907); see also S.R. Gardiner’s <i>Hist, of England</i>; <i>Hist. of the +Civil War</i>; the same author’s article in the <i>Dict. of Nat. Biography</i> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page151" id="page151"></a>151</span> +and references there given; Clarendon’s <i>Hist. of the Rebellion</i>, +<i>passim</i> and esp. vii. 217-234; Clarendon’s <i>Life; Rational Theology +... in the 17th Century</i>, by John Tulloch (1874), i. 76; <i>Life of +Lady Falkland from a MS. in the imperial library at Lille</i> (1861); +<i>Life</i> of the same by Lady Georgiana Fullerton (1883); Jonson’s <i>Ode +Pindaric to the memory and friendship of ... Sir Lucius Cary and +Sir Henry Morrison</i>; W.J. Courthope, <i>History of English Poetry</i> +(1903), iii. 291; <i>Life of Falkland</i>, by W.H. Trale in the <i>Englishman’s +Library</i>, vol. 22 (1842); D. Lloyd, <i>Memoires</i> (1668), 331; +and the <i>Life of Falkland</i>, by Lady M.T. Lewis in <i>Lives of the +Friends ... of Lord Chancellor Clarendon</i>, vol. i. p. 3. John +Duncan’s account of Lettice, Lady Falkland, was edited in 1908 by +M.F. Howard.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(P. C. Y.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1c" id="ft1c" href="#fa1c"><span class="fn">1</span></a> His speeches are in the <i>Thomason Tracts</i>, E 196 (9), (26), (36).</p> + +<p><a name="ft2c" id="ft2c" href="#fa2c"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Clarendon’s <i>Hist.</i> iv. 94, note.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3c" id="ft3c" href="#fa3c"><span class="fn">3</span></a> Whitelocke, p. 73.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4c" id="ft4c" href="#fa4c"><span class="fn">4</span></a> <i>Life</i>, i. 37.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALKLAND,<a name="ar43" id="ar43"></a></span> a royal and police burgh of Fifeshire, Scotland. +Pop. (1901) 809. It is situated at the northern base of the +hill of East Lomond (1471 ft. high), 2½ m. from Falkland +Road station (with which there is communication by ’bus), on +the North British railway company’s main line to Dundee, +21 m. N. of Edinburgh as the crow flies. It is an old-world-looking +place, many of the ancient houses still standing. Its +industries are chiefly concerned with the weaving of linen and +the brewing of ale, for which it was once specially noted; and +it has few public buildings save the town hall. The palace of +the Stuarts, however—more beautiful than Holyrood and quite +as romantic—lends the spot its fame and charm. The older +edifice that occupied this site was a hunting-tower of the Macduffs, +earls of Fife, and was transferred with the earldom in 1371 +to Robert Stewart, earl of Fife and Menteith, afterwards duke +of Albany, second son of Robert II. Because of his father’s +long illness and the incapacity of Robert III., his brother Albany +was during many years virtual ruler of Scotland, and, in the hope +of securing the crown, caused the heir-apparent—David, duke +of Rothesay—to be conveyed to the castle by force and there +starved to death, in 1402. The conversion of the Thane’s tower +into the existing palace was begun by James III. and completed +in 1538. The western part had two round towers, similar to +those at Holyrood, which were also built by James V., and the +southern elevation was ornamented with niches and statues, +giving it a close resemblance to the Perpendicular style of the +semi-ecclesiastical architecture of England. The palace soon +became the favourite summer residence of the Stuarts. From it +James V. when a boy fled to Stirling by night from the custody +of the earl of Angus, and in it he died in 1542.</p> + +<p>Here, too, Queen Mary spent some of her happiest days, +playing the country girl in its parks and woods. When the court +was held at Falkland the Green was the daily scene of revelry +and dance, and “To be Falkland bred” was a proverb that then +came into vogue to designate a courtier. James VI. delighted +in the palace and especially in the deer. He upset the schemes +of the Gowrie conspirators by escaping from Falkland to St +Andrews, and it was while His Majesty was residing in the +palace that the fifth earl of Bothwell, in 1592, attempted to +kidnap him. In September 1596 an intensely dramatic interview +took place in the palace between the king and Andrew Melville +and other Presbyterian ministers sent by the general assembly +at Cupar to remonstrate with him on allowing the Roman +Catholic lords to return to Scotland. In 1654 the eastern wing +was accidentally destroyed by fire, during its tenancy by the +soldiers of Cromwell, by whose orders the fine old oaks in the +park were cut down for the building of a fort at Perth. Even +in its neglected state the mansion impressed Defoe, who declared +the Scottish kings owned more palaces than their English +brothers. In 1715 Rob Roy garrisoned the palace and failed +not to levy dues on the burgh and neighbourhood. Signs of +decay were more evident when Thomas Carlyle saw it, for he +likened it to “a black old bit of coffin or protrusive shin-bone +striking through the soil of the dead past.” But a munificent +protector at length appeared in the person of the third marquess +of Bute, who acquired the estate and buildings in 1888, and forthwith +undertook the restoration of the palace.</p> + +<p>Falkland became a royal burgh in 1458 and its charter was +renewed in 1595, and before the earlier date it had been a seat +of the Templars. It gives the title of viscount to the English family +of Cary, the patent having been granted in 1620 by James VI. +The town’s most distinguished native was Richard Cameron, +the Covenanter. His house—a three-storeyed structure with +yellow harled front and thatched roof—still stands on the south +side of the square in the main street. The Hackstons of Rathillet +also had a house in Falkland.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALKLAND ISLANDS<a name="ar44" id="ar44"></a></span> (Fr. <i>Malouines</i>; Span. <i>Malvinas</i>), a +group of islands in the South Atlantic Ocean, belonging to +Britain, and lying about 250 m. E. of the nearest point in the +mainland of South America, between 51° and 53° S., and 57° 40′ +and 61° 25′ W. With the uninhabited dependency of South +Georgia Island, to the E.S.E., they form the most southerly +colony of the British empire. The islands, inclusive of rocks and +reefs, exceed 100 in number and have a total area of 6500 +sq. m.; but only two are of considerable size; the largest of +these, East Falkland, is 95 m. in extreme length, with an average +width of 40 m., and the smaller, West Falkland, is 80 m. long +and about 25 m. wide. The area of East Falkland is about 3000 +sq. m., and that of West Falkland 2300. Most of the others +are mere islets, the largest 16 m. long by 8 m. wide. The two +principal islands are separated by Falkland Sound, a narrow +strait from 18 to 2½ m. in width, running nearly N.E. and S.W. +The general appearance of the islands is not unlike that of one +of the outer Hebrides. The general colouring, a faded brown, +is somewhat dreary, but the mountain heights and promontories +of the west display some grandeur of outline. The coast-line +of both main islands is deeply indented and many of the bays +and inlets form secure and well-protected harbours, some of +which, however, are difficult of access to sailing ships.</p> + +<p>East Falkland is almost bisected by two deep fjords, Choiseul +and Brenton Sounds, which leave the northern and southern +portions connected only by an isthmus a mile and a half wide. +The northern portion is hilly, and is crossed by a rugged range, +the Wickham Heights, running east and west, and rising in some +places to a height of nearly 2000 ft. The remainder of the island +consists chiefly of low undulating ground, a mixture of pasture +and morass, with many shallow freshwater tarns, and small +streams running in the valleys. Two fine inlets, Berkeley +Sound and Port William, run far into the land at the north-eastern +extremity of the island. Port Louis, formerly the seat +of government, is at the head of Berkeley Sound, but the +anchorage there having been found rather too exposed, about +the year 1844 a town was laid out, and the necessary public +buildings were erected on Stanley Harbour, a sheltered recess +within Port William. West Falkland is more hilly near the +east island; the principal mountain range, the Hornby Hills, +runs north and south parallel with Falkland Sound. Mount +Adam, the highest hill in the islands, is 2315 ft. high.</p> + +<p>The little town of Stanley is built along the south shore of +Stanley harbour and stretches a short way up the slope; it +has a population of little more than 900. The houses, mostly +white with coloured roofs, are generally built of wood and iron, +and have glazed porches, gay with fuchsias and pelargoniums. +Government House, grey, stone-built and slated, calls to mind +a manse in Shetland or Orkney. The government barrack is a +rather imposing structure in the middle of the town, as is the +cathedral church to the east, built of stone and buttressed with +brick. Next to Stanley the most important place on East +Falkland is Darwin on Choiseul Sound—a village of Scottish +shepherds and a station of the Falkland Island Company.</p> + +<p>The Falkland Islands consist entirely, so far as is known, of +the older Palaeozoic rocks, Lower Devonian or Upper Silurian, +slightly metamorphosed and a good deal crumpled and distorted, +in the low grounds clay slate and soft sandstone, and on the +ridges hardened sandstone passing into the conspicuous white +quartzites. There do not seem to be any minerals of value, +and the rocks are not such as to indicate any probability of their +discovery. Galena is found in small quantity, and in some places +it contains a large percentage of silver. The dark bituminous +layers of clay slate, which occur intercalated among the quartzites, +have led, here as elsewhere, to the hope of coming upon a seam +of coal, but it is contrary to experience that coal of any value +should be found in rocks of that age.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page152" id="page152"></a>152</span></p> + +<p>Many of the valleys in the Falklands are occupied by pale +glistening masses which at a little distance much resemble small +glaciers. Examined more closely these are found to be vast +accumulations of blocks of quartzite, irregular in form, but having +a tendency to a rude diamond shape, from 2 to 20 ft. in length, +and half as much in width, and of a thickness corresponding +with that of the quartzite ridges on the hills above. The blocks +are angular, and rest irregularly one upon another, supported +in all positions by the angles and edges of those beneath. The +whole mass looks as if it were, as it is, slowly sliding down the +valley to the sea. These “stone runs” are looked upon with +great wonder by the shifting population of the Falklands, and +they are shown to visitors with many strange speculations as +to their mode of formation. Their origin is attributed by some +to the moraine formation of former glaciers. Another out of +many theories<a name="fa1d" id="fa1d" href="#ft1d"><span class="sp">1</span></a> is that the hard beds of quartzite are denuded +by the disintegration of the softer layers. Their support being +removed they break away in the direction of natural joints, and +the fragments fall down the slope upon the vegetable soil. +This soil is spongy, and, undergoing alternate contraction and +expansion from being alternately comparatively dry and saturated +with moisture, allows the heavy blocks to slip down by their +own weight into the valley, where they become piled up, the +valley stream afterwards removing the soil from among and over +them.</p> + +<p>The Falkland Islands correspond very nearly in latitude in +the southern hemisphere with London in the northern, but +the climatic influences are very different. The temperature is +equable, the average of the two midsummer months being about +47° Fahr., and that of the two midwinter months 37° Fahr. The +extreme frosts and heats of the English climate are unknown, +but occasional heavy snow-falls occur, and the sea in shallow +inlets is covered with a thin coating of ice. The sky is almost +constantly overcast, and rain falls, mostly in a drizzle and in +frequent showers, on about 250 days in the year. The rainfall is +not great, only about 20 in., but the mean humidity for the year +is 80, saturation being 100. November is considered the only +dry month. The prevalent winds from the west, south-west and +south blow continuously, at times approaching the force of a +hurricane. “A region more exposed to storms both in summer +and winter it would be difficult to mention” (Fitzroy, <i>Voyages +of “Adventure” and “Beagle,”</i> ii. 228). The fragments of many +wrecks emphasize the dangers of navigation, which are increased +by the absence of beacons, the only lighthouse being that +maintained by the Board of Trade on Cape Pembroke near the +principal settlement. Kelp is a natural danger-signal, and the +sunken rock, “Uranie,” is reputed to be the only one not buoyed +by the giant seaweed.</p> + +<p>Of aboriginal human inhabitants there is no trace in the Falklands, +and the land fauna is very scanty. A small wolf, the +<i>loup-renard</i> of de Bougainville, is extinct, the last having been +seen about 1875 on the West Falkland. Some herds of cattle +and horses run wild; but these were, of course, introduced, as +were also the wild hogs, the numerous rabbits and the less +common hares. All these have greatly declined in numbers, +being profitably replaced by sheep. Land-birds are few in kind, +and are mostly strays from South America. They include, +however, the snipe and military starling, which on account of +its scarlet breast is locally known as the robin. Sea-birds are +abundant, and, probably from the islands having been comparatively +lately peopled, they are singularly tame. Gulls and +amphibious birds abound in large variety; three kinds of +penguin have their rookeries and breed here, migrating yearly +for some months to the South American mainland. Stray +specimens of the great king penguin have been observed, and +there are also mollymauks (a kind of albatross), Cape pigeons +and many carrion birds. Kelp and upland geese abound, the +latter being edible; and their shooting affords some sport.</p> + +<p>The Falkland Islands form essentially a part of Patagonia, +with which they are connected by an elevated submarine plateau, +and their flora is much the same as that of Antarctic South +America. The trees which form dense forest and scrub in +southern Patagonia and in Fuegia are absent, and one of the +largest plants on the islands is a gigantic woolly ragweed (<i>Senecio +candicans</i>) which attains in some places a height of 3 to 4 ft. +A half-shrubby veronica (<i>V. decussata</i>) is found in some parts, +and has also received cultivation. The greater part of the +“camp” (the open country) is formed of peat, which in some +places is of great age and depth, and at the bottom of the bed +very dense and bituminous. The peat is different in character +from that of northern Europe: cellular plants enter but little +into its composition, and it is formed almost entirely of the roots +and stems of <i>Empetrum rubrum</i>, a variety of the common crow-berry +of the Scottish hills with red berries, called by the Falklanders +the “diddle-dee” berry; of <i>Myrtus nummularia</i>, a +little creeping myrtle whose leaves are used by the shepherds +as a substitute for tea; of <i>Caltha appendiculata</i>, a dwarf species +of marsh-marigold; and of some sedges and sedge-like plants, +such as <i>Astelia pumila</i>, <i>Gaimardia australis</i> and <i>Bostkovia +grandiflora</i>. Peat is largely used as fuel, coal being obtained +only at a cost of £3 a ton.</p> + +<p>Two vegetable products, the “balsam bog” (<i>Bolar glebaria</i>) +and the “tussock grass” (<i>Dactylis caespitosa</i>) have been objects +of curiosity and interest ever since the first accounts of the islands +were given. The first is a huge mass of a bright green colour, +living to a great age, and when dead becoming of a grey and +stony appearance. When cut open, it displays an infinity of tiny +leaf-buds and stems, and at intervals there exudes from it an +aromatic resin, which from its astringent properties is used by +the shepherds as a vulnerary, but has not been converted to any +commercial purpose. The “tussock grass” is a wonderful and +most valuable natural production, which, owing to the introduction +of stock, has become extinct in the two main islands, but +still flourishes elsewhere in the group. It is a reed-like grass, +which grows in dense tufts from 6 to 10 ft. high from stool-like +root-crowns. It forms excellent fodder for cattle, and is regularly +gathered for that purpose. It is of beautiful appearance, and +the almost tropical profusion of its growth may have led to the +early erroneous reports of the densely-wooded nature of these +islands.</p> + +<p>The population slightly exceeds 2000. The large majority of +the inhabitants live in the East Island, and the predominating +element is Scottish—Scottish shepherds having superseded the +South American Gauchos. In 1867 there were no settlers on +the west island, and the government issued a proclamation +offering leases of grazing stations on very moderate terms. In +1868 all the available land was occupied. These lands are fairly +healthy, the principal drawback being the virulent form assumed +by simple epidemic maladies. The occupation of the inhabitants +is almost entirely pastoral, and the principal industry is sheep-farming. +Wool forms by far the largest export, and tallow, hides, +bones and frozen mutton are also exported. Trade is carried on +almost entirely with the United Kingdom; the approximate +annual value of exports is £120,000, and of imports a little more +than half that sum. The Falkland Islands Company, having its +headquarters at Stanley and an important station in the camp +at Darwin, carries on an extensive business in sheep-farming +and the dependent industries, and in the general import trade. +The development of this undertaking necessitated the establishment +of stores and workshops at Stanley, and ships can be +repaired and provided in every way; a matter of importance +since not a few vessels, after suffering injury during heavy +weather off Cape Horn, call on the Falklands in distress. The +maintenance of the requisite plant and the high wages current +render such repairs somewhat costly. A former trade in oil and +sealskin has decayed, owing to the smaller number of whales +and seals remaining about the islands. Communications are +maintained on horseback and by water, and there are no roads +except at Stanley. There is a monthly mail to and from England, +the passage occupying about four weeks.</p> + +<p>The Falkland Islands are a crown colony, with a governor +and executive and legislative councils. The legislative council +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page153" id="page153"></a>153</span> +consists of the governor and three official and two unofficial +nominated members, and the executive of the same, with the +exception that there is only one unofficial member. The colony +is self-supporting, the revenue being largely derived from the +drink duties, and there is no public debt. The Falklands are +the seat of a colonial bishop. Education is compulsory. The +government maintains schools and travelling teachers; the +Falkland Islands Company also maintains a school at Darwin, +and there is one for those of the Roman Catholic faith in Stanley. +There is also on Keppel Island a Protestant missionary settlement +for the training in agriculture of imported Fuegians. Stanley +was for some years a naval station, but ceased to be so in +1904.</p> + +<p>The Falkland Islands were first seen, by Davis in the year 1592, +and Sir Richard Hawkins sailed along their north shore in 1594. +The claims of Amerigo Vespucci to a previous discovery are +doubtful. In 1598 Sebald de Wert, a Dutchman, visited them, +and called them the Sebald Islands, a name which they bear on +some Dutch maps. Captain Strong sailed through between the +two principal islands in 1690, landed upon one of them, and +called the passage Falkland Sound, and from this the group +afterwards took its English name. In 1764 the French explorer +De Bougainville took possession of the islands on behalf of his +country, and established a colony at Port Louis on Berkeley +Sound. But in 1767 France ceded the islands to Spain, De +Bougainville being employed as intermediary. Meanwhile in +1765 Commodore Byron had taken possession on the part of +England on the ground of prior discovery, and had formed a +settlement at Port Egmont on the small island of Saunders. +The Spanish and English settlers remained in ignorance, real or +assumed, of each other’s presence until 1769-1770, when Byron’s +action was nearly the cause of a war between England and Spain, +both countries having armed fleets to contest the barren sovereignty. +In 1771, however, Spain yielded the islands to Great +Britain by convention. As they had not been actually colonized +by England, the republic of Buenos Aires claimed the group in +1820, and subsequently entered into a dispute with the United +States of America concerning the rights to the products of these +islands. On the representations of Great Britain the Buenos +Aireans withdrew, and the British flag was once more hoisted +at Port Louis in 1833, and since that time the Falkland Islands +have been a regular British colony.</p> + +<p>In 1845 Mr S. Lafone, a wealthy cattle and hide merchant +on the river Plate, obtained from government a grant of the +southern portion of the island, a peninsula 600,000 acres in +extent, and possession of all the wild cattle on the island for a +period of six years, for a payment of £10,000 down, and £20,000 +in ten years from January 1, 1852. In 1851 Mr Lafone’s interest +in Lafonia, as the peninsula came to be called, was purchased +for £30,000 by the Falkland Islands Company, which had been +incorporated by charter in the same year.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Pernety, <i>Journal historique d’une voyage faite aux îles Malouines +en 1763 et 1764</i> (Berlin, 1767); S. Johnson, <i>Thoughts on the +late Transactions respecting Falkland’s Islands</i> (1771); L.A. de +Bougainville, <i>Voyage autour du monde</i> (1771); T. Falkner, <i>Description +of Patagonia and the Falkland Islands</i> (1774); B. Penrose, +<i>Account of the last Expedition to Port Egmont in the Falkland Islands</i> +(1775); <i>Observations on the Forcible Occupation of Malvinas by the +British Government in 1833</i> (Buenos Ayres, 1833); <i>Reclamacion del +Gobierno de las provincias Unidas de la Plata contra el de S.M. +Britanica sobre la soverania y possesion de las Islas Malvinas</i> (London, +1841); Fitzroy, <i>Narrative of the Surveying Voyage of H.M.S. +“Adventure” and “Beagle”</i> (1839); Darwin, <i>Voyage of a Naturalist +round the World</i> (1845); S.B. Sullivan, <i>Description of the Falkland +Islands</i> (1849); W. Hadfield, <i>Brazil, the Falkland Islands, &c.</i> +(1854); W. Parker Snow, <i>Two Years’ Cruise off the Tierra del Fuego, +the Falkland Islands, &c.</i> (1857); Sir C. Wyville Thomson, <i>Voyage +of the “Challenger”</i> (1877); C.P. Lucas, <i>Historical Geography of +the British Colonies</i>, vol. ii. “The West Indies” (Oxford, 1890); +<i>Colonial Reports Annual</i>; MS. Sloane, 3295.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1d" id="ft1d" href="#fa1d"><span class="fn">1</span></a> See B Stechele, in <i>Münchener geographische Studien</i>, xx.(1906), +and <i>Geographical Journal</i> (December 1907).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALLACY<a name="ar45" id="ar45"></a></span> (Lat. <i>fall-ax</i>, apt to mislead), the term given +generally to any mistaken statement used in argument; in +Logic, technically, an argument which violates the laws of +correct demonstration. An argument may be fallacious in +<i>matter</i> (<i>i.e.</i> misstatement of facts), in <i>wording</i> (<i>i.e.</i> wrong use of +words), or in the <i>process of inference</i>. Fallacies have, therefore, +been classified as: I. Material, II. Verbal, III. Logical Of +Formal; II. and III. are often included under the general +description <i>Logical</i>, and in scholastic phraseology, following +Aristotle, are called fallacies <i>in dictione</i> or <i>in voce</i>, as opposed +to material fallacies <i>in re</i> or <i>extra dictionem</i>.</p> + +<p>I. <i>Material.</i>—The classification widely adopted by modern +logicians and based on that of Aristotle, <i>Organon</i> (<i>Sophistici +elenchi</i>), is as follows:—(1) <i>Fallacy of Accident</i>, <i>i.e.</i> arguing +erroneously from a general rule to a particular case, without +proper regard to particular conditions which vitiate the application +of the general rule; <i>e.g.</i> if manhood suffrage be the law, +arguing that a criminal or a lunatic must, therefore, have a vote; +(2) <i>Converse Fallacy of Accident</i>, <i>i.e.</i> arguing from a special case +to a general rule; (3) <i>Irrelevant Conclusion</i>, or <i>Ignoratio Elenchi</i>, +wherein, instead of proving the fact in dispute, the arguer seeks +to gain his point by diverting attention to some extraneous +fact (as in the legal story of “No case. Abuse the plaintiff’s +attorney”). Under this head come the so-called argumentum +(<i>a</i>) <i>ad hominem</i>, (<i>b</i>) <i>ad populum</i>, (<i>c</i>) <i>ad baculum</i>, (<i>d</i>) <i>ad verecundiam</i>, +common in platform oratory, in which the speaker obscures the +real issue by appealing to his audience on the grounds of (<i>a</i>) +purely personal considerations, (<i>b</i>) popular sentiment, (<i>c</i>) fear, +(<i>d</i>) conventional propriety. This fallacy has been illustrated +by ethical or theological arguments wherein the fear of punishment +is subtly substituted for abstract right as the sanction of +moral obligation. (4) <i>Petitio principii</i> (begging the question) or +<i>Circulus in probando</i> (arguing in a circle), which consists in +demonstrating a conclusion by means of premises which presuppose +that conclusion. Jeremy Bentham points out that this +fallacy may lurk in a single word, especially in an epithet, <i>e.g.</i> +if a measure were condemned simply on the ground that it is +alleged to be “un-English”; (5) <i>Fallacy of the Consequent</i>, really +a species of (3), wherein a conclusion is drawn from premises +which do not really support it; (6) <i>Fallacy of False Cause</i>, or +Non Sequitur (“it does not follow”), wherein one thing is incorrectly +assumed as the cause of another, as when the ancients +attributed a public calamity to a meteorological phenomenon; +(7) <i>Fallacy of Many Questions</i> (<i>Plurium Interrogationum</i>), +wherein several questions are improperly grouped in the form of +one, and a direct categorical answer is demanded, <i>e.g.</i> if a prosecuting +counsel asked the prisoner “What time was it when you met +this man?” with the intention of eliciting the tacit admission +that such a meeting had taken place.</p> + +<p>II. <i>Verbal Fallacies</i> are those in which a false conclusion +is obtained by improper or ambiguous use of words. They +are generally classified as follows. (1) <i>Equivocation</i> consists in +employing the same word in two or more senses, <i>e.g.</i> in a syllogism, +the middle term being used in one sense in the major and another +in the minor premise, so that in fact there are <i>four</i> not <i>three</i> +terms (“All fair things are honourable; This woman is fair; +therefore this woman is honourable,” the second “fair” being in +reference to complexion). (2) <i>Amphibology</i> is the result of +ambiguity of grammatical structure, <i>e.g.</i> of the position of the +adverb “only” in careless writers (“He only said that,” in +which sentence, as experience shows, the adverb has been +intended to qualify any one of the other three words). (3) <i>Composition</i>, +a species of (1), which results from the confused use of +collective terms (“The angles of a triangle are less than two right +angles” might refer to the angles separately or added together). +(4) <i>Division</i>, the converse of the preceding, which consists in +employing the middle term distributively in the minor and +collectively in the major premise. (5) <i>Accent</i>, which occurs only +in speaking and consists of emphasizing the wrong word in a +sentence (“He is a fairly good pianist,” according to the emphasis +on the words, may imply praise of a beginner’s progress, or an +expert’s depreciation of a popular hero, or it may imply that +the person in question is a deplorable violinist). (6) <i>Figure of +Speech</i>, the confusion between the metaphorical and ordinary +uses of a word or phrase.</p> + +<p>III. The purely <i>Logical</i> or Formal <i>fallacies</i> consist in the +violation of the formal rules of the Syllogism (<i>q.v.</i>). They are +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page154" id="page154"></a>154</span> +(<i>a</i>) fallacy of Four Terms (<i>Quaternio terminorum</i>); (<i>b</i>) of Undistributed +Middle; (<i>c</i>) of Illicit process of the major or the +minor term; (<i>d</i>) of Negative Premises.</p> + +<p>Of other classifications of Fallacies in general the most famous +are those of Francis Bacon and J.S. Mill. Bacon (<i>Novum +organum</i>, Aph. i. 33, 38 sqq.) divided fallacies into four <i>Idola</i> +(Idols, <i>i.e.</i> False Appearances), which summarize the various +kinds of mistakes to which the human intellect is prone (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bacon, Francis</a></span>). With these should be compared the <i>Offendicula</i> +of Roger Bacon, contained in the <i>Opus maius</i>, pt. i. (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bacon, +Roger</a></span>). J.S. Mill discussed the subject in book v. of his <i>Logic</i>, +and Jeremy Bentham’s <i>Book of Fallacies</i> (1824) contains valuable +remarks.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Rd. Whateley’s <i>Logic</i>, bk. v.; A. de Morgan, <i>Formal Logic</i> +(1847); A. Sidgwick, <i>Fallacies</i> (1883) and other text-books. See +also article <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Logic</a></span>, and for fallacies of Induction, see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Induction</a></span>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALLIÈRES, CLÉMENT ARMAND<a name="ar46" id="ar46"></a></span> (1841-  ), president of +the French republic, was born at Mézin in the department of +Lot-et-Garonne, where his father was clerk of the peace. He +studied law and became an advocate at Nérac, beginning his +public career there as municipal councillor (1868), afterwards +mayor (1871), and as councillor-general of the department of +Lot-et-Garonne (1871). Being an ardent Republican, he lost +this position in May 1873 upon the fall of Thiers, but in February +1876 was elected deputy for Nérac. In the chamber he sat with +the Republican Left, signed the protestation of the 18th of May +1877, and was re-elected in October by his constituency. In 1880 +he became under-secretary of state in the department of the +interior in the Jules Ferry ministry (May 1880 to November 1881). +From the 7th of August 1882 to the 20th of February 1883 he +was minister of the interior, and for a month (from the 29th +of January 1883) was premier. His ministry had to face the +question of the expulsion of the pretenders to the throne of +France, owing to the proclamation by Prince Jérome Napoleon +(January 1883), and M. Fallières, who was ill at the time, was +not able to face the storm of opposition, and resigned when the +senate rejected his project. In the following November, however, +he was chosen as minister of public instruction by Jules +Ferry, and carried out various reforms in the school system. +He resigned with the ministry in March 1885. Again becoming +minister of the interior in the Rouvier cabinet in May 1887, +he exchanged his portfolio in December for that of justice. He +returned to the ministry of the interior in February 1889, and +finally took the department of justice from March 1890 to +February 1892. In June 1890 his department (Lot-et-Garonne) +elected him to the senate by 417 votes to 23. There M. Fallières +remained somewhat apart from party struggles, although maintaining +his influence among the Republicans. In March 1899 +he was elected president of the senate, and retained that position +until January 1906, when he was chosen by a union of the groups +of the Left in both chambers as candidate for the presidency of +the republic. He was elected on the first ballot by 449 votes +<span class="correction" title="amended from againt">against</span> 371 for his opponent, Paul Doumer.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALL-LINE,<a name="ar47" id="ar47"></a></span> in American geology, a line marking the junction +between the hard rocks of the Appalachian Mountains and +the softer deposits of the coastal plain. The pre-Cambrian and +metamorphic rocks of the mountain mass form a continuous +ledge parallel to the east coast, where they are subject to denudation +and form a series of “falls” and rapids in the river courses +all along this line. The relief of the land below the falls is very +slight, and this low country rarely rises to a height of 200 ft., +so that the rivers are navigable up to the falls, while the falls +themselves are a valuable source of power. A line of cities may +be traced upon the map whose position will thus be readily +understood in relation to the economic importance of the fall-line. +They are Trenton on the Delaware, Philadelphia on the Schuylkill, +Georgetown on the Potomac, Richmond on the James, and +Augusta on the Savannah. It will be readily understood that +the softer and more recent rocks of the coastal plain have been +more easily washed away, while the harder rocks of the mountains, +owing to differential denudation, are left standing high +above them, and that the trend of the edge of this great lenticular +mass of ancient rock is roughly parallel to that of the Appalachian +system.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALLMERAYER, JAKOB PHILIPP<a name="ar48" id="ar48"></a></span> (1790-1861), German +traveller and historical investigator, best known for his opinions +in regard to the ethnology of the modern Greeks, was born, +the son of a poor peasant, at Tschötsch, near Brixen in Tirol, +on the 10th of December 1790. In 1809 he absconded from the +cathedral choir school at Brixen and made his way to Salzburg, +where he supported himself by private teaching while he studied +theology, the Semitic languages, and history. After a year’s +study he sought to assure to himself the peace and quiet necessary +for a student’s life by entering the abbey of Kremsmünster, but +difficulties put in his way by the Bavarian officials prevented +the accomplishment of this intention. At the university of +Landshut, to which he removed in 1812, he first applied himself +to jurisprudence, but soon devoted his attention exclusively +to history and philology. His immediate necessities were provided +for by a rich patron. During the Napoleonic wars he +joined the Bavarian infantry as a subaltern in 1813, fought at +Hanau (30th October 1813), and served throughout the campaign +in France. He remained in the army of occupation on the banks +of the Rhine until Waterloo, when he spent six months at +Orleans as adjutant to General von Spreti. Two years of garrison +life at Lindau on Lake Constance after the peace were spent in +the study of modern Greek, Persian and Turkish.</p> + +<p>Resigning his commission in 1818, he was successively engaged +as teacher in the gymnasium at Augsburg and in the progymnasium +and lyceum at Landshut. In 1827 he won the gold +medal offered by the university of Copenhagen with his <i>Geschichte +des Kaisertums von Trapezunt</i>, based on patient investigation +of Greek and oriental MSS. at Venice and Vienna. The strictures +on priestcraft contained in the preface to this book gave offence +to the authorities, and his position was not improved by the +liberal views expressed in his <i>Geschichte der Halbinsel Morea +während des Mittelalters</i> (Stuttgart, 1830-1836, 2 pts.). The +three years from 1831 to 1834 he spent in travel with the Russian +count Ostermann Tolstoy, visiting Egypt, Palestine, Syria, +Cyprus, Rhodes, Constantinople, Greece and Naples. On his +return he was elected in 1835 a member of the Royal Bavarian +Academy of Sciences, but he soon after left the country again on +account of political troubles, and spent the greater part of the +next four years in travel, spending the winter of 1839-1840 with +Count Tolstoy at Geneva. Constantinople, Trebizond, Athos, +Macedonia, Thessaly and Greece were visited by him during +1840-1841; and after some years’ residence in Munich he +returned in 1847 to the East, and travelled in Palestine, Syria +and Asia Minor. The authorities continued to regard him with +suspicion, and university students were forbidden to attend the +lectures he delivered at Munich. He entered, however, into +friendly relations with the crown prince Maximilian, but this +intimacy was destroyed by the events following on 1848. At +that period he was appointed professor of history in the Munich +University, and made a member of the national congress at +Frankfort-on-Main. He there joined the left or opposition party, +and in the following year he accompanied the rump-parliament +to Stuttgart, a course of action which led to his expulsion +from his professorate. During the winter of 1849-1850 he +was an exile in Switzerland, but the amnesty of April 1850 +enabled him to return to Munich. He died on the 26th of +April 1861.</p> + +<p>His contributions to the medieval history of Greece are of +great value, and though his theory that the Greeks of the present +day are of Albanian and Slav descent, with hardly a drop of true +Greek blood in their veins, has not been accepted in its entirety +by other investigators, it has served to modify the opinions of +even his greatest opponents. A criticism of his views will be +found in Hopf’s <i>Geschichte Griechenlands</i> (reprinted from Ersch +and Gruber’s <i>Encykl.</i>) and in Finlay’s <i>History of Greece in +the Middle Ages</i>. Another theory which he propounded and +defended with great vigour was that the capture of Constantinople +by Russia was inevitable, and would lead to the absorption +by the Russian empire of the whole of the Balkan and Grecian +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page155" id="page155"></a>155</span> +peninsula; and that this extended empire would constitute a +standing menace to the western Germanic nations. These views +he expressed in a series of brilliant articles in German journals. +His most important contribution to learning remains his history +of the empire of Trebizond. Prior to his discovery of the chronicle +of Michael Panaretos, covering the dominion of Alexus Comnenus +and his successors from 1204 to 1426, the history of this medieval +empire was practically unknown.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His works are—<i>Geschichte des Kaiserthums Trapezunt</i> (Munich, +1827-1848); <i>Geschichte der Halbinsel Morea im Mittelalter</i> (Stuttgart, +1830-1836); <i>Über die Entstehung der Neugriechen</i> (Stuttgart, 1835); +“Originalfragmente, Chroniken, u.s.w., zur Geschichte des K. +Trapezunts” (Munich, 1843), in <i>Abhandl. der hist. Classe der K. +Bayerisch. Akad. v. Wiss.; Fragmente aus dem Orient</i> (Stuttgart, +1845); <i>Denkschrift über Golgotha und das heilige Grab</i> (Munich, +1852), and <i>Das Todte Meer</i> (1853)—both of which had appeared in +the <i>Abhandlungen</i> of the Academy; <i>Das albanesische Element in +Griechenland</i>, iii. parts, in the <i>Abhandl.</i> for 1860-1866. After his +death there appeared at Leipzig in 1861, under the editorship +of G.M. Thomas, three volumes of <i>Gesammelte Werke</i>, containing +<i>Neue Fragmente aus dem Orient, Kritische Versuche</i>, and <i>Studien +und Erinnerungen aus meinem Leben</i>. A sketch of his life will also +be found in L. Steub, <i>Herbsttage in Tyrol</i> (Munich, 1867).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALLOPIUS<a name="ar49" id="ar49"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">Fallopio</span>), <b>GABRIELLO</b> (1523-1562), Italian +anatomist, was born about 1523 at Modena, where he became +a canon of the cathedral. He studied medicine at Ferrara, and, +after a European tour, became teacher of anatomy in that city. +He thence removed to Pisa, and from Pisa, at the instance of +Cosmo I., grand-duke of Tuscany, to Padua, where, besides the +chairs of anatomy and surgery and of botany, he held the office +of superintendent of the new botanical garden. He died at +Padua on the 9th of October 1562. Only one treatise by +Fallopius appeared during his lifetime, namely the <i>Observationes +anatomicae</i> (Venice, 1561). His collected works, <i>Opera genuina +omnia</i>, were published at Venice in 1584. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Anatomy</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALLOUX, FRÉDÉRIC ALFRED PIERRE,<a name="ar50" id="ar50"></a></span> <span class="sc">Comte de</span> (1811-1886), +French politician and author, was born at Angers on +the 11th of May 1811. His father had been ennobled by +Charles X., and Falloux began his career as a Legitimist and +clerical journalist under the influence of Mme Swetchine. In +1846 he entered the legislature as deputy for Maine-et-Loire, +and with many other ultra-Catholics he gave real or pretended +support to the revolution of 1848. Louis Napoleon made him +minister of education in 1849, but disagreements with the +president led to his resignation within a year. He had nevertheless +secured the passage of the Loi Falloux (March 15, 1850) +for the organization of primary and secondary education. This +law provided that the clergy and members of ecclesiastical +orders, male and female, might exercise the profession of teaching +without producing any further qualification. This exemption +was extended even to priests who taught in secondary schools, +where a university degree was exacted from lay teachers. The +primary schools were put under the management of the curés. +Falloux was elected to the French Academy in 1856. His failure +to secure re-election to the legislature in 1866, 1869, 1870 and +1871 was due to the opposition of the stricter Legitimists, who +viewed with suspicion his attempts to reconcile the Orleans +princes with Henri, comte de Chambord. In spite of his failure +to enter the National Assembly his influence was very great, +and was increased by the intimacy of his personal relations with +Thiers. But in 1872 he offended both sections of the monarchical +party at a conference arranged in the hope of effecting a fusion +between the partisans of the comte de Chambord and of the +Orleans princes, divided on the vexed question of the flag. He +suggested that the comte de Chambord might recede from his +position with dignity at the desire of the National Assembly, +and not content with this encroachment on royalist principles, +he insinuated the possibility of a transitional stage with the duc +d’Aumale as president of the republic. His disgrace was so +complete that he was excommunicated by the bishop of Angers +in 1876. He died on the 16th of January 1886.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Of his numerous works the best known are his <i>Histoire de +Louis XVI</i> (1840); <i>Histoire de Saint Pie</i> (1845); <i>De la contre-revolution</i> +(1876); and the posthumous <i>Mémoires d’un royaliste</i> +(2 vols., 1888).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALLOW,<a name="ar51" id="ar51"></a></span> land ploughed and tilled, but left unsown, usually +for a year, in order, on the one hand, to disintegrate, aërate +and free it from weeds, and, on the other, to allow it to recuperate. +The word was probably early confused with “fallow” +(from O. Eng. <i>fealu</i>, probably cognate with Gr. <span class="grk" title="polios">πολιός</span>, grey), +of a pale-brown or yellow colour, often applied to soil left unfilled +and unsown, but chiefly seen in the name of the “fallow deer.” +The true derivation is from the O. Eng. <i>fealga</i>, only found in the +plural, a harrow, and the ultimate origin is a Teutonic root +meaning “to plough,” cf. the German <i>falgen</i>. The recognition +that continuous growing of wheat on the same area of land robs +the soil of its fertility was universal among ancient peoples, and +the practice of “fallowing” or resting the soil is as old as +agriculture itself. The “Sabbath rest” ordered to be given +every seventh year to the land by the Mosaic law is a classical +instance of the “fallow.” Improvements in crop rotations and +manuring have diminished the necessity of the “bare fallow,” +which is uneconomical because the land is left unproductive, +and because the nitrates in the soil unintercepted by the roots of +plants are washed away in the drainage waters. At the present +time bare fallowing is, in general, only advisable on stiff soils +and in dry climates. A “green fallow” is land planted with +turnips, potatoes or some similar crop in rows, the space between +which may be cleared of weeds by hoeing. The “bastard +fallow” is a modification of the bare fallow, effected by the +growth of rye, vetches, or some other rapidly growing crop, +sown in autumn and fed off in spring, the land then undergoing +the processes of ploughing, grubbing and harrowing usual in the +bare fallow.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALLOW-DEER<a name="ar52" id="ar52"></a></span> (that is, <span class="sc">Dun Deer</span>, in contradistinction +to the red deer, <i>Cervus</i> [<i>Dama</i>] <i>dama</i>), a medium-sized representative +of the family <i>Cervidae</i>, characterized by its expanded +or palmated antlers, which generally have no bez-tine, rather +long tail (black above and white below), and a coat spotted with +white in summer but uniformly coloured in winter. The shoulder +height is about 3 ft. The species is semi-domesticated in British +parks, and occurs wild in western Asia, North Africa, the south +of Europe and Sardinia. In prehistoric times it occurred +throughout northern and central Europe. One park-breed has +no spots. Bucks and does live apart except during the pairing-season; +and the doe produces one or two, and sometimes three +fawns at a birth. These deer are particularly fond of horse-chestnuts, +which the stags are said to endeavour to procure by +striking at the branches with their antlers. The Persian fallow-deer +(<i>C.</i> [<i>D.</i>] <i>mesopotamicus</i>), a native of the mountains of +Luristan, is larger than the typical species, and has a brighter +coat, differing in some details of colouring. The antlers have +the trez-tine near the small brow-tine, and the palmation +beginning near the former. Here may be mentioned the gigantic +fossil deer commonly known as the Irish elk, which is perhaps a +giant type of fallow-deer, and if so should be known as <i>Cervus</i> +(<i>Dama</i>) <i>giganteus</i>. If a distinct type, its title should be <i>C.</i> +(<i>Megaceros</i>) <i>giganteus</i>. This deer inhabited Ireland, Great Britain, +central and northern Europe, and western Asia in Pleistocene +and prehistoric times; and must have stood 6 ft. high at the +shoulder. The antlers are greatly palmated and of enormous +size, fine specimens measuring as much as 11 ft. between the tips.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALL RIVER,<a name="ar53" id="ar53"></a></span> a city of Bristol county, Massachusetts, U.S.A., +situated on Mount Hope Bay, at the mouth of the Taunton river, +49 m. S. of Boston. Pop. (1890) 74,398; (1900) 104,863; (estimated, +1906) 105,942;<a name="fa1e" id="fa1e" href="#ft1e"><span class="sp">1</span></a> (1910 census) 119,295. It is the third city in +size of the commonwealth. Of the population in 1900, 50,042, +or 47.7%, were foreign-born, 90,244 were of foreign parentage +(<i>i.e.</i> either one or both parents were foreign), and of these 81,721 +had both foreign father and foreign mother. Of the foreign-born, +20,172 were French Canadians, 2329 were English Canadians, +12,268 were from England, 1045 were from Scotland, 7317 were +from Ireland, 2805 were from Portugal, and 1095 were from +Russia, various other countries being represented by smaller +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page156" id="page156"></a>156</span> +numbers. Fall River is served by the New York, New Haven & +Hartford railway, and has good steamer connexions with Providence, +Newport and New York, notably by the “Fall River +Line,” which is much used, in connexion with the N.Y., N.H. & +H. railway, by travellers between New York and Boston. The +harbour is large, deep and easy of access. The city lies on a +plateau and on slopes that rise rather steeply from the river, +and is irregularly laid out. Granite underlying the city furnishes +excellent building material; among the principal buildings +are the state armoury, the county court house, the B.M.C. +Durfee high school, the custom house, Notre Dame College, the +church of Notre Dame, the church of St Anne, the Central +Congregational church and the public library. The commonwealth +aids in maintaining a textile school (the Bradford Durfee +textile school), opened in 1904. The city library contained in +1908 about 78,500 volumes. There is considerable commerce, +but it is as a manufacturing centre that Fall River is best known. +Above the city, on the plateau, about 2 m. from the bay, are the +Watuppa Lakes, 7 m. long and on an average three-fourths of a +mile wide, and from them runs the Fall (Quequechan) river, +with a constant flow and descending near its mouth through +127 ft. in less than half a mile. The conjunction of water +transportation and water power is thus remarkable, and accounts +in great part for the city’s rapid growth. The waters of the +North Watuppa Lake (which is fed by springs and drains out +a very small area) are also exceptionally pure and furnish an +excellent water-supply. The Fall river runs directly through the +city (passing beneath the city hall), and along its banks are long +rows of cotton mills; formerly many of these were run by water +power, and their wheels were placed directly in the stream bed, +but steam power is now used almost exclusively. According to +the special census of manufactures of 1905, the value of all +factory products for the calendar year 1904 was $43,473,105, +of which amount $35,442,581, or 81.5%, consisted of cotton +goods and dyeing and finishing, making Fall River the largest +producer of cotton goods among American cities.<a name="fa2e" id="fa2e" href="#ft2e"><span class="sp">2</span></a> A large hat +manufactory (the Marshall Brothers’ factory) furnishes the +United States army with hats. Until forced by the competition +of mills in the Southern states to direct attention to finer products, +the cotton manufacturers of Fall River devoted themselves +almost exclusively to the making of print cloth, in which respect +the city was long distinguished from Lawrence and Lowell, +whose products were more varied and of higher grade. The +number of spindles increased from 265,328 in 1865 to 1,269,043 +in 1875, 3,000,000 in 1900, and to about 3,500,000 in 1906. +Excellent drainage and sewerage systems contribute to the city’s +health. The birth-rate was in 1900 the highest (38.75) of any +city in the country of above 30,000 inhabitants (three of the four +next highest being Massachusetts towns). The social conditions +and labour problems of Fall River have long been exceptional. +The mills supplement the public schools in the mingling of races +and the work for Americanization, and labour disturbances, +for which Fall River was once conspicuous, have become less +frequent and less bitter, the great strike of 1904-1905—perhaps +the greatest in the history of the textile industry in the United +States—being marked by little or no violence. Fall River has +become a “city of homes,” and tenements are giving way to +dwellings for one or two families. The lists of the city’s corporation +stockholders show more than 10,000 names. The municipal +police is controlled (as nowhere else in the state save in Boston) +by a state board; this arrangement is generally regarded as +having worked for better order. Lowell was about three times +as large as Fall River in 1850, and Lawrence was larger until after +1870. Fall River was originally a part of Freetown; it was +incorporated as a township in 1803 (being known as “Troy” +in 1804-1834), and was chartered as a city in 1854. In 1861 +it was increased by certain territory secured from Rhode Island, +the city having spread across the state boundary and become +subject to a divided jurisdiction. In 1902 the city received a +new charter. Its manufactures amounted to little before the +War of 1812. A disastrous fire occurred in 1843 (loss above +$500,000). In 1904 Fall River became the see of the Roman +Catholic diocese of that name.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See H.H. Earl, <i>Centennial History of Fall River ... 1656-1876</i> +(New York, 1877); and the report of Carroll D. Wright on <i>Fall +River, Lowell and Lawrence</i>, in 13th annual report of the Massachusetts +Bureau of Statistics of Labor (1882), which, however, was regarded +as unjust and partial by the manufacturers of Fall River.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1e" id="ft1e" href="#fa1e"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The small increase between 1900 and 1906 was due in large part +to the emigration of many of the inhabitants during the great strike +of 1904-1905.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2e" id="ft2e" href="#fa2e"><span class="fn">2</span></a> The above figures do not show adequately the full importance +of Fall River as a cotton manufacturing centre, for during six +months of the census year the great strike was in progress; this +strike, caused by a reduction in wages, lasted from the 25th of July +1904 to the 18th of January 1905.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALMOUTH,<a name="ar54" id="ar54"></a></span> a municipal and contributary parliamentary +borough and seaport of Cornwall, England, 306 m. W.S.W. of +London, on a branch of the Great Western railway. Pop. (1901) +11,789. It is finely situated on the west shore of the largest of +the many estuaries which open upon the south coast of the +county. This is entered by several streams, of which the largest +is the Fal. Falmouth harbour lies within Pendennis Point, which +shelters the estuary from the more open Falmouth Bay. The +Penryn river, coming in from the north-west, forms one of several +shallow, winding arms of the estuary, the main channel of which +is known as Carrick Roads. To the east Pendennis Castle stands +on its lofty promontory, while on the opposite side of the roads +the picturesque inlet of the Porthcuel river opens between Castle +Point on the north, with St Mawes’ Castle, and St Anthony Head +and Zoze Point on the south. The shores of the estuary as a +rule slope sharply up to about 250 ft., and are beautifully wooded. +The entrance is 1 m. across, and the roads form one of the +best refuges for shipping on the south coast, being accessible at +all times by the largest vessels. Among the principal buildings +and institutions in Falmouth are the town hall, market-house, +hall of the Cornwall Polytechnic Society, a meteorological and +magnetic observatory, and a submarine mining establishment. +The Royal Cornwall Yacht Club has its headquarters here, and +in the annual regatta the principal prize is a cup given by the +prince of Wales as duke of Cornwall. Engineering, shipbuilding, +brewing and the manufacture of manure are carried on, and +there are oyster and trawl fisheries, especially for pilchard. The +inner harbour, under the jurisdiction partly of commissioners and +partly of a dock company, is enclosed between two breakwaters, +of which the eastern has 23 ft. of water at lowest tides alongside. +The area of the harbour is 42 acres, with nearly 700 lineal yards +of quayage. There are two graving docks, and repairing yards. +Grain, timber, coal and guano and other manures are imported, +and granite, china clay, copper ore, ropes and fish exported. +Falmouth is also in favour as a watering-place. The parliamentary +borough of Penryn and Falmouth returns one member. +The municipal borough is under a mayor, 4 aldermen and 12 +councillors. Area, 790 acres.</p> + +<p>Falmouth (Falemuth) as a haven and port has had a place +in the maritime history of Cornwall from very early times. The +site of the town, which is comparatively modern, was formerly +known as Smithick and Pennycomequick and formed part of +the manor of Arwenack held by the family of Killigrew. The +corporations of Penryn, Truro and Helston opposed the undertaking, +but the lords in council, to whom the matter was referred, +decided in Killigrew’s favour. In 1652 the House of Commons +considered that it would be advantageous to the Commonwealth +to grant a Thursday market to Smithick. This market was +confirmed to Sir Peter Killigrew in 1660 together with two fairs, +on the 30th of October and the 27th of July, and also a ferry +between Smithick and Flushing. By the charter of incorporation +granted in the following year the name was changed to Falmouth, +and a mayor, recorder, 7 aldermen and 12 burgesses constituted +a common council with the usual rights and privileges. Three +years later an act creating the borough a separate ecclesiastical +parish empowered the mayor and aldermen to assess all buildings +within the town at the rate of sixteen pence in the pound for +the support of the rector. This rector’s rate occasioned much +ill-feeling in modern times, and by act of parliament in 1896 +was taken over by the corporation, and provision made for its +eventual extinction. The disfranchisement of Penryn, which +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page157" id="page157"></a>157</span> +had long been a subject of debate in the House of Commons, +was settled in 1832, by uniting Penryn with Falmouth for parliamentary +purposes and assigning two members to the united +boroughs. By the Redistribution of Seats Act 1885, the number +of members was reduced to one. The fairs granted in 1660 are +no longer held, and a Saturday market has superseded the +chartered market. In the 17th and 18th centuries Falmouth +grew in importance owing to its being a station of the Packet +Service for the conveyance of mails.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALSE POINT,<a name="ar55" id="ar55"></a></span> a landlocked harbour in the Cuttack district +of Bengal, India. It was reported by the famine commissioners +in 1867 to be the best harbour on the coast of India from the +Hugli to Bombay. It derives its name from the circumstance +that vessels proceeding up the Bay of Bengal frequently mistook +it for Point Palmyras, a degree farther north. The anchorage +is safe, roomy and completely landlocked, but large vessels are +obliged to lie out at some distance from its mouth in an exposed +roadstead. The capabilities of False Point as a harbour remained +long unknown, and it was only in 1860 that the port was opened. +It was rapidly developed, owing to the construction of the Orissa +canals. Two navigable channels lead inland across the Mahanadi +delta, and connect the port with Cuttack city. The +trade of False Point is chiefly with other Indian harbours, but +a large export trade in rice and oil-seeds has sprung up with +Mauritius, the French colonies and France. False Point is now +a regular port of call for Anglo-Indian coasting steamers. Its +capabilities were first appreciated during the Orissa famine of +1866, when it afforded almost the only means by which supplies +of rice could be thrown into the province. A lighthouse is +situated a little to the south of the anchorage, on the point which +screens it from the southern monsoon.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALSE PRETENCES,<a name="ar56" id="ar56"></a></span> in English law, the obtaining from any +other person by any false pretence any chattel, money or valuable +security, with intent to defraud. It is an indictable misdemeanour +under the Larceny Act of 1861. The broad distinction +between this offence and larceny is that in the former the owner +intends to part with his property, in the latter he does not. +This offence dates as a statutory crime practically from 1756. +At common law the only remedy originally available for an owner +who had been deprived of his goods by fraud was an indictment +for the crime of cheating, or a civil action for deceit. These +remedies were insufficient to cover all cases where money or other +properties had been obtained by false pretences, and the offence +was first partially created by a statute of Henry VIII. (1541), +which enacted that if any person should falsely and deceitfully +obtain any money, goods, &c., by means of any false token or +counterfeit letter made in any other man’s name, the offender +should suffer any punishment other than death, at the discretion +of the judge. The scope of the offence was enlarged to include +practically all false pretences by the act of 1756, the provisions +of which were embodied in the Larceny Act 1861.</p> + +<p>The principal points to notice are that the pretence must +be a false pretence of some existing fact, made for the purpose +of inducing the prosecutor to part with his property (<i>e.g.</i> it was +held not to be a false pretence to promise to pay for goods on +delivery), and it may be by either words or conduct. The +property, too, must have been actually obtained by the false +pretence. The owner must be induced by the pretence to make +over the absolute and immediate ownership of the goods, otherwise +it is “larceny by means of a trick.” It is not always easy, +however, to draw a distinction between the various classes of +offences. In the case where a man goes into a restaurant and +orders a meal, and, after consuming it, says that he has no +means of paying for it, it was usual to convict for obtaining food +by false pretences. But <i>R.</i> v. <i>Jones</i>, 1898, L.R. 1 Q.B. 119 +decided that it is neither larceny nor false pretences, but an +offence under the Debtors Act 1869, of obtaining credit by +fraud. (See also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cheating</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Fraud</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Larceny</a></span>.)</p> + +<p><i>United States.</i>—American statutes on this subject are mainly +copied from the English statutes, and the courts there in a general +way follow the English interpretations. The statutes of each +state must be consulted. There is no Federal statute, though +there are Federal laws providing penalties for false personation +of the lawful owner of public stocks, &c., or of persons entitled +to pensions, prize money, &c. (U.S. Rev. Stats. § 5435), or the +false making of any order purporting to be a money order +(<i>id.</i> § 5463).</p> + +<p>In Arizona, obtaining money or property by falsely personating +another is punishable as for larceny (Penal Code, 1901, § 479). +Obtaining credit by false pretences as to wealth and mercantile +character is punishable by six months’ imprisonment and a +fine not exceeding three times the value of the money or property +obtained (<i>id.</i> § 481).</p> + +<p>In Illinois, whoever by any false representation or writing +signed by him, of his own respectability, wealth or mercantile +correspondence or connexions, obtains credit and thereby defrauds +any person of money, goods, chattels or any valuable thing, +or who procures another to make a false report of his honesty, +wealth, &c., shall return the money, goods, &c., and be fined and +imprisoned for a term not exceeding one year (Crim. Code, 1903, +ch. xxxviii. §§ 96, 97). Obtaining money or property by bogus +cheques, the “confidence game” (<i>Dorr</i> v. <i>People</i>, 1907, § 228, +Ill. 216), or “three card monte,” sleight of hand, fortune-telling, +&c., is punishable by imprisonment for from one to ten years +(<i>id.</i> §§ 98, 100). Obtaining goods from warehouse, mill or wharf +by fraudulent receipt wrongly stating amount of goods deposited—by +imprisonment for not less than one nor more than +ten years (<i>id.</i> § 124). Fraudulent use of railroad passes is a +misdemeanour (<i>id.</i> 125a).</p> + +<p>In Massachusetts it is simple larceny to obtain by false pretences +the money or personal chattel of another (Rev. Laws, +1902, ch. ccviii. § 26). Obtaining by a false pretence with intent +to defraud the signature of a person to a written instrument, +the false making whereof would be forgery, is punishable by +imprisonment in a state prison or by fine (<i>id.</i> § 27).</p> + +<p>In New York, obtaining property by false pretences, felonious +breach of trust and embezzlement are included in the term +“larceny” (Penal Code, § 528; <i>Paul</i> v. <i>Dumar</i>, 106 N.Y. 508; +<i>People</i> v. <i>Tattlekan</i>, 1907, 104 N.Y. Suppl. 805), but the methods +of proof required to establish each crime remain as before the +code. Obtaining lodging and food on credit at hotel or lodging +house with intent to defraud is a misdemeanour (Pen. Code, +§ 382). Purchase of property by false pretences as to person’s +means or ability to pay is not criminal when in writing signed by +the party to be charged (Pen. Code, § 544).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALTICHENI<a name="ar57" id="ar57"></a></span> (<i>Faltiçenĭ</i>), the capital of the department of +Suceava, Rumania, situated on a small right-hand tributary of +the Sereth, among the hills of north-west Moldavia, and 2 m. +S.E. of the frontier of Bukovina. Pop. (1900) 9643, about half +being Jews. A branch railway runs for 15 m. to join the main +line between Czernowitz in Bukovina, and Galatz. The Suceava +department (named after Suceava or Suciava, its former capital, +now Suczawa in Bukowina) is densely forested; its considerable +timber trade centres in Falticheni. For five weeks, from the +20th July onwards, Russians and Austro-Hungarians, as well as +Rumans, attend the fair which is held at Falticheni, chiefly for +the sale of horses, carriages and cattle.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FALUN,<a name="ar58" id="ar58"></a></span> a town of Sweden, capital of the district (<i>län</i>) of +Kopparberg, 153 m. N.W. of Stockholm by rail. Pop. (1900) +9606. It is situated in a bare and rocky country near the +western shore of lake Runn. Here are the oldest and most +celebrated copper mines in Europe. Their produce has gradually +decreased since the 17th century, and is now unimportant, but +sulphate of copper, iron pyrites, and some gold, silver, sulphur +and sulphuric acid, and red ochre are also produced. The mines +belong to the Kopparberg Mining Company (<i>Stora Kopparbergs +Bergslags Aktiebolag</i>, formerly <i>Kopparbergslagen</i>). This is the +oldest industrial corporation in Sweden, and perhaps the oldest +still existing in the world; it is known to have been established +before 1347. Since its reorganization as a joint-stock company +in 1890 many of the shares have been held by the crown, philanthropic +institutions and other public bodies. The company also +owns iron mines, limestone and quartz quarries, large iron-works +at Domnarfvet and elsewhere, a great extent of forests and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page158" id="page158"></a>158</span> +saw-mills, and besides the output of the copper mines it produces +manufactured iron and steel, timber, wood-pulp, bricks +and charcoal. Falun has also railway rolling-stock factories. +There are museums of mineralogy and geology, a lower school +of mining, model room and scientific library. The so-called +“Gothenburg System” of municipal control over the sale of +spirits was actually devised at Falun as early as 1850.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAMA<a name="ar59" id="ar59"></a></span> (Gr. <span class="grk" title="Phêmê, Ossa">Φήμη, Ὄσσα</span>), in classical mythology, the personification +of Rumour. The Homeric equivalent <i>Ossa</i> (<i>Iliad</i>, ii. 93) +is represented as the messenger of Zeus, who spreads reports +with the rapidity of a conflagration. Homer does not personify +<i>Pheme</i>, which is merely a presage drawn from human utterances, +whereas Ossa (until later times) is associated with the idea of +divine origin. A more definite character is given to Pheme by +Hesiod (<i>Works and Days</i>, 764), who calls her a goddess; in +Sophocles (<i>Oed. Tyr.</i> 158) she is the immortal daughter of golden +Hope and is styled by the orator Aeschines (<i>Contra Timarchum</i>, +§ 128) one of the mightiest of goddesses. According to Pausanias +(i. 17. 1) there was a temple of Pheme at Athens, and at Smyrna +(<i>ib.</i> ix. 11, 7), whose inhabitants were especially fond of seeking +the aid of divination, there was a sanctuary of Cledones (sounds +or rumours supposed to convey omens).</p> + +<p>There does not seem to have been any cult of Fama among the +Romans, by whom she was regarded merely as “a figure of +poetical religion.” The Temple of Fame and Omen (Pheme and +Cledon) mentioned by Plutarch (<i>Moralia</i>, p. 319) is due to a confusion +with Aius Locutius, the divinity who warned the Romans +of the coming attack of the Gauls. There are well-known +descriptions of Fame in Virgil (<i>Aeneid</i>, iv. 173) and Ovid (<i>Metam.</i> +xii. 39); see also Valerius Flaccus (ii. 116), Statius (<i>Thebais</i>, iii. +425). An unfavourable idea gradually became attached to the +name; thus Ennius speaks of Fama as the personification of +“evil” reputation and the opposite of Gloria (cp. the adjective +<i>famosus</i>, which is not used in a good sense till the post-Augustan +age). Chaucer in his <i>House of Fame</i> is obviously imitating +Virgil and Ovid, although he is also indebted to Dante’s +<i>Divina Commedia</i>.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAMAGUSTA<a name="ar60" id="ar60"></a></span> (Gr. <i>Ammochostos</i>), a town and harbour on +the east cost of Cyprus, 2½ m. S. of the ruins of Salamis. The +population in 1901 was 818, nearly all being Moslems who live +within the walls of the fortress; the Christian population has +migrated to a suburb called Varosia (pop. 2948). The foundation +of Salamis (<i>q.v.</i>) was ascribed to Teucer: it was probably the +most important town in early Cyprus. The revolt of the Jews +under Trajan, and earthquakes in the time of Constantius and +Constantine the Great helped in turn to destroy it. It was +restored by Fl. Constantius II. (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 337-361) as Constantia. +Another town a little to the south, built by Ptolemy Philadelphus +in 274 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and called Arsinoe in honour of his sister, +received the refugees driven from Constantia by the Arabs under +Mu’awiyah, became the seat of the orthodox archbishopric, +and was eventually known as Famagusta. It received a large +accession of population at the fall of Acre in 1291; was annexed +by the Genoese in 1376; reunited to the throne of Cyprus in +1464; and surrendered, after an investment of nearly a year, +to the Turks in 1571. The fortifications, remodelled by the +Venetians after 1489, the castle, the grand cathedral church of +St Nicolas, and the remains of the palace and many other +churches make Famagusta a place of unique interest. Acts ii. +and v. of Shakespeare’s <i>Othello</i> pass there. In 1903 measures +were taken to develop the fine natural harbour of Famagusta. +Basins were dredged to give depths of 15 and 24 ft. respectively at +ordinary low tides, and commodious jetties and quays were +constructed.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAMILIAR<a name="ar61" id="ar61"></a></span> (through the Fr. <i>familier</i>, from Lat. <i>familiaris</i>, +of or belonging to the <i>familia</i>, family), an adjective, properly +meaning belonging to the family or household, but in this sense +the word is rare. The more usual meanings are: friendly, +intimate, well known; and from its application to the easy +relations of intimate friends the term may be used in an invidious +sense of “free and easy” conduct on the part of any one not +justified by any close relationship, friendship or intimacy. +“Familiar” is, however, also used as a substantive, especially +of the spirit or demon which attended on a wizard or magician, +and was summoned to execute his master’s wishes. The idea +underlies the notion of the Christian guardian angel and of +the Roman <i>genius natalis</i> (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Demonology</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Witchcraft</a></span>). +In the Roman Church the term is applied to persons attached to +the household of the pope or of bishops. These must actually +do some domestic service. They are supported by their patron, +and enjoy privileges which in the case of the papal familiars +are considerable. “Familiars of the Holy Office” were lay +officers of the Inquisition, whose functions were chiefly those of +police, in making arrests, &c., of persons charged.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAMILISTS,<a name="ar62" id="ar62"></a></span> a term of English origin (later adopted in other +languages) to denote the members of the <i>Familia Caritatis</i> (<i>Hus +der Lieften</i>; <i>Huis der Liefde</i>; <i>Haus der Liebe</i>; “Family of +Love”), founded by Hendrik Niclaes (born on the 9th or 10th +of January 1501 or 1502, probably at Münster; died after 1570, +not later than 1581, probably in 1580). His calling was that of +a merchant, in which he and his son Franz prospered, becoming +ultimately wealthy. Not till 1540 did he appear in the character +of one divinely endowed with “the spirit of the true love of +Jesus Christ.” For twenty years (1540-1560) Emden was the +headquarters at once of his merchandise and of his propaganda; +but he travelled in both interests to various countries, visiting +England in 1552 or 1553. To this period belong most of his +writings. His primary work was <i>Den Spegel der Gherechticheit +dorch den Geist der Liefden unde den vergodeden Mensch H.N. +uth de hemmelische Warheit betüget</i>. It appeared in an English +form with the author’s revision, as <i>An Introduction to the holy +Understanding of the Glasse of Righteousness</i> (1575?; reprinted +in 1649). None of his works bear his name in full; his initials +were mystically interpreted as standing for <i>Homo Novus</i>. His +“glass of righteousness” is the spirit of Christ as interpreted +by him. The remarkable fact was brought out by G. Arnold +(and more fully by F. Nippold in 1862) that the printer of +Niclaes’s works was Christopher Plantin, of Antwerp, a specially +privileged printer of Roman Catholic theology and liturgy, yet +secretly a steadfast adherent of Niclaes. It is true that Niclaes +claimed to hold an impartial attitude towards all existing religious +parties, and his mysticism, derived from David Joris, was +undogmatic. Yet he admitted his followers by the rite of adult +baptism, and set up a hierarchy among them on the Roman +model (see his <i>Evangelium Regni</i>, in English <i>A Joyfull Message +of the Kingdom</i>, 1574?; reprinted, 1652). His pantheism had +an antinomian drift; for himself and his officials he claimed +impeccability; but, whatever truth there may be in the charge +that among his followers were those who interpreted “love” +as licence, no such charge can be sustained against the morals +of Niclaes and the other leaders of the sect. His chief apostle +in England was Christopher Vitel, a native of Delft, an “illuminate +elder,” living at Colchester and Southwark, who ultimately +recanted. The society spread in the eastern counties, in spite +of repressive measures; it revived under the Commonwealth, +and lingered into the early years of the 18th century; the leading +idea of its “service of love” was a reliance on sympathy +and tenderness for the moral and spiritual edification of its +members. Thus, in an age of strife and polemics, it seemed +to afford a refuge for quiet, gentle spirits, and meditative +temperaments.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See F. Nippold, “H. Niclaes u. das Haus der Liebe,” in <i>Zeitschrift +für die histor. Theol.</i> (1862); article “H. Niclaes” in A.J. van +der Aa, Biog. <i>Woordenboek der Nederlanden</i> (1868); article “H. +Nicholas,” by C. Fell Smith, in <i>Dict. Nat. Biog.</i> (1894); article +“Familisten,” by Loofs, in Herzog-Hauck’s <i>Realencyklopädie</i> +(1898).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. Go.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAMILY,<a name="ar63" id="ar63"></a></span> a word of which the etymology but partially +illustrates the meaning. The Roman <i>familia</i>, derived from the +Oscan <i>famel</i> (<i>servus</i>), originally signified the servile property, +the thralls, of a master. Next, the term denoted other domestic +property, in things as well as in persons. Thus, in the fifth of +the laws of the Twelve Tables, the rules are laid down: <span class="scs">SI · +INTESTATO · MORITUR · CUI · SUUS · HERES · NEC · SIT · ADGNATUS</span> · +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page159" id="page159"></a>159</span> +<span class="scs">PROXIMUS · AMILIAM · ABETO</span>, and <span class="scs">SI · AGNATUS · NEC · ESCIT · +GENTILIS · FAMILIAM · NANCITOR</span>; that is, if a man die intestate, +leaving no natural heir who had been under his <i>potestas</i>, the +nearest agnate, or relative tracing his connexion with the +deceased exclusively through males, is to inherit the <i>familia</i>, +or family fortune of every sort. Failing an agnate, a member +of the <i>gens</i> of the dead man is to inherit. In a third sense, +<i>familia</i> was applied to all the persons who could prove themselves +to be descended from the same ancestor, and thus the word +almost corresponded to our own use of it in the widest meaning, +as when we say that a person is “of a good family” (Ulpian, +<i>Dig.</i> 50, 16, 195 <i>fin</i>.).</p> + +<p>1. Leaving for awhile the Roman terms, to which it will be +necessary to return, we may provisionally define Family, in the +modern sense, as the small community formed by +the union of one man with one woman, and by the +<span class="sidenote">Old theory.</span> +increase of children born to them. These in modern +times, and in most European countries, constitute the household, +and it has been almost universally supposed that little natural +associations of this sort are the germ-cell of early society. The +Bible presents the growth of the Jewish nation from the one +household of Abraham. His patriarchal family differed from the +modern family in being polygamous, but, as female chastity +was one of the conditions of the patriarchal family, and as +descent through males was therefore recognized as certain, +the plurality of wives makes no real difference to the argument. +In the same way the earliest formal records of Indian, Greek and +Roman society present the family as firmly established, and +generally regarded as the most primitive of human associations. +Thus, Aristotle derives the first household (<span class="grk" title="oikia prôtê">οἰκία πρώτη</span>) from +the combination of man’s possession of property—in the slave +or in domesticated animals—with man’s relation to woman, +and he quotes Hesiod: <span class="grk" title="oikon men prôtista gunaika te boun t’ +arotêra">οἶκον μὲν πρώτιστα γυναῖκά τε βοῦν τ᾽ ἀροτῆρα</span> (<i>Politics</i>, i. 2. 5). The village, again, with him is a +colony or offshoot of the household, and monarchical government +in states is derived from the monarchy of the eldest male member +of the family. Now, though certain ancient terms, introduced +by Aristotle in the chapters to which we refer, might have led +him to imagine a very different origin of society, his theory is, on +the face of it, natural and plausible, and it has been almost +universally accepted. The beginning of society, it has been said +a thousand times, is the family, a natural association of kindred +by blood, composed of father, mother and their descendants. +In this family, the father is absolute master of his wife, his +children and the goods of the little community; at his death +his eldest son succeeds him; and in course of time this association +of kindred, by natural increase and by adoption, develops +into the clan, <i>gens</i>, or <span class="grk" title="genos">γένος</span>. As generations multiply, the more +distant relations split off into other clans, and these clans, which +have not lost the sense of primitive kinship, unite once more +into tribes. The tribes again, as civilization advances, acknowledge +themselves to be subjects of a king, in whose veins +the blood of the original family runs purest. This, or something +like this, is the common theory of the growth of society.</p> + +<p>2. It was between 1866 and 1880 that the common opinion +began to be seriously opposed. John Ferguson McLennan, in his +<i>Primitive Marriage</i> and his essays on <i>The Worship of +Plants and Animals</i> (see his <i>Studies in Ancient History</i>, +<span class="sidenote">Modern criticism</span> +second series), drew attention to the wide prevalence of +the custom of inheriting the kinship name through mothers, +not fathers; and to the law of “Exogamy” (<i>q.v.</i>). The former +usage he attributed to archaic uncertainty as to fatherhood; +the natural result of absolute sexual promiscuity, or of Polyandry +(<i>q.v.</i>). Either practice is inconsistent, prima facie, with the +primitive existence of the Family, whether polygamous or +monogamous, whether patriarchal or modern. The custom of +Exogamy, again,—here taken to mean the unwritten law which +makes it incest, and a capital offence, to marry within the real +or supposed kin denoted by the common name of the kinship,—pointed +to an archaic condition of family affairs all unlike our +Table of prohibited degrees. This law of Exogamy was found, +among many savage races, associated with Totems, that is plants, +animals and other natural objects which give names to the +various kinships, and are themselves, in various degrees, reverenced +by members of the kinships. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Totem and Totemism</a></span>.) +Traces of such kinships, and of Totemism, also of alleged promiscuity +in ancient times, were detected by McLennan in the legends, +folk-lore and institutions of Greece, Rome and India. Later, +Prof. Robertson Smith found similar survivals, or possible +survivals, among the Semitic races (<i>Kinship in Early Arabia</i>). +Others have followed the same trail among the Celts (S. Reinach, +<i>Cultes, mythes et religions</i>, 1904).</p> + +<p>If arguments founded on these alleged survivals be valid, +it may be that the most civilized races have passed through the +stages of Exogamy, Totemism and reckoning descent in the +female line. McLennan explained Exogamy as a result of +scarcity of women, due to female infanticide. Women being +scarce, the men of a group would steal them from other groups, +and it would become shameful, and finally a deadly sin, for a man +to marry within his own group-name, or name of kinship, say +Wolf or Raven. Meanwhile, owing to scarcity of women, one +woman would be the mate of many husbands (polyandry); +hence, paternity being undetermined, descent would be reckoned +through mothers.</p> + +<p>Such are the outlines of McLennan’s theory, which, as a +whole, has been attacked by many writers, and is now, perhaps, +accepted by none. McLennan’s was the most brilliant +pioneer work; but his supply of facts was relatively +<span class="sidenote">McLennan’s value.</span> +scanty, and his friend Charles Darwin stated objections +which to many seem final, as regards the past existence of a stage +of sexual promiscuity. C.N. Starcke (<i>The Primitive Family</i>, +1889), Edward Alexander Westermarck (<i>History of Human +Marriage</i>, 1891), Ernest Crawley (<i>The Mystic Rose</i>), Herbert +Spencer, Emile Durkheim, Lord Avebury and many others, +have criticized McLennan, who, however, in coining the term +Exogamy, and drawing scientific attention to Totemism, and +reckoning of kin through mothers, founded the study of early +society. Here it must be observed that “Matriarchate” (<i>q.v.</i>) +is a misleading term, as is “Gynaecocracy,” for the custom of +deducing descent on the spindle side. Women among totemistic +and exogamous savages are in a degraded position, nor does the +deriving and inheriting of the kinship name, or anything else, +on the spindle side, imply any ignorance of paternal relations; +even where, as among Central Australian tribes, the facts of +reproduction are said to be unknown.</p> + +<p>3. Simultaneous with McLennan’s researches and speculations +were the works of Lewis H. Morgan. He was the discoverer of a +custom very important in its bearing on the history of +society. In about two-thirds of the globe, persons +<span class="sidenote">Lewis Morgan.</span> +in addressing a kinsman do not discriminate between +grades of relationship. All these grades are merged in large +categories. Thus, in what Morgan calls the “Malayan system,” +“all <i>consanguinei</i>, near or far, fall within one of these relationships—grandparent, +parent, brother, sister, child and grandchild.” +No other blood-relationships are recognized (<i>Ancient +Society</i>). This at once reminds us of the Platonic Republic. +“We devised means that no one should ever be able to know his +own child, but that all should imagine themselves to be of one +family, and should regard as brothers and sisters those who +were within a certain limit of age; and those who were of an elder +generation they were to regard as parents and grandparents, +and those who were of a younger generation as children and +grandchildren” (<i>Timaeus</i>, 18, Jowett’s translation, first edition, +vol. ii., 1871). This system prevails in the Polynesian groups +and in New Zealand. Next comes what Morgan chooses to call +the Turanian system. “It was universal among the North +American aborigines,” whom he styles Ganowanians. “Traces +of it have been found in parts of Africa” (<i>Ancient Society</i>), +and “it still prevails in South India among the Hindus, who +speak the Dravidian language,” and also in North India, among +other Hindus. The system, Morgan says, “is simply stupendous.” +It is not exactly the same among all his miscellaneous +“Turanians,” but, on the whole, assumes the following shapes. +Suppose the speaker to be a male, he will style his nephew and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page160" id="page160"></a>160</span> +niece in the male line, his brother’s children, “son” and +“daughter,” and his grand-nephews and grand-nieces in the male +line, “grandson” and “granddaughter.” Here the Turanian +and the Malayan systems agree. But change the sex; let the +male speaker address his nephews and nieces in the female line,—the +children of his sister,—he salutes them as “nephew” and +“niece,” and they hail him as “uncle.” Now, in the Malay +system, nephews and nieces on both sides, brother’s children or +sisters, are alike named “children” of the uncle. If the speaker +be a female, using the Turanian style, these terms are reversed. +Her sister’s sons and daughters are saluted by her as “son” +and “daughter,” her brother’s children she calls “nephew” +and “niece.” Yet the children of the persons thus styled +“nephew” and “niece” are not recognized in conversation as +“grand-nephew” and “grand-niece,” but as “grandson” and +“granddaughter.” It is impossible here to do more than +indicate these features of the classificatory nomenclature, from +which the others may be inferred. The reader is referred for +particulars to Morgan’s <i>Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of +the Human Race</i>.</p> + +<p>The existence of the classificatory system is not an entirely +novel discovery. Nicolaus Damascenus, one of the inquirers +into early society, who lived in the first century of our era, +noticed this mode of address among the Galactophagi. Lafitau +found it among the Iroquois. To Morgan’s perception of the +importance of the facts, and to his energetic collection of reports, +we owe our knowledge of the wide prevalence of the system. +From an examination of the degrees of kindred which seem +to be indicated by the “Malayan” and “Turanian” modes of +address, he has worked out a theory of the evolution of the modern +family. A brief comparison of this with other modern theories +will close our account of the family. The main points of the +theory are shortly stated in <i>Systems of Consanguinity</i>, &c., and +in <i>Ancient Society</i>. From the latter work we quote the following +description of the five different and successive forms of the +family:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“I. <i>The Consanguine Family.</i>—It was founded upon the intermarriage +of brothers and sisters, own and collateral, in a group.</p> + +<p>“II. <i>The Punaluan Family.</i>—It was founded upon the intermarriage +of several sisters, own and collateral, with each others’ +husbands, in a group—the joint husbands not being necessarily +kinsmen of each other; also, on the intermarriage of several +brothers, own and collateral, with each others’ wives in a group—these +wives not being necessarily of kin to each other, although +often the case in both instances (sic). In each case the group of +men were conjointly married to the group of women.</p> + +<p>“III. <i>The Syndyasmian or Pairing Family.</i>—It was founded upon +marriage between single pairs, but without an exclusive cohabitation. +The marriage continued during the pleasure of the parties.</p> + +<p>“IV. <i>The Patriarchal Family.</i>—It was founded upon the marriage +of one man with several wives, followed in general by the seclusion +of the wives.</p> + +<p>“V. <i>The Monogamian Family.</i>—It was founded upon marriage +between single pairs with an exclusive cohabitation.</p> + +<p>“Three of these forms, namely, the first, second, and fifth, were +radical, because they were sufficiently general, and influential to +create three distinct systems of consanguinity, all of which still +exist in living forms. Conversely, these systems are sufficient +of themselves to prove the antecedent existence of the forms of +the family and of marriage with which they severally stand +connected.”</p> +</div> + +<p>Morgan makes the systems of nomenclature proofs of the +existence of the Consanguine and Punaluan families. Unhappily, +there is no other proof, and the same systems have been explained +on a very different principle (McLennan, <i>Studies in Ancient +History</i>). Looking at facts, we find the Consanguine family +nowhere, and cannot easily imagine how early groups abstained +from infringing on each other, and created a systematic marriage +of brothers and sisters. St Augustine, however (<i>De civ. Dei</i>, +xv. 16), and Archinus in his <i>Thessalica</i> (<i>Odyssey</i>, xi. 7, scholia +B, Q) agree more or less with Morgan. Next, how did the +Consanguine family change into the Punaluan? Morgan says +(<i>Ancient Society</i>) brothers ceased to marry their sisters, because +“the evils of it could not for ever escape human observation.” +Thus the Punaluan family was hit upon, and “created a distinct +system of consanguinity” (<i>Ancient Society</i>), the Turanian. +Again, “marriages in Punaluan groups explain the relationships +in the system.” But Morgan provides himself with another +explanation, “the Turanian system owes its origin to marriage +in the group <i>and</i> to the gentile organization.” He calls exogamy +“the gentile organization,” though, in point of fact, the only +gentes we know, the Roman gentes, show scarcely a trace of +exogamy. Again, “the change of relationships which resulted +from substituting Punaluan in the place of Consanguine marriage +turns the Malayan into the Turanian system.” On the same +page Morgan attributes the change to the “gentile organization,” +and, still on the same page, uses <i>both</i> factors in his working out +of the problem. Now, if the Punaluan marriage is a sufficient +explanation, we do not need the “gentile organization.” Both, +in Morgan’s opinion, were efforts of conscious moral reform. +In <i>Systems of Consanguinity</i> the gentile organization (there +called tribal), that is, exogamy, is said to have been “designed +to work out a reformation in the intermarriage of brothers and +sisters.” But the Punaluan marriage had done that, otherwise +it would not have produced (as Morgan says it did) the change +from the Malayan to the Turanian system, the difference in the +two systems, as exemplified in Seneca and Tamil, being “in the +relationships which depended on the intermarriage or non-intermarriage +of brothers and sisters” (<i>Ancient Society</i>). Yet the +Punaluan family, though itself a reform in morals and in “breeding,” +“did not furnish adequate motives to reform the Malay +system,” which, as we have seen, it did reform. The Punaluan +family, it is suspected, “frequently involved own brothers and +sisters”; had it not been so, there would have been no need of a +fresh moral reformation,—“the gentile organization.” Yet even +in the Punaluan family (<i>Ancient Society</i>) “brothers ceased to +marry their own sisters.” What, then, did the “gentile organization” +do for men? As they had already ceased to marry their +own sisters, and as, under the gentile organization, they were +still able to marry their half-sisters, the reformatory “ingenuity” +of the inventors of the organizations was at once superfluous and +useless. It is impossible to understand the Punaluan system. +Its existence is inferred from a system of nomenclature which it +does (and does not) produce; it admits (and excludes) own +brothers and sisters. Morgan has intended, apparently, to +represent the Punaluan marriage as a long transition to the +definite custom of exogamy, but it will be seen that his language +is not very clear nor his positions assured. He does not adduce +sufficient proof that the Punaluan family ever existed as an +institution, even in Hawaii. There is, if possible, a greater +absence of historical testimony to the existence of the Consanguine +family. It is difficult to believe that exogamy was a +conscious moral and social reformation, because, <i>ex hypothesi</i>, the +savages had no moral data, nothing to cause disgust at relations +which seem revolting to us. It is as improbable that they discovered +the supposed physical evils of breeding in and in. That +discovery could only have been made after a long experience, and +in the Consanguine family that experience was impossible. Thus, +setting moral reform aside as inconceivable, we cannot understand +how the Consanguine families ever broke up. Morgan’s ingenious +speculations as to a transitional step towards the gens (as he calls +what we style the totem-kindred), supposed to be found in the +“classes” and marriage laws of the Kamilaroi, are vitiated by +the weakness and contradictory nature of the evidence (see +Pritchard; J.D. Lang’s Queensland, Appendix; <i>Proceedings of +American Academy of Arts</i>, &c., vol. viii. 412; Nature, October +29, 1874). Further, though Morgan calls the Australian “gentile +organization” “incipient,” he admits (<i>Ancient Society</i>) that the +Narrinyeri have totem groups, in which “the children are of the +clan of the father.” Far from being “incipient,” the gens of the +Narrinyeri is on the footing of the ghotra of Hindu custom. +Lastly, though Morgan frequently declares that the Polynesians +have not the gens (for he thinks them not sufficiently advanced), +W.W. Gill (<i>Myths and Songs from the South Pacific</i>, London, +1876) has shown that unmistakable traces of the totem survive in +Polynesian mythology.</p> + +<p>4. Morgan’s theory was opposed by McLennan (<i>Studies in +Ancient History</i>, 1876), who maintained that the names of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page161" id="page161"></a>161</span> +relationships, in the “classificatory system,” were merely terms +of address, as among ourselves when a preacher calls any adult +<span class="sidenote">Rival theories.</span> +male “brother,” when an old woman is addressed as +“mother,” when an elder man calls a junior “my +son.” He also showed that his own system accounted +for the terms. The controversy is still alive; one set of writers +regarding the savage terms of relationship as indicating a state of +things in which human beings dwelt in a “horde,” with promiscuous +intercourse; another set holding that the terms do not +indicate consanguineous kinship, but degrees of age, status, and +reciprocal obligations in a local <i>tribe</i>, and therefore that they do +not yield any presumption that there was a past of promiscuity or +of what is called “group marriage.” On Morgan’s side (not of +course accepting all his details) are L. Fison and A.W. Howitt, +and Baldwin Spencer and F.J. Gillen. Against him are Starcke, +Westermarck, A. Lang, Dr Durkheim, apparently, Crawley and +many others.</p> + +<p>5. A second presumption in favour of original promiscuity has +been drawn by the eminent Australian students, Baldwin +Spencer and F.J. Gillen, and by A.W. Howitt, from +the customs of some Australian aborigines. In each +<span class="sidenote">Evidence of original promiscuity.</span> +tribe, owing to customary laws which are to be +examined later, only men and women of a given status +are intermarriageable (<i>nupa</i>, <i>noa</i>, <i>unawa</i>) with each other. +Though child-betrothals are usual, and though the woman is +specialized to one man, who protects and nourishes her and all +her children, and though their union is immediately preceded by +an extended <i>jus primae noctis</i> (such as Herodotus describes among +the Nasamones), yet, among certain tribes, the following custom +prevails. At great meetings the tribal leaders assign a woman as +paramour (with what amount of permanence remains obscure) to +a man (<i>pirrauru</i>); one woman may have several <i>pirrauru</i> men, +one man several <i>pirrauru</i> women, in addition to their regularly +betrothed (<i>tippa malku</i>) wives and husbands. The husband +occasionally shows fight, and bitter jealousies prevail, but, at +the great ceremonial meetings, complaisance is enforced under +penalty of strangling. Thenceforth, if the husband permits, the +male <i>pirrauru</i> has matrimonial rights over the other man’s +<i>tippa malku</i> wife when they meet. A symbolic ceremony of +union precedes the junction of the <i>pirrauru</i> people. This institution, +as far as reported, is peculiar to a group of tribes near Lake +Eyre, the Dieri, Urabunna, and their congeners,—or perhaps to +all who have the same “phratry” names as the Dieri and +Urabunna (<i>Kiraru</i> and <i>Mattera</i>, in various dialectic forms).</p> + +<p>Elsewhere the <i>pirrauru</i> custom is not known: but almost +everywhere there are licentious festivals, in which all marriage +rules except those which forbid incest (in our sense of the word, +namely between the closest relations) are thrown to the winds. +Also a native travelling among alien tribes is lent women of the +status into which he may legally marry.</p> + +<p>Baldwin Spencer and F.J. Gillen, and A.W. Howitt, regard +<i>pirrauru</i> as “group marriage” and as a proof that, at one time, +all intermarriageable people were actually husbands +and wives, while the other examples of licence are also +<span class="sidenote">Group marriage.</span> +survivals, in a later stage of decay, of promiscuity, and +“group marriage.” To this it is replied that “<i>group</i> marriage” +is a misnomer; that if <i>pirrauru</i> be in a sense marriage it is +<i>status</i>, not <i>group</i> marriage. Again, it is urged, <i>pirrauru</i> is a +modification of <i>tippa malku</i>, which comes first; a woman is +“specialized” to a man <i>before</i> she can be made <i>pirrauru</i> to +another, and her tippa <i>malku husband</i> continues to support her, +and to recognize her children as his own, after she has become +<i>pirrauru</i> to another man or other men. Without the foregoing +<i>tippa malku</i> union, the <i>pirrauru</i> unions are not conceivable; +they are mere legalized paramourships, modifying the <i>tippa +malku</i> marriage (like the Italian cicisbeism); procuring a protector +for a woman in her husband’s absence, and supplying legal loves +for bachelors. The custom is peculiar to a given set of kindred +tribes. The festivals are the legalized, restricted and more or +less permanent modification of the casual orgies of feasts of +licence, or <i>Saturnalia</i>, which have their analogies among many +people, ancient and modern. <i>Pirrauru</i> is no more a survival +of and a proof of primitive promiscuity, than is the legalized incest +of ancient Egypt or ancient Peru. If these views be correct the +argument for primitive promiscuity derived from <i>pirrauru</i> falls +to the ground.</p> + +<p>6. The questions at issue obviously are, was mankind originally +promiscuous, with no objections to marriage between persons of +the nearest kin; and was the first step in advance +the prohibition of marriage (or of amatory intercourse) +<span class="sidenote">The historical problem.</span> +between brothers and sisters; or did mankind originally +live in very small groups, under a jealous sire, +who imposed restrictions on intercourse between the young +males, his sons, and all the females of the “hearth-circle,” who +constituted his harem? The problem has been studied, first, +in the institutions of savages, notably of the most backward +savages, the black natives of Australia; and next, in the light +of the habits of the higher mammalia.</p> + +<p>As regards Australian matrimonial institutions, it has been +known since the date of the <i>Journals of two Expeditions of +Discovery</i>, by Sir George Grey (1837-1839), that they are very +complex and peculiar, in points strongly resembling the customary +laws of the more backward Red Indian tribes of North America. +Information came in, while McLennan was working, from +G. Taplin (<i>The Narrinyeri</i>, 1874), from A.W. Howitt and L. +Fison, and many other inquirers (in Brough Smyth’s <i>Aborigines +of Victoria</i>, 1878), from Howitt and Fison again (in <i>Kamilaroi +and Kurnai</i>, 1880), and many essays by these authors, and finally, +in <i>Native Tribes of Central Australia</i> (1899) and <i>Northern Tribes +of Central Australia</i> (1904), by Baldwin Spencer and F.J. Gillen; +and in Howitt’s <i>Native Tribes of South-East Australia</i> (1904), +with R. Roth’s <i>North-West Central Queensland Aborigines</i> (1897). +All of these are works of very high merit. Knowledge is now +much more wide, minute and securely based than it was when +McLennan’s <i>Studies in Ancient History</i>, second series, was +posthumously published (1896). We know with certainty that +in Australia, among archaic savages who have neither metals, +agriculture, pottery nor domesticated animals, a graduated +scale of matrimonial institutions exists. First there are <i>local</i> +tribes, each tribe having its own dialect; holding a recognized +area of territory; and living on friendly terms with neighbouring +tribes. Territorial conquest is never attempted. In many cases +a knot of tribes of allied dialects and kindred rites may be, or at +least is, spoken of as a “nation” by our authorities.</p> + +<p>7. Customary law is administered by the Seniors, the wise, +the magically skilled, who in many cases are “headmen” of +local groups or of sets of kindred. As to marriage, +<span class="sidenote">Primitive restrictions on marriage.</span> +persons may wed within the local tribe, or into a +neighbouring local tribe, at will, provided that they +obey the restrictions of customary law. The local +tribe is neither exogamous nor endogamous, any more than is an +English county. The restrictions, except where they have become +obsolete, fall into six main categories:—</p> + +<p>(1) In the most primitive, each tribe consists of two intermarrying +and exogamous divisions, which are often styled +<i>phratries</i>. Each such division has a name, which, when it can +be translated, is the name of an animal: in the majority of +cases, however, the meaning of the phratry name is lost. In one +instance, that of the Euahlayi tribe of north-west New South +Wales, the phratry names are said (by Mrs Langloh Parker) to +mean “Light Blood” and “Dark Blood.” This, as in the theory +of the Rev. J. Mathews, <i>Eagle and Crow</i>, might be taken to +indicate a blending of two distinct <i>races</i>.</p> + +<p>Taking, for the sake of clearness, tribes whose phratry names +mean “Crow” and “Eagle Hawk,” every member of the tribe +belongs either to Eagle Hawk phratry or to Crow phratry: if to +Crow, the man or woman can only marry an Eagle Hawk, if to +Eagle Hawk, can only marry a Crow. The children invariably +belong to the phratry of the mother, in this most primitive type. +Within Eagle Hawk phratry is one set of totem kins, named +usually after various species of animals and plants; within +Crow phratry is another set of totem kins, named always (except +in one region of Central Australia) after a <i>different</i> set of plants +and animals. With the exception mentioned (that of the Arunta +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page162" id="page162"></a>162</span> +“nation”), in no tribe does the same totem ever occur in both +phratries. Totems and totem names are inherited by the +children from the mother, in this primitive type. Thus a man, +Eagle Hawk by phratry, Snipe by totem, marries a woman Crow +by phratry, Black Duck by totem. His children by her are of +phratry Crow, of totem Black Duck. Obviously no person can +marry another of his or her own totem, because, in the phratry +into which he or she <i>must</i> marry, no man or woman of his or her +totem exists. The prohibition extends to members of alien and +remote tribes, if of the same totem name.</p> + +<p>The same rules exist in the more primitive North American +tribes, but as the phratry there has generally, though not always, +decayed, the rule, where this has occurred, merely forbids +marriage within the totem kin.</p> + +<p>(2) We find this type of organization, where the child inherits +phratry and totem from the father, not from the mother.</p> + +<p>(3) We find tribes in which phratry and totem are inherited +from the mother, but an additional rule prevails: the rule of +“Matrimonial Classes.” By this device, in phratry “Dilbi,” +there are two classes, “Muri” and “Kubi.” In phratry +“Kupathin” are two classes, “Ipai” and “Kumbo” (all these +names are of unknown meaning). Each child inherits its mother’s +phratry name and totem name, and also the name of that class +of the two in the mother’s phratry to which the mother does <i>not</i> +belong. No person may marry into his or her own class—practically +into his or her own generation: the rule makes +parental and filial marriages impossible,—but these never occur +even among more primitive tribes which have not the institution +of classes. Suppose that the class names are really names of +animals and other objects in nature—as in a few cases they +actually are. Then the rules, where classes exist, would amount +to this: no person may marry another who, by phratry, totem or +generation, owns the same hereditary animal name as himself +or herself. In practice, where phratries exist, a man who knows +a woman’s phratry name knows whether or not he may marry +her. Where class names exist (even though the phratry name be +lost), a man who knows a woman’s class name knows whether +or not he may marry her. Nothing can be simpler in practice.</p> + +<p>(4) The same rules as under (3) exist, but the phratry, totem +and class are inherited through the father: the class of the child +of course not being the father’s, but the linked class in his +phratry.</p> + +<p>(5) In the fifth category (Central North Australia), while +phratry name (if not lost) and totem name are inherited from +the father, by a refinement of law which is spreading southwards +there are <i>four</i> classes in each phratry (or main exogamous +division unnamed), and the choice of a partner in life is thus +more restricted than in more primitive tribes.</p> + +<p>(6) Finally we reach the institutions of the group of tribes +called, from the name of the most powerful tribe in the set, +“the Arunta nation.” They occupy the Macdonnell +Ranges and other territory in the very centre of +<span class="sidenote">Arunta customs.</span> +Australia. The Arunta reckon kinship in the male line: +their phratry names they have forgotten, in place of phratries +eight matrimonial classes regulate marriage. In these respects +they resemble most of the central and northern tribes, but present +this unique peculiarity, that the same totems may and do exist +in <i>both</i> of the opposed intermarrying exogamous divisions consisting +of four classes each. It thus results that a man, in the +Arunta tribe, may marry a woman of his own totem, if she be +in the class with which he may intermarry. This licence is unknown +in every other part of the totemic world, and even in the +Kaitish tribe of the Arunta nation intertotemic marriages, in +practice, almost never occur.</p> + +<p>Among the Arunta the totems are only prominent in magical +ceremonies, unknown in South-Eastern Australia. At these +ceremonies (Intichiuma) the men of the totem do cooperative +magic for the benefit of their plant or animal, as part of the +tribal food-supply. The members of the totem taste it sparingly +on these occasions, apparently under the belief that to do so +increases their magical power: the rest of the tribe eat freely. +But, as far as denoting kinship or regulating marriage is concerned, +the totems, among the Arunta, have no legally important +existence. Men and women of the same totem may intermarry, +their children need not belong to the totem of either father or +mother.</p> + +<p>The process by which Arunta totems came thus to differ from +those of all other savages is easily understood. Like the other +tribes from the centre to the north (including the Urabunna +nation, which reckons descent through women), the Arunta +believe that the souls of the primal semi-bestial ancestors of the +Alcheringa or “dream time” are perpetually reincarnated. +This opinion does not affect by itself the usual exogamous +character of totemism among the other tribes. The Arunta +nation, however, cultivates an additional myth, namely that the +primal ancestors, when they sank into the ground, left behind +them certain oval stone slabs, with archaic markings, called +<i>churinga nanja</i>, or “sacred things of the <i>nanja</i>.” The <i>nanja</i>, +again, is a tree or rock, fabled to have risen up to mark the spot +where a group of primal ancestors, all of one and the same totem +in each case (Cats here, Grubs there, Ducks elsewhere), “went +into the ground.” The souls of these ancestors haunt such spots, +especially they haunt the nanja tree or rock, and the stone +<i>churinga nanja</i>. Each district, therefore, has its own <i>oknanikilla</i> +(or local totem centre of the ghosts), Cat ghosts, Grub ghosts, +Hakea flower ghosts and so on. These spirits enter into women +and are reborn as children. When a child comes to birth, the +mother names the oknanikilla in which she conceived it, and, +whatever the ghost totem of that place may be, it is the child’s +totem. Its mother may be a Grub, its father may be a Crow, +but if the child was conceived in a Duck, or Cat, or Opossum or +Kangaroo locality, it is, by totem, a Cat, Opossum, Duck or +Kangaroo. The <i>churinga nanja</i> of its primal ancestor is sought +for at the place of the child’s conception, and is put into the +sacred repository of such objects.</p> + +<p>Thus the child does not inherit its totem from father, or from +mother, as everywhere else, but <i>does</i> inherit the right to do +ceremonies for the paternal totem: a proof that, of old, totems +were inherited, as elsewhere, and that in the male line. If totems +among the Arunta, as everywhere else, were once arranged on +the plan that the same totem never occurs in both exogamous +moieties, that arrangement has been destroyed, as was inevitable, +by the existing method of allotting totems to children,—not +by inheritance,—but at haphazard. By this means (a +consequence of the unique Arunta belief about <i>churinga nanja</i>) +the same totems have got into <i>both</i> exogamous moieties, so that +persons of the same totem, but of appropriate matrimonial +classes, may marry. This licence is absolutely confined to the +limited region in which stone <i>churinga nanja</i> occur.</p> + +<p>The whole system is impossible except where descent is +reckoned in the male line, for there alone is <i>local</i> totemism +possible, and the Arunta system is based on local totemism, +<i>plus</i> the <i>churinga nanja</i> and reincarnation beliefs. With reckoning +of descent in the female line, no locality can possibly have +its <i>local</i> totem: all the totems indiscriminately distributed +everywhere: and thus no woman can say in what totemic +locality her child was conceived, for there is not and cannot be, +with female descent, any totemic <i>locality</i>. Now it is admitted +that reckoning by female descent is the earlier method, and it is +granted that in rites and ceremonies the Arunta are of a relatively +advanced and highly organized pattern. Their social organization +is local, and they have a kind of local magistracies, hereditary +in the male line.</p> + +<p>In spite of these facts, Spencer and Gillen conceive that the +peculiar totemism of the Arunta is the most primitive type +extant (cp. Spencer, <i>J.A.I.</i> (N.S.), vol. i. 275-281; and Frazer, +<i>ibid.</i> 281-288). It is not easy to understand this position, as, +without male kinship and consequent local totemism (which are +not primitive), and without the <i>churinga nanja</i> (which exist only +in a strictly limited area), the Arunta system of non-exogamous +totems cannot possibly exist. Again, the other tribes cannot have +passed through the Arunta stage, for, if they had, their totems +would have existed, as among the Arunta, in <i>both</i> exogamous +moieties, and would there remain when they came to be inherited; +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page163" id="page163"></a>163</span> +so that the totems of all these tribes would still be non-exogamous, +like those of the Arunta. But this is not the case. Once more, +it is clear that the Arunta system has but recently reached their +neighbours, the Kaitish, for though they have the <i>churinga nanja</i> +belief, and the haphazard method of acquiring totems by local +accident, these things have not yet overcome the old traditional +reluctance to marry within the totem name. It is not unlawful +among the Kaitish; but it is hardly ever done.</p> + +<p>Despite these objections, however, Spencer and Gillen hold, +as we have said, that, originally, there were no restrictions (or +no known restrictions) on marriage. Totems were merely the +result of the formation of co-operative magical societies, in the +interest of the tribal food supply. Then, in some unknown way, +regulations as to marriage were introduced for some unknown +purpose, or were involved in some manner not understood. +“The traditions of the Arunta,” says Spencer, “point to a very +definite introduction of an exogamous system long after the +totemic groups were fully developed, and, further, they point +very clearly to the fact that the introduction was due to the +deliberate action of certain ancestors. Our knowledge of the +natives leads us to the opinion that it is quite possible that this +really took place, that the exogamic groups were deliberately +introduced so as to regulate marital relations.”</p> + +<p>Thus the wisdom of men living promiscuously as regards +marriage, but organized in magical societies for the benefit of +the common food supply of the local <i>tribe</i> (a complex institution +postulated as already in being at this early stage), induced them +to institute exogamy. Why they did this, what harm they saw +in their promiscuity, we are not informed. Spencer goes on, +“by this we do not mean that the regulations had anything +whatever to do with the idea of incest, or of any harm accruing +from the union of individuals who were regarded as too nearly +related.... There was felt the need of some kind of organization, +and this gradually resulted in the development of exogamous +groups.” But as “it is quite possible that the exogamous groups +were deliberately introduced to regulate marital relations,” and +as they could only do so by introducing exogamy, we do not +see how that system can be the result of the <i>gradual</i> development +of an organization <i>quelconque</i>,—of unknown nature. A +magical organization already existed (<i>Journal of the Anthropological +Institute</i>, New Series, i. pp. 284-285).</p> + +<p>The traditions of the Arunta seem here to be first accepted: +“quite possibly” they are correct in stating that an exogamic +system was purposefully introduced, long after totemic groups +had arisen, by “the deliberate action of certain ancestors,” +and then that myth is rejected, in favour of the <i>gradual</i> development +of exogamy, “out of some form of organization,” unknown.</p> + +<p>People who, like the Arunta, have lost memory of the very +names of the phratries, cannot conceivably remember the +nature of the origin of exogamy. Accustomed as they now are to +tribal councils which introduce new rules, they fancy that, in the +beginning, new rules were thus introduced.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile the working of magic for the behoof of the totem +animals and plants, or rather for the name-giving animals of +magical societies, is not known to Howitt among the +tribes of primitive social organization, while it is well +<span class="sidenote">Conclusion as to Spencer’s hypothesis.</span> +known among agricultural natives of the Torres +Strait Islands and among the advanced Sioux and +Omaha of North America. The practice seems to +belong rather to the decadence than to the dawn of totemism. +On the whole, then, there seem to be insuperable difficulties +in the way of Spencer’s hypothesis that mankind were promiscuous, +as regards marriage, but were organized into cooperative +magical groups, athwart which came, in some unexplained +way, the rule of exogamy; while, when it did come, +all savages except the Arunta arranged matters so that totem +kins were exogamous. The reverse was probably the case, +totem kins were originally exogamous, and ceased to be so, +and even to be kins among the Arunta, in consequence of the +<i>churinga nanja</i> creed, becoming co-operative magical societies +(Hartland, Marett, Durkheim and others).</p> + +<p>8. Spencer and Gillen leave the origin of exogamy an open +question. Howitt supposes that, in the shape of the phratriac +division of the tribe into two exogamous moieties, +the scheme may have been introduced to the tribal +<span class="sidenote">Origin of exogamy.</span> +headmen by a medicine man “announcing to his +fellow headman a command received from some supernatural +being ...” (<i>Natives of South-East Australia</i>, pp. 89, 90). +The Council, so to speak, of “headmen” accept the divine +decree, and the assembled tribe pass the Act. But this explanation +explains nothing. Why did the prophet wish to introduce +exogamy? Why were names of animals given, in so many cases, +to the two exogamous divisions? As Howitt asks (<i>op. cit.</i> p. 153), +“How was it that men assumed the names of objects, which in +fact must have been the commencement of totemism?”</p> + +<p>It is apparent that any theory which begins by postulating +the existence of early mankind in promiscuous groups or hordes, +into which exogamous moieties are introduced by tribal decree, +takes for granted that the <i>tribe</i>, with its headman, councils and +great meetings (not to mention its inspired prophet, with the +tribal “All Father” who inspires him), existed before any rules +regulating “marital relations” were evolved. Even if all this +were probable, we are not told why a promiscuous tribe thought +good to establish exogamous divisions. Some native myths +attribute the institution to certain wise ancestors; some to the +supernatural “All Father,” say Baiame; some to a treaty +between Eagle Hawk and Crow, beings of cosmogonic legend, +who give names to the phratries. Such myths are mere hypotheses. +It is impossible to imagine how early savages, <i>ex hypothesi</i> +promiscuous, saw anything to reform in their state of +promiscuity. They now think certain unions wrong, because +they are forbidden: they were not forbidden, originally, because +they were thought wrong.</p> + +<p>Westermarck has endeavoured to escape the difficulty thus: +“Among the ancestors of man, as among other animals, there +was no doubt a time when blood relationship was no +bar to sexual intercourse. But variations here, as +<span class="sidenote">Westermarck</span> +elsewhere, would naturally present themselves, and +those of our ancestors who avoided in and in breeding would +survive,” while the others would die out. This appears to be +orthodox evolutionary language, but it carries us no further. +Human societies are not animals or plants, in whose structure +various favourable “accidents” occur, producing better types, +which survive. We ask <i>why</i> in human society did “variations +present themselves”; <i>why</i> did certain sets of human beings +“avoid in and in breeding”? We are merely told that some +of our ancestors became exogamous and survived, while others +remained promiscuous and perished. No light is thrown on the +problem,—wherefore did some of our ancestors avoid in and in +breeding, and become exogamous? Nothing is gained by saying +“thus an instinct would be developed which would be powerful +enough, as a rule, to prevent injurious unions.” There is no +“instinct,” there is a tribal law of exogamy. If there had been +an “instinct,” it might account for the avoidance of “in and in +breeding”—that is, it might account for exogamy, <i>ab initio</i>. +But that is left unaccounted for by the theory which, after +maintaining that the avoidance produced the instinct, seems to +argue that the instinct produced the avoidance. Westermarck +goes on to say that “exogamy, as a natural extension of the +instinct, would arise when single families united in small hordes.” +But, if the single families already had the “instinct,” they would +not marry within the family: they would be exogamous,—marrying +only into other families,—<i>before</i> they “united in small +hordes.” The difficulty of accounting for exogamy does not +seem to have been overcome, and no attempt is made to explain +the animal names of totem kins and phratries. Westermarck, +however, says that “there is no reason why we should assume, +as so many anthropologists have done, that primitive men +lived in small endogamous groups, practising incest in every +degree,” although, as he also says, “there was no doubt a time +when blood relationship was no bar to sexual intercourse.” +If there was no bar, people would “practise incest in every +degree,”—what was there to prevent them? (<i>History of Human +Marriage</i>, pp. 352, 353 (1891)).</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page164" id="page164"></a>164</span></p> + +<p>So far we have seen no luminous and consistent account of +how mankind became exogamous, if they began by being +promiscuous. The theories rest on the idea that man, +dwelling in an “undivided horde” (except so far as +<span class="sidenote">Durkheim.</span> +it was divided into co-operative magical societies), bisected it +into two exogamous intermarrying moieties. Durkheim has put +forward a theory which is not at all points easily understood. +He supposes that, “at the beginning of societies of men, incest +was not prohibited ... before each horde (<i>peuplade</i>) divided +itself into two primitive ‘clans’ at least” (<i>L’Année sociologique</i>, +i. pp. 62, 63). Each of the two “clans” claimed descent from a +different animal, which was its totem, and its “god.” The two +clans were exogamous,—out of respect to the blood of their +totem (with which every member of the clan is mystically one), +and, being hostile, the two clans raided each other for women. +Each clan threw off colonies, which took new totems, new “gods,” +though still owning some regard to their original clan, from +which they had seceded, while abandoning its “god.” When the +two “primary clans” made alliance and <i>connubium</i>, they became +the phratries in the local tribe, and their colonies became the +totem kins within the phratries.</p> + +<p>We are not told why the original horde was disrupted into two +hostile and intermarrying “clans”: we especially wonder why +the horde, if it wanted an animal god, did not choose one animal +for the whole community; and we may suspect that a difference +of taste in animal “gods” caused the hostility of the two clans. +Nor do we see why, if things occurred thus, the totem kins +should not represent twenty or thirty differences of religious +taste, in the original horde, as to the choice of animal gods. +If the horde was going to vary in opinion, it is unlikely that only +<i>two</i> factions put forward animal candidates for divinity. Again, +a “clan” (a totem kin, with exogamy and descent derived +through mothers) cannot overflow its territorial area and be +therefore obliged to send out colonies, for such a clan (as Durkheim +himself remarks) has no territorial area to overflow. It is not a +<i>local</i> institution at all.</p> + +<p>While these objections cannot but occur, Durkheim does +provide a valid reason for the existence of exogamy. When once +the groups (however they got them) had totems, with the usual +taboos on any sort of use of the totem by his human kinsfolk, +the women of the kin would be tabooed to the men of the same +kin. In marrying a maiden of his own totem, a man inevitably +violates the sanctity of the blood of the totem (<i>L’Année sociologique</i>, +i. pp. 47-57. Cf. Reinach, <i>Cultes, mythes et religions</i>, +vol. i. pp. 162-166).</p> + +<p>Here at last we have a theory which accounts for the “religious +horror” that attaches to the violation of the rule of totemic +exogamy: a mysterious entity, the totem, is hereby offended. +But how did totems, animals, plants and so on, come to be +mystically <i>solidaires</i> with their human namesakes and kinsmen? +We do not observe that Dr Durkheim ever explains <i>why</i> two +divisions of one horde chose each a different animal god, or why +the supposed colonies thrown off by these primary clans deserted +their animal gods for others, or why, and on what principle, +they all chose new “gods,”—fresh animals, plants and other +objects. His hereditary totem is, in practice, the last thing +that a savage changes. The only case of change on record is a +recent attempt to increase the range of legal marriages in a +waning Australian tribe, on whose lands certain species of +animals are perishing.</p> + +<p>Theories based on a supposed primal state of promiscuity +certainly encounter, when explaining the social oganization +of Australian savages, difficulties which they do not +surmount. But Howitt has provided (apparently +<span class="sidenote">Howitt’s solution.</span> +without fully realizing the merit of his own suggestions) +a way out of the perplexities caused by the conception of early +mankind dwelling promiscuously in “undivided communes.” +The way out is practically to say that, in everyday life, they +lived in nothing of the sort. Howitt writes (<i>Native Tribes of +South-East Australia</i>, p. 173): “A study of the evidence ... +has led me to the conclusion that the state of society among +the early Australians was that of an ‘Undivided Commune.’... +It is, however, well to guard this expression. I do not desire +to imply necessarily the existence of complete and continuous +communism between the sexes. The character of the country, +the necessity of moving from one point to another in search of +game and vegetable food, would cause any Undivided Commune, +when it assumed dimensions greater than the immediate locality +could provide with food, to break up into two or more Communes +of the same character. In addition to this it is clear ... that +in the past as now, individual likes and dislikes must have +existed, so that, admitting the existence of common rights +between the members of the Commune, these rights would remain +in abeyance, so far as the separated parts of the Commune were +concerned. But at certain gatherings ... or on great ceremonial +occasions, all the segments of the original Commune +would reunite,” and would behave in the fashion now common in +great licentious festive meetings.</p> + +<p>In the early ages contemplated, how can we postulate “great +ceremonial occasions” or even peaceful assemblies at fruit-bearing +spots? How can we postulate a surviving +sense of solidarity among the scattered segments of +<span class="sidenote">Primitive promiscuity improbable.</span> +the Commune, obviously very small, owing to lack of +supplies, and perpetually disintegrated? But, taking +the original groups as very small, and as ruled by likes and +dislikes, by affection and jealousy, we are no longer concerned +with a promiscuous horde, but with a little knot of human beings, +in whom love, parental affection and the jealousy of sires, would +promptly make discriminations between this person and that +person, as regards sexual privileges. Thus we have edged away +from the hypothesis of the promiscuous indiscriminating horde +to the opinion of Darwin. “We may conclude,” he says, “from +what we know of the jealousy of all male quadrupeds, armed as +many of them are with special weapons for battling with their +rivals, that promiscuous intercourse in a state of Nature is +extremely improbable.... The most probable view is that Man +originally lived in small communities, each (man) with a single +wife, or, if powerful, with-several, whom he jealously guarded +against all other men.” But, in a community of this early type, +to guard women jealously would mean constant battle, at least +when Man became an animal who makes love all the year round. +So Darwin adds: “Or man may not have been a social animal, +and yet have lived with several wives, like the Gorilla,—for all +the natives agree that but one adult male is seen in a band; +when the young male grows up a contest takes place for the +mastery, and the strongest, by killing or driving out the others, +establishes himself as head of the Community. Younger males, +being thus expelled and wandering about, would, when at last +successful in finding a partner, prevent too close interbreeding +within the limits of the same <i>family</i>” (<i>Descent of Man</i>, ii. pp. +361, 363 (1871)).</p> + +<p>Here, then, we have practical Exogamy, as regards unions of +brothers and sisters, among man still brutish, while the Sire is +husband of the whole harem of females, probably unchecked as +regards his daughters.</p> + +<p>On this Darwinian text J.J. Atkinson builds his theory of the +evolution of exogamy and of savage society in his <i>Primal Law</i> +(<i>Social Origins and Primal Law</i>, by Lang and Atkinson, +1903). Paternal jealousy “gave birth to Primal Law, +<span class="sidenote">Atkinson’s theory.</span> +prohibitory of marriage between certain members of a +family or local group, and thus, in natural sequence, led to <i>forced</i> +connubial selection <i>beyond</i> its circle, that is, led to Exogamy ... +as a <i>habit</i>, not as an expressed law....” The “expressed law” +was necessarily a later development; conditioned by the circumstances +which produced totemism, and sanctioned, as on Durkheim’s +scheme, by the totemic taboo. Atkinson worked out his +theory by a minute study of customs of avoidance between near +kin by blood or affinity; by observations on the customs of +animals, and by hypotheses as to the very gradual evolution of +human restrictions through many modifications. He also gave +a theory of the “classificatory” system of names for relationships +opposed to that of Morgan. The names are based merely +“on reference to relativity of age of a class in relation to the +group.” The exogamous moieties of a tribe (phratries) are not +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page165" id="page165"></a>165</span> +the result of a reformatory legislative bisection of the tribe, +but of the existence of “two intermarrying totem clan groups.” +The whole treatise, allowing for defects caused by the author’s +death before the book was printed, is highly original and ingenious. +The author, however, did not touch on the evolution of +totemism.</p> + +<p>9. The following system, as a means of making intelligible the +evolution of Australian totemic society, is proposed by the +present writer. We may suggest that men originally +lived in the state of “the Cyclopean family” of +<span class="sidenote">Lang’s system.</span> +Atkinson; that is, in Darwin’s “family group,” containing +but one adult male, with the females, the adolescent +males being driven out, to find each a female mate, or mates, +elsewhere if they can. With increase of skill, improvements in +implements and mitigation of ferocity, such groups may become +larger, in a given area, but men may retain the habit of seeking +mates outside the limits of the group of contiguity; the “avoidance” +of brothers and sisters may already have arisen. Among +the advanced Arunta, now, a man may speak freely to his elder +sisters; to younger sisters, or “tribal sisters,” he may not speak, +“or only at such a distance that the features are indistinguishable.” +This archaic rule of avoidance would be a step facilitating +the permission to adult males to dwell in their paternal group, +avoiding their sisters. Such groups, whether habitually exogamous +or not, will require names for each other, and various +reasons would yield a preference to names derived from animals. +These are easily signalled in gesture language; are easily +presented in pictographs and tattooing; are even now, among +savages and boys, the most usual sort of <i>personal</i> nicknames; +and are widely employed as <i>group</i> names of villagers in European +folk-lore. Among European rustics such group sobriquets are +usual, but are resented. The savage, with his ideas of the equality +or superiority of animals to himself, sees nothing to resent in an +animal sobriquet, and the names, originally group sobriquets, +would not find more difficulty in being accepted than “Whig,” +“Tory,” “Huguenot,” “Cavalier,” “Christian,” “Cameronian,”—all +of them originally nicknames given from without. Again, +“Wry Nose” and “Crooked Mouth” are <i>derisive</i> nicknames, +but they are the translations of the ancient Celtic clan names +Cameron and Campbell. The nicknames “Naked Dogs,” +“Liars,” “Buffalo Dung,” “Men who do not laugh,” “Big +Topknots,” have been thoroughly accepted by the “gentes” +of the Blackfoot Indians, now passing out of Totemism (Grinnell, +<i>Blackfoot Lodge Tales</i>, pp. 208-225).</p> + +<p>As Howitt writes, “the assumption of the names of objects +by men must in fact have been the origin of totemism.” Howitt +does not admit the theory that the totem names came to arise +in this way, but this way is a <i>vera causa</i>. Names must be given +either from within or from without. A group, in savagery, +has no need of a name for itself; “we” are “we,” or are +“The Men”; for all other adjacent groups names are needed. +The name of one totem, <i>Thaballa</i>, “The Laughing Boy” totem, +among the Warramunga and another tribe, is quite transparently +a nickname, as is <i>Karti</i>, “The Grown-up Men” (Spencer +and Gillen, <i>Northern Tribes of Central Australia</i>, p. 207).</p> + +<p>There is nothing, prima facie, which renders this origin of +animal, plant and other such names for early savage groups +at all improbable. They would not even be resented, as now are +the animal names for villagers in the Orkneys, the Channel +Islands, France, Cornwall and in ancient Israel (for examples +see <i>Social Origins</i>, pp. 295-301). The names once accepted, +and their origin forgotten, would be inevitably regarded as +implying a mystic <i>rapport</i> between the bestial and the human +namesakes, Crow, Eagle Hawk, Grub, Bandicoot, Opossum, +Emu, Kangaroo and so on (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Name</a></span>). On this subject it is +enough to cite J.G. Frazer, in <i>The Golden Bough</i> (2nd ed., +vol. i. pp. 404-446). Here will be found a rich and satisfactory +collection of proof that community of name implies mystic +<i>rapport</i>. Professor Rhys is quoted for the statement that +probably “the whole Aryan race believed at one time not only +that the name was a part of the man, but that it was that part +of him which is termed the soul.” In such a mental stage the +men “Crows” identify themselves with the actual Crow species: +the birds are now “of their flesh,” are fabled to be their ancestors, +or the men have been evolved out of the birds. The Crow is +sacro-sanct, a friend and protector, and a centre of taboos, +one of which is the prohibition preventing a Crow man from +intercourse with a Crow woman, “however far apart their +hunting grounds may have been.” All men and women Crows +are recognized as brothers and sisters in the Crow, and are not +intermarriageable.</p> + +<p>On these lines the prohibition to infringe the totem taboo +by marriage within the totem name is intelligible, but the +system of phratries has yet to be accounted for. It is obvious +that the names could only have been given originally to <i>local</i> +groups: the people who held this or that local habitation +received the name. Suppose that the rule of each such group, +or heart circle, had been “no marriage within the local group +or camp,” as in Atkinson’s scheme. When the groups accept +their new names, the rule becomes, “no marriage within local +group Eagle Hawk, group Crow,” and so on. So far the animal +giving the group name may not yet have become a revered +totem. The result of the rule would inevitably be, in three or +four generations, that in groups Crow or Eagle Hawk, there were +no Crows or Eagle Hawks <i>by descent</i>, if the children took the +names of descent from their mothers; for the sake of differentiation: +the Ant woman’s children in local group Crow being Ants, +the Grub woman’s children being Grubs, the Eagle Hawk +woman’s children being Eagle Hawks,—all in local group Crow, +and inheriting the names of the local groups whence their mothers +were brought into local group Crow.</p> + +<p>By this means (indicated first by McLennan) each member of a +local group would have a <i>local</i> group name, say Eagle Hawk, +and a name by <i>female descent</i>, say Kangaroo, in addition, as now, +to his or her personal name. In this way, all members of each +local group would find, in any other local group, people of his +name of descent, and, as the totem belief grew to maturity, +kinsmen of his in the totem. When this fact was realized, it +would inevitably make for peace among all contiguous groups. +In place of taking women by force, at the risk of shedding +kindred blood, peaceful betrothals between men and women of +different local group names and of different names by descent +could be arranged. Say that local groups Eagle Hawk and Crow +took the lead in this arrangement of alliance and <i>connubium</i>, +and that (as they would naturally flourish in the strength conferred +by union) the other local groups came into it, ranging +themselves under Eagle Hawk and Crow, we should have the +existing primitive type of organization: Local Groups Eagle +Hawk (<i>Mukwara</i>) and Crow (<i>Kilpara</i>) would have become the +widely diffused phratries, <i>Mukwara</i> and <i>Kilpara</i>, with all the +totem kins within them.</p> + +<p>But, on these lines, some members of any totem kin, say Cat, +would be in phratry Eagle Hawk, some would be in phratry +<i>Kilpara</i> as now (for the different reason already indicated) +among the Arunta. Such persons were in a quandary. By +<i>phratry</i> law, as being in opposite phratries, a Cat in Eagle Hawk’ +phratry could marry a Cat in Crow phratry. But, by totem law, +this was impossible. To avoid the clash of law, all Cats had to +go into one phratry or the other, either into Eagle Hawk or +into Crow.</p> + +<p>Two whole totem kins were in the same unhappy position. +The persons who were Eagle Hawks <i>by descent</i> could not be in +Eagle Hawk local group, now phratry, as we have already shown. +They were in Crow phratry, they could not, by phratry law, +marry in their own phratry, and to marry in Eagle Hawk was +to break the old law, “no marriage within the <i>local</i> group name.” +Their only chance was to return to Eagle Hawk phratry, while +Crow totem kin went into Crow phratry, and thus we often find, +in fact, that in Australian phratries <i>Mukwara</i> (Eagle Hawk) +there is a totem kin Eagle Hawk, and in <i>Kilpara</i> phratry (Crow) +there is a totem kin Crow. This arrangement—the totem kin +within the phratry of its own name—has long been known to +exist in America. The Thlinkets have Raven phratry, with +totem kins Raven, Frog, Goose, &c., and Wolf phratry, with +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page166" id="page166"></a>166</span> +totem kins Wolf, Bear, Eagle, &c. (Frazer, <i>Totemism</i>, pp. 61, 62 +(1887)). In Australia the fact has hitherto escaped observation, +because so many phratry names are not translated, while, +though <i>Mukwara</i> and <i>Kilpara</i> are translated, the Eagle Hawk +and Crow totem kins within them bear other names for the same +birds, more recent names, or tribal native names, such as <i>Biliari</i> +and <i>Waa</i>, while <i>Mukwara</i> and <i>Kilpara</i> may have been names +borrowed, within the institution of phratries, from some alien +tribe now perhaps extinct.</p> + +<p>We have now sketched a scheme explanatory of the most +primitive type of social organization in Australia. The tendency +is for phratries first to lose the meanings of their names, and, +next, for their names to lapse into oblivion, as among the Arunta; +the work of regulating marriage being done by the opposed +Matrimonial Classes.</p> + +<p>These classes are obviously an artificial arrangement, intended +to restrict marriage to persons on the same level as generations. +The meanings of the class names are only known with certainty +in two cases, and then are names of animals, while there is +reason to suspect that animal names occur in four or five of +the eight class-names which, in different dialect forms, prevail +in central and northern Australia. Conceivably the new class +regulations made use of the old totemic machinery of nomenclature. +But until Australian philologists can trace the original +meanings of Class names, further speculation is premature.</p> + +<p>10. Much might be said about the way out of totemism. +When once descent and inheritance are traced through males, +the social side of totemism begins to break up. One +way out is the Arunta way, where totems no longer +<span class="sidenote">Breaking up of totemism.</span> +designate kinships. In parts of America totems are +simply fading into heraldry, or into magical societies, +while the “gentes,” once totemic, have acquired new names, +often local, as among the Sioux, or mere sobriquets, as among +the Blackfeet. In Melanesia the phratries, whether named or +nameless, have survived, while the totems have left but a few +traces which some consider disputable (<i>Social Origins</i>, pp. 176-184). +Among the Bantu of South Africa the <i>tribes</i> have sacred +animals (<i>Siboko</i>), which may be survivals of the totems of the +chief local totem group, with male descent in the tribe, the whole +of which now bears the name of the sacred animal. Even in +Australia, among tribes where there is reckoning of descent +in the male line, and where there are no matrimonial classes, +the tendency is for totems to dwindle, while exogamy becomes +<i>local</i>, the rule being to marry out of the <i>district</i>, not out of the +<i>kin</i> (Howitt, <i>Native Tribes of South-East Australia</i>, pp. 270-272; +cf. pp. 135-137).</p> + +<p>The problem as to why, among savages all on the same low +level of material culture, one tribe derives descent through +women, while its nearest neighbouring tribe, with ceremonies, +rites, beliefs and myths like its own, and occupying lands of +similar character in a similar climate, traces descent through +men, seems totally insoluble. Again, we find that the civilized +Lycians, as described by Herodotus (book i. ch. 173), reckoned +lineage in the female line, while the naked savages of north +and central Australia reckon in the male line. Our knowledge +does not enable us to explain the change from female to male +tracing of lineage. Yet the change was essential for the formation +of the family system of civilized life. The change may be observed +taking place in the region of North-West America peopled by the +Thlinket, Haida and Salish tribes; the first are pure totemists, +the last have arrived, practically, in the south, at the modern +family, while a curious intermediate stage pervades the interjacent +region.</p> + +<p>The best authority on the Family developed in different shapes +in North-West America is Charles Hill-Tout (cf. “Origin of the +Totemism of the Aborigines of British Columbia,” <i>Transactions +of the Royal Society of Canada</i>, vol. vii. sect. 11, 1901). He, +like many American and some English and continental students, +applies the term “totem” not only to the hereditary totem of +the exogamous kin, but to the animal familiars of individual +men or women, called <i>manitus</i>, <i>naguals</i>, <i>nyarongs</i> and <i>yunbeai</i>, +among North American Indians, in South America, in Borneo +and in the Euahlayi tribe of New South Wales. These animal +familiars are chosen by individuals, obeying the monition of +dreams, or are assigned to them at birth, or at puberty, by the +tribal magicians. It has often been suggested that totemism +arose when the familiar of an individual became hereditary +among his descendants. This could not occur under a system +of reckoning descent and inheriting the kin name through +women, but as a Tsimshian myth says that a man’s sister +adopted his animal familiar, the bear, and transmitted it to <i>her</i> +offspring, Hill-Tout supposes that this may have been the origin +of totemism in tribes with reckoning of descent in the female +line. Instances, however, are not known to exist in practice, +and myths are mere baseless savage hypotheses.</p> + +<p>Exogamy, in his opinion, is the result of treaties of political +alliance with exclusive <i>interconnubium</i> between two sets of kinsfolk +by blood, totemism being a mere accidental concomitant. +This theory evades the difficulties raised by the hypothesis of +deliberate reformatory legislation introducing the bisection of +the tribe into exogamous societies.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—The study of the History of the Family has been +subject to great fluctuation of opinion, as unexpected evidence has +kept pouring in from many quarters. The theory of primal promiscuity, +which in 1870 succeeded to Sir Henry Maine’s <i>patriarchal +theory</i>, has endured many attacks, and there is a tendency to return, +not precisely to the “patriarchal theory,” but to the view that the +jealousy of the Sire of the “Cyclopean family,” or “Gorilla family” +indicated by Darwin, has had much to do with laying the bases of +“primal law.” The whole subject has been especially studied by +English-speaking writers, as the English and Americans are brought +most into contact with the most archaic savage societies. Among +foreigners, in addition to Starcke, Westermarck and Durkheim, +already cited, may be mentioned Professor J. Kohler, <i>Zur Urgeschichte +der Ehe</i> (Stuttgart, 1897). Professor Kohler is in favour +of a remote past of “collective marriage,” indicated, as in Morgan’s +hypothesis, by the existing savage names of relationships, which are +expressive of relations of consanguinity. E.S. Hartland (<i>Primitive +Paternity</i>, 1910) discusses myths of supernatural birth in +relation to the history of the Family.</p> + +<p>A careful and well-reasoned work by Herr Cunow (<i>Die Verwandtschafts +Organisationen der Australneger</i>, Stuttgart, 1894) deals with +the Matrimonial Classes of Australian tribes. Cunow supposes that +descent was originally reckoned in the male line, and that tribes +with this organization (such as the Narrinyeri) are the more primitive. +In this opinion he has few allies: and on the origin of Exogamy he +seems to possess no definite ideas. Pikler’s <i>Ursprung des Totemismus</i> +(Berlin, 1900) explains Totemism as arising from the need of names +for early groups of men: names which could be expressed in pictographs +and tattooing, to which we may add “gesture language.” +This is much akin to the theory which we have already suggested, +though Pikler seems to think that the pictograph (say of a Crow or an +Eagle Hawk) was prior to the group name. But, he remarks, like +Howitt, “the germ of Totemism is the naming”; and the community +of name between the animal species and the human group +led to the belief that there was an important connexion between the +men and their name-giving animal.</p> + +<p>Other useful sources of information are the annual Reports of the +Bureau of Ethnology (Washington), the <i>Journal of the Institute of +the Anthropological Society, Folk Lore</i> (the organ of the Folk Lore +Society), and Durkheim’s <i>L’Année sociologique</i>. <i>Tabou et totémisme +à Madagascar</i>, by M.A. van Gennep (Leroux, Paris, 1904) is a +valuable contribution to knowledge.</p> + +<p>For India, where vestiges of totemism linger in the hill tribes, +see Risley and Crooke, <i>Tribes and Castes</i>, vols. i., ii., iii., iv.; and +Crooke, <i>Popular Religion</i>; also Crooke in <i>J.A.I.</i> (N.S.), vol. i. +pp. 232-244.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. L.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAMINE<a name="ar64" id="ar64"></a></span> (Lat. <i>fames</i>, hunger), extreme and general scarcity of +food, causing distress and deaths from starvation among the +population of a district or country. Famines have caused widespread +suffering in all countries and ages. A list of the chief +famines recorded by history is given farther on. The causes of +famine are partly natural and partly artificial. Among the +natural causes may be classed all failures of crops due to excess +or defect of rainfall and other meteorological phenomena, or +to the ravages of insects and vermin. Among the artificial +causes may be classed war and economic errors in the production, +transport and sale of food-stuffs.</p> + +<p>The natural causes of famine are still mainly outside our +control, though science enables agriculturists to combat them +more successfully, and the improvement in means of transport +allows a rich harvest in one land to supplement the defective +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page167" id="page167"></a>167</span> +crops in another. In tropical countries drought is the commonest +cause of a failure in the harvest, and where great droughts +are not uncommon—as in parts of India and Australia—the +hydraulic engineer comes to the rescue by devising systems of +water-storage and irrigation. It is less easy to provide against +the evils of excessive rainfall and of frost, hail and the like. +The experience of the French in Algiers shows that it is possible +to stamp out a plague of locusts, such as is the greatest danger to +the farmer in many parts of Argentina. But the ease with which +food can nowadays be transported from one part of the world to +another minimizes the danger of famine from natural causes, as +we can hardly conceive that the whole food-producing area of +the world should be thus affected at once.</p> + +<p>The artificial causes of famine have mostly ceased to be +operative on any large scale. Chief among them is war, which +may cause a shortage of food-supplies, either by its direct +ravages or by depleting the supply of agricultural labour. But +only local famines are likely to arise from this cause. Legislative +interference with agricultural operations or with the distribution +of food-supplies, currency restrictions and failure of transport, +which have all caused famines in the past, are unlikely thus to +operate again; nor is it probable that the modern speculators +who attempt to make “corners” in wheat could produce the +evil effects contemplated in the old statutes against forestallers +and regrators.</p> + +<p>Such local famines as may occur in the 20th century will +probably be attributable to natural causes. It is impossible to +regulate the rainfall of any district, or wholly to supply its +failure by any system of water-storage. Irrigation is better +able to bring fertility to a naturally arid district than to avert +the failure of crops in one which is naturally fertile. The true +palliative of famine is to be found in the improvement of methods +of transport, which make it possible rapidly to convey food from +one district to another. But the efficiency of this preventive +stops short at the point of saving human life. It cannot prevent +a rise in prices, with the consequent suffering among the poor. +Still, every year makes it less likely that the world will see a +renewal of the great famines of the past, and it is only the +countries where civilization is still backward that are in much +danger of even a local famine.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><i>Great Famines.</i>—Amongst the great famines of history may be +named the following:—</p> + +<table class="nobctr" summary="Contents"> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl"><span class="scs">B.C.</span></td> <td> </td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">436</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine at Rome, when thousands of starving + people threw themselves into the Tiber.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl"><span class="scs">A.D.</span></td> <td> </td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">42</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Great famine in Egypt.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">650</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine throughout India.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">879</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Universal famine.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcln">941, 1022<br />  and 1033</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Great famines in India, in which entire provinces + were depopulated and man was driven to cannibalism.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1005</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in England.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1016</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine throughout Europe.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1064-1072</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Seven years’ famine in Egypt.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcln">1148-1159</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Eleven years’ famine in India.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1162</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Universal famine.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1344-1345</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Great famine in India, when the Mogul emperor +was unable to obtain the necessaries for his household. +The famine continued for years and +thousands upon thousands of people perished of +want.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1396-1407</td> <td class="tcl"><p>The Durga Devi famine in India, lasting twelve +years.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1586</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in England which gave rise to the Poor Law +system.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1661</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in India, when not a drop of rain fell for +two years.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1769-1770</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Great famine in Bengal, when a third of the population +(10,000,000 persons) perished.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1783</td> <td class="tcl"><p>The Chalisa famine in India, which extended from +the eastern edge of the Benares province to +Lahore and Jammu.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1790-1792</td> <td class="tcl"><p>The Doji Bara, or skull famine, in India, so-called +because the people died in such numbers that +they could not be buried. According to tradition +this was one of the severest famines ever known. +It extended over the whole of Bombay into +Hyderabad and affected the northern districts of +Madras. Relief works were first opened during +this famine in Madras.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1838</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Intense famine in North-West Provinces (United Provinces) of India; 800,000 perished.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1846-1847</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in Ireland, due to the failure of the potato-crop. Grants were made by parliament amounting to £10,000,000.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1861</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in North-West India.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1866</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in Bengal and Orissa; one million perished.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1869</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Intense famine in Rajputana; one million and a half perished. The government initiated the policy of saving life.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1874</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in Behar, India. Government relief in excess of the needs of the people.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1876-1878</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in Bombay, Madras and Mysore; five millions perish. Relief insufficient.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1877-1878</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Severe famine in north China. Nine and a half millions said to have perished.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1887-1889</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in China.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1891-1892</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in Russia.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1897</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in India. Government policy of saving life successful. Mansion House fund £550,000.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1899-1901</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in India. One million people perished. Estimated loss to India £50,000,000. The government spent £10,000,000 on relief, and at one time there were 4,500,000 people on the relief works.</p></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">1905</td> <td class="tcl"><p>Famine in Russia.</p></td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p><i>Famines in India.</i>—Owing to its tropical situation and its +almost entire dependence upon the monsoon rains, India is +more liable than any other country in the world to crop failures, +which upon occasion deepen into famine. Every year sufficient +rain falls in India to secure an abundant harvest if it were +evenly distributed over the whole country; but as a matter of +fact the distribution is so uneven and so uncertain that every +year some district suffers from insufficient rainfall. In fact, +famine is, to all intents and purposes, endemic in India, and is a +problem to reckon with every year in some portion of that vast +area. The people depend so entirely upon agriculture, and the +harvest is so entirely destroyed by a single monsoon failure, +that wherever a total failure occurs the landless labourer is +immediately thrown out of work and remains out of work for +the whole year. The question is thus one of lack of employment, +rather than lack of food. The food is there, perhaps at a slightly +enhanced price, but the unemployed labourer has no money to +buy it. The problem is very much the same as that met by the +British Poor Law system. Every year in England a poor rate +of some £22,000,000 is expended for a population of 40 millions; +while it is only in an exceptional year in India that £10,000,000 +are spent on a population of 300 millions.</p> + +<p>Famines seem to recur in India at periodical intervals, which +have been held to be in some way dependent on the sun-spot +period. Every five or ten years the annual scarcity widens +its area and becomes a recognized famine; every fifty or a +hundred years whole provinces are involved, loss of life becomes +widespread, and a great famine is recorded. In the 140 years +since Warren Hastings initiated British rule in India, there have +been nineteen famines and five severe scarcities. For the period +preceding British rule the records have not been so well preserved, +but there is ample evidence to show that famine was just +as frequent in its incidence and infinitely more deadly in its +effects under the native rulers of India. In the great Bengal +famine of 1769-1770, which occurred shortly after the foundation +of British rule, but while the native officials were still in power, +a third of the population, or ten millions out of thirty millions, +perished. From this it may be guessed what occurred in the +centuries under Mogul rule, when for years there was no rain, +when famine lasted for three, four or twelve years, and entire +cities were left without an inhabitant. In the famine of 1901, +the worst of recent years, the loss of life in British districts was +3% of the population affected, as against 33% in the Bengal +famine of 1770.</p> + +<p>The native rulers of India seem to have made no effort to +relieve the sufferings of their subjects in times of famine; and +even down to 1866 the British government had no settled +famine policy. In that year the Orissa famine awakened the +public conscience, and the commission presided over by Sir +George Campbell laid down the lines upon which subsequent +famine-relief was organized. In the Rajputana famine of 1869 +the humane principle of saving every possible life was first +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page168" id="page168"></a>168</span> +enunciated. In the Behar famine of 1874 this principle was even +carried to an extreme, the cost was enormous, and the people +were in danger of being pauperized. The resulting reaction +caused a regrettable loss of life in the Madras and Bombay +famine of 1876-1878; and the Famine Commission of 1880, +followed by those of 1898 and 1901, laid down the principle that +every possible life must be saved, but that the wages on relief +works must be so regulated in relation to the market rate of +wages as not to undermine the independence of the people. The +experience gained in the great famines of 1898 and 1901 has been +garnered by these commissions, and stored up in the “famine +codes” of each separate province, where rules are provided for +the treatment of famine directly a crop failure is seen to be +probable. The first step is to open test works; and directly +they show the necessity, regular relief works are established, +in which the people may earn enough to keep them from starvation, +until the time comes to sow the next crop.</p> + +<p>As a result of the severe famine of 1878-1879, Lord Lytton’s +government instituted a form of insurance against famine known +as the Famine Insurance Grant. A sum of Rs. 1,500,000 was +to be yearly set aside for purposes of famine relief. This scheme +has been widely misunderstood; it has been assumed that an +entirely separate fund was created, and that in years when +the specified sum was not paid into this fund, the purpose of the +government was not carried out. But Sir John Strachey, +the author of the scheme, explains in his book on India that +the original intention was nothing more than the annual application +of surplus revenue, of the indicated amount, to purposes +of famine relief; and that when the country was free from +famine, this sum should be regularly devoted to the discharge +of debt, or to the prevention of debt which would otherwise +have been incurred for the construction of railways and canals. +The sum of 1½ crores is regularly set aside for this purpose, +and is devoted as a rule to the construction of protective irrigation +works, and for investigating and preparing new projects +falling under the head of protective works.</p> + +<p>The measures by which the government of India chiefly +endeavours to reduce the liability of the country to famine are +the promotion of railways; the extension of canal and well +irrigation; the reclamation of waste lands, with the establishment +of fuel and fodder reserves; the introduction of agricultural +improvements; the multiplication of industries; emigration; +and finally the improvement where necessary of the revenue and +rent systems. In times of famine the function of the railways +in distributing the grain is just as important as the function of the +irrigation-canals in increasing the amount grown. There is +always enough grain within the boundaries of India for the needs +of the people; the only difficulty is to transport it to the tract +where it is required at a particular moment. Owing to the extension +of railways, in the famines of 1898 and 1901 there was +never any dearth of food in any famine-stricken tract; and the +only difficulty was to find enough rolling-stock to cope with the +demand. Irrigation protects large tracts against famine, and +has immensely increased the wheat output of the Punjab; the +Irrigation Commission of 1903 recommended the addition of 6½ +million acres to the irrigated area of India, and that recommendation +is being carried out at an annual cost of 1½ millions sterling +for twenty years, but at the end of that time the list of works +that will return a lucrative interest on capital will be practically +exhausted. Local conditions do not make irrigation everywhere +possible.</p> + +<p>As five-sixths of the whole population of India are dependent +upon the land, any failure, of agriculture becomes a national +calamity. If there were more industries and manufactures in +India, the dependence on the land would not be so great and the +liability to lack of occupation would not be so uniform in any +particular district. The remedy for this is the extension of +factories and home industries; but European capital is difficult +to obtain in India, and the native capitalist prefers to hoard his +rupees. The extension of industries, therefore, is a work of time.</p> + +<p>It is sometimes alleged by native Indian politicians that famines +are growing worse under British rule, because India is becoming +exhausted by an excessive land revenue, a civil service too +expensive for her needs, military expenditure on imperial objects, +and the annual drain of some £15,000,000 for “home charges.” +The reply to this indictment is that the British land revenue is +£16,000,000 annually, whereas Aurangzeb’s over a smaller area, +allowing for the difference in the value of the rupee, was +£110,000,000; though the Indian Civil Service is expensive, +its cost is more than covered by the fact that India, under +British guarantee, obtains her loans at 3½% as against 10% +or more paid by native rulers; though India has a heavy military +burden, she pays no contribution to the British navy, which +protects her seaboard from invasion; the drain of the home +charges cannot be very great, as India annually absorbs 6 millions +sterling of the precious metals; in 1899-1900, a year of famine, +the net imports of gold and silver were 130 millions. Finally, +it is estimated by the census commissioners that in the famine of +1901 three million people died in the native states and only one +million in British territory.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Cornelius Walford, “On the Famines of the World, Past and +Present” (<i>Journal of the Statistical Society</i>, 1878-1879); Romesh +C. Dutt, <i>Famines in India</i> (1900); Robert Wallace, <i>Famine in +India</i> (1900); George Campbell, <i>Famines in India</i> (1769-1788); +<i>Chronological List of Famines for all India</i> (Madras Administration +Report, 1885); J.C. Geddes, <i>Administrative Experience in Former +Famines</i> (1874); <i>Statistical Atlas of India</i> (1895); F.H.S. Merewether, +<i>Through the Famine Districts of India</i> (1898); G.W. Forrest, +<i>The Famine in India</i> (1898); E.A.B. Hodgetts, <i>In the Track of the +Russian Famine</i> (1892); W.B. Steveni, <i>Through Famine-stricken +Russia</i> (1892); Vaughan Nash, <i>The Great Famine</i> (1900); Lady +Hope, <i>Sir Arthur Cotton</i> (1900); <i>Lord Curzon in India</i> (1905); +T.W. Holderness, <i>Narrative of the Famine of 1896-1897</i> (<i>c.</i> 8812 of +1898); the Indian Famine Commission reports of 1880, 1898 and +1900; report of the Indian Irrigation Commission (1901-1903); +C.W. McMinn, <i>Famine Truths, Half-Truths, Untruths</i> (1902); +Theodore Morison, <i>Indian Industrial Organization</i> (1906).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAN<a name="ar65" id="ar65"></a></span> (Lat. <i>vannus</i>; Fr. <i>éventail</i>), in its usually restricted +meaning, a light implement used for giving motion to the air +in order to produce coolness to the face; the word is, however, +also applied to the winnowing fan, for separating chaff from +grain, and to various engineering appliances for ventilation, &c. +<i>Ventilabrum</i> and <i>flabellum</i> are names under which ecclesiastical +fans are mentioned in old inventories. Fans for cooling the face +have been in use in hot climates from remote ages. A bas-relief +in the British Museum represents Sennacherib with female +figures carrying feather fans. They were attributes of royalty +along with horse-hair fly-flappers and umbrellas. Examples +may be seen in plates of the Egyptian sculptures at Thebes +and other places, and also in the ruins of Persepolis. In the +museum of Boulak, near Cairo, a wooden fan handle showing +holes for feathers is still preserved. It is from the tomb of Amenhotep, +of the 18th dynasty, 17th century <span class="scs">B.C.</span> In India fans +were also attributes of men in authority, and sometimes sacred +emblems. A heart-shaped fan, with an ivory handle, of unknown +age, and held in great veneration by the Hindus, was given to +King Edward VII. when prince of Wales. Large punkahs or +screens, moved by a servant who does nothing else, are in +common use in hot countries, and particularly India.</p> + +<p>Fans were used in the early middle ages to keep flies from the +sacred elements during the celebrations of the Christian mysteries. +Sometimes they were round, with bells attached—of silver or +silver gilt. Notices of such fans in the ancient records of St +Paul’s, London, Salisbury cathedral and many other churches +exist still. For these purposes they are no longer used in the +Western church, though they are retained in some Oriental rites. +The large feather fans, however, are still carried in the state +processions of the supreme pontiff in Rome, though not used +during the celebration of the mass. The fan of Queen Theodolinda +(7th century) is still preserved in the treasury of the +cathedral of Monza. Fans made part of the bridal outfit, or +<i>mundus muliebris</i>, of Roman ladies.</p> + +<p>Folding fans had their origin in Japan, and were imported +thence to China. They were in the shape still used—a segment +of a circle of paper pasted on a light radiating framework of +bamboo, and variously decorated, some in colours, others of +white paper on which verses or sentences are written. It is a +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page169" id="page169"></a>169</span> +compliment in China to invite a friend or distinguished guest +to write some sentiment on your fan as a memento of any special +occasion, and this practice has continued. A fan that has some +celebrity in France was presented by the Chinese ambassador to +the comtesse de Clauzel at the coronation of Napoleon I. in +1804. When a site was given in 1635, on an artificial island, +for the settlement of Portuguese merchants in Nippo in Japan, +the space was laid out in the form of a fan as emblematic of an +object agreeable for general use. Men and women of every rank +both in China and Japan carry fans, even artisans using them +with one hand while working with the other. In China they are +often made of carved ivory, the sticks being plates very thin and +sometimes carved on both sides, the intervals between the carved +parts pierced with astonishing delicacy, and the plates held +together by a ribbon. The Japanese make the two outer guards +of the stick, which cover the others, occasionally of beaten iron, +extremely thin and light, damascened with gold and other metals.</p> + +<p>Fans were used by Portuguese ladies in the 14th century, +and were well known in England before the close of the reign +of Richard II. In France the inventory of Charles V. at the end +of the 14th century mentions a folding ivory fan. They were +brought into general use in that country by Catherine de’Medici, +probably from Italy, then in advance of other countries +in all matters of personal luxury. The court ladies of Henry +VIII.’s reign in England were used to handling fans. A lady in +the “Dance of Death” by Holbein holds a fan. Queen Elizabeth +is painted with a round feather fan in her portrait at Gorhambury; +and as many as twenty-seven are enumerated in her +inventory (1606). Coryat, the English traveller, in 1608 describes +them as common in Italy. They also became of general use +from that time in Spain. In Italy, France and Spain fans had +special conventional uses, and various actions in handling them +grew into a code of signals, by which ladies were supposed to +convey hints or signals to admirers or to rivals in society. A +paper in the <i>Spectator</i> humorously proposes to establish a +regular drill for these purposes.</p> + +<p>The chief seat of the European manufacture of fans during +the 17th century was Paris, where the sticks or frames, whether +of wood or ivory, were made, and the decorations painted on +mounts of very carefully prepared vellum (incorrectly called +<i>chicken skin</i>)—a material stronger and tougher than paper, +which breaks at the folds. Paris makers exported fans unpainted +to Madrid and other Spanish cities, where they were decorated +by native artists. Many were exported complete; of old fans +called Spanish a great number were in fact made in France. +Louis XIV. issued edicts at various times to regulate the manufacture. +Besides fans mounted with parchment, Dutch fans of +ivory were imported into Paris, and decorated by the heraldic +painters in the process called “Vernis Martin,” after a famous +carriage painter and inventor of colourless lac varnish. Fans of +this kind belonging to Queen Victoria and the baroness de +Rothschild were exhibited in 1870 at Kensington. A fan of the +date of 1660, representing sacred subjects, is attributed to +Philippe de Champagne, another to Peter Oliver in England in +the 17th century. Cano de Arevalo, a Spanish painter of the +17th century, devoted himself to fan painting. Some harsh +expressions of Queen Christina to the young ladies of the French +court are said to have caused an increased ostentation in the +splendour of their fans, which were set with jewels and mounted +in gold. Rosalba Carriera was the name of a fan painter of +celebrity in the 17th century. Le Brun and Romanelli were +much employed during the same period. Klingstet, a Dutch +artist, enjoyed a considerable reputation in the latter part of +the 17th and the first thirty years of the 18th century.</p> + +<p>The revocation of the edict of Nantes drove many fan-makers +out of France to Holland and England. The trade in England +was well established under the Stuart sovereigns. Petitions +were addressed by the fan-makers to Charles II. against the importation +of fans from India, and a duty was levied upon such +fans in consequence. This importation of Indian fans, according +to Savary, extended also to France. During the reign of Louis +XV. carved Indian and China fans displaced to some extent those +formerly imported from Italy, which had been painted on +swanskin parchment prepared with various perfumes.</p> + +<p>During the 18th century all the luxurious ornamentation of +the day was bestowed on fans as far as they could display it. +The sticks were made of mother-of-pearl or ivory, carved with +extraordinary skill in France, Italy, England and other countries. +They were painted from designs of Boucher, Watteau, Lancret +and other “genre” painters; Hébert, Rau, Chevalier, Jean +Boquet, Mme. Vérité, are known as fan-painters. These fashions +were followed in most countries of Europe, with certain national +differences. Taffeta and silk, as well as fine parchment, were +used for the mounts. Little circles of glass were let into the +stick to be looked through, and small telescopic glasses were +sometimes contrived at the pivot of the stick. They were +occasionally mounted with the finest point lace. An interesting +fan (belonging to Madame de Thiac in France), the work of Le +Flamand, was presented by the municipality of Dieppe to Marie +Antoinette on the birth of her son the dauphin. From the time +of the Revolution the old luxury expended on fans died out. +Fine examples ceased to be exported to England and other +countries. The painting on them represented scenes or personages +connected with political events. At a later period fan +mounts were often prints coloured by hand. The events of the +day mark the date of many examples found in modern collections. +Among the fan-makers of modern days the names of Alexandre, +Duvelleroy, Fayet, Vanier became well known in Paris; and +the designs of Charles Conder (1868-1909) have brought his +name to the front in this art. Painters of distinction often +design and paint the mounts, the best designs being figure +subjects. A great impulse was given to the manufacture and +painting of fans in England after the exhibition which took place +at South Kensington in 1870. Modern collections of fans take +their date from the emigration of many noble families from +France at the time of the Revolution. Such objects were given +as souvenirs, and occasionally sold by families in straitened +circumstances. A large number of fans of all sorts, principally +those of the 18th century, French, English, German, Italian, +Spanish, &c., have been bequeathed to the South Kensington +(Victoria and Albert) Museum.</p> + +<p>The sticks of folding fans are called in French <i>brins</i>, the two +outer guards <i>panaches</i>, and the mount <i>feuille</i>.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See also Blondel, <i>Histoire des éventails</i> (1875); Octave Uzanne, +<i>L’éventail</i> (1882); and especially G. Wooliscroft Rhead, <i>History of +the Fan</i> (1909).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. H. P.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANCY<a name="ar66" id="ar66"></a></span> (a shortened form, dating from the 15th century, of +“fantasy,” which is derived through the O. Fr. <i>fantasie</i>, modern +<i>fantaisie</i>. from the Latinized form of the Gr. <span class="grk" title="phantasia, phantasein, + phainein">φαντασία, φαντάζειν, φαίνειν</span>, to show), display, showing forth, as a philosophical +term, the presentative power of the mind. The word “fancy” +and the older form “fantasy,” which is now chiefly used poetically, +was in its early application synonymous with imagination, +the mental faculty of creating representations or images of +things not present to the senses; it is more usually, in this sense, +applied to the lighter forms of the imagination. “Fancy” also +commonly means inclination, whim, caprice. The more learned +form “phantasy,” as also such words as “phantom” and +“phantasm,” is chiefly confined to visionary imaginings.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANG<a name="ar67" id="ar67"></a></span> (<span class="sc">Fan</span>, <span class="sc">Fanwe</span>, <span class="sc">Panwe</span>, <span class="sc">Pahouin</span>, <span class="sc">Paouen</span>, <span class="sc">Mpangwe</span>), +a powerful African people occupying the Gabun district north +of the Ogowé river in French Congo. Their name means “men.” +They call themselves Pa<span class="sp">n</span>we, Fa<span class="sp">n</span>we and Fa<span class="sp">n</span> with highly +nasalized n. They are a finely-made race of chocolate colour; +some few are very dark, but these are of slave origin. They have +bright expressive oval faces with prominent cheek-bones. Many +of them file their teeth to points. Their hair, which is woolly, is +worn by the women long, reaching below the nape of the neck. +The men wear it in a variety of shapes, often building it up over +a wooden base. The growth of the hair appears abundant, but +that on the face is usually removed. Little clothing is worn; +the men wear a bark waist-cloth, the women a plantain girdle, +sometimes with a bustle of dried grass. A chief wears a leopard’s +skin round the shoulders. Both sexes tattoo and paint the body, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page170" id="page170"></a>170</span> +and delight in ornaments of every kind. The men, whose sole +occupations are fighting and hunting, all carry arms—muskets, +spears for throwing and stabbing, and curious throwing-knives +with blades broader than they are long. Instead of bows and +arrows they use crossbows made of ebony, with which they hunt +apes and birds. In battle the Fang used to carry elephant hide +shields; these have apparently been discarded.</p> + +<p>When first met by T.E. Bowdich (1815) the Paamways, as he +calls the Fang, were an inland people inhabiting the hilly plateaus +north of the Ogowé affluents. Now they have become the +neighbours of the Mpongwe (<i>q.v.</i>) of Glass and Libreville on the +Komo river, while south of the Gabun they have reached the sea +at several points. Their original home is probably to be placed +somewhere near the Congo. Their language, according to Sir +R. Burton, is soft and sweet and a contrast to their harsh voices, +and the vocabularies collected prove it to be of the Bantu-Negroid +linguistic family. W. Winwood Reade (<i>Sketch Book</i>, i. +p. 108) states that “it is like Mpongwe (a pure Bantu idiom) +cut in half; for instance, <i>njina</i> (gorilla) in Mpongwe is <i>nji</i> in +Fan.” The plural of the tribal name is formed in the usual +Bantu way, Ba-Fang.</p> + +<p>Morally the Fang are superior to the negro. Mary Kingsley +writes: “The Fan is full of fire, temper, intelligence and go, very +teachable, rather difficult to manage, quick to take offence, and +utterly indifferent to human life.” This latter characteristic +has made the Fang dreaded by all their neighbours. They are +noted cannibals, and ferocious in nature. Prisoners are badly +treated and are often allowed to starve. The Fang are always +fighting, but the battles are not bloody. After the fall of two +or three warriors the bodies are dragged off to be devoured, and +their friends disperse. Burton says that their cannibalism is +limited to the consumption of slain enemies; that the sick are +not devoured; and that the dead are decently buried, except +slaves, whose bodies are thrown into the forest. Mary Kingsley, +on the other hand, believed their cannibalism was not limited. +She writes: “The Fan is not a cannibal for sacrificial motives, +like the negro. He will eat his next door neighbour’s relation and +sell his own deceased to his next door neighbour in return, but +he does not buy slaves and fatten them up for his table as some +of the middle Congo tribes do. He has no slaves, no prisoners +of war, no cemeteries, so you must draw your own conclusions.” +Among certain tribes the aged alone are permitted to eat human +flesh, which is <i>taboo</i> for all others. There is no doubt that the +cannibalism of the Fang is diminishing before the advance of +civilization. Apart from their ferocity, the Fang are an agreeable +and industrious people. They are skilful workers in iron and +have a curious coinage called <i>bikĕi</i>, little iron imitation axeheads +tied up in bundles called <i>ntet</i>, ten to a bundle; these are used +chiefly in the purchase of wives. They are energetic traders and +are skilled in pottery and in gardening. Their religion appears +to be a combination of primitive animism and ancestor worship, +with a belief in sympathetic magic.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—Paul du Chaillu, <i>Explorations in Equatorial +Africa</i> (1861); Sir R. Burton, “A Day with the Fans,” <i>Transactions +of Ethnological Society</i>, new series, vols. 3-4; Mary Kingsley, <i>Travels +in West Africa</i> (1897); Oscar Lenz, <i>Skizzen aus West Africa</i> (1878); +R.E. Dennett, <i>Notes on the Folklore of the Fjort</i> (1898); William +Winwood Reade, <i>The African Sketch Book</i> (1873); and (chiefly) +A.L. Bennett, “Ethnographical Notes on the Fang,” <i>Journ. Anthr. +Inst.</i> N.S., ii. p. 66, and L. Martron in <i>Anthropos</i>, t. i. (1906), fasc. 4.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANO<a name="ar68" id="ar68"></a></span> (anc. <i>Fanum Fortunae</i>, <i>q.v.</i>), a town and episcopal see +of the Marches, Italy, in the province of Pesaro and Urbino, +8 m. S.E. of the former by rail, and 46 ft. above sea-level, on +the N.E. coast of Italy. Pop. (1901), town 10,535, commune +24,730. The cathedral has a 13th century portal, but the interior +is unimportant. The vestibule of S. Francesco contains the +tombs of some members of the Malatesta family. S. Croce and +S. Maria Nuova contain works by Giovanni Santi, the father of +Raphael; the latter has also two works by Perugino, the predella +of one of which is attributed to Raphael. S. Agostino contains +a painting of S. Angelo Custode (“the Guardian Angel”), which +is the subject of a poem by Robert Browning. The fine Gothic +Palazzo della Ragione (1299) has been converted into a theatre. +The palace of the Malatesta, with fine porticos and Gothic +windows, was much damaged by an earthquake in 1874. S. +Michele, built against the arch of Augustus, is an early Renaissance +building (1475-1490), probably by Matteo Nuzio of Fano, +with an ornate portal. The façade has an interesting relief +showing the colonnade added by Constantine as an upper storey +to the arch of Augustus and removed in 1463.</p> + +<p>Fano in the middle ages passed through various political +vicissitudes, and in the 14th century became subject to the +Malatesta. In 1458 Pius II. added it to the states of the Church. +Julius II. established here in 1514 the first printing press with +movable Arabic type. The harbour was restored by Paul V. +but is now unimportant.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANSHAWE, SIR RICHARD,<a name="ar69" id="ar69"></a></span> Bart. (1608-1666), English poet +and ambassador, son of Sir Henry Fanshawe, remembrancer of +the exchequer, of Ware Park, Hertfordshire, and of Elizabeth, +daughter of Thomas Smith or Smythe, was born early in June +1608, and was educated in Cripplegate by the famous schoolmaster, +Thomas Farnaby. In November 1623 he was admitted +fellow-commoner of Jesus College, Cambridge, and in January +1626 he entered the Inner Temple; but the study of the law +being distasteful to him he travelled in France and Spain. +On his return, an accomplished linguist, in 1635, he was appointed +secretary to the English embassy at Madrid under Lord Aston. +At the outbreak of the Civil War he joined the king, and while at +Oxford in 1644 married Anne, daughter of Sir John Harrison of +Balls, Hertfordshire. About the same time he was appointed +secretary at war to the prince of Wales, with whom he set out +in 1645 for the western counties, Scilly, and afterwards Jersey. +He compounded in 1646 with the parliamentary authorities, +and was allowed to live in London till October 1647, visiting +Charles I. at Hampton Court. In 1647 he published his translation +of the <i>Pastor Fido</i> of Guarini, which he reissued in 1648 +with the addition of several other poems, original and translated. +In 1648 he was appointed treasurer to the navy under Prince +Rupert. In November of this year he was in Ireland, where he +actively engaged in the royalist cause till the spring of 1650, +when he was despatched by Charles II. on a mission to obtain +help from Spain. This was refused, and he joined Charles in +Scotland as secretary. On the 2nd of September 1650 he had +been created a baronet. He accompanied Charles in the expedition +into England, and was taken prisoner at the battle of +Worcester on the 3rd of September 1651. After a confinement +of some weeks at Whitehall, he was allowed, with restrictions, +and under the supervision of the authorities, to choose his own +place of residence. He published in 1652 his <i>Selected Parts of +Horace</i>, a translation remarkable for its fidelity, felicity and +elegance. In 1654 he completed translations of two of the +comedies of the Spanish poet Antonio de Mendoza, which were +published after his death, <i>Querer per solo querer: To Love only +for Love’s Sake</i>, in 1670, and <i>Fiestas de Aranjuez</i> in 1671. But +the great labour of his retirement was the translation of the +<i>Lusiad</i>, by Camoens published in 1655. It is in ottava rima, +with the translation prefixed to it of the Latin poem <i>Furor +Petroniensis</i>. In 1658 he published a Latin version of the +<i>Faithful Shepherdess</i> of Fletcher.</p> + +<p>In April 1659 Fanshawe left England for Paris, re-entered +Charles’s service and accompanied him to England at the +Restoration, but was not offered any place in the administration. +In 1661 he was returned to parliament for the university of +Cambridge, and the same year was sent to Portugal to negotiate +the marriage between Charles II. and the infanta. In January +1662 he was made a privy councillor of Ireland, and was appointed +ambassador again to Portugal in August, where he remained till +August 1663. He was sworn a privy councillor of England on +the 1st of October. In January 1664 he was sent as ambassador +to Spain, and arrived at Cadiz in February of that year. He +signed the first draft of a treaty on the 17th of December, which +offered advantageous concessions to English trade, but of which +one condition was that it should be confirmed by his government +before a certain date. In January 1666 Fanshawe went to Lisbon +to procure the adherence of Portugal to this agreement. He +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page171" id="page171"></a>171</span> +returned to Madrid, having failed in his mission, and was almost +immediately recalled by Clarendon on the plea that he had +exceeded his instructions. He died very shortly afterwards +before leaving Madrid, on the 26th of June 1666. He had a +family of fourteen children, of whom five only survived him, +Richard, the youngest, succeeding as second baronet and dying +unmarried in 1694.</p> + +<p>As a translator, whether from the Italian, Latin, Portuguese +or Spanish, Fanshawe has a considerable reputation. His +<i>Pastor Fido</i> and his <i>Lusiad</i> have not been superseded by later +scholars, and his rendering of the latter is praised by Southey +and Sir Richard Burton. As an original poet also the few verses +he has left are sufficient evidence of exceptional literary talent.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—<i>Memoirs of Lady Fanshawe</i>, written in 1676 and +published 1829 (from an inaccurate transcript); these were reprinted +from the original manuscript and edited by H.C. Fanshawe +(London, 1907); article in the <i>Dict. of Nat. Biography</i> and authorities +there quoted; <i>Biographia Brit.</i> (Kippis); <i>Original Letters of Sir +R.F.</i> (2 vols., 1724), the earlier edition of 1702 with portrait being +only vol. i. of this edition; <i>Notes Genealogical and Historical of the +Fanshawe Family</i> (1868-1872); funeral sermon by H. Bagshaw; +<i>Nicholas Papers</i> (Camden Society); <i>Quarterly Review</i>, xxvii. 1; +<i>Macmillan’s Mag.</i> lvii. 279; <i>Camoen’s Life and Lusiads</i>, by Sir F. +Burton, i. 135; Clarendon’s <i>State Papers, Calendars of State Papers, +Autobiography and Hist. of the Rebellion</i>; <i>Athenaeum</i> (1883), i. 121; +<i>Add. MSS. British Museum</i>, 15,228 (poems); <i>Harl. MSS. Brit. +Mus.</i> 7010 (letters).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(P. C. Y.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANTAN,<a name="ar70" id="ar70"></a></span> a form of gambling highly popular among the +Chinese. The game is simple. A square is marked in the centre +of an ordinary table, or a square piece of metal is laid on it, +the sides being marked 1, 2, 3 and 4. The banker puts on the +table a double handful of small coins—in China “cash”—or +similar articles, which he covers with a metal bowl. The players +bet on the numbers, setting their stakes on the side of the square +which bears the number selected. When all have staked, the +bowl is removed, and the banker or croupier with a small stick +removes coins from the heap, four at a time, till the final batch +is reached. If it contains four coins, the backer of No. 4 wins; +if three, the backer of No. 3 wins, and so on. Twenty-five per +cent is deducted from the stake by the banker, and the winner +receives five times the amount of his stake thus reduced. In +Macao, the Monte Carlo of China, play goes on day and night, +every day of the week, and bets can be made from 5 cents to +500 dollars, which are the limits.</p> + +<p>Fantan is also the name of a card game, played with an +ordinary pack, by any number of players up to eight. The +deal decided, the cards are dealt singly, any that are left over +forming a stock, and being placed face downwards on the table. +Each player contributes a fixed stake or “ante.” The first +player can enter if he has an ace; if he has not he pays an “ante” +and takes a card from the stock; the second player is then +called upon and acts similarly till an ace is played. This (and +the other aces when played) is put face upwards on the table, +and the piles are built up from the ace to the king. The pool +goes to the player who first gets rid of all his cards. If a player +fails to play, having a playable card, he is fined the amount +of the ante for every card in the other players’ hands.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANTASIA<a name="ar71" id="ar71"></a></span> (Italian for “fantasy,” a causing to be seen, +from Greek, <span class="grk" title="phainein">φαίνειν</span>, to show), a name in music sometimes loosely +used for a composition which has little structural form, and +appears to be an improvization; and also for a combination or +medley of familiar airs connected together with original passages +of more or less brilliance. The word, however, was originally +applied to more formal compositions, based on the madrigal, +for several instruments. Fantasias appear as distinct compositions +in Bach’s works, and also joined to a fugue, as in the +“Great Fantasia and Fugue” in A minor, and the “Fantasia +cromatica” in D minor. Brahms used the name for his shorter +piano pieces. It is also applied to orchestral compositions “not +long enough to be called symphonic poems and not formal +enough to be called overtures” (Sir C. Hubert Parry, in Grove’s +<i>Dictionary of Music</i>, ed. 1906). The Italian word is still used in +Tunis, Algeria and Morocco, with the meaning of “showing +off,” for an acrobatic exhibition of horsemanship by the Arabs. +The riders fire their guns, throw them and their lances into the +air, and catch them again, standing or kneeling in the saddle, +all at a full gallop.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANTI, MANFREDO<a name="ar72" id="ar72"></a></span> (1806-1865), Italian general, was born +at Carpi and educated at the military college of Modena. In +1831 he was implicated in the revolutionary movement organized +by Ciro Menotti (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Francis IV.</a></span>, of Modena), and was condemned +to death and hanged in effigy, but escaped to France, +where he was given an appointment in the French corps of +engineers. In 1833 he took part in Mazzini’s abortive attempt +to invade Savoy, and in 1835 he went to Spain to serve in Queen +Christina’s army against the Carlists. There he remained for +thirteen years, distinguishing himself in battle and rising to a +high staff appointment. But on the outbreak of the war between +Piedmont and Austria in 1848 he hurried back to Italy, and +although at first his services were rejected both by the Piedmontese +government and the Lombard provisional government, +he was afterwards given the command of a Lombard brigade. +In the general confusion following on Charles Albert’s defeat +on the Mincio and his retreat to Milan, where the people rose +against the unhappy king, Fanti’s courage and tact saved the +situation. He was elected member of the Piedmontese chamber +in 1849, and on the renewal of the campaign he again commanded +a Lombard brigade under General Ramorino. After the Piedmontese +defeat at Novara (23rd of March) peace was made, +but a rising broke out at Genoa, and Fanti with great difficulty +restrained his Lombards from taking part in it. But he was +suspected as a Mazzinian and a soldier of fortune by the higher +Piedmontese officers, and they insisted on his being court-martialled +for his operations under Ramorino (who had been +tried and shot). Although honourably acquitted, he was not +employed again until the Crimean expedition of 1855. In the +second Austrian war in 1859 Fanti commanded the 2nd division, +and contributed to the victories of Palestro, Magenta and San +Martino. After the peace of Villafranca he was sent to organize +the army of the Central Italian League (composed of the provisional +governments of Tuscany, Modena, Parma and Romagna), +and converted it in a few months into a well-drilled body of +45,000 men, whose function was to be ready to intervene in the +papal states on the outbreak of a revolution. He showed +statesmanlike qualities in steering a clear course between +the exaggerated prudence of Baron Ricasoli, who wished to +recall the troops from the frontier, and the impetuosity of +Garibaldi, his second-in-command, who was anxious to invade +Romagna prematurely, even at the risk of Austrian intervention. +Fanti’s firmness led to Garibaldi’s resignation. In January +1860 Fanti became minister of war and marine under Cavour, +and incorporated the League’s army in that of Piedmont. In +the meanwhile Garibaldi had invaded Sicily with his Thousand, +and King Victor Emmanuel decided at last that he too must +intervene; Fanti was given the chief command of a strong +Italian force which invaded the papal states, seized Ancona +and other fortresses, and defeated the papal army at Castelfidardo, +where the enemy’s commander, General Lamoricière, +was captured. In three weeks Fanti had conquered the Marche +and Umbria and taken 28,000 prisoners. When the army entered +Neapolitan territory the king took the chief command, with +Fanti as chief of the staff. After defeating a large Neapolitan +force at Mola and organizing the siege operations round Gaeta, +Fanti returned to the war office at Turin to carry out important +army reforms. His attitude in opposing the admission of +Garibaldi’s 7000 officers into the regular army with their own +grades made him the object of great unpopularity for a time, +and led to a severe reprimand from Cavour. On the death of +the latter (7th of June 1861) he resigned office and took command +of the VII. army corps. But his health had now broken down, +and after four years’ suffering he died in Florence on the 5th of +April 1865. His lose was greatly felt in the war of 1866.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Carandini, <i>Vita di M. Fanti</i> (Verona, 1872); A. Di Giorgio, +<i>Il Generale M. Fanti</i> (Florence, 1906).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(L. V.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANTI,<a name="ar73" id="ar73"></a></span> a nation of Negroes, inhabiting part of the seaboard +of the Gold Coast colony, British West Africa, and about 20,000 +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page172" id="page172"></a>172</span> +sq. m. of the interior. They number about a million. They have +many traditions of early migrations. It seems probable that the +Fanti and Ashanti were originally one race, driven from the +north-east towards the sea by more powerful races, possibly the +ancestors of Fula and Hausa. There are many words in Fanti +for plants and animals not now existing in the country, but +which abound in the Gurunsi and Moshi countries farther north. +These regions have been always haunted by slave-raiders, and +possibly these latter may have influenced the exodus. At any +rate, the Fanti were early driven into the forests from the open +plains and slopes of the hills. The name Fanti, an English version +of <i>Mfantsi</i>, is supposed to be derived from <i>fan</i>, a wild cabbage, +and <i>ti</i>, <i>di</i> or <i>dz</i>, to eat; the story being that upon the exile of the +tribe the only available food was some such plant. They are +divided into seven tribes, obviously totemic, and with rules as +to exogamy still in force. (1) <i>Kwonna</i>, buffalo; (2) <i>Etchwi</i>, +leopard; (3) <i>Eso</i>, bush-cat; (4) <i>Nitchwa</i>, dog; (5) <i>Nnuna</i>, +parrot; (6) <i>Ebradzi</i>, lion; and (7) <i>Abrutu</i>, corn-stalk; these +names are obsolete, though the meanings are known. The tribal +marks are three gashes in front of the ear on each side in a line +parallel to the jaw-bone. The Fanti language has been associated +by A.B. Ellis with the Ashanti speech as the principal descendant +of an original language, possibly the Tshi (pronounced Tchwi), +which is generally considered as the parent of Ashanti, Fanti, +Akim, Akwapim and modern Tshi.</p> + +<p>The average Fanti is of a dull brown colour, of medium height, +with negroid features. Some of the women, when young, are +quite pretty. The women use various perfumes, one of the most +usual being prepared from the excrement of snakes. There are +no special initiatory rites for the youthful Fanti, only a short +seclusion for girls when they reach the marriageable age. +Marriage is a mere matter of sale, and the maidens are tricked +out in all the family finery and walk round the village to indicate +that they are ready for husbands. The marriages frequently +end in divorce. Polygamy is universally practised. The care of +the children is left exclusively to the mothers, who are regarded +by the Fanti with deep veneration, while little attention is paid +to the fathers. Wives never eat with their husbands, but always +with the children. The rightful heir in native law is the eldest +nephew, <i>i.e.</i> the eldest sister’s eldest son, who invariably inherits +wives, children and all property. As to tenure of land, the source +of ownership of land is derived from the possession of the chief’s +“stool,” which is, like the throne of a king, the symbol of +authority, and not even the chief can alienate the land from the +stool. Females may succeed to property, but generally only +when the acquisition of such property is the result of their +succeeding to the stool of a chief. The Fanti are not permanent +cultivators of the soil. Three or at most five years will cover +the period during which land is continuously cultivated. The +commonest native dishes are palm-oil chop, a bowl of palm oil, +produced by boiling freshly ground palm nuts, in which a fowl +or fish is then cooked; and <i>fūfū</i>, “white,” a boiled mash of +yams or plantains. The Fanti have a taste for shark-flesh, +called locally “stink-fish.” It is sliced up and partly sun-dried, +and is eaten in a putrid state. The Fanti are skilful sailors +and fishermen, build excellent canoes, and are expert weavers. +Pottery and goldsmithery are trades also followed. Their +religion is fetishism, every Fanti having his own “fetish” or +familiar spirit, but there is a belief in a beneficent Creative Being. +Food is offered the dead, and a ceremony of purification is said +to be indulged in at funerals, the bearers and mourners plunging +into the sea or river after the interment.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Journal of Anthropological Institute of Great Britain</i>, vol. 26, +pp. 128 et seq.; A.B. Ellis, <i>The Tshi-speaking Peoples of the Gold +Coast</i> (London, 1887).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANTIN-LATOUR, IGNACE HENRI JEAN THÉODORE<a name="ar74" id="ar74"></a></span> +(1836-1904), French artist, was born at Grenoble on the 14th of +January 1836. He studied first with his father, a pastel painter, +and then at the drawing school of Lecoq de Boisbaudran, and +later under Couture. He was the friend of Ingres, Dalacroix, +Corot, Courbet and others. He exhibited in the Salon of 1861, +and many of his more important canvases appeared on its walls +in later years, though 1863 found him with Harpignies, Monet, +Legros and Whistler in the Salon des Refusés. Whistler introduced +him to English artistic circles, and he lived for some time +in England, many of his portraits and flower pieces being in +English galleries. He died on the 28th of August 1904. His +portrait groups, arranged somewhat after the manner of the +Dutch masters, are as interesting from their subjects as they are +from the artistic point of view. “<i>Hommage à Delacroix</i>” showed +portraits of Whistler and Legros, Baudelaire, Champfleury and +himself; “<i>Un Atelier à Batignolles</i>” gave portraits of Monet, +Manet, Zola and Renoir, and is now in the Luxembourg; “<i>Un +Coin de table</i>” presented Verlaine, Rimbaud, Camille Peladan +and others; and “<i>Autour du Piano</i>” contained portraits of +Chabrier, D’Indy and other musicians. His paintings of flowers +are perfect examples of the art, and form perhaps the most +famous section of his work in England. In his later years he +devoted much attention to lithography, which had occupied +him as early as 1862, but his examples were then considered so +revolutionary, with their strong lights and black shadows, that +the printer refused to execute them. After “<i>L’Anniversaire</i>” +in honour of Berlioz in the Salon of 1876, he regularly exhibited +lithographs, some of which were excellent examples of delicate +portraiture, others being elusive and imaginative drawings +illustrative of the music of Wagner (whose cause he championed +in Paris as early as 1864), Berlioz, Brahms and other composers. +He illustrated Adolphe Jullien’s <i>Wagner</i> (1886) and <i>Berlioz</i> +(1888). There are excellent collections of his lithographic work +at Dresden, in the British Museum, and a practically complete +set given by his widow to the Louvre. Some were also exhibited +at South Kensington in 1898-1899, and at the Dutch gallery +in 1904.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A catalogue of the lithographs of Fantin-Latour was drawn up +by Germain Hédiard in <i>Les Maîtres de la lithographie</i> (1898-1899). +A volume of reproductions, in a limited edition, was published +(Paris, 1907) as <i>L’Œuvre lithographique de Fantin-Latour</i>. See A. +Jullien, <i>Fantin-Latour, sa vie et ses amitiés</i> (Paris, 1909).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FANUM FORTUNAE<a name="ar75" id="ar75"></a></span> (mod. <i>Fano</i>), an ancient town of Umbria, +Italy, at the point where the Via Flaminia reaches the N.E. +coast of Italy. Its name shows that it was of Roman origin, +but of its foundation we know nothing. It is first mentioned, +with Pisaurum and Ancona, as held by Julius Caesar in 49 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> +Augustus planted a colony there, and round it constructed a +wall (of which some remains exist), as is recorded in the inscription +on the triple arch erected in his honour at the entrance to +the town (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 9-10), which is still standing. Vitruvius tells +us that there was, during Augustus’s lifetime, a temple in his +honour and a temple of Jupiter, and describes a basilica of which +he himself was the architect. The arch of Augustus bears a +subsequent inscription in honour of Constantine, added after +his death by L. Turcius Secundus, <i>corrector Flaminiae et Piceni</i>, +who also constructed a colonnade above the arch. Several +Roman statues and heads, attributable to members of the Julio-Claudian +dynasty, were found in the convent of S. Filippo in +1899. These and other objects are now in the municipal museum +(E. Brizio in <i>Notizie degli scavi</i>, 1899, 249 seq.). Of the temple +of Fortune from which the town took its name no traces have +been discovered.</p> +<div class="author">(T. As.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAN VAULT<a name="ar76" id="ar76"></a></span>, in architecture, a method of vaulting used in the +Perpendicular style, of which the earliest example is found in +the cloisters of Gloucester cathedral, built towards the close of +the 14th century. The ribs are all of one curve and equidistant, +and their divergency, resembling that of an open fan, has +suggested the name. One of the finest examples, though of later +date (1640), is the vault over the staircase of Christ Church, +Oxford. For the origin of its development see Vault.</p> + + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FĀRĀBĪ<a name="ar76a" id="ar76a"></a></span> [Abū Naṣr Muḥammad ibn Tarkhān ul-Fārābī] (ca. +870-950), Arabian philosopher, was born of Turkish stock at +Fārāb in Turkestan, where also he spent his youth. Thence he +journeyed to Bagdad, where he learned Arabic and gave himself +to the study of mathematics, medicine and philosophy, especially +the works of Aristotle. Later he went to the court of the +Hamdānid Saif addaula, from whom he received a warm welcome +and a small pension. Here he lived a quiet if not an ascetic life. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page173" id="page173"></a>173</span> +He died in Damascus, whither he had gone with his patron. +His works are very clear in style, though aphoristic rather than +systematic in the treatment of subjects. Unfortunately the +success of Avicenna seems to have led to the neglect of much +of his work. In Europe his compendium of Aristotle’s <i>Rhetoric</i> +was published at Venice, 1484. Two of his smaller works appear +in <i>Alpharabii opera omnia</i> (Paris, 1638), and two are translated +in F.A. Schmölders’ <i>Documcnta philosophiae Arabum</i> (Bonn, +1836). More recently Fr. Dieterici has published at Leiden: +<i>Alfarabi’s philosophische Abhandlungen</i> (1890; German trans. +1892); <i>Alfarabi’s Abhandlung des Musterstaats</i> (1895; German +trans. with an essay “Über den Zusammenhang der arabischen +und griechischen Philosophie,” 1900); <i>Die Staatsleitung von +Alfarabi</i> in German, with an essay on “Das Wesen der arabischen +Philosophie” (1904).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For Fārābi’s life see McG. de Slane’s translation of Ibn Khallikān +(vol. 3, pp. 307 ff.); and for further information as to his works +M. Steinschneider’s article in the <i>Mémoires de l’Académie</i> (St Petersburg, +série 7, tom. 13, No. 4, 1869); and C. Brockelmann’s <i>Gesch. +der arab. Litteratur</i>, vol. i. (Weimar, 1898), pp. 210-213.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(G. W. T.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARADAY, MICHAEL<a name="ar77" id="ar77"></a></span> (1791-1867), English chemist and +physicist, was born at Newington, Surrey, on the 22nd of September +1791. His parents had migrated from Yorkshire to +London, where his father worked as a blacksmith. Faraday himself +became apprenticed to a bookbinder. The letters written +to his friend Benjamin Abbott at this time give a lucid account +of his aims in life, and of his methods of self-culture, when his +mind was beginning to turn to the experimental study of nature. +In 1812 Mr Dance, a customer of his master, took him to hear +four lectures by Sir Humphry Davy. Faraday took notes of +these lectures, and afterwards wrote them out in a fuller form. +Under the encouragement of Mr Dance, he wrote to Sir H. Davy, +enclosing these notes. “The reply was immediate, kind and +favourable.” He continued to work as a journeyman bookbinder +till the 1st of March 1813, when he was appointed assistant in +the laboratory of the Royal Institution of Great Britain on the +recommendation of Davy, whom he accompanied on a tour +through France, Italy and Switzerland from October 1813 to +April 1815. He was appointed director of the laboratory in +1825; and in 1833 he was appointed Fullerian professor of +chemistry in the institution for life, without the obligation to +deliver lectures. He thus remained in the institution for fifty-four +years. He died at Hampton Court on the 25th of August +1867.</p> + +<p>Faraday’s earliest chemical work was in the paths opened by +Davy, to whom he acted as assistant. He made a special study +of chlorine, and discovered two new chlorides of carbon. He +also made the first rough experiments on the diffusion of gases, +a phenomenon first pointed out by John Dalton, the physical +importance of which was more fully brought to light by Thomas +Graham and Joseph Loschmidt. He succeeded in liquefying +several gases; he investigated the alloys of steel, and produced +several new kinds of glass intended for optical purposes. A +specimen of one of these heavy glasses afterwards became +historically important as the substance in which Faraday +detected the rotation of the plane of polarization of light when the +glass was placed in the magnetic field, and also as the substance +which was first repelled by the poles of the magnet. He also +endeavoured with some success to make the general methods +of chemistry, as distinguished from its results, the subject of +special study and of popular exposition. See his work on +<i>Chemical Manipulation</i>.</p> + +<p>But Faraday’s chemical work, however important in itself, +was soon completely overshadowed by his electrical discoveries. +The first experiment which he has recorded was the construction +of a voltaic pile with seven halfpence, seven disks of sheet zinc, +and six pieces of paper moistened with salt water. With this +pile he decomposed sulphate of magnesia (first letter to Abbott, +July 12, 1812). Henceforward, whatever other subjects might +from time to time claim his attention, it was from among electrical +phenomena that he selected those problems to which he applied +the full force of his mind, and which he kept persistently in view, +even when year after year his attempts to solve them had been +baffled.</p> + +<p>His first notable discovery was the production of the continuous +rotation of magnets and of wires conducting the electric +current round each other. The consequences deducible from +the great discovery of H.C. Oersted (21st July 1820) were still +in 1821 apprehended in a somewhat confused manner even by +the foremost men of science. Dr W.H. Wollaston indeed had +formed the expectation that he could make the conducting wire +rotate on its own axis, and in April 1821 he came with Sir H. +Davy to the laboratory of the Royal Institution to make an +experiment. Faraday was not there at the time, but coming in +afterwards he heard the conversation on the expected rotation +of the wire.</p> + +<p>In July, August and September of that year Faraday, at the +request of R. Phillips, the editor of the <i>Annals of Philosophy</i>, +wrote for that journal an historical sketch of electromagnetism, +and he repeated almost all the experiments he described. This +led him in the beginning of September to discover the method +of producing the continuous rotation of the wire round the +magnet, and of the magnet round the wire. He did not succeed +in making the wire or the magnet revolve on its own axis. This +first success of Faraday in electro-magnetic research became the +occasion of the most painful, though unfounded, imputations +against his honour. Into these we shall not enter, referring the +reader to the <i>Life of Faraday</i>, by Dr Bence Jones.</p> + +<p>We may remark, however, that although the fact of the tangential +force between an electric current and a magnetic pole +was clearly stated by Oersted, and clearly apprehended by +A.M. Ampère, Wollaston and others, the realization of the +continuous rotation of the wire and the magnet round each other +was a scientific puzzle requiring no mean ingenuity for its original +solution. For on the one hand the electric current always forms +a closed circuit, and on the other the two poles of the magnet have +equal but opposite properties, and are inseparably connected, +so that whatever tendency there is for one pole to circulate +round the current in one direction is opposed by the equal +tendency of the other pole to go round the other way, and thus +the one pole can neither drag the other round and round the wire +nor yet leave it behind. The thing cannot be done unless we +adopt in some form Faraday’s ingenious solution, by causing +the current, in some part of its course, to divide into two channels, +one on each side of the magnet, in such a way that during the +revolution of the magnet the current is transferred from the +channel in front of the magnet to the channel behind it, so that +the middle of the magnet can pass across the current without +stopping it, just as Cyrus caused his army to pass dryshod over +the Gyndes by diverting the river into a channel cut for it in +his rear.</p> + +<p>We must now go on to the crowning discovery of the induction +of electric currents.</p> + +<p>In December 1824 he had attempted to obtain an electric +current by means of a magnet, and on three occasions he had +made elaborate but unsuccessful attempts to produce a current +in one wire by means of a current in another wire or by a magnet. +He still persevered, and on the 29th of August 1831 he obtained +the first evidence that an electric current can induce another +in a different circuit. On the 23rd of September he writes to +his friend R. Phillips: “I am busy just now again on electromagnetism, +and think I have got hold of a good thing, but can’t +say. It may be a weed instead of a fish that, after all my labour, +I may at last pull up.” This was his first successful experiment. +In nine more days of experimenting he had arrived at the results +described in his first series of “Experimental Researches” read +to the Royal Society on the 24th of November 1841. By the +intense application of his mind he had thus brought the new +idea, in less than three months from its first development, to a +state of perfect maturity.</p> + +<p>During his first period of discovery, besides the induction of +electric currents, Faraday established the identity of the electrification +produced in different ways; the law of the definite +electrolytic action of the current; and the fact, upon which he +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page174" id="page174"></a>174</span> +laid great stress, that every unit of positive electrification is +related in a definite manner to a unit of negative electrification, +so that it is impossible to produce what Faraday called “an +absolute charge of electricity” of one kind not related to an +equal charge of the opposite kind. He also discovered the +difference of the capacities of different substances for taking +part in electric induction. Henry Cavendish had before 1773 +discovered that glass, wax, rosin and shellac have higher specific +inductive capacities than air, and had actually determined the +numerical ratios of these capacities, but this was unknown both +to Faraday and to all other electricians of his time, since Cavendish’s +<i>Electrical Researches</i> remained unpublished till 1879.</p> + +<p>The first period of Faraday’s electrical discoveries lasted ten +years. In 1841 he found that he required rest, and it was not till +1845 that he entered on his second great period of research, in +which he discovered the effect of magnetism on polarized light, +and the phenomena of diamagnetism.</p> + +<p>Faraday had for a long time kept in view the possibility of +using a ray of polarized light as a means of investigating the +condition of transparent bodies when acted on by electric and +magnetic forces. Dr Bence Jones (<i>Life of Faraday</i>, vol. i. p. 362) +gives the following note from his laboratory book on the 10th of +September 1822:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“Polarized a ray of lamplight by reflection, and endeavoured to +ascertain whether any depolarizing action (was) exerted on it by +water placed between the poles of a voltaic battery in a glass cistern; +one Wollaston’s trough used; the fluids decomposed were pure +water, weak solution of sulphate of soda, and strong sulphuric acid; +none of them had any effect on the polarized light, either when +out of or in the voltaic circuit, so that no particular arrangement +of particles could be ascertained in this way.”</p> +</div> + +<p>Eleven years afterwards we find another entry in his notebook +on the 2nd of May 1833 (<i>Life</i>, by Dr Bence Jones, vol. ii. p. 29). +He then tried not only the effect of a steady current, but the +effect on making and breaking contact.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“I do not think, therefore, that decomposing solutions or substances +will be found to have (as a consequence of decomposition or +arrangement for the time) any effect on the polarized ray. Should +now try non-decomposing bodies, as solid nitre, nitrate of silver, +borax, glass, &c., whilst solid, to see if any internal state induced, +which by decomposition is destroyed, <i>i.e.</i> whether, when they cannot +decompose, any state of electrical tension is present. My borate +of glass good, and common electricity better than voltaic.”</p> +</div> + +<p>On the 6th of May he makes further experiments, and concludes: +“Hence I see no reason to expect that any kind of +structure or tension can be rendered evident, either in decomposing +or non-decomposing bodies, in insulating or conducting +states.”</p> + +<p>At last, in 1845, Faraday attacked the old problem, but this +time with complete success. Before we describe this result we +may mention that in 1862 he made the relation between magnetism +and light the subject of his very last experimental work. +He endeavoured, but in vain, to detect any change in the lines +of the spectrum of a flame when the flame was acted on by a +powerful magnet.</p> + +<p>This long series of researches is an instance of his persistence. +His energy is shown in the way in which he followed up his +discovery in the single instance in which he was successful. +The first evidence which he obtained of the rotation of the plane +of polarization of light under the action of magnetism was on +the 13th of September 1845, the transparent substance being +his own heavy glass. He began to work on the 30th of August +1845 on polarized light passing through electrolytes. After +three days he worked with common electricity, trying glass, +heavy optical glass, quartz, Iceland spar, all without effect, as on +former trials. On the 13th of September he worked with lines +of magnetic force. Air, flint, glass, rock-crystal, calcareous spar +were examined, but without effect.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“Heavy glass was experimented with. It gave no effects when +the <i>same magnetic poles</i> or the <i>contrary</i> poles were on opposite sides +(as respects the course of the polarized ray), nor when the same +poles were on the same side either with the constant or intermitting +current. But when contrary magnetic poles were on the same side +there was an effect produced on the polarized ray, and thus magnetic +force and light were proved to have relations to each other. This +fact will most likely prove exceedingly fertile, and of great value in +the investigation of the conditions of natural force.”</p> +</div> + +<p>He immediately goes on to examine other substances, but with +“no effect,” and he ends by saying, “Have got enough for +to-day.” On the 18th of September he “does an excellent day’s +work.” During September he had four days of work, and in +October six, and on the 6th of November he sent in to the Royal +Society the nineteenth series of his “Experimental Researches,” +in which the whole conditions of the phenomena are fully specified. +The negative rotation in ferro-magnetic media is the only +fact of importance which remained to be discovered afterwards +(by M.E. Verdet in 1856).</p> + +<p>But his work for the year was not yet over. On the 3rd of +November a new horseshoe magnet came home, and Faraday +immediately began to experiment on the action in the polarized +ray through gases, but with no effect. The following day he +repeated an experiment which had given no result on the 6th of +October. A bar of heavy glass was suspended by silk between +the poles of the new magnet. “When it was arranged, and had +come to rest, I found I <i>could</i> affect it by the magnetic forces +and give it position.” By the 6th of December he had sent +in to the Royal Society the twentieth, and on the 24th of +December the twenty-first, series of his “Researches,” in which +the properties of diamagnetic bodies are fully described. Thus +these two great discoveries were elaborated, like his earlier one, +in about three months.</p> + +<p>The discovery of the magnetic rotation of the plane of polarized +light, though it did not lead to such important practical applications +as some of Faraday’s earlier discoveries, has been of the +highest value to science, as furnishing complete dynamical +evidence that wherever magnetic force exists there is matter, +small portions of which are rotating about axes parallel to the +direction of that force.</p> + +<p>We have given a few examples of the concentration of his +efforts in seeking to identify the apparently different forces of +nature, of his far-sightedness in selecting subjects for investigation, +of his persistence in the pursuit of what he set before him, +of his energy in working out the results of his discoveries, and +of the accuracy and completeness with which he made his final +statement of the laws of the phenomenon.</p> + +<p>These characteristics of his scientific spirit lie on the surface +of his work, and are manifest to all who read his writings. But +there was another side of his character, to the cultivation of +which he paid at least as much attention, and which was reserved +for his friends, his family and his church. His letters and his +conversation were always full of whatever could awaken a +healthy interest, and free from anything that might rouse ill-feeling. +When, on rare occasions, he was forced out of the region +of science into that of controversy, he stated the facts and let +them make their own way. He was entirely free from pride +and undue self-assertion. During the growth of his powers he +always thankfully accepted a correction, and made use of every +expedient, however humble, which would make his work more +effective in every detail. When at length he found his memory +failing and his mental powers declining, he gave up, without +ostentation or complaint, whatever parts of his work he could +no longer carry on according to his own standard of efficiency. +When he was no longer able to apply his mind to science, he +remained content and happy in the exercise of those kindly +feelings and warm affections which he had cultivated no less +carefully than his scientific powers.</p> + +<p>The parents of Faraday belonged to the very small and isolated +Christian sect which is commonly called after Robert Sandeman. +Faraday himself attended the meetings from childhood; at the +age of thirty he made public profession of his faith, and during +two different periods he discharged the office of elder. His +opinion with respect to the relation between his science and his +religion is expressed in a lecture on mental education delivered +in 1854, and printed at the end of his <i>Researches in Chemistry +and Physics</i>.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“Before entering upon the subject, I must make one distinction +which, however it may appear to others, is to me of the utmost +importance. High as man is placed above the creatures around +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page175" id="page175"></a>175</span> +him, there is a higher and far more exalted position within his +view; and the ways are infinite in which he occupies his thoughts +about the fears, or hopes, or expectations of a future life. I believe +that the truth of that future cannot be brought to his knowledge +by any exertion of his mental powers, however exalted they may +be; that it is made known to him by other teaching than his own, +and is received through simple belief of the testimony given. Let +no one suppose for an instant that the self-education I am about to +commend, in respect of the things of this life, extends to any considerations +of the hope set before us, as if man by reasoning could +find out God. It would be improper here to enter upon this subject +further than to claim an absolute distinction between religious +and ordinary belief. I shall be reproached with the weakness of +refusing to apply those mental operations which I think good in +respect of high things to the very highest. I am content to bear +the reproach. Yet even in earthly matters I believe that ‘the invisible +things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly +seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His +eternal power and Godhead’; and I have never seen anything +incompatible between those things of man which can be known by +the spirit of man which is within him and those higher things concerning +his future, which he cannot know by that spirit.”</p> +</div> + +<p>Faraday gives the following note as to this lecture:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“These observations were delivered as a lecture before His Royal +Highness the Prince Consort and the members of the Royal Institution +on the 6th of May 1854. They are so immediately connected +in their nature and origin with my own experimental life, considered +either as cause or consequence, that I have thought the close of +this volume not an unfit place for their reproduction.”</p> +</div> + +<p>As Dr Bence Jones concludes—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“His standard of duty was supernatural. It was not founded on +any intuitive ideas of right and wrong, nor was it fashioned upon +any outward experiences of time and place, but it was formed +entirely on what he held to be the revelation of the will of God in +the written word, and throughout all his life his faith led him to +act up to the very letter of it.”</p> + +<p><i>Published Works.—Chemical Manipulation, being Instructions to +Students in Chemistry</i> (1 vol., John Murray, 1st ed. 1827, 2nd 1830, +3rd 1842); <i>Experimental Researches in Electricity</i>, vols. i. and ii., +Richard and John Edward Taylor, vols. i. and ii. (1844 and 1847); +vol. iii. (1844); vol. iii. Richard Taylor and William Francis (1855); +<i>Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics</i>, Taylor and +Francis (1859); <i>Lectures on the Chemical History of a Candle</i> (edited +by W. Crookes) (Griffin, Bohn & Co., 1861); <i>On the Various Forces +in Nature</i> (edited by W. Crookes) (Chatto & Windus, no date).</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Biographies.</span>—<i>Faraday as a Discoverer</i>, by John Tyndall (Longmans, +1st ed. 1868, 2nd ed. 1870); <i>The Life and Letters of Faraday</i>, +by Dr Bence Jones, secretary of the Royal Institution, in 2 vols. +(Longmans, 1870); <i>Michael Faraday</i>, by J.H. Gladstone, Ph.D., +F.R.S. (Macmillan, 1872); <i>Michael Faraday; his Life and Work</i>, +by S.P. Thompson (1898).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. C. M.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARAH,<a name="ar78" id="ar78"></a></span> a river of Afghanistan. It rises in the southern +slopes of Siah-Koh, which forms the southern wall of the valley +of Herat, and after a south-westerly course of about 200 m. falls +into the Seistan Hamun. At the town of Farah it has a width +of 150 yds. in the dry season with 2 ft. of water and a clear swift +stream. It is liable to floods, when it becomes impassable for +weeks. The lower valley of the Farah Rud is fertile and well +cultivated.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARAH,<a name="ar79" id="ar79"></a></span> a town of Afghanistan. It is situated on the river +that bears its name on the main road between Herat and +Kandahar, 160 m. S. of Herat and 225 m. W. of Kandahar. +It is a place of some strategical importance, as it commands the +approaches to India and Seistan from Herat. The town (2460 ft. +above sea-level) is a square walled enclosure standing in the +middle of the plain, surrounded with a walled rampart. Owing +to its unhealthiness it is now almost deserted, being only occupied +by the Afghan regiment quartered there. It is a place of great +antiquity, being probably the Phra mentioned by Isidore of +Charax in the 1st century <span class="scs">A.D.</span> It was sacked by the armies of +Jenghiz Khan, and the survivors transported to a position +farther north, where there are still great ruins. The population +returned to the original site after the destruction of the medieval +city by Shah Abbas, and the city prospered again until its bloody +siege by Nadir Shah. Subsequently under constant attacks it +declined, and in 1837 the population amounting to 6000 was +carried off to Kandahar. The sole industry of the town at +present is the manufacture of gunpowder. In the districts east +of Farah are to be found the most fanatical of the Durani Afghan +tribes.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARAZDAQ<a name="ar80" id="ar80"></a></span> [Hammām ibn Ghālib ibn Sa’sa’, known as +al-Farazdaq] (<i>ca.</i> 641-<i>ca.</i> 728), Arabian poet, was born at Basra. +He was of the Dārim, one of the most respected divisions of +the bani Tamīm, and his mother was of the tribe of Ḍabba. +His grandfather Sa’sa’ was a Bedouin of great repute, his father +Ghālib followed the same manner of life until Basra was founded, +and was famous for his generosity and hospitality. At the age +of fifteen Farazdaq was known as a poet, and though checked for +a short time by the advice of the caliph Ali to devote his attention +to the study of the Koran, he soon returned to making verse. +In the true Bedouin spirit he devoted his talent largely to satire +and attacked the bani Nahshal and the bani Fuqaim. When +Ziyād, a member of the latter tribe, became governor of Basra, +the poet was compelled to flee, first to Kufa, and then, as he +was still too near Ziyād, to Medina, where he was well received +by Sa‘īd ibn ul-Āsī. Here he remained about ten years, writing +satires on Bedouin tribes, but avoiding city politics. But he +lived a prodigal life, and his amorous verses led to his expulsion +by the caliph Merwan I. Just at that time he learned of the +death of Ziyād and returned to Basra, where he secured the +favour of Ziyād’s successor ‘Obaidallāh ibn Ziyād. Much of his +poetry was now devoted to his matrimonial affairs. He had +taken advantage of his position as guardian and married his +cousin Nawār against her will. She sought help in vain from +the court of Basra and from various tribes. All feared the poet’s +satires. At last she fled to Mecca and appealed to the pretender +‘Abdallah ibn Zobair, who, however, succeeded in inducing her +to consent to a confirmation of the marriage. Quarrels soon +arose again. Farazdaq took a second wife, and after her death +a third, to annoy Nawār. Finally he consented to a divorce +pronounced by Hasan al-Baṣrī. Another subject occasioned a +long series of verses, namely his feud with his rival Jarīr (<i>q.v.</i>) +and his tribe the bani Kulaib. These poems are published as +the <i>Naka’id of Jarīr and al-Farazdaq</i> (ed. A.A. Bevan, Leiden, +1906 ff.). In political life Farazdaq was prevented by fear from +taking a large part. He seems, however, to have been attached +to the house of Ali. During the reign of Moawiya I. he avoided +politics, but later gave his allegiance to ‘Abdallah ibn Zobair.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The fullest account of his life is contained in J. Hell’s <i>Das Leben +Farazdaq nach seinen Gedichten</i> (Leipzig, 1903); Arabian stories of +him in the <i>Kitab ul-Aghāni</i> and in Ibn Khallikān. A portion of his +poems was edited with French translation by R. Boucher (Paris, +1870); the remainder have been published by J. Hell (Munich, +1900).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(G. W. T.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARCE,<a name="ar81" id="ar81"></a></span> a form of the comic in dramatic art, the object of +which is to excite laughter by ridiculous situations and incidents +rather than by imitation with intent to ridicule, which is the +province of burlesque, or by the delineation of the play of +character upon character, which is that of comedy. The history +of the word is interesting. Its ultimate origin is the Latin <i>farcire</i>, +to stuff, and with the meaning of “stuffing” or forcemeat it +appears in old cookery books in English. In medieval Latin +<i>farsa</i> and <i>farsia</i> were applied to the expansion of the <i>Kyrie +eleison</i> in litanies, &c., by interpolating words and phrases between +those two words; later, to words, phrases and rhymed +verses, sometimes in the vernacular, also interpolated in various +parts of the service. The French <i>farce</i>, the form to which we +owe our word, was originally the “gag” that the actors in the +medieval drama inserted into their parts, generally to meet +the popular demand for a lightening of humour or buffoonery. +It has thus been used for the lighter form of comic drama (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Drama</a></span>), and also figuratively for a piece of idle buffoonery, +sham, or mockery.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAREHAM,<a name="ar82" id="ar82"></a></span> a market town in the Fareham parliamentary +division of Hampshire, England, 76 m. S.W. from London by the +London & South Western railway. Pop. of urban district (1901) +8246. It lies at the head of a creek opening into the north-western +corner of Portsmouth harbour. The principal industries +are the manufacture of sackings, ropes, bricks, coarse earthenware, +terra-cotta, tobacco-pipes and leather. Fareham has a +considerable trade in corn, timber and coal; the creek being +accessible to vessels of 300 tons. Three miles E. of Fareham, +on Portsmouth harbour, are the interesting ruins of Porchester +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page176" id="page176"></a>176</span> +Castle, an extensive walled enclosure retaining its Norman keep, +and exhibiting in its outer walls considerable evidence of Roman +workmanship; Professor Haverfield, however, denies that it +occupies the site of the Roman <i>Portus Magnus</i>. The church of +St Mary has some fine Norman portions. It belonged to an +Augustinian priory founded by Henry I. At Titchfield, 3 m. +W. of Fareham, are ruins of the beautiful Tudor mansion, Place +House, built on the site of a Premonstratensian abbey of the +13th century, of which there are also fragments.</p> + +<p>The fact that Fareham (Fernham, Ferham) formed part of +the original endowment of the see of Winchester fixes its existence +certainly as early as the 9th century. It is mentioned in the +Domesday Survey as subject to a reduced assessment on account +of its exposed position and liability to Danish attacks. There +is evidence to show that Fareham had become a borough before +1264, but no charter can be found. It was a mesne borough held +of the bishop of Winchester, but it is probable that during the +18th century the privileges of the burgesses were allowed to lapse, +as by 1835 it had ceased to be a borough. Fareham returned two +members to the parliament of 1306, but two years later it petitioned +against representation on the ground of expense. A fair +on the 31st of October and the two following days was held under +grant of Henry III. The day appears to have been afterwards +changed to the 29th of June, and in the 18th century was mainly +important for the sale of toys. It was abolished in 1871. Fareham +owed its importance in medieval times to its facilities for +commerce. It was a free port and had a considerable trade in +wool and wine. Later its shipping declined and in the 16th +century it was little more than a fishing village. Its commercial +prosperity in modern times is due to its nearness to Portsmouth.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAREL, GUILLAUME<a name="ar83" id="ar83"></a></span> (1489-1565), French reformer, was +born of a noble family near Gap in Dauphiné in 1489. His +parents meant him for the military profession, but his bent +being for study he was allowed to enter the university of Paris. +Here he came under the influence of Jacobus Faber (Stapulensis), +on whose recommendation he was appointed professor in the +college of Cardinal Lemoine. In 1521, on the invitation of +Bishop Briçonnet, he repaired to Meaux, and took part in +efforts of reform within the Roman communion. The persecuting +measures of 1523, from which Faber found a refuge at Meaux, +determined Farel to leave France. Oecolampadius welcomed +him to Basel, where in 1524 he put forth thirteen theses sharply +antagonizing Roman doctrine. These he defended with great +ability, but with so much heat that Erasmus joined in demanding +his expulsion from the city. He thought of going to Wittenberg, +but his first halt was at Strassburg, where Bucer and Capito +received him kindly. At the call of Duke Ulrich of Württemberg +he went as preacher to Montbéliard. Displaying the same +qualities which had driven him from Basel, he was forced to +leave Montbéliard in the spring of 1525.</p> + +<p>He retraced his steps to Strassburg and Basel; and, at the end +of 1526, obtained a preacher’s post at Aigle, then a dependency +of Bern. Deeming it wise to suppress his name, he adopted the +pseudonym Ursinus, with reference to his protection by Bern. +Despite strenuous opposition by the monastic orders, he obtained +in 1528 a licence from the authorities to preach anywhere within +the canton of Bern. He extended his labours to the cantons +of Neuchâtel and Vaud. His vehement missionary addresses +were met by mob violence, but he persevered with undaunted +zeal. In October 1530 he broke into the church of Neuchâtel +with an iconoclastic mob, thus planting the Reformation in that +city. In 1532 he visited the Waldenses. On the return journey +he halted at Geneva, then at a crisis of political and religious +strife. On the 30th of June 1532 the council of two hundred +had ordained that in every church and cloister of the city “the +pure Gospel” should be preached; against this order the bishop’s +vicar led the opposition. Reaching Geneva in October 1532, +Farel (described in a contemporary monastic chronicle as “un +chétif malheureux prédicant, nommé maistre Guillaume”) at +once began to preach in a room of his lodging, and soon attracted +“un grand nombre de gens qui estoient advertis de sa venue et +déjà infects de son hérésie.” Summoned before the bishop’s +vicar, his trial was a scene of insult and clamour, ending in his +being violently thrust from the court and bidden to leave the +city within three hours. He escaped with difficulty to Orbe by +boat. Through the intervention of the government of Bern, +liberty of worship was granted on the 28th of March 1533 to the +Reformation party in Geneva. Farel, returning, achieved in a +couple of years a complete supremacy for his followers. On +New Year’s Day 1534 the bishop interdicted all preaching unauthorized +by himself, and ordered the burning of all Protestant +Bibles. This was the signal for public disputations in which +Farel took the leading part on the Reformation side, with the +result that by decree of the 27th of August 1535 the mass was +suppressed and the reformed religion established. Calvin, on +his way to Basel for a life of study, touched at Geneva, and +by the importunity of Farel was there detained to become the +leader of the Genevan Reformation. The severity of the disciplinary +measures which followed procured a reaction under which +Farel and Calvin were banished the city in 1538. Farel was +called to Neuchâtel in July 1538, but his position there was +made untenable, though he remained at his post during a visitation +of the plague. When (1541) Calvin was recalled to Geneva, +Farel also returned; but in 1542 he went to Metz to support +the Reformation there. It is said that when he preached in the +Dominican church of Metz, the bells were rung to drown his +voice, but his voice outdid the bells, and on the next occasion +he had three thousand hearers. His work was checked by the +active hostility of the duke of Lorraine, and in 1544 he returned +to Neuchâtel. No one was more frequently and confidentially +consulted by Calvin. When the trial of Servetus was in progress +(1553), Calvin was anxious for Farel’s presence, but he did not +arrive till sentence had been passed. He accompanied Servetus +to the stake, vainly urging him to a recantation at the last +moment. A coolness with Calvin was created by Farel’s marriage, +at the age of sixty-nine, with a refugee widow from Rouen, of +unsuitable age. By her, six years later, he had one son, who +died in infancy. The vigour and fervency of his preaching were +unabated by length of years. Calvin’s death, in 1564, affected +him deeply. Yet in his last year he revisited Metz, preaching +amid great enthusiasm, with all his wonted fire. The effort was +too much for him; he left the church exhausted, took to his +bed, and died at Metz on the 13th of September 1565.</p> + +<p>Farel wrote much, but usually in haste, and for an immediate +purpose. He takes no rank as a scientific theologian, being a +man of activity rather than of speculation or of much insight. +His <i>Sommaire</i> was re-edited from the edition of 1534 by J.G. +Baum in 1867. Others of his works (all in French) were his +treatise on purgatory (1534), on the Lord’s Prayer (1543), on the +Supper (1555). He “was remarkable for boldness and energy +both in preaching and prayer” (M. Young, <i>Life of Paleario</i>). +As an orator, he was denunciatory rather than suasive; thus +while on the one hand he powerfully impressed, on the other +hand he stimulated opposition. A monument to him was +unveiled at Neuchâtel on the 4th of May 1876.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Lives of Farel are numerous; it may suffice to mention C. Ancillon, +<i>Vie de G. Farel</i> (1691); the article in Bayle.; M. Kirchhofer, <i>Das +Leben W. Farels</i> (1831-1833); Ch. Schmidt, <i>Études sur Farel</i> (1834); +F. Bevan, <i>W. Farel</i> (1893); J.J. Herzog, in Herzog-Hauck’s <i>Realencyklopädie</i> +(1898).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. Go.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAREY, JOHN<a name="ar84" id="ar84"></a></span> (1766-1826), English geologist, was born at +Woburn in Bedfordshire in 1766. He was educated at Halifax +in Yorkshire, and showed such aptitude in mathematics, drawing +and surveying, that he was brought under the notice of John +Smeaton (1724-1792). In 1792 he was appointed agent to the +duke of Bedford for his Woburn estates. After the decease of +the duke, Farey in 1802 removed to London, and settled there +as a consulting surveyor and geologist. That he was enabled +to take this step was due largely to his acquaintance with +William Smith (<i>q.v.</i>), who in 1801 had been employed by the +duke of Bedford in works of draining and irrigation. The duke, +appreciating Smith’s knowledge of the strata, commissioned +him in 1802 to explore the margin of the chalk-hills south of +Woburn in order to determine the true succession of the strata; +and he instructed Farey to accompany him. Farey has remarked +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page177" id="page177"></a>177</span> +that Smith was his “Master and Instructor in Mineral Surveying,” +and his subsequent publications show how well he had +profited by the teachings he received. Farey prepared the +<i>General View of the Agriculture and Minerals of Derbyshire</i> in +two vols. (1811-1813) for the Board of Agriculture. In the first +of these volumes (1811) he gave an able account of the upper +part of the British series of strata, and a masterly exposition of +the Carboniferous and other strata of Derbyshire. In this classic +work, and in a paper published in the <i>Phil. Mag.</i> vol. li. 1818, +p. 173, on “Mr Smith’s Geological Claims stated,” he zealously +called attention to the importance of the discoveries of William +Smith. Farey died in London on the 6th of January 1826.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Biographical Notice, by W.S. Mitchell, in <i>Geol. Mag.</i> 1873, +P. 25.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARGO, WILLIAM GEORGE<a name="ar85" id="ar85"></a></span> (1818-1881), pioneer American +expressman, was born in Pompey, New York, on the 20th of +May 1818. From the age of thirteen he had to support himself, +obtaining little schooling, and for several years he was a clerk +in grocery stores in Syracuse. He became a freight agent for +the Auburn & Syracuse railway company at Auburn in 1841, +an express messenger between Albany and Buffalo a year later, +and in 1843 a resident agent in Buffalo. In 1844 he organized, +with Henry Wells (1805-1878) and Daniel Dunning, the first +express company (Wells & Co.; after 1845 Livingston & Fargo) +to engage in the carrying business west of Buffalo. The lines +of this company (which first operated only to Detroit, via +Cleveland) were rapidly extended to Chicago, St Louis, and other +western points. In March 1850, when through a consolidation +of competing lines the American Express Company was organized, +Wells became president and Fargo secretary. In 1851, with +Wells and others, he organized the firm of Wells, Fargo & +Company to conduct an express business between New York and +San Francisco by way of the Isthmus of Panama and on the +Pacific coast, where it long had a virtual monopoly. In 1861 +Wells, Fargo & Co. bought and reorganized the Overland Mail +Co., which had been formed in 1857 to carry the United States +mails, and of which Fargo had been one of the original promoters. +From 1862 to 1866 he was mayor of Buffalo, and from 1868 to his +death, in Buffalo, on the 3rd of August 1881, he was president +of the American Express Company, with which in 1868 the Merchants +Union Express Co. was consolidated. He was a director +of the New York Central and of the Northern Pacific railways.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARGO,<a name="ar86" id="ar86"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Cass county, North +Dakota, U.S.A., about 254 m. W. of Duluth, Minnesota. Pop. +(1890) 5664; (1900) 9589, of whom 2564 were foreign-born; +(1910 census) 14,331. It is served by the Northern Pacific, +the Great Northern, and the Chicago, Milwaukee & St Paul +railways. The city is situated on the W. bank of the Red river +of the North, which in 1909 had a navigable depth of only +about 2 ft. from Fargo to Grank Forks, and the navigation of +which was obstructed at various places by fixed bridges. In +the city are Island and Oakgrove parks, the former of which +contains a statue (erected by Norwegians in 1908) of Henrik +Arnold Wergeland, the Norwegian poet. Fargo is the seat of the +North Dakota agricultural college (coeducational), founded in +1890 under the provisions of the Federal “Morrill Act” of +1862; it receives both Federal and state support (the former +under the Morrill Act of 1890), and in connexion with it +a United States Agricultural Experiment Station is maintained. +In 1907-1908 the college had 988 students in the +regular courses (including the students in the Academy), 117 +in the summer course in steam engineering, and 68 in correspondence +courses. At Fargo, also, are Fargo College (non-sectarian, +1887; founded by Congregationalists), which has a +college department, a preparatory department, and a conservatory +of music, and in 1908 had 310 students, of whom 211 +were in the conservatory of music; the Oak Grove Lutheran +ladies’ seminary (1906) and the Sacred Heart Academy (Roman +Catholic). The city is the see of both a Roman Catholic bishop +and a Protestant Episcopal bishop; and it is the centre of +masonic interests in the state, having a fine masonic temple. +There are a public library and a large Y.M.C.A. building. St +John’s hospital is controlled by Roman Catholic sisters, and +St Luke’s hospital by the Lutheran Church. Fargo is in a +rich agricultural (especially wheat) region, is a busy grain-trading +and jobbing centre, is one of the most important wholesale +distributing centres for agricultural implements and machinery +in the United States, and has a number of manufactures, notably +flour. The total value of the city’s factory products in 1905 +was $1,160,832. Fargo, named in honour of W.G. Fargo of +the Wells Fargo Express Company, was first settled as a tent +city in 1871, when the Red river was crossed by the Northern +Pacific, but was not permanently settled until after the extinction +in 1873 of the Indian title to the reservation on which it was +situated. It was chartered as a city in 1875. The Milwaukee +railway was completed to Fargo in 1884. In June 1893 a large +part of the city was destroyed by fire, the loss being more than +$3,000,000.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARIA Y SOUSA, MANUEL DE<a name="ar87" id="ar87"></a></span> (1590-1649), Spanish and +Portuguese historian and poet, was born of an ancient Portuguese +family, probably at Pombeiro, on the 18th of March 1590, +attended the university of Braga for some years, and when about +fourteen entered the service of the bishop of Oporto. With the +exception of about four years from 1631 to 1634, during which +he was a member of the Portuguese embassy in Rome, the greater +part of his later life was spent at Madrid, and there he died, after +much suffering, on the 3rd of June 1649. He was a laborious, +peaceful man; and a happy marriage with Catharina Machado, +the Albania of his poems, enabled him to lead a studious domestic +life, dividing his cares and affections between his children and +his books. His first important work, an <i>Epitome de las historias +Portuguezas</i> (Madrid, 1628), was favourably received; but some +passages in his enormous commentary upon <i>Os Lusiadas</i>, the +poem of Luis de Camoens, excited the suspicion of the inquisitors, +caused his temporary incarceration, and led to the permanent +loss of his official salary. In spite of the enthusiasm which is +said to have prescribed to him the daily task of twelve folio +pages, death overtook him before he had completed his greatest +enterprise, a history of the Portuguese in all parts of the world. +Several portions of the work appeared at Lisbon after his death, +under the editorship of Captain Faria y Sousa:—<i>Europa Portugueza</i> +(1667, 3 vols.); <i>Asia Portugueza</i> (1666-1675, 3 vols.); +<i>Africa Portugueza</i> (1681). As a poet Faria y Sousa was nearly +as prolific; but his poems are vitiated by the prevailing Gongorism +of his time. They were for the most part collected in the +<i>Noches claras</i> (Madrid, 1624-1626), and the <i>Fuente de Aganipe</i>, +of which four volumes were published at Madrid in 1644-1646. +He also wrote, from information supplied by P.A. Semmedo, +<i>Imperio de China i cultura evangelica en él</i> (Madrid, 1642); and +translated and completed the <i>Nobiliario</i> of the count of +Barcellos.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>There are English translations by J. Stevens of the <i>History of +Portugal</i> (London, 1698), and of <i>Portuguese Asia</i> (London, 1695).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARIBAULT,<a name="ar88" id="ar88"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Rice county, +Minnesota, U.S.A., on the Cannon river, at the mouth of the +Straight river, about 45 m. S. of St Paul. (Pop. 1890) 6520; +(1900) 7868, of whom 1586 were foreign-born; (1905) 8279; +(1910) 9001. Faribault is served by the Chicago Great Western, +the Chicago, Milwaukee & St Paul, and the Chicago, Rock Island +& Pacific railways. The city is attractively situated near a lake +region widely known for its summer resorts. Faribault is the +seat of the Minnesota institute for defectives, embracing the +state school for the deaf (1863), the state school for the blind +(1874), and the state school for the feeble-minded (1879); of +three institutions under control of the Protestant Episcopal +Church—the Seabury divinity school (incorporated 1860), +the Shattuck school (1867; incorporated in 1905), a military +school for boys, and St Mary’s hall (1866), a school for girls, +founded by Bishop Whipple; and of the Roman Catholic +(Dominican) Bethlehem Academy for girls. In the city are +the cathedral of our Merciful Saviour (1868-1869), the first +Protestant Episcopal church in the United States built and used +as a cathedral from its opening; and the hospital and nurses’ +training school of the Minnesota District of the Evangelical +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page178" id="page178"></a>178</span> +Synod. The city has a public library, and owns and operates +its own water-supply system. There is a good water power, +and among the city’s manufactures are flour, beer, shoes, +furniture, rattan-ware, warehouse trucks, canned goods, cane +syrup, waggons and carriages, gasolene engines, wind-mills, +pianos and woollen goods. Faribault, named in honour of Jean +Baptiste Faribault, a French fur-trader and pioneer who made +his headquarters in the region in the latter part of the 18th +century, was permanently settled about 1848, and was chartered +as a city in 1872. A French millwright, N. La Croix, introduced +here, about 1860, a new process of making flour, which revolutionized +the industry in the United States, but his mill was soon +destroyed by flood and he removed to Minneapolis, where the +process was first successful on a large scale. Faribault was for +many years the home of Bishop Henry Benjamin Whipple +(1822-1901), the pioneer bishop (1850-1901) of the Protestant +Episcopal Church in Minnesota, famous for his missionary work +among the Indians.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARIDKOT,<a name="ar89" id="ar89"></a></span> a native state of India in the Punjab. It ranks +as one of the Cis-Sutlej states, which came under British influence +in 1809. Its area is 642 sq. m., and its population in 1901 was +124,912. It is bounded on the W. and N.E. by the British district +of Ferozepore, and on the S. by Nabha state. During the Sikh +wars in 1845 the chief, Raja Pahar Singh, exerted himself in the +British cause, and was rewarded with an increase of territory. +In the Mutiny of 1857, too, his son and successor, Wazir Singh, +did good service by guarding the Sutlej ferries, and in attacking +a notorious rebel, whose stronghold he destroyed. The estimated +gross revenue is £28,300; there is no tribute. The +territory is traversed by the Rewari-Ferozepore railway, and also +crossed by the Fazilka line, which starts from Kotkapura, the +old capital. It is irrigated by a branch of the Sirhind canal. +The town of Faridkot has a railway station, 84 m. from +Lahore.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARIDPUR,<a name="ar90" id="ar90"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Furreedpore</span>, a town and district of British +India, in the Dacca division of eastern Bengal and Assam. +The town, which has a railway station, stands on an old channel +of the Ganges. Pop. (1901) 11,649. There are a Baptist mission +and a government high school. The district comprises an area +of 2281 sq. m. The general aspect is flat, tame and uninteresting, +although in the northern tract the land is comparatively high, +with a light sandy soil, covered with water during the rainy +season, but dry during the cold and hot weather. From the +town of Faridpur the ground slopes, until in the south, on the +confines of Backergunje, it becomes one immense swamp, never +entirely dry. During the height of the inundations the whole +district may be said to be under water. The villages are built +on artificially raised sites, or the high banks of the deltaic streams. +Along many of the larger rivers the line of hamlets is unbroken +for miles together, so that it is difficult to say where one ends +and another begins. The huts, however, except in markets and +bazaars, are seldom close together, but are scattered amidst small +garden plots, and groves of mango, date and betel-nut trees. +The plains between the villages are almost invariably more or +less depressed towards the centre, where usually a marsh, or +lake, or deep lagoon is found. These marshes, however, are +gradually filling up by the silt deposited from the rivers; in +the north of the district there now only remain two or three +large swamps, and in them the process may be seen going on. +The climate of Faridpur is damp, like that of the other districts +of eastern Bengal; the average annual rainfall is 66 in. and the +average mean temperature 76.9° F.</p> + +<p>The principal rivers of Faridpur are the Ganges, the Arial +Khan and the Haringhata. The Ganges, or Padma as it is +locally called, touches the extreme north-west corner of the +district, flows along its northern boundary as far as Goalanda, +where it receives the waters o£ the Jamuna or main stream of the +Brahmaputra, and whence the united stream turns southwards +and forms the eastern boundary of the district. The river is +navigable by large cargo boats throughout the year, and has an +average breadth during the rainy season of 1600 yds. Rice is +the great crop of the district. In 1901 the population was +1,937,646, showing an increase of 6% in the decade. The north +of the district is crossed by the line of the Eastern Bengal railway +to Goalanda, the port of the Brahmaputra steamers, and a +branch runs to Faridpur town. But most of the trade is conducted +by river.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARĪD UD-DĪN ‘ATTĀR,<a name="ar91" id="ar91"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Ferid Eddin-Athar</span> (1119-1229), +Persian poet and mystic, was born at Nishapur, 513 <span class="scs">A.H.</span> +(1119 <span class="scs">A.D.</span>), and was put to death 627 <span class="scs">A.H.</span> (1229 <span class="scs">A.D.</span>), thus having +reached the age of 110 years. The date of his death is, however, +variously given between the years 1193 and 1235, although +the majority of authorities support 1229; it is also probable +that he was born later than 1119, but before 1150. His real name +was Abu Ṭalib (or Abu Ḥamid) Mahommed ben Ibrahim, and +Farīd ud-dīn was simply an honourable title equivalent to Pearl +of Religion. He followed for a time his father’s profession of +druggist or perfumer, and hence the name ‘Attar (one who sold +‘itr, otto of roses; hence, simply, dealer in drugs), which he +afterwards employed as his poetical designation. According to +the account of Dawlatshah, his interest in the great mystery +of the higher life of man was awakened in the following way. +One day a wandering fakir gazed sadly into his shop, and, +when ordered to be gone, replied: “It is nothing for me to go; +but I grieve for thee, O druggist, for how wilt thou be able to +think of death, and leave all these goods of thine behind thee?” +The word was in season; and Mahommed ben Ibrahim the +druggist soon gave up his shop and began to study the mystic +theosophy of the Sufis under Sheik Rukneddin. So thoroughly +did he enter into the spirit of that religion that he was before +long recognized as one of its principal representatives. He +travelled extensively, visited Mecca, Egypt, Damascus and India, +and on his return was invested with the Sufi mantle by Sheik +Majd-ud-din of Bagdad. The greater portion of his life was spent +in the town of Shadyakh, but he is not unfrequently named +Nishapuri, after the city of his boyhood and youth. The story +of his death is a strange one. Captured by a soldier of Jenghiz +Khan, he was about to be sold for a thousand dirhems, when he +advised his captor to keep him, as doubtless a larger offer would +yet be made; but when the second bidder said he would give +a bag of horse fodder for the old man, he asserted that he was +worth no more, and had better be sold. The soldier, irritated +at the loss of the first offer, immediately slew him. A noble tomb +was erected over his grave, and the spot acquired a reputation +for sanctity. Farīd was a voluminous writer, and left no fewer +than 120,000 couplets of poetry, though in his later years he +carried his asceticism so far as to deny himself the pleasures of +poetical composition. His most famous work is the <i>Mantiḳ +uṭṭair</i>, or language of birds, an allegorical poem containing a +complete survey of the life and doctrine of the Sufis. It is extremely +popular among Mahommedans both of the Sunnite and +Shiite sects, and the manuscript copies are consequently very +numerous. The birds, according to the poet, were tired of a +republican constitution, and longed for a king. As the lapwing, +having guided Solomon through the desert, best knew what +a king should be, he was asked whom they should choose. The +Simorg in the Caucasus, was his reply. But the way to the +Caucasus was long and dangerous, and most of the birds excused +themselves from the enterprise. A few, however, set out; +but by the time they reached the great king’s court, their +number was reduced to thirty. The thirty birds (<i>sī morg</i>), wing-weary +and hunger-stricken, at length gained access to their +chosen monarch the Simorg; but only to find that they strangely +lost their identity in his presence—that they are he, and he is +they. In such strange fashion does the poet image forth the +search of the human soul after absorption into the divine.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The text of the <i>Mantiḳ uṭṭair</i> was published by Garcin de Tassy in +1857, a summary of its contents having already appeared as <i>La +Poésie philosophique et religieuse chez les Persans</i> in 1856; this was +succeeded by a complete translation in 1863. Among Farīd ud-dīn’s +other works may be mentioned his <i>Pandnāma</i> (Book of Counsel), of +which a translation by Silvestre de Sacy appeared in 1819; <i>Bulbul +Nama</i> (Book of the Nightingale); <i>Wasalet Nama</i> (Book of Conjunctions); +<i>Khusru va Gul</i> (The King and the Rose); and <i>Tadhkiratu +‘l Awliyā</i> (Memoirs of the Saints) (ed. R.A. Nicholson in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page179" id="page179"></a>179</span> +<i>l’ersian Historical Texts</i>). See Sir Gore Ouseley, <i>Biographical Notices +of Persian Poets</i> (1846), p. 236; Von Hammer Purgstall, <i>Geschichte +der schönen Redekünste Persiens</i> (Vienna, 1818), p. 140; the Oriental +Collections, ii. (London, 1798), pp. 84, 124, containing translations +of part of the <i>Pandnāma</i>; E.H. Palmer, <i>Oriental Mysticism</i> (1867); +E.G. Browne, <i>Literary History of Persia</i> (1906).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARINA, SALVATORE<a name="ar92" id="ar92"></a></span> (1846-  ), Italian novelist, was +born in Sardinia, and after studying law at Turin and Pavia +devoted himself to a literary life at Milan. Farina has often +been compared as a sentimental humorist with Dickens, and his +style of writing has given him a special place in modern Italian +fiction. His masterpiece is <i>Il Signor Io</i> (1880), a delightful +portrait of an egoist; <i>Don Chisciottino</i>, <i>Amore bendato</i>, <i>Capelli +biondi</i>, <i>Oro nascosto</i>, <i>Il Tesoro di Donnina</i>, <i>Amore a cent’ occhi</i>, +<i>Mio figlio</i>, <i>Il numero 13</i>, are some of his other volumes.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARINATO, PAOLO<a name="ar93" id="ar93"></a></span> (1522-1606), Italian painter and architect, +was a native of Verona. He is sometimes named Farinato +degli Uberti, as he came from the ancient Florentine stock to +which the Ghibelline leader Farinata degli Uberti, celebrated in +Dante’s <i>Commedia</i>, belonged. He flourished at the same time +that the art of Verona obtained its greatest lustre in the works +of Paolo Cagliari (Paul Veronese), succeeded by other members +of the Cagliari family, of whom most or all were outlived by +Farinato. He was instructed by Niccolò Giolfino, and probably +by Antonio Badile and Domenico del Riccio (Brusasorci). +Proceeding to Venice, he formed his style partly on Titian and +Giorgione, though he was never conspicuous as a colourist, and +in form he learned more from the works of Giulio Romano. His +nude figures show knowledge of the antique; he affected a +bronzed tone in the complexions, harmonizing with the general +gravity of his colour, which is more laudable in fresco than in +oil-painting. Vasari praised his thronged compositions and +merit of draughtsmanship. His works are to be found not only +in Venice and principally in Verona, but also in Mantua, Padua +and other towns belonging or adjacent to the Venetian territory. +He was a prosperous and light-hearted man, and continually +progressed in his art, passing from a comparatively dry manner +into a larger and bolder one, with much attraction of drapery +and of landscape. The “Miracle of the Loaves and Fishes,” +painted in the church of S. Giorgio in Verona, is accounted his +masterpiece; it was executed at the advanced age of seventy-nine, +and is of course replete with figures, comprising those of +the painter’s own family. A saloon was painted by him in +S. Maria in Organo, in the same city, with the subjects of +“Michael expelling Lucifer” and the “Massacre of the Innocents”; +in Piacenza is a “St Sixtus”; in Berlin a “Presentation +in the Temple”; and in the communal gallery of Verona one +of his prime works, the “Marriage of St Catherine.” Farinato +executed some sculptures, and various etchings of sacred and +mythologic subjects; his works of all kinds were much in +request, including the wax models which he wrought as studies +for his painted figures. He is said to have died at the same hour +as his wife. His son Orazio was also a painter of merit.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARINELLI<a name="ar94" id="ar94"></a></span> (1705-1782), whose real name was <span class="sc">Carlo +Broschi</span>, one of the most extraordinary singers that ever lived, +was born on the 24th of January 1705, at Naples. He was the +nephew of Cristiano Farinelli, the composer and violinist, whose +name he took. Having been prepared for the career of a soprano, +he soon acquired, under the instruction of N.A. Porpora, a +voice of marvellous beauty, and became famous throughout +southern Italy as <i>il ragazzo</i> (the boy). In 1722 he made his first +appearance at Rome in his master’s <i>Eumene</i>, creating the +greatest enthusiasm by surpassing a popular German trumpet-player, +for whom Porpora had written an obligato to one of the +boy’s songs, in holding and swelling a note of prodigious length, +purity and power, and in the variations, roulades and trills which +he introduced into the air. In 1724 he appeared at Vienna, and +at Venice in the following year, returning to Naples shortly +afterwards. He sang at Milan in 1726, and at Bologna in 1727, +where he first met and acknowledged himself vanquished by +the singer Antonio Bernacchi (b. 1700), to whose instruction he +was much indebted. With ever-increasing success and fame +Farinelli appeared in nearly all the great cities of Italy; and +returned a third time to Vienna in 1731. He now modified his +style, it is said on the advice of Charles VI., from mere <i>bravura</i> +of the Porpora school to one of pathos and simplicity. He +visited London in 1734, arriving in time to lend his powerful +support to the faction which in opposition to Handel had set +up a rival opera with Porpora as composer and Senesino as +principal singer. But not even his aid could make the undertaking +successful. His first appearance at the Lincoln’s Inn +Fields theatre was in <i>Artaserse</i>, much of the music of which was +by his brother, Riccardo Broschi. His success was instantaneous, +and the prince of Wales and the court loaded him with favours +and presents. Having spent three years in England, Farinelli +set out for Spain, staying a few months on the way in France, +where he sang before Louis XV. In Spain, where he had only +meant to stay a few months, he ended by passing nearly twenty-five +years. His voice, employed by the queen to cure Philip V. +of his melancholy madness, acquired for him an influence with +that prince which gave him eventually the power, if not the +name, of prime minister. This power he was wise and modest +enough to use discreetly. For ten years, night after night, he +had to sing to the king the same six songs, and never anything +else. Under Ferdinand VI. he held a similar position, and was +decorated (1750) with the cross of Calatrava. He utilized his +ascendancy over this king by persuading him to establish +an Italian opera. After the accession of Charles III. Farinelli +retired with the fortune he had amassed to Bologna, and spent +the remainder of his days there in melancholy splendour, dying +on the 15th of July 1782. His voice was of large compass, +possessing seven or eight notes more than those of ordinary +singers, and was sonorous, equal and clear; he also possessed a +great knowledge of music.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARINGDON,<a name="ar95" id="ar95"></a></span> properly <span class="sc">Great Faringdon</span>, a market town +in the Abingdon parliamentary division of Berkshire, England, +17 m. W.S.W. of Oxford by road. Pop. (1901) 2900. It lies on +the slope of a low range of hills which borders the valley of the +Thames on the south. It is the terminus of a branch of the Great +Western railway from Uffington. The church of All Saints is a +large cruciform building with low central tower. Its period is +mainly Transitional Norman and Early English, and though +considerably altered by restoration it contains some good details, +with many monuments and brasses. Faringdon House, close to +the church, was built by Henry James Pye (1745-1813), poet +laureate from 1790 to 1813, who also caused to be planted the +conspicuous group of fir-trees on the hill east of the town called +Faringdon Clump, or locally (like other similar groups) the +Folly. The trade of Faringdon is agricultural.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARINI, LUIGI CARLO<a name="ar96" id="ar96"></a></span> (1812-1866), Italian statesman and +historian, was born at Russi, near Ravenna, on the 22nd of +October 1812. After completing a brilliant university course +at Bologna, which he interrupted to take part in the revolution +of 1831 (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Carbonari</a></span>), he practised as a physician at Russi +and at Ravenna. He acquired a considerable reputation, but +in 1843 his political opinions brought him under the suspicion +of the police and caused his expulsion from the papal states. +He resided successively in Florence and Paris, and travelled +about Europe as private physician to Prince Jerome Bonaparte, +but when Pius IX. was elected to the Holy See and began his +reign with apparently Liberal and nationalist tendencies, Farini +returned to Italy and was appointed secretary-general to G. +Recchi, the minister of the interior (March 1848). But he held +office for little more than a month, since like all the other Italian +Liberals he disapproved of the pope’s change of front in refusing +to allow his troops to fight against Austria, and resigned with the +rest of the ministry on the 29th of April. Pius, wishing to +counteract the effect of this policy, sent Farini to Charles Albert, +king of Sardinia, to hand over the command of the papal contingent +to him. Elected member of parliament for Faenza, he +was again appointed secretary to the ministry of the interior in +the Mamiani cabinet, and later director-general of the public +health department. He resigned office on the proclamation of +the republic after the flight of the pope to Gaeta in 1849, resumed +it for a while when Pius returned to Rome with the protection +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page180" id="page180"></a>180</span> +of French arms, but when a reactionary and priestly policy was +instituted, he went into exile and took up his residence at Turin. +There he became convinced that it was only through the House +of Savoy that Italy could be liberated, and he expounded his +views in Cavour’s paper <i>Il Risorgimento</i>, in La Frusta and <i>Il +Piemonte</i>, of which latter he was at one time editor. He also +wrote his chief historical work, <i>Lo Stato Romano dal 1815 al 1850</i>, +in four volumes (Turin, 1850). In 1851 he was appointed minister +of public instruction in the D’Azeglio cabinet, an office which he +held till May 1852. As a member of the Sardinian parliament +and as a journalist Farini was one of the staunchest supporters +of Cavour (<i>q.v.</i>), and strongly favoured the proposal that Piedmont +should participate in the <span class="correction" title="amended from Cimean">Crimean</span> War, if indeed he was +not actually the first to suggest that policy (see G.B. Ercolani’s +letter in E. Parri’s memoir of Farini). In 1856 and 1857 he published +two letters to Mr Gladstone on Italian affairs, which created +a sensation, while he continued to propagate his views in the +Italian press. When on the outbreak of the war of 1859 +Francis V., duke of Modena, was expelled and a provisional +government set up, Farini was sent as Piedmontese commissioner +to that city; but although recalled after the peace of Villafranca +he was determined on the annexation of central Italy to Piedmont +and remained behind, becoming a Modenese citizen and +dictator of the state. He negotiated an alliance with Parma, +Romagna and Tuscany, when other provisional governments +had been established, and entrusted the task of organizing an +army for this central Italian league to General Fanti (<i>q.v.</i>). +Annexation to Piedmont having been voted by <i>plébiscite</i> and the +opposition of Napoleon III. having been overcome, Farini +returned to Turin, when the king conferred on him the order of +the Annunziata and Cavour appointed him minister of the +interior (June 1860), and subsequently viceroy of Naples; but +he soon resigned on the score of ill-health. Cavour died in 1861, +and the following year Farini succeeded Rattazzi as premier, +in which office he endeavoured to carry out Cavour’s policy. +Over-exertion, however, brought on softening of the brain, which +compelled him to resign office on the 24th of March 1863, and +ultimately resulted in his death on the 1st of August 1866. He +was buried at Turin, but in 1878 his remains were removed to +his native village of Russi.</p> + +<p>His son Domenico Farini had a distinguished political career +and was at one time president of the chamber.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—Several letters from Farini to Mr Gladstone and +Lord John Russell were reprinted in a <i>Mémoire sur les affaires d’Italie</i> +(1859), and a collection of his political Correspondence was published +under the title of <i>Lettres sur les affaires d’Italie</i> (Paris, 1860). +His historical work was translated into English in part by Mr Gladstone +and in part under his superintendence. See E. Parri, <i>Luigi +Carlo Farini</i> (Rome, 1878); L. Carpi in <i>Il Risorgimento Italiano</i>, +vol. iv. (Milan, 1888); and G. Finali’s article, “Il 27 Aprile 1859,” +in the <i>Nuova Antologia</i> for the 16th of May 1903.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(L. V.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARM,<a name="ar97" id="ar97"></a></span> in the most generally used sense, a portion of land +leased or held for the purpose of agriculture; hence “farming” +is equivalent to the pursuit of agriculture, and “farmer” to +an agriculturist. This meaning is comparatively modern. The +origin of the word has perhaps been complicated by an Anglo-Saxon +<i>feorm</i>, meaning provisions or food supply, and more +particularly a payment of provisions for the sustenance of the +king, the <i>cyninges feorm</i>. In Domesday this appears as a food +rent: <i>firma unius noctis</i> or <i>diei</i>. According to the <i>New English +Dictionary</i> there is no satisfactory Teutonic origin for the word. +It has, however, been sometimes connected with a word which +appears in the older forms of some Teutonic languages, meaning +“life.” The present form “farm” certainly comes, through +the French <i>ferme</i>, from the medieval Lat. <i>firma</i> (<i>firmus</i>, fixed), +a fixed or certain payment in money or kind. The Anglo-Saxon +<i>feorm</i> may be not an original Teutonic word but an early adaptation +of the Latin. The <i>feorm</i>, originally a tax, seems, as the king +“booked” his land, to have become a rent (see F.W. Maitland, +<i>Domesday Book and After</i>, 1897, p. 236 ff., and J.H. Round, +<i>Feudal England</i>, 1895, p. 109 ff.). The word <i>firma</i> is thus used +of the composition paid by the sheriff in respect of the dues +to be collected from the shire. From the use of the word for the +fixed sum paid as rent for a portion of land leased for cultivation, +“farm” was applied to the land itself, whether held on lease or +otherwise, and always with the meaning of agricultural land. +The aspect of the fixity of the sum paid leads to a secondary +meaning, that of a certain sum paid by a taxable person, community, +state, &c., in respect of the taxes or dues that will be +imposed, or to such a sum paid as a rent by a contractor for the +right of collecting such taxes. This method of indirect collection +of the revenue by contractors instead of directly by the officials +of the state is that known as “farming the taxes.” The system +is best known through the <i>publicani</i> of Rome, who formed +companies or syndicates to farm not only the indirect taxation +of the state, but also other sources of the state revenues, such +as mines, fisheries, &c. (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Publicani</a></span>).</p> + +<p>In monarchical Europe, which grew out of the ruins of the +Roman empire, the revenue was almost universally farmed, +but the system was gradually narrowed down until only indirect +taxes became the subject of farming. France from the 16th to +the 18th centuries is the most interesting modern example. +Owing to the hopeless condition of its revenues, the French +government was continually in a state of anticipating its resources, +and was thus entirely in the hands of financiers. In 1681 the +indirect taxes were farmed collectively to a single company of +forty capitalists (<i>ferme générale</i>), increased to sixty in 1755, and +reduced to the original number in 1780. These farmers-general +were appointed by the king for six years, and paid an annual fixed +sum every year in advance. The taxes which they collected +were the customs (<i>douanes</i> or <i>traites</i>), the <i>gabelle</i> or salt tax, +local taxes or octrois (<i>entrées</i>, &c.), and various smaller taxes. +They were under the management of a controller-general, who +had a central office in Paris. The office of farmer-general was +the object of keen competition, notwithstanding that the +successful candidates had to share a considerable part of the +profits of the post with ministers, courtiers, favourites, and +even the sovereign, in the shape of gifts (<i>croupes</i>) and pensions. +The rapacity of the farmers-general was proverbial, and the loss +to the revenue by the system was great, while very considerable +hardships were inflicted on the poorer contributors by the +unscrupulous methods of collection practised by the underlings +of the farmers. In addition, the unpopular nature of the taxes +caused deep discontent, and the detestation in which the farmers-general +were held culminated in the execution of thirty-two of +them during the French Revolution and the sweeping away +of the system.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Agriculture</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Dairy and Dairy-Farming</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Fruit and +Flower Farming</a></span>, &c.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARM BUILDINGS.<a name="ar98" id="ar98"></a></span> The best laying out of a farm, and the +construction of its buildings, are matters which, from the variety +of needs and circumstances, involve practical considerations +and expert knowledge, too detailed in their nature for more than +a brief reference in this work. It may be said generally that the +best aspect for farm buildings is S. or S.S.E., and with a view to +easy disposal of drainage they should be built on a slight slope. +The supply of water, whether it be provided from wells by engine +or windmill power, by hydraulic rams or other means, is a prime +consideration, and it should if possible be laid on at different +suitable points or at any rate the central source of supply should +be in the most accessible and convenient place as regards stables +and cow-sheds. The buildings should be constructed on or within +easy distance of the public road, in order to save the upkeep +of private roads, and should be as near as possible to the centre +of the farm. On mixed farms of ordinary size (200 to 500 +acres) the building may be advantageously planned in one +rectangular block, the stock-yards being placed in the centre +separated by the cow-sheds, and surrounded by the cart-sheds, +stables, stores and barn, cattle-boxes, piggeries and minor +buildings. On farms of larger size and on dairy farms special +needs must be taken into account, while in all cases the local +methods of farming must influence the grouping and arrangement +of the steading.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For a more detailed treatment of the subject reference may be +made to the following works;—S. Taylor, <i>Modern Homesteads,</i> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page181" id="page181"></a>181</span> +<i>a Treatise on the Designing of Farm Buildings</i> (London, 1905); A.D. +Clarke, <i>Modern Farm Buildings</i> (London, 1899); P. Roberts, <i>The +Farmstead</i>, in the “Rural Science Series” (New York, 1900), and +articles in the <i>Standard Cyclopaedia of Agriculture</i>, vol. 3, and in the +<i>Cyclopaedia of American Agriculture</i>, vol. 1.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARMER, RICHARD<a name="ar99" id="ar99"></a></span> (1735-1797), Shakespearian commentator, +the son of a rich maltster, was born at Leicester on +the 28th of August 1735. He was educated at the free grammar +school of his native town, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. +He graduated in 1757 a senior optime; three years later he +proceeded M.A. and became classical tutor, and in 1775 master +of his college, in succession to William Richardson, the biographer +of the English bishops. In the latter year also he was +appointed vice-chancellor, and three years afterwards chief +librarian of the university. In 1780 he was appointed to a +prebendal stall in Lichfield, and two years later to one at Canterbury; +but the second office he exchanged in 1788 for that of a +canon residentiary of St Paul’s. Cambridge, where he usually +resided, was indebted to him for improvements in lighting, +paving and watching; but perhaps London and the nation have +less reason to be grateful for his zealous advocacy of the custom +of erecting monuments to departed worthies in St Paul’s. In +1765 he issued a prospectus for a history of the town of Leicester; +but this work, based on materials collected by Thomas Staveley, +he never even began; it was carried out by the learned printer +John Nichols. In 1766 he published his famous <i>Essay on the +Learning of Shakespeare</i>, in which he proved that the poet’s +acquaintance with ancient and modern Continental literature +was exclusively derived from translations, of which he copied +even the blunders. “Shakespeare,” he said, “wanted not the +stilts of language to raise him above all other men.” “He came +out of nature’s hand, like Pallas out of Jove’s head, at full +growth and mature.” “One might,” he said—by way of ridiculing +the Shakespearian criticism of the day—“with equal wisdom, +study the Talmud for an exposition of <i>Tristram Shandy</i>.” The +essay fully justifies the author’s description of himself in the +preface to the second edition: “I may consider myself as the +pioneer of the commentators; I have removed a deal of learned +rubbish, and pointed out to them Shakespeare’s track in the +very pleasant paths of nature.” Farmer died at Cambridge +on the 8th of September 1797. He was, it appears, twice offered +a bishopric by Pitt, but declined the preferment. Farmer was +immensely popular in his own college, and loved, it was said, +above all other things, old port, old clothes and old books.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARMERS’ MOVEMENT,<a name="ar100" id="ar100"></a></span> in American political history, the +general name for a movement between 1867 and 1896 remarkable +for a radical socio-economic propaganda that came from what +was considered the most conservative class of American society. +In this movement there were three periods, popularly known as +Granger, Alliance and Populist.</p> + +<p>The <span class="sc">Grange</span>, or Order of the Patrons of Husbandry (the latter +the official name of the national organization, while the former +was the name of local chapters, including a supervisory National +Grange at Washington), was a secret order founded in 1867 to +advance the social needs and combat the economic backwardness +of farm life. It grew remarkably in 1873-1874, and in the latter +year attained a membership of perhaps 800,000. In the causes +of its growth—much broader than those that issued in the +financial crisis of 1873—a high tariff, railway freight-rates and +other grievances were mingled with agricultural troubles like +the fall of wheat prices and the increase of mortgages. The +condition of the farmer seemed desperate. The original objects +of the Grange were primarily educational, but these were soon +overborne by an anti-middleman, co-operative movement. +Grange agents bought everything from farm machinery to +women’s dresses; hundreds of grain elevators and cotton and +tobacco warehouses were bought, and even steamboat lines; +mutual insurance companies were formed and joint-stock stores. +Nor was co-operation limited to distributive processes; crop-reports +were circulated, co-operative dairies multiplied, flour-mills +were operated, and patents were purchased, that the Grange +might manufacture farm machinery. The outcome in some +states was ruin, and the name Grange became a reproach. +Nevertheless these efforts in co-operation were exceedingly +important both for the results obtained and for their wider +significance. Nor could politics be excluded, though officially +<span class="correction" title="amended from tatooed">tabooed</span>; for economics must be considered by social idealists, +and economics everywhere ran into politics. Thus it was with +the railway question. Railways had been extended into frontier +states; there were heavy crops in sparsely settled regions where +freight-rates were high, so that—given the existing distributive +system—there were “over production” and waste; there was +notorious stock manipulation and discrimination in rates; and +the farmers regarded “absentee ownership” of railways by +New York capitalists much as absentee ownership of land has +been regarded in Ireland. The Grange officially disclaimed +enmity to railways; but though the organization did not attack +them, the Grangers—through political “farmers’ clubs” and +the like—did. About 1867 began the efforts to establish +regulation of the railways, as common-carriers, by the states. +Such laws were known as “Granger laws,” and their general +principles, soon endorsed (1876) by the Supreme Court of the +United States, have become an important chapter in the laws +of the land. In a declaration of principles in 1874 Grangers +were declared to be “not enemies of railroads,” and their cause +to stand for “no communism, no agrarianism.” To conservatives, +however, co-operation seemed communism, and “Grange +laws” agrarianism; and thus in 1873-1874 the growth of the +movement aroused extraordinary interest and much uneasiness. +In 1874 the order was reorganized, membership being limited to +persons directly interested in the farmers’ cause (there had been +a millionaire manufacturers’ Grange on Broadway), and after +this there were constant quarrels in the order; moreover, in +1875 the National Grange largely lost control of the state Granges, +which discredited the organization by their disastrous co-operation +ventures. Thus by 1876 it had already ceased to be of +national political importance. About 1880 a renascence began, +particularly in the Middle States and New England; this +revival was marked by a recurrence to the original social and +educational objects. The national Grange and state Granges +(in all, or nearly all, of the states) were still active in 1909, +especially in the old cultural movement and in such economic +movements—notably the improvement of highways—as most +directly concern the farmers. The initiative and referendum, +and other proposals of reform politics in the direction of a +democratic advance, also enter in a measure into their +propaganda.</p> + +<p>The <span class="sc">Alliance</span> carried the movement farther into economics. +The “National Farmers’ Alliance and Industrial Union,” formed +in 1889, embraced several originally independent organizations +formed from 1873 onwards; it was largely confined to the South +and was secret. The “National Farmers’ Alliance,” formed in +1880, went back similarly to 1877, was much smaller, Northern +and non-secret. The “Colored Farmers’ National Alliance and +Co-operative Union” (formed 1888, merged in the above +“Southern” Alliance in 1890) was the second greatest organization. +With these three were associated many others, state and +national, including an annual, non-partisan, deliberative and +advisory Farmers’ National Congress. The Alliance movement +reached its greatest power about 1890, in which year twelve +national farmers’ organizations were represented in conventions +in St Louis, and the six leading ones alone probably had a +membership of 5,000,000.<a name="fa1f" id="fa1f" href="#ft1f"><span class="sp">1</span></a></p> + +<p>As with the Grange, so in the ends and declarations of the +whole later movement, concrete remedial legislation for agricultural +or economic ills was mingled with principles of vague +radical tendency and with lofty idealism.<a name="fa2f" id="fa2f" href="#ft2f"><span class="sp">2</span></a> Among the principles +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page182" id="page182"></a>182</span> +advocated about 1890, practically all the great organizations +demanded the abolition of national banks, the free coinage of +silver, a “sufficient” issue of government paper money, tariff +revision, and a secret ballot (the last was soon realized); only +less commonly demanded were an income tax, taxation of +evidence of debt, and government loans on lands. All of these +were principles of the two great Alliances (the Northern and the +Southern), as were also pure food legislation, abolition of landholding +by aliens, reclamation of unused or unearned land grants +(to railways, <i>e.g.</i>), and either rigid federal regulation of railways +and other means of communication or government ownership +thereof. The “Southern” Alliance put in the forefront a “sub-treasury” +scheme according to which cheap loans should be +made by government from local sub-treasuries on non-perishable +farm products (such as grain and cotton) stored in government +warehouses; while the “Northern” Alliance demanded restriction +of the liquor traffic and (for a short time) woman suffrage. +Still other issues were a modification of the patent laws (<i>e.g.</i> to +prevent the purchase of patents to stifle competition), postal +currency exchange, the eight-hour day, inequitable taxation, +the single-tax on land, “trusts,” educational qualification for +suffrage, direct popular election of federal judges, of senators, +and of the president, special-interest lobbying, &c.</p> + +<p>In 1889-1890 the political (non-partisan) movement developed +astonishing strength; it captured the Republican stronghold of +Kansas, brought the Democratic Party to vassalage in South +Carolina, revolutionized legislatures even in conservative states +like Massachusetts, and seemed likely completely to dominate +the South and West. All its work in the South was accomplished +within the old-party organizations, but in 1890 the demand +became strong for an independent third party, for which various +consolidations since 1887 had prepared the way, and by 1892 +a large part of the strength of the farmers’ organizations, with +that of various industrial and radical orders, was united in the +People’s Party (perhaps more generally known as the Populist +Party), which had its beginnings in Kansas in 1890, and received +national organization in 1892. This party emphasized free +silver, the income tax, eight-hour day, reclamation of land +grants, government ownership of railways, telephones and +telegraphs, popular election of federal senators, and the initiative +and referendum. In the presidential election of 1892 it cast +1,041,021 votes (in a total of 12,036,089), and elected 22 presidential +electors, the first chosen by any third party since 1856. +In 1896 the People’s Party “fused” with the Democratic Party +(<i>q.v.</i>) in the presidential campaign, and again in 1900; during +this period, indeed, the greatest part of the People’s Party was +reabsorbed into the two great parties from which its membership +had originally been drawn;—in some northern states apparently +largely into the Republican ranks, but mainly into the Democratic +Party, to which it gave a powerful radical impulse.</p> + +<p>The Farmers’ movement was much misunderstood, abused +and ridiculed. It accomplished a vast amount of good. The +movement—and especially the Grange, for on most important +points the later movements only followed where it had led—contributed +the initial impulse and prepared the way for the +establishment of travelling and local rural libraries, reading +courses, lyceums, farmers’ institutes (a steadily increasing influence) +and rural free mail delivery (inaugurated experimentally +in 1896 and adopted as part of the permanent postal system of +the country in 1902); for agricultural exhibits and an improved +agricultural press; for encouragement to and increased profit +from the work of agricultural colleges, the establishment (1885) +and great services of the United States Department of Agriculture,—in +short, for an extraordinary lessening of rural isolation +and betterment of the farmers’ opportunities; for the irrigation +of the semi-arid West, adopted as a national policy in 1902, the +pure-food laws of 1906, the interstate-commerce law of 1887, the +railway-rate laws of 1903 and 1906, even the great Bureau of +Commerce-and-Labor law of 1903, and the Anti-trust laws of +1903 and later. The Alliance and Populist movements were +bottomed on the idea of “ethical gains through legislation.” +In its local manifestations the whole movement was often +marked by eccentric ideas, narrow prejudices and weaknesses +in economic reasoning. It is not to be forgotten that owing +to the movement of the frontier the United States has always +been “at once a developed country and a primitive one. The +same political questions have been put to a society advanced +in some regions and undeveloped in others.... On specific +political questions each economic area has reflected its peculiar +interests” (Prof. F.J. Turner). That this idea must not, +however, be over-emphasized, is admirably enforced by observing +the great mass of farmer radicalism that has, since about 1896, +become an accepted Democratic and Republican principle over +the whole country. The Farmers’ movement was the beginning +of widespread, effective protest against “the menace of privilege” +in the United States.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>American periodicals, especially in 1890-1892, are particularly +informing on the growth of the movement; see F.M. Drew in +<i>Political Science Quarterly</i> (1891), vi. p. 282; C.W. Pierson in +<i>Popular Science Monthly</i> (1888), xxxii. pp. 199, 368; C.S. Walker +and F.J. Foster in <i>Annals of American Academy</i> (1894); iv. p. 790; +Senator W.A. Peffer in <i>Cosmopolitan</i> (1890), x. p. 694; and on +agricultural discontent, <i>Political Science Quarterly</i>, iv. (1889), p. 433, +by W.F. Mappin; v. (1890), p. 65, by J.P. Dunn; xi. (1896), pp. 433, +601, xii. (1897), p. 93, and xiv. (1899), p. 444, by C.F. Emerick; +Prof. E.W. Bemis in <i>Journal of Political Economy</i> (1893), i. p. 193; +A.H. Peters in <i>Quarterly Journal of Economics</i> (1890), iv. p. 18; +C.W. Davis in <i>Forum</i> (1890), ix. pp. 231, 291, 348.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1f" id="ft1f" href="#fa1f"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Membership usually included males or females above 16 years +of age.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2f" id="ft2f" href="#fa2f"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Thus, the “Southern” Alliance in 1890 (the chief platforms were +the one at Ocala, Florida, and that of 1889 at St Louis, in conjunction +with the Knights of Labor) declared its principles to be: +“(1) To labour for the education of the agricultural classes in the +science of economical government in a strictly non-partisan way, +and to bring about a more perfect union of such classes. (2) To +demand equal rights to all, and special privileges to none. (3) To +endorse the motto: ‘In things essential, unity; in all things, +charity.’ (4) To develop a better state, mentally, morally, socially +and financially.... (6) To suppress personal, local, sectional and +national prejudices.” For the Southern farmer a chief concrete evil +was the pre-crop mortgages by which cotton farmers remained in +debt to country merchants; in the North the farmer attacked a +wide range of “capitalistic” legislation that hurt him, he believed, +for the benefit of other classes—notably legislation sought by +railways.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNABY<a name="ar101" id="ar101"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">Farnabie</span>), <b>THOMAS</b> (<i>c.</i> 1575-1647), English +grammarian, was the son of a London carpenter; his grandfather, +it is said, had been mayor of Truro, his great-grandfather an +Italian musician. Between 1590 and 1595 he appears successively +as a student of Merton College, Oxford, a pupil in a Jesuit +college in Spain, and a follower of Drake and Hawkins. After +some military service in the Low Countries “he made shift,” +says Wood, “to be set on shore in the western part of England; +where, after some wandering to and fro under the name of Tho. +Bainrafe, the anagram of his sirname, he settled at Martock, +in Somersetshire, and taught the grammar school there for some +time with success. After he had gotten some feathers at Martock, +he took his flight to London,” and opened a school in Goldsmiths’ +Rents, Cripplegate. From this school, which had as many as +300 pupils, there issued, says Wood, “more churchmen and +statesmen than from any school taught by one man in England.” +In the course of his London career “he was made master of arts +of Cambridge, and soon after incorporated at Oxon.” Such was +his success that he was enabled to buy an estate at Otford near +Sevenoaks, Kent, to which he retired from London in 1636, still, +however, carrying on his profession of schoolmaster. In course +of time he added to his Otford estate and bought another near +Horsham in Sussex. In politics he was a royalist; and, suspected +of participation in the rising near Tunbridge, 1643, he was +imprisoned in Ely House, Holborn. He died at Sevenoaks on +the 12th of June 1647.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The details of his life were derived by Anthony à Wood from +Francis, Farnaby’s son by a second marriage (see Wood’s <i>Athenae +Oxonienses</i>, ed. Bliss, iii. 213). His works chiefly consisted of annotated +editions of Latin authors—Juvenal, Persius, Seneca, Martial, +Lucan, Virgil, Ovid and Terence, which enjoyed extraordinary +popularity. His <i>Systema grammaticum</i> was published in London +in 1641. On the 6th of April 1632, Farnaby was presented with a +royal patent granting him, for the space of twenty-one years, the +sole right of printing and publishing certain of his works.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNBOROUGH, THOMAS ERSKINE MAY,<a name="ar102" id="ar102"></a></span> <span class="sc">Baron</span> (1815-1886), +English Constitutional historian, was born in London +on the 8th of February 1815 and educated at Bedford grammar +school. In 1831 he was nominated by Manners Sutton, speaker +of the House of Commons, to the post of assistant librarian, so +that his long connexion with parliament began in his youth. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page183" id="page183"></a>183</span> +He studied for the bar, and was called at the Middle Temple in +1838. In 1844 he published the first edition of his <i>Treatise on +the Law, Privilege, Proceedings and Usage of Parliament</i>. This +work, which has passed through many editions, is not only an +invaluable mine of information for the historical student, but it is +known as the text-book of the law by which parliament governs +its proceedings. In 1846 Erskine May was appointed examiner +of petitions for private bills, and the following year taxing-master +of the House of Commons. He published his <i>Remarks +to Facilitate Public Business in Parliament</i> in 1849; a work +<i>On the Consolidation of Election Laws</i> in 1850; and his <i>Rules, +Orders and Forms of the House of Commons</i> was printed by +command of the House in 1854. In 1856 he was appointed clerk +assistant at the table of the House of Commons. He received +the companionship of the Bath in 1860 for his parliamentary +services, and became a knight commander in 1866. His important +work, <i>The Constitutional History of England since the +Accession of George III.</i> (1760-1860), was published in 1861-1863, +and it received frequent additions in subsequent editions. +In 1871 Sir Erskine May was appointed clerk of the House of +Commons. His <i>Democracy in Europe: a History</i> appeared in +1877, but it failed to take the same rank in critical esteem as his +<i>Constitutional History</i>. He retired from the post of clerk to the +House of Commons in April 1886, having for fifteen years +discharged the onerous duties of the office with as much knowledge +and energy as unfailing tact and courtesy. Shortly after +his retirement from office he was raised to the peerage under the +title of Baron Farnborough of Farnborough, in the county of +Southampton, but he only survived to enjoy the dignity for a +few days. He died in London on the 17th of May 1886, and as he +left no issue the title became extinct.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNBOROUGH,<a name="ar103" id="ar103"></a></span> an urban district in the Basingstoke +parliamentary division of Hampshire, England, 33 m. S.W. by W. +from London, on the London & South Western and the South +Eastern & Chatham railways. Pop. (1901) 11,500 (including +5070 military). The church of St Peter ranges from Early English +to Perpendicular in style. St Michael’s Catholic memorial +church, erected in 1887 by the ex-empress Eugénie, contains the +remains of Napoleon III. and the prince imperial. An adjoining +abbey is occupied by Benedictine fathers of the French congregation; +the convent is a ladies’ boarding-school. Aldershot North +Camp is within the parish.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNE ISLANDS<a name="ar104" id="ar104"></a></span> [also <span class="sc">Fearne</span>, <span class="sc">Fern</span>, or <span class="sc">The Staples</span>], a +group of rocky islands and reefs off the coast of Northumberland, +England, included in that county. In 1901 they had only eleven +inhabitants. They extend in a line of some 6 m. in a northeasterly +direction from the coast, on which the nearest villages +are Bamborough and North Sunderland. The Fairway, 1½ m. +across, separates the largest island, Farne, or House, from the +mainland. Farne is 16 acres in area, and has precipitous cliffs +up to 80 ft. in height on the east, but the shore is otherwise low. +The other principal islets are Staple, Brownsman, North and +South Wamses, Longstone and Big Harcar. On Farne is a small +ancient chapel, with a square tower near it built for purposes of +defence in the 15th century. The chapel is believed to occupy +the site of St Cuthbert’s hermitage, whither he retired from the +priory on the neighbouring Holy Island or Lindisfarne. He +was with difficulty persuaded to leave it on his elevation to the +bishopric of Lindisfarne, and returned to it to die (687). Longstone +rock, with its lighthouse, is famous as the scene of the +bravery of Grace Darling in rescuing some of the survivors of +the wreck of the “Forfarshire” (1838). The rocks abound in +sea-birds, including eider duck.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNESE,<a name="ar105" id="ar105"></a></span> the name of one of the most illustrious and powerful +Italian families, which besides including eminent prelates, +statesmen and warriors among its members, ruled the duchy +of Parma for two centuries. The early history of the family is +involved in obscurity, but they are first heard of as lords of +Farneto or Farnese, a castle near the lake of Bolsena, and they +played an important part as consuls and signori of Orvieto. +They seem to have always been Guelphs, and in the civil +broils of Orvieto they sided with the Monaldeschi faction against +the Ghibelline Filippeschi. One Pietro Farnese commanded +the papal armies under Paschal II. (1099-1118); another +Pietro led the Florentines to victory against the Pisans in 1363. +Ranuccio Farnese served Eugene IV. so well that the pope +endowed him with large fiefs, and is reported to have said, “The +Church is ours because Farnese has given it back to us.”</p> + +<p>The family derived further advantages at the time of Pope +Alexander VI., who was the lover of the beautiful Giulia Farnese, +known as Giulia Bella, and created her brother Alessandro +a cardinal (1493). The latter was elected pope as Paul III. in +1534, and it is from that moment that the great importance of +the family dates. An unblushing nepotist, he alienated immense +fiefs belonging to the Holy See in favour of his natural children. +Of these the most famous was Pierluigi Farnese (1503-1547), +who served in the papal army in various <span class="correction" title="amended from compaigns">campaigns</span>, but also +took part in the sack of Rome in 1527. On his father’s elevation +to the papacy he was made captain-general of the Church, and +received the duchy of Castro in the Maremma, besides Frascati, +Nepi, Montalto and other fiefs. A shameless rake and a man +of uncontrollable temper, his massacre of the people of Perugia +after a rebellion in 1540 and the unspeakable outrage he committed +on the bishop of Fano are typical of his character. In +1545 his father conferred on him the duchy of Parma and +Piacenza, which likewise belonged to the Holy See, and his rule +proved cruel and tyrannical. He deprived the nobles of their +privileges, and forced them to dwell in the towns, but to some +extent he improved the conditions of the lower classes. Pierluigi +being an uncompromising opponent of the emperor Charles V., +Don Ferrante Gonzaga, the imperial governor of Milan, was +ever on the watch for a pretext to deprive him of Piacenza, +which the emperor greatly coveted. When the duke proceeded +to build a castle in that town in order to overawe its inhabitants, +the nobles were furiously indignant, and a plot to murder him +was organized by the marquis Anguissola and others with the +support both of Gonzaga and of Andrea Doria (<i>q.v.</i>), Charles’s +admiral, who wished to be revenged on Pierluigi for the part he +had played in the Fiesco conspiracy (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Fiesco</a></span>). The deed +was done while the duke was superintending the building of the +above-mentioned citadel, and his corpse was flung into the street +(December 10th, 1547). Piacenza was thereupon occupied by the +imperialists.</p> + +<p>Pierluigi had several children, for all of whom Paul made +generous provision. One of them, Alessandro (1520-1589), was +created cardinal at the age of fourteen; he was a man of learning +and artistic tastes, and lived with great splendour surrounded +by scholars and artists, among whom were Annibal Caro, Paolo +Giovio, Mons. Della Casa, Bembo, Vasari, &c. It was he who +completed the magnificent Farnese palace in Rome. He displayed +diplomatic ability on various missions to foreign courts, +but failed to get elected to the papacy.</p> + +<p>Orazio, Pierluigi’s third son, was made duke of Castro when +his father became duke of Parma, and married Diane, a natural +daughter of Henry II. of France. Ottavio, the second son (1521-1586), +married Margaret, the natural daughter of Charles V. and +widow of Alessandro de’ Medici, at the age of fifteen, she being +a year older; at first she disliked her youthful bridegroom, but +when he returned wounded from the expedition to Algiers in +1541 her aversion was turned to affection (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Margaret of +Austria</a></span>). Ottavio had been made lord of Camerino in 1540, +but he gave up that fief when his father became duke of Parma. +When, on the murder of the latter in 1547, Piacenza was occupied +by the imperialists, Paul determined to make an effort to regain +the city; he set aside Ottavio’s claims to the succession of +Parma, where he appointed a papal legate, giving him back +Camerino in exchange, and then claimed Piacenza of the emperor, +not for the Farnesi, but for the Church. But Ottavio would not +be put off; he attempted to seize Parma by force, and having +failed, entered into negotiations with Gonzaga. This unnatural +rebellion on the part of one grandson, combined with the fact +that it was supported by the other grandson, Cardinal Alessandro, +hastened the pope’s death, which occurred on the 10th of +November 1549. During the interregnum that followed Ottavio +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page184" id="page184"></a>184</span> +again tried to induce the governor of Parma to give up the city +to him, but met with no better success; however, on the election +of Giovan Maria Ciocchi (Julius III.) the duchy was conferred +on him (1551). This did not end his quarrel with the emperor, +for Gonzaga refused to give up Piacenza and even threatened +to occupy Parma, so that Ottavio was driven into the arms of +France. Julius, who was anxious to be on good terms with +Charles on account of the council of Trent which was then sitting, +ordered Farnese to hand Parma over to the papal authorities +once more, and on his refusal hurled censures and admonitions +at his head, and deprived him of his Roman fiefs, while Charles +did the same with regard to those in Lombardy. A French army +came to protect Parma, war broke out, and Gonzaga at once laid +siege to the city. But the duke came to an arrangement with his +father-in-law, by which he regained Piacenza and his other fiefs. +The rest of his life was spent quietly at home, where the moderation +and wisdom of his rule won for him the affection of his people. +At his death in 1586 he was succeeded by his son Alessandro +Farnese (1545-1592), the famous general of Philip II. of Spain, +who spent the whole of his reign in the Flemish wars.</p> + +<p>The first years of the reign of his son and successor Ranuccio I. +(1569-1622), who had shown much spirit in a controversy with +Pope Sixtus V., were uneventful, but in 1611 a conspiracy was +formed against him by a group of discontented nobles supported +by the dukes of Modena and Mantua. The plot was discovered +and the conspirators were barbarously punished, many being +tortured and put to death, and their estates confiscated. +Ranuccio was a reserved and gloomy bigot; he instituted savage +persecutions against supposed witches and heretics, and lived +in perpetual terror of plots. His eldest son Alessandro being +deaf and dumb, the succession devolved on his second son +Odoardo (1612-1646), who fought on the French side in the war +against Spain. His failure to pay the interest of the money +borrowed in Rome, and the desire of Urban VIII. to obtain +Castro for his relatives the Barberini (<i>q.v.</i>), resulted in a war +between that pope and Odoardo. His son and successor Ranuccio +II. (1630-1694) also had a war with the Holy See about +Castro, which was eventually razed to the ground. His son +Francesco Maria (1678-1727) suffered from the wars between +Spain and Austria, the latter’s troops devastating his territory; +but although this obliged him to levy some burdensome taxes, +he was a good ruler and practised economy in his administration. +Having no children, the succession devolved at his death on +his brother Antonio (1679-1731), who was also childless. The +powers had agreed that at the death of the latter the duchy +should pass to Don Carlos of Bourbon, son of King Philip V. +of Spain by Elisabetta Farnese (1692-1766), granddaughter of +Ranuccio II. Antonio died in 1731, and with him the line of +Farnese came to an end.</p> + +<p>The Palazzo Farnese in Rome, one of the finest specimens of +Roman Renaissance architecture, was begun under Paul III., +while he was cardinal, by Antonio da San Gallo, and completed +by his nephew Cardinal Alessandro under the direction of +Michelangelo (1526). It was inherited by Don Carlos, afterwards +king of Naples and Spain, and most of the pictures were removed +to Naples. It now contains the French embassy to the Italian +court, as well as the French school of Rome.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—F. Odorici gives a detailed history of the family +in P. Litta’s <i>Famiglie celebri italiane</i>, vol. x. (Milan, 1868), to which +an elaborate bibliography is appended, including manuscript +sources; a more recent bibliography is S. Lottici and G. Sitti, +<i>Bibliografia generale per la storia parmense</i> (Parma, 1904); much +information will be found in A. von Reumont’s <i>Geschichte der Stadt +Rom</i>, vol. iii. (Berlin, 1868), and in F. Gregorovius’s <i>Geschichte der +Stadt Rom</i> (Stuttgart, 1872).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(L. V.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNESE, ALEXANDER<a name="ar106" id="ar106"></a></span> (1545-1592), duke of Parma, +general, statesman and diplomatist, governor-general of the +Netherlands under Philip II. of Spain, was born at Rome on the +27th of August 1545, and died at the abbey of St Waast, near +Arras, on the 3rd of December 1592. He was the son of Ottavio +Farnese, duke of Parma, and Margaret of Austria, natural +daughter of Charles V. He accompanied his mother to Brussels +when she was appointed governor of the Netherlands, and in +1565 his marriage with the princess Maria of Portugal was celebrated +in Brussels with great splendour. Alexander Farnese had +been brought up in Spain with his cousin, the ill-fated Don +Carlos, and his uncle Don John of Austria, both of whom were +about the same age as himself, and after his marriage he took +up his residence at once at the court of Madrid. He fought with +much personal distinction under the command of Don John in +1571 at the battle of Lepanto. It was seven years, however, +before he had again an opportunity for the display of his great +military talents. In the meantime the provinces of the Netherlands +had revolted against the arbitrary and oppressive Spanish +rule, and Don John of Austria, who had been sent as governor-general +to restore order, had found himself helpless in face of +the superior talent and personal influence of the prince of Orange, +who had succeeded in uniting all the provinces in common +resistance to the civil and religious tyranny of Philip. In the +autumn of 1577 Farnese was sent to join Don John at the head +of reinforcements, and it was mainly his prompt decision at a +critical moment that won the battle of Gemblours (1578). +Shortly afterwards Don John, whose health had broken down +through disappointment and ill-health, died, and Farnese was +appointed to take his place.</p> + +<p>It is scarcely possible to exaggerate the difficulties with which +he found himself confronted, but he proved himself more than +equal to the task. In military ability the prince of Parma was +inferior to none of his contemporaries, as a skilful diplomatist +he was the match even of his great antagonist William the Silent, +and, like most of the leading statesmen of his day, was unscrupulous +as to the means he employed so long as he achieved +his ends. Perceiving that there were divisions and jealousies +in the ranks of his opponents between Catholic and Protestant, +Fleming and Walloon, he set to work by persuasion, address and +bribery, to foment the growing discord, and bring back the +Walloon provinces to the allegiance of the king. He was successful, +and by the treaty of Arras, January 1579, he was able to +secure the support of the “Malcontents,” as the Catholic nobles +of the south were styled, to the royal cause. The reply to the +treaty of Arras was the Union of Utrecht, concluded a few weeks +later between the seven northern provinces, who abjured the +sovereignty of King Philip and bound themselves to use all their +resources to maintain their independence of Spanish rule.</p> + +<p>Farnese, as soon as he had obtained a secure basis of operations +in Hainaut and Artois, set himself in earnest to the task of reconquering +Brabant and Flanders by force of arms. Town +after town fell into his power. Tournai, Maastricht, Breda, +Bruges and Ghent opened their gates, and finally he laid siege +to the great seaport of Antwerp. The town was open to the +sea, was strongly fortified, and was defended with resolute +determination and courage by the citizens. They were led by +the famous Philip de Marnix, lord of St Aldegonde, and had the +assistance of an ingenious Italian engineer, by name Gianibelli. +The siege began in 1584 and called forth all the resources of +Farnese’s military genius. He cut off all access to Antwerp +from the sea by constructing a bridge of boats across the Scheldt +from Calloo to Oordam, in spite of the desperate efforts of the +besieged to prevent its completion. At last, on the 15th of +August 1585, Antwerp was compelled by famine to capitulate. +Favourable conditions were granted, but all Protestants were +required to leave the town within two years. With the fall of +Antwerp, for Malines and Brussels were already in the hands +of Farnese, the whole of the southern Netherlands was brought +once more to recognize the authority of Philip. But Holland +and Zeeland, whose geographical position made them unassailable +except by water, were by the courage and skill of their hardy +seafaring population, with the help of English auxiliaries sent by +Queen Elizabeth, able to defy his further advance.</p> + +<p>In 1586 Alexander Farnese became duke of Parma by the +death of his father. He applied for leave to visit his paternal +territory, but Philip would not permit him. He could not replace +him in the Netherlands; but while retaining him in his command +at the head of a formidable army, the king would not give his +sanction to his great general’s desire to use it for the reconquest +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page185" id="page185"></a>185</span> +of the Northern Provinces. Never was there a better opportunity +than the end of 1586 for an invading army to march through +the country almost without opposition. The misgovernment +and lack of high statesmanship of the earl of Leicester had +caused faction to be rampant in the United Provinces; and on +his return to England he left the country without organized +forces or experienced generals to oppose an advance of a veteran +army under the greatest commander of his time. But Philip’s +whole thoughts and energies were already directed to the preparation +of an Invincible Armada for the conquest of England, +and Parma was ordered to collect an enormous flotilla of transports +and to keep his army concentrated and trained for the +projected invasion of the island realm of Queen Elizabeth. +Thus the critical period passed by unused, and when the tempests +had finally dispersed the defeated remnants of the Great Armada +the Dutch had found a general, in the youthful Maurice of +Nassau, worthy to be the rival in military genius even of Alexander +of Parma. Moreover, the accession to the throne of France of +Henry of Navarre had altogether altered the situation of +affairs, and relieved the pressure upon the Dutch by creating a +diversion, and placing Parma and his army between hostile +forces. The ruinous expenditure upon the Great Armada had +also depleted the Spanish treasury and Philip found himself +virtually bankrupt. In 1590 the condition of the Spanish +troops had become intolerable. Farnese could get no regular +supplies of money from the king for the payment of the soldiery, +and he had to pledge his own jewels to meet the demand. A +mutiny broke out, but was suppressed. In the midst of these +difficulties Parma received orders to abandon the task on which +he had spent himself for so many years, and to raise the siege +of Paris, which was blockaded by Henry IV. He left the Netherlands +on the 3rd of August 1590 at the head of 15,000 troops. +By brilliant generalship he outwitted Henry and succeeded +in relieving Paris; but owing to lack of money and supplies he +was compelled immediately to retreat to the Netherlands, +abandoning on the march many stragglers and wounded, who +were killed by the peasantry, and leaving all the positions he had +taken to be recaptured by Henry.</p> + +<p>Again in 1591, in the very midst of a campaign against Maurice +of Nassau, sorely against his will, the duke of Parma was obliged +to give up the engrossing struggle and march to relieve Rouen. +He was again successful in his object, but was wounded in the +arm before Caudebec, and was finally compelled to withdraw +his army with considerable losses through the privations the +troops had to undergo. He himself was shattered in health by +so many years of continuous campaigning and exposure, and +by the cares and disappointments which had befallen him. +He died at Arras on the 3rd of December 1592, in the forty-seventh +year of his age. The feeling that his immense services +had not won for him either the gratitude or confidence of his +sovereign hastened his end. He was honoured by a splendid +funeral at Brussels, but his body was interred at his own capital +city of Parma. He left two sons, Ranuce, who succeeded him, +and Edward, who was created a cardinal in 1591 by Pope +Gregory XIV. His daughter Margaret married Vincent, duke +of Mantua.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See L.P. Gachard, <i>Correspondance d’Alexandre Farnese, Prince de +Parme, gouverneur général des Pays-Bas, avec Philippe II, 1578-1579</i> +(Brussels, 1850); Fra Pietro, <i>Alessandro Farnese, duca di +Parma</i> (Rome, 1836).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNESE, ELIZABETH<a name="ar107" id="ar107"></a></span> (1692-1766), queen of Spain, born +on the 25th of October 1692, was the only daughter of Odoardo +II., prince of Parma. Her mother educated her in strict seclusion, +but seclusion altogether failed to tame her imperious and ambitious +temper. At the age of twenty-one (1714) she was married +by proxy at Parma to Philip V. of Spain. The marriage was +arranged by Cardinal Alberoni (<i>q.v.</i>), with the concurrence of +the Princess des Ursins, the <i>Camerara Mayor</i>. On arriving at +the borders of Spain, Elizabeth was met by the Princess des +Ursins, but received her sternly, and, perhaps in accordance +with a plan previously concerted with the king, at once ordered +her to be removed from her presence and from Spain. Over the +weak king Elizabeth quickly obtained complete influence. This +influence was exerted altogether in support of the policy of +Alberoni, one chief aim of which was to recover the ancient +Italian possessions of Spain, and which actually resulted in the +seizure of Sardinia and Sicily. So vigorously did she enter into +this policy that, when the French forces advanced to the Pyrenees, +she placed herself at the head of one division of the Spanish army. +But Elizabeth’s ambition was grievously disappointed. The +Triple Alliance thwarted her plans, and at length in 1720 the +allies made the banishment of Alberoni a condition of peace. +Sicily also had to be evacuated. And finally, all her entreaties +failed to prevent the abdication of Philip, who in 1724 gave up +the throne to his heir, and retired to the palace of La Granja. +Seven months later, however, the death of the young king recalled +him to the throne. During his later years, when he was nearly +imbecile, she directed the whole policy of Spain so as to secure +thrones in Italy for her sons. In 1736 she had the satisfaction +of seeing her favourite scheme realized in the accession of her +son Don Carlos (afterwards Charles III. of Spain) to the throne +of the Two Sicilies and his recognition by the powers in the treaty +of Vienna. Her second son, Philip, became duke of Parma. +Elizabeth survived her husband twenty years, dying in 1766.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire d’Espagne sous le règne de +Philippe V</i>, by the Marquis de St Philippe, translated by Maudave +(Paris, 1756); <i>Memoirs of Elizabeth Farnese</i> (London, 1746); and +E. Armstrong, <i>Elizabeth Farnese, the Termagant of Spain</i> (1892).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNHAM,<a name="ar108" id="ar108"></a></span> a market town in the Guildford parliamentary +division of Surrey, England, 37½ m. S.W. by W. from London +by the London & South Western railway. Pop. of urban +district (1901) 6124. It lies on the left bank of the river Wey, +on the southern slope of a hill rising about 700 ft. above the +sea-level. The church of St Andrew is a spacious transitional +Norman and Early English building, with later additions, and +was formerly a chapel of ease to Waverley Abbey, of which a +crypt and fragmentary remains, of Early English date, stand in +the park attached to a modern residence of the same name. +This was the earliest Cistercian house in England, founded in +1128 by William Gifford, bishop of Winchester. The <i>Annales +Waverlienses</i>, published by Gale in his <i>Scriptores</i> and afterwards +in the Record series of <i>Chronicles</i>, are believed to have suggested +to Sir Walter Scott the name of his first novel. Farnham Castle, +on a hill north of the town, the seat of the bishops of Winchester, +was first built by Henry de Blois, bishop of Winchester, and +brother of King Stephen; but it was razed by Henry III. It +was rebuilt and garrisoned for Charles I. by Denham, from +whom it was taken in 1642 by Sir W. Waller; and having been +dismantled, it was restored by George Morley, bishop of Winchester +(1662-1684). Farnham has a town hall and exchange +in Italian style (1866), a grammar school of early foundation, +and a school of science and art. It was formerly noted for its +cloth manufacture. Hops of fine quality are grown in the +vicinity. William Cobbett was born in the parish (1766), and is +buried in the churchyard of St Andrew’s. The neighbouring +mansion of Moor Park was the residence of Sir William Temple +(d. 1699), and Swift worked here as his secretary. Hester +Johnson, Swift’s “Stella,” was the daughter of Temple’s steward, +whose cottage still stands. The town has grown in favour as +a residential centre from the proximity of Aldershot Camp +(3 m. N.E.).</p> + +<p>Though there is evidence of an early settlement in the neighbourhood, +the town of Farnham (Ferneham) seems to have grown +up round the castle of the bishops of Winchester, who possessed +the manor at the Domesday Survey. Its position at the junction +of the Pilgrim’s Way and the road from Southampton to London +was important. In 1205 Farnham had bailiffs, and in 1207 it +was definitely a mesne borough under the bishops of Winchester. +In 1247 the bishop granted the first charter, giving, among other +privileges, a fair on All Saints’ Day. The burgesses surrendered +the proceeds of the borough court and other rights in 1365 in +return for respite of the fee farm rent; these were recovered +in 1405 and rent again paid. Bishop Waynflete is said to have +confirmed the original charter in 1452, and in 1566 Bishop Horne +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page186" id="page186"></a>186</span> +granted a new charter by which the burgesses elected 2 bailiffs +and 12 burgesses annually and did service at their own courts +every three weeks, the court leet being held twice a year. In +resisting an attack made by the bishop in 1660 on their right of +toll, the burgesses could only claim Farnham as a borough by +prescription as their charters had been mislaid, but the charters +were subsequently found, and after some litigation their rights +were established. In the 18th century the corporation, a close +body, declined, its duties being performed by the vestry, and in +1789 the one survivor resigned and handed over the town papers +to the bishop. Farnham sent representatives to parliament in +1311 and 1460, on both occasions being practically the bishop’s +pocket borough. In accordance with the grant of 1247 a fair +was held on All Saints’ day and also on Holy Thursday; the +former was afterwards held on All Souls’ Day. Farnham was +early a market of importance, and in 1216 a royal grant changed +the market day from Sunday to Thursday in each week. It was +famous in the early 17th century for wheat and oats; hop-growing +began in 1597.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARNWORTH,<a name="ar109" id="ar109"></a></span> an urban district in the Radcliffe-cum-Farnworth +parliamentary division of Lancashire, England, on +the Irwell, 3 m. S.E. of Bolton by the Lancashire & Yorkshire +railway. Pop. (1901) 25,925. Cotton mills, iron foundries, +brick and tile works, and collieries employ the large industrial +population.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARO,<a name="ar110" id="ar110"></a></span> the capital of a district bearing the same name, in +southern Portugal; at the terminus of the Lisbon-Faro railway, +and on the Atlantic Ocean. Pop. (1900) 11,789. Faro is an +episcopal see, with a Renaissance cathedral of great size, an +ecclesiastical seminary, and a ruined castle surrounded by +Moorish fortifications. Its broad but shallow harbour is protected +on the south by the long island of Cães, and a number of +sandy islets, which, being constantly enlarged by silt from the +small river Fermoso, render the entrance of large vessels impossible. +Fishing is an important industry, and fish, with wine, +fruit, cork, baskets and sumach, are the principal articles of +export. Little has been done to develop the mineral resources +of the district, which include tin, lead, antimony and auriferous +quartz. Faro was taken from the Moors by Alphonso III. of +Portugal (1248-1279). It was sacked by the English in 1596, +and nearly destroyed by an earthquake in 1755.</p> + +<p>The administrative district of Faro coincides with the ancient +kingdom and province of Algarve (<i>q.v.</i>); pop. (1900) 255,191; +area, 1937 sq. m.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARO<a name="ar111" id="ar111"></a></span> (from <i>Pharaoh</i>, a picture of the Egyptian king appearing +on a card of the old French pack), a game of cards, played with +a full pack. Originally the pack was held in the dealer’s left +hand, but nowadays very elaborate and expensive implements +are used. The dealer places the pack, after shuffling and cutting, +in a dealing-box face upwards, and the cards are taken from the +top of the box in couples through a slit in the side. The exposed +card on top is called <i>soda</i>, and the last card left in the box is +<i>in hoc</i>. The implements include counters of various colours +and values, a dealing-box, a case or frame manipulated by a +“case-keeper,” upon which the cards already played are arranged +in sight, a shuffling-board, and score-sheets for the players. +Upon the table is the “lay-out,” a complete suit of spades, +enamelled on green cloth, upon or near which to place the stakes. +The dealer takes two cards from the box, placing the first one +near it and the second close beside it. Each deal of two cards +is called a <i>turn</i>, and there are twenty-five such, <i>soda</i> and <i>hoc</i> +not counting. The players stake upon any card they please, or +in such manner as to take in several cards, reducing the amount, +but increasing the chances, of winning, as at roulette. The +dealer, having waved the hand, after which no more bets may +be made, deals the turn, and then proceeds to gather in the +stakes won by him, and to pay those he has lost. The chances +as between dealer and punters, or players, are equal, except +that the banker wins half the money staked on the cards of a +turn should they chance to be alike. Faro is played considerably +in parts of the United States, whither it is said to have been +taken from France, where it had a great vogue during the reign +of Louis XIV. Owing to the dishonest methods of many +gambling “clubs” the game is in disrepute.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARQUHAR, GEORGE<a name="ar112" id="ar112"></a></span> (1677-1707), British dramatist, son of +William Farquhar, a clergyman, was born in Londonderry, +Ireland, in 1677. When he was seventeen he was entered as +a sizar at Trinity College, Dublin, under the patronage of Dr +Wiseman, bishop of Dromore. He did not long continue his +studies, being, according to one account, expelled for a profane +joke. Thomas Wilkes, however, states that the abrupt termination +of his studies was due to the death of his patron. He became +an actor on the Dublin stage, but in a fencing scene in Dryden’s +<i>Indian Emperor</i> he forgot to exchange his sword for a foil, with +results which narrowly escaped being fatal to a fellow-actor. +After this accident he never appeared on the boards. He had +met Robert Wilks, the famous comedian, in Dublin. Though +he did not, as generally stated, go to London with Wilks, it was +at his suggestion that he wrote his first play, <i>Love and a Bottle</i>, +which was performed at Drury Lane, perhaps through Wilks’s +interest, in 1698. He received from the earl of Orrery a lieutenancy +in his regiment, then in Ireland, but in two letters of his +dated from Holland in 1700 he says nothing of military service. +His second comedy, <i>The Constant Couple: or a Trip to the +Jubilee</i> (1699), ridiculing the preparations for the pilgrimage +to Rome in the Jubilee year, met with an enthusiastic reception. +Wilks as Sir Harry Wildair contributed substantially to its +success. In 1701 Farquhar wrote a sequel, <i>Sir Harry Wildair</i>. +Leigh Hunt says that Mrs Oldfield, like Wilks, played admirably +well in it, but the original Lady Lurewell was Mrs Verbruggen. +Mrs Oldfield is said to have been the “Penelope” of Farquhar’s +letters. In 1702 Farquhar published a slight volume of miscellanies—<i>Love +and Business; in a Collection of Occasionary +Verse and Epistolary Prose</i>—containing, among other things, “A +Discourse on Comedy in reference to the English Stage,” in +which he defends the English neglect of the dramatic unities. +“The rules of English comedy,” he says, “don’t lie in the compass +of Aristotle or his followers, but in the pit, box and galleries.” +In 1702 he borrowed from Fletcher’s <i>Wild Goose Chase</i>, <i>The +Inconstant, or the Way to win Him</i>, in which he followed his original +fairly closely except in the last act. In 1703 he married, in the +expectation of a fortune, but found too late that he was deceived. +It is said that he never reproached his wife, although the marriage +increased his liabilities and the rest of his life was a constant +struggle against poverty. His other plays are: <i>The Stage Coach</i> +(1704), a one-act farce adapted from the French of Jean de la +Chapelle in conjunction with Peter Motteux; <i>The Twin Rivals</i> +(Drury Lane, 1702); <i>The Recruiting Officer</i> (Drury Lane, 1706); +and <i>The Beaux’ Stratagem</i> (Haymarket, 1707). <i>The Recruiting +Officer</i> was suggested to him by a recruiting expedition (1705) +in Shropshire, and is dedicated to his “friends round the Wrekin.” +<i>The Beaux’ Stratagem</i>, is the best o£ all his plays, and long kept +the stage. Genest notes nineteen revivals up to 1828. Two +embarrassed gentlemen travel in the country disguised as master +and servant in the hope of mending their fortune. The play gives +vivid pictures of the Lichfield inn with its rascally landlord, +and of the domestic affairs of the Sullens. Archer, the supposed +valet, whose adventurous spirit secures full play, was one of +Garrick’s best parts.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile one of his patrons, said to have been the duke of +Ormond, had advised Farquhar to sell out of his regiment, and +had promised to give him a captaincy in his own. Farquhar sold +his commission, but the duke’s promise remained unfulfilled. +Before he had finished the second act of <i>The Beaux’ Stratagem</i> +he knew that he was stricken with a mortal illness, but it was +necessary to persevere and to be “consumedly lively to the end.” +He had received in advance £30 for the copyright from Lintot +the bookseller. The play was staged on the 8th of March, and +Farquhar lived to have his third night, and there was an extra +benefit on the 29th of April, the day of his death. He left his +two children to the care of his friend Wilks. Wilks obtained a +benefit at the theatre for the dramatist’s widow, but he seems +to have done little for the daughters. They were apprenticed +to a mantua-maker, and one of them was, as late as 1764, in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page187" id="page187"></a>187</span> +receipt of a pension of £20 solicited for her by Edmund Chaloner, +a patron of Farquhar. She was then described as a maidservant +and possessed of sentiments “fitted to her humble situation.”</p> + +<p>The plots of Farquhar’s comedies are ingenious in conception +and skilfully conducted. He has no pretensions to the brilliance +of Congreve, but his amusing dialogue arises naturally out of the +situation, and its wit is never strained. Sergeant Kite in the +<i>Recruiting Officer</i>, Scrub, Archer and Boniface in <i>The Beaux’ +Stratagem</i> are distinct, original characters which had a great +success on the boards, and the unexpected incidents and adventures +in which they are mixed up are represented in an irresistibly +comic manner by a man who thoroughly understood the resources +of the stage. The spontaneity and verve with which his adventurous +heroes are drawn have suggested that in his favourite +type he was describing himself. His own disposition seems to +have been most lovable, and he was apparently a much gayer +person than the reader might be led to suppose from the “Portrait +of Himself” quoted by Leigh Hunt. The code of morals followed +by these characters is open to criticism, but they are human and +genial in their roguery, and compare far from unfavourably +with the cynical creations of contemporary drama. The advance +which he made on his immediate predecessors in dramatic construction +and in general moral tone is more striking when it is +remembered that he died before he was thirty.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Farquhar’s dramatic works were published in 1728, 1742 and +1772, and by Thomas Wilkes with a biography in 1775. They were +included in the <i>Dramatic Works of Wycherley, Congreve, Vanbrugh +and Farquhar</i> (1849), with biographical and critical notices, by Leigh +Hunt. See also <i>The Dramatic Works of George Farquhar, with Life +and Notes</i>, by A.C. Ewald (2 vols., 1892); <i>The Best Plays of George +Farquhar</i> (Mermaid series, 1906), with biographical and critical +introductions, by William Archer; <i>The Beaux’ Stratagem</i>, edited +(1898) by H. Macaulay Fitzgibbon for “The Temple Dramatists”; +and D. Schmid, “George Farquhar, sein Leben und seine Original-Dramen” +(1904) in <i>Wiener Beiträge zur engl. Philol.</i></p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARR, WILLIAM<a name="ar113" id="ar113"></a></span> (1807-1883), English statistician, was born +at Kenley, in Shropshire, on the 30th of November 1807. When +nineteen he became the pupil of a doctor in Shrewsbury, also +acting as dresser in the infirmary there. He then went to Paris +to study medicine, but after two years returned to London, +where, in 1832, he qualified as L.S.A. Next year he began to +practise, but without very brilliant results, for five years later he +definitely abandoned the exercise of his profession on accepting +the post of compiler of abstracts in the registrar-general’s office. +The commissioners for the 1841 census consulted him on several +points, but did not in every case follow his advice. For the next +two decennial censuses he acted as assistant-commissioner; +for that of 1871 he was a commissioner, and he wrote the greater +part of the reports of all. He had an ambition to become +registrar-general; and when that post became vacant in 1879, +he was so disappointed at the selection of Sir Brydges Henniker +instead of himself, that he refused to stay any longer in the +registrar’s office. He died of paralysis of the brain a year or two +later, on the 14th of April 1883. A great part of Farr’s literary +production is to be found in the papers which, from 1839 to +1880, he wrote for each annual report of the registrar-general +on the cause of the year’s deaths in England. He was also the +author of many papers on general statistics and on life-tables +for insurance, some read before the Royal Statistical Society, +of which he was president in 1871 and 1872, some contributed to +the <i>Lancet</i> and other periodicals. A selection from his statistical +writings was published in 1885 under the editorship of Mr Noël +Humphreys.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARRAGUT, DAVID GLASGOW<a name="ar114" id="ar114"></a></span> (1801-1870), first admiral +of the United States navy, was the son of Major George Farragut, +a Catalan by descent, a Minorquin by birth, who had emigrated +to America in 1776, and, after the peace, had married a lady +of Scottish family and settled near Knoxville, in Tennessee; +there Farragut was born on the 5th of July 1801. At the early +age of nine he entered the navy, under the protection of his +name-father, Captain David Porter, with whom he served in the +“Essex” during her cruise in the Atlantic in 1812, and afterwards +in the Pacific, until her capture by the “Phoebe,” in Valparaiso +Bay, on the 28th of March 1814. He afterwards served on board +the “Washington” (74) carrying the broad pennant of Commodore +Chauncey in the Mediterranean, and pursued his professional +and other studies under the instruction of the chaplain, +Charles Folsom, with whom he contracted a lifelong friendship. +Folsom was appointed from the “Washington” as U.S. consul +at Tunis, and obtained leave for his pupil to pay him a lengthened +visit, during which he studied not only mathematics, but also +French and Italian, and acquired a familiar knowledge of Arabic +and Turkish. He is said to have had a great natural aptitude for +languages and in after years to have spoken several fluently.</p> + +<p>After more than four years in the Mediterranean, Farragut +returned to the States in November 1820. He then passed his +examination, and in 1822 was appointed for service in what was +called the “mosquito” fleet, against the pirates, who then +infested the Caribbean Sea. The service was one of great exposure +and privation; for two years and a half, Farragut wrote, he +never owned a bed, but lay down to rest wherever he found the +most comfortable berth. By the end of that time the joint action +of the British and American navies had driven the pirates off +the sea, and when they took to marauding on shore the Spanish +governors did the rest. In 1825 he was promoted to the rank of +lieutenant, whilst serving in the navy yard at Norfolk, where, +with some breaks in sea-going ships, he continued till 1832; +he then served for a commission on the coast of Brazil, and was +again appointed to the yard at Norfolk.</p> + +<p>It is needless to trace the ordinary routine of his service step by +step. The officers of the U.S. navy have one great advantage which +British officers are without; when on shore they are not necessarily +parted from the service, but are employed in their several +ranks in the different dockyards, escaping thus not only the private +grievance and pecuniary difficulties of a very narrow half-pay, but +also, what from a public point of view is much more important, the +loss of professional aptitude, and of that skill which comes from +unceasing practice. On the 8th of September 1841 Farragut +was promoted to the rank of commander, and on the 14th of +September 1855 to that of captain. At this time he was in +charge of the navy yard, Mare Island, California, from which +post he was recalled in 1858, and appointed to the “Brooklyn” +frigate, the command of which he held for the next two years. +When the war of secession broke out in 1861, he was “waiting +orders” at Norfolk. By birth and marriage he was a Southerner, +and the citizens of Norfolk counted on his throwing in his lot +with them; but professional pride, and affection for the flag +under which he had served for more than fifty years, held him +true to his allegiance; he passionately rejected the proposals +of his fellow-townsmen, and as it was more than hinted to him +that his longer stay in Norfolk might be dangerous, he hastily +quitted that place, and offered his services to the government +at Washington. These were at once accepted; he was requested +to sit on the Naval Retiring Board—a board then specially +constituted for clearing the navy of unfit or disloyal officers—and +a few months later was appointed to the command of +the “Western Gulf Blockading Squadron,” with the rank of +flag-officer, and ordered to proceed forthwith, in the “Hartford,” +to the Gulf of Mexico, to collect such vessels as could be spared +from the blockade, to proceed up the Mississippi, to reduce the +defences which guarded the approaches to New Orleans, and to +take and hold the city. All this Farragut executed to the letter, +with a skill and caution that won for him the love of his followers, +and with a dash and boldness that gained him the admiration +of the public and the popular name of “Old Salamander.” +The passage of the Mississippi was forced on the 24th of April +1862, and New Orleans surrendered on the 26th; this was +immediately followed by the operations against Vicksburg, from +which, however, Farragut was compelled to withdraw, having +relearnt the old lesson that against heavy earthworks, crowning +hills of sufficient height, a purely naval attack is unavailing; +it was not till the following summer, and after a long siege, that +Vicksburg surrendered to a land force under General Grant. +During this time the service on the Mississippi continued both +difficult and irksome; nor until the river was cleared could +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page188" id="page188"></a>188</span> +Farragut seriously plan operations against Mobile, a port to which +the fall of New Orleans had given increased importance. Even +then he was long delayed by the want of monitors with which +to oppose the ironclad vessels of the enemy. It was the end of +July 1864 before he was joined by these monitors; and on the +5th of August, undismayed by the loss of his leading ship, the +monitor “Tecumseh,” sunk by a torpedo, he forced the passage +into the bay, destroyed or captured the enemy’s ships, including +the ram “Tennessee” bearing Admiral Buchanan’s flag, and +took possession of the forts. The town was not occupied till the +following April, but with the loss of its harbour it ceased to have +any political or strategical importance.</p> + +<p>With this Farragut’s active service came to an end; for +though in September 1864 he was offered the command of the +force intended for the reduction of Wilmington, the state of his +health, after the labours and anxieties of the past three years, +in a trying climate, compelled him to decline it and to ask to +be recalled. He accordingly returned to New York in December, +and was received with the wildest display of popular enthusiasm. +It was then that the Government instituted the rank of vice-admiral, +previously unknown in the American service. Farragut +was promoted to it, and in July 1866 was further promoted +to the rank of admiral. In 1867, with his flag flying in the +“Franklin,” he visited Europe. The appointment was an +honourable distinction without political or naval import: +the “Franklin” was, to all intents, for the time being, a yacht +at Farragut’s disposal; and her arrival in the different ports +was the signal for international courtesies, entertainments and +social gaiety. She returned to America in 1868, and Farragut +retired into private life. Two years later, on the 14th of August +1870, he died at Portsmouth, New Hampshire.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Farragut was twice married, and left, by his second wife, a son, +Loyall Farragut, who, in 1878, published a <i>Life</i> of his father “embodying +his Journal and Letters.” Another <i>Life</i> (1892), by Captain +A.T. Mahan, though shorter, has a greater value from the professional +point of view, by reason of the critical appreciation of +Farragut’s services.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. K. L.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARRANT, RICHARD,<a name="ar115" id="ar115"></a></span> composer of English church music, +flourished during the 16th century. Very little is known about +him. Fétis gives 1530 as the date of his birth, but on what +authority does not appear. He became a gentleman of the +Chapel Royal in the reign of Edward VI., but resigned his post +in 1564 on being appointed master of the children of St George’s +chapel, Windsor. In this capacity he presented a play before the +queen at Shrovetide 1568, and again at Christmas of the same +year, receiving on each occasion the sum of £6: 13: 4d. In +November 1569 he was reinstated as gentleman of the Chapel +Royal. It is stated by Hawkins (<i>History of Music</i>, vol. iii. 279) +that Farrant was also one of the clerks and organists of St +George’s chapel, Windsor, and that he retained these posts till +his death. Many of his compositions are printed in the collections +of Barnard and Boyce. Among the most admired of them are +a service in G minor, and the anthems “Call to remembrance” +and “Hide not thou thy face.” It is doubtful whether Farrant +is entitled to the credit of the authorship of the beautiful anthem +“Lord, for thy tender mercies’ sake.” No copy of the music +under his name appeared in print till 1800, although it had been +earlier attributed to him. Some writers have named John Hilton, +and others Thomas Tallis, as the composer. From entries +in the <i>Old Check Book of the Chapel Royal</i> (edited for the +Camden Society by Dr Rimbault) it appears that Farrant died, +not in 1585, as Hawkins states, but on the 30th of November +1580 or 1581.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARRAR, FREDERIC WILLIAM<a name="ar116" id="ar116"></a></span> (1831-1903), English divine, +was born on the 7th of August 1831, in the Fort of Bombay, +where his father, afterwards vicar of Sidcup, Kent, was then a +missionary. His early education was received in King William’s +College, Castletown, Isle of Man, a school whose external surroundings +are reproduced in his popular schoolboy tale, <i>Eric; +or, Little by Little</i>. In 1847 he entered King’s College, London. +Through the influence of F.D. Maurice he was led to the study +of Coleridge, whose writings had a profound influence upon his +faith and opinions. He proceeded to Trinity College, Cambridge, +in October 1851, and in the following year took the degree of +B.A. at the university of London. In 1854 he took his degree +as fourth junior optime, and fourth in the first class of the classical +tripos. In addition to other college prizes he gained the chancellor’s +medal for the English prize poem on the search for Sir +John Franklin in 1852, the Le Bas prize and the Norrisian prize. +He was elected fellow of Trinity College in 1856.</p> + +<p>On leaving the university Farrar became an assistant-master +under G.E.L. Cotton at Marlborough College. In November +1855 he was appointed an assistant-master at Harrow, where he +remained for fifteen years. He was elected a fellow of the Royal +Society in 1864, university preacher in 1868, honorary chaplain +to the queen in 1869 and Hulsean lecturer in 1870. In 1871 he +was appointed headmaster of Marlborough College, and in the +following year he became chaplain-in-ordinary to the queen. +In 1876 he was appointed canon of Westminster and rector of +St Margaret’s, Westminster. He took his D.D. degree in 1874, +the first under the new regulations at Cambridge. Farrar began +his literary labours with the publication of his schoolboy story +Eric in 1858, succeeded in the following year by <i>Julian Home</i> +and <i>Lyrics of Life</i>, and in 1862 by <i>St Winifred’s; or the World +of School</i>. He had already published a work on <i>The Origin of +Language</i>, and followed it up by a series of works on grammar +and scholastic philology, including <i>Chapters on Language</i> (1865); +<i>Greek Grammar Rules</i> (1865); <i>Greek Syntax</i> (1866); and +<i>Families of Speech</i> (1869). He edited <i>Essays on a Liberal +Education in 1868</i>; and published <i>Seekers after God</i> in the +Sunday Library (1869). It was by his theological works, however, +that Farrar attained his greatest popularity. His Hulsean +lectures were published in 1870 under the title of <i>The Witness of +History to Christ</i>. <i>The Life of Christ</i>, which was published in +1874, speedily passed through a great number of editions, +and is still in much demand. It reveals considerable powers of +imagination and eloquence, and was partly inspired by a personal +knowledge of the sacred localities depicted. In 1877 appeared +<i>In the Days of My Youth</i>, sermons preached in the chapel of +Marlborough College; and during the same year his volume of +sermons on <i>Eternal Hope</i>—in which he called in question the +dogma of everlasting punishment—caused much controversy +in religious circles and did much to mollify the harsh theology +of an earlier age. There is little doubt that his boldness and +liberality of thought barred his elevation to the episcopate. +In 1879 appeared <i>The Life and Works of St Paul</i>, and this was +succeeded in 1882 by <i>The Early Days of Christianity</i>. Then came +in order of publication the following works: <i>Everyday Christian +Life; or, Sermons by the Way</i> (1887); <i>Lives of the Fathers</i> +(1888); <i>Sketches of Church History</i> (1889); <i>Darkness and Dawn</i>, +a story of the Neronic persecution (1891); <i>The Voice from Sinai</i> +(1892); <i>The Life of Christ as Represented in Art</i> (1894); a work +on Daniel (1895); <i>Gathering Clouds</i>, a tale of the days of +Chrysostom (1896); and <i>The Bible, its Meaning and Supremacy</i> +(1896). Farrar was a copious contributor of articles to various +magazines, encyclopaedias and theological commentaries. In +1883 he was made archdeacon of Westminster and rural dean; +in 1885 he was appointed Bampton lecturer at Oxford, and took +for his subject “The History of Interpretation.” He was +appointed dean of Canterbury in 1895. From 1890 to 1895 he +was chaplain to the speaker of the House of Commons, and in +1894 he was appointed deputy-clerk of the closet to Queen +Victoria. He died at Canterbury on the 22nd of March 1903.</p> + +<p>As a theologian Farrar occupied a position midway between the +Evangelical party and the Broad Church; while as a somewhat +rhetorical preacher and writer he exerted a commanding influence +over wide circles of readers. He was an ardent temperance and +social reformer, and was one of the founders of the institution +known as the Anglican Brotherhood, a religious band with +modern aims and objects.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See his <i>Life</i>, by his son R. Farrar (1904).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARREN, ELIZABETH<a name="ar117" id="ar117"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1759-1829), English actress, was +the daughter of George Farren, an actor. Her first London +appearance was in 1777 as Miss Hardcastle in <i>She Stoops to +Conquer</i>. Subsequent successes established her reputation +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page189" id="page189"></a>189</span> +and she became the natural successor to Mrs Abington when the +latter left Drury Lane in 1782. The parts of Hermione, Olivia, +Portia and Juliet were in her repertory, but her Lady Betty +Modish, Lady Townly, Lady Fanciful, Lady Teazle and similar +parts were her favourites. In 1797 she married Edward, 12th +earl of Derby (1752-1834).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARREN, WILLIAM<a name="ar118" id="ar118"></a></span> (1786-1861), English actor, was born on +the 13th of May 1786, the son of an actor (b. 1725) of the same +name, who played leading rôles from 1784 to 1795 at Covent +Garden. His first appearance on the stage was at Plymouth at +the Theatre Royal, then under the management of his brother, +in <i>Love à la mode</i>. His first London appearance was in 1818 at +Covent Garden as Sir Peter Teazle, a part with which his name +is always associated. He played at Covent Garden every winter +until 1828, and began in 1824 a series of summer engagements +at the Haymarket which also lasted some years. At these two +theatres he played an immense variety of comedy characters. +From 1828 until 1837 he was at Drury Lane, where he essayed a +wider range, including Polonius and Caesar. He was again at +Covent Garden for a few years, and next joined Benjamin +Webster at the Haymarket, as stage-manager as well as actor. +In 1843 at the close of his performance of the title-part in Mark +Lemon’s <i>Old Parr</i>, he was stricken with paralysis on the stage. +He was, however, able to reappear the following year, and he +remained at the Haymarket ten years more, though his acting +never again reached its former level. For a time he managed +the Strand, and, 1850-1853, was lessee of the Olympic. During +his later years he confined himself to old men parts, in which +he was unrivalled. In 1855 he made his final appearance at the +Haymarket, as Lord Ogleby in a scene from the <i>Clandestine +Marriage</i>. He died in London on the 24th of September 1861. +In 1825 he had married the actress Mrs Faucit, mother of +Miss Helena Saville Faucit (Lady Martin), and he left two +sons, Henry (1826-1860) and William (1825-1908), both actors. +The former was the father of Ellen [Nellie] Farren (1848-1904), +long famous for boy’s parts in Gaiety musical burlesques, in the +days of Edward Terry and Fred Leslie. As Jack Sheppard, and +in similar rôles, she had a unique position at the Gaiety, and +was an unrivalled public favourite. From 1892 her health failed, +and her retirement, coupled with Fred Leslie’s death, brought +to an end the type of Gaiety burlesque associated with them.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARRER, THOMAS HENRY FARRER,<a name="ar119" id="ar119"></a></span> <span class="sc">1st Baron</span> (1819-1899), +English civil servant and statistician, was the son of Thomas +Farrer, a solicitor in Lincoln’s Inn Fields. Born in London on +the 24th of June 1819, he was educated at Eton and Balliol +College, Oxford, where he graduated in 1840. He was called to +the bar at Lincoln’s Inn in 1844, but retired from practice in the +course of a few years. He entered the public service in 1850 as +secretary to the naval (renamed in 1853 the marine) department +of the Board of Trade. In 1865 he was promoted to be one of +the joint secretaries of the Board of Trade, and in 1867 became +permanent secretary. His tenure of this office, which he held +for upwards of twenty years, was marked by many reforms +and an energetic administration. Not only was he an advanced +Liberal in politics, but an uncompromising Free-trader of the +strictest school. He was created a baronet for his services at the +Board of Trade in 1883, and in 1886 he retired from office. +During the same year he published a work entitled <i>Free Trade +versus Fair Trade</i>, in which he dealt with an economic controversy +then greatly agitating the public mind. He had already, +in 1883, written a volume on <i>The State in its Relation to Trade</i>. +In 1889 he was co-opted by the Progressives an alderman of the +London County Council, of which he became vice-chairman in +1890. His efficiency and ability in this capacity were warmly +recognized; but in the course of time divergencies arose +between his personal views and those of many of his colleagues. +The tendency towards socialistic legislation which became +apparent was quite at variance with his principles of individual +enterprise and responsibility. He consequently resigned his +position. In 1893 he was raised to the peerage. From this time +forward he devoted much of his energy and leisure to advocating +his views at the Cobden Club, the Political Economy Club, +on the platform, and in the public press. Especially were his +efforts directed against the opinions of the Fair Trade League, +and upon this and other controversies on economic questions +he wrote able, clear, and uncompromising letters, which left no +doubt that he still adhered to the doctrines of free trade as +advocated by its earliest exponents. In 1898 he published his +<i>Studies in Currency</i>. He died at Abinger Hall, Dorking, on the +11th of October 1899. He was succeeded in the title by his eldest +son Thomas Cecil (b. 1859).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARRIER,<a name="ar120" id="ar120"></a></span> and <b>FARRIERY</b> (from Lat. <i>ferrarius</i>, a blacksmith, +<i>ferrum</i>, iron). Farrier is the name given generally either +to the professional shoer of horses or in a more extended sense +to a practitioner of the veterinary art; and farriery is the term +for his business. Primarily the art of farriery is identical with +that of the blacksmith, in so far as he makes and fixes shoes on +horses (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Horse-Shoes</a></span>); he is liable in law for negligence, +as one who holds himself out as skilled; and he has a lien on the +animal for his expenses. William the Conqueror is supposed to +have introduced horse-shoeing into England, and the art had +an important place through the middle ages, the days of chivalry, +and the later developments of equitation. In modern times it +has been closely allied with the general progress in veterinary +science, and in the knowledge of the anatomy and physiology +of the horse’s foot and hoof.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Fisher, <i>The Farrier</i> (1893); Lungwitz, <i>Text-Book of Horse-shoeing</i> +(Eng. trans., 1898).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARS<a name="ar121" id="ar121"></a></span> (the name <i>Farsistan</i> is not used), one of the five <i>mamlikats</i> +(great provinces) of Persia, extending along the northern +shore of the Persian Gulf and bounded on the west by Arabistan, +on the north by Isfahan and on the east by Kerman. It lies +between 49° 30′ and 56° 10′ E. and 26° 20′ and 31° 45′ N. and +has an area of nearly 60,000 sq. m. Fars is the same word as the +Greek <i>Persis</i>, and, originally the name of only a part of the +Persian empire (Iran), has become the name which Europeans +have applied to the whole (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Persis</a></span>). The province is +popularly, but not for administrative purposes, divided according +to climate into <i>germsīr</i> and <i>sardsīr</i>, or the warm and cold regions. +The former extends from the sea to the central chain of hills +and contains all the lowlands and many mountainous districts, +some of the latter rising to an elevation of between 3000 and +4000 ft. and the <i>sardsīr</i> comprises the remaining and northern +districts of the province.</p> + +<p>In Arrian’s relation of the voyage of Nearchus (<i>Indica</i>, 40), +these two regions are well described. “The first part of Persis +which lies along the Persian Gulf is hot, sandy and barren and +only the date palm thrives there. The other part comprehends +inner Persis lying northwards; it enjoys a pleasant climate and +has fertile and well-watered plains, gardens with trees of all kinds, +rich pasturages and forests abounding with game; with the +exception of the olive all fruits are produced in profusion, +particularly the vine. Horses and other draught animals are +reared in the province, and there are several lakes frequented +by water-fowl, and streams of clear water flow through it, as +for instance the Kyros (Kur) formed by the junction of the Medos +and Araxes.”</p> + +<p>The mountains of Fars may be considered as a continuation +of the Zagros and run parallel to the shores of the Persian Gulf. +They comprise several ranges which the roads from the sea to +the interior have to cross at right angles, thereby rendering +communication and transport very difficult. The highest of +the mountains of Fars (14,000 ft.) is the Kuh Dinā in the north-western +part of the province. Of the rivers of Fars only three +important ones flow into the sea: (1) the Mand (Arrian’s Sitakos), +Karaaghach in its upper course; (2) the Shapur or Khisht +river (Granis); (3) the Tab (Oroatis). Some rivers, notably +the Kur (Kyros, Araxes) which flows into the Bakhtegan lake +east of Shiraz, drain into inland depressions or lakes.</p> + +<p>The capital of the province is Shiraz, and the subdivision +in districts, the chief places of the districts and their estimated +population, and the number of inhabited villages in each as they +appear in lists dated 1884 and 1905 are shown on the following +page.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page190" id="page190"></a>190</span></p> + +<table class="ws f90" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tccm allb" rowspan="2"> </td> <td class="tccm allb" rowspan="2">Name of District.</td> <td class="tccm allb" colspan="2">Chief Place or Seat of<br />Government.</td> <td class="tccm allb" rowspan="2">Number of<br />inhabited<br />Villages in<br />District.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tccm allb">Name.</td> <td class="tccm allb">Population.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">1</td> <td class="tcl rb">Abādeh Iklīd</td> <td class="tcl rb">Abādeh</td> <td class="tcr rb">4,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">33</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">2</td> <td class="tcl rb">Abādeh-Tashk</td> <td class="tcl rb">Tashk</td> <td class="tcr rb">600</td> <td class="tcr rb">8</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">3</td> <td class="tcl rb">Abarj</td> <td class="tcl rb">Dashtek</td> <td class="tcr rb">2,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">4</td> <td class="tcl rb">Abbāsi</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Bander Abbāsi<a name="fa1g" id="fa1g" href="#ft1g"><span class="sp">1</span></a> and villages</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bander Abbāsi</td> <td class="tcr rb">10,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Issīn and Taziān</td> <td class="tcl rb">Issīn</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Shamil</td> <td class="tcl rb">Shamil</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">18</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Moghistan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ziarat</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (5) Mināb</td> <td class="tcl rb">Mināb</td> <td class="tcr rb">4,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">23</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">5</td> <td class="tcl rb">Afzar</td> <td class="tcl rb">Nī-mdeh</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">12</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">6</td> <td class="tcl rb">‘Alemrūd</td> <td class="tcl rb">Sabzpushan</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">16</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">7</td> <td class="tcl rb">Arb’ah (the four)</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Deh Rūd</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Deh Ram</td> <td class="tcl rb">Deh Ram</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">19</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Hengam</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Rudbāl</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">8</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ardakān</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ardakān</td> <td class="tcr rb">5,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">9</td> <td class="tcl rb">Arsinjan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Arsinjan</td> <td class="tcr rb">5,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">25</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">10</td> <td class="tcl rb">Asīr</td> <td class="tcl rb">Asīr</td> <td class="tcr rb">500</td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">11</td> <td class="tcl rb">Baiza</td> <td class="tcl rb">Baiza</td> <td class="tcr rb">2,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">55</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">12</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bī-dshahr and Juvī-m</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bī-dshahr</td> <td class="tcr rb">3,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">23</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">13</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bovanāt</td> <td class="tcl rb">Suriān</td> <td class="tcr rb">500</td> <td class="tcr rb">23</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">14</td> <td class="tcl rb">Darāb</td> <td class="tcl rb">Darāb</td> <td class="tcr rb">5,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">62</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">15</td> <td class="tcl rb">Dashti</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Bardistan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bander Dair</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">28</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Buluk</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bushgān</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">18</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Māndistan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kāki</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">40</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Tassūj</td> <td class="tcl rb">Tang Bagh</td> <td class="tcr rb">500</td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (5) Shumbeh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Shumbeh</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">15</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">16</td> <td class="tcl rb">Dashtistān</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Angāli</td> <td class="tcl rb">Haftjūsh</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Ahrom</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ahrom</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Borazjan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Borazjan</td> <td class="tcr rb">4,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">19</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Bushire<a href="#ft1g"><span class="sp">1</span></a></td> <td class="tcl rb">Bushire</td> <td class="tcr rb">25,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">20</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (5) Daliki</td> <td class="tcl rb">Daliki</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (6) Gonāvah</td> <td class="tcl rb">Gonāvah</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">12</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (7) Hayāt Daūd</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bander Rig</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (8) Khurmuj</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khurmuj</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (9) Rūd Hillah</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kelat Sukhteh</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (10) Shaban Kareh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Deh Kohneh</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">27</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (11) Tangistan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Tangistan</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">31</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (12) Zengeneh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Samal</td> <td class="tcr rb">750</td> <td class="tcr rb">4</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (13) Zirāh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Zirāh</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">17</td> <td class="tcl rb">Dizkurd</td> <td class="tcl rb">Cherkes</td> <td class="tcr rb">500</td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">18</td> <td class="tcl rb">Famur</td> <td class="tcl rb">Pagah</td> <td class="tcr rb">300</td> <td class="tcr rb">3</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">19</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ferrashband</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ferrashband</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">20</td> <td class="tcl rb">Fessa</td> <td class="tcl rb">Fessa</td> <td class="tcr rb">5,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">40</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">21</td> <td class="tcl rb">Firuzabad</td> <td class="tcl rb">Firuzabad</td> <td class="tcr rb">4,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">20</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">22</td> <td class="tcl rb">Gillehdār</td> <td class="tcl rb">Gillehdār</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">43</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">23</td> <td class="tcl rb">Hūmeh of Shiraz</td> <td class="tcl rb">Zerkān</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">89</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">24</td> <td class="tcl rb">Istahbanat</td> <td class="tcl rb">Istahbanat</td> <td class="tcr rb">10,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">12</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">25</td> <td class="tcl rb">Jahrum</td> <td class="tcl rb">Jahrum</td> <td class="tcr rb">10,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">33</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">26</td> <td class="tcl rb">Jireh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ishfāyikān</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">23</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">27</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kamfiruz</td> <td class="tcl rb">Palangeri</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">34</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">28</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kamin</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kalilek</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">29</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kazerun</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kazerun</td> <td class="tcr rb">8,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">46</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">30</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kavār</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kavār</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">26</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">31</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kir and Karzīn</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kir</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">23</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">32</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khafr</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khafr</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">41</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">33</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khajeh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Zanjiran</td> <td class="tcr rb">500</td> <td class="tcr rb">15</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">34</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khisht</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khisht</td> <td class="tcr rb">2,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">25</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">35</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khunj</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khunj</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">27</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">36</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kongān</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bander Kongān</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">12</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">37</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kuh Gilū and Behbahan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Behbahan</td> <td class="tcr rb">10,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">182</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">38</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kurbāl</td> <td class="tcl rb">Gavkan</td> <td class="tcr rb">600</td> <td class="tcr rb">67</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">39</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kuh i Marreh Shikeft</td> <td class="tcl rb">Shikeft</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">41</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">40</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kunkuri</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kazian</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">29</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">41</td> <td class="tcl rb">Laristan</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Lar</td> <td class="tcl rb">Lar</td> <td class="tcr rb">8,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">34</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Bikhah Ihsham</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bairam</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Bikhah Fal</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ishkenān</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Jehāngiriyeh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bastak</td> <td class="tcr rb">4,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">30</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (5) Shib Kūh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bander Chārak</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">36</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (6) Fūmistan or Gavbandi</td> <td class="tcl rb">Gāvbandi</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">13</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (7) Kauristān</td> <td class="tcl rb">Kauristān</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">4</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (8) Lingah<a href="#ft1g"><span class="sp">1</span></a></td> <td class="tcl rb">Bander Lingah</td> <td class="tcr rb">10,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (9) Mazāyijan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Mazāyijan</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">42</td> <td class="tcl rb">Mahūr Milāti</td> <td class="tcl rb">Jemalgird</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">43</td> <td class="tcl rb">Maimand</td> <td class="tcl rb">Maimand</td> <td class="tcr rb">5,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">44</td> <td class="tcl rb">Maliki</td> <td class="tcl rb">Bander Assalu</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">25</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">45</td> <td class="tcl rb">Mamasenni (Shūlistan)</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Bekesh</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">8</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Javīdi or Jāvi</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Dushmanziaris</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">16</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Rustami</td> <td class="tcl rb cl">Kal‘ah Safid</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">26</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (5) Fahlian</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (6) Kākān</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">46</td> <td class="tcl rb">Māyin</td> <td class="tcl rb">Māyin</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">8</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">47</td> <td class="tcl rb">Mervast and Herāt</td> <td class="tcl rb">Mervast</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">48</td> <td class="tcl rb">Mervdasht</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Upper Khafrek</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Lower Khafrek</td> <td class="tcl rb cl">Fathabad</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,250</td> <td class="tcr rb">16</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Mervdasht</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">22</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">49</td> <td class="tcl rb">Meshhed Mader Sulimān</td> <td class="tcl rb">Murghāb</td> <td class="tcr rb">800</td> <td class="tcr rb">6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">50</td> <td class="tcl rb">Nīrīz</td> <td class="tcl rb">Nīrīz</td> <td class="tcr rb">9,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">24</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">51</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ramjird</td> <td class="tcl rb">Jashian</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">36</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">52</td> <td class="tcl rb">Rūdan and Ahmedī</td> <td class="tcl rb">Dehbariz</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">21</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">53</td> <td class="tcl rb">Sab‘ah (the seven)</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Bīvunj (Bī-vanej)</td> <td class="tcl rb">Durz</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Hasanabad</td> <td class="tcl rb">Hasanabad</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Tarom</td> <td class="tcl rb">Tarun</td> <td class="tcr rb">2,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">15</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Fāraghān</td> <td class="tcl rb">Fāraghān</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">13</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (5) Forg</td> <td class="tcl rb">Forg</td> <td class="tcr rb">3,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">18</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (6) Fīn and Guhrah</td> <td class="tcl rb">Fīn</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">13</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (7) Gileh Gāh (abandoned)</td> <td class="tcl rb">Ziaret</td> <td class="tcr rb">1,000</td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">54</td> <td class="tcl rb">Sarchahān</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">55</td> <td class="tcl rb">Sarhad Chahār Dungeh</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Dasht Ujān</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Dasht Khosro va Shirin</td> <td class="tcl rb cl">Kūshk</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">31</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Dasht Khūngasht</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Dasht Kushk Zard</td> <td class="tcl rb cl"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">56</td> <td class="tcl rb">Sarhad Shesh Nahīyeh</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (1) Pādinā (foot of Mount Dinā</td> <td class="tcl rb">Khūr</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (2) Hennā</td> <td class="tcl rb">Hennā</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (3) Samiram</td> <td class="tcl rb">Samiram</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (4) Felārd</td> <td class="tcl rb">Felārd</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">24</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (5) Vardasht</td> <td class="tcl rb">Germabad</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb">   (6) Vank</td> <td class="tcl rb">Vank</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">57</td> <td class="tcl rb">Sarvistan</td> <td class="tcl rb">Sarvistan</td> <td class="tcr rb">4,500</td> <td class="tcr rb">23</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">58</td> <td class="tcl rb">Shiraz (town) in 1884</td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">53,607<a name="fa2g" id="fa2g" href="#ft2g"><span class="sp">2</span></a></td> <td class="tcr rb">. .</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb">59</td> <td class="tcl rb">Siyākh</td> <td class="tcl rb">Darinjān</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb">13</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr lb rb bb">60</td> <td class="tcl rb bb">Simkān</td> <td class="tcl rb bb">Dūzeh</td> <td class="tcr rb bb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb bb">28</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>The above sixty districts are grouped into eighteen sub-provinces +under governors appointed by the governor-general +of Fars, but the towns of Bushire, Lingah and Bander Abbasi, +together with the villages in their immediate neighbourhood, +form a separate government known as that of the “Persian +Gulf Ports” (Benādir i Khalij i Fars), under a governor appointed +from Teheran. The population of the province has been estimated +at 750,000 and the yearly revenue it pays to the state +amounts to about £150,000. Many districts are fertile, but +some, particularly those in the south-eastern part of the province, +do not produce sufficient grain for the requirements of the sparse +population. In consequence of droughts, ravages of locusts +and misgovernment by local governors the province has been +much impoverished and hundreds of villages are in ruins and +deserted. About a third of the population is composed of +turbulent and lawless nomads who, when on the march between +their winter and summer camping grounds, frequently render +the roads insecure and occasionally plunder whole districts, +leaving the inhabitants without means of subsistence.</p> + +<p>The province produces much wheat, barley, rice, millet, cotton, +but the authorities every now and then prohibiting the export +of cereals, the people generally sow just as much as they think +will suffice for their own wants. Much tobacco of excellent +quality, principally for consumption in Persia, is also grown +(especially in Fessa, Darab and Jahrom) and a considerable +quantity of opium, much of it for export to China, is produced. +Salt, lime and gypsum are abundant. There are also some oil +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page191" id="page191"></a>191</span> +wells at Daliki, near Bushire, but several attempts to tap the oil +have been unsuccessful. There are no valuable oyster-banks in +Persian waters, and all the Persian Gulf pearls are obtained from +banks on the coast of Arabia and near Bahrein.</p> +<div class="author">(A. H.-S.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1g" id="ft1g" href="#fa1g"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Are forming separate administrative division of “Persian Gulf +Ports.”</p> + +<p><a name="ft2g" id="ft2g" href="#fa2g"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Persian census in 1884; 25,284 males, 28,323 females.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARTHING<a name="ar122" id="ar122"></a></span> (A.S. <i>feórtha</i>, fourth, +<i>ing</i>, diminutive), the +smallest English coin, equal to the fourth of a penny. It +became a regular part of the coinage from the reign of Edward I., +and was, up to the reign of Mary, a silver coin. No farthing was +struck in the reign of Elizabeth, but a silver three-farthing piece +was issued in that reign, with a profile bust of the queen crowned, +with a rose behind her head, and inscribed “E.D.G. Rosa sine +spina.” The copper farthing was first introduced in the reign +of James I., a patent being given to Lord Harington of Exton +in 1613 for the issue of copper tokens of this denomination. It +was nominally of six grains’ weight, but was usually heavier. +Properly, however, the copper farthing dates from the reign of +Charles II., in whose reign also was issued a tin farthing, with +a small copper plug in the centre, and an inscription on the edge, +“Nummorum famulus 1684.” No farthings were actually issued +in the reign of Queen Anne, though a number of patterns were +prepared (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Numismatics</a></span>: <i>medieval section, England</i>). In +1860 the copper farthing was superseded by one struck in bronze. +In 1842 a proclamation was issued giving currency to half-farthings, +and there were several issues, but they were demonetized +in 1869. In 1897 the practice was adopted of darkening +farthings before issue, to prevent their being mistaken for +half-sovereigns.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARTHINGALE<a name="ar123" id="ar123"></a></span> (from the O. Fr. <i>verdagalle</i>, or <i>vertugalle</i>, a +corruption of the Spanish name of the article, <i>verdagado</i>, from +<i>verdago</i>, a rod or stick), a case or hoop, originally of bent rods, +but afterwards made of whalebone, upon which were hung the +voluminous skirts of a woman’s dress. The fashion was introduced +into England from Spain in the 16th century. In its most +exaggerated shape, at the beginning of the 17th century, the +top of the farthingale formed a flat circular surface projecting +at right angles to the bodice (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Costume</a></span>).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FARUKHABAD,<a name="ar123a" id="ar123a"></a></span> <span class="sc">Farrakhabad</span>, or <span class="sc">Furruckabad</span>, a city and +district of British India in the Agra division of the United +Provinces. The city is near the right bank of the Ganges, 87 m. +by rail from Cawnpore. It forms a joint municipality with +Fatehgarh, the civil headquarters of the district with a military +cantonment. Pop. (1901) 67,338. At Fatehgarh is the government +gun-carriage factory; and other industries include cotton-printing +and the manufacture of gold lace, metal vessels and +tents.</p> + +<p>The <span class="sc">District of Farukhabad</span> has an area of 1685 sq. m. +It is a flat alluvial plain in the middle Doab. The principal rivers +are: the Ganges, which has a course of 87 m. either bordering +on or passing through the district, but is not at all times navigable +by large boats throughout its entire course; the Kali-nadi (84 m.) +and the Isan-nadi (42 m.), both tributaries of the Ganges; and +the Arind-nadi, which, after a course of 20 m. in the south of the +district, passes into Cawnpore. The principal products are rice, +wheat, barley, millets, pulses, cotton, sugar-cane, potatoes, &c. +The grain crops, however, are insufficient for local wants, and +grain is largely imported from Oudh and Rohilkhand. The +district is, therefore, liable to famine, and it was severely visited +by this calamity six times during the 19th century—in 1803-1804, +1815-1816, 1825-1826, 1837-1838, 1868-1869 and 1899-1900. +Farukhabad is one of the healthiest districts in the Doab, +but fevers are prevalent during August and September. The +average annual mean temperature is almost 80° F.; the average +annual rainfall, 29.4 in.</p> + +<p>In the early part of the 18th century, when the Mogul empire +was breaking up, Mahommed Khan, a Bangash Afghan from +a village near Kaimganj, governor of Allahabad and later of +Malwa, established a considerable state of which the present +district of Farukhabad was the nucleus, founding the city of +Farukhabad in 1714. After his death in 1743, his son and successor +Kaim Khan was embroiled by Safdar Jang, the nawab +wazir of Oudh, with the Rohillas, in battle with whom he lost +his life in 1749. In 1750 his brother, Ahmad Khan, recovered +the Farukhabad territories; but Safdar Jang called in the +Mahrattas, and a struggle for the possession of the country +began, which ended in 1771, on the death of Ahmad Khan, by +its becoming tributary to Oudh. In 1801 the nawab wazir ceded +to the British his lands in this district, with the tribute due from +the nawab of Farukhabad, who gave up his sovereign rights in +1802. In 1804 the Mahrattas, under Holkar, ravaged this tract, +but were utterly routed by Lord Lake at the town of Farukhabad. +During the mutiny Farukhabad shared the fate of other districts, +and passed entirely out of British hands for a time. The native +troops, who had for some time previously evinced a seditious +spirit, finally broke into rebellion on the 18th of June 1857, +and placed the titular nawab of Farukhabad on the throne. +The English military residents took shelter in the fort, which +they held until the 4th of July, when, the fort being undermined, +they endeavoured to escape by the river. One boat succeeded in +reaching Cawnpore, but only to fall into the hands of Nana. +Its occupants were made prisoners, and perished in the massacre +of the 10th of July. The other boat was stopped on its progress +down the river, and all those in it were captured or killed, except +four who escaped. The prisoners were conveyed back to Fatehgarh, +and murdered there by the nawab on the 19th of July. +The rebels were defeated in several engagements, and on the +3rd of January 1858 the English troops recaptured Fatehgarh +fort; but it was not till May that order was thoroughly re-established. +In 1901 the population was 925,812, showing +an increase of 8% in one decade. Part of the district is watered +by distributaries of the Ganges canal; it is traversed throughout +its length by the Agra-Cawnpore line of the Rajputana railway, +and is also served by a branch of the East Indian system. +Tobacco, opium, potatoes and fruit, cotton-prints, scent and +saltpetre are among the principal exports.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASCES,<a name="ar124" id="ar124"></a></span> in Roman antiquities, bundles of elm or birch rods +from which the head of an axe projected, fastened together by a +red strap. Nothing is known of their origin, the tradition that +represents them as borrowed by one of the kings from Etruria +resting on insufficient grounds. As the emblem of official +authority, they were carried by the lictors, in the left hand +and on the left shoulder, before the higher Roman magistrates; +at the funeral of a deceased magistrate they were carried behind +the bier. The lictors and the fasces were so inseparably connected +that they came to be used as synonymous terms. The fasces +originally represented the power over life and limb possessed by +the kings, and after the abolition of the monarchy, the consuls, +like the kings, were preceded by twelve fasces. Within the +precincts of the city the axe was removed, in recognition of the +right of appeal (<i>provocat-io</i>) to the people in a matter of life +and death; outside Rome, however, each consul retained the +axe, and was preceded by his own lictors, not merely by a single +<i>accensus</i> (supernumerary), as was originally the case within the +city when he was not officiating. Later, the lictors preceded the +officiating consul, and walked behind the other. Valerius +Publicola, the champion of popular rights, further established +the custom that the fasces should be lowered before the people, +as the real representatives of sovereignty (Livy ii. 7; Florus +i. 9; Plutarch, <i>Publicola</i>, 10); lowering the fasces was also the +manner in which an inferior saluted a superior magistrate. A +dictator, as taking the place of the two consuls, had 24 fasces +(including the axe even within the city); most of the other +magistrates had fasces varying in number, with the exception +of the censors, who, as possessing no executive authority, had +none. Fasces were given to the Flamen Dialis and (after 42 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) +even to the Vestals. During the times of the republic, a victorious +general, who had been saluted by the title of imperator by his +soldiers, had his fasces crowned with laurel (Cicero, <i>Pro Ligario</i>, +3). Later, under the empire, when the emperor received the +title for life on his accession, it became restricted to him, and the +laurel was regarded as distinctive of the imperial fasces (see +Mommsen, <i>Römisches Staatsrecht</i>, i., 1887, p. 373).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASCIA<a name="ar125" id="ar125"></a></span> (Latin for a bandage or fillet), a term used for many +objects which resemble a band in shape; thus in anatomy it is +applied to the layers of fibrous connective tissue which sheathe +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page192" id="page192"></a>192</span> +the muscles or cover various parts or organs in the body, and in +zoology, and particularly in ornithology, to bands or stripes of +colour. In architecture the word is used of the bands into +which the architrave of the Ionic and Corinthian orders is +subdivided; their origin would seem to have been derived from +the superimposing of two or more beams of timber to span the +opening between columns and to support a superincumbent +weight; the upper beam projected slightly in front of the lower, +and similar projections were continued in the stone or marble +beam though in one block. In the Roman Corinthian order the +fasciae, still projecting one in front of the other, were subdivided +by small mouldings sometimes carved. The several bands are +known as the first or upper fascia, the second or middle fascia +and the third or lower fascia. The term is sometimes applied +to flat projecting bands in Renaissance architecture when employed +as string courses. It is also used, though more commonly +in the form “facia,” of the band or plate over a shop-front, +on which the name and occupation of the tradesman is written.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASCINATION<a name="ar126" id="ar126"></a></span> (from Lat. <i>fascinare</i>, to bewitch, probably +connected with the Gr. <span class="grk" title="baskainein">βασκαίνειν</span>, to speak ill of, to bewitch), +the art of enchanting or bewitching, especially through the +influence of the “evil eye,” and so properly of the exercise of an +evil influence over the reason or will. The word is thus used +of the supposed paralysing attraction exercised by some reptiles +on their victims. It is also applied to a particular hypnotic +condition, marked by muscular contraction, but with consciousness +and power of remembrance left. In a quite general sense, +fascination means the exercise of any charm or strong attraction.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASCINE<a name="ar127" id="ar127"></a></span> (from the Lat. <i>fascina</i>, <i>fascis</i>, a bundle of sticks), +a large faggot of brushwood used in the revetments of earthworks +and for other purposes of military engineering. The British +service pattern of fascine is 18 ft. long; it is tied as tightly as +possible at short intervals, and the usual diameter is 9 in. Similar +bundles of wood formed part of the foundations of the early +lake-dwellings, and in modern engineering fascines are used in +making rough roads over marshy ground and in building river +and sea walls and breakwaters.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASHION<a name="ar128" id="ar128"></a></span> (adapted from Fr. <i>façon</i>, Lat. <i>factio</i>, making, <i>facere</i>, +to do or make), the action of making, hence the shape or form +which anything takes in the process of making. It is thus used +in the sense of the pattern, kind, sort, manner or mode in which +a thing is done. It is particularly used of the common or +customary way in which a thing is done, and so is applied to +the manner or custom prevalent at or characteristic of a particular +period, especially of the manner of dress, &c., current at a +particular period in any rank of society, for which the French +term is <i>modes</i> (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Costume</a></span>).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASHODA<a name="ar129" id="ar129"></a></span> (renamed, 1904, <span class="sc">Kodok</span>), a post on the west bank +of the Upper Nile, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, in 9° 53′ N., 32° 8′ E., +459 m. S., by river, of Khartum. It is the headquarters of the +mudiria (province) of the Upper Nile. The station is built on a +flat peninsula connected by a narrow strip of land with a ridge +which runs parallel with the river. The surrounding country is +mostly deep swamp and the station is most unhealthy; mosquitoes +are present in millions. The climate is always damp and the +temperature rarely below 98° in the shade. The government +offices are well-built brick structures. In front of the station +is a long low island, and when the Nile is at its lowest this channel +becomes dry. Several roads from Kordofan converge on the +Nile at this point, and near the station is the residence of the +<i>mek</i>, or king, of the Shilluk tribe, whose designation of the post +was adopted when it was decided to abandon the use of Fashoda. +At Lul, 18 m. farther up stream, is an Austrian Roman Catholic +mission station.</p> + +<p>An Egyptian military post was established at Fashoda in 1865. +It was then a trading station of some importance, slaves being +the chief commodity dealt in. In 1883-1884 the place fell into +the hands of the Mahdists. On the 10th of July 1898 it was +occupied by a French force from the Congo under Commandant +J.B. Marchand, a circumstance which gave rise to a state of +great tension between Great Britain and France. On the 11th of +December following the French force withdrew, returning home +via Abyssinia (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Africa</a></span>, § 5, and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Egypt</a></span>: <i>History</i>, and <i>Military +Operations</i>).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAST AND LOOSE,<a name="ar130" id="ar130"></a></span> a cheating game played at fairs by +sharpers. A strap, usually in the form of a belt, is rolled or +doubled up with a loop in the centre, and laid edgewise on a +table. The swindler then bets that the loop cannot be caught +with a stick or skewer as he unrolls the belt. As this looks to +be easy to do the bet is often taken, but the sharper unrolls the +belt in such a manner as to make the catching of the loop +practically impossible. Centuries ago it was much practised by +gipsies, a circumstance alluded to by Shakespeare in <i>Anthony +and Cleopatra</i> (iv. 12):</p> + +<table class="reg f90" summary="poem"><tr><td> <div class="poemr"> +<p>“Like a right gipsy, hath, at fast and loose,</p> +<p class="i05">Beguiled me to the very heart of loss.”</p> +</div> </td></tr></table> + +<p class="noind">From this game is taken the colloquial expression “to play fast +and loose.” At the present day it is called “prick the garter” +or “prick the loop.”</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASTI,<a name="ar131" id="ar131"></a></span> in Roman antiquities, plural of the Latin adjective +<i>fastus</i>, but more commonly used as a substantive, derived from +<i>fas</i>, meaning what is binding, or allowable, by divine law, as +opposed to <i>jus</i>, or human law. <i>Fasti dies</i> thus came to mean +the days on which law business might be transacted without +impiety, corresponding to our own “lawful days”; the opposite +of the <i>dies fasti</i> were the <i>dies nefasti</i>, on which, on various +religious grounds, the courts could not sit. The word <i>fasti</i> itself +then came to be used to denote lists or registers of various kinds, +which may be divided into two great classes.</p> + +<p>1. <i>Fasti Diurni</i>, divided into <i>urbani</i> and <i>rustici</i>, a kind of +official year-book, with dates and directions for religious ceremonies, +court-days, market-days, divisions of the month, and +the like. Until 304 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> the lore of the <i>calendaria</i> remained the +exclusive and lucrative monopoly of the priesthood; but in that +year Gnaeus Flavius, a pontifical secretary, introduced the +custom of publishing in the forum tables containing the requisite +information, besides brief references to victories, triumphs, +prodigies, &c. This list was the origin of the public Roman +calendar, in which the days were divided into weeks of eight +days each, and indicated by the letters A-H. Each day was +marked by a certain letter to show its nature; thus the letters +F., N., N.P., F.P., Q. Rex C.F., C., EN., stood for <i>fastus</i>, +<i>nefastus</i>, <i>nefastus</i> in some unexplained sense, <i>fastus priore</i>, +<i>quando rex</i> (<i>sacrorum</i>) <i>comitiavit fastus</i>, <i>comitialis</i> and <i>intercisus</i>. +The <i>dies intercisi</i> were partly <i>fasti</i> and partly <i>nefasti</i>. Ovid’s +<i>Fasti</i> is a poetical description of the Roman festivals of the first +six months, written to illustrate the Fasti published by Julius +Caesar after he remodelled the Roman year. Upon the +cultivators fewer feasts, sacrifices, ceremonies and holidays +were enjoined than on the inhabitants of cities; and the rustic +fasti contained little more than the ceremonies of the calends, +nones and ides, the fairs, signs of zodiac, increase and decrease +of the days, the tutelary gods of each month, and certain directions +for rustic labours to be performed each month.</p> + +<p>2. <i>Fasti Magistrales</i>, <i>Annales</i> or <i>Historici</i>, were concerned +with the several feasts, and everything relating to the gods, +religion and the magistrates; to the emperors, their birthdays, +offices, days consecrated to them, with feasts and ceremonies +established in their honour or for their prosperity. They came +to be denominated <i>magni</i>, by way of distinction from the bare +calendar, or <i>fasti diurni</i>. Of this class, the <i>fasti consulares</i>, for +example, were a chronicle or register of time, in which the several +years were denoted by the respective consuls, with the principal +events which happened during their consulates. The <i>fasti +triumphales</i> and <i>sacerdotales</i> contained a list in chronological +order of persons who had obtained a triumph, together with +the name of the conquered people, and of the priests. The word +<i>fasti</i> thus came to be used in the general sense of “annals” +or “historical records.” A famous specimen of the same class +are the <i>fasti Capitolini</i>, so called because they were deposited +in the Capitol by Alexander Farnese, after their excavation from +the Roman forum in 1547. They are chiefly a nominal list of +statesmen, victories, triumphs, &c., from the expulsion of the +kings to the death of Augustus. A considerable number of fasti +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page193" id="page193"></a>193</span> +of the first class have also been discovered; but none of them +appear to be older than the time of Augustus. The Praenestine +calendar, discovered in 1770, arranged by the famous grammarian +Verrius Flaccus, contains the months of January, March, +April and December, and a portion of February. The tablets +give an account of festivals, as also of the triumphs of Augustus +and Tiberius. There are still two complete calendars in existence, +an official list by Furius Dionysius Philocalus (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 354), and a +Christian version of the official calendar, made by Polemius +Silvius (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 448). But some kinds of fasti included under the +second general head were, from the very beginning, written +for publication. The <i>Annales Pontificum</i>—different from the +<i>calendaria</i> properly so called—were “annually exhibited in +public on a white table, on which the memorable events of the +year, with special mention of the prodigies, were set down in +the briefest possible manner.” Any one was allowed to copy +them. Like the pontifices, the augurs also had their books, +<i>libri augurales</i>. In fact, all the state offices had their fasti +corresponding in character to the consular fasti named above.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For the best text and account of the fragments of the Fasti see +<i>Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum</i>, i. (2nd ed.); on the subject generally, +Teuffel-Schwabe, <i>Hist. of Roman Literature</i>, §§ 74, 75, and +article by Bouché-Leclercq in Daremberg and Saglio, <i>Dictionnaire +des antiquités</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASTING<a name="ar132" id="ar132"></a></span> (from “fast,” derived from old Teutonic <i>fastêjan</i>; +synonyms being the Gr. <span class="grk" title="nêsteuein">νηστεύειν</span>, late Lat. <i>jejunare</i>), an +act which is most accurately defined as an abstention from +meat, drink and all natural food for a determined period. So +it is defined by the Church of England, in the 16th homily, on +the authority of the Council of Chalcedon<a name="fa1h" id="fa1h" href="#ft1h"><span class="sp">1</span></a> and of the primitive +church generally. In a looser sense the word is employed to +denote abstinence from certain kinds of food merely; and this +meaning, which in ordinary usage is probably the more prevalent, +seems also to be at least tolerated by the Church of England +when it speaks of “fast or abstinence days,” as if fasting and +abstinence were synonymous.<a name="fa2h" id="fa2h" href="#ft2h"><span class="sp">2</span></a> More vaguely still, the word +is occasionally used as an equivalent for moral self-restraint +generally. This secondary and metaphorical sense (<span class="grk" title="nêsteuein +kakotêtos">νηστεύειν κακότητος</span>) occurs in one of the fragments of Empedocles. +For the physiology of fasting, see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Dietetics</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Nutrition</a></span>; +also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Corpulence</a></span>.</p> + +<p>Starvation itself (see also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Hunger and Thirst</a></span>) is of the nature +of a disease which may be prevented by diet; nevertheless +there are connected with it a few peculiarities of scientific and +practical interest. “Inedia,” as it is called in the nomenclature +of diseases by the London College of Physicians, is of two kinds, +arising from <i>want of food</i> and from <i>want of water</i>. When entirely +deprived of nutriment the human body is ordinarily capable +of supporting life under ordinary circumstances for little more +than a week. In the spring of 1869 this was tried on the person +of a “fasting girl” in South Wales. The parents made a show +of their child, decking her out like a bride on a bed, and asserting +that she had eaten no food for two years. Some reckless enthusiasts +for truth set four trustworthy hospital nurses to watch +her; the Celtic obstinacy of the parents was roused, and in +defence of their imposture they allowed death to take place in +eight days. Their trial and conviction for manslaughter may +be found in the daily periodicals of the date; but, strange to +say, the experimental physiologists and nurses escaped scot-free. +There is no doubt that in this instance the unnatural quietude, +the grave-like silence, and the dim religious light in which the +victim was kept contributed to deter death.</p> + +<p>One thing which remarkably prolongs life is a supply of water. +Dogs furnished with as much as they wished to drink were found +by M. Chossat (<i>Sur l’inanition</i>, Paris, 1843) to live three times as +long as those who were deprived of solids and liquids at the same +time. Even wetting the skin with sea-water has been found +useful by shipwrecked sailors. Four men and a boy of fourteen +who got shut in the Tynewydd mine near Porth, in South Wales, +in the winter of 1876-1877 for ten days without food, were not only +alive when released, but several of them were able to walk, and +all subsequently recovered. The thorough saturation of the +narrow space with aqueous vapour, and the presence of drain +water in the cutting, were probably their chief preservatives—assisted +by the high even temperature always found in the +deeper headings of coal mines, and by the enormous compression +of the confined air. This doubtless prevented evaporation, +and retarded vital processes dependent upon oxidation. The +accumulation of carbonic acid in the breathed air would also have +a similar arrestive power over destructive assimilation. These +prisoners do not seem to have felt any of the severer pangs of +hunger, for they were not tempted to eat their candles. With +the instinctive feeling that darkness adds a horror to death, +they preferred to use them for light. At the wreck of the +“Medusa” frigate in 1816, fifteen people survived on a raft +for thirteen days without food.</p> + +<p>It is a paradoxical fact, that the supply of the stomach even +from the substance of the starving individual’s body should tend +to prolong life. In April 1874 a case was recorded of exposure +in an open boat for 32 days of three men and two boys, with +only ten days’ provisions, exclusive of old boots and jelly-fish. +They had a fight in their delirium, and one was severely wounded. +As the blood gushed out he lapped it up; and instead of suffering +the fatal weakness which might have been expected from the +haemorrhage, he seems to have done well. Experiments were +performed by a French physiologist, M. Anselmier (<i>Archives +gén. de médecine</i>, 1860, vol. i. p. 169), with the object of trying +to preserve the lives of dogs by what he calls “artificial autophagy.” +He fed them on the blood taken from their own veins +daily, depriving them of all other food, and he found that the +fatal cooling incident to starvation was thus postponed, and +existence prolonged. Life lasted till the emaciation had proceeded +to six-tenths of the animal’s weight, as in Chossat’s +experiments, extending to the fourteenth day, instead of ending +on the tenth day, as was the case with other dogs which were +not bled.</p> + +<p>Various people have tried, generally for exhibition purposes, +how long they could fast from food with the aid merely of water +or some medicinal preparation; but these exhibitions cannot be +held to have proved anything of importance. A man named +Jacques in this way fasted at Edinburgh for thirty days in 1888, +and in London for forty-two days in 1890, and for fifty days in +1891; and an Italian named Succi fasted for forty days in 1890.</p> + +<p><i>Religious Fasts.</i>—Fasting is of special interest when considered +as a discipline voluntarily submitted to for moral and religious +ends. As such it is very widely diffused. Its modes and motives +vary considerably according to climate, race, civilization and +other circumstances; but it would be difficult to name any +religious system of any description in which it is wholly unrecognized.<a name="fa3h" id="fa3h" href="#ft3h"><span class="sp">3</span></a> +The origin of the practice is very obscure.<a name="fa4h" id="fa4h" href="#ft4h"><span class="sp">4</span></a> In his +<i>Principles of Sociology</i> Herbert Spencer collected, from the +accounts we have of various savage tribes in widely separated +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page194" id="page194"></a>194</span> +parts of the globe, a considerable body of evidence, from which +he suggested that it may have arisen out of the custom of +providing refreshments for the dead, either by actually feeding +the corpse, or by leaving eatables and drinkables for its use. +It is suggested that the fasting which was at first the natural +and inevitable result of such sacrifice on behalf of the dead +may eventually have come to be regarded as an indispensable +concomitant of all sacrifice, and so have survived as a well-established +usage long after the original cause had ceased to +operate.<a name="fa5h" id="fa5h" href="#ft5h"><span class="sp">5</span></a> But this theory is repudiated by the best authorities; +indeed its extreme precariousness at once becomes evident when +it is remembered that, now at least, it is usual for religious fasts +to precede rather than to follow sacrificial and funeral feasts, +if observed at all in connexion with these. Spencer himself +(p. 284) admits that “probably the practice arises in more ways +than one,” and proceeds to supplement the theory already +given by another—that adopted by E.B. Tylor—to the effect +that it originated in the desire of the primitive man to bring on +at will certain abnormal nervous conditions favourable to the +seeing of those visions and the dreaming of those dreams which +are supposed to give the soul direct access to the objective +realities of the spiritual world.<a name="fa6h" id="fa6h" href="#ft6h"><span class="sp">6</span></a> Probably, if we leave out of +sight the very numerous and obvious cases in which fasting, +originally the natural reflex result of grief, fear or other strong +emotion, has come to be the usual conventional symbol of these, +we shall find that the practice is generally resorted to, either as +a means of somehow exalting the higher faculties at the expense +of the lower, or as an act of homage to some object of worship. +The axiom of the Amazulu, that “the continually stuffed body +cannot see secret things,” meets even now with pretty general +acceptance; and if the notion that it is precisely the food which +the worshipper foregoes that makes the deity more vigorous to +do battle for his human friend be confined only to a few scattered +tribes of savages, the general proposition that “fasting is a work +of reverence toward God” may be said to be an article of the +Catholic faith.<a name="fa7h" id="fa7h" href="#ft7h"><span class="sp">7</span></a></p> + +<p>Although fasting as a religious rite is to be met with almost +everywhere, there are comparatively few religions, and those only +of the more developed kind, which appoint definite public fasts, +and make them binding at fixed seasons upon all the faithful. +Brahmanism, for example, does not appear to enforce any stated +fast upon the laity.<a name="fa8h" id="fa8h" href="#ft8h"><span class="sp">8</span></a> Among the ancient Egyptians fasting +seems to have been associated with many religious festivals, +notably with that of Isis (Herod. ii. 40), but it does not appear +that, so far as the common people were concerned, the observance +of these festivals (which were purely local) was compulsory. +The <span class="grk" title="nêsteia">νηστεία</span> on the third day of the Thesmophoria at Athens +was observed only by the women attending the festival (who +were permitted to eat cakes made of sesame and honey). It is +doubtful whether the fast mentioned by Livy (xxxvi. 37) was +intended to be general or sacerdotal merely.</p> + +<p><i>Jewish Fasts.</i>—While remarkable for the cheerful, non-ascetic +character of their worship, the Jews were no less distinguished +from all the nations of antiquity by their annual solemn fast +appointed to be observed on the 10th day of the 7th month +(Tisri), the penalty of disobedience being death. The rules, as +laid down in Lev. xvi. 29-34, xxiii. 27-32 and Numb. xxix. 7-11, +include a special injunction of strict abstinence (“ye shall afflict +your souls”<a name="fa9h" id="fa9h" href="#ft9h"><span class="sp">9</span></a>) from evening to evening. This fast was intimately +associated with the chief feast of the year. Before that feast +could be entered upon, the sins of the people had to be confessed +and (sacramentally) expiated. The fast was a suitable concomitant +of that contrition which befitted the occasion. The +practice of stated fasting was not in any other case enjoined +by the law; and it is generally understood to have been forbidden +on Sabbath.<a name="fa10h" id="fa10h" href="#ft10h"><span class="sp">10</span></a> At the same time, private and occasional fasting, +being regarded as a natural and legitimate instinct, was regulated +rather than repressed. The only other provision about fasting +in the Pentateuch is of a regulative nature, Numb. xxx. 14 (13), +to the effect that a vow made by a woman “to afflict the soul” +may in certain circumstances be cancelled by her husband.</p> + +<p>The history of Israel from Moses to Ezra furnishes a large +number of instances in which the fasting instinct was obeyed +both publicly and privately, locally and nationally, under the +influence of sorrow, or fear, or passionate desire. See, for +example, Judg. xx. 26; 1 Sam. vii. 6 (where the national fast +was conjoined with the ceremony of pouring out water before +the Lord); Jer. xxxvi. 6, 9; and 2 Sam. xii. 16.<a name="fa11h" id="fa11h" href="#ft11h"><span class="sp">11</span></a> Sometimes the +observance of such fasts extended over a considerable period of +time, during which, of course, the stricter <i>jejunium</i> was conjoined +with <i>abstinentia</i> (Dan. x. 2). Sometimes they lasted only for a +day. In Jonah iii. 6, 7, we have an illustrative example of the +rigour with which a strict fast might be observed; and such +passages as Joel ii. and Isa. lviii. 5 enable us to picture with +some vividness the outward accompaniments of a Jewish fast +day before the exile.</p> + +<p>During the exile many occasional fasts were doubtless observed +by the scattered communities, in sorrowful commemoration of +the various sad events which had issued in the downfall of the +kingdom of Judah. Of these, four appear to have passed into +general use—the fasts of the 10th, 4th, 5th and 7th months—commemorating +the beginning of the siege of Jerusalem, the +capture of the city, the destruction of the temple, the assassination +of Gedaliah. As time rolled on they became invested with +increasing sanctity; and though the prophet Zechariah, when +consulted about them at the close of the exile (Zech. viii. 19), +had by no means encouraged the observance of them, the rebuilding +of the temple does not appear to have been considered +an achievement of sufficient importance to warrant their discontinuance. +It is worthy of remark that Ezekiel’s prophetic +legislation contains no reference to any fast day; the book of +Esther (ix. 31), on the other hand, records the institution of a +new fast on the 13th of the 12th month.</p> + +<p>In the post-exile period private fasting was much practised +by the pious, and encouraged by the religious sentiment of the +time (see Judith viii. 6; Tob. xii. 8, and context; Sirach xxxiv. +26, Luke ii. 37 and xviii. 12). The last reference contains an +allusion to the weekly fasts which were observed on the 2nd +and 5th days of each week, in commemoration, it was said, of +the ascent and descent of Moses at Sinai. The real origin of +these fasts and the date of their introduction are alike uncertain; +it is manifest, however, that the observance of them was voluntary, +and never made a matter of universal obligation. It is +probable that the Sadducees, if not also the Essenes, wholly +neglected them. The second book (<i>Seder Moed</i>) of the Mishna +contains two tractates bearing upon the subject of fasting. +One (<i>Yoma</i>, “the day”) deals exclusively with the rites which +were to be observed on the great day of expiation or atonement +the other (<i>Taanith</i>, “fast”) is devoted to the other fasts, and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page195" id="page195"></a>195</span> +deals especially with the manner in which occasional fasting is +to be gone about if no rain shall have fallen on or before the 17th +day of Marcheschwan. It is enacted that in such a case the +rabbis shall begin with a light fast of three days (Monday, +Thursday, Monday), <i>i.e.</i> a fast during which it is lawful to work, +and also to wash and anoint the person. Then, in the event of a +continued drought, fasts of increasing intensity are ordered; +and as a last resort the ark is to be brought into the street and +sprinkled with ashes, the heads of the Nasi and Ab-beth-din being +at the same time similarly sprinkled.<a name="fa12h" id="fa12h" href="#ft12h"><span class="sp">12</span></a> In no case was any +fast to be allowed to interfere with new-moon or other fixed +festival. Another institution treated with considerable fulness +in the treatise <i>Taanith</i> is that of the <span title="anshei maamad">אנשי מעמד</span> (<i>viri stationis</i>), +who are represented as having been laymen severally representing +the twenty-four classes or families into which the whole +commonwealth of the laity was divided. They used to attend +the temple in rotation, and be present at the sacrifices; and as +this duty fell to each in his turn, the men of the class or family +which he represented were expected in their several cities and +places of abode to engage themselves in religious exercises, +and especially in fasting. The suggestion will readily occur that +here may be the origin of the Christian <i>stationes</i>. But neither +Tertullian nor any other of the fathers seems to have been +aware of the existence of any such institution among the Jews; +and very probably the story about it may have been a comparatively +late invention. It ought to be borne in mind that the +Aramaic portion of the <i>Megillath Taanith</i> (a document considerably +older than the treatises in the Mishna) gives a catalogue +only of the days on which fasting was forbidden. The Hebrew +part (commented on by Maimonides), in which numerous fasts +are recommended, is of considerably later date. See Reland, +<i>Antiq. Hebr.</i> p. iv. c. 10; Derenbourg, <i>Hist. de Palestine</i>, p. 439.</p> + +<p><i>Practice of the Early Christian Church.</i>—Jesus Himself did not +inculcate asceticism in His teaching, and the absence of that +distinctive element from His practice was sometimes a subject +of hostile remark (Matt. xi. 19). We read, indeed, that on one +occasion He fasted forty days and forty nights; but the expression, +which is an obscure one, possibly means nothing more +than that He endured the privations ordinarily involved in a +stay in the wilderness. While we have no reason to doubt that +He observed the one great national fast prescribed in the written +law of Moses, we have express notice that neither He nor His +disciples were in the habit of observing the other fasts which +custom and tradition had established. See Mark ii. 18, where +the correct reading appears to be—“The disciples of John, and +the Pharisees, were fasting” (some customary fast). He never +formally forbade fasting, but neither did He ever enjoin it. +He assumed that, in certain circumstances of sorrow and need, +the fasting instinct would sometimes be felt by the community +and the individual; what He was chiefly concerned about was +to warn His followers against the mistaken aims which His +contemporaries were so apt to contemplate in their fasting +(Matt. vi. 16-18). In one passage, indeed, He has been understood +as practically commanding resort to the practice in certain +circumstances. It ought to be noted, however, that Matt. +xvii. 21 is probably spurious; and that in Mark ix. 29 the +words “and fasting” are omitted by Westcott and Hort as +well as by Tischendorf on the evidence of the Cod. Sinaiticus +(first hand) and Cod. Vaticanus.<a name="fa13h" id="fa13h" href="#ft13h"><span class="sp">13</span></a> The reference to “the fast” +in Acts xxvii. 9 has generally been held to indicate that the +apostles continued to observe the yearly Jewish fast. But this +inference is by no means a necessary one. According to Acts +xiii. 2, 3, xiv. 23, they conjoined fasting with prayer at ordinations, +and doubtless also on some other solemn occasions; but +at the same time the liberty of the Christian “in respect of an +holiday, or of the new moon, or of the Sabbath” was strongly +insisted on, by one of them at least, who declared that meat +whether taken or abstained from commendeth not to God (Col. +ii. 16-23; 1 Cor. viii. 8; Rom. xiv. 14-22; 1 Tim. iv. 3-5). +The fastings to which the apostle Paul alludes in 2 Cor. vi. 5, +xi. 27, were rather of the nature of inevitable hardships cheerfully +endured in the discharge of his sacred calling. The words +which appear to encourage fasting in 1 Cor. vii. 5 are absent +from all the oldest manuscripts and are now omitted by all +critics;<a name="fa14h" id="fa14h" href="#ft14h"><span class="sp">14</span></a> and on the whole the precept and practice of the New +Testament, while recognizing the propriety of occasional and +extraordinary fasts, seem to be decidedly hostile to the imposition +of any of a stated, obligatory and general kind.</p> + +<p>The usage of the Christian church during the earlier centuries +was in this, as in so many other matters, influenced by traditional +Jewish feeling, and by the force of old habit, quite as much as +by any direct apostolic authority or supposed divine command. +Habitual temperance was of course in all cases regarded as an +absolute duty; and “the bridegroom” being absent, the present +life was regarded as being in a sense one continual “fast.” +Fasting in the stricter sense was not unknown; but it is certain +that it did not at first occupy nearly so prominent a place in +Christian ritual as that to which it afterwards attained. There +are early traces of the customary observance of the Wednesday +and Friday fasts—the <i>dies stationum</i> (Clem. Alex. <i>Strom.</i> vii. +877), and also of a “quadragesimal” fast before Easter. But +the very passage which proves the early origin of “quadragesima,” +conclusively shows how uncertain it was in its character, +and how unlike the Catholic “Lent.” Irenaeus, quoted by +Eusebius (v. 24), informs us with reference to the customary +yearly celebration of the mystery of the resurrection of our Lord, +that disputes prevailed not only with respect to the day, but +also with respect to the manner of fasting in connexion with it. +“For some think that they ought to fast only one day, some +two, some more days; some compute their day as consisting of +<i>forty hours</i> night and day; and this diversity existing among +those that observe it is not a matter that has just sprung up in +our times, but long ago among those before us.” It was not +pretended that the apostles had legislated on the matter, but +the general and natural feeling that the anniversaries of the +crucifixion and the resurrection of Christ ought to be celebrated +by Christians took expression in a variety of ways according to +the differing tastes of individuals. No other stated fasts, besides +those already mentioned, can be adduced from the time before +Irenaeus; but there was also a tendency—not unnatural in +itself, and already sanctioned by Jewish practice—to fast by +way of preparation for any season of peculiar privilege. Thus, +according to Justin Martyr (<i>Apol.</i> ii. 93), catechumens were +accustomed to fast before baptism, and the church fasted with +them. To the same feeling the quadragesimal fast which (as +already stated) preceded the joyful feast of the resurrection, +is to be, in part at least, attributed. As early as the time of +Tertullian it was also usual for communicants to prepare themselves +by fasting for receiving the eucharist. But that Christian +fasts had not yet attained to the exaggerated importance which +they afterwards assumed is strikingly shown in the well-known +<i>Shepherd of Hermas</i> (lib. iii. sim. v.), where it is declared that +“with merely outward fasting nothing is done for true virtue”; +the believer is exhorted chiefly to abstain from evil and seek to +cleanse himself from feelings of covetousness, and impurity, and +revenge: “on the day that thou fastest content thyself with +bread, vegetables and water, and thank God for these. But +reckon up on this day what thy meal would otherwise have cost +thee, and give the amount that it comes to to some poor widow +or orphan, or to the poor.” The right of bishops to ordain special +fasts, “ex aliqua sollicitudinis ecclesiasticae causa” (Tertullian), +was also recognized.</p> + +<p><i>Later Practice of the Church.</i>—According to an expression +preserved by Eusebius (<i>H.E.</i> v. 18), Montanus was the first to +give laws (to the church) on fasting. Such language, though +rhetorical in form, is substantially correct. The treatise of Tertullian,—<i>Concerning +Fasting: against the Carnal</i>,—written as +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page196" id="page196"></a>196</span> +it was under Montanistic influence, is doubly interesting, first +as showing how free the practice of the church down to that time +had been, and then as foreshadowing the burdensome legislation +which was destined to succeed. In that treatise (<i>c.</i> 15) he +approves indeed of the church practice of not fasting on Saturdays +and Sundays (as elsewhere, <i>De corona</i>, c. 3, he had expressed +his concurrence in the other practice of observing the entire +period between Easter and Pentecost as a season of joy); but +otherwise he evinces great dissatisfaction with the indifference +of the church as to the number, duration and severity of her +fasts.<a name="fa15h" id="fa15h" href="#ft15h"><span class="sp">15</span></a> The church thus came to be more and more involved in +discussions as to the number of days to be observed, especially +in “Lent,” as fast days, as to the hour at which a fast ought to +terminate (whether at the 3rd or at the 9th hour), as to the +rigour with which each fast ought to be observed (whether by +abstinence from flesh merely, <i>abstinentia</i>, or by abstinence from +lacticinia, <i>xerophagia</i>, or by literal <i>jejunium</i>), and as to the +penalties by which the laws of fasting ought to be enforced. +Almost a century, however, elapsed between the composition +of the treatise of Tertullian (<i>cir.</i> 212) and the first recorded +instances of ecclesiastical legislation on the subject. These, while +far from indicating that the church had attained unanimity +on the points at issue, show progress in the direction of the later +practice of catholicism. About the year 306 the synod of +Illiberis in its 26th canon decided in favour of the observance +of the Saturday fast.<a name="fa16h" id="fa16h" href="#ft16h"><span class="sp">16</span></a> The council of Ancyra in 314, on the other +hand, found it necessary to legislate in a somewhat different +direction,—by its 14th canon enjoining its priests and clerks +at least to taste meat at the love feasts.<a name="fa17h" id="fa17h" href="#ft17h"><span class="sp">17</span></a> The synod of Laodicea +framed several rules with regard to the observance of “Lent,” +such as that “during Lent the bread shall not be offered except +on Saturday and Sunday” (can. 49), that “the fast shall not be +relaxed on the Thursday of the last week of Lent, thus dishonouring +the whole season; but the fast shall be kept throughout the +whole period” (can. 50), that “during the fast no feasts of the +martyrs shall be celebrated” (can. 51), and that “no wedding +or birthday feasts shall be celebrated during Lent” (can. 52). +The synod of Hippo (393 <span class="scs">A.D.</span>) enacted that the sacrament of +the altar should always be taken fasting, except on the Thursday +before Easter. Protests in favour of freedom were occasionally +raised, not always in a very wise manner, or on very wise grounds, +by various individuals such as Eustathius of Sebaste (<i>c.</i> 350), +Aerius of Pontus (<i>c.</i> 375), and Jovinian, a Roman monk (<i>c.</i> 388). +Of the Eustathians, for example (whose connexion with Eustathius +can hardly be doubted), the complaint was made that “they +fast on Sundays, but eat on the fast-days of the church.” They +were condemned by the synod of Gangra in Paphlagonia in the +following canons:—Can. 19, “If any one fast on Sunday, let +him be anathema.”<a name="fa18h" id="fa18h" href="#ft18h"><span class="sp">18</span></a> Can. 20, “If any one do not keep the fasts +universally commanded and observed by the whole church, let +him be anathema.” Jovinian was very moderate. He “did not +allow himself to be hurried on by an inconsiderate zeal to condemn +fasting, the life of celibacy, monachism, considered purely +in themselves.... He merely sought to show that men were +wrong in recommending so highly and indiscriminately the life +of celibacy and fasting, though he was ready to admit that both +under certain circumstances might be good and useful” +(Neander). He was nevertheless condemned (390) both by Pope +Siricius at a synod in Rome, and by Ambrose at another in Milan. +The views of Aerius, according to the representations of his +bitter opponent Epiphanius (<i>Haer.</i> 75, “Adv. Aerium”), seem +on this head at least, though unpopular, to have been characterized +by great wisdom and sobriety. He did not condemn +fasting altogether, but thought that it ought to be resorted to +in the spirit of gospel freedom according as each occasion should +arise. He found fault with the church for having substituted +for Christian liberty a yoke of Jewish bondage.<a name="fa19h" id="fa19h" href="#ft19h"><span class="sp">19</span></a></p> + +<p>Towards the beginning of the 5th century we find Socrates +(439) enumerating (<i>H.E.</i> v. 22) a long catalogue of the different +fasting practices of the church. The Romans fasted three weeks +continuously before Easter (Saturdays and Sundays excepted). +In Illyria, Achaia and Alexandria the quadragesimal fast lasted +six weeks. Others (the Constantinopolitans) began their fasts +seven weeks before Easter, but fasted only on alternate weeks, +five days at a time. Corresponding differences as to the manner +of abstinence occurred. Some abstained from all living creatures; +others ate fish; others fish and fowl. Some abstained from eggs +and fruit; some confined themselves to bread; some would not +take even that. Some fasted till three in the afternoon, and +then took whatever they pleased. “Other nations,” adds the +historian, “observe other customs in their fasts, and that for +various reasons. And since no one can show any written rule +about this, it is plain the apostles left this matter free to every +one’s liberty and choice, that no one should be compelled to do +a good thing out of necessity and fear.” When Leo the Great +became pope in 440, a period of more rigid uniformity began. +The imperial authority of Valentinian helped to bring the whole +West at least into submission to the see of Rome; and ecclesiastical +enactments had, more than formerly, the support of the +civil power. Though the introduction of the four Ember seasons +was not entirely due to him, as has sometimes been asserted, +it is certain that their widespread observance was due to his +influence, and to that of his successors, especially of Gregory the +Great. The tendency to increased rigour may be discerned in +the 2nd canon of the synod of Orleans (541), which declares that +every Christian is bound to observe the fast of Lent, and, in case +of failure to do so, is to be punished according to the laws of the +church by his spiritual superior; in the 9th canon of the synod +of Toledo (653), which declares the eating of flesh during Lent +to be a mortal sin; in Charlemagne’s law for the newly conquered +Saxony, which attaches the penalty of death to wanton +disregard of the holy season.<a name="fa20h" id="fa20h" href="#ft20h"><span class="sp">20</span></a> Baronius mentions that in the +11th century those who ate flesh during Lent were liable to have +their teeth knocked out. But it ought to be remembered that +this severity of the law early began to be tempered by the power +to grant dispensations. The so-called Butter Towers (<i>Tours de +beurre</i>) of Rouen, 1485-1507, Bourges and other cities, are said +to have been built with money raised by sale of dispensations +to eat <i>lacticinia</i> on fast days.</p> + +<p>It is probable that the apparent severity of the medieval +Latin Church on this subject was largely due to the real strictness +of the Greek Church, which, under the patriarch Photius in 864, +had taken what was virtually a new departure in its fasting +praxis. The rigour of the fasts of the modern Greek Church is +well known; and it can on the whole be traced back to that +comparatively early date. Of the nine fundamental laws of that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page197" id="page197"></a>197</span> +church (<span class="grk" title="ennea parangelmata tês ekklêsias">ἐννέα παραγγέλματα τῆς ἐκκλησίας</span>) two are concerned +with fasting. Besides fasts of an occasional and extraordinary +nature, the following are recognized as of stated and universal +obligation:—(1) The Wednesday and Friday fasts throughout +the year (with the exception of the period between Christmas +and Epiphany, the Easter week, the week after Whitsunday, +the third week after Epiphany); (2) The great yearly fasts, viz. +that of Lent, lasting 48 days, from the Monday of Sexagesima +to Easter eve; that of Advent, 39 days, from November 15 to +Christmas eve; that of the Theotokos (<span class="grk" title="nêsteia tês Theotokou">νηστεία τῆς Θεοτόκου</span>), +from August 1 to August 15; that of the Holy Apostles, lasting +a variable number of days from the Monday after Trinity; +(3) The minor yearly fasts before Epiphany, before Whitsunday, +before the feasts of the transfiguration, the invention of the cross, +the beheading of John the Baptist. During even the least rigid +of these the use of flesh and lacticinia is strictly forbidden; +fish, oil and wine are occasionally conceded, but not before two +o’clock in the afternoon. The practice of the Coptic church is +almost identical with this. A week before the Great Fast (Lent), +a fast of three days is observed in commemoration of that of the +Ninevites, mentioned in the book of Jonah. Some of the Copts +are said to observe it by total abstinence during the whole +period. The Great Fast continues fifty-five days; nothing is +eaten except bread and vegetables, and that only in the afternoon, +when church prayers are over. The Fast of the Nativity lasts +for twenty-eight days before Christmas; that of the Apostles +for a variable number of days from the Feast of the Ascension; +and that of the Virgin for fifteen days before the Assumption. +All Wednesdays and Fridays are also fast days except those that +occur in the period between Easter and Whitsunday. The +Armenians are equally strict; but (adds Rycaut) “the times +seem so confused and without rule that they can scarce be recounted, +unless by those who live amongst them, and strictly +observe them, it being the chief care of the priest, whose learning +principally consists in knowing the appointed times of fasting +and feasting, the which they never omit on Sundays to publish +unto the people.”<a name="fa21h" id="fa21h" href="#ft21h"><span class="sp">21</span></a></p> + +<p>At the council of Trent no more than a passing allusion was +made to the subject of fasting. The faithful were simply enjoined +to submit themselves to church authority on the subject; +and the clergy were exhorted to urge their flocks to the observance +of frequent jejunia, as conducive to the mortification of the flesh, +and as assuredly securing the divine favour. R.F.R. Bellarmine +(<i>De jejunio</i>) distinguishes <i>jejunium spirituale</i> (<i>abstinentia a +vitiis</i>), <i>jejunium morale</i> (<i>parsimonia et temperantia cibi et potus</i>), +<i>jejunium naturale</i> (<i>abstinentia ab omni prorsus cibo et potu, +quacunque ratione sumpto</i>), and <i>jejunium ecclesiasticum</i>. The +last he defines simply as an abstinence from food in conformity +with the rule of the church. It may be either voluntary or +compulsory; and compulsory either because of a vow or because +of a command. But the definition given by Alexander Halensis, +which is much fuller, still retains its authority:—“Jejunium +est abstinentia a cibo et potu secundum formam ecclesiae, intuitu +satisfaciendi pro peccato et acquirendi vitam aeternam.” It +was to this last clause that the Reformers most seriously objected. +They did not deny that fasting might be a good thing, nor did +they maintain that the church or the authority might not ordain +fasts, though they deprecated the imposition of needless burdens +on the conscience. What they protested against was the theory +of the opus operatum et meritorium as applied to fasting. As +matter of fact, the Reformed churches in no case gave up the +custom of observing fast days, though by some churches the +number of such days was greatly reduced. In many parts of +Germany the seasons of Lent and Advent are still marked by +the use of emblems of mourning in the churches, by the frequency +of certain phrases (Kyrie eleison, Agnus Dei) and the absence of +others (Hallelujah, Gloria in excelsis) in the liturgical services, +by abstinence from some of the usual social festivities, and by +the non-celebration of marriages. And occasional fasts are more +or less familiar. The Church of England has retained a considerable +list of fasts; though Hooker (<i>E.P.</i> v. 72) had to contend +with some who, while approving of fastings undertaken +“of men’s own free and voluntary accord as their particular +devotion doth move them thereunto,” yet “yearly or weekly +fasts such as ours in the Church of England they allow no further +than as the temporal state of the land doth require the same +for the maintenance of seafaring men and preservation of cattle; +because the decay of the one and the waste of the other could not +well be prevented but by a politic order appointing some such +usual change of diet as ours is.”</p> + +<p>In the practice of modern Roman Catholicism the following +are recognized as fasting days, that is to say, days on which one +meal only, and that not of flesh, may be taken in the course of +twenty-four hours:—The forty days of Lent (Sundays excepted), +all the Ember days, the Wednesdays and Fridays in Advent, +and the vigils of certain feasts, namely, those of Whitsuntide, +of St Peter and St Paul, of the Assumption of the Blessed Virgin +Mary, of All Saints and of Christmas day. The following are +simply days of abstinence, that is to say, days on which flesh at +all events must not be eaten:—The Sundays in Lent, the three +Rogation days, the feast of St Mark (unless it falls in Easter +week), and all Fridays which are not days of fasting. In the +Anglican Church, the “days of fasting or abstinence” are the +forty days of Lent, the Ember days, the Rogation days, and all +the Fridays in the year, except Christmas day. The evens or +vigils before Christmas, the Purification of the Blessed Virgin +Mary, the Annunciation of the Blessed Virgin Mary, Easter day, +Ascension day, Pentecost, St Matthias, the Nativity of St John +Baptist, St Peter, St James, St Bartholomew, St Matthew, St +Simon and St Jude, St Andrew, St Thomas, and All Saints are +also recognized as “fast days.” By the 64th canon it is enacted +that “every parson, vicar or curate, shall in his several charge +declare to the people every Sunday at the time appointed in the +communion-book [which is, after the Nicene creed has been +repeated] whether there be any holy-days or fast-days the week +following.” The 72nd canon ordains that “no minister or +ministers shall, without licence and direction of the bishop +under hand and seal, appoint or keep any solemn fasts, either +publicly or in any private houses, other than such as by law +are or by public authority shall be appointed, nor shall be +wittingly present at any of them under pain of suspension for +the first fault, of excommunication for the second, and of +deposition from the ministry for the third.” While strongly +discouraging the arbitrary multiplication of public or private +fasts, the English Church seems to leave to the discretion of the +individual conscience every question as to the manner in which +the fasts she formally enjoins are to be observed. In this +connexion the homily <i>Of Fasting</i> may be again referred to. +By a statute of the reign of Queen Elizabeth it was enacted that +none should eat flesh on “fish days” (the Wednesdays, Fridays +and Saturdays throughout the year) without a licence, under a +penalty. In the Scottish Presbyterian churches days of “fasting, +humiliation and prayer” are observed by ecclesiastical +appointment in each parish once or twice every year on some day +of the week preceding the Sunday fixed for the administration +of the sacrament of the Lord’s Supper. In some of the New +England States, it has been usual for the governor to appoint +by proclamation at some time in spring a day of fasting, when +religious services are conducted in the churches. National fasts +have more than once been observed on special occasions both in +this country and in the United States of America.</p> + +<p>On the subject of fasting the views of Aerius are to a large +extent shared by modern Protestant moralists. R. Rothe, for +example, who on this point may be regarded as a representative +thinker, rejects the idea that fasting is a thing meritorious in +itself, and is very doubtful of its value even as an aid to devotional +feeling. Of course when bodily health and other circumstances +require it, it becomes a duty; and as a means of self-discipline +it may be used with due regard to the claims of other duties, +and to the fitness of things. In this last aspect, however, +habitual temperance will generally be found to be much more +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page198" id="page198"></a>198</span> +beneficial than occasional fasting. It is extremely questionable, +in particular, whether fasting be so efficient as it is sometimes +supposed to be in protecting against temptation to fleshly sin. +The practice has a well-ascertained tendency to excite the +imagination; and in so far as it disturbs that healthy and well-balanced +interaction of body and mind which is the best or at +least the normal condition for the practice of virtue, it is to +be deprecated rather than encouraged (<i>Theologische Ethik</i>, sec. +873-875).</p> + +<p><i>Mahommedan Fasts.</i>—Among the Mahommedans, the month +Ramadan, in which the first part of the Koran is said to have +been received, is by command of the prophet observed as a fast +with extraordinary rigour. No food or drink of any kind is +permitted to be taken from daybreak until the appearance of +the stars at nightfall. Extending as it does over the whole +“month of raging heat,” such a fast manifestly involves considerable +self-denial; and it is absolutely binding upon all the +faithful whether at home or abroad. Should its observance at +the appointed time be interfered with by sickness or any other +cause, the fast must be kept as soon afterwards as possible for +a like number of days. It is the only one which Mahommedanism +enjoins; but the doctors of the law recommend a considerable +number of voluntary fasts, as for example on the tenth day of +the month Moharram. This day, called the “Yom Ashoora,” +is held sacred on many accounts:—“because it is believed to be +the day on which the first meeting of Adam and Eve took place +after they were cast out of paradise; and that on which Noah +went out from the ark; also because several other great events +are said to have happened on this day; and because the ancient +Arabs, before the time of the prophet, observed it by fasting. +But what, in the opinion of most modern Moslems, and especially +the Persians, confers the greatest sanctity on the day of Ashoora +is the fact of its being that on which El-Hoseyn, the prophet’s +grandson, was slain a martyr at the battle of the plain of Karbala.” +It is the practice of many Moslems to fast on this day, and some +do so on the preceding day also. Mahomet himself called fasting +the “gate of religion,” and forbade it only on the two great +festivals, namely, on that which immediately follows Ramadan +and on that which succeeds the pilgrimage. (See Lane, <i>Modern +Egyptians</i>, chaps, iii., xxiv.)</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1h" id="ft1h" href="#fa1h"><span class="fn">1</span></a> “The Fathers assembled there ... decreed in that council that +every person, as well in his private as public fast, should continue all +the day without meat and drink, till after the evening prayer. And +whosoever did eat or drink before the evening prayer was ended +should be accounted and reputed not to consider the purity of his +fast. This canon teacheth so evidently how fasting was used in the +primitive church as by words it cannot be more plainly expressed” +(<i>Of Good Works; and first, of Fasting.</i>)</p> + +<p><a name="ft2h" id="ft2h" href="#fa2h"><span class="fn">2</span></a> As indeed they are, etymologically; but, prior to the Reformation, +a conventional distinction between <i>abstinentia</i> and <i>jejunium +naturale</i> had long been recognized. “Exceptio eduliorum quorundam +portionale jejunium est” (Tertullian).</p> + +<p><a name="ft3h" id="ft3h" href="#fa3h"><span class="fn">3</span></a> Confucianism ought perhaps to be named as one. Zoroastrianism +is frequently given as another, but hardly <span class="correction" title="amended from corrrectly">correctly</span>. In the Liber +<i>Sad-der</i>, indeed (Porta xxv.), we read, “Cavendum est tibi a jejunio; +nam a mane ad vesperam nihil comedere non est bonum in religione +nostra”; but according to the Père de Chinon (Lyons, 1671) the +Parsee religion enjoins, upon the priesthood at least, no fewer than +five yearly fasts. See Hyde, <i>Veterum Persarum religio</i>, pp. 449, 548 +(ed. 1700).</p> + +<p><a name="ft4h" id="ft4h" href="#fa4h"><span class="fn">4</span></a> During the middle ages the prevalent notion was that it had its +origin in paradise. The germ at least of this idea is to be found in +Tertullian, who says: “Acceperat Adam a Deo legem non gustandi +de arbore agnitionis boni et mali, moriturus si gustasset; verum +et ipse tunc in psychicum reversus ... facilius ventri quam Deo +cessit, pabulo potius quam praecepto annuit, salutem gula vendidit, +manducavit denique et periit, salvus alioquin si uni arbusculae +jejunare maluisset” (<i>De jejuniis</i>, c. 3).</p> + +<p><a name="ft5h" id="ft5h" href="#fa5h"><span class="fn">5</span></a> <i>Principles of Sociology</i>, i. pp. 170, 284, 285. Compare the passage +in the appendix from Hanusch, <i>Slavischer Mythus</i>, p. 408.</p> + +<p><a name="ft6h" id="ft6h" href="#fa6h"><span class="fn">6</span></a> Spencer, <i>Prin. of Sociology</i>, i. 256, &c.; E.B. Tylor, <i>Primitive +Culture</i>, i. 277, 402; ii. 372, &c.</p> + +<p><a name="ft7h" id="ft7h" href="#fa7h"><span class="fn">7</span></a> Hooker, E.P. v. 72. In the Westminster Assembly’s Larger +Catechism fasting is mentioned among the duties required by the +second commandment.</p> + +<p><a name="ft8h" id="ft8h" href="#fa8h"><span class="fn">8</span></a> The Brahmans themselves on the eleventh day after the full +moon and the eleventh day after the new “abstain for sixty hours +from every kind of sustenance”; and some have a special fast every +Monday in November. See Picart, <i>The Religion and Manners of the +Brahmins</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft9h" id="ft9h" href="#fa9h"><span class="fn">9</span></a> <span title="nefesh">נפש</span> is here to be taken as substantially equivalent to “desire,” +“appetite.”</p> + +<p><a name="ft10h" id="ft10h" href="#fa10h"><span class="fn">10</span></a> See Judith viii. 6. “And yet it may be a question whether they +(the Jews) did not always fast upon Sabbath,” says Hooker (<i>E.P.</i> +v. 72, 7), who gives a curious array of evidence pointing in this +direction. He even makes use of Neh. viii. 9-12, which might be +thought to tell the other way. Justinian’s phrase, “Sabbata +Judaeorum a Mose in omne aevum jejunio dicata” (l. xxxvi. c. 2; +comp. Suetonius, <i>Augustus</i>, 76) may be accounted for by the fact +that the day of atonement is called Sabbat Sabbatôn (“a perfect +Sabbath”).</p> + +<p><a name="ft11h" id="ft11h" href="#fa11h"><span class="fn">11</span></a> There is, as Graf (<i>Gesch. Bücher des A.T.</i> p. 41) has pointed out, +no direct evidence that the fast on the 10th of the 7th month was ever +observed before the exile. But the inference which he draws from +this silence of the historical books is manifestly a precarious one at +best. Bleek calls Lev. xvi. “ein deutliches Beispiel Mosaïscher +Abfassung” (<i>Einleitung</i>, p. 31, ed. 1878).</p> + +<p><a name="ft12h" id="ft12h" href="#fa12h"><span class="fn">12</span></a> The allusion to the ark warns us to be cautious in assuming the +laws of the Mishna to have been ever in force.</p> + +<p><a name="ft13h" id="ft13h" href="#fa13h"><span class="fn">13</span></a> The idea, however, is found in the <i>Clementine Homilies</i>, ix. 9. +Compare Tertullian <i>De jejuniis</i>, c. 8: “Docuit etiam adversus +diriora daemonia jejuniis praeliandum.”</p> + +<p><a name="ft14h" id="ft14h" href="#fa14h"><span class="fn">14</span></a> On the manuscript evidence the words “I was fasting,” in Acts x. +30, must also be regarded as doubtful. They are rejected by Lachmann, +Tregelles and Tischendorf.</p> + +<p><a name="ft15h" id="ft15h" href="#fa15h"><span class="fn">15</span></a> Quinam isti (adversarii) sint, semel nominabo: exteriores et +interiores botuli psychicorum.... Arguunt nos quod <i>jejunia propria</i> +custodiamus, quod stationes plerumque in vesperam <i>producamus</i>, +quod etiam <i>xerophagias</i> observemus, siccantes cibum ab omni carne +et omni jurulentia et uvidioribus quibusque pomis, nec quid vinositatis +vel edamus vel potemus; lavacri quoque abstinentiam congruentem +arido victui.</p> + +<p><a name="ft16h" id="ft16h" href="#fa16h"><span class="fn">16</span></a> The language of the canon is ambiguous; but this interpretation +seems to be preferable, especially in view of canon 23, which enacts +that <i>jejunii superpositiones</i> are to be observed in all months except +July and August. See Hefele, <i>Councils</i>, i. 148 (Engl. trs.).</p> + +<p><a name="ft17h" id="ft17h" href="#fa17h"><span class="fn">17</span></a> Compare the 52nd [51st] of the Apostolical canons. “If any +bishop or presbyter or deacon, or indeed any one of the sacerdotal +catalogue, abstains from flesh and wine, not for his own exercise +but out of hatred of the things, forgetting that all things were very +good ... either let him reform, or let him be deprived and be cast +out of the church. So also a layman.” To this particular canon +Hefele is disposed to assign a very early date.</p> + +<p><a name="ft18h" id="ft18h" href="#fa18h"><span class="fn">18</span></a> Compare canon 64 of the (supposed) fourth synod of Carthage: +“He who fasts on Sunday is not accounted a Catholic” (Hefele, ii. +415).</p> + +<p><a name="ft19h" id="ft19h" href="#fa19h"><span class="fn">19</span></a> Priscillian, whose widespread heresy evoked from the synod of +Saragossa (418) the canon, “No one shall fast on Sunday, nor may +any one absent himself from church during Lent and hold a festival +of his own,” appears, on the question of fasting, not to have +differed from the Encratites and various other sects of Manichean +tendency (<i>c.</i> 406).</p> + +<p><a name="ft20h" id="ft20h" href="#fa20h"><span class="fn">20</span></a> Cap. iii. pro partib. Saxoniae: “Si quis sanctum quadragesimale +jejunium pro despectu Christianitatis contempserit et carnem +comederit, morte moriatur. Sed tamen consideretur a sacerdote ne +forte causa necessitatis hoc cuilibet proveniat, ut carnem comedat.” +See Augusti, <i>Christliche Archäologie</i>, x. p. 374.</p> + +<p><a name="ft21h" id="ft21h" href="#fa21h"><span class="fn">21</span></a> See Fink’s article “Fasten” in Ersch and Gruber’s <i>Encyclopädie</i>; +Lane, <i>Modern Egyptians</i>; and Rycaut, <i>Present State of the Armenian +Church</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FASTOLF, SIR JOHN<a name="ar133" id="ar133"></a></span> (d. 1459), English soldier, has enjoyed a +more lasting reputation as in some part the prototype of Shakespeare’s +Falstaff. He was son of a Norfolk gentleman, John +Fastolf of Caister, is said to have been squire to Thomas Mowbray, +duke of Norfolk, before 1398, served with Thomas of Lancaster +in Ireland during 1405 and 1406, and in 1408 made a fortunate +marriage with Millicent, widow of Sir Stephen Scrope of Castle +Combe in Wiltshire. In 1413 he was serving in Gascony, and +took part in all the subsequent campaigns of Henry V. in France. +He must have earned a good repute as a soldier, for in 1423 he +was made governor of Maine and Anjou, and in February 1426 +created a knight of the Garter. But later in this year he was +superseded in his command by John Talbot. After a visit to +England in 1428, he returned to the war, and on the 12th of +February 1429 when in charge of the convoy for the English +army before Orleans defeated the French and Scots at the +“battle of herrings.” On the 18th of June of the same year +an English force under the command of Fastolf and Talbot +suffered a serious defeat at Patay. According to the French +historian Waurin, who was present, the disaster was due to +Talbot’s rashness, and Fastolf only fled when resistance was +hopeless. Other accounts charge him with cowardice, and it is +true that John of Bedford at first deprived him of the Garter, +though after inquiry he was honourably reinstated. This +incident was made unfavourable use of by Shakespeare in <i>Henry +VI.</i> (pt. i. act iv. sc. i.). Fastolf continued to serve with honour +in France, and was trusted both by Bedford and by Richard of +York. He only came home finally in 1440, when past sixty years +of age. But the scandal against him continued, and during +Cade’s rebellion in 1451 he was charged with having been the +cause of the English disasters through minishing the garrisons +of Normandy. It is suggested that he had made much money +in the war by the hire of troops, and in his later days he showed +himself a grasping man of business. A servant wrote of him:—“cruel +and vengible he hath been ever, and for the most part +without pity and mercy” (<i>Paston Letters</i>, i. 389). Besides his +share in his wife’s property he had large estates in Norfolk and +Suffolk, and a house at Southwark, where he also owned the +Boar’s Head Inn. He died at Caister on the 5th of November +1459. There is some reason to suppose that Fastolf favoured +Lollardry, and this circumstance with the tradition of his +braggart cowardice may have suggested the use of his name for +the boon companion of Prince Hal, when Shakespeare found +it expedient to drop that of Oldcastle. In the first two folios +the name of the historical character in the first part of <i>Henry VI.</i> +is given as “Falstaffe” not Fastolf. Other points of resemblance +between the historic Fastolf and the Falstaff of the dramatist +are to be found in their service under Thomas Mowbray, and +association with a Boar’s Head Inn. But Falstaff is in no true +sense a dramatization of the real soldier.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The facts of Fastolf’s early career are to be found chiefly in the +chronicles of Monstrelet and Waurin. For his later life there is much +material, including a number of his own letters, in the <i>Paston Letters</i>. +There is a full life by W. Oldys in the <i>Biographia Britannica</i> (1st ed., +enlarged by Gough in Kippis’s edition). See also Dawson Turner’s +<i>History of Caister Castle</i>, Scrope’s <i>History of Castle Combe</i>, J. Gairdner’s +essay <i>On the Historical Element in Shakespeare’s Falstaff</i>, ap. <i>Studies +in English History</i>, Sidney Lee’s article in the <i>Dictionary of National +Biography</i>, and D.W. Duthie, <i>The Case of Sir John Fastolf and other +Historical Studies</i> (1907).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(C. L. K.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAT<a name="ar134" id="ar134"></a></span> (O.E. <i>fáett</i>; the word is common to Teutonic languages, +cf. Dutch <i>vet</i>, Ger. <i>Fett</i>, &c., and may be ultimately related to +Greek <span class="grk" title="piôn">πίων</span> and <span class="grk" title="piaros">πιαρός</span>, and Sanskrit <i>pivan</i>), the name given +to certain animal and vegetable products which are oily solids +at ordinary temperatures, and are chemically distinguished +as being the glyceryl esters of various fatty acids, of which the +most important are stearic, palmitic, and oleic; it is to be +noticed that they are non-nitrogenous. Fat is a normal constituent +of animal tissue, being found even before birth; it +occurs especially in the intra-muscular, the abdominal and +the subcutaneous connective tissues. In the vegetable kingdom +fats especially occur in the seeds and fruits, and sometimes in +the roots. Physiological subjects concerned with the part played +by fats in living animals are treated in the articles <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Connective +Tissues</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Nutrition</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Corpulence</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Metabolic Diseases</a></span>. +The fats are chemically similar to the fixed oils, from which they +are roughly distinguished by being solids and not liquids (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Oils</a></span>). While all fats have received industrial applications, +foremost importance must be accorded to the fats of the domestic +animals—the sheep, cow, ox and calf. These, which are extracted +from the bones and skins in the first operation in the manufacture +of glue, are the raw materials of the soap, candle and +glycerin industries.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATALISM<a name="ar135" id="ar135"></a></span> (Lat. <i>fatum</i>, that which is spoken, decreed), +strictly the doctrine that all things happen according to a prearranged +fate, necessity or inexorable decree. It has frequently +been confused with determinism (<i>q.v.</i>), which, however, differs +from it categorically in assigning a certain function to the will. +The essence of the fatalistic doctrine is that it assigns no place +at all to the initiative of the individual, or to rational sequence +of events. Thus an oriental may believe that he is fated to die +on a particular day; he believes that, whatever he does and in +spite of all precautions he may take, nothing can avert the +disaster. The idea of an omnipotent fate overruling all affairs +of men is present in various forms in practically all religious +systems. Thus Homer assumes a single fate (<span class="grk" title="Moira">Μοῖρα</span>), an +impersonal power which makes all human concerns subject to +the gods: it is not powerful over the gods, however, for Zeus +is spoken of as weighing out the fate of men (<i>Il.</i> xxii. 209, viii. +69). Hesiod has three Fates (<span class="grk" title="Moirai">Μοῖραι</span>), daughters of Night, +Clotho, Lachesis and Atropos. In Aeschylus fate is powerful +even over the gods. The Epicureans regarded fate as blind +chance, while to the Stoics everything is subject to an absolute +rational law.</p> + +<p>The doctrine of fate appears also in what are known as the +higher religions, <i>e.g.</i> Christianity and Mahommedanism. In the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page199" id="page199"></a>199</span> +former the ideas of personality and infinite power have vanished, +all power being conceived as inherent in God. It is recognized +that the moral individual must have some kind of initiative, +and yet since God is omnipotent and omniscient man must be +conceived as in some sense foreordained to a certain moral, +mental and physical development. In the history of the Christian +church emphasis has from time to time been laid specially on the +latter aspect of human life (cf. the doctrines of election, foreordination, +determinism). Even those theologians, however, +who have laid special stress on the limitations of the human will +have repudiated the strictly fatalistic doctrine which is characteristic +of Oriental thought and is the negation of all human initiative +(see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Predestination</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Augustine, Saint</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Will</a></span>). In Islam +fate is an absolute power, known as <i>Kismet</i>, or <i>Nasib</i>, which is +conceived as inexorable and transcending all the physical laws +of the universe. The most striking feature of the Oriental +fatalism is its complete indifference to material circumstances: +men accept prosperity and misfortune with calmness as the decree +of fate.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATE,<a name="ar136" id="ar136"></a></span> in Roman mythology, the spoken word (<i>fatum</i>) of +Jupiter, the unalterable will of heaven. The plural (<i>Fata</i>, the +Fates) was used for the “destinies” of individuals or cities, +and then for the three goddesses who controlled them. Thus, +Fata Scribunda were the goddesses who wrote down a man’s +destiny at his birth. In this connexion, however, Fata may be +singular, the masculine and feminine <i>Fatus</i>, <i>Fata</i>, being the usual +forms in popular and ceremonial language. The Fates were +also called Parcae, the attributes of both being the same as those +of the Greek Moerae.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATEHPUR,<a name="ar137" id="ar137"></a></span> <span class="sc">Fathipur</span> or <span class="sc">Futtehpoor</span>, a town and district +of British India, in the Allahabad division of the United Provinces. +The town is 73 m. by rail N.W. of Allahabad. Pop. (1901) 19,281. +The district has an area of 1618 sq. m. It is situated in the +extreme south-eastern corner of the Doab or tract of country +between the Ganges and the Jumna, which respectively mark its +northern and southern boundaries. The whole district consists +of an alluvial plain formed by the deposits of the two great rivers. +The central part is almost perfectly level, and consists of highly +cultivated land interspersed with jungle and with tracts impregnated +with saltpetre (<i>usar</i>). A ridge of higher land, forming +the watershed of the district, runs along it from east to west at +an average distance of about 5 m. from the Ganges. Fatehpur +therefore consists of two inclined planes, the one 5 m. broad, +sloping down rapidly to the Ganges, and the other from 15 to 20 +m. broad, falling gradually to the Jumna. The country near the +banks of the two rivers is cut up into ravines and nullahs running +in all directions, and is almost entirely uncultivable. Besides +the Ganges and Jumna the only rivers of importance are the +Pandu, a tributary of the Ganges, and the Arind and Nun, +which both fall into the Jumna. The climate is more humid +than in the other districts of the Doab, and although fevers are +common, it is not considered an unhealthy district. The average +annual rainfall is 34 in.</p> + +<p>The tract in which this district is comprised was conquered +in 1194 by the Pathans; but subsequently, after a desperate +resistance, it was wrested from them by the Moguls. In the 18th +century it formed a part of the <i>subah</i> of Korah, and was under +the government of the wazir of Oudh. In 1736 it was overrun +by the Mahrattas, who retained possession of it until, in 1750, +they were ousted by the Pathans of Fatehpur. In 1753 it was +reconquered by the nawab of Oudh. In 1765, by a treaty between +the East India Company and the nawab, Korah was made +over to the Delhi emperor, who retained it till 1774, when it +was again restored to the nawab wazir’s dominions. Finally in +1801, the nawab, by treaty, reconveyed it to the Company in +commutation of the amount which he had stipulated to pay in +return for the defence of his country. In June 1857 the district +rose in rebellion, and the usual murders of Europeans took place. +Order was established after the fall of Lucknow, on the return of +Lord Clyde’s army to Cawnpore. In 1901 the population was +686,391, showing a decrease of 2% in the decade. The district +is traversed by the main line of the East Indian railway from +Allahabad to Cawnpore. Trade is mainly agricultural, but the +town of Fatehpur is noted for the manufacture of ornamental +whips, and Jafarganj for artistic curtains, &c.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATEHPUR SIKRI,<a name="ar138" id="ar138"></a></span> a town in the Agra district in the United +Provinces of India, on the road from Agra to Jaipur. Pop. (1901) +7147. It is a ruined city, and is interesting only from an archaeological +point of view. It was founded by Akbar in 1569 as a +thank-offering for the birth of a son, Selim, afterwards the +emperor Jahangir, foretold by Selim Chisti, a famous Mahommedan +saint. The principal building is the great mosque, which +is said by Fergusson to be hardly surpassed by any in India. +“It measures 550 ft. east and west by 470 ft. north and south, +over all. The mosque itself, 250 ft. by 80 ft., is crowned by three +domes. In its courtyard, which measures 350 ft. by 440 ft., +stand two tombs. One is that of Selim Chisti, built of white +marble, and the windows with pierced tracery of the most +exquisite geometrical patterns. It possesses besides a deep +cornice of marble, supported by brackets of the most elaborate +design. The other tomb, that of Nawab Islam Khan, is soberer +and in excellent taste, but quite eclipsed by its surroundings. +Even these parts, however, are surpassed in magnificence by +the southern gateway. As it stands on a rising ground, when +looked at from below its appearance is noble beyond that of +any portal attached to any mosque in India, perhaps in the whole +world.” Among other more noteworthy buildings the following +may be mentioned. The palace of Jodh Bai, the Rajput wife of +Akbar, consists of a courtyard surrounded by a gallery, above +which rise buildings roofed with blue enamel. A rich gateway +gives access to a terrace on which are the “houses of Birbal and +Miriam”; and beyond these is another courtyard, where are +Akbar’s private apartments and the exquisite palace of the +Turkish sultana. Here are also the Panch Mahal or five-storeyed +building, consisting of five galleries in tiers, and the audience +chamber. The special feature in the architecture of the city is +the softness of the red sandstone, which could be carved almost +as easily as wood, and so lent itself readily to the elaborate +Hindu embellishment. Fatehpur Sikri was a favourite residence +of Akbar throughout his reign, and his establishment here was +of great magnificence. After Akbar’s death Fatehpur Sikri +was deserted within 50 years of its foundation. The reason for +this was that frequent cause in the East, lack of water. The +only water obtainable was so brackish and corroding as to cause +great mortality among the inhabitants. The buildings are +situated within an enclosure, walled on three sides and about +7 m. in circumference. They are all now more or less in ruins, +and their elaborate painting and other decoration has largely +perished, but some modern restoration has been effected.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See E.B. Havell, <i>A Handbook to Agra and the Taj, Sikandra, +Fatehpur Sikri</i>, &c. (1904).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATHER,<a name="ar139" id="ar139"></a></span> the begetter of a child, the male parent. The +word is common to Teutonic languages, and, like the other +words for close family relationship, mother, brother, son, sister, +daughter, appears in most Indo-European languages. The +O. Eng. form is <i>fæder</i>, and it appears in Ger. <i>Vater</i>, Dutch <i>vader</i>, +Gr. <span class="grk" title="patêr">πατήρ</span>, Lat. <i>pater</i>, whence Romanic Fr. <i>père</i>, Span. <i>padre</i>, &c. +The word is used of male ancestors more remote than the actual +male parent, and of ancestors in general. It is applied to God, +as the Father of Jesus Christ, and as the Creator of the world, +and is thus the orthodox term for the First Person of the Trinity. +Of the transferred uses of the word many have religious reference; +thus it is used of the Christian writers, usually confined to those +of the first five centuries, the Fathers of the Church (see below), +of whom those who flourished at the end of, or just after the age +of, the apostles are known as the Apostolic Fathers. One who +stands as a spiritual parent to another is his “father,” <i>e.g.</i> godfather, +or in the title of bishops or archbishops, Right or Most +Reverend Father in God. The pope is, in the Roman Church, +the Holy Father. In the Roman Church, father is strictly applied +to a “regular,” a member of one of the religious orders, and so +always in Europe, in English usage, often applied to a confessor, +whether regular or secular, and to any Roman priest, and +sometimes used of sub-members of a religious society or fraternity +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page200" id="page200"></a>200</span> +in the English Church. Of transferred uses, other than religious, +may be mentioned the application to the first founders of an +institution, constitution, epoch, &c. Thus the earliest settlers +of North America are the Pilgrim Fathers, and the framers of +the United States constitution are the Fathers of the Constitution. +In ancient Rome the members of the senate are the <i>Patres +conscripti</i>, the “Conscript fathers.” The senior member or +doyen of a society is often called the father. Thus the member +of the English House of Commons, and similarly, of the House +of Representatives in the United States, America, who has sat +for the longest period uninterruptedly, is the Father of the +House.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATHERS OF THE CHURCH.<a name="ar140" id="ar140"></a></span> The use of the word “father” +as a title of respect is found in the Old Testament, where it is +applied to patriarchs (Gen. l. 24 (Septuagint); Exod. iii. 13, 15; +Deut. i. 8), priests (Judg. xvii. 10, xviii. 19), prophets (2 Kings ii. +12, vi. 21, xiii. 14), and distinguished ancestors (<i>Ecclus</i>. xliv. 1). +In the time of our Lord the scribes claimed the name with an +arrogance which He disapproved (Matt. xxiii. 9); in the rabbinic +literature “the fathers” are the more eminent of the earlier +rabbis whose sayings were handed down for the guidance of +posterity.<a name="fa1i" id="fa1i" href="#ft1i"><span class="sp">1</span></a> The Christian Church, warned perhaps by the words +of Christ, appears at first to have avoided a similar use of the +term, while St Paul, St Peter and St John speak of their +converts as spiritual children (1 Cor. iv. 14 f., Gal. iv. 19, 1 Pet. v. +13, 1 John ii. 12); they did not assume, so far as we know, the +official style of “fathers in God.” Nor is this title found in the +age which succeeded to that of the apostles. When Polycarp, +bishop of Smyrna, was martyred (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 155), the crowd shouted, +“This is the father of the Christians”<a name="fa2i" id="fa2i" href="#ft2i"><span class="sp">2</span></a>; but the words were +probably prompted by the Jews, who took a prominent part in +the martyrdom, and who naturally viewed Polycarp in the +light of a great Christian rabbi, and gave him the title which their +own teachers bore. In the next century members of the episcopal +order were sometimes addressed in this manner: thus Cyprian +is styled <i>papas</i> or <i>papa</i> by his Roman correspondents.<a name="fa3i" id="fa3i" href="#ft3i"><span class="sp">3</span></a> The +bishops who sat in the great councils of the 4th century were +known as “the 318 fathers” of Nicaea, and “the 150 fathers” +of Constantinople. Meanwhile the custom was growing up of +appealing to eminent Church writers of a past generation under +this name. Thus Athanasius writes (<i>ad Afros</i> vi.): “We have +the testimony of fathers (the two Dionysii, bishops of Alexandria +and Rome, who wrote in the previous century) for the use of +the word <span class="grk" title="homoousios">ὁμοούσιος</span>.” Such quotations were multiplied, as +theologians learnt to depend increasingly upon their predecessors, +until the testimony of “our holy father” Athanasius, or Gregory +the Divine, or John the Golden-mouthed, came to be regarded +as decisive in reference to controverted points of faith and +practice.</p> + +<p>In the narrower sense thus indicated the “fathers” of the +Church are the great bishops and other eminent Christian +teachers of the earlier centuries, who were conspicuous for +soundness of judgment and sanctity of life, and whose writings +remained as a court of appeal for their successors. A list of fathers +drawn up on this principle will begin with the Christian writers +of the 1st century whose writings are not included in the New +Testament: where it ought to end is a more difficult point to +determine. Perhaps the balance of opinion is in favour of +regarding Gregory the Great (d. 604) as the last of the Latin +fathers, and John of Damascus (d. <i>c.</i> 760) as the last of the fathers +of the Greek Church. A more liberal estimate might include +John Scotus Erigena or even Anselm or Bernard of Clairvaux +in the West and Photius in the East. The abbé Migne carried +his Latin patrology down to the time of Innocent III. (d. 1216), +and his Greek patrology to the fall of Constantinople (1453); +but, while this large extension of the field is much to the advantage +of his readers, it undoubtedly stretches the meaning of +<i>patrologia</i> far beyond its natural limits. For ordinary purposes +it is best to make the patristic period conterminous with the life +of the ancient Catholic Church. In the West the Church enters +the medieval stage of its history with the death of Gregory, +while in the East even John of Damascus is rather a compiler +of patristic teaching than a true “father.”</p> + +<p>A further question arises. Are all the Christian writers of a +given period to be included among the “fathers,” or those only +who wrote on religious subjects, and of whose orthodoxy there +is no doubt? Migne, following the example of the editors of +<i>bibliothecae patrum</i> who preceded him, swept into his great +collection all the Christian writings which fell within his period; +but he is careful to state upon his title-page that his patrologies +include the ecclesiastical writers as well as the fathers and doctors +of the Church. For a comprehensive use of the term “ecclesiastical +writers” he has the authority of Jerome, who enumerates +among them<a name="fa4i" id="fa4i" href="#ft4i"><span class="sp">4</span></a> such heresiarchs or leaders of schism as Tatian, +Bardaisan, Novatus, Donatus, Photinus and Eunomius. This +may not be logical, but long usage has made it permissible or +even necessary. It is often difficult, if not impracticable, to +draw the line between orthodox writers and heterodox; on +which side, it might be asked, is Origen to be placed? and in the +case of a writer like Tertullian who left the Church in middle +life, are we to admit certain of his works into our patrology and +refuse a place to others? It is clear that in the circumstances +the terms “father,” “patristic,” “patrology” must be used +with much elasticity, since it is now too late to substitute for +them any more comprehensive terms.</p> + +<p>By the “fathers,” then, we understand the whole of extant +Christian literature from the time of the apostles to the rise of +scholasticism or the beginning of the middle ages. However we +may interpret the lower limit of this period, the literature which +it embraces is immense. Some method of subdivision is necessary, +and the simplest and most obvious is that which breaks the whole +into two great parts, the ante-Nicene and the post-Nicene. +This is not an arbitrary cleavage; the Council of Nicaea (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> +325) is the watershed which actually separates two great tracts +of Christian literature. The ante-Nicene age yields priceless +records of the early struggles of Christianity; from it we have +received specimens of the early apologetic and the early polemic +of the Church, the first essays of Christian philosophy, Christian +correspondence, Christian biblical interpretation: we owe to it +the works of Justin, Irenaeus, the Alexandrian Clement, Origen, +Tertullian, Cyprian. In these products of the 2nd and 3rd +centuries there is much which in its own way was not surpassed +by any of the later patristic writings. Yet the post-Nicene +literature, considered as literature, reaches a far higher level. +Both in East and West, the 4th and 5th centuries form the golden +age of dogmatic theology, of homiletic preaching, of exposition, +of letter-writing, of Church history, of religious poetry. Two +causes may be assigned for this fact. The conversion of the +empire gave the members of the Church leisure and opportunities +for the cultivation of literary taste, and gradually drew the +educated classes within the pale of the Christian society. Moreover, +the great Christological controversies of the age tended to +encourage in Christian writers and preachers an intellectual +acuteness and an accuracy of thought and expression of which +the earlier centuries had not felt the need.</p> + +<p>The ante-Nicene period of patristic literature opens with the +“apostolic fathers,”<a name="fa5i" id="fa5i" href="#ft5i"><span class="sp">5</span></a> <i>i.e.</i> the Church writers who flourished +toward the end of the apostolic age and during the half century +that followed it, including Clement of Rome, Ignatius of Antioch, +Polycarp of Smyrna and the author known as “Barnabas.” +Their writings, like those of the apostles, are epistolary; but +editions of the apostolic fathers now usually admit also the early +Church order known as the <i>Didachē</i>, the allegory entitled the +<i>Shepherd</i>, and a short anonymous apology addressed to one +Diognetus. A second group, known as the “Greek Apologists,” +embraces Aristides, Justin, Tatian, Athenagoras and Theophilus; +and a third consists of the early polemical writers, Irenaeus and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page201" id="page201"></a>201</span> +Hippolytus. Next come the great Alexandrians, Clement, +Origen, Dionysius; the Carthaginians, Tertullian and Cyprian; +the Romans, Minucius Felix and Novatian; the last four laid +the foundations of a Latin Christian literature. Even the stormy +days of the last persecution yielded some considerable writers, +such as Methodius in the East and Lactantius in the West. This +list is far from complete; the principal collections of the ante-Nicene +fathers include not a few minor and anonymous writers, +and the fragments of many others whose works as a whole have +perished.</p> + +<p>In the post-Nicene period the literary output of the Church +was greater. Only the more representative names can be mentioned +here. From Alexandria we get Athanasius, Didymus and +Cyril; from Cyrene, Synesius; from Antioch, Theodore of +Mopsuestia, John Chrysostom and Theodoret; from Palestine, +Eusebius of Caesarea and Cyril of Jerusalem; from Cappadocia, +Basil, Gregory of Nyssa and Gregory of Nazianzus. The Latin +West was scarcely less productive; it is enough to mention +Hilary of Poitiers, Ambrose of Milan, Augustine of Hippo, Leo of +Rome, Jerome, Rufinus, and a father lately restored to his place +in patristic literature, Niceta of Remesiana.<a name="fa6i" id="fa6i" href="#ft6i"><span class="sp">6</span></a> Gaul alone has a +goodly list of Christian authors to show: John Cassian, Vincent +of Lerins, Hilary of Arles, Prosper of Aquitaine, Salvian of +Marseilles, Sidonius Apollinaris of Auvergne, Caesarius of Arles, +Gregory of Tours. The period ends in the West with two great +Italian names, Cassiodorus and Pope Gregory I., after Leo the +greatest of papal theologians.</p> + +<p>The reader to whom the study is new will gain some idea of the +bulk of the extant patristic literature, if we add that in Migne’s +collection ninety-six large volumes are occupied with the Greek +fathers from Clement of Rome to John of Damascus, and seventy-six +with the Latin fathers from Tertullian to Gregory the +Great.<a name="fa7i" id="fa7i" href="#ft7i"><span class="sp">7</span></a></p> + +<p>For a discussion of the more important fathers the student is +referred to the articles which deal with them separately. In this +place it is enough to consider the general influence of the patristic +writings upon Christian doctrine and biblical interpretation. +Can any authority be claimed for their teaching or their exegesis, +other than that which belongs to the best writers of every age. +The decree of the council of Trent<a name="fa8i" id="fa8i" href="#ft8i"><span class="sp">8</span></a> (<i>ut nemo ... contra unanimum +consensum patrum ipsam scripturam sacram interpretari +audeat</i>) is studiously moderate, and yet it seems to rule that +under certain circumstances it is not permitted to the Church of +later times to carry the science of biblical interpretation beyond +the point which it had reached at the end of the patristic period. +Roman Catholic writers,<a name="fa9i" id="fa9i" href="#ft9i"><span class="sp">9</span></a> however, have explained the prohibition +to apply to matters of faith only, and in that case the Tridentine +decree is little else than another form of the Vincentian canon +which has been widely accepted in the Anglican communion: +<i>curandum est ut id teneamus quod ubique, quod semper, quod ab +omnibus creditum est</i>. The fathers of the first six or seven +centuries, so far as they agree, may be fairly taken to represent +the main stream of Christian tradition and belief during the +period when the apostolic teaching took shape in the great creeds +and dogmatic decisions of Christendom. The English reformers +realized this fact; and notwithstanding their insistence on the +unique authority of the canon of Scripture, their appeal to the +fathers as representatives of the teaching of the undivided +Church was as wholehearted as that of the Tridentine divines. +Thus the English canon of 1571 directs preachers “to take heed +that they do not teach anything in their sermons as though +they would have it completely held and believed by the people, +save what is agreeable to the doctrine of the Old and New +Testaments, and what the Catholic Fathers and ancient Bishops +have gathered from that doctrine.” Depreciation of the fathers +was characteristic, not of the Anglican reformation, but of the +revolt against some of its fundamental principles which was led +by the Puritan reaction.<a name="fa10i" id="fa10i" href="#ft10i"><span class="sp">10</span></a></p> + +<p>Now that the smoke of these controversies has passed away, +it is possible to form a clearer judgment upon the merits of the +patristic writings. They are no longer used as an armoury +from which opposite sides may draw effective weapons, offensive +or defensive; nor on the other hand are they cast aside as the +rubbish of an ignorant and superstitious age. All patristic +students now recognize the great inequality of these authors, +and admit that they are not free from the faults of their times; +it is not denied that much of their exegesis is untenable, or that +their logic is often feeble and their rhetoric offensive to modern +taste. But against these disadvantages may be set the unique +services which the fathers still render to Christian scholars. +Their works comprise the whole literature of our faith during +the decisive centuries which followed the apostolic age. They +are important witnesses to the text of the New Testament, to +the history of the canon, and to the history of interpretation. +It is to their pages that we owe nearly all that we know of the +life of ancient Christianity. We see in them the thought of the +ancient Church taking shape in the minds of her bishops and +doctors; and in many cases they express the results of the great +doctrinal controversies of their age in language which leaves +little to be desired.<a name="fa11i" id="fa11i" href="#ft11i"><span class="sp">11</span></a></p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities</span>.—The earliest writer on patristics was Jerome, +whose book <i>De viris illustribus</i> gives a brief account of one hundred +and thirty-five Church writers, beginning with St Peter and ending +with himself. Jerome’s work was continued successively by +Gennadius of Marseilles, Isidore of Seville, and Ildefonsus of Toledo; +the last-named writer brings the list down to the middle of the 7th +century. Since the revival of learning books on the fathers have +been numerous; among the more recent and most accessible of these +we may mention Smith and Wace’s <i>Dictionary of Christian Biography</i>, +Hauck-Herzog’s <i>Realencyklopädie</i>, Bardenhewer’s <i>Patrologie</i> +and <i>Geschichte der altkirchlichen Litteratur</i>, Harnack’s <i>Geschichte der +altchristlichen Litteratur bei Eusebius</i> and Ehrard’s <i>Die altchristliche +Litteratur und ihre Erforschung</i>. A record of patristic collections +and editions down to 1839 may be found in Dowling’s <i>Notitia +Scriptorum SS. Patrum</i>. The contents of the volumes of Migne’s +patrologies are given in the <i>Catalogue général des livres de l’abbé +Migne</i>, and a useful list in alphabetical order of the writers in the +Greek <i>Patrologia</i> has been compiled by Dr J.B. Pearson (Cambridge, +1882). Migne’s texts are not always satisfactory, but since the +completion of his great undertaking two important collections have +been begun on critical lines—the Vienna edition of the Latin Church +writers,<a name="fa12i" id="fa12i" href="#ft12i"><span class="sp">12</span></a> and the Berlin edition of the Greek writers of the ante-Nicene +period.<a name="fa13i" id="fa13i" href="#ft13i"><span class="sp">13</span></a></p> + +<p>For English readers there are three series of translations from the +fathers, which cover much of the ground; the Oxford <i>Library of +the Fathers</i>, the <i>Ante Nicene Christian Library</i> and the <i>Select Library +of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers</i>. Satisfactory lexicons of patristic +Greek and Latin are still a desideratum: but assistance may be +obtained in the study of the Greek fathers from Suicer’s <i>Thesaurus</i>, +the <i>Lexicon of Byzantine Greek</i> by E.A. Sophocles, and the <i>Lexicon +Graecum suppletorium et dialecticum</i> of Van Herwerden; whilst the +new great <i>Latin Lexicon</i>, published by the Berlin Academy, is calculated +to meet the needs of students of Latin patristic literature. For +a fuller list of books useful to the reader of the Greek and Latin fathers +see H.B. Swete’s <i>Patristic Study</i> (2nd ed., 1902).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(H. B. S.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1i" id="ft1i" href="#fa1i"><span class="fn">1</span></a> See Buxtorf, s.v. <i>Abh</i>, and cf. the title of the tract <i>Pirke Aboth</i> +(ed. Taylor, p. 3).</p> + +<p><a name="ft2i" id="ft2i" href="#fa2i"><span class="fn">2</span></a> <i>Polyc. Mart</i>. 8.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3i" id="ft3i" href="#fa3i"><span class="fn">3</span></a> <i>Studia biblica</i>, iv. p. 273.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4i" id="ft4i" href="#fa4i"><span class="fn">4</span></a> In his book <i>De viris illustribus</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft5i" id="ft5i" href="#fa5i"><span class="fn">5</span></a> The term <i>patres apostolici</i> is due to the patristic scholars of the +17th century: see Lightfoot, <i>St Clement of Rome</i>, i. p. 3. “Sub-apostolic” +is perhaps a more accurate designation.</p> + +<p><a name="ft6i" id="ft6i" href="#fa6i"><span class="fn">6</span></a> The <i>editio princeps</i> of Niceta’s works was published by Dr A.E. +Burn in 1905.</p> + +<p><a name="ft7i" id="ft7i" href="#fa7i"><span class="fn">7</span></a> The Greek patrology contains, however, besides the text, a +Latin translation, and in both patrologies there is much editorial +matter.</p> + +<p><a name="ft8i" id="ft8i" href="#fa8i"><span class="fn">8</span></a> Sess. iv.</p> + +<p><a name="ft9i" id="ft9i" href="#fa9i"><span class="fn">9</span></a> E.G. Möhler, <i>Symbolism</i> (E. tr.) § 42.</p> + +<p><a name="ft10i" id="ft10i" href="#fa10i"><span class="fn">10</span></a> See J.J. Blunt, <i>Right Use of the Fathers</i>, p. 15 ff.</p> + +<p><a name="ft11i" id="ft11i" href="#fa11i"><span class="fn">11</span></a> See Stanton, <i>Place of Authority in Religion</i>, p. 165 f.</p> + +<p><a name="ft12i" id="ft12i" href="#fa12i"><span class="fn">12</span></a> <i>Corpus scriptorum ecclesiasticorum Latinorum</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft13i" id="ft13i" href="#fa13i"><span class="fn">13</span></a> <i>Griechischen christlichen Schriftstellern der ersten drei Jahrhunderte</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATHOM<a name="ar141" id="ar141"></a></span> (a word common, in various forms, to Scandinavian +and Teutonic languages; cf. Danish <i>favn</i>, Dutch <i>vaam</i> and +Ger. <i>Faden</i>, and meaning “the arms extended”; the ultimate +origin is a root <i>pet</i>, seen in the Gr. <span class="grk" title="petannunai">πεταννύναι</span>, to spread), a +measure of length, being the distance from the tip of one middle +finger to the tip of the other, when the arms are stretched out +to their widest extent. This length has been standardized to +a measure of 6 ft., and as such is used mainly in soundings as +a unit for measuring the depth of the sea. “Fathom” is also +used in the measurement of timber, when it is equivalent to 6 ft. +sq.; similarly, in mining, a fathom is a portion of ground +running the whole thickness of the vein of ore, and is 6 ft. in +breadth and thickness. The verb “to fathom,” <i>i.e.</i> to sound +or measure with a fathom-line, is used figuratively, meaning to +go into a subject deeply, to penetrate, or to explore thoroughly.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page202" id="page202"></a>202</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FATIMITES,<a name="ar142" id="ar142"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Fatimides</span>, the name of a dynasty called after +Fatima, daughter of the prophet Mahomet, from whom and her +husband the caliph Ali, son of Abu Talib, they claimed descent. +The dynasty is also called ‘Obaidi (Ubaidī) after ‘Obaidallah, +the first sovereign, and ‘Alawī, a title which it shares with +other dynasties claiming the same ancestry. For a list of +sovereigns see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Egypt</a></span>, section <i>History</i> (Mahommedan period); +three, however, must be prefixed who reigned in north-western +Africa before the annexation of Egypt: al-Mahdī ‘Obaidallah +297 (909); al-Qā’im Mahommed 322 (934); al-Mansūr Ismā‘īl +334 (945).</p> + +<p>The dynasty owed its rise to the attachment to the family of +the prophet which was widespread in the Moslem world, and +the belief that the sovereignty was the right of one of its members. +Owing, however, to the absence of the principle of primogeniture +there was difference of opinion as to the person whose claim +should be enforced, and a number of sects arose maintaining the +rights of different branches of the family. The Fatimites were +supported by those who regarded the sovereignty as vested in +Ismā‘īl, son of Ja‘far al-Sādiq, great-great-grandson of Alī, +through his second son Hosain (Ḥusain). Of this Ismā‘īl the +first Fatimite caliph was supposed to be the great-grandson. +The line of ancestors between him and Ismā‘īl is, however, +variously given, even his father’s name being quite uncertain, +and in some of the pedigrees even Ismā‘īl does not figure. +Apparently when the family first became of political importance +their Alid descent was not disputed at Bagdad, and the poet +al-Sharīf al-Radī (d. <span class="scs">A.H.</span> 406: <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 1015), in whose family the +office of Naqīb (registrar of the Alids) was hereditary, appears +to have acknowledged it (<i>Dīwān</i>, ed. Beirut, p. 972). When +their success became a menace to the caliphs of Bagdad, genealogists +were employed to demonstrate the falsity of the claim, +and a considerable literature, both official and unofficial, rose in +consequence. The founder of the dynasty was made out to be +a scion of a family of heretics from whom the terrible Carmathian +sect had originated: later on (perhaps owing to the rôle played +by Jacob, son of Killis, in bringing the Fatimites to Egypt), +the founder was made out to have been a Jew, either as having +been adopted by the heretic supposed to be his father, or as +having been made to personate the real ‘Obaidallah, who had +been killed in captivity. While the stories that make him of +either Jewish or Carmathian origin may be neglected, as the +product of malice, the uncertainty of the genealogies offered by +their partisans renders any positive solution of the problem +impossible. What seems to be clear is that secretly within the +Abbasid empire propaganda was carried on in favour of one or +other Alid aspirant, and the danger which any such aspirant +incurred by coming forward openly led to his whereabouts being +concealed except from a very few adherents. What is known +then is that towards the end of the 3rd Islamic century the leader +of the sect of Ismā‘ī-lites (Assassins, <i>q.v.</i>) who afterwards mounted +a throne, lived at Salamia, near Emesa (Homs), having agents +spread over Arabia, Persia and Syria, and frequently receiving +visits from pious adherents, who had been on pilgrimage to the +grave of Hosain (Ḥusain). Such visitors received directions +and orders such as are usual in secret societies. One of these +agents, Abū Abdallah al-Hosain called al-Shī‘ī, said to have +filled the office of censor (<i>muhtasib</i>) at Basra, received orders +to carry on a mission in Arabia, and at Mecca is said to have +made the acquaintance of some members of the Berber tribe +Kutama, south of the bay of Bougie. These persons persuaded +him to travel home with them in the character of teacher of the +Koran, but according to some authorities the ground had already +been prepared there for a political mission. He arrived in the +Kutama country in June 893, and appears very soon to have +been made chief, thereby exciting the suspicion of the Aghlabite +ruler of Kairawān, Ibrāhīm b. Aḥmad, which, however, was +soon allayed. His success provoked a civil war among the +Berbers, but he was protected by a chief named Ḥasan b. Hārūn, +and displayed sufficient military ability to win respect. Nine +years after his arrival he made use of the unrest following on the +death of the Aghlabite Ibrāhīm to attack the town of Mila, +which he took by treachery, and turned into his capital; the son +and successor of Ibrāhīm, Abu’l-‘Abbās ‘Abdallah, sent his son +al-Aḥwal to deal with the new power, and he defeated al-Shī‘ī +in some battles, but in 903 al-Aḥwal was recalled by his brother +Ziyādatallah, who had usurped the throne, and put to death.</p> + +<p>At some time after his first successes al-Shī‘ī sent a messenger +(apparently his brother) to the head of his sect at Salamia, +bidding him come to the Kutama country, and place himself at +the head of affairs, since al-Shī‘ī’s followers had been taught to +pay homage to a Mahdī who would at some time be shown them. +It is said that ‘Obaidallah, who now held this post, was known +to the court at Bagdad, and that on the news of his departure +orders were sent to the governor of Egypt to arrest him; but by +skilful simulation ‘Obaidallah succeeded in escaping this danger, +and with his escort reached Tripoli safely. Instructions had by +this time reached the Aghlabite Ziyādatallah to be on the watch +for the Mahdī, who was finally arrested at Sijilmāsa (Tafilalt) in +the year <span class="scs">A.H.</span> 292 (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 905); his companion, al-Shī‘ī’s brother, +had been arrested at an earlier point, and the Mahdī’s journey +to the south-west must have been to elude pursuit.</p> + +<p>The invitation to the Mahdī turned out to have been premature; +for Ziyādatallah had sent a powerful army to oppose +al-Shī‘ī, which, making Constantine its headquarters, had driven +al-Shī‘ī into the mountains: after six months al-Shī‘ī secured +an opportunity for attacking it, and won a complete victory. +Early in 906 another army was sent to deal with al-Shī‘ī, and +an earnest appeal came from the caliph Muqtafī (Moktafi), +addressed to all the Moslems of Africa, to aid Ziyādatallah +against the usurper. The operations of the Aghlabite prince +were unproductive of any decided result, and by September +906 al-Shī‘ī had got possession of the important fortress Tubna +and some others. Further forces were immediately sent to the +front by Ziyādatallah, but these were defeated by al-Shī‘ī and +his officers, to whom other towns capitulated, till Ziyādatallah +found it prudent to retire from Al-Urbus or Laribus, which had +been his headquarters, and entrench himself in Raqqāda, one +of the two capitals of his kingdom, Kairawān being the other. +Ziyādatallah is charged by the chroniclers with dissoluteness and +levity, and even cowardice: after his retreat the fortresses and +towns in what now constitute the department of Constantine +and in Tunisia fell fast into al-Shī‘ī’s hands, and he was soon +able to threaten Raqqāda itself.</p> + +<p>By March 909 Raqqāda had become untenable, and Ziyādatallah +resolved to flee from his kingdom; taking with him his +chief possessions, he made for Egypt, and thence to ‘Irak: his +final fate is uncertain. The cities Raqqāda and Kairawān were +immediately occupied by Al-Shī‘ī, who proceeded to send +governors to the other places of importance in what had been +the Aghlabite kingdom, and to strike new coins, which, however, +bore no sovereign’s name. Orders were given that the Shī‘ite +peculiarities should be introduced into public worship.</p> + +<p>In May 909 al-Shī‘ī led a tremendous army westwards to the +kingdom of Tahert, where he put an end to the Rustamite +dynasty, and appointed a governor of his own: he thence +proceeded to Sijilmāsa where ‘Obaidallah lay imprisoned, with +the intention of releasing him and placing him on the throne. +After a brief attempt at resistance, the governor fled, and +al-Shī‘ī entered the city, released ‘Obaidallah and presented +him to the army as the long-promised Imām. The day is given +as the 26th of August 909. ‘Obaidallah had been in prison +more than three years. Whether his identity with the Mahdī +for whom al-Shī‘ī had been fighting was known to the governor +of Sijilmāsa is uncertain. If it was, the governor and his master +the Aghlabite sovereign might have been expected to make use +of their knowledge and outwit al-Shī‘ī by putting his Mahdī +to death. Opponents of the Fatimites assert that this was +actually done, and that the Mahdī presented to the army was +not the real ‘Obaidallah, but (as usual) a Jewish captive, who +had been suborned to play the rôle.</p> + +<p>The chief command was now assumed by ‘Obaidallah, who took +the title “al-Mahdī, Commander of the Faithful,” thereby +claiming the headship of the whole Moslem world: Raqqāda +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page203" id="page203"></a>203</span> +was at the first made the seat of the court, and the Shī‘īte +doctrines were enforced on the inhabitants, not without encountering +some opposition. Revolts which arose in different +parts of the Aghlabite kingdom were, however, speedily quelled.</p> + +<p>The course followed by ‘Obaidallah in governing independently +of al-Shī‘ī soon led to dissatisfaction on the part of the latter, +who, urged on it is said by his brother, decided to dethrone +their Mahdī, and on the occasion of an expedition to Ténés, +which al-Shī‘ī- commanded, organized a conspiracy with that +end. The conspiracy was betrayed to ‘Obaidallah, who took +steps to defeat it, and on the last day of July 911 contrived +to assassinate both al-Shī‘ī and his brother. Thus the procedure +which had characterized the accession of the ‘Abbāsid dynasty +was repeated. It has been conjectured that these assassinations +lost the Fatimites the support of the organization that +continued to exist in the East, whence the Carmathians figure as +an independent and even hostile community, though they appear +to have been amenable to the influence of the African caliph.</p> + +<p>‘Obaidallah had now to face the dissatisfaction of the tribes +whose allegiance al-Shī‘ī had won, especially the Kutāma, +Zenāta and Lawāta: the uprising of the first assumed formidable +proportions, and they even elected a Mahdī of their own, one +Kādū b. Mu‘ārik al-Māwatī, who promulgated a new revelation +for their guidance. They were finally defeated by ‘Obaidallah’s +son Abu’l-Qāsim Mahommed, who took Constantine, and +succeeded in capturing the new Mahdī, whom he brought to +Raqqāda. Other opponents were got rid of by ‘Obaidallah by +ruthless executions. By the middle of the year 913 by his own +and his son’s efforts he had brought his kingdom into order. +After the style of most founders of dynasties he then selected +a site for a new capital, to be called after his title Mahdia (<i>q.v.</i>), +on a peninsula called Ḥamma (Cape Africa) S.S.E. of Kairawān. +Eight years were spent in fortifying this place, which in 921 +was made the capital of the empire.</p> + +<p>After defeating internal enemies ‘Obaidallah turned his +attention to the remaining ‘Abbāsid possessions in Africa, and +his general Habāsah b. Yūsuf in the year 913 advanced along +the northern coast, taking various places, including the important +town of Barca, his progress, it is said, being marked by great +cruelty. He then advanced towards Egypt, and towards the +end of July 914, being reinforced by Abu’l-Qāsim, afterwards +al-Qā’im, entered Alexandria. The danger led to measures of +unusual energy being taken by the Bagdad caliph Moqtadir, +an army being sent to Egypt under Mu‘nis, and a special post +being organized between that country and Bagdad to convey +messages uninterruptedly. The Fatimite forces were defeated, +partly owing to the insubordination of the general Habāsah, +in the winter of 914, and returned to Barca and Kairawān with +great loss.</p> + +<p>A second expedition was undertaken against Egypt in the +year 919, and on the 10th of July Alexandria was entered by +Abu’l-Qāsim, who then advanced southward, seizing the Fayum +and Ushmūnain (Eshmunain). He was presently reinforced by +a fleet, which, however, was defeated at Rosetta in March of +the year 920 by a fleet despatched from Tarsus by the ‘Abbāsid +caliph Moqtadir, most of the vessels being burned. Through +the energetic measures of the caliph, who sent repeated reinforcements +to Fostat, Abu’l-Qāsim was compelled in the spring +of 921 to evacuate the places which he had seized, and return +to the west with the remains of his army, which had suffered +much from plague as well as defeat on the field. On his return +he found that the court had migrated from Raqqāda to the new +capital Mahdia (<i>q.v.</i>). Meanwhile other expeditions had been +despatched by ‘Obaidallah towards the west, and Nekor (Nakur) +and Fez had been forced to acknowledge his sovereignty.</p> + +<p>The remaining years of ‘Obaidallah’s reign were largely +spent in dealing with uprisings in various parts of his dominions, +the success of which at times reduced the territory in which he +was recognized to a small area.</p> + +<p>‘Obaidallah died on the 4th of March 933, and was succeeded +by Abu’l-Qāsim, who took the title al-Qā’im biamr allah. He +immediately after his accession occupied himself with the +reconquest of Fez and Nekor, which had revolted during the last +years of the former caliph. He also despatched a fleet under +Ya‘qūb b. Isḥāq, which ravaged the coast of France, took +Genoa, and plundered the coast of Calabria before returning +to Africa. A third attempt made by him to take Egypt resulted +in a disastrous defeat at Dhāt al-Humān, after which the remains +of the expedition retreated in disorder to Barca.</p> + +<p>The later years of the reign of Qā’im were troubled by the +uprising of Abū Yazīd Makhlad al-Zenātī, a leader who during +the former reign had acquired a following among the tribes +inhabiting the Jebel Aures, including adherents of the ‘Ibādī +sect. After having fled for a time to Mecca, this person returned +in 937 to Tauzar (Touzer), the original seat of his operations, +and was imprisoned by Qā’im’s order. His sons, aided by the +powerful tribe Zenāta, succeeded in forcing the prison, and +releasing their father, who continued to organize a conspiracy +on a vast scale, and by the end of 943 was strong enough to take +the field against the Fatimite sovereign, whom he drove out of +Kairawān. Abū Yazīd proclaimed himself a champion of Sunnī +doctrine against the Shī‘is, and ordered the legal system of +Malik to be restored in place of that introduced by the Fatimites. +Apparently the doctrines of the latter has as yet won little +popularity, and Abū Yazīd won an enormous following, except +among the Kutāma, who remained faithful to Qā’im. On the +last day of October 944, an engagement was fought between +Kairawān and Mahdia at a place called al-Akhawān, which +resulted in the rout of Qā’im’s forces, and the caliph’s being +shortly after shut up in his capital, the suburbs of which he +defended by a trench. Abū Yazīd’s forces were ill-suited to +maintain a protracted siege, and since, owing to the former +caliph’s forethought, the capital was in a condition to hold out +for a long time, many of them deserted and the besiegers gained +no permanent advantage. After the siege had lasted some +ten months Abū Yazīd was compelled to raise it (September +945); the struggle, however, did not end with that event, and +for a time the caliph and Abū Yazīd continued to fight with +varying fortune, while anarchy prevailed over most of the +caliph’s dominions. On the 13th of January 946, Abū Yazīd +shut up Qā’im’s forces in Susa which he began to besiege, and +attempted to take by storm.</p> + +<p>On the 18th of May 945, while Abū Yazīd was besieging Susa, +the caliph al-Qā’im died at Mahdia, and was succeeded by his +son Ismā’īl, who took the title Manṣūr. He almost immediately +relieved Susa by sending a fleet, which joining with the garrison +inflicted a severe defeat on Abū Yazīd, who had to evacuate +Kairawān also; but though the cities were mainly in the hands +of Fatimite prefects, Abū Yazīd was able to maintain the field +for more than two years longer, while his followers were steadily +decreasing in numbers, and he was repeatedly driven into fastnesses +of the Sahara. In August 947 his last stronghold was +taken, and he died of wounds received in defending it. His +sons carried on some desultory warfare against Manṣūr after +their father’s death. A town called Manṣūra or Ṣābrā was +built adjoining Kairawān to celebrate the decisive victory over +Abū Yazīd, which, however, did not long preserve its name. +The exhausted condition of north-west Africa due to the protracted +civil war required some years of peace for recuperation, +and further exploits are not recorded for Manṣūr, who died on +the 19th of March 952.</p> + +<p>His son, Abū Tamīm Ma‘add, was twenty-two years of age at +the time, and succeeded his father with the title Mo‘izz lidīn +allah. His authority was acknowledged over the greater part +of the region now constituting Morocco, Algeria and Tunisia, as +well as Sicily, and he appears to have had serious thoughts of +endeavouring to annex Spain. At an early period in his reign he +made Jauhar, who had been secretary under the former caliph, +commander of the forces, and the services rendered by this +person to the dynasty made him count as its second founder +after al-Shī‘ī. In the years 958 and 959 he was sent westwards to +reduce Fez and other places where the authority of the Fatimite +caliph had been repudiated, and after a successful expedition +advanced as far as the Atlantic. As early as 966 the plan of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page204" id="page204"></a>204</span> +attempting a fresh invasion of Egypt was conceived, and preparations +made for its execution; but it was delayed, it is said +at the request of the caliph’s mother, who wished to make a +pilgrimage to Mecca first; and her honourable treatment by +Kāfūr when she passed through Egypt induced the caliph to +postpone the invasion till that sovereign’s death.</p> + +<p>In August 972 Mo‘izz resolved to follow Jauhar’s pressing +invitation to enter his new capital Cairo. With his arrival there +the centre of the Fatimite power was transferred from Mahdia +and Kairawān to Egypt, and their original dominion became +a province called al-Maghrib, which immediately fell into the +hands of a hereditary dynasty, the Zeirids, acknowledging +Fatimite suzerainty. The first sovereign was Bulukkīn, also +called Abu’l-Futūḥ Yūsuf, appointed by Mo‘izz as his viceroy +on the occasion of his departure for Egypt: separate prefects +were appointed for Sicily and Tripoli; and at the first the +minister of finance was to be an official independent of the +governor of the Maghrib. On the death of Bulukkīn in 984 he +was succeeded by a son who took the royal title al-Manṣūr, under +whose rule an attempt was made by the Kutāma, instigated by +the caliph, to shake off the yoke of the Zeirids, who originated +from the Sanhaja tribe. This attempt was defeated by the energy +of Manṣūr in 988; and the sovereignty of the Fatimites in the +Maghrib became more and more confined to recognition in public +prayer and on coins, and the payment of tribute and the giving +of presents to the viziers at Cairo. The fourth ruler of the +Zeirid dynasty, called Mo‘izz, endeavoured to substitute ‘Abbāsid +suzerainty for Fatimite: his land was invaded by Arab colonies +sent by the Fatimite caliph, with whom in 1051 Mo‘izz fought a +decisive engagement, after which the dominion of the Zeirids +was restricted to the territory adjoining Mahdia; a number of +smaller kingdoms rising up around them. The Zeirids were finally +overthrown by Roger II. of Sicily in 1148.</p> + +<p>After the death of al-Ādid, the last Fatimite caliph in Egypt, +some attempts were made to place on the throne a member of +the family, and at one time there seemed a chance of the Assassins, +who formed a branch of the Fatimite sect, assisting in this project. +In 1174 a conspiracy for the restoration of the dynasty was +organized by ‘Umarah of Yemen, a court poet, with the aid of +eight officials of the government: it was discovered and those +who were implicated were executed. Two persons claiming +Fatimite descent took the royal titles al-Mo‘taṣim billah and +al-Ḥāmid lillah in the years 1175 and 1176 respectively; and +as late as 1192 we hear of pretenders in Egypt. Some members +of the family are traceable till near the end of the 7th century +of Islam.</p> + +<p>The doctrines of the Fatimites as a sect, apart from their +claim to the sovereignty in Islam, are little known, and we +are not justified in identifying them with those of the Assassins, +the Carmathians or the Druses, though all these sects are +connected with them in origin. A famous account is given by +Maqrīzī of a system of education by which the neophyte had +doubts gently instilled into his mind till he was prepared to +have the allegorical meaning of the Koran set before him, and to +substitute some form of natural for revealed religion. In most +accounts of the early days of the community it is stated that the +permission of wine-drinking and licentiousness, and the community +of wives and property formed part of its tenets. There +is little in the recorded practice of the Fatimite state to confirm +or justify these assertions; and they appear to have differed +from orthodox Moslems rather in small details of ritual and law +than in deep matters of doctrine.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities</span>.—F. Wüstenfeld, <i>Geschichte der Fatimiden Chalifen</i> +(Göttingen, 1881); E. Mercier, <i>Histoire de l’Afrique Septentrionale</i> +(Paris, 1888); M.J. de Goeje, <i>Mémoire sur les Carmathes de Bahrain +et les Fatimides</i> (2nd ed., Leiden, 1886); P. Casanova, “Mémoire +sur les derniers Fatimides,” <i>Mém. Miss. archéologique au Caire</i>, +vol. vi.; for the lives of ‘Obaidallah and Abū Yazī-d, Cherbonneau in +the <i>Journal Asiatique</i>, sér. iv. vol. 20, and sér. v. vol. 5. See also +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Egypt</a></span>: <i>History</i>, sect. Mahommedan.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(D. S. M.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUBOURG,<a name="ar143" id="ar143"></a></span> the French name for a portion of a town which +lies outside the walls, hence properly a suburb. The name +survives in certain parts of Paris, such as the Faubourg St +Antoine, and the Faubourg St Germain, &c., which have long +since ceased to be suburbs and have become portions of the +town itself. The origin of the word is doubtful. The earlier +spelling <i>faux-bourg</i>, and the occurrence in medieval Latin of +<i>falsus-burgus</i> (see Ducange, <i>Glossarium</i>, s.v. “Falsus-Burgus”), +was taken as showing its obvious origin and meaning, the sham +or quasi-borough. The generally accepted derivation is from +<i>fors</i>, outside (Lat. <i>foris</i>, outside the gates), and <i>bourg</i>. It is +suggested that the word is the French adaptation of the Ger. +<i>Pfahlbürger</i>, the burghers of the pale, <i>i.e.</i> outside the walls +but within the pale.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUCES<a name="ar144" id="ar144"></a></span> (a Latin plural word for “throat”; the singular +<i>faux</i> is rarely found), in anatomy, the hinder part of the mouth, +which leads into the pharynx; also an architectural term given +by Vitruvius to narrow passages on either side of the tablinum, +through which access could be obtained from the atrium to the +peristylar court in the rear.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUCHER, LÉONARD JOSEPH<a name="ar145" id="ar145"></a></span> [<span class="sc">Léon</span>] (1803-1854), French +politician and economist, was born at Limoges on the 8th of +September 1803. When he was nine years old the family +removed to Toulouse, where the boy was sent to school. His +parents were separated in 1816, and Léon Faucher, who resisted +his father’s attempts to put him to a trade, helped to support +himself and his mother during the rest of his school career by +designing embroidery and needlework. As a private tutor in +Paris he continued his studies in the direction of archaeology +and history, but with the revolution of 1830 he was drawn into +active political journalism on the Liberal side. He was on the +staff of the <i>Temps</i> from 1830 to 1833, when he became editor +of the <i>Constitutionnel</i> for a short time. A Sunday journal of +his own, <i>Le Bien public</i>, proved a disastrous financial failure; +and his political independence having caused his retirement +from the <i>Constitutionnel</i>, he joined in 1834 the <i>Courrier français</i>, +of which he was editor from 1839 until 1842, when the paper +changed hands. Faucher belonged in policy to the dynastic +Left, and consistently preached moderation to the more ardent +Liberals. On resigning his connexion with the <i>Courrier français</i> +he gave his attention chiefly to economic questions. He advocated +a customs union between the Latin countries to counter-balance +the German Zollverein, and in view of the impracticability +of such a measure narrowed his proposal in 1842 to a +customs union between France and Belgium. In 1843 he visited +England to study the English social system, publishing the +results of his investigations in a famous series of <i>Études sur +l’Angleterre</i> (2 vols., 1845), published originally in the <i>Revue +des deux mondes</i>. He helped to organize the Bordeaux association +for free-trade propaganda, and it was as an advocate of +free trade that he was elected in 1847 to the chamber of deputies +for Reims. After the revolution of 1848 he entered the Constituent +Assembly for the department of Marne, where he +opposed many Republican measures—the limitation of the hours +of labour, the creation of the national relief works in Paris, +the abolition of the death penalty and others. Under the +presidency of Louis Napoleon he became minister of public +works, and then minister of the interior, but his action in seeking +to influence the coming elections by a circular letter addressed +to the prefects was censured by the Constituent Assembly, +and he was compelled to resign office on the 14th of May 1849. +In 1851 he was again minister of the interior until Napoleon +declared his intention of resorting to universal suffrage. After +the <i>coup d’état</i> of December he refused a seat in the consultative +commission instituted by Napoleon. He had been elected a +member of the Academy of Moral and Political Science in 1849, +and his retirement from politics permitted a return to his writings +on economics. He had been to Italy in search of health in 1854, +and was returning to Paris on business when he was seized by +typhoid at Marseilles, where he died on the 14th of December +1854.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His miscellaneous writings were collected (2 vols., 1856) as +<i>Melanges d’économie politique et de finance</i>, and his speeches in the +legislature are printed in vol. ii. of <i>Léon Faucher, biographie et +correspondance</i> (2 vols., 2nd ed., Paris, 1875).</p> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page205" id="page205"></a>205</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUCHET, CLAUDE<a name="ar146" id="ar146"></a></span> (1530-1601), French historian and +antiquary, was born at Paris on the 3rd of July 1530. Of his +early life few particulars are known. He applied himself to the +study of the early French chroniclers, and proposed to publish +extracts which would throw light on the first periods of the +monarchy. During the civil wars he lost a large part of his +books and manuscripts in a riot, and was compelled to leave +Paris. He then settled at Marseilles. Attaching himself afterwards +to Cardinal de Tournon, he accompanied him in 1554 +to Italy, whence he was several times sent on embassies to the +king, with reports on the siege of Siena. His services at length +procured him the post of president of the chambre des monnaies, +and thus enabled him to resume his literary studies. Having +become embarrassed with debt, he found it necessary, at the +age of seventy, to sell his office; but the king, amused with an +epigram, gave him a pension, with the title of historiographer +of France. Fauchet has the reputation of an impartial and +scrupulously accurate writer; and in his works are to be found +important facts not easily accessible elsewhere. He was, however, +entirely uncritical, and his style is singularly inelegant. His +principal works (1579, 1599) treat of Gaulish and French antiquities, +of the dignities and magistrates of France, of the +origin of the French language and poetry, of the liberties of the +Gallican church, &c. A collected edition was published in 1610. +Fauchet took part in a translation of the <i>Annals</i> of Tacitus +(1582). He died at Paris about the close of 1601.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUCHET, CLAUDE<a name="ar147" id="ar147"></a></span> (1744-1793), French revolutionary +bishop, was born at Dornes (Nièvre) on the 22nd of September +1744. He was a curate of the church of St Roch, Paris, when +he was engaged as tutor to the children of the marquis of Choiseul, +brother of Louis XV.’s minister, an appointment which proved +to be the first step to fortune. He was successively grand vicar +to the archbishop of Bourges, preacher to the king, and abbot +of Montfort-Lacarre. The “philosophic” tone of his sermons +caused his dismissal from court in 1788 before he became a +popular speaker in the Parisian sections. He was one of the +leaders of the attack on the Bastille, and on the 5th of August +1789 he delivered an eloquent discourse by way of funeral +sermon for the citizens slain on the 14th of July, taking as his +text the words of St Paul, “Ye have been called to liberty.” +He blessed the tricolour flag for the National Guard, and in +September was elected to the Commune, from which he retired +in October 1790. During the next winter he organized within +the Palais Royal the “Social Club of the Society of the Friends +of Truth,” presiding over crowded meetings under the self-assumed +title of <i>procureur général de la vérité</i>. Nevertheless, +events were marching faster than his opinions, and the last +occasion on which he carried his public with him was in a sermon +preached at Notre Dame on the 14th of February 1791. In +May he became constitutional bishop of Calvados, and was +presently returned by the department to the Legislative +Assembly, and afterwards to the Convention. At the king’s +trial he voted for the appeal to the people and for the penalty +of imprisonment. He protested against the execution of Louis +XVI. in the <i>Journal des amis</i> (January 26, 1793), and next +month was denounced to the Convention for prohibiting married +priests from the exercise of the priesthood in his diocese. He +remained secretary to the Convention until the accusation of +the Girondists in May 1793. In July he was imprisoned on the +charge of supporting the federalist movement at Caen, and of +complicity with Charlotte Corday, whom he had taken to see +a sitting of the Convention on her arrival in Paris. Of the +second of these charges he was certainly innocent. With the +Girondist deputies he was brought before the revolutionary +tribunal on the 30th of October, and was guillotined on the +following day.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Mémoires ... ou Lettres de Claude Fauchet</i> (5th ed., 1793); +<i>Notes sur Claude Fauchet</i> (Caen, 1842).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUCIT, HELENA SAVILLE<a name="ar148" id="ar148"></a></span> (1817-1898), English actress, +the daughter of John Saville Faucit, an actor, was born in London. +Her first London appearance was made on the 5th of January +1836 at Covent Garden as Julia in <i>The Hunchback</i>. Her success +in this was so definitely confirmed by her subsequent acting +of Juliet, Lady Teazle, Beatrice, Imogen and Hermione, that +within eighteen months she was engaged by Macready as leading +lady at Covent Garden. There, besides appearing in several +Shakespearian characters, she created the heroine’s part in +Lytton’s <i>Duchess de la Vallière</i> (1836), <i>Lady of Lyons</i> (1838), +<i>Richelieu</i> (1839), <i>The Sea Captain</i> (1839), <i>Money</i> (1840), and +Browning’s <i>Strafford</i> (1837). After a visit to Paris and a short +season at the Haymarket, she joined the Drury Lane company +under Macready early in 1842. There she played Lady Macbeth, +Constance in <i>King John</i>, Desdemona and Imogen, and took +part in the first production of Westland Marston’s <i>Patrician’s +Daughter</i> (1842) and Browning’s <i>Blot on the Scutcheon</i> (1843). +Among her successful tours was included a visit to Paris in 1844-1845, +where she acted with Macready in several Shakespearian +plays. In 1851 she was married to Mr (afterwards Sir) Theodore +Martin, but still acted occasionally for charity. One of her last +appearances was as Beatrice, on the opening of the Shakespeare +Memorial at Stratford-on-Avon on the 23rd of April 1879. +In 1881 there appeared in <i>Blackwood’s Magazine</i> the first of her +<i>Letters on some of Shakespeare’s Heroines</i>, which were published +in book form as <i>On Some of Shakespeare’s Female Characters</i> +(1885). Lady Martin died at her home near Llangollen in Wales +on the 31st of October 1898. There is a tablet to her in the +Shakespeare Memorial with a portrait figure, and the marble +pulpit in the Shakespeare church—with her portrait as Saint +Helena—was given in her memory by her husband.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Sir Theodore Martin’s <i>Helena Faucit</i> (1900).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUJAS DE SAINT-FOND, BARTHÉLEMY<a name="ar149" id="ar149"></a></span> (1741-1819), +French geologist and traveller, was born at Montélimart on the +17th of May 1741. He was educated at the Jesuits’ College at +Lyons; afterwards he went to Grenoble, applied himself to the +study of law, and was admitted advocate to the parliament. +He rose to be president of the seneschal’s court (1765), a post +which he honourably filled, but the duties of which became +irksome, as he had early developed a love of nature and his +favourite relaxation was found in visits to the Alps. There he +began to study the forms, structure, composition and superposition +of rocks. In 1775 he discovered in the Velay a rich +deposit of pozzuolana, which in due course was worked by the +government. In 1776 he put himself in communication with +Buffon, who was not slow to perceive the value of his labours. +Invited by Buffon to Paris, he quitted the law, and was appointed +by Louis XVI. assistant naturalist to the museum, to which office +was added some years later (1785, 1788) that of royal commissioner +for mines. One of the most important of his works was the +<i>Recherches sur les volcans éteints du Vivarais et du Velay</i>, which +appeared in 1778. In this work, rich in facts and observations, +he developed his theory of the origin of volcanoes. In his +capacity of commissioner for mines Faujas travelled in almost +all the countries of Europe, everywhere devoting attention to +the nature and constituents of the rocks. It was he who first +recognized the volcanic nature of the basaltic columns of the +cave of Fingal (Staffa), although the island was visited in 1772 +by Sir Joseph Banks, who remarked that the stone “is a coarse +kind of <i>Basaltes</i>, very much resembling the Giants’ Causeway +in Ireland” (Pennant’s <i>Tour in Scotland and Voyage to the +Hebrides</i>). Faujas’s <i>Voyage en Angleterre, en Écosse et aux Îles +Hébrides</i> (1797) is full of interest—containing anecdotes of Sir +Joseph Banks and Dr John Whitehurst, and an amusing account +of “The Dinner of an Academic Club” (the Royal Society), and +has been translated into English (2 vols., 1799). Having been +nominated in 1793 professor at the Jardin des Plantes, he held +this post till he was nearly eighty years of age, retiring in 1818 +to his estate of Saint-Fond in Dauphiné. Faujas took a warm +interest in the balloon experiments of the brothers Montgolfier, +and published a very complete <i>Description des expériences de la +machine aérostatique de MM. Montgolfier</i>, &c. (1783, 1784). +He contributed many scientific memoirs to the <i>Annales</i> and the +<i>Mémoires</i> of the museum of natural history. Among his separate +works, in addition to those already named are—<i>Histoire naturelle +de la province de Dauphiné</i> (1781, 1782); <i>Minéralogie des volcans</i> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page206" id="page206"></a>206</span> +(1784); and <i>Essai de géologie</i> (1803-1809). Faujas died on the +18th of July 1819.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> + +<table class="flt" style="float: right; width: 380px;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figright1"><img style="width:327px; height:257px" src="images/img206a.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 1.—Section of clean-cut fault.</td></tr></table> + +<p><span class="bold">FAULT<a name="ar150" id="ar150"></a></span> (Mid. Eng. <i>faute</i>, through the French, from the popular +Latin use of <i>fallere</i>, to fail; the original <i>l</i> of the Latin being replaced +in English in the 15th century), a failing, mistake or defect.</p> + +<p>In geology, the term is given to a plane of dislocation in a +portion of the earth’s crust; synonyms used in mining are +“trouble,” “throw” and “heave”; the German equivalent +is <i>Verwerfung</i>, and the French <i>faille</i>. Faults on a small scale are +sometimes sharply-defined +planes,<a name="fa1j" id="fa1j" href="#ft1j"><span class="sp">1</span></a> as if +the rocks had been +sliced through and +fitted together again +after being shifted +(fig. 1). In such +cases, however, the +harder portions of the +dislocated rocks will +usually be found +“slickensided.” More +frequently some disturbance +has occurred +on one or both sides +of the fault. Sometimes in a series of strata the beds on the side +which has been pushed up are bent down against the fault, while +those on the opposite side are bent up (fig. 2). Most commonly +the rocks on both sides are considerably broken, jumbled and +crumpled, so that the line of fracture is marked by a belt or wall-like +mass of fragmentary rock, <i>fault-rock</i>, which may be several +yards in breadth. Faults are to be distinguished from joints +and fissures by the fact that there must have been a movement +of the rock on one side of the fault-plane relatively to that on the +other side. The trace of a fault-plane at the surface of the earth +is a line (or belt of fault-rock), which in geological mapping is +often spoken of as a “fault-line” or “line of fault.” Fig. 3 +represents the plan of a simple fault; quite frequently, however, +the main fault subdivides at the extremities into a number of +minor faults (fig. 4), or the main fault may be accompanied by +lateral subordinate faults (fig. 5), some varieties of which have +been termed <i>flaws</i> or <i>Blatts</i>.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:349px; height:268px" src="images/img206b.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 2.—Section of strata, bent at a line of fault.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:400px; height:28px" src="images/img206c.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 3.—Plan of simple fault.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:445px; height:88px" src="images/img206d.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 4.—Plan of a fault splitting into minor faults.</td></tr></table> + +<p>“Fault-planes” are sometimes perpendicular to the horizon, but +more usually they are inclined at a greater or lesser angle. The +angle made by the fault-plane with the vertical is the <i>hade</i> of the +fault (if the angle of inclination were measured from the horizon, +as in determining the “dip” of strata, this would be expressed +as the “dip of the fault”). In figs. 1 and 2 the faults are hading +towards the right of the reader. The amount of dislocation as +measured along a fault-plane is the <i>displacement</i> of the fault +(for an illustration of these terms see fig. 18, where they are +applied to a thrust fault); the vertical displacement is the <i>throw</i> +(Fr. <i>rejet</i>); the horizontal displacement, which even with vertical +movement must arise in all cases where the faults are not perpendicular +to the horizon and the strata are not horizontal, +is known as the <i>heave</i>. In fig. 6 the displacement is equal to the +throw in the fault A; in the fault B the displacement is more than +twice as great as in A, while the throw is the same in both; the +fault A has no heave, in B it is considerable. The rock on that +side of a fault which has dropped relatively to the rock on the +other is said to be upon the downthrow side of the fault; conversely, +the relatively uplifted portion is the upthrow side. +The two fault faces are known as the “hanging-wall” and the +“foot-wall.”</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:450px; height:112px" src="images/img206e.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 5.—Plan of main fault, with branches.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:451px; height:131px" src="images/img206f.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 6.—Section of a vertical and inclined fault.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:419px; height:239px" src="images/img206g.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 7.—Reversed fault, Liddesdale.</td></tr></table> + +<p>The relationship that exists between the hade and the direction +of throw has led to the classification of faults into “normal +faults,” which hade under the downthrow side, or in other +words, those in which the hanging-wall has dropped; and +“reversed faults,” which hade beneath the upthrow side, that +is to say, the foot-wall exhibits a relative sinking. Normal +faults are exemplified in figs. 1, 2, and 6; in the latter the +masses A and B are on the downthrow sides, C is upthrown. +Fig. 7 represents a small reversed fault. Normal faults are +so called because they are more generally prevalent than the other +type; they are sometimes designated “drop” or “gravity” +faults, but these are misleading expressions and should be +discountenanced. Normal faults are regarded as the result of +stretching of the crust, hence they have been called “tension” +faults as distinguished from reversed faults, which are assumed +to be due to pressure. It is needful, however, to exercise great +caution in accepting this view except in a restricted and localized +sense, for there are many instances in which the two forms are +intimately associated (see fig. 8), and a whole complex system +of faults may be the result of horizontal (tangential) pressure +alone or even of direct vertical uplift. It is often tacitly assumed +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page207" id="page207"></a>207</span> +that most normal and reversed faults are due to simple vertical +movements of the fractured crust-blocks; but this is by no means +the case. What is actually observed in examining a fault is +the <i>apparent</i> direction of motion; but the present position of +the dislocated masses is the result of <i>real</i> motion or series of +motions, which have taken place along the fault-plane at various +angles from horizontal to vertical; frequently it can be shown +that these movements have been extremely complicated. The +striations and “slickensides” on the faces of a fault indicate +only the direction of the last movement.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:395px; height:201px" src="images/img207a.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 8.—Diagram of gently undulating strata cut by a fault, +with alternate throw in opposite directions.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:370px; height:189px" src="images/img207b.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 9.—Section of strata cut by step faults.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:442px; height:176px" src="images/img207c.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 10.—Trough faults.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:363px; height:210px" src="images/img207d.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 11.—Plan of a strike fault.</td></tr></table> + +<p>A broad monoclinal fold is sometimes observed to pass into +a fault of gradually increasing throw; such a fault is occasionally +regarded as pivoted at one end. Again, a faulted mass may be +on the downthrow side towards one end, and on the upthrow +side towards the other, the movement having taken place about +an axis approximately normal to the fault-plane, the “pivot” +in this case being near the centre. From an example of this +kind it is evident that the same fault may at the same time be +both “normal” and “reversed” (see fig. 8). When the principal +movement along a highly inclined fault-plane has been approximately +horizontal, the fault has been variously styled a <i>lateral-shift</i>, +<i>transcurrent fault</i>, <i>transverse thrust</i> or a <i>heave fault</i>. The +horizontal component in faulting movements is more common +than is often supposed.</p> + +<table class="flt" style="float: right; width: 380px;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figright1"><img style="width:327px; height:239px" src="images/img207e.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption1"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 12.—Section across the plan, fig. 11.</td></tr></table> + +<p>A single normal fault of large throw is sometimes replaced +by a series of close parallel faults, each throwing a small amount +in the same direction; if these subordinate faults occur within +a narrow width of ground they are known as <i>distribution faults</i>; +if they are more widely separated they are called <i>step faults</i> +(fig. 9). Occasionally +two normal faults +hade towards one +another and intersect, +and the rock mass +between them has +been let down; this is +described as a <i>trough +fault</i> (fig. 10). A fault +running parallel to +the strike of bedded +rocks is a <i>strike fault</i>; +one which runs along +the direction of the +dip is a <i>dip fault</i>; a +so-called <i>diagonal fault</i> takes a direction intermediate between +these two directions. Although the effects of these types of +fault upon the outcrops of strata differ, there are no intrinsic +differences between the faults themselves.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:367px; height:267px" src="images/img207f.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 13.—Plan of strata cut by a dip fault.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:449px; height:144px" src="images/img207g.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 14.—Plan of strata traversed by a diminishing strike fault.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="flt" style="float: right; width: 370px;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figright1"><img style="width:322px; height:306px" src="images/img208a.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption1"><span class="sc">Fig</span>. 15.—Plan of an anticline (A) and +syncline (S), dislocated by a fault.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="figright1"><img style="width:297px; height:161px" src="images/img208b.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption1"><span class="sc">Fig</span>. 16.—Section along the upcast side +of the fault in fig. 15.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="figright1"><img style="width:316px; height:151px" src="images/img208c.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption1"><span class="sc">Fig</span>. 17.—Section along the downcast +side of same fault.</td></tr></table> + +<p>The effect of normal faults upon the outcrop may be thus +briefly summarized:—a strike fault that hades with the direction +of the dip may cause beds to be cut out at the surface on the +upthrow side; if it hades against the dip direction it may repeat +some of the beds on the upthrow side (figs. 11 and 12). With +dip faults the crop is carried forward (down the dip) on the +upthrow side. The perpendicular distance between the crop +of the bed (dike or vein) on opposite sides of the fault is the +“offset.” The offset decreases with increasing angle of dip +and increases with increase in the throw of the fault (fig. 13). +Faults which run obliquely across the direction of dip, if they +hade with the dip of the strata, will produce offset with “gap” +between the outcrops; if they hade in the opposite direction +to the dip, offset with “overlap” is caused: in the latter case +the crop moves forward (down dip) on the denuded upthrow +side, in the former it moves backward. The effect of a strike +fault of diminishing throw is seen in fig. 14. Faults crossing +folded strata cause the outcrops to approach on the upthrow +side of a syncline and tend to separate the outcrops of an anticline +(figs. 15, 16, 17).</p> + +<p>In the majority of cases the upthrown side of a fault has been +so reduced by denudation as to leave no sharp upstanding +ridge; but examples are known where the upthrown side still +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page208" id="page208"></a>208</span> +exists as a prominent cliff-like face of rock, a “fault-scarp”; +familiar instances occur in the Basin ranges of Utah, Nevada, &c., +and many smaller examples have been observed in the areas +affected by recent earthquakes in Japan, San Francisco and +other places. But although there may be no sharp cliff, the +effect of faulting upon topographic forms is abundantly evident +wherever a harder +series of strata has been +brought in juxtaposition +to softer rocks. +By certain French +writers, the upstanding +side of a faulted piece +of ground is said to +have a <i>regard</i>, thus the +faults of the Jura +Mountains have a +“<i>regard français</i>,” and +in the same region it +has been observed that +in curved faults the +convexity is directed +the same way as the +<i>regard</i>. Occasionally +one or more parallel +faults have let down an intervening strip of rock, thereby forming +“fault valleys” or <i>Graben</i> (<i>Grabensenken</i>); the Great Rift +Valley is a striking example. On the other hand, a large area of +rock is sometimes lifted up, or surrounded by a system of faults, +which have let down the +encircling ground; such +a fault-block is known +also as a <i>horst</i>; a considerable +area of Greenland +stands up in this +manner.</p> + +<p>Faults have often an +important influence upon +water-supply by bringing +impervious beds up +against pervious ones or +vice versa, thus forming underground dams or reservoirs, or +allowing water to flow away that would otherwise be conserved. +Springs often rise along the outcrop of a fault. In coal and metal +mining it is evident from what has already been said that faults +must act sometimes beneficially, sometimes the reverse. It is a +common occurrence for fault-fissures and fault-rock to appear +as valuable mineral lodes through the infilling or impregnation +of the spaces and broken ground with mineral ores.</p> + +<p>In certain regions which have been subjected to very great +crustal disturbance a +type of fault is found +which possesses a very +low hade—sometimes +only a few degrees +from the horizontal—and, +like a reversed +fault, hades beneath +the upthrown mass; +these are termed +<i>thrusts, overthrusts</i>, or +<i>overthrust faults</i> (Fr. <i>recouvrements, failles de chevauchement, +charriages</i>; Ger. <i>Überschiebungen, Übersprünge, Wechsel, Fallenverwerfungen</i>). +Thrusts should not be confused with reversed +faults, which have a strong hade. Thrusts play a very important +part in the N.W. highlands of Scotland, the Scandinavian highlands, +the western Alps, the Appalachians, the Belgian coal region, +&c. By the action of thrusts enormous masses of rock have been +pushed almost horizontally over underlying rocks, in some cases +for several miles. One of the largest of the Scandinavian thrust +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page209" id="page209"></a>209</span> +masses is 1120 m. long, 80 m. broad, and 5000 ft. thick. +In Scotland three grades of thrusts are recognized, maximum, +major, and minor thrusts; the last have very generally been +truncated by those of greater magnitude. Some of these great +thrusts have received distinguishing names, <i>e.g.</i> the Moine +thrust (fig. 19) and the Ben More thrust; similarly in the coal +basin of Mons and Valenciennes we find the <i>faille de Boussu</i> +and the <i>Grande faille du midi</i>. Overturned folds are frequently +seen passing into thrusts. Bayley Willis has classified thrusts +as (1) Shear thrusts, (2) Break thrusts, (3) Stretch thrusts, and +(4) Erosion thrusts.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:515px; height:304px" src="images/img208d.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig</span>. 18.—Diagram to illustrate the terminology of faults +and thrusts.</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:850px; height:434px" src="images/img208e.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig</span>. 19.—Section of a very large thrust in the Durness Eriboll district, Scotland.</td></tr></table> + +<p>Dr J.E. Marr (“Notes on the Geology of the English Lake +District,” <i>Proc. Geol. Assoc.</i>, 1900) has described a type of fault +which may be regarded as the converse of a thrust fault. If +we consider a series of rock masses A, B, C—of which A is the +oldest and undermost—undergoing thrusting, say from south +to north, should the mass C be prevented from moving forward +as rapidly as B, a low-hading fault may form between C and B +and the mass C may lag behind; similarly the mass B may lag +behind A. Such faults Dr Marr calls “lag faults.” A mass of +rock suffering thrusting or lagging may yield unequally in its +several parts, and those portions tending to travel more rapidly +than the adjoining masses in the same sheet may be cut off by +fractures. Thus the faster-moving blocks will be separated from +the slower ones by faults approximately normal to the plane +of movement: these are described as “tear faults.”</p> + +<p>Faults may occur in rocks of all ages; small local dislocations +are observable even in glacial deposits, alluvium and loess. +A region of faulting may continue to be so through more than one +geological period. Little is known of the mechanism of faulting +or of the causes that produce it; the majority of the text-book +explanations will not bear scrutiny, and there is room for extended +observation and research. The sudden yielding of the +strata along a plane of faulting is a familiar cause of earthquakes.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See E. de Margerie and A. Heim, <i>Les Dislocations de l’écorce terrestre</i> +(Zürich, 1888); A. Rothpletz, <i>Geotektonische Probleme</i> (Stuttgart, +1894); B. Willis, “The Mechanics of Appalachian Structure,” <i>13th +Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey</i> (1891-1892, pub. 1893). A prolonged +discussion of the subject is given in <i>Economic Geology</i>, Lancaster, Pa., +U.S.A., vols. i. and ii. (1906, 1907).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. Ge.; J. A. H.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1j" id="ft1j" href="#fa1j"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The <i>fault-plane</i> is not a plane surface in the mathematical sense; +it may curve irregularly in more than one direction.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUNA<a name="ar151" id="ar151"></a></span>, the name, in Roman mythology, of a country goddess +of the fields and cattle, known sometimes as the sister, sometimes +as the wife of the god Faunus; hence the term is used +collectively for all the animals in any given geographical area +or geological period, or for an enumeration of the same. It thus +corresponds to the term “flora” in respect to plant life.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUNTLEROY, HENRY<a name="ar152" id="ar152"></a></span> (1785-1824), English banker and +forger, was born in 1785. After seven years as a clerk in the +London bank of Marsh, Sibbald & Co., of which his father was +one of the founders, he was taken into partnership, and the whole +business of the firm was left in his hands. In 1824 the bank +suspended payment. Fauntleroy was arrested on the charge of +appropriating trust funds by forging the trustees’ signatures, +and was committed for trial, it being freely rumoured that he +had appropriated £250,000, which he had squandered in debauchery. +He was tried at the Old Bailey, and, the case against +him having been proved, he admitted his guilt, but pleaded that +he had used the misappropriated funds to pay his firm’s debts. +He was found guilty and sentenced to be hanged. Seventeen +merchants and bankers gave evidence as to his general integrity +at the trial, and after his conviction powerful influence was +brought to bear on his behalf, and his case was twice argued +before judges on points of law. An Italian named Angelini +even offered to take Fauntleroy’s place on the scaffold. The +efforts of his many friends were, however, unavailing, and he +was executed on the 30th of November 1824. A wholly +unfounded rumour was widely credited for some time subsequently +to the effect that he had escaped strangulation by +inserting a silver tube in his throat, and was living comfortably +abroad.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See A. Griffith’s <i>Chronicles of Newgate</i>, ii. 294-300, and Pierce +Egan’s <i>Account of the Trial of Mr Fauntleroy</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUNUS<a name="ar153" id="ar153"></a></span> (<i>i.e.</i> the “kindly,” from Lat. <i>favere</i>, or the “speaker,” +from <i>fari</i>), an old Italian rural deity, the bestower of fruitfulness +on fields and cattle. As such he is akin to or identical with +Inuus (“fructifier”) and Lupercus (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Lupercalia</a></span>). Faunus +also revealed the secrets of the future by strange sounds from +the woods, or by visions communicated to those who slept within +his precincts in the skin of sacrificed lambs; he was then called +Fatuus, and with him was associated his wife or daughter Fatua. +Under Greek influence he was identified with Pan, and just as +there was supposed to be a number of Panisci, so the existence +of many Fauni was assumed—misshapen and mischievous +goblins of the forest, with pointed ears, tails and goat’s feet, +who loved to torment sleepers with hideous nightmares. In +poetical tradition Faunus is an old king of Latium, the son of +Picus (Mars) and father of Latinus, the teacher of agriculture and +cattle-breeding, and the introducer of the religious system of the +country, honoured after death as a tutelary divinity. Two +festivals called Faunalia were celebrated in honour of Faunus, +one on the 13th of February in his temple on the island in the +Tiber, the other in the country on the 5th of December (Ovid, +<i>Fasti</i>, ii. 193; Horace, <i>Odes</i>, iii. 18. 10). At these goats were +sacrificed to him with libations of wine and milk, and he was implored +to be propitious to fields and flocks. The peasants and slaves +at the same time amused themselves with dancing in the meadows.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAURE, FRANÇOIS FÉLIX<a name="ar154" id="ar154"></a></span> (1841-1899), President of the +French Republic, was born in Paris on the 30th of January 1841, +being the son of a small furniture maker. Having started as +a tanner and merchant at Havre, he acquired considerable +wealth, was elected to the National Assembly on the 21st of +August 1881, and took his seat as a member of the Left, interesting +himself chiefly in matters concerning economics, railways +and the navy. In November 1882 he became under-secretary +for the colonies in M. Ferry’s ministry, and retained the post +till 1885. He held the same post in M. Tirard’s ministry in 1888, +and in 1893 was made vice-president of the chamber. In 1894 +he obtained cabinet rank as minister of marine in the administration +of M. Dupuy. In the January following he was unexpectedly +elected president of the Republic upon the resignation of M. +Casimir-Périer. The principal cause of his elevation was the +determination of the various sections of the moderate republican +party to exclude M. Brisson, who had had a majority of votes +on the first ballot, but had failed to obtain an absolute majority. +To accomplish this end it was necessary to unite among themselves, +and union could only be secured by the nomination of +some one who offended nobody. M. Faure answered perfectly +to this description. His fine presence and his tact on ceremonial +occasions rendered the state some service when in 1896 he received +the Tsar of Russia at Paris, and in 1897 returned his +visit, after which meeting the momentous Franco-Russian +alliance was publicly announced. The latter days of M. Faure’s +presidency were embittered by the Dreyfus affair, which he was +determined to regard as <i>chose jugée</i>. But at a critical moment +in the proceedings his death occurred suddenly, from apoplexy, +on the 16th of February 1899. With all his faults, and in spite +of no slight amount of personal vanity, President Faure was +a shrewd political observer and a good man of business. After +his death, some alleged extracts from his private journals, +dealing with French policy, were published in the Paris press.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See E. Maillard, <i>Le Président F. Faure</i> (Paris, 1897); P. Bluysen, +<i>Félix Faure intime</i> (1898); and F. Martin-Ginouvier, <i>F. Faure devant +l’histoire</i> (1895).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAURÉ, GABRIEL<a name="ar155" id="ar155"></a></span> (1845-  ), French musical composer, +was born at Pamiers on the 13th of May 1845. He studied at +the school of sacred music directed by Niedermeyer, first under +Dietsch, and subsequently under Saint-Saëns. He became +“maître de chapelle” at the church of the Madeleine in 1877, +and organist in 1896. His works include a symphony in D +minor (Op. 40), two quartets for piano and strings (Opp. 15 and +45), a suite for orchestra (Op. 12), sonata for violin and piano +(Op. 13), concerto for violin (Op. 14), berceuse for violin, élégie +for violoncello, pavane for orchestra, incidental music for +Alexandre Dumas’ <i>Caligula</i> and De Haraucourt’s <i>Shylock</i>, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page210" id="page210"></a>210</span> +a requiem, a cantata, <i>The Birth of Venus</i>, produced at the Leeds +festival in 1898, a quantity of piano music, and a large number +of songs. Fauré occupies a place by himself among modern +French composers. He delights in the <i>imprévu</i>, and loves to +wander through labyrinthine harmonies. There can be no +denying the intense fascination and remarkable originality of +his music. His muse is essentially aristocratic, and suggests +the surroundings of the boudoir and the perfume of the hot-house.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAURIEL, CLAUDE CHARLES<a name="ar156" id="ar156"></a></span> (1772-1844), French historian, +philologist and critic, was born at St Étienne on the 21st of +October 1772. Though the son of a poor joiner, he received a +good education in the Oratorian colleges of Tournon and Lyons. +He was twice in the army—at Perpignan in 1793, and in 1796-1797 +at Briançon, as private secretary to General J. Servan de +Gerbey (1741-1808); but he preferred the civil service and the +companionship of his friends and his books. In 1794 he returned +to St Étienne, where, but only for a short period, he filled a +municipal office; and from 1797 to 1799 he devoted himself +to strenuous study, more especially of the literature and history, +both ancient and modern, of Greece and Italy. Having paid a +visit to Paris in 1799, he was introduced to Fouché, minister of +police, who induced him to become his private secretary. Though +he discharged the duties of this office to Fouché’s satisfaction, +his strength was overtasked by his continued application to +study, and he found it necessary in 1801 to recruit his health +by a three months’ trip in the south. In resigning his office in the +following year he was actuated as much by these considerations +as by the scruples he put forward in serving longer under +Napoleon, when the latter, in violation of strict republican principles, +became consul for life. This is clearly shown by the fragments +of Memoirs discovered by Ludovic Lalanne and published +in 1886.</p> + +<p>Some articles which Fauriel published in the <i>Décade philosophique</i> +(1800) on a work of Madame de Staël’s—<i>De la littérature +considerée dans ses rapports avec les institutions sociales</i>—led to an +intimate friendship with her. About 1802 he contracted with +Madame de Condorcet a liaison which lasted till her death (1822). +It was said of him at the time that he gave up all his energies +to love, friendship and learning. The salon of Mme de Condorcet +was throughout the Consulate and the first Empire a rallying +point for the dissentient republicans. Fauriel was introduced +by Madame de Staël to the literary circle of Auteuil, which +gathered round Destutt de Tracy. Those who enjoyed his closest +intimacy were the physiologist Cabanis (Madame de Condorcet’s +brother-in-law), the poet Manzoni, the publicist Benjamin +Constant, and Guizot. Later Tracy introduced to him Aug. +Thierry (1821) and perhaps Thiers and Mignet. During his +connexion with Auteuil, Fauriel’s attention was naturally +turned to philosophy, and for some years he was engaged on a +history of Stoicism, which was never completed, all the papers +connected with it having accidentally perished in 1814. He also +studied Arabic, Sanskrit and the old South French dialects. He +published in 1810 a translation of the <i>Parthenaīs</i> of the Danish +poet Baggesen, with a preface on the various kinds of poetry; +in 1823 translations of two tragedies of Manzoni, with a preface +“<i>Sur la théorie de l’art dramatique</i>”; and in 1824-1825 his translation +of the popular songs of modern Greece, with a “<i>Discours +préliminaire</i>” on popular poetry.</p> + +<p>The Revolution of July, which put his friends in power, opened +to him the career of higher education. In 1830 he became +professor of foreign literature at the Sorbonne. The <i>Histoire de la +Gaule méridionale sous la domination des conquerants germains</i> +(4 vols., 1836) was the only completed section of a general history +of southern Gaul which he had projected. In 1836 he was elected +a member of the Academy of Inscriptions, and in 1837 he published +(with an introduction the conclusions of which would not +now all be endorsed) a translation of a Provençal poem on the +Albigensian war. He died on the 15th of July 1844. After his +death his friend Mary Clarke (afterwards Madame J. Möhl) +published his <i>Histoire de la littérature provençale</i> (3 vols., 1846)—his +lectures for 1831-1832. Fauriel was biased in this work by +his preconceived and somewhat fanciful theory that Provence was +the cradle of the <i>chansons de geste</i> and even of the Round Table +romances; but he gave a great stimulus to the scientific study of +Old French and Provençal. <i>Dante et les origines de la langue et de +la littérature italiennes</i> (2 vols.) was published in 1854.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Fauriel’s <i>Mémoires</i>, found with Condorcet’s papers, are in the +Institute library. They were written at latest in 1804, and include +some interesting fragments on the close of the consulate, Moreau, &c. +Though anonymous, Lalanne, who published them (<i>Les Derniers +Jours du Consulat</i>, 1886), proved them to be in the same handwriting +as a letter of Fauriel’s in 1803. The same library has Fauriel’s correspondence, +catalogued by Ad. Régnier (1900). Benjamin Constant’s +letters (1802-1823) were published by Victor Glachant in 1906. +For Fauriel’s correspondence with Guizot see <i>Nouvelle Rev.</i> (Dec. 1, +1901, by V. Glachant), and for his love-letters to Miss Clarke (1822-1844) +the <i>Revue des deux mondes</i> (1908-1909) by E. Rod. See +further Sainte-Beuve, <i>Portraits contemporains</i>, ii.; Antoine Guillois, +<i>Le Salon de Mme Helvétius</i> (1894) and <i>La Marquise de Condorcet</i> +(1897); O’Meara, <i>Un Salon à Paris: Mme Möhl</i> (undated); and +J.B. Galley, <i>Claude Fauriel</i> (1909).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUST,<a name="ar157" id="ar157"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Faustus</span>, the name of a magician and charlatan +of the 16th century, famous in legend and in literature. The +historical Faust forms little more than the nucleus round which +a great mass of legendary and imaginative material gradually +accumulated. That such a person existed there is, however, +sufficient proof.<a name="fa1k" id="fa1k" href="#ft1k"><span class="sp">1</span></a> He is first mentioned in a letter, dated August +20, 1507, of the learned Benedictine Johann Tritheim or Trithemius +(1462-1516), abbot of Spanheim, to the mathematician +and astrologer Johann Windung, at Hasfurt, who had apparently +written about him. Trithemius, himself reputed a magician, and +the author of a mystical work (published at Darmstadt in 1621 +under the title of <i>Steganographica</i> and burnt by order of the +Spanish Inquisition), speaks contemptuously of Faust, who +called himself Magister Georgius Sabellicus Faustus Junior, as +a fool rather than a philosopher (<i>fatuum non philosophum</i>), a +vain babbler, vagabond and mountebank who ought to be +whipped, and who had fled from the city rather than confront +him. The insane conceit of the man was proved by his boast that, +were all the works of Aristotle and Plato blotted from the +memory of men, he could restore them with greater elegance, and +that Christ’s miracles were nothing to marvel at, since he could +do the like whenever and as often as he pleased; his debased +character by the fact that he had been forced to flee from the +school of which he had been appointed master by the discovery +of his unnatural crimes. The same unflattering estimate is contained +in the second extant notice of Faust, in a letter of the +jurist and canon Konrad Mudt (Mutianus Rufus), of the 3rd of +October 1513, to Heinrich Urbanus. Mudt, like Trithemius, +simply regards Faust as a charlatan. Similar is the judgment of +another contemporary, Philipp Begardi, who in the fourth +chapter of his <i>Index sanitatis</i> (Worms, 1539) ranks Faust, with +Theophrastus Paracelsus, among the “wicked, cheating, useless +and unlearned doctors.”</p> + +<p>It was Johann Gast (d. 1572), a worthy Protestant pastor +of Basel, who like Mudt claims to have come into personal +contact with Faust, who in his <i>Sermones convivales</i> (Basel, 1543) +first credited the magician with genuine supernatural qualities. +Gast, a man of some learning and much superstition, believed +Faust to be in league with the devil, by whom about 1525 he +was ultimately carried off, and declared the performing horse and +dog by which the necromancer was accompanied to be familiar +and evil spirits. Further information was given to the world +by Johann Mannel or Manlius (d. 1560), councillor and historian +to the emperor Maximilian II., in his <i>Locorum communium +collectanea</i> (Basel, undated). Manlius reports a conversation +of Melanchthon, which there is no reason to suspect of being other +than genuine, in which the Reformer speaks of Faust as “a +disgraceful beast and sewer of many devils,” as having been +born at Kundling (Kundlingen or Knittlingen), a little town +near his own native town (of Bretten), and as having studied +magic at Cracow. The rest of the information given can hardly +be regarded as historical, though Melanchthon, who, like Luther, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page211" id="page211"></a>211</span> +was no whit less superstitious than most people of his time, +evidently believed it to be so. According to him, among other +marvels, Faust was killed by the devil wringing his neck. While +he lived he had taken about with him a dog, which was really +a devil. A similar opinion would seem to have been held of +Faust by Luther also, who in Widmann’s Faust-book is mentioned +as having declared that, by God’s help, he had been able +to ward off the evils which Faust with his sorceries had sought to +put upon him. The passage, with the omission of Faust’s name, +occurs word for word in Luther’s Table-talk (ed. C.E. Förstemann, +vol. i. p. 50). It is not improbable, then, that Widmann, in +supplying the name of the necromancer omitted in the Table-talk, +may be giving a fuller account of the conversation. +Bullinger also, in his <i>Theatrum de beneficiis</i> (Frankf., 1569) +mentions Faust as one of those “of whom the Scriptures speak, +in various places, calling them <i>magi</i>.” Lastly Johann Weiher, +Wierus or Piscinarius (1515-1588)—a pupil of Cornelius Agrippa, +body physician to the duke of Cleves and a man of enlightenment, +who opposed the persecution of witches—in his <i>De praestigiis +daemonum</i> (Basel, 1563, &c.), speaks of Faust as a drunken +vagabond who had studied magic at Cracow, and before 1540 +had practised “this beautiful art shamelessly up and down +Germany, with unspeakable deceit, many lies and great effect.” +He goes on to tell how the magician had revenged himself on +an unhappy parish priest, who had refused to supply him any +longer with drink, by giving him a depilatory which removed +not only the beard but the skin, and further, how he had insulted +a poor wretch, for no better reason than that he had a black +beard, by greeting him as his cousin the devil. Of his superhuman +powers Weiher evidently believes nothing, but he tells +the tale of his being found dead with his neck wrung, after the +whole house had been shaken by a terrific din.</p> + +<p>The sources above mentioned, which were but the first of +numerous works on Faust, of more or less value, appearing +throughout the next two centuries, give a sufficient picture of +the man as he appeared to his contemporaries: a wandering +charlatan who lived by his wits, cheiromantist, astrologer, +diviner, spiritualist medium, alchemist, or, to the more credulous, +a necromancer whose supernatural gifts were the outcome of a +foul pact with the enemy of mankind. Whatever his character, +his efforts to secure a widespread notoriety had, by the time of +his death, certainly succeeded. By the latter part of the 16th +century he had become the necromancer <i>par excellence</i>, and all +that legend had to tell about the great wizards of the middle ages, +Virgil, Pope Silvester, Roger Bacon, Michael Scot, or the mythic +Klingsor, had become for ever associated with his name. When +in 1587, the oldest Faust-book was published, the Faust legend +was, in all essential particulars, already complete.</p> + +<p>The origin of the main elements of the legend must be sought +far back in the middle ages and beyond. The idea of a compact +with the devil, for the purpose of obtaining superhuman power +or knowledge, is of Jewish origin, dating from the centuries +immediately before and after the Christian era which produced +the Talmud, the Kabbalah and such magical books as that of +Enoch. In the mystical rites—in which blood, as the seat of life, +played a great part—that accompanied the incantations with +which the Jewish magicians evoked the Satanim—the lowest +grade of those elemental spirits (shedim) who have their existence +beyond the dimensions of time and space—we have the prototypes +and originals of all the ceremonies which occupy the books +of magic down to the various versions of the <i>Höllenzwang</i> ascribed +to Faust. The other principle underlying the Faust legend, +the belief in the essentially evil character of purely human +learning, has existed ever since the triumph of Christianity set +divine revelation above human science. The legend of Theophilus—a +Cilician archdeacon of the 6th century, who sold his +soul to Satan for no better reason than to clear himself of a false +charge brought against him by his bishop—was immensely +popular throughout the middle ages, and in the 8th century +formed the theme of a poem in Latin hexameters by the nun +Hroswitha of Gandersheim, who, especially in her description of +the ritual of Satan’s court, displays a sufficiently lively and +original imagination. Equally widespread were the legends +which gathered round the great name of Gerbert (Pope Silvester +II.). Gerbert’s vast erudition, like Roger Bacon’s so far in +advance of his age, naturally cast upon him the suspicion of +traffic with the infernal powers; and in due course the suspicion +developed into the tale, embellished with circumstantial and +harrowing details, of a compact with the arch-fiend, by which +the scholar had obtained the summit of earthly ambition at the +cost of his immortal soul. These are but the two most notable +of many similar stories,<a name="fa2k" id="fa2k" href="#ft2k"><span class="sp">2</span></a> and, in an age when the belief in witchcraft +and the ubiquitous activity of devils was still universal, +it is natural that they should have been retold in all good faith +of a notorious wizard who was himself at no pains to deny their +essential truth. The Faust legend, however, owes something of +its peculiar significance also to the special conditions of the age +which gave it birth: the age of the Renaissance and the Reformation. +The opinion that the religious reformers were the +champions of liberty of thought against the obscurantism of +Rome is the outgrowth of later experience. To themselves they +were the protagonists of “the pure Word of God” against the +corruptions of a church defiled by the world and the devil, and +the sceptical spirit of Italian humanism was as abhorrent to them +as to the Catholic reactionaries by whom it was again trampled +under foot. If then, in Goethe’s drama, Faust ultimately develops +into the type of the unsatisfied yearning of the human +intellect for “more than earthly meat and drink,” this was +because the great German humanist deliberately infused into the +old story a spirit absolutely opposed to that by which it had +originally been inspired. The Faust of the early Faust-books, +of the ballads, the dramas and the puppet-plays innumerable +which grew out of them, is irrevocably damned because he +deliberately prefers human to “divine” knowledge; “he laid +the Holy Scriptures behind the door and under the bench, +refused to be called doctor of Theology, but preferred to be styled +doctor of Medicine.” The orthodox moral of the earliest versions +is preserved to the last in the puppet-plays. The Voice to the +right cries: “Faust! Faust! desist from this proposal! Go +on with the study of Theology, and you will be the happiest +of mortals.” The Voice to the left answers: “Faust! Faust! +leave the study of Theology. Betake you to Necromancy, and +you will be the happiest of mortals!” The Faust legend was, +in fact, the creation of orthodox Protestantism; its moral, +the inevitable doom which follows the wilful revolt of the intellect +against divine authority as represented by the Holy +Scriptures and its accredited interpreters. Faust, the contemner +of Holy Writ, is set up as a foil to Luther, the champion of the +new orthodoxy, who with well-directed inkpot worsted the devil +when he sought to interrupt the sacred work of rendering the +Bible into the vulgar tongue.</p> + +<p>It was doubtless this orthodox and Protestant character of +the Faust story which contributed to its immense and immediate +popularity in the Protestant countries. The first edition of the +<i>Historia von D. Johann Fausten</i>, by an unknown compiler, +published by Johann Spies at Frankfort in 1587, sold out at +once. Though only placed on the market in the autumn, before +the year was out it had been reprinted in four pirated editions. +In the following year a rhymed version was printed at Tübingen, +a second edition was published by Spies at Frankfort and a +version in low German by J.J. Balhorn at Lübeck. Reprints +and amended versions continued to appear in Germany every +year, till they culminated in the pedantic compilation of Georg +Rudolf Widmann, who obscured the dramatic interest of the +story by an excessive display of erudition and by his well-meant +efforts to elaborate the orthodox moral. Widmann’s version of +1599 formed the basis of that of Johann Nicholaus Pfitzer, +published at Nuremberg in 1674, which passed through six +editions, the last appearing in 1726. Like Widmann, Pfitzer +was more zealous for imparting information than for perfecting +a work of art, though he had the good taste to restore the episode +of the evocation of Helen, which Widmann had expunged as +unfit for Christian readers. Lastly there appeared, about +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page212" id="page212"></a>212</span> +1712, what was to prove the most popular of all the Faust-books: +<i>The League with the Devil established by the world-famous Arch-necromancer +and Wizard Dr Johann Faust</i>. By a Christian +Believer (<i>Christlich Meynenden</i>). This version, which bore the +obviously false date of 1525, passed through many editions, +and was circulated at all the fairs in Germany. Abroad the +success of the story was scarcely less striking. A Danish version +appeared in 1588; in England the <i>History of the Damnable +Life and Deserved Death of Dr John Faustus</i> was published some +time between 1588 and 1594; in France the translation of +Victor Palma Cayet was published at Paris in 1592 and, in the +course of the next two hundred years, went through fifteen +editions; the oldest Dutch and Flemish versions are dated +1592; and in 1612 a Czech translation was published at Prague.</p> + +<p>Besides the popular histories of Faust, all more or less founded +on the original edition of Spies, numerous ballads on the same +subject were also soon in circulation. Of these the most interesting +for the English reader is A <i>Ballad of the life and death of Dr +Faustus the great congerer</i>, published in 1588 with the imprimatur +of the learned Aylmer, bishop of London. This ballad is supposed +to have preceded the English version of Spies’s Faust-book, +mentioned above, on which Marlowe’s drama was founded.</p> + +<p>To Christopher Marlowe, it would appear, belongs the honour +of first realizing the great dramatic possibilities of the Faust +legend. <i>The Tragicall History of D. Faustus as it hath bene +acted by the Right Honourable the Earle of Nottingham his servants</i> +was first published by Thomas Bushall at London in 1604. As +Marlowe died in 1593, the play must have been written shortly +after the appearance of the English version of the Faust story +on which it was based. The first recorded performance was on +the 30th of September 1594.</p> + +<p>As Marlowe’s <i>Faustus</i> is the first, so it is imcomparably the +finest of the Faust dramas which preceded Goethe’s masterpiece. +Like most of Marlowe’s work it is, indeed, very unequal. At +certain moments the poet seems to realize the great possibilities +of the story, only to sacrifice them to the necessity for humouring +the prevailing public taste of the age. Faustus, who in one +scene turns disillusioned from the ordinary fountains of knowledge, +or flies in a dragon-drawn chariot through the Empyrean +to search out the mysteries of the heavens, in another is made +to use his superhuman powers to satisfy the taste of the groundlings +for senseless buffoonery, to swindle a horse-dealer, or cheat +an ale-wife of her score; while Protestant orthodoxy is conciliated +by irrelevant insults to the Roman Church and by the final +catastrophe, when Faustus pays for his revolt against the Word +of God by the forfeit of his soul. This conception, which followed +that of the popular Faust histories, underlay all further developments +of the Faust drama for nearly two hundred years. Of +the serious stage plays founded on this theme, Marlowe’s <i>Faustus</i> +remains the sole authentic example until near the end of the +18th century; but there is plenty of evidence to prove that +in Germany the <i>Comedy of Dr Faust</i>, in one form or another, +was and continued to be a popular item in the repertories of +theatrical companies until far into the 18th century. It is +supposed, with good reason, that the German versions were +based on those introduced into the country by English strolling +players early in the 17th century. However this may be, the +dramatic versions of the Faust legend followed much the same +course as the prose histories. Just as these gradually degenerated +into chap-books hawked at fairs, so the dramas were replaced +by puppet-plays, handed down by tradition through generations +of showmen, retaining their original broad characteristics, +but subject to infinite modification in detail. In this way, in +the puppet-shows, the traditional Faust story retained its popularity +until far into the 19th century, long after, in the sphere of +literature, Goethe had for ever raised it to quite another plane.</p> + +<p>It was natural that during the literary revival in Germany +in the 18th century, when German writers were eagerly on the +look-out for subjects to form the material of a truly national +literature, the Faust legend should have attracted their attention. +Lessing was the first to point out its great possibilities;<a name="fa3k" id="fa3k" href="#ft3k"><span class="sp">3</span></a> and +he himself wrote a Faust drama, of which unfortunately only a +fragment remains, the MS. of the completed work having been +lost in the author’s lifetime. None the less, to Lessing, not to +Goethe, is due the new point of view from which the story was +approached by most of those who, after about the year 1770, +attempted to tell it. The traditional Faust legend represented +the sternly orthodox attitude of the Protestant reformers. +Even the mitigating elements which the middle ages had permitted +had been banished by the stern logic of the theologians +of the New Religion. Theophilus had been saved in the end by +the intervention of the Blessed Virgin; Pope Silvester, according +to one version of the legend, had likewise been snatched from +the jaws of hell at the last moment. Faust was irrevocably +damned, since the attractions of the <i>studium theologicum</i> +proved insufficient to counteract the fascinations of the classic +Helen. But if he was to become, in the 18th century, the type +of the human intellect face to face with the deep problems of +human life, it was intolerable that his struggles should issue +in eternal reprobation. Error and heresy had ceased to be +regarded as crimes; and stereotyped orthodoxy, to the age of +the Encyclopaedists, represented nothing more than the atrophy +of the human intellect. <i>Es irrt der Mensch so lang er strebt</i>, +which sums up in one pregnant line the spirit of Goethe’s <i>Faust</i>, +sums up also the spirit of the age which killed with ridicule the +last efforts of persecuting piety, and saw the birth of modern +science. Lessing, in short, proclaimed that the final end of Faust +must be, not his damnation, but his salvation. This revolutionary +conception is the measure of Goethe’s debt to Lessing. +The essential change which Goethe himself introduced into the +story is in the nature of the pact between Faust and Mephistopheles, +and in the character of Mephistopheles himself. +The Mephistopheles of Marlowe, as of the old Faust-books, for +all his brave buffoonery, is a melancholy devil, with a soul above +the unsavoury hell in which he is forced to pass a hopeless +existence. “Tell me,” says Faust, in the puppet-play, to +Mephistopheles, “what would you do if you could attain to +everlasting salvation?” And the devil answers, “Hear and +despair! Were I able to attain everlasting salvation, I would +mount to heaven on a ladder, though every rung were a razor +edge!” Goethe’s Mephistopheles would have made no such +reply. There is nothing of the fallen angel about him; he is +perfectly content with his past, his present and his future; +and he appears before the throne of God with the same easy +insolence as he exhibits in Dame Martha’s back-garden. He +is, in fact, according to his own definition, the Spirit of Denial, +the impersonation of that utter scepticism which can see no +distinction between high and low, between good and bad, and +is therefore without aspiration because it knows no “divine +discontent.” And the compact which Faust makes with this +spirit is from the first doomed to be void. Faustus had bartered +away his soul for a definite period of pleasure and power. The +conception that underlies the compact of Faust with Mephistopheles +is far more subtle. He had sought happiness vainly +in the higher intellectual and spiritual pursuits; he is content +to seek it on a lower plane since Mephistopheles gives him the +chance; but he is confident that nothing that “such a poor +devil” can offer him could give him that moment of supreme +satisfaction for which he craves. He goes through the traditional +mummery of signing the bond with scornful submission; for +he knows that his damnation will not be the outcome of any +formal compact, but will follow inevitably, and only then, when +his soul has grown to be satisfied with what Mephistopheles can +purvey him.</p> + +<table class="reg f90" summary="poem"><tr><td> <div class="poemr"> +<p>“Canst thou with lying flattery rule me</p> + <p class="i2">Until self-pleased myself I see,</p> + <p class="i05">Canst thou with pleasure mock and fool me,</p> + <p class="i2">Let that hour be the last for me!</p> + <p class="i05">When thus I hail the moment flying:</p> + <p class="i2">‘Ah, still delay, thou art so fair!’</p> + <p class="i05">Then bind me in thy chains undying,</p> + <p class="i2">My final ruin then declare!”<a name="fa4k" id="fa4k" href="#ft4k"><span class="sp">4</span></a></p> +</div> </td></tr></table> + +<p class="noind">It is because Mephistopheles fails to give him this self-satisfaction +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page213" id="page213"></a>213</span> +or to absorb his being in the pleasures he provides, that the +compact comes to nothing. When, at last, Faust cries to the +passing moment to remain, it is because he has forgotten self in +enthusiasm for a great and beneficent work, in a state of mind the +very antithesis of all that Mephistopheles represents. In the +old Faust-books, Faust had been given plenty of opportunity +for repentance, but the inducements had been no higher than +the exhibition of a throne in heaven on the one hand and the tortures +of hell on the other. Goethe’s <i>Faust</i>, for all its Christian +setting, departs widely from this orthodox standpoint. Faust +shows no signs of “repentance”; he simply emerges by the +innate force of his character from a lower into a higher state. +The triumph, foretold by “the Lord” in the opening scene, +was inevitable from the first, since, though</p> + +<table class="reg f90" summary="poem"><tr><td> <div class="poemr"> +<p>“‘Man errs so long as he is striving,</p> + <p class="i05">A good man through obscurest aspiration</p> + <p class="i05">Is ever conscious of the one true way.’”</p> +</div> </td></tr></table> + +<p class="noind">A man, in short, must be judged not by the sins and follies which +may be but accidents of his career, but by the character which is +its essential outcome.</p> + +<p>This idea, which inspired also the kindred theme of Browning’s +<i>Paracelsus</i>, is the main development introduced by Goethe +into the Faust legend. The episode of Gretchen, for all its tragic +interest, does not belong to the legend at all; and it is difficult +to deny the pertinency of Charles Lamb’s criticism, “What has +Margaret to do with Faust?” Yet in spite of all that may be +said of the irrelevancies, and of the discussions of themes of +merely ephemeral interest, with which Goethe overloaded +especially the second part of the poem, his <i>Faust</i> remains for the +modern world the final form of the legend out of which it grew, +the magnificent expression of the broad humanism which, even +in spheres accounted orthodox, has tended to replace the peculiar +<i>studium theologicum</i> which inspired the early Faust-books.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Karl Engel, <i>Zusammenstellung der Faust-Schriften vom 16. +Jahrhundert bis Mitte 1884</i>—a second edition of the <i>Bibliotheca +Faustiana</i> (1874)—(Oldenburg, 1885), a complete bibliography of all +published matter concerned, even somewhat remotely, with Faust; +Goethe’s <i>Faust</i>, with introduction and notes by K.J. Schröer +(2nd ed., Heilbronn, 1886); Carl Kiesewetter, <i>Faust in der Geschichte +und Tradition</i> (Leipzig, 1893). The last book, besides being a critical +study of the material for the historical and legendary story of +Faust, aims at estimating the relation of the Faust-legend to the +whole subject of occultism, ancient and modern. It is a mine of +information on necromancy and its kindred subjects, as well +as on eminent theurgists, wizards, crystal-gazers and the like of +all ages.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(W. A. P.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1k" id="ft1k" href="#fa1k"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The opinion, long maintained by some, that he was identical +with Johann Fust, the printer, is now universally rejected.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2k" id="ft2k" href="#fa2k"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Many are given in Kiesewetter’s <i>Faust</i>, p. 112, &c.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3k" id="ft3k" href="#fa3k"><span class="fn">3</span></a> In the <i>Literaturbrief</i> of Feb. 16, 1759.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4k" id="ft4k" href="#fa4k"><span class="fn">4</span></a> Bayard Taylor’s trans.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAUSTINA, ANNIA GALERIA,<a name="ar158" id="ar158"></a></span> the younger, daughter of +Antoninus Pius, and wife of Marcus Aurelius Antoninus. She +is accused by Dio Cassius and Capitolinus of gross profligacy, +and was reputed to have instigated the revolt of Avidius Cassius +against her husband. She died in 175 or 176 (so Clinton, <i>Fasti +rom.</i>) at Halala, near Mount Taurus, in Cappadocia, whither she +had accompanied Aurelius. Charitable schools for orphan girls +(hence called <i>Faustinianae</i>) were founded in her honour, like +those established by her father Antoninus in honour of his wife, +the elder Faustina. Her statue was placed in the temple of +Venus, and she was numbered among the tutelary deities of Rome. +From the fact that Aurelius was always devoted to her and was +heartbroken at her death, it has been inferred that the unfavourable +estimate of the historians is prejudiced or at least mistaken.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Capitolinus, <i>Marcus Aurelius</i>; Dio Cassius lxxi. 22, lxxiv. 3; +E. Renan, in <i>Mélanges d’histoire et des voyages</i>, 169-195.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVARA,<a name="ar159" id="ar159"></a></span> a town of Sicily, in the province of Girgenti, 5 m. E. +of Girgenti by road. Pop. (1901) 20,398. It possesses a fine +castle of the Chiaramonte family, erected in 1280. The town +has a considerable agricultural trade, and there are sulphur and +other mines in the neighbourhood.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVART, CHARLES SIMON<a name="ar160" id="ar160"></a></span> (1710-1792), French dramatist, +was born in Paris on the 13th of November 1710, the son of a +pastry-cook. He was educated at the college of Louis-le-Grand, +and after his father’s death carried on the business for a time. +His first success in literature was <i>La France délivrée par la +Pucelle d’Orléans</i>, a poem which obtained a prize of the Académie +des Jeux Flor ux. After the production of his first vaudeville, +<i>Les Deux Jumelles</i> (1734), circumstances enabled him to relinquish +business and devote himself entirely to the drama. He provided +many pieces anonymously for the lesser theatres, and first put +his name to <i>La Chercheuse d’esprit</i>, which was produced in 1741. +Among his most successful works were <i>Annette et Lubin, Le +Coq du village</i> (1743), <i>Ninette à la cour</i> (1753), <i>Les Trois Sultanes</i> +(1761) and <i>L’Anglais à Bordeaux</i> (1763). Favart became director +of the Opéra Comique, and in 1745 married <span class="sc">Marie Justine +Benoîte Duronceray</span> (1727-1772), a beautiful young dancer, +singer and actress, who as “Mlle Chantilly” had made a successful +début the year before. By their united talents and labours +the Opéra Comique rose to such a height of success that it aroused +the jealousy of the rival Comédie Italienne and was suppressed. +Favart, left thus without resources, accepted the proposal of +Maurice de Saxe, and undertook the direction of a troupe of +comedians which was to accompany his army into Flanders. +It was part of his duty to compose from time to time impromptu +verses on the events of the campaign, amusing and stimulating +the spirits of the men. So popular were Favart and his troupe +that the enemy became desirous of hearing his company and sharing +his services, and permission was given to gratify them, battles +and comedies thus curiously alternating with each other. But +the marshal, who was an admirer of Mme Favart, began to persecute +her with his attentions. To escape him she went to Paris, +and the wrath of Saxe fell upon the husband. A <i>lettre de cachet</i> +was issued against him, but he fled to Strassburg and found +concealment in a cellar. Mme Favart meanwhile had been +established by the marshal in a house at Vaugirard; but as she +proved a fickle mistress she was suddenly arrested and confined +in a convent, where she was brought to unconditional surrender +in the beginning of 1750. Before the year was out the marshal +died, and Mme Favart reappeared at the Comédie Italienne, +where for twenty years she was the favourite actress. To her is +largely due the beginnings of the change in this theatre to performances +of a lyric type adapted from Italian models, which developed +later into the genuine French comic opera. She was also a bold +reformer in matters of stage costume, playing the peasant with +bare arms, in wooden shoes and linen dress, and not, as heretofore, +in court costume with enormous hoops, diamonds and long white +kid gloves. With her husband, and other authors, she collaborated +in a number of successful pieces, and one—<i>La Fille mal gardée</i>—she +produced alone.</p> + +<p>Favart survived his wife twenty years. After the marshal’s +death in 1750 he had returned to Paris, and resumed his pursuits +as a dramatist. It was at this time that the abbé de Voisenon +became intimate with him and took part in his labours, to what +extent is uncertain. He had grown nearly blind in his last +days, and died in Paris on the 12th of May 1792. His plays +have been several times republished in various editions and +selections (1763-1772, 12 vols.; 1810, 3 vols.; 1813; 1853). +His correspondence (1759-1763) with Count Durazzo, director +of theatres at Vienna, was published in 1808 as <i>Mémoires et +correspondance littéraire, dramatique et anecdotique de C.S. Favart</i>. +It furnishes valuable information on the state of the literary and +theatrical worlds in the 18th century.</p> + +<p>Favart’s second son, <span class="sc">Charles Nicolas Joseph Justin Favart</span> +(1749-1806), was an actor of moderate talent at the Comédie +Française for fifteen years. He wrote a number of successful +plays:—<i>Le Diable boiteux</i> (1782), <i>Le Mariage singulier</i> (1787) and, +with his father, <i>La Vieillesse d’Annette</i> (1791). His son Antoine +Pierre Charles Favart (1780-1867) was in the diplomatic service, +and assisted in editing his grandfather’s memoirs; he was a +playwright and painter as well.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVERSHAM,<a name="ar161" id="ar161"></a></span> a market town and river-port, member of the +Cinque Port of Dover, and municipal borough in the Faversham +parliamentary division of Kent, England, on a creek of the Swale, +9 m. W.N.W. of Canterbury on the South-Eastern & Chatham +railway. Pop. (1901) 11,290. The church of St Mary of Charity, +restored by Sir G.G. Scott in 1874, is of Early English architecture, +and has some remains on one of the columns of frescoes +of the same period, while the 14th-century paintings in the +chancel are in better preservation. Some of the brasses are very +fine, and there is one commemorating King Stephen, as well as +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page214" id="page214"></a>214</span> +a tomb said to be his. He was buried at the abbey he founded +here, of which only a wall and the foundations below ground +remain. At Davington, close to Faversham, there are remains, +incorporated in a residence, of the cloisters and other parts of +a Benedictine priory founded in 1153. Faversham has a free +grammar school founded in 1527 and removed to its present +site in 1877. Faversham Creek is navigable up to the town for +vessels of 200 tons. The shipping trade is considerable, chiefly +in coal, timber and agricultural produce. The oyster fisheries +are important, and are managed by a very ancient gild, the Company +of Free Dredgermen of the Hundred and Manor of Faversham. +Brewing, brickmaking and the manufacture of cement +are also carried on, and there are several large powder mills in +the vicinity. The town is governed by a mayor, 4 aldermen +and 12 councillors. Area, 686 acres.</p> + +<p>There was a Romano-British village on the site of Faversham. +The town (Fauresfeld, Faveresham) owed its early importance +to its situation as a port on the Swale, to the fertile country +surrounding it, and to the neighbourhood of Watling Street. +In 811 it was called the king’s town, and a witenagemot was +held here under Æthelstan. In 1086 it was assessed as royal +demesne, and a market was held here at this date. An abbey +was built by Stephen in 1147, in which he and Matilda were +buried. They had endowed it with the manor and hundred of +Faversham; this grant caused many disputes between the abbot +and men of Faversham concerning the abbot’s jurisdiction. +Faversham was probably a member of Dover from the earliest +association of the Cinque Ports, certainly as early as Henry III., +who in 1252 granted among other liberties of the Cinque Ports +that the barons of Faversham should plead only in Shepway +Court, but ten years later transferred certain pleas to the abbot’s +court. In this reign also the abbot appointed the mayor, but +from the reign of Edward I. he was elected by the freemen and +then installed by the abbot. The corporation was prescriptive, +and a hallmote held in 1293 was attended by a mayor and +twelve jurats. All the liberties of the Cinque Ports were granted +to the barons of Faversham by Edward I. in 1302, and confirmed +by Edward III. in 1365, and by later monarchs. The governing +charter till 1835 was that of Henry VIII., granted in 1545 and +confirmed by Edward VI.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVORINUS<a name="ar162" id="ar162"></a></span> (2nd century <span class="scs">A.D.</span>), Greek sophist and philosopher, +flourished during the reign of Hadrian. A Gaul by birth, he was +a native of Arelate (Arles), but at an early age began his lifelong +travels through Greece, Italy and the East. His extensive +knowledge, combined with great oratorical powers, raised him +to eminence both in Athens and in Rome. With Plutarch, who +dedicated to him his treatise <span class="grk" title="Peri tou prôtou psychrou">Περὶ τοῦ πρώτου ψυχροῦ</span>, with +Herodes Atticus, to whom he bequeathed his library at Rome, +with Demetrius the Cynic, Cornelius Fronto, Aulus Gellius, +and with Hadrian himself, he lived on intimate terms; his great +rival, whom he violently attacked in his later years, was Polemon +of Smyrna. It was Favorinus who, on being silenced by Hadrian +in an argument in which the sophist might easily have refuted +his adversary, subsequently explained that it was foolish to +criticize the logic of the master of thirty legions. When the +servile Athenians, feigning to share the emperor’s displeasure +with the sophist, pulled down a statue which they had erected +to him, Favorinus remarked that if only Socrates also had had a +statue at Athens, he might have been spared the hemlock. Of +the very numerous works of Favorinus, we possess only a few +fragments (unless the <span class="grk" title="Korinthiakos logos">Κορινθιακὸς λόγος</span> attributed to his +tutor Dio Chrysostom is by him), preserved by Aulus Gellius, +Diogenes Laërtius, Philostratus, and Suïdas, the second of +whom borrows from his <span class="grk" title="Pantodapê historia">Παντοδαπὴ ἱστορία</span> (miscellaneous +history) and his <span class="grk" title="Apomnêmoneumata">Ἀπομνημονεύματα</span> (memoirs). As a philosopher, +Favorinus belonged to the sceptical school; his most important +work in this connexion appears to have been <span class="grk" title="Purrhôneioi tropoi">Πυρρώνειοι τρόποι</span> +(the Pyrrhonean Tropes) in ten books, in which he endeavours +to show that the methods of Pyrrho were useful to those who +intended to practise in the law courts.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Philostratus, <i>Vitae sophistarum</i>, i. 8; Suïdas, <i>s.v.</i>; frags. +in C.W. Müller, <i>Frag. Hist. Graec.</i> iii. 4; monographs by L. Legré +(1900), T. Colardeau (1903).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVRAS, THOMAS DE MAHY,<a name="ar163" id="ar163"></a></span> <span class="sc">Marquis de</span> (1744-1790), +French royalist, was born on the 26th of March 1744, at Blois. +He belonged to a poor family whose nobility dated from the +12th century. At seventeen he was a captain of dragoons, +and saw some service in the closing campaign of the Seven +Years’ War. In 1772 he became first lieutenant of the Swiss +guards of the count of Provence (afterwards Louis XVIII.). +Unable to meet the expenses of his rank, which was equivalent +to the grade of colonel in the army, he retired in 1775. He +married in 1776 Victoria Hedwig Caroline, princess of Anhalt-Bernburg-Schaumburg, +whose mother, deserted by her husband +Prince Carl Ludwig in 1749, had found refuge with her daughter +in the house of Marshal Soubise. After his marriage he went to +Vienna to press the restitution of his wife’s rights, and spent +some time in Warsaw. In 1787 he was authorized to raise a +patriotic legion to help the Dutch against the stadtholder +William IV. and his Prussian allies. Returning to Paris at the +outbreak of the Revolution, he became implicated in schemes +for the escape of Louis XVI. from Paris and the dominance of +the National Assembly. He was commissioned by the count +of Provence through one of his gentlemen, the comte de la +Châtre, to negotiate a loan of two million francs from the bankers +Schaumel and Sartorius. Favras took into his confidence +certain officers by whom he was betrayed; and, with his wife, +he was arrested on Christmas Eve 1789 and imprisoned in the +Abbaye. A fortnight later they were separated, Favras being +removed to the Châtelet. It was stated in a leaflet circulated +throughout Paris that Favras had organized a plot of which +the count of Provence was the moving spirit. A force of 30,000 +was to be raised, La Fayette and Bailly, the mayor of Paris, +were to be assassinated, and Paris was to be starved into submission +by cutting off supplies. The count hastened publicly +to disavow Favras in a speech delivered before the commune of +Paris and in a letter to the National Assembly, although there is +no reasonable doubt of his complicity in the plot that did exist. +In the course of a trial of nearly two months’ duration the +witnesses disagreed, and even the editor of the <i>Révolutions de +Paris</i> (No. 30) admitted that the evidence was insufficient +but an armed attempt of the Royalists on the Châtelet on the +26th of January, which was defeated by La Fayette, roused the +suspicious temper of the Parisians to fury, and on the 18th of +February 1790, in spite of the courageous defence of his counsel, +Favras was condemned to be hanged. He refused to give any +information of the alleged plot, and the sentence was carried out +on the Place de Grève the next day, to the delight of the populace, +since it was the first instance when no distinction in the mode +of execution was allowed between noble and commoner. Favras +was generally regarded as a martyr to his refusal to implicate +the count of Provence, and Madame de Favras was pensioned +by Louis XVI. She left France, and her son Charles de Favras +served in the Austrian and the Russian armies. He received an +allowance from Louis XVIII. Her daughter Caroline married +Rüdiger, Freiherr von Stillfried Ratènic, in 1805.</p> + +<p>The official <i>dossier</i> of Favras’s trial for high treason against +the nation disappeared from the Châtelet, but its substance +is preserved in the papers of a clerk.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—For particulars see A. Tuetey, <i>Répertoire général +des sources manuscrites de l’histoire de Paris pendant la Révolution +Française</i> (vol. i., 1890, pp. 175-177); M. Tourneux, <i>Bibl. de l’histoire +de Paris pendant la Révolution Française</i> (vol. i. pp. 196-198, 1890). +His brother, M. Mahy de Cormère, published a <i>Mémoire justificatif</i> in +1790 and a <i>Justification</i> in 1791. See also a memoir by Eduard, +Freiherr v. Stillfried Ratènic (Vienna, 1881), and an article by Alexis +de Valon in the <i>Revue des deux mondes</i> (15th June 1851).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVRE, JEAN ALPHONSE<a name="ar164" id="ar164"></a></span> (1815-1890), Swiss geologist, +was born at Geneva on the 31st of March 1815. He was for +many years professor of geology in the academy at Geneva, and +afterwards president of the Federal Commission with charge +of the geological map of Switzerland. One of his earliest papers +was <i>On the Anthracites of the Alps</i> (1841), and later he gave +special attention to the geology of Savoy and of Mont Blanc, +and to the ancient glacial phenomena of those Alpine regions. +His elucidation of the geological structure demonstrated that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page215" id="page215"></a>215</span> +certain anomalous occurrences of fossils were due to repeated +interfoldings of the strata and to complicated overthrust faults. +In 1867 he published <i>Recherches géologiques dans les parties +de la Savoie, du Piémont et de la Suisse voisines du Mont Blanc</i>. +He died at Geneva in June 1890.</p> + +<p>His son <span class="sc">Ernest Favre</span> (b. 1845) has written on the palaeontology +and geology of Galicia, Savoy and the Fribourg Alps, +and of the Caucasus and Crimea.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVRE, JULES CLAUDE GABRIEL<a name="ar165" id="ar165"></a></span> (1809-1880), French +statesman, was born at Lyons on the 21st of March 1809, and +began his career as an advocate. From the time of the revolution +of 1830 he openly declared himself a republican, and in +political trials he seized the opportunity to express his opinions. +After the revolution of 1848 he was elected deputy for Lyons +to the Constituent Assembly, where he sat among the moderate +republicans, voting against the socialists. When Louis Napoleon +was elected President of France, Favre made himself conspicuous +by his opposition, and on the 2nd of December 1851 he tried with +Victor Hugo and others to organize an armed resistance in the +streets of Paris. After the <i>coup d’état</i> he withdrew from politics, +resumed his profession, and distinguished himself by his defence +of Felice Orsini, the perpetrator of the attack against the life +of Napoleon III. In 1858 he was elected deputy for Paris, and +was one of the “Five” who gave the signal for the republican +opposition to the Empire. In 1863 he became the head of his +party, and delivered a number of addresses denouncing the Mexican +expedition and the occupation of Rome. These addresses, +eloquent, clear and incisive, won him a seat in the French +Academy in 1867. With Thiers he opposed the declaration of +war against Prussia in 1870, and at the news of the defeat of +Napoleon III. at Sedan he demanded from the Legislative +Assembly the deposition of the emperor. In the government of +National Defence he became vice-president under General Trochu, +and minister of foreign affairs, with the onerous task of negotiating +peace with victorious Germany. He proved to be less adroit +as a diplomat than he had been as an orator, and committed +several irreparable blunders. His famous statement on the +6th of September 1870 that he “would not yield to Germany +an inch of territory nor a single stone of the fortresses” was a +piece of oratory which Bismarck met on the 19th by his declaration +to Favre that the cession of Alsace and of Lorraine was the +indispensable condition of peace. He also made the mistake +of not having an assembly elected which would have more regular +powers than the government of National Defence, and of opposing +the removal of the government from Paris during the siege. In +the peace negotiations he allowed Bismarck to get the better +of him, and arranged for the armistice of the 28th of June 1871 +without knowing the situation of the armies, and without +consulting the government at Bordeaux. By a grave oversight +he neglected to inform Gambetta that the army of the East +(80,000 men) was not included in the armistice, and it was thus +obliged to retreat to neutral territory. He gave no proof whatever +of diplomatic skill in the negotiations for the treaty of Frankfort, +and it was Bismarck who imposed all the conditions. He +withdrew from the ministry, discredited, on the 2nd of August +1871, but remained in the chamber of deputies. Elected senator +on the 30th of January 1876, he continued to support the government +of the republic against the reactionary opposition, until his +death on the 20th of January 1880.</p> + +<p>His work include many speeches and addresses, notably +<i>La Liberté de la Presse</i> (1849), <i>Défense de F. Orsini</i> (1866), +<i>Discours de réception à l’Académie française</i> (1868), <i>Discours sur +la liberté intérieure</i> (1869). In <i>Le Gouvernement de la Défense +Nationale</i>, 3 vols., 1871-1875, he explained his rôle in 1870-1871. +After his death his family published his speeches in 8 volumes.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See G. Hanotaux, <i>Histoire de la France contemporaine</i> (1903, &c.); +also E. Benoît-Lévy, <i>Jules Favre</i> (1884).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAVUS<a name="ar166" id="ar166"></a></span> (Lat. for honeycomb), a disease of the scalp, but occurring +occasionally on any part of the skin, and even at times on +mucous membranes. The uncomplicated appearance is that +of a number of yellowish, circular, cup-shaped crusts (scutula) +grouped in patches like a piece of honeycomb, each about the +size of a split pea, with a hair projecting in the centre. These +increase in size and become crusted over, so that the characteristic +lesion can only be seen round the edge of the scab. Growth +continues to take place for several months, when scab and +scutulum come away, leaving a shining bare patch destitute +of hair. The disease is essentially chronic, lasting from ten to +twenty years. It is caused by the growth of a fungus, and +pathologically is the reaction of the tissues to the growth. It +was the first disease in which a fungus was discovered—by +J.L. Schönlein in 1839; the discovery was published in a brief +note of twenty lines in <i>Müllers Archiv</i> for that year (p. 82), +the fungus having been subsequently named by R. Remak +<i>Achorion Schönleinii</i> after its discoverer. The achorion consists +of slender, mycelial threads matted together, bearing oval, +nucleated gonidia either free or jointed. The spores would +appear to enter through the unbroken cutaneous surface, and +to germinate mostly in and around the hair-follicle and sometimes +in the shaft of the hair. In 1892 two other species of the +fungus were described by P.G. Unna and Frank, the <i>Favus +griseus</i>, giving rise to greyish-yellow scutula, and the <i>Favus +sulphureus celerior</i>, causing sulphur-yellow scutula of a rapid +growth. Favus is commonest among the poorer Jews of Russia, +Poland, Hungary, Galicia and the East, and among the +same class of Mahommedans in Turkey, Asia Minor, Syria, +Persia, Egypt, Algiers, &c. It is not rare in the southern departments +of France, in some parts of Italy, and in Scotland. It +is spread by contagion, usually from cats, often, however, from +mice, fowls or dogs. Lack of personal cleanliness is an almost +necessary factor in its development, but any one in delicate +health, especially if suffering from phthisis, seems especially +liable to contract it. Before treatment can be begun the scabs +must be removed by means of carbolized oil, and the head +thoroughly cleansed with soft soap. The cure is then brought +about by the judicious use of parasiticides. If the nails are +affected, avulsion will probably be needed before the disease can +be reached.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAWCETT, HENRY<a name="ar167" id="ar167"></a></span> (1833-1884), English politician and +economist, was born at Salisbury on the 25th of August 1833. +His father, William Fawcett, a native of Kirkby Lonsdale, in +Westmorland, started life as a draper’s assistant at Salisbury, +opened a draper’s shop on his own account in the market-place +there in 1825, married a solicitor’s daughter of the city, became +a prominent local man, took a farm, developed his north-country +sporting instincts, and displayed his shrewdness by successful +speculations in Cornish mining. His second son, Henry, inherited +a full measure of his shrewdness, along with his masculine energy, +his straightforwardness, his perseverance and his fondness for +fishing. The father was active in electioneering matters, and his +wife was an ardent reformer. Henry Fawcett was educated +locally and at King’s College school, London, and proceeded +to Peterhouse, Cambridge, in October 1852, migrating in 1853 +to Trinity Hall. He was seventh wrangler in 1856, and was +elected to a fellowship at his college.</p> + +<p>He had already attained some prominence as an orator at +the Cambridge Union. Before he left school he had formed +the ambition of entering parliament, and, being a poor man, he +resolved to approach the House of Commons through a career +at the bar. He had already entered Lincoln’s Inn. His prospects, +however, were shattered by a calamity which befell him in +September 1858, when two stray pellets from his father’s fowling-piece +passed through the glasses he was wearing and blinded +him for life. Within ten minutes after his accident he had made +up his mind “to stick to his old pursuits as much as possible.” +He kept up all recreations contributing to the enjoyment of life; +he fished, rowed, skated, took abundant walking and horse +exercise, and learnt to play cards with marked packs. Soon +after his accident he established his headquarters at Trinity +Hall, Cambridge, entered cordially into the social life of the +college, and came to be regarded by many as a typical Cambridge +man. He gave up mathematics (for which he had little aptitude), +and specialized in political economy. He paid comparatively +little attention to economic history, but he was in the main a +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page216" id="page216"></a>216</span> +devout believer in economic theory, as represented by Ricardo +and his school. The later philosophy of the subject he believed +to be summed up in one book, Mill’s <i>Principles of Political +Economy</i>, which he regarded as the indispensable “vade mecum” +of every politician. He was not a great reader, and Mill probably +never had a serious rival in his regard, though he was much +impressed by Buckle’s <i>History of Civilization</i> and Darwin’s +<i>Origin of Species</i> when they severally appeared. He made a +great impression in 1859 with a paper at the British Association, +and he soon became a familiar figure there and at various lecture +halls in the north as an exponent of orthodox economic theory. +Of the sincerity of his faith he gave the strongest evidence +by his desire at all times to give a practical application to his +views and submit them to the test of experiment. Among +Mill’s disciples he was, no doubt, far inferior as an economic +thinker to Cairnes, but as a popularizer of the system and a +demonstrator of its principles by concrete examples he had no +rival. His power of exposition was illustrated in his <i>Manual of +Political Economy</i> (1863), of which in twenty years as many as +20,000 copies were sold. Alexander Macmillan had suggested +the book, and it appeared just in time to serve as a credential, +when, in the autumn of 1863, Fawcett stood and was elected +for the Chair of Political Economy at Cambridge. The appointment +attached him permanently to Cambridge, gave him an +income, and showed that he was competent to discharge duties +from which a blind man is often considered to be debarred. +He was already a member of the Political Economy Club, and +was becoming well known in political circles as an advanced +Radical. In January 1863, after a spirited though abortive +attempt in Southwark, he was only narrowly beaten for the +borough of Cambridge. Early in 1864 he was adopted as one +of the Liberal candidates at Brighton, and at the general election +of 1865 he was elected by a large majority. Shortly after his +election he became engaged to Millicent, daughter of Mr Newson +Garrett of Aldeburgh, Suffolk, and in 1867 he was married. +Mrs Fawcett (b. 1847) became well known for her social and +literary work, and especially as an advocate, in the press and +on the platform, of women’s suffrage and the higher education +and independent employment of women. And after her husband’s +death, as well as during his lifetime, she was a prominent leader +in these movements.</p> + +<p>Fawcett entered parliament just in time to see the close of +Palmerston’s career and to hail the adoption by Gladstone of +a programme of reform to which most of the <i>laissez-faire</i> +economists gave assent. He was soon known as a forcible +speaker, and quickly overcame the imputation that he was +academic and doctrinaire, though it is true that a certain +monotony in delivery often gave a slightly too didactic tone to +his discourses. But it was as the uncompromising critic of the +political shifts and expedients of his leaders that he attracted +most attention. He constantly insisted upon the right of +exercising private judgment, and he especially devoted himself +to the defence of causes which, as he thought, were neglected +both by his official leaders and by his Radical comrades. Re-elected +for Brighton to the parliament of 1868-1874, he greatly +hampered the government by his persistence in urging the +abolition of clerical fellowships and the payment of election +expenses out of the rates, and by opposing the “permissive +compulsion” clauses of the Elementary Education Bill, and the +exclusion of agricultural children from the scope of the act. +His hatred of weak concessions made him the terror of parliamentary +wirepullers, and in 1871 he was not undeservedly spoken +of in <i>The Times</i> as the most “thorough Radical now in the House.” +His liberal ideals were further shocked by the methods by +which Gladstone achieved the abolition of Army Purchase. +His disgust at the supineness of the cabinet in dealing with the +problems of Indian finance and the growing evil of Commons +Enclosures were added to the catalogue of grievances which +Fawcett drew up in a powerful article, “On the Present Position +of the Government,” in the <i>Fortnightly Review</i> for November +1871. In 1867 he had opposed the expenses of a ball given to +the sultan at the India office being charged upon the Indian +budget. In 1870 he similarly opposed the taxation of the +Indian revenue with the cost of presents distributed by the duke +of Edinburgh in India. In 1871 he went alone into the lobby +to vote against the dowry granted to the princess Louise. The +soundness of his principles was not impeached, but his leaders +looked askance at him, and from 1871 he was severely shunned +by the government whips. Their suspicion was justified when +in 1873 Fawcett took a leading share in opposing Gladstone’s +scheme for university education in Ireland as too denominational, +and so contributed largely to a conclusive defeat of the Gladstone +ministry.</p> + +<p>From 1869 to 1880 Fawcett concentrated his energies upon +two important subjects which had not hitherto been deemed +worthy of serious parliamentary attention. The first of these +was the preservation of commons, especially those near large +towns; and the second was the responsibility of the British +government for the amendment of Indian finance. In both +cases the success which he obtained exhibited the sterling sense +and shrewdness which made up such a great part of Fawcett’s +character. In the first case Fawcett’s great triumph was the +enforcement of the general principle that each annual Enclosure +Act must be scrutinized by parliament and judged in the light +of its conformity to the interests of the community at large. +Probably no one did more than he did to prevent the disafforestation +of Epping Forest and of the New Forest. From 1869 he +regularly attended the meetings of the Commons Preservation +Society, and he remained to the end one of its staunchest supporters. +His intervention in the matter of Indian finance, +which gained him the sobriquet of the “member for India,” +led to no definite legislative achievements, but it called forth +the best energies of his mind and helped to rouse an apathetic +and ignorant public to its duties and responsibilities. Fawcett +was defeated at Brighton in February 1874. Two months +later, however, he was elected for Hackney, and retained the +seat during his life. He was promptly replaced on the Indian +Finance Committee, and continued his searching inquiries with +a view to promote a stricter economy in the Indian budget, and +a more effective responsibility in the management of Indian +accounts.</p> + +<p>As an opponent of the Disraeli government (1874-1880) +Fawcett came more into line with the Liberal leaders. In foreign +politics he gave a general adhesion to Gladstone’s views, but he +continued to devote much attention to Indian matters, and it +was during this period that he produced two of his best publications. +His <i>Free Trade and Protection</i> (1878) illustrated his +continued loyalty to Cobdenite ideas. At the same time his +admiration for Palmerston and his repugnance to schemes of +Home Rule show that he was not by any means a peace-at-any-price +man. He thought that the Cobdenites had deserved well +of their country, but he always maintained that their foreign +politics were biased to excess by purely commercial considerations. +As befitted a writer whose linguistic gifts were of the +slenderest, Fawcett’s English was a sound homespun, clear and +unpretentious. In a vigorous employment of the vernacular +he approached Cobbett, whose writing he justly admired. +The second publication was his <i>Indian Finance</i> (1880), three +essays reprinted from the <i>Nineteenth Century</i>, with an introduction +and appendix. When the Liberal party returned to +power in 1880 Gladstone offered Fawcett a place in the new +government as postmaster-general (without a seat in the cabinet). +On Egyptian and other questions of foreign policy Fawcett was +often far from being in full harmony with his leaders, but his +position in the government naturally enforced reserve. He was, +moreover, fully absorbed by his new administrative functions. +He gained the sympathy of a class which he had hitherto done +little to conciliate, that of public officials, and he showed himself +a most capable head of a public department. To his readiness +in adopting suggestions, and his determination to push business +through instead of allowing it to remain permanently in the +stage of preparation and circumlocution, the public is mainly +indebted for five substantial postal reforms:—(1) The parcels +post, (2) postal orders, (3) sixpenny telegrams, (4) the banking +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page217" id="page217"></a>217</span> +of small savings by means of stamps, (5) increased facilities for +life insurance and annuities. In connexion with these last two +improvements Fawcett, in 1880, with the assistance of Mr James +Cardin, took great pains in drawing up a small pamphlet called +<i>Aids to Thrift</i>, of which over a million copies were circulated +gratis. A very useful minor innovation of his provided for the +announcement on every pillar-box of the time of the “next +collection.” In the post office, as elsewhere, he was a strong +advocate of the employment of women. Proportional representation +and the extension of franchise to women were both political +doctrines which he adopted very early in his career, and never +abandoned. Honours were showered upon him during his later +years. He was made an honorary D.C.L. of Oxford, a fellow +of the Royal Society, and was in 1883 elected lord rector of +Glasgow University. But the stress of departmental work soon +began to tell upon his health. In the autumn of 1882 he had a +sharp attack of diphtheria complicated by typhoid, from which +he never properly recovered. He resumed his activities, but on +the 6th of November 1884 he succumbed at Cambridge to an +attack of congestion of the lungs. He was buried in Trumpington +churchyard, near Cambridge, and to his memory were +erected a monument in Westminster Abbey, a statue in Salisbury +market-place, and a drinking fountain on the Thames embankment.</p> + +<p>In economic matters Fawcett’s position can best be described +as transitional. He believed in co-operation almost as a panacea. +In other matters he clung to the old <i>laissez-faire</i> theorists, and +was a strong anti-socialist, with serious doubts about free +education, though he supported the Factory Acts and wished +their extension to agriculture. Apparent inconsistencies were +harmonized to a great extent by his dominating anxiety to +increase the well-being of the poor. One of his noblest traits +was his kindliness and genuine affection for the humble and +oppressed, country labourers and the like, for whom his sympathies +seemed always on the increase. Another was his disposition to +interest himself in and to befriend younger men. In the great +affliction of his youth Fawcett bore himself with a fortitude +which it would be difficult to parallel. The effect of his blindness +was, as the event proved, the reverse of calamitous. It brought +the great aim and purpose of his life to maturity at an earlier +date than would otherwise have been possible, and it had a +mellowing influence upon his character of an exceptional and +beneficent kind. As a youth he was rough and canny, with a +suspicion of harshness. The kindness evoked by his misfortune, +a strongly reciprocated family affection, a growing capacity for +making and keeping friends—these and other causes tended to +ripen all that was best, and apparently that only, in a strong +but somewhat stern character. His acerbity passed away, and +in later life was reserved exclusively for official witnesses before +parliamentary committees. Frank, helpful, conscientious to a +fault, a shrewd gossip, and a staunch friend, he was a man +whom no one could help liking. Several of his letters to his father +and mother at different periods of his career are preserved in +Leslie Stephen’s admirable <i>Life</i> (1885), and show a goodness +of heart, together with a homely simplicity of nature, which +is most touching. In appearance Fawcett was gaunt and +tall, over 6 ft. 3 in. in height, large of bone, and massive +in limb.</p> +<div class="author">(T. Se.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAWCETT, JOHN<a name="ar168" id="ar168"></a></span> (1768-1837), English actor and playwright, +was born on the 29th of August 1768, the son of an actor of the +same name (d. 1793). At the age of eighteen he ran away from +school and appeared at Margate as Courtall in <i>The Belle’s +Stratagem</i>; afterwards he joined Tate Wilkinson’s company +and turned from tragedy to low comedy parts. In 1791 he +appeared at Covent Garden, and in 1794 at the Haymarket. +Colman, then manager of that house, wrote a number of parts +designed to suit his talents, and two of Fawcett’s greatest +successes were as Dr. Pangloss in <i>The Heir at Law</i> (1797) and as +Dr Ollapod in <i>The Poor Gentleman</i> (1798). He retired from +the stage in 1830.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAWKES, FRANCIS<a name="ar169" id="ar169"></a></span> (1720-1777), English poet and divine, +was born at Warmsworth, near Doncaster, Yorkshire, where +his father was rector, and was baptized on the 4th of April 1720. +After studying at Jesus College, Cambridge, where he graduated +M.A. in 1745, he took holy orders, and was successively curate +of Bramham, curate of Croydon, vicar of Orpington, and rector +of Hayes, and finally was made one of the chaplains to the princess +of Wales. His first publication is said to have been <i>Bramham +Park, a Poem</i>, in 1745; a volume of poems and translations +appeared in 1761; and <i>Partridge Shooting</i>, an eclogue, in 1764. +His translations of the minor Greek poets—Anacreon, Sappho, +Bion and Moschus, Musaeus, Theocritus and Apollonius—acquired +for him considerable fame, but they are less likely to be +remembered than his fine song, “Dear Tom, this brown jug, +that now foams with mild ale.” Fawkes died on the 26th of +August 1777.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAWKES, GUY<a name="ar170" id="ar170"></a></span> (1570-1606), English “gunpowder plot” +conspirator, son of Edward Fawkes of York, a member of a +good Yorkshire family and advocate of the archbishop of York’s +consistory court, was baptized at St Michael le Belfrey at York +on the 16th of April 1570. His parents were Protestants, and +he was educated at the free school at York, where, it is said, +John and Christopher Wright and the Jesuit Tesimond <i>alias</i> +Greenway, afterwards implicated in the conspiracy, were his +schoolfellows. On his father’s death in 1579 he inherited his +property. Soon afterwards his mother married, as her second +husband, Dionis Baynbrigge of Scotton in Yorkshire, to which +place the family removed. Fawkes’s stepfather was connected +with many Roman Catholic families, and was probably a Roman +Catholic himself, and Fawkes himself became a zealous adherent +of the old faith. Soon after he had come of age he disposed of +his property, and in 1593 went to Flanders and enlisted in the +Spanish army, assisting at the capture of Calais by the Spanish +in 1596 and gaining some military reputation. According to +Father Greenway he was “a man of great piety, of exemplary +temperance, of mild and cheerful demeanour, an enemy of +broils and disputes, a faithful friend and remarkable for his +punctual attendance upon religious observances,” while his +society was “sought by all the most distinguished in the archduke’s +camp for nobility and virtue.” He is described as “tall, +with brown hair and auburn beard.”</p> + +<p>In 1604 Thomas Winter, at the instance of Catesby, in whose +mind the gunpowder plot had now taken definite shape, introduced +himself to Fawkes in Flanders, and as “a confident +gentleman,” “best able for this business,” brought him on to +England as assistant in the conspiracy. Shortly afterwards +he was initiated into the plot, after taking an oath of secrecy, +meeting Catesby, Thomas Winter, Thomas Percy and John +Wright at a house behind St Clement’s (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Gunpowder Plot</a></span> +and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Catesby, Robert</a></span>). Owing to the fact of his being unknown +in London, to his exceptional courage and coolness, and probably +to his experience in the wars and at sieges, the actual accomplishment +of the design was entrusted to Fawkes, and when the house +adjoining the parliament house was hired in Percy’s name, he +took charge of it as Percy’s servant, under the name of Johnson +He acted as sentinel while the others worked at the mine in +December 1604, probably directing their operations, and on +the discovery of the adjoining cellar, situated immediately +beneath the House of Lords, he arranged in it the barrels of gunpowder, +which he covered over with firewood and coals and with +iron bars to increase the force of the explosion. When all was +ready in May 1605 Fawkes was despatched to Flanders to +acquaint Sir William Stanley, the betrayer of Deventer, and the +intriguer Owen with the plot. He returned in August and brought +fresh gunpowder into the cellars to replace any which might +be spoilt by damp. A slow match was prepared which would +give him a quarter of an hour in which to escape from the explosion. +On Saturday, the 26th of October, Lord Monteagle +(<i>q.v.</i>) received the mysterious letter which revealed the conspiracy +and of which the conspirators received information +the following day. They, nevertheless, after some hesitation, +hoping that the government would despise the warning, determined +to proceed with their plans, and were encouraged in their +resolution by Fawkes, who visited the cellar on the 30th and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page218" id="page218"></a>218</span> +reported that nothing had been moved or touched. He returned +accordingly to his lonely and perilous vigil on the 4th of +November. On that day the earl of Suffolk, as lord chamberlain, +visited the vault, accompanied by Monteagle, remarked the +quantity of faggots, and asked Fawkes, now described as “a very +tall and desperate fellow,” who it was that rented the cellar. +Percy’s name, which Fawkes gave, aroused fresh suspicions +and they retired to inform the king. At about ten o’ clock Robert +Keyes brought Fawkes from Percy a watch, that he might +know how the anxious hours were passing, and very shortly +afterwards he was arrested, and the gunpowder discovered, by +Thomas Knyvett, a Westminster magistrate. Fawkes was +brought into the king’s bedchamber, where the ministers had +hastily assembled, at one o’clock. He maintained an attitude +of defiance and of “Roman resolution,” smiled scornfully at +his questioners, making no secret of his intentions, replied +to the king, who asked why he would kill him, that the pope +had excommunicated him, that “dangerous diseases require a +desperate remedy,” adding fiercely to the Scottish courtiers +who surrounded him that “one of his objects was to blow back +the Scots into Scotland.” His only regret was the failure of +the scheme. “He carrieth himself,” writes Salisbury to Sir +Charles Cornwallis, ambassador at Madrid, “without any feare +or perturbation ...; under all this action he is noe more +dismayed, nay scarce any more troubled than if he was taken for +a poor robbery upon the highway,” declaring “that he is ready +to die, and rather wisheth 10,000 deaths, than willingly to accuse +his master or any other.” He refused stubbornly on the following +days to give information concerning his accomplices; on the +8th he gave a narrative of the plot, but it was not till the 9th, +when the fugitive conspirators had been taken at Holbeche, +that torture could wring from him their names. His imperfect +signature to his confession of this date, consisting only of his +Christian name and written in a faint and trembling hand, is +probably a ghastly testimony to the severity of the torture +(“<i>per gradus ad ima</i>”) which James had ordered to be applied +if he would not otherwise confess and the “gentler tortures” +were unavailing,—a horrible practice unrecognized by the law +of England, but usually employed and justified at this time in +cases of treason to obtain information. He was tried, together +with the two Winters, John Grant, Ambrose Rokewood, Robert +Keyes and Thomas Bates, before a special commission in Westminster +Hall on the 27th of January 1606. In this case there +could be no defence and he was found guilty. He suffered +death in company with Thomas Winter, Rokewood and Keyes +on the 31st, being drawn on a hurdle from the Tower to the +Parliament House, opposite which he was executed. He made +a short speech on the scaffold, expressing his repentance, and +mounted the ladder last and with assistance, being weak from +torture and illness. The usual barbarities practised upon him +after he had been cut down from the gallows were inflicted on a +body from which all life had already fled.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—<i>Hist. of England</i>, by S.R. Gardiner, vol. i.; +and the same author’s <i>What Gunpowder Plot was</i> (1897); <i>What was +the Gunpowder Plot?</i> by J. Gerard (1897); <i>The Gunpowder Plot</i>, by +D. Jardine (1857); <i>Calendar of State Pap. Dom. 1603-1610; State +Trials</i>, vol. ii.; <i>Archaeologia</i>, xii. 200; R. Winwood’s <i>Memorials; +Notes and Queries</i>, vi. ser. vii. 233, viii. 136; <i>The Fawkeses of York +in the 16th Century</i>, by R. Davies (1850); <i>Dict. of Nat. Biog.</i> and +authorities cited there. The official account (untrustworthy in +details) is the <i>True and Perfect Relation of the Whole Proceedings +against the late most Barbarous Traitors</i> (1606), reprinted by Bishop +Barlow of Lincoln as <i>The Gunpowder Treason</i> (1679). See also +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Gunpowder Plot</a></span>.</p> + +<p>The lantern said to be Guy Fawkes’s is in the Bodleian library at +Oxford.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(P. C. Y.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FÁY, ANDRÁS<a name="ar171" id="ar171"></a></span> (1786-1864), Hungarian poet and author, +was born on the 30th of May 1786, at Kohány in the county of +Zemplin, and was educated for the law at the Protestant college +of Sárospatak. His <i>Mesék</i> (<i>Fables</i>), the first edition of which +appeared at Vienna in 1820, evinced his powers of satire and +invention, and won him the well-merited applause of his countrymen. +These fables, which, on account of their originality and +simplicity, caused Fáy to be regarded as the Hungarian Aesop, +were translated into German by Petz (Raab, 1825), and partly +into English by E.D. Butler, <i>Hungarian Poems and Fables</i> +(London, 1877). Fáy wrote also numerous poems, the chief of +which are to be found in the collections <i>Bokréta</i> (<i>Nosegay</i>) (Pest, +1807), and <i>Fris Bokréta</i> (<i>Fresh Nosegay</i>) (Pest, 1818). He also +composed plays and romances and tales. In 1835 Fáy was +elected to the Hungarian diet, and was for a time the leader +of the opposition party. It is to him that the Pest Savings +Bank owes its origin, and he was one of the chief founders +of the Hungarian National theatre. He died on the 26th of +July 1864. His earlier works were collected at Pest (1843-1844, +8 vols.). The most noteworthy of his later works is a +humorous novel entitled <i>Jávor orvos és Bakator Ambrus szolgáia</i> +(<i>Jávor the Doctor and his servant Ambrose Bakator</i>), (Pest 1855, +2 vols.).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAYAL<a name="ar172" id="ar172"></a></span> (<i>Faial</i>), a Portuguese island in the Atlantic Ocean, +forming part of the Azores archipelago. Pop. (1900) 22,262; +area, 63 sq. m. Fayal, <i>i.e.</i> “the beech wood,” was so called +from the former abundance of the <i>Myrica faya</i>, which its discoverers +mistook for beech trees. It is one of the most frequented +of the Azores, for it lies directly in the track of vessels crossing +the Atlantic, and has an excellent harbour at Horta (<i>q.v.</i>), a +town of 6574 inhabitants. Cedros (3278) and Féteira (2002) +are the other chief towns. The so-called “Fayal wine,” which +was largely exported from the Azores in the 19th century, was +really the produce of Pico, a larger island lying to the east. +The women of Fayal manufacture fine lace from the agave +thread. They also execute carvings in snow-white fig-tree +pith, and carry on the finer kinds of basket-making. A small +valley, called Flemengos, perpetuates the name of the Flemish +settlers, who have left their mark on the physical appearance +of the inhabitants. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Azores</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAYETTEVILLE,<a name="ar173" id="ar173"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Washington +county, Arkansas, U.S.A., about 150 m. N.W. of Little Rock. +Pop. (1890) 2942; (1900) 4061; (1910) 4471. It is served by the +St Louis & San Francisco railway. The city lies about 1400 ft. +above the sea, in the Ozark Mountain region. There is much +fine scenery in the neighbourhood, there are mineral springs +near by, and the place has become known as a summer resort. +Fayetteville is the seat of the University of Arkansas (incorporated +1871; opened 1872; co-educational), which includes +the following departments: at Fayetteville, a college of liberal +arts, science and engineering, a conservatory of music and art, +a preparatory school, and an agricultural college and agricultural +experiment station; at Little Rock, a medical school and a law +school, and at Pine Bluff, the Branch Normal College for negroes. +In 1908 the university had 122 instructors and a total enrolment +of 1725 students. In Fayetteville there are a National cemetery +with 1236 soldiers’ graves (782 “unknown”) and a Confederate +cemetery with 725 graves and a memorial monument. In the +vicinity of Fayetteville there are deposits of coal; and the city +is in a fine fruit-growing region, apples being the principal crop. +Much of the surrounding country is still covered with timber. +Among manufactures are lumber, spokes, handles, waggons, lime, +evaporated fruit and flour.</p> + +<p>The first settlement on the site of what is now Fayetteville +was made between 1820 and 1825; when Washington county +was created in 1828 the place became the county-seat, and it +was called Washington Court-house until 1829, when it received +its present name. The citizens of Fayetteville were mainly +Confederate sympathizers; Fayetteville was raided by Federal +cavalry on the 14th of July 1862, and was permanently occupied +by Federal troops in the autumn of the same year. Confederate +cavalry under Brigadier-General William Lewis Cabell +attacked the city on the 18th of April 1863, but were driven off. +The town was burned in August 1863, and shelled on the 3rd of +November 1864, after the battle of Pea Ridge, by a detachment +of General Price’s army. Fayetteville was incorporated as a +town in 1841, and in 1859 received a city charter, which was +abolished by act of the Legislature in 1867; under a general law +of 1869 the town was re-incorporated; and in 1906 it became a +city of the first class.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page219" id="page219"></a>219</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAYETTEVILLE,<a name="ar174" id="ar174"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Cumberland +county, North Carolina, U.S.A., on the W. bank of the Cape Fear +river (at the head of steamboat navigation), about 80 m. N.W. +of Wilmington. Pop. (1890) 4222; (1900) 4670, including 2221 +negroes; (1910) 7045. It is served by the Atlantic Coast Line +railway and the short Raleigh & Southport railway, and by +steamboat lines to Wilmington. A scheme was set on foot for +the improvement by canalization of the Cape Fear river above +Wilmington under a Federal project of 1902, which provided for +a channel 8 ft. deep at low water from Wilmington to Fayetteville. +Below Wilmington the improvement of the river channel, 270 ft. +wide and 16 ft. deep, was completed in 1889, and the project +of 1889 provided for an increase in depth to 20 ft. Pine forests +surround the town, and oaks and elms of more than a century’s +growth shade its streets. Fayetteville has two hospitals (each +with a training school for nurses), and is the seat of a state coloured +normal school and of the Donaldson military school. Several +creeks and the upper Cape Fear river furnish considerable water-power, +and in or near Fayetteville are manufactories of cotton +goods, silk, lumber, wooden-ware, turpentine, carriages, wagons, +ploughs, edge tools and flour. In the earlier half of the 19th +century Fayetteville was a great inland market for the western +part of the state, for eastern Tennessee and for south-western +Virginia. There is a large vineyard in the vicinity; truck-gardening +is an important industry in the surrounding country; +and Fayetteville is a shipping centre for small fruits and vegetables, +especially lettuce, melons and berries. The municipality +owns its water-works and its electric-lighting plant. The vicinity +was settled between 1729 and 1747 by Highlanders, the settlement +called Cross Creek lying within the present limits of Fayetteville. +In 1762, by an act of the assembly, a town was laid out +including Cross Creek, and was named Campbelltown (or “Campbeltown”); +but in 1784, when Lafayette visited the town, its +name was changed in his honour to Fayetteville, though the +name Cross Creek continued to be used locally for many years. +Flora McDonald, the famous Scottish heroine, came to Campbelltown +in April 1775 with her husband and children, and here she +seems to have lived during the remainder of that year. The +general assembly of the state met at Fayetteville in 1787, 1788 +and 1789 (Newbern, Tarboro, Hillsboro and Fayetteville all +being rivals at this time for the honour of becoming the permanent +capital); and in 1789 the Federal constitution was here ratified +for North Carolina. In 1831 most of the town was burned. +At the outbreak of the Civil War, the state authorities seized the +United States Arsenal at Fayetteville, which contained 37,000 +muskets and a complete equipment for a battery of light artillery. +In March 1865 General W.T. Sherman and his army took +possession of the town, destroyed the arsenal, and did considerable +damage to property. Fayetteville was chartered as a city +in 1893. A serious flood occurred in August 1908.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAYRER, SIR JOSEPH,<a name="ar175" id="ar175"></a></span> Bart. (1824-1907), English physician, +was born at Plymouth on the 6th of December 1824. After +studying medicine at Charing Cross hospital, London, he was +in 1847 appointed medical officer of H.M.S. “Victory,” and +soon afterwards accompanied the 3rd Lord Mount-Edgcumbe on +a tour through Europe, in the course of which he saw fighting +at Palmero and Rome. Appointed an assistant surgeon in +Bengal in 1850, he went through the Burmese campaign of 1852 +and was political assistant and Residency surgeon at Lucknow +during the Mutiny. From 1859 to 1872 he was professor of +surgery at the Medical College of Calcutta, and when the prince +of Wales made his tour in India he was appointed to accompany +him as physician. Returning from India, he acted as president +of the Medical Board of the India office from 1874 to 1895, and in +1896 he was created a baronet. Sir Joseph Fayrer, who became +a fellow of the Royal Society in 1877, wrote much on subjects +connected with the practice of medicine in India, and was +especially known for his studies on the poisonous snakes +of that country and on the physiological effects produced by +their virus (<i>Thanatophidia of India</i>, 1872). In 1900 appeared +his <i>Recollections of my Life</i>. He died at Falmouth on the 21st +of May 1907.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAYUM,<a name="ar176" id="ar176"></a></span> a mudiria (province) of Upper Egypt, having an area +of 490 sq. m. and a population (1907) of 441,583. The capital, +Medinet-el-Fayum, is 81 m. S.S.W. of Cairo by rail. The Fayum +proper is an oasis in the Libyan Desert, its eastern border being +about 15 m. west of the Nile. It is connected with that river +by the Bahr Yusuf, which reaches the oasis through a gap in +the hills separating the province from the Nile Valley. South-west +of the Fayum, and forming part of the mudiria, is the +Gharak depression. Another depression, entirely barren, the +Wadi Rayan, covering 280 sq. m., lies west of the Gharak. The +whole region is below sea-level, and save for the gap mentioned +is encircled by the Libyan hills. The lowest part of the province, +the north-west end, is occupied by the Birket el Kerun, or Lake +of the Horns, whose surface level is 140 ft. below that of the sea. +The lake covers about 78 sq. m.</p> + +<p>Differing from the typical oasis, whose fertility depends on +water obtained from springs, the cultivated land in the Fayum +is formed of Nile mud brought down by the Bahr Yusuf. From +this channel, 15 m. in length from Lahun, at the entrance of +the gap in the hills, to Medina, several canals branch off and by +these the province is irrigated, the drainage water flowing into +the Birket el Kerun. Over 400 sq. m. of the Fayum is cultivated, +the chief crops being cereals and cotton. The completion of +the Assuan dam by ensuring a fuller supply of water enabled +20,000 acres of land, previously unirrigated and untaxed, to be +brought under cultivation in the three years 1903-1905. Three +crops are obtained in twenty months. The province is noted for +its figs and grapes, the figs being of exceptionally good quality. +Olives are also cultivated. Rose trees are very numerous +and most of the attar of roses of Egypt is manufactured in +the province. The Fayum also possesses an excellent breed +of sheep. Lake Kerun abounds in fish, notably the <i>bulti</i> (Nile +carp), of which considerable quantities are sent to Cairo.</p> + +<p>Medinet el-Fayum (or Medina), the capital of the province, +is a great agricultural centre, with a population which increased +from 26,000 in 1882 to 37,320 in 1907, and has several large +bazaars, mosques, baths and a much-frequented weekly market. +The Bahr Yusuf runs through the town, its banks lined with +houses. There are two bridges over the stream: one of three +arches, which carries the main street and bazaar, and one of two +arches over which is built the Kait Bey mosque. Mounds north +of the town mark the site of Arsinoë, earlier Crocodilopolis, +where was worshipped the sacred crocodile kept in the Lake +of Moeris. Besides Medina there are several other towns in the +province, among them Senuris and Tomia to the north of Medina +and Senaru and Abuksa on the road to the lake, all served by railways. +There are also, especially in the neighbourhood of the +lake, many ruins of ancient villages and cities. The Fayum +is the site of the Lake of Moeris (<i>q.v.</i>) of the ancient Egyptians—a +lake of which Birket el Kerun is the shrunken remnant.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>The Fayum and Lake Moeris</i>, by Major (Sir) R.H. Brown, R.E. +(London, 1892), a valuable contribution as to the condition of the +province at that date, its connexion with Lake Moeris and its possibilities +in the future; <i>The Assuân Reservoir and Lake Moeris</i> (London, +1904), by Sir William Willcocks—with text in English, French and +Arabic—a consideration of irrigation possibilities; <i>The Topography +and Geology of the Fayum Province of Egypt</i>, by H.J.L. Beadnell +(Cairo, 1905).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FAZOGLI,<a name="ar177" id="ar177"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Fazokl</span>, a district of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, +cut by 11° N. and bounded E. and S. by Abyssinia. It forms part +of the foot-hills of the Abyssinian plateau and is traversed by +the Blue Nile and its affluent the Tumat. Immediately south is +the auriferous Beni Shangul country. The chief gold-washings +lie (in Abyssinian territory) on the west slope of the hills draining +to the White Nile. Here is the steep Jebel-Dul, which appears +to contain rich gold-bearing reefs, as gold is found in all the +ravines on its flanks. The auriferous region extends into Sudanese +territory, gold dust being found in all the khors coming from +Jebel Faronge on the S.E. frontier. The inhabitants of Fazogli, +who are governed, under the Sudan administration, by their +own meks or kings, are Berta and other Shangalla tribes with +an admixture of Funj blood, the country having been conquered +by the Funj rulers of Sennar at the close of the 15th +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page220" id="page220"></a>220</span> +century. There are also Arab settlements. Fazogli, the residence +of the principal mek, is a straggling town built some 800 yds. +from the left bank of the Blue Nile near the Tumat confluence, +434 m. by river above Khartum and opposite Famaka, the +headquarters of the Egyptians in this region between 1839 and +1883. Above Famaka and near the Abyssinian frontier is the +prosperous town of Kiri, while Abu Shaneina on the Nile below +Fazogli is the spot where the trade route from Beni Shangul +strikes the river. The chief imports from Abyssinia are coffee, +cattle, transport animals and gold. Durra and tobacco are the +principal crops. The local currency includes rings of gold, specially +made as a circulating medium.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEA, CARLO<a name="ar178" id="ar178"></a></span> (1753-1836), Italian archaeologist, was born +at Pigna in Piedmont on the 2nd of February 1753, and studied +law in Rome. He received the degree of doctor of laws from +the university of La Sapienza, but archaeology gradually absorbed +his attention, and with the view of obtaining better +opportunities for his researches in 1798 he took orders. For +political reasons he was obliged to take refuge in Florence; +on his return in 1799 he was imprisoned by the Neapolitans, at +that time in occupation of Rome, as a Jacobin, but shortly +afterwards liberated and appointed Commissario delle Antichità +and librarian to Prince Chigi. He died at Rome on the 18th of +March 1836.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Fea revised, with notes, an Italian translation of J.J. Winckelmann’s +Geschichte der Kunst, and also added notes to some of G.L. +Bianconi’s works. Among his original writings the principal are:—<i>Miscellanea +filologica, critica, e antiquaria</i>; <i>L’Integrità del Panteone +rivendicata a M. Agrippa</i>; <i>Frammenti di fasti consolari</i>; <i>Iscrizioni +di monumenti pubblichi</i>; and <i>Descrizione di Roma</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEARNE, CHARLES<a name="ar179" id="ar179"></a></span> (1742-1794), English jurist, son of +Charles Fearne, judge-advocate of the admiralty, was born in +London in 1742, and was educated at Westminster school. +He adopted the legal profession, but, though well fitted by his +talents to succeed as a barrister, he neglected his profession and +devoted most of his attention and his patrimony to the prosecution +of scientific experiments, with the vain hope of achieving +discoveries which would reward him for his pains and expense. +He died in 1794, leaving his widow and family in necessitous +circumstances. His <i>Essay on the Learning of Contingent Remainders +and Executory Devises</i>, the work which has made +his reputation as a legal authority, and which has passed through +numerous editions, was called forth by a decision of Lord Mansfield +in the case of <i>Perrin</i> v. <i>Blake</i>, and had the effect of reversing +that decision.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A volume entitled <i>Fearne’s Posthumous Works</i> was published by +subscription in 1797 for the benefit of his widow.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEASTS AND FESTIVALS.<a name="ar180" id="ar180"></a></span> A festival or feast<a name="fa1l" id="fa1l" href="#ft1l"><span class="sp">1</span></a> is a day or +series of days specially and publicly set apart for religious observances. +Whether its occurrence be casual or periodic, whether +its ritual be grave or gay, carnal as the orgies of Baal and Astarte, +or spiritual as the worship of a Puritan Sabbath, it is to be +regarded as a festival or “holy day” as long as it is professedly +held in the name of religion.</p> + +<p>To trace the festivals of the world through all their variations +would be to trace the entire history of human religion and human +civilization. Where no religion is, there can of course be no +feasts; and without civilization any attempt at festival-keeping +must necessarily be fitful and comparatively futile. But as +religion develops, festivals develop with it, and assume their +distinctive character; and an advancing civilization, at least in +its earlier stages, will generally be found to increase their number, +enrich their ritual, fix more precisely the time and order of their +recurrence, and widen the area of their observance.</p> + +<p>Some uncivilized tribes, such as the Juángs of Bengal, the +Fuegians and the Andamanese, have been described as having +no word for God, no idea of a future state, and consequently +no religious ceremonies of any kind whatever. But such cases, +doubtful at the best, are confessedly exceptional. In the vast +majority of instances observed and recorded, the religiosity +of the savage is conspicuous. Even when incapable of higher +manifestations, it can at least take the form of reverence for the +dead; the grave-heap can become an altar on which offerings +of food for the departed may be placed, and where in acts of +public and private worship the gifts of survivors may be accompanied +with praises and with prayers. That the custom of ghost-propitiation +by some sort of sacrifice is even now very widely +diffused among the lower races at least, and that there are also +many curious “survivals” of such a habit to be traced among +highly civilized modern nations, has been abundantly shown +of late by numerous collectors of folk-lore and students of +sociology; and indications of the same phenomena can be readily +pointed out in the Rig-Veda, the Zend-Avesta and the Pentateuch, +as well as in the known usages of the ancient Egyptians, Greeks +and Romans.<a name="fa2l" id="fa2l" href="#ft2l"><span class="sp">2</span></a> In many cases the ceremonial observed is of +the simplest; but it ever tends to become more elaborate; and +above all it calls for repetition, and repetition, too, at regular +intervals. Whenever this last demand has made itself felt, a +calendar begins to take shape. The simplest calendar is obviously +the lunar. “The Naga tribes of Assam celebrate their funeral +feasts month by month, laying food and drink on the graves +of the departed.” But it soon comes to be combined with the +solar. Thus the Karens, “while habitually making oblations, +have also annual feasts for the dead, at which they ask the +spirits to eat and drink.” The natives of the Mexican valley +in November lay animals, edibles and flowers on the graves +of their dead relatives and friends. The common people in +China have a similar custom on the arrival of the winter solstice. +The ancient Peruvians had the custom of periodically assembling +the embalmed bodies of their dead emperors in the great square +of the capital to be feasted in company with the people. The +Athenians had their annual <span class="grk" title="Nekusia">Νεκύσια</span> or <span class="grk" title="Nemeseia">Νεμέσεια</span> and the Romans +their <i>Feralia</i> and <i>Lemuralia</i>. The Egyptians observed their +three “festivals of the seasons,” twelve “festivals of the month,” +and twelve “festivals of the half month,” in honour of their +dead. The Parsees, too, were required to render their afringans +(blessings which were to be recited over a meal to which an +angel or the spirit of a deceased person was invited) at each of +the six seasons of the year, and also on certain other days.<a name="fa3l" id="fa3l" href="#ft3l"><span class="sp">3</span></a></p> + +<p>In the majority of recorded instances, the religious feeling +of the savage has been found to express itself in other forms +besides that of reverence towards the dead. The oldest literatures +of the world, at all events, whether Aryan or Semitic, +embody a religion of a much higher type than ancestor worship. +The hymns of the Rig-Veda, for example, while not without +traces of the other, yet indicate chiefly a worship of the powers +of nature, connected with the regular recurrence of the seasons. +Thus in iv. 57 we have a hymn designed for use at the commencement +of the ploughing time;<a name="fa4l" id="fa4l" href="#ft4l"><span class="sp">4</span></a> and in the <i>Aitareya-Brâhmana</i>, +the earliest treatise on Hindu ceremonial, we already find a +complete series of sattras or sacrificial sessions exactly following +the course of the solar year. They are divided into two distinct +sections, each consisting of six months of thirty days each. The +sacrifices are allowed to commence only at certain lucky constellations +and in certain months. So, for instance, as a rule, no +great sacrifice can commence during the sun’s southern progress. +The great sacrifices generally take place in spring, in the months +of April and May.<a name="fa5l" id="fa5l" href="#ft5l"><span class="sp">5</span></a> In the Parsee Scriptures<a name="fa6l" id="fa6l" href="#ft6l"><span class="sp">6</span></a> the year is divided +into six seasons or gahanbârs of two months each, concluding +with February, the season at which “great expiatory sacrifices +were offered for the growth of the whole creation in the last two +months of the year.” We have no means of knowing precisely +what were the arrangements of the Phoenician calendar, but it +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page221" id="page221"></a>221</span> +is generally admitted that the worship was solar, the principal +festivals taking place in spring and in autumn. Among the +most characteristic celebrations of the Egyptians were those +which took place at the <span class="grk" title="aphanismos">ἀφανισμός</span> or disappearance of Osiris +in October or November, at the search for his remains, and their +discovery about the winter solstice, and at the date of his supposed +entrance into the moon at the beginning of spring. The +Phrygian festivals were also arranged on the theory that the +deity was asleep during the winter and awake during the summer; +in the autumn they celebrated his retiring to rest, and in spring +with mirth and revelry they roused him from his slumbers.<a name="fa7l" id="fa7l" href="#ft7l"><span class="sp">7</span></a> +The seasonal character of the Teutonic Ostern, the Celtic Beltein +and the Scandinavian Yule is obvious. Nor was the habit of +observing such festivals peculiar to the Aryan or the Semitic +race. The Mexicans, who were remarkable for the perfection +of their calendar, in addition to this had an elaborate system +of movable and immovable feasts distributed over the entire +year; the principal festivals, however, in honour of their chief +gods, Tezcatlipoca, Huitzilopochtli and Tlaloc, were held in +May, June and December. Still more plainly connected with +the revolutions of the seasons was the public worship of the +ancient Peruvians, who, besides the ordinary feast at each new +moon, observed four solar festivals annually. Of these the +most important was the Yntip-Raymi (Sun-feast), which, +preceded by a three days’ fast, began with the summer solstice, +and lasted for nine days. Its ceremonies have been often +described. A similar but less important festival was held at the +winter solstice. The Cusqui-Raymi, held after seedtime, as +the maize began to appear, was celebrated with sacrifices and +banquets, music and dancing. A fourth great festival, called +Citua, held on the first new moon after the autumnal equinox, +was preceded by a strict fast and special observances intended +for purposes of purification and expiation, after which the +festivities lasted until the moon entered her second quarter.</p> + +<p><i>Greek Festivals.</i>—Perhaps the annual Attic festival in honour +of Erechtheus alluded to in the <i>Iliad</i> (ii. 550) ought to be regarded +as an instance of ancestor-worship; but the seasonal character +of the <span class="grk" title="heortê">ἑορτή</span> or new-moon feast in <i>Od.</i> xx. 156, and of the +<span class="grk" title="thalusia">θαλύσια</span> or harvest-festival in <i>Il.</i> ix. 533, is generally acknowledged. +The older Homeric poems, however, give no such +express indications of a fully-developed system of festivals as +are to be met with in the so-called “Homeric” hymns, in the +<i>Works and Days</i> of Hesiod, in the pages of Herodotus, and so +abundantly in most authors of the subsequent period; and it is +manifest that the calendar of Homer or even of Herodotus +must have been a much simpler matter than that of the Tarentines, +for example, came to be, of whom we are told by Strabo +that their holidays were in excess of their working days. Each +demos of ancient Greece during the historical period had its +own local festivals (<span class="grk" title="heortai dêmotikai">ἑορταὶ δημοτικαί</span>), often largely attended +and splendidly solemnized, the usages of which, though essentially +alike, differed very considerably in details. These details have +in many cases been wholly lost, and in others have reached us +only in a very fragmentary state. But with regard to the +Athenian calendar, the most interesting of all, our means of +information are fortunately very copious. It included some +50 or 60 days on which all business, and especially the administration +of justice, was by order of the magistrates suspended. +Among these <span class="grk" title="hieromêniai">ἱερομηνίαι</span> were included—in Gamelion (January), +the <i>Lenaea</i> or festival of vats in honour of Dionysus; in +Anthesterion (February), the <i>Anthesteria</i>, also in honour of +Dionysus, lasting three days (Pithoigia, Choes and Chytri); +the <i>Diasia</i> in honour of Zeus, and the lesser <i>Eleusinia</i>; in +Elaphebolion (March), the <i>Pandia</i> (? of Zeus), the <i>Elaphebolia</i> +of Artemis, and the greater <i>Dionysia</i>; in Munychion, the +<i>Munychia</i> of Artemis as the moon goddess (<span class="grk" title="Mounuchia">Μουνυχία</span>) and the +<i>Delphinia</i> of Apollo; in Thargelion (May), the <i>Thargelia</i> of +Apollo and the <i>Plynteria</i> and <i>Callynteria</i> of Athena; in Scirophorion +(June), the <i>Diipolia</i> of Zeus and the <i>Scirophoria</i> of +Athena; in Hekatombaion, hecatombs were offered to Apollo +the summer-god, and the <i>Cronia</i> of Cronus and the <i>Panathenaea</i> +of Athena were held; in Metageitnion, the <i>Metageitnia</i> of +Apollo; in Boëdromion, the <i>Boëdromia</i> of Apollo the helper,<a name="fa8l" id="fa8l" href="#ft8l"><span class="sp">8</span></a> +the <i>Nekusia</i> or <i>Nemeseia</i> (the festival of the dead), and the +greater <i>Eleusinia</i>; in Pyanepsion, the <i>Pyanepsia</i> of Apollo, the +<i>Oschophoria</i> of Dionysus (probably), the <i>Chalkeia</i> or <i>Athenaea</i> of +Athena, the <i>Thesmophoria</i> of Demeter, and the <i>Apaturia</i>; in +Maimacterion, the <i>Maimacteria</i> of Zeus; and in Poseideon +(December), the lesser <i>Dionysia</i>.</p> + +<p>Of these some are commemorative of historical events, and +one at least may perhaps be regarded as a relic of ancestor-worship; +but the great majority are nature-festivals, associating +themselves in the manner that has already been indicated with +the phenomena of the seasons, the equinoxes and the solstices.<a name="fa9l" id="fa9l" href="#ft9l"><span class="sp">9</span></a> +In addition to their numerous public festivals, the Greeks held +various family celebrations, also called <span class="grk" title="heortai">ἑορταί</span>, in connexion with +weddings, births and similar domestic occurrences. For the +great national <span class="grk" title="panêgureis">πανηγύρεις</span>—Olympian, Pythian, Nemean and +Isthmian—see the article <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Games, Classical</a></span>.</p> + +<p><i>Roman Festivals.</i>—For the purpose of holding <i>comitia</i> and +administering justice, the days of the Roman year were regarded +as being either <i>dies fasti</i> or <i>dies nefasti</i>—the <i>dies fasti</i> being the +days on which it was lawful for the praetors to administer +justice in the public courts, while on the <i>dies nefasti</i> neither +courts of justice nor meetings of <i>comitia</i> were allowed to be held. +Some days were <i>fasti</i> during one portion and <i>nefasti</i> during +another; these were called <i>dies intercisi</i>. For the purposes of +religion a different division of the year was made; the days +were treated as <i>festi</i> or as <i>profesti</i>,—the former being consecrated +to acts of public worship, such as sacrifices, banquets and games, +while the latter (whether <i>fasti</i> or <i>nefasti</i>) were not specially +claimed for religious purposes. The <i>dies festi</i> or <i>feriae publicae</i><a name="fa10l" id="fa10l" href="#ft10l"><span class="sp">10</span></a> +were either <i>stativae</i>, <i>conceptivae</i> or <i>imperativae</i>. The <i>stativae</i> +were such as were observed regularly, each on a definite day; +the <i>conceptivae</i> were observed annually on days fixed by the +authorities for the time being; the <i>imperativae</i> were publicly +appointed as occasion called for them. In the Augustan age the +<i>feriae stativae</i> were very numerous, as may be seen from what +we possess of the <i>Fasti</i> of Ovid. The number was somewhat +fluctuating. Festivals frequently fell into desuetude or were +revived, were increased or diminished, were shortened or prolonged +at the will of the emperor, or under the caprice of the +popular taste. Thus Augustus restored the Compitalia and +Lupercalia; while Marcus Antoninus in his turn found it expedient +to diminish the number of holidays.</p> + +<p>The following is an enumeration of the stated festivals as +given by Ovid and contemporary writers. The first day of +January was observed somewhat as is the modern New Year’s +day: clients sent presents to their patrons, slaves to their +masters, friends and relatives to one another. On the 9th the +<i>Agonalia</i> were held, apparently in honour of Janus. On the +11th the <i>Carmentalia</i> were kept as a half-holiday, but principally +by women; so also on the 15th. On the 13th of February were +the <i>Faunalia</i>, on the 15th the <i>Lupercalia</i>, on the 17th the +<i>Quirinalia</i>, on the 18th the <i>Feralia</i>, on the 23rd (at one time the +last day of the Roman year) the <i>Terminalia</i>, on the 24th the +<i>Regifugium</i> or <i>Fugalia</i>, and on the 27th the <i>Equiria</i> (of Mars). +On the 1st of March were the <i>Matronalia</i>, on the 14th a repetition +of the <i>Equiria</i>, on the 15th the festival of Anna Perenna, on the +17th the <i>Liberalia</i> or <i>Agonalia</i>, and from the 19th to the 23rd +the <i>Quinquatria</i> (of Minerva). On the 4th of April were the +<i>Megalesia</i> (of Cybele), on the 12th the <i>Cerealia</i>, on the 21st the +<i>Palilia</i>, on the 23rd the <i>Vinalia</i>, on the 25th the <i>Robigalia</i>, +and on the 28th the <i>Floralia</i>. The 1st of May was the festival +of the <i>Lares Praestites</i>; on the 9th, 11th and 13th the <i>Lemuria</i> +were celebrated; on the 12th the <i>Ludi Martiales</i>, and on the 15th +those of Mercury. June 5 was sacred to <i>Semo Sancus</i>; the +<i>Vestalia</i> occurred on the 9th, the <i>Matralia</i> on the 11th, and the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page222" id="page222"></a>222</span> +<i>Quinquatrus Minusculae</i> on the 13th. The <i>Ludi Apollinares</i> +were on the 5th, and the <i>Neptunalia</i> on the 23rd of July. On +the 13th of August were the <i>Nemoralia</i>, in honour of Diana; +on the 18th the <i>Consualia</i>, on the 19th the <i>Vinalia Rustica</i>, and +on the 23rd the <i>Vulcanalia</i>. The <i>Ludi Magni</i>, in honour of +Jupiter, Juno and Minerva, began on September 4. The <i>Meditrinalia</i> +(new wine) were on the 11th of October, the <i>Faunalia</i> +on the 13th, and the <i>Equiria</i> on the 15th. The <i>Epulum Jovis</i> +was on 13th November. The December festivals were—on the 5th +<i>Faunalia</i>, and towards the close <i>Opalia</i>, <i>Saturnalia</i>, <i>Larentalia</i>.</p> + +<p>The calendar as it stood at the Augustan age was known +to contain many comparatively recent accessions, brought +in under the influence of two “closely allied powers, the foreign +priest and the foreign cook” (Mommsen). The <i>Megalesia</i>, for +example, had been introduced 204 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> The <i>Ludi Apollinares</i> +could not be traced farther back than 208 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> The <i>Floralia</i> +and <i>Cerealia</i> had not come in much earlier. Among the oldest +feasts were undoubtedly the <i>Lupercalia</i>, in honour of Lupercus, +the god of fertility; the <i>Equiria</i>, in honour of Mars; the <i>Palilia</i>; +the great September festival; and the <i>Saturnalia</i>.</p> + +<p>Among the feriae conceptivae were the very ancient <i>feriae +Latinae</i>, held in honour of Jupiter on the Alban Mount, and +attended by all the higher magistrates and the whole body of +the senate. The time of their celebration greatly depended +on the state of affairs at Rome, as the consuls were not allowed +to take the field until they had held the <i>Latinae</i>, which were +regarded as days of a sacred truce. The <i>feriae sementivae</i> +were held in the spring, and the <i>Ambarvalia</i> in autumn, both +in honour of Ceres. The <i>Paganalia</i> of each <i>pagus</i>, and the +<i>Compitalia</i> of each <i>vicus</i> were also <i>conceptivae</i>. Of <i>feriae +imperativae</i>,—that is to say, festivals appointed by the senate, +or magistrates, or higher priests to commemorate some great +event or avert some threatened disaster,—the best known is +the <i>Novendiale</i>, which used to be celebrated as often as stones +fell from heaven (Livy xxi. 62, xxv. 7, &c.). In addition to +all those already mentioned, there occasionally occurred <i>ludi +votivi</i>, which were celebrated in fulfilment of a vow; <i>ludi +funebres</i>, sometimes given by private persons; and <i>ludi seculares</i>, +to celebrate certain periods marked off in the Etrusco-Roman +religion.</p> + +<p><i>Feasts of the Jews</i>.—By Old Testament writers a festival or +feast is generally called either <span title="hag">חג</span> (compare the Arabic Hadj), from +<span title="hagag">חגג</span> to rejoice, or <span title="moed">מועד</span>, from <span title="yaad">יעד</span>, to appoint. The words <span title="shabat">שבת</span> and +<span title="mikra kodesh">מקרא קודש</span> are also occasionally used. In the Talmud the three +principal feasts are called <span title="regalim">רגלים</span>, after Exod. xxiii. 14. Of the +Jewish feasts which are usually traced to a pre-Mosaic origin +the most important and characteristic was the weekly Sabbath, +but special importance was also attached from a very early date +to the lunar periods. It is probable that other festivals also, of +a seasonal character, were observed (see Exod. v. 1). In common +with most others, the Mosaic system of annual feasts groups +itself readily around the vernal and autumnal equinoxes. In +Lev. xxiii., where the list is most fully given, they seem to be +arranged with a conscious reference to the sacred number seven +(compare Numb. xxviii.). Those belonging to the vernal equinox +are three in number; a preparatory day, that of the Passover, +leads up to the principal festival, that of unleavened bread, +which again is followed by an after-feast, that of Pentecost (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Passover</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pentecost</a></span>). Those of the autumnal equinox are +four; a preparatory day on the new moon of the seventh month +(the Feast of Trumpets) is followed by a great day of rest, the +day of Atonement (which, however, was hardly a <i>festival</i> in the +stricter sense of the word), by the Feast of Tabernacles, and by +a great concluding day (Lev. xxiii. 36; John vii. 37). If the +feast of the Passover be excepted, it will be seen that all these +celebrations or commemorations associate themselves more +readily with natural than with historical events.<a name="fa11l" id="fa11l" href="#ft11l"><span class="sp">11</span></a> There was +also a considerable number of post-Mosaic festivals, of which +the principal were that of the Dedication (described in 1 Macc. +iv. 52-59; comp. John x. 22) and that of Purim, the origin of +which is given in the book of Esther (ix. 20 seq.). It has probably +no connexion with the Persian festival Furdigán (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Esther</a></span>).<a name="fa12l" id="fa12l" href="#ft12l"><span class="sp">12</span></a></p> + +<p><i>Earlier Christian Festivals.</i>—While making it abundantly +manifest that Christ and his disciples observed the appointed +Jewish feasts, the New Testament nowhere records the formal +institution of any distinctively Christian festival. But we have +unambiguous evidence of the actual observance, from a very +early period, of the first day of the week as a holy day (John +xx. 19, 26; 1 Cor. xvi. 2; Acts xx. 7; Rev. i. 10). Pliny in +his letter to Trajan describes the Christians of Bithynia as meeting +for religious purposes on a set day; that this day was Sunday is +put beyond all reasonable doubt by such a passage as that in the +<i>Apology</i> of Justin Martyr, where he says that “on Sunday +(<span class="grk" title="tê tou hêliou legomenê hêmera">τῆ τοῦ ἡλίου λεγομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ</span>) all the Christians living either in the +city or the country met together.” The Jewish element, in some +churches at least, and especially in the East, was strong enough +to secure that, along with the <i>dies dominica</i>, the seventh day +should continue to be kept holy. Thus in the <i>Apostolic Constitutions</i> +(ii. 59) we find the Saturday specially mentioned along +with the Sunday as a day for the assembling of the church; +in v. 15 it is ordained that there shall be no fasting on Saturday, +while in viii. 33 it is added that both on Saturday and Sunday +slaves are to have rest from their labours. The 16th canon of +the council of Laodicea almost certainly means that solemn +public service was to be held on Saturday as well as on Sunday. +In other quarters, however, the tendency to regard both days as +equally sacred met with considerable resistance. The 36th +canon of the council of Illiberis, for example, deciding that +Saturday should be observed as a fast-day, was doubtless intended +to enforce the distinction between Saturday and Sunday. At +Milan in Ambrose’s time Saturday was observed as a festival; +but Pope Innocent is found writing to the bishop of Eugubium +to urge that it should be kept as a fast. Ultimately the Christian +church came to recognize but one weekly festival.</p> + +<p>The numerous yearly festivals of the later Christian church, +when historically investigated, can be traced to very small +beginnings. Indeed, while it appears to be tolerably certain that +Jewish Christians for the most part retained all the festivals +which had been instituted under the old dispensation, it is not +at all probable that either they or their Gentile brethren recognized +any yearly feasts as of distinctively Christian origin or +obligation. It cannot be doubted, however, that gradually, +in the course of the 2nd century, the universal church came to +observe the anniversaries of the death and resurrection of Christ—the +<span class="grk" title="pascha staurôsimon">πάσχα σταυρώσιμον</span> and the <span class="grk" title="pascha hanastasimon">πάσχα ἁναστάσιμον</span>, as they +were respectively called (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Easter</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Good Friday</a></span>). Not +long afterwards Whitsunday also came to be fixed in the usage +of Christendom as a great annual festival. Even Origen (in the +8th book <i>Against Celsus</i>) enumerates as Christian festivals the +Sunday, the <span class="grk" title="paraskeuê">παρασκευή</span>, the Passover with the feast of the +Resurrection, and Pentecost; under which latter term, however, +he includes the whole period between Easter and Whitsuntide. +About Cyprian’s time we find individual Christians commemorating +their departed friends, and whole churches commemorating +their martyrs; in particular, there are traces of a local and +partial observance of the feast of the Innocents. Christmas day +and Epiphany were among the later introductions, the feast of +the Epiphany being somewhat the earlier of the two. Both are +alluded to indeed by Clemens Alexandrinus (i. 340), but only +in a way which indicates that even in his time the precise date +of Christ’s birth was unknown, that its anniversary was not +usually observed, and that the day of his baptism was kept as +a festival only by the followers of Basilides (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Epiphany</a></span>).</p> + +<p>When we come down to the 4th century we find that, among +the 50 days between Easter and Pentecost, Ascension Day has +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page223" id="page223"></a>223</span> +come into new prominence. Augustine, for example, enumerates +as anniversaries celebrated by the whole church those of Christ’s +passion, resurrection and ascension, along with that of the outpouring +of the Holy Ghost, while he is silent with regard to +Christmas and Epiphany. The general tendency of this and the +following centuries was largely to increase the festivals of the +Church, and by legislation to make them more fixed and uniform. +Many passages, indeed, could be quoted from Chrysostom, +Jerome and Augustine to show that these fathers had not by +any means forgotten that comparative freedom with regard +to outward observances was one of the distinctive excellences +of Christianity as contrasted with Judaism and the various +heathen systems (compare Socrates, <i>H.E.</i> v. 22). But there +were many special circumstances which seemed to the leaders +of the Church at that time to necessitate the permission and even +legislative sanction of a large number of new feasts. The innovations +of heretics sometimes seemed to call for rectification by +the institution of more orthodox observances; in other instances +the propensity of rude and uneducated converts from paganism +to cling to the festal rites of their forefathers proved to be invincible, +so that it was seen to be necessary to seek to adapt +the old usages to the new worship rather than to abolish +them altogether;<a name="fa13l" id="fa13l" href="#ft13l"><span class="sp">13</span></a> moreover, although the empire had become +Christian, it was manifestly expedient that the old holidays +should be recognized as much as possible in the new arrangements +of the calendar. Constantine soon after his conversion +enacted that on the <i>dies dominica</i> there should be no suits or +trials in law; Theodosius the Great added a prohibition of all +public shows on that day, and Theodosius the younger extended +the prohibition to Epiphany and the anniversaries of martyrdoms, +which at that time included the festivals of St Stephen, and of St +Peter and St Paul, as also that of the Maccabees. In the 21st +canon of the council of Agde (506), besides Easter, Christmas, +Epiphany, Ascension and Pentecost, we find the Nativity of +John the Baptist already mentioned as one of the more important +festivals on which attendance at church was regarded as obligatory. +To these were added, in the centuries immediately +following, the feasts of the Annunciation, the Purification, and +the Assumption of the Virgin; as well as those of the Circumcision, +of St Michael and of All Saints.</p> + +<p>Festivals were in practice distinguished from ordinary days +in the following ways: all public and judicial business was +suspended,<a name="fa14l" id="fa14l" href="#ft14l"><span class="sp">14</span></a> as well as every kind of game or amusement which +might interfere with devotion; the churches were specially +decorated; Christians were expected to attend public worship, +attired in their best dress; love feasts were celebrated, and the +rich were accustomed to show special kindness to the poor; +fasting was strictly forbidden, and public prayers were said in a +standing posture.</p> + +<p><i>Later Practice.</i>—In the present calendar of the Roman Catholic +Church the number of feast days is very large. Each is celebrated +by an appropriate office, which, according to its character, +is either duplex, semi-duplex or simplex. A duplex again may +be either of the first class or of the second, or a major or a minor. +The distinctions of ritual for each of these are given with great +minuteness in the general rubrics of the breviary; they turn +chiefly on the number of Psalms to be sung and of lessons to be +read, on the manner in which the antiphons are to be given and +on similar details. The duplicia of the first class are the Nativity, +the Epiphany, Easter with the three preceding and two following +days, the Ascension, Whitsunday and the two following days, +Corpus Christi, the Nativity of John Baptist, Saints Peter and +Paul, the Assumption of the Virgin, All Saints, and, for each +church, the feast proper to its patron or title and the feast of its +dedication. The duplicia of the second class are the Circumcision, +the feast of the Holy Name of Jesus, of the Holy Trinity, +and of the Most Precious Blood of Christ, the feasts of the Purification, +Annunciation, Visitation, Nativity and Conception of the +Virgin, the Natalitia of the Twelve Apostles, the feasts of the +Evangelists, of St Stephen, of the Holy Innocents, of St Joseph +and of the Patrocinium of Joseph, of St Lawrence, of the Invention +of the Cross and of the Dedication of St Michael. The +Dominicae majores of the first class are the first Sunday in +Advent, the first in Lent, Passion Sunday, Palm Sunday, Easter +Sunday, Dominica in Albis, Whitsunday and Trinity Sunday; +the Dominicae majores of the second class are the second, third +and fourth in Advent, Septuagesima, Sexagesima and Quinquagesima +Sundays, and the second, third and fourth Sundays in +Lent.</p> + +<p>In the canons and decrees of the council of Trent repeated +allusions are made to the feast days, and their fitness, when +properly observed, to promote piety. Those entrusted with the +cure of souls are urged to see that the feasts of the Church be +devoutly and religiously observed, the faithful are enjoined +to attend public worship on Sundays and on the greater festivals +at least, and parish priests are bidden to expound to the people +on such days some of the things which have been read in the +office for the day. Since the council of Trent the practice of the +Church with respect to the prohibition of servile work on holidays +has varied considerably in different Catholic countries, and even +in the same country at different times. Thus in 1577, in the +diocese of Lyons, there were almost forty annual festivals of a +compulsory character. By the concordat of 1802 the number of +such festivals was for France reduced to four, namely, Christmas +day, Ascension day, the Assumption of the Virgin, and All Saints +day.</p> + +<p>The calendar of the Greek Church is even fuller than that +of the Latin, especially as regards the <span class="grk" title="heortai tôn hagiôn">ἑορταὶ τῶν ἁγιῶν</span>. Thus on +the last Sunday in Advent the feast of All Saints of the Old +Covenant is celebrated; while Adam and Eve, Job, Elijah, +Isaiah, &c., have separate days. The distinctions of ritual are +analogous to those in the Western Church. In the Coptic Church +there are seven great festivals, Christmas, Epiphany, the +Annunciation, Palm Sunday, Easter Sunday, Ascension and +Whitsunday, on all of which the Copts “wear new clothes (or +the best they have), feast and give alms” (Lane). They also +observe, as minor festivals, Maundy Thursday, Holy Saturday, +the feast of the Apostles (11th July), and that of the Discovery +of the Cross.</p> + +<p>In common with most of the churches of the Reformation, +the Church of England retained a certain number of feasts +besides all Sundays in the year. They are, besides Monday and +Tuesday both in Easter-week and Whitsun-week, as follows: +the Circumcision, the Epiphany, the Conversion of St Paul, the +Purification of the Blessed Virgin, St Matthias the Apostle, the +Annunciation of the Blessed Virgin, St Mark the Evangelist, St +Philip and St James (Apostles), the Ascension, St Barnabas, +the Nativity of St John Baptist, St Peter the Apostle, St +James the Apostle, St Bartholomew, St Matthew, St Michael and +all Angels, St Luke the Evangelist, St Simon and St Jude, All +Saints, St Andrew, St Thomas, Christmas, St Stephen, St John +the Evangelist, the Holy Innocents. The 13th canon enjoins +that all manner of persons within the Church of England shall +from henceforth celebrate and keep the Lord’s day, commonly +called Sunday, and other holy days, according to God’s holy will +and pleasure, and the orders of the Church of England prescribed +in that behalf, that is, in hearing the Word of God read and +taught, in private and public prayers, in acknowledging their +offences to God and amendment of the same, in reconciling themselves +charitably to their neighbours where displeasure hath been, +in oftentimes receiving the communion of the body and blood +of Christ, in visiting of the poor and sick, using all godly and sober +conversation. (Compare Hooker, <i>E.P.</i> v. 70.) In the <i>Directory +for the Public Worship of God</i> which was drawn up by the Westminster +Assembly, and accepted by the Church of Scotland in +1645, there is an appendix which declares that there is no day +commanded in Scripture to be kept holy under the gospel but +the Lord’s day, which is the Christian Sabbath; festival days, +vulgarly called holy-days, having no warrant in the Word of God, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page224" id="page224"></a>224</span> +are not to be continued; nevertheless it is lawful and necessary, +upon special emergent occasions, to separate a day or days +for public fasting or thanksgiving, as the several eminent and +extraordinary dispensations of God’s providence shall administer +cause and opportunity to his people.</p> + +<p>Several attempts have been made at various times in western +Europe to reorganize the festival system on some other scheme +than the Christian. Thus at the time of the French Revolution, +during the period of Robespierre’s ascendancy, it was proposed +to substitute a tenth day (Décadi) for the weekly rest, and to +introduce the following new festivals: that of the Supreme +Being and of Nature, of the Human Race, of the French people, +of the Benefactors of Mankind, of Freedom and Equality, of the +Martyrs of Freedom, of the Republic, of the Freedom of the +World, of Patriotism, of Hatred of Tyrants and Traitors, of +Truth, of Justice, of Modesty, of Fame and Immortality, of +Friendship, of Temperance, of Heroism, of Fidelity, of Unselfishness, +of Stoicism, of Love, of Conjugal Fidelity, of Filial Affection, +of Childhood, of Youth, of Manhood, of Old Age, of Misfortune, +of Agriculture, of Industry, of our Forefathers, of Posterity and +Felicity. The proposal, however, was never fully carried out, +and soon fell into oblivion.</p> + +<p><i>Mahommedan Festivals.</i>—These are chiefly two—the ‘Eed +es-Sagheer (or minor festival) and the ‘Eed el-Kebeer (or great +festival), sometimes called ‘Eed el-Kurban. The former, which +lasts for three days, immediately follows the month Ramadan, +and is generally the more joyful of the two; the latter begins +on the tenth of Zu-l-Heggeh (the last month of the Mahommedan +year), and lasts for three or four days. Besides these festivals +they usually keep holy the first ten days of Moharram (the first +month of the year), especially the tenth day, called Yom Ashoora; +the birthday of the prophet, on the twelfth day of the third +month; the birthday of El-Hoseyn, in the fourth month; the +anniversary of the prophet’s miraculous ascension into heaven, +in the seventh month; and one or two other anniversaries. +Friday, called the day of El-Gumah (the assembly), is a day +of public worship; but it is not usual to abstain from public +business on that day except during the time of prayer.</p> + +<p><i>Hindu and Buddhist Festivals.</i>—In modern India the leading +popular festivals are the Holí, which is held in March or April +and lasts for five days, and the Dasahara, which occurs in October. +Although in its origin Buddhism was a deliberate reaction +against all ceremonial, it does not now refuse to observe festivals. +By Buddhists in China, for example, three days in the year are +especially observed in honour of the Buddha,—the eighth day +of the second month, when he left his home; the eighth day of +the fourth month, the anniversary of his birthday; and the +eighth of the twelfth, when he attained to perfection and entered +Nirvāna. In Siam the eighth and fifteenth days of every month +are considered holy, and are observed as days for rest and +worship. At Trut, the festival of the close of the year, visiting +and play-going are universal. The new year (January) is celebrated +for three days; in February is another holiday; in April +is a sort of Lent, ushering in the rainy season; on the last day +of June presents are made of cakes of the new rice; in August is +the festival of the angel of the river, “whose forgiveness is +then asked for every act by which the waters of the Meinam +have been rendered impure.” See Bowring’s <i>Siam</i> and Carné’s +<i>Travels in Indo-China and the Chinese Empire</i>. Copious details +of the elaborate festival-system of the Chinese may be found in +Doolittle’s <i>Social Life of the Chinese</i>.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Literature.</span>—For Christian feasts see K.A. H. Kellner, <i>Heortologie</i> +(Freiburg im Breisgau, 1906); Hippolyte Delehaye, <i>Les +Légendes hagiographiques</i> (Brussels, 1905); J. Rendel Harris, <i>The +Cult of the Heavenly Twins</i> (Cambridge, 1906); de Rossi-Duchesne, +<i>Martyrologium Hieronymianum</i>.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1l" id="ft1l" href="#fa1l"><span class="fn">1</span></a> “To feast” is simply to keep a festum or festival. The etymology +of the word is uncertain; but probably it has no connexion +with the Gr. <span class="grk" title="hestian">ἑστιᾶν</span>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2l" id="ft2l" href="#fa2l"><span class="fn">2</span></a> See Spencer, <i>Principles of Sociology</i>, i. 170, 280, 306.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3l" id="ft3l" href="#fa3l"><span class="fn">3</span></a> Haug, <i>Parsis</i>, 224, 225.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4l" id="ft4l" href="#fa4l"><span class="fn">4</span></a> “May the heavens, the waters, the firmament, be kind to us; may +the lord of the field be gracious to us.... May the oxen (draw) +happily, the men labour happily; may the traces bind happily, wield +the goad happily” (Wilson’s translation, iii. 224).</p> + +<p><a name="ft5l" id="ft5l" href="#fa5l"><span class="fn">5</span></a> See Haug’s <i>Aitareya-brâhmanam of the Rig-Veda</i>; Max Müller’s +<i>Chips from a German Workshop</i>, i. 115.</p> + +<p><a name="ft6l" id="ft6l" href="#fa6l"><span class="fn">6</span></a> Visperad. See Haug, <i>Parsis</i>, 192; Richardson’s <i>Dissertation on +the Language, &c., of Eastern Nations</i>, p. 184; Morier’s <i>Journey +through Persia</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft7l" id="ft7l" href="#fa7l"><span class="fn">7</span></a> Plutarch, <i>De Iside et Osiride</i>; Macrobius, <i>Saturnalia</i>, i. 21.</p> + +<p><a name="ft8l" id="ft8l" href="#fa8l"><span class="fn">8</span></a> In this month the anniversaries of the battle of Marathon, and +of the downfall of the thirty tyrants, were also publicly celebrated.</p> + +<p><a name="ft9l" id="ft9l" href="#fa9l"><span class="fn">9</span></a> See Schoemann, <i>Griechische Altertümer</i>, ii. 439 seq.; Mommsen +<i>Heortologie</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft10l" id="ft10l" href="#fa10l"><span class="fn">10</span></a> <i>Feriae privatae</i>, such as anniversaries of births, deaths, and the +like, were observed by separate clans, families or individuals.</p> + +<p><a name="ft11l" id="ft11l" href="#fa11l"><span class="fn">11</span></a> In the “parallel” passages, there is considerable variety in the +designation and arrangement of these feasts. While Ex. xii. approximates +most closely to Lev. xxiii. and Num. xxviii., Ex. xxiii. has +stronger affinities with Deut. xvi. The relations of these passages are +largely discussed by Graf, <i>Die geschichtlichen Bücher des A. T.</i>, pp. +34-41, and by other recent critics.</p> + +<p><a name="ft12l" id="ft12l" href="#fa12l"><span class="fn">12</span></a> On the whole subject of Jewish festivals see Reland, <i>Antiq. Hebr.</i>; +Knobel, <i>Leviticus</i> (<i>c.</i> 23); George, <i>Die jüdischen Feste</i>; Edersheim, +<i>The Temple; its Ministry and Services</i>; Ewald, <i>Altertümer des +Volkes Israël</i>; articles in Bible dictionaries.</p> + +<p><a name="ft13l" id="ft13l" href="#fa13l"><span class="fn">13</span></a> As, at a later period (601), Gregory the Great instructed his +Anglo-Saxon missionaries so to Christianize the temples, festivals, +&c., of the heathen “ut durae mentes gradibus vel passibus, non +autem saltibus, eleventur.”</p> + +<p><a name="ft14l" id="ft14l" href="#fa14l"><span class="fn">14</span></a> Manumission, however, was lawful on any day.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEATHER<a name="ar181" id="ar181"></a></span> (O. Eng. <i>fether</i>, Ger. <i>Feder</i>, from an Indo-European +root seen also in Gr. <span class="grk" title="pteron">πτερόν</span>, and <span class="grk" title="petesthai">πέτεσθαι</span>, to fly), +a horny outgrowth of the skin of birds homologous with the +scale of the reptile. The body-covering of birds is, without +exception, comprised of feathers, and by this character alone +birds may be distinguished from all other animals.</p> + +<p>The most perfect form of feather is made up of a long, tapering +rod, fringed on either side, for the greater part of its length, by a +secondary series of slender and tapering rods forming a more +or less acute angle with the central axis. This fringe is known +as the <i>vexillum</i> or “vane” (fig. 1 <i>a</i>). The central axis is divisible +into two distinct parts,—a hollow, cylindrical, transparent +<i>calamus</i>, or “quill,” the base of which is inserted into the skin, +and a solid, quadrangular <i>rhachis</i> or “shaft” which supports +the vane. At the lower end of the quill is a small hole—the +lower <i>umbilicus</i>—through which the nutritive pulp passes during +the growth of the feather: while at the upper end, where it +passes into the shaft, a similar hole will be found,—the upper +<i>umbilicus</i>—and from this the last remains of the capsules which +contained the nutritive pulp may sometimes be seen protruding. +If the quill is cut open a series of these capsules will be found +fitting one into the other throughout the whole length of the +tubular chamber.</p> + +<table class="pic" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter" colspan="2"><img style="width:375px; height:599px" src="images/img224.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption" colspan="2">Fig. 1.—Diagrams of Feather-Barbs.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="f90" style="width: 50%; vertical-align: top;"> +<p><i>a</i>, Outline of a feather showing +the relation of the barbs and +barbules to the central axis +or shaft.</p> + +<p><i>b</i>, Section across two of the barbs +shown in <i>a</i>, highly magnified.</p> + +<p><i>c</i>, Two barbules of the posterior +series—seen only in cross-section +in <i>b</i>.</p></td> + +<td class="f90" style="width: 50%; vertical-align: top;"> +<p><i>d</i>, A barbule of the anterior series.</p> + +<p><i>e</i>, Section across the base of three +anterior barbules showing +attachment to barb.</p> + +<p><i>f</i>, A portion of the hooklet of the +anterior series showing the +method of interlocking with +the barbules of the posterior +series.</p></td></tr></table> + +<p>The rods comprising the lateral fringe, or vane, are known +as the <i>rami</i> or the “barbs,” and will be found, on microscopic +examination, to be lath-shaped and to taper to a point. Further, +each barb supports a double series of smaller outgrowths known +as the <i>radii</i>, or “barbules”; so that each barb may be likened +to a feather in miniature. These “barbules,” however, differ +markedly in structure on the two sides of the barb, those +pointing towards the tip of the feather—the “anterior barbules”—being +ribbon-shaped from the base outwards for about half +their length, when they become cut up to form a series of long +and very delicate hooklets (fig. 1 <i>d</i>). On the opposite side of the +barb the barbules are also ribbon-shaped for about half their +length, but the ribbon is curved trough-fashion, so that the +whole series of posterior barbules forms a number of deep +valleys, and into these the hooklets are thrust so as to catch +hold of the upper edges of the troughs, which are set so that the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page225" id="page225"></a>225</span> +upper edge is towards the upper, and the lower edge towards +the under surface of the feather. The manner in which this +beautiful mechanism works may be seen in fig. 1 <i>b</i>.</p> + +<p>In one of the primary or “quill” feathers of the wing of a +crane, each barb of the inner side of the vane was found to bear +about 600 pairs of barbules, which would make about 800,000 +barbules for the inner web of the vane alone, or more than a +million for the whole feather (H.F. Gadow). It is to the agency +of these hooklets alone that the closely-knit, elastic vanes of the +flight feathers and the body feathers are due. Where these +hooklets are wanting the barbs do not adhere together, resulting +in a loose “discontinuous” vane such as, for example, is found +in the plumes of the ostrich.</p> + +<p>Many feathers, in addition to the main axis, bear a second, +generally much shorter axis, supporting a loose discontinuous +vane; this shorter branch is known as the “aftershaft” and +arises from the under surface of the feather. Only in the cassowary +and emu among adult birds is the aftershaft as large as +the main shaft.</p> + +<p>There are several different kinds of feathers—contour feathers, +semiplumes, down-feathers, filoplumes and powder-down. +Contour feathers, as their name implies, are those which form the +contour or outline of the body, and are all that can generally +be seen. Those which form the “flight feathers” of the wing, +and the tail feathers, are the most perfectly developed. Semiplumes +are degenerate contour feathers. The down-feathers +are generally completely hidden by the contour feathers: they +form in many birds, such as gulls and ducks, a thick underclothing +comparable to the under-fur of mammals such as the +seals. In all cases they are of a loose, soft, “fluffy” structure, +the barbs being of great length and slenderness, while the +barbules are often long and provided with knob-like thickenings +answering to the hooklets of the more perfectly developed +contour feathers; these thickenings help to “felt” the separate +down-feathers together, the barbs of one down-feather interlocking +with those of its neighbour. Down-feathers differ from +semiplumes both in their relation to contour feathers and in +that they do not possess a main axis, all the barbs arising from +a common centre.</p> + +<p>Filoplumes are degenerate structures having a superficial +resemblance to hairs, but they always bear a minute vane at +the tip. They occur in all birds, in clusters of varying number, +about the bases of contour feathers. In some birds they attain +a great length, and may project beyond the contour feathers, +sometimes forming conspicuous white patches, as for example +in the necks of cormorants. In their early stages of development +they often possess a large aftershaft made up of a number of +barbs, but these quickly disappear, leaving only the degenerate +main shaft. The eyelashes and bristles round the mouth found +in many birds appear to be akin to filoplumes.</p> + +<p>Powder-down feathers are degenerate down-feathers which +appear to secrete a dry, waxy kind of powder. This powder +rapidly disintegrates and becomes distributed over the plumage, +adding thereto a quite peculiar bloom. In birds of the heron +tribe powder-down feathers have reached a high degree of +development, forming large patches in the breast and thighs, +while in some hawks, and in the parrots, these mysterious +feathers are scattered singly over the greater part of the body.</p> + +<p>The nature of the covering of nestling birds is of a more +complex character than has hitherto been suspected. The +majority of young birds, as is well known, either +emerge from the egg clothed in down-feathers, or they +<span class="sidenote">Nestling down.</span> +develop these within a day or two afterwards. But +this covering, though superficially similar in all, may, as a +matter of fact, differ widely in its constitution, even in closely +related forms, while only in a very few species can the complete +history of these feathers be made out.</p> + +<p>The brown or tawny owl (<i>Syrnium aluco</i>) is one of these. +At hatching, the young of this species is thickly clad in white, +woolly down-feathers, of the character known as umbelliform—that +is to say, the central axis or main shaft is wanting, so that +the barbs all start from a common centre. These feathers +occupy the position of the ultimate contour feathers. They are +shortly replaced by a second down-like covering, superficially +resembling, and generally regarded as, true down. But they +differ in that their barbs spring from a central axis as in typical +contour feathers. Feathers of this last description indeed have +now made their appearance in the shape of the “flight” or quill +feathers (<i>remiges</i>) and of the tail feathers. This plumage is +worn until the autumn, when the downy feathers give place to +the characteristic adult plumage. The down feathers which +appear at hatching-time are known as <i>pre-pennae</i>, or <i>pre-plumulae</i>, +as the case may be; the first generation of pre-pennae, in the +case of the tawny owl for example, is made up of <i>protoptyles</i>, +while the succeeding plumage is made up of <i>mesoptyles</i>, and +these in turn give place to the <i>teleoptyles</i> or adult feathers. The +two forms of nestling plumage—pre-pennae and pre-plumulae—may +be collectively called “neossoptyles,” a term coined by +H.F. Gadow to distinguish the plumage of the nestling from +that of the adult—the “teleoptyle” plumage.</p> + +<p>As a rule the nestling develops but one of these generations +of neossoptyles, and this generally answers to the mesoptyle +plumage, though this is of a degenerate type. In some birds, +as in the Megapodes, the “protoptyle” or first of these two +generations of pre-pennae is developed and shed while the chick +is yet in the shell, so that at hatching the mesoptyle plumage +is well developed. But in the majority of birds, probably, the +mesoptyle plumage only is developed, while the earlier, and +apparently more degenerate, dress is suppressed. In the penguins +both of these nestling plumages are developed, but the mesoptyle +dress has degenerated so that umbelliform feathers now take the +place of feathers having a central axis.</p> + +<p>The Anatidae show traces of the earlier, first generation of +feathers in one or two species only, <i>e.g.</i> <i>Cloëphaga rubidiceps</i>. +In all the remaining species mesoptyles only occur. And this +is true also of the game-birds. In both the Tinamous, the duck-tribe +and the game-birds this mesoptyle plumage shows, in +different species, every gradation between feathers having a +well-developed main shaft and aftershaft, and those which are +mere umbelliform tufts.</p> + +<p>As development proceeds and the contour feathers make their +appearance they thrust the mesoptyle feathers out of their +follicles—the pockets in the skin in which they were rooted—and +these will often be found adhering to the tips of the contour +feathers for many weeks after the bird has left the nest. This +occurs because the development of the contour feather begins +before that of the mesoptyles has completed.</p> + +<p>The plumage in nestling birds is still <span class="correction" title="ameded from futher">further</span> complicated by the +fact that it may be almost, or entirely, composed of pre-plumulae; +that is to say, of down-feathers which are later succeeded by +adult <i>down-feathers</i>. This is the case among the accipitrine +birds for example, and thereby it differs entirely from that of +the owls, which develop neither pre-plumulae nor adult down. +The cormorants are, so far as is known, the only birds which +have a nestling plumage composed entirely of pre-plumulae.</p> + +<p>In variety and brilliancy the colours of birds are not surpassed +by those of any other group of animals. Yet the pigments to +which these colours are due are but few in number, +<span class="sidenote">The colours of feathers.</span> +while a large number of the most resplendent hues +are produced by structural peculiarities of the +colourless horny surface of the feathers, and hence +are known as subjective or optical colours.</p> + +<p>The principal colour pigments are (<i>a</i>) <i>melanin pigments</i>, +derived possibly from the haemoglobin of the blood, but more +probably from the blood plasma, and (<i>b</i>) <i>lipochrome</i> or “fat” +pigments, which are regarded as reserve products; though in the +case of birds it is exceedingly doubtful whether they have this +significance.</p> + +<p>The melanin pigments (<i>zoomelanin</i>) occur in the form of +granules and give rise to the black, brown and grey tones; +or they may combine with those of the lipochrome series.</p> + +<p>The lipochrome pigments (<i>zoonerythrin</i> and <i>zooxanthin</i>) tend +to be diffused throughout the substance of the feather, and give +rise respectively to the red and yellow colours.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page226" id="page226"></a>226</span></p> + +<p>In addition to these must be reckoned <i>turacin</i>, a reddish-purple +pigment consisting of the same elements as zoomelanin, +but remarkable for the fact that it contains from 5 to 8% of +copper, which can be extracted by a weak alkaline solution, such +as ammonia, and with the addition of acetic acid it can be +filtered off as a metallic red or blue powder. The presence of +metallic copper is indicated by the green flame of these red +feathers when burnt. Turacin was discovered by Sir A.H. Church +in the quill-feathers of the wings of Touracoes or “plantain +eaters.” These feathers, he showed, lose their colour after they +have become wet, but regain it on drying. But turacin is not, +as was supposed, confined to the feathers of the plantain eaters, +since it has been obtained from a cuckoo, <i>Dasylophus superciliosus</i>.</p> + +<p>What effect food may have on colour in birds in a wild state +we have no means of knowing, but it is significant that flamingoes +and linnets in confinement never regain their bright hues after +their first moult in captivity. If cayenne pepper be mixed with +the food of certain strains of canaries, from the time the birds +are hatched onwards, the yellow colour of the feathers becomes +intensified, till it takes on a deep orange hue. Bullfinches, if fed +on hemp-seed, turn black. According to Darwin, the natives of +the Amazonian region feed the common green parrot on the fat +of large Siluroid fishes, and as a result the feathers become beautifully +variegated with red and yellow. Similarly, in the Malay +Archipelago, the natives of Gilolo change the colours of another +parrot.</p> + +<p>With but rare exceptions bright colours are confined to the +exposed portions of the plumage, but in some of the Bustards the +down is of a bright pink colour.</p> + +<p>Structural colours include all metallic or prismatic colours, +blue, green, white, some yellows, and, in part, glossy black. +In metallic feathers the radii (barbules) are modified +in various ways, frequently to form flattened, overlapping +<span class="sidenote">Structural colours.</span> +plates or tiles, while the surfaces of the plates +are either smooth, finely striated or pitted. But, save only +in the case of white feathers, beneath this colourless, glazed outer +coat there is always a layer of pigment.</p> + +<p>The only green pigment known to occur in feathers is <i>turacoverdin</i>, +found in the feathers of the plantain eaters; it contains +a relatively large amount of iron, but no copper. In all other +cases the green colour of feathers is due to yellow, orange or +greyish-brown pigment occurring with a special superstructure +consisting of narrow ridges, as in some parrots and pittas (ant-thrushes), +or the surface of the barbs and barbules is smooth and +transparent, while between it and the pigment there exists a +layer of small polygonal, colourless bodies having highly refractory, +and often striated, surfaces.</p> + +<p>Blue is unknown as a pigment in feathers. Blue feathers +contain only orange or brownish pigment (Gadow), the blue +colour being caused by the combination of pigment corpuscles +and colourless striated polygonal bodies, as in green feathers.</p> + +<p>While in many birds the coloration takes the form either of +a uniform hue or of bands and patches of colour more or less +brilliant, in others the coloration is sombre, and made up of +dark longitudinal stripes or transverse bars on a lighter ground. +The latter is the more primitive, and there seems good reason +to believe that longitudinal stripes preceded transverse bars. +This is indicated by the fact that the nestlings of the more +primitive groups are longitudinally striped, and that young +hawks in their first plumage are so striped, while the adults are +barred.</p> + +<p>There is also evidence to show that the evolution of brilliant +plumage began with the males, and has, in many cases, been more +or less perfectly acquired by the females, and also by the young, +as for example in the kingfishers, where parents and offspring +wear the same livery. Often, where the parents are alike in +plumage, the young wear a different and duller livery, as in the +case of the common starling (<i>Sturnus vulgaris</i>). But where the +female differs from the male in coloration the young resemble +the female parent.</p> + +<p>The physiological explanation of complete disappearance of +pigment in adult life, <i>e.g.</i> gannet, is not yet apparent.</p> + +<p>At least once annually birds renew their feathers completely +by a process known as a moult. Until the new feathers have +attained at least half their full length they are invested +in a soft sheath, and, as development proceeds, the +<span class="sidenote">Moulting.</span> +sheath breaks up from the tip of the feather downwards, so that +for a time the new feathers have almost a brush-like appearance. +Generally this replacement takes place gradually, new and old +feathers occurring side by side, and on this account it is not +always possible to see whether a moult is proceeding without +raising the old feathers.</p> + +<p>The “quill” feathers of the wing and tail are renewed in pairs, +so that flight is little, if at all, impaired, the change taking +place in the wing from the region of the wrist inwards, as to the +primaries, and from the body outwards, towards the tip of the +wing, as to the secondaries. In certain birds, however, as in +the duck tribe and the rails, for example, all the quill-feathers +of the wing are shed at once, so that for some time flight is +impossible.</p> + +<p>In the penguins this simultaneous method of moulting is +carried still further. That is to say, the old feathers covering +the body are not replaced gradually, but <i>en masse</i>. This method +of ecdysis is, however, still further remarkable in that the old +feathers do not drop out, to be succeeded by spine-like stumps +which, later, split at the tip, liberating the barbs of the new +feathers. They are, on the contrary, thrust out upon the tips +of the new feathers, the barbs of which are never enclosed within +an envelope such as that just described. When their growth +has practically completed, and not till then, the old feathers are +removed in large patches by the aid of the bird’s beak; exposing +thereby a perfectly developed plumage. In the cassowary, +and emeu, the old feathers similarly adhere for a time to the tips +of the new; but in these birds the feathers are moulted singly +as in other birds.</p> + +<p>Some birds moult twice within the year, the additional moult +taking place in the spring, as in the case of the “warblers” +(Sylviidae) and Limicolae, for example. But when this is the +case the spring moult is only partial, since the quill feathers +of the wings and the tail feathers are not renewed.</p> + +<p>At this spring moult a special “nuptial” plumage is often +assumed, as for example in many of the Limicolae, <i>e.g.</i> god-wits, +knots, dunlin, ruff.</p> + +<p>The sequel to this habit of assuming a nuptial dress is an +interesting one. Briefly, this plumage, at first assumed at the +mating period by the males only, and doffed soon after the young +appear, has become retained for longer and longer periods, +so that the succeeding plumage, often conspicuously dull compared +with the nuptial dress, is worn only for a few weeks, instead +of many months, as in the case of many of the ducks, for example; +wherein the males, as soon as the young are hatched, assume +what C. Waterton has aptly called an “eclipse” dress. This, +instead of being worn till the following spring, as in the waders, +is shed again in the autumn and replaced by what answers to +the waders’ “nuptial” dress. In the game-birds but a trace +of this “eclipse” plumage remains; and this, apparently, only +in jungle-fowl, the common grey partridge (<i>Perdix cinerea</i>) and +the blackcock (<i>Lyrurus</i>), in whose case the head and neck for +a short period following the breeding season are clothed only +by dull feathers. Further, this more highly developed plumage +becomes transferred, first to the female, then to the young, so +that, in many groups, the dull phase of plumage is entirely +eliminated.</p> + +<p>But the assumption at the breeding season of a conspicuously +brilliant plumage is not always due to a moult. In many birds, +notably many Passerines, this change is brought about by +shedding the tips of the feathers, which are of a duller hue than +the rest of the feather. In this way the bright rose pink of the +linnet’s breast, the blue and black head of the chaffinch, and the +black throat and chestnut-and-black markings of the back of +the sparrow, are assumed—to mention but a few instances. +These birds moult but once a year, in the autumn, when the +new feathers have broad brown fringes; as the spring advances +these drop off, and with them the barbicels from the barbules +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page227" id="page227"></a>227</span> +of the upper surface of the feather, thus revealing the hidden +tints.</p> + +<p>According to some authorities, however, some birds acquire +a change of colour without a moult by the ascent of pigment +from the base of the feather. The black head assumed by many +gulls in the spring is, for example, said to be gained in this way. +There is, however, not only no good evidence in support of the +contention, but the whole structure of the feather is against +the probability of any such change taking place.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Feathers correspond with the scales of reptiles rather than with +the hairs of mammals, as is shown by their development. They +make their first appearance in the developing chick at +about the sixth day of incubation, in the shape of small +<span class="sidenote">The development of feathers.</span> +papillae. In section each papilla is found to be made up +of a cluster of dermal cells—that is to say, of cells of the +deeper layer of the skin—capped by cells of the epidermis. These +last form a single superficial layer of flattened cells—the <i>epitrichium</i>—overlaying +the cells of the Malpighian layer, which are cylindrical +in shape and rapidly increase to form several layers. As development +proceeds the papillae assume a cone-shape with its apex +directed backwards, while the base of this cone sinks down into the +skin, or rather is carried down by the growth of the Malpighian cells, +so that the cone is now sunk in a deep pit. Thereby these Malpighian +cells become divided into two portions: (1) those taking part in the +formation of the walls of the pit or “feather follicle,” and (2) those +enclosed within the cone. These last surround the central mass or +core formed by the dermis. This mass constitutes the nutritive +pulp for the development of the growing feather, and is highly +vascular. The cells of the Malpighian layer within the cone now +become differentiated into three layers. (1) An inner, extremely +thin, forming a delicate sheath for the pulp, and found in the fully +developed feather in the form of a series of hollow, transparent caps +enclosed within the calamus; (2) a thick layer which forms the +feather itself; and (3) a thin layer which forms the investing sheath +of the feather. It is this sheath which gives the curious spine-covered +character to many nestling birds and birds in moult. As +growth proceeds the cells of this middle layer arrange themselves in +longitudinal rows to form the barbs, while the barbules are formed +by a secondary splitting. At their bases these rudimentary barbs +meet to form the calamus. Finally the tips of the barbs break +through the investing sheath and the fully formed down-feather +emerges.</p> + +<p>A part of the pulp and Malpighian cells remains over after the +complete growth of the down-feather, and from this succeeding +generations of feathers are developed. The process of this development +differs from that just outlined chiefly in this: that of the +longitudinal rows which in the down-feather form the barbs, two +on the dorsal and two on the ventral aspect of the interior of the +cylinder become stronger than the rest, combining to form the main- +and after-shaft respectively. The remainder of the rods form the +barbs and barbules as in the down-feather.</p> + +<p>The reproductive power of the feather follicle appears to be almost +inexhaustible, since it is not diminished appreciably by age, nor +restricted to definite moulting periods, as is shown by the cruel and +now obsolete custom of plucking geese alive, no less than three times +annually, for the sake of their feathers. The growth of the feathers +is, however, certainly affected by the general health of the bird, +mal-nutrition causing the appearance of peculiar transverse V-shaped +grooves, at more or less regular intervals, along the whole +length of the feather. These are known as “hunger-marks,” a +name given by falconers, to whom this defect was well known.</p> + +<p>It would seem that while the feather germ may be artificially +stimulated to produce three successive generations of feathers within +a year, it may, on the other hand, be induced artificially to maintain +a continuous activity extending over long periods. That is to say, +the normal quiescent period, and periodic moult, may be suspended, +so that the feather maintains a steady and continuous growth till it +attains a length of several feet. The only known instance of this +kind is that furnished by a domesticated breed of jungle-fowl known +as the “Japanese long-tailed fowls” or as “Yokohamas.” In this +breed the upper tail coverts are in some way, as yet unknown to +Europeans, induced to go on growing until they have attained a +length of from 12 to 18 or even 20 ft.! In this abnormal growth the +“hackles” of the lower part of the back also share, though they +do not attain a similar length.</p> + +<p>The feathers of birds are not uniformly distributed over the +body, but grow only along certain definite tracts known as <i>pterylae</i>, +leaving bare spaces or <i>apteria</i>. These pterylae differ considerably +in their conformation in different groups of birds, and hence are of +service in systematic ornithology.</p> + +<p>The principal pterylae are as follows:—</p> + +<p>(1) The head tract (<i>pt. capitis</i>), which embraces the head only.</p> + +<p>(2) The spinal tract (<i>pt. spinalis</i>), which extends the whole length +of the vertical column. It is one of the most variable in its modifications, +especially in so far as the region from the base of the neck to +the tail is concerned. In its simplest form it runs down the back +in the form of a band of almost uniform width, but generally it +expands considerably in the lumbar region, as in Passeres. Frequently +it is divided into two portions; an upper, terminating in +the region of the middle of the back in a fork, and a lower, which +commences either as a fork, <i>e.g.</i> plover, barbet, or as a median band, +<i>e.g.</i> swallow. Very commonly the dorsal region of this tract encloses +a more or less extensive featherless space (<i>apterion</i>), <i>e.g.</i> swift, auk. +While, as a rule, the dorsal region of this tract is relatively narrow, +it is in some of great breadth, <i>e.g.</i> grebe, pigeon, coly.</p> + +<p>(3) The ventral tract (<i>pt. ventralis</i>), which presents almost as +many variations as the spinal tract.</p> + +<table class="flt" style="float: right; width: 310px;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figright1"><img style="width:268px; height:269px" src="images/img227.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig.</span> 2.—Pterylosis of the plover.</td></tr></table> + +<p>In its simplest form it runs from the throat backwards in the +form of a median band as far as the base of the neck where it divides, +sending a branch to each side +of the breast. This branch +commonly again divides into +a short, broad outer branch +which lodges the “flank” +feathers, and a long, narrow, +inner branch which runs +backwards to join its fellow +of the opposite side in front +of the cloacal aperture. This +branch lodges the abdominal +feathers. The median space +which divides the inner +branches of the tract may be +continued forwards as far as +the middle of the neck, or even +up to the throat, <i>e.g.</i> plover. +Only in a few cases is the +neck continuously covered by +the fusion of the dorsal and +ventral tracts, <i>e.g.</i> flamingo, Anseres, Ciconidae, Pygopodes.</p> + +<p>For convenience sake the cervical portions of the spinal and +ventral tracts are generally regarded as separate tracts, the <i>pt. colli +dorsalis</i> and <i>pt. colli ventralis</i> respectively.</p> + +<p>(4) The humeral tract (<i>pt. humeralis</i>), which gives rise to the +“scapular” feathers.</p> + +<p>(5) The femoral tract (<i>pt. femoralis</i>), which forms an oblique band +across the thigh.</p> + +<p>(6) The crural tract (<i>pt. cruralis</i>), which clothes the rest of the leg.</p> + +<p>(7) The tail tract (<i>pt. caudalis</i>), including the tail feathers and +their coverts; and</p> + +<p>(8) The wing tract (<i>pt. alaris</i>). The wing tract presents many +peculiar features. Each segment—arm, forearm and hand—bears +feathers essential to flight, and these are divided into <i>remiges</i>, or +“quill” feathers, and <i>tectrices</i>, or “coverts.”</p> + +<p>The remiges of the arm, more commonly described as “tertiaries,” +are, technically, collectively known as the <i>parapteron</i> and <i>hypopteron</i>, +and are composed respectively of long, quill-like feathers forming a +double series, the former arranged along the upper, and the latter +along the lower aspect of the humerus. They serve to fill up the +gap which, in long-winged birds, would otherwise occur during flight +between the quill-feathers of the forearm and the body, a gap which +would make flight impossible. In short-winged birds these two series +are extremely reduced.</p> + +<p>The remiges range in number from 16, as in humming-birds, to 48 +as in the albatross, according, in short, to the length of the wing. +But these numerical differences depend, in flying birds, rather upon +the length of the forearm, since the quills of the hand never exceed +12 and never fall below 10, though the tenth may be reduced to a +mere vestige.</p> + +<p>The quills of the forearm are known as “secondaries,” those of the +hand as “primaries.” The former are attached by their bases at +relatively wide distances apart to the ulna, while the primaries are +crowded close together and attached to the skeleton of the hand. +The six or seven which rest upon the fused metacarpals II.-III. are +known as “metacarpals.” The next succeeding feather is borne by +the phalanx of digit III. and hence is known as the addigital. +Phalanx i. of digit II. always supports two quills, the “middigitals,” +while the remaining feathers—one or two—are borne by the last +phalanx of digit II. and are known as pre-digitals, while the whole +series of primaries are known as the metacarpo-digitals.</p> + +<p>In their relation one to another the remiges, it must be noted, +are always so placed that they overlap one another, the free edge of +each, when the wing is seen from its upper surface, being turned +towards the tip of the wing. Thus, in flight, the air passes through +the wing as it is raised, while in the downstroke the feathers are forced +together to form a homogeneous surface.</p> + +<p>Birds which fly much have the outer primaries of great length, +giving the wing a pointed shape, as in swifts, while in species which +fly but little, or frequent thickets, the outer primaries are very short, +giving the wing a rounded appearance. This adaptation to environment +is commonly lost sight of by taxonomers, who not infrequently +use the form of the wing as a factor in classification.</p> + +<p>The tectrices, or covert feathers of the wing, are arranged in +several series, decreasing in size from behind forwards. The number +of rows on the dorsal aspect and the method of their overlap, afford +characters of general importance in classification.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page228" id="page228"></a>228</span></p> + +<p>The first row of the series is formed by the <i>major coverts</i>; these, +like the primaries, have their free-edges directed towards the tip of +the wing, and hence are said to have a distal overlap. The next row +is formed by the <i>median coverts</i>. These, on the forearm, commonly +overlap as to the outer half of the row distally, and as to the inner +half proximally. On the hand this series is incomplete. Beyond the +median are four or five rows of coverts known as the <i>minor coverts</i>. +These may have either a proximal or a distal overlap. The remaining +rows of small feathers are known as the <i>marginal coverts</i>, and they +always have a distal overlap.</p> + +<p>The three or four large quill-like feathers borne by the thumb +form what is known as the “bastard-wing,” <i>ala spuria</i>.</p> + +<p>The coverts of the under follow an arrangement similar to that of +the upper surface, but the minor coverts are commonly but feebly +developed, leaving a more or less bare space which is covered by the +great elongation of the marginal series.</p> + +<p>One noteworthy fact about the coverts of the under side of the +wing is that all save the major and median coverts have what answers +to the dorsal surfaces of the feather turned towards the body, and +what answers to the ventral surface of the feather turned towards +the under surface of the wing. In the major and median coverts, +however, the ventral surfaces of these feathers are turned ventralwards, +that is to say, in the extended wing they, like the remiges, +have the ventral surfaces turned downwards or towards the body +in the closed wing.</p> + +<p>But the most remarkable fact in connexion with the pterylosis +of the wing is the fact that in all, save the Passerine and Galliform +types, and some few other isolated exceptions, the secondary series +of remiges appears always to lack the fifth remex, counting from the +wrist inwards, inasmuch as, when such wings are examined, there is +always found, in the place of the fifth remex, a pair of major coverts +only, while throughout the rest of the series each such pair of coverts +embraces a quill.</p> + +<p>This extraordinary fact was first discovered by the French +naturalist Z. Gerbe, and was later rediscovered by R.S. Wray. +Neither of these, however, was able to offer any explanation thereof. +This, however, has since been attempted, simultaneously, by P.C. +Mitchell and W.P. Pycraft. The former has aptly coined the word +<i>diastataxic</i> to denote the gap in the series, and <i>eutaxic</i> to denote +such wings as have an uninterrupted series of quills. While both +authors agree that there is no evidence of any loss in the number +of the quills in diastataxic wings, they differ in the interpretation +as to which of the two conditions is the more primitive and the +means by which the gap has been brought about.</p> + +<p>According to Mitchell the diastataxic is the more primitive +condition, and he has conclusively shown a way in which diastataxic +wings may become eutaxic. Pycraft on the other hand contends +that the diastataxic wing has been derived from the eutaxic type, +and has produced evidence showing, on the one hand, the method +by which this transition is effected, and on the other that by which +the diastataxic wing may again recover the eutaxic condition, +though in this last particular the evidence adduced by Mitchell is +much more complete. The matter is, however, one of considerable +difficulty, but is well worth further investigation.</p> + +<p>The wings of struthious birds differ from those of the Carinatae, +just described, in many ways. All are degenerate and quite useless +as organs of flight. In some cases indeed they have become reduced +to mere vestiges.</p> + +<p>Those of the ostrich and Rhea are the least degraded.</p> + +<p>In the ostrich ankylosis has prevented the flexion of the hand at +the wrist joint so that the quills—primaries and secondaries—form +an unbroken series of about forty in number. Of these sixteen +belong to the primary or metacarpo-digital series, a number exceeding +that of any other bird. What the significance of this may be with +regard to the primitive wing it is impossible to say at present. The +coverts, in their disposition, bear a general resemblance to those of +Carinate wings; but they differ on account of the great length of the +feathers and the absence of any definite overlap.</p> + +<p>The wing of the South American Rhea more nearly resembles +that of flying birds since the hand can be flexed at the wrist joint, +and the primaries are twelve in number, as in grebes, and some storks, +for example.</p> + +<p>The coverts, as in the African ostrich, are remarkable for their +great length, those representing the major series being as long as the +remiges, a fact probably due to the shortening of the latter. They +are not, however, arranged in quincunx, as is the rule among the +Carinatae, but in parallel, transverse rows, in which respect they +resemble the owls.</p> + +<p>In both ostrich and Rhea, as well as in all the other struthious +birds, the under surface of the wing is entirely bare.</p> + +<p>The wing of the cassowary, emeu and apteryx has undergone +complete degeneration; so much so that only a vestige of the hand +remains.</p> + +<p>Remiges in the cassowary are represented by a few spine-like +shafts—three primaries and two secondaries. These are really +hypertrophied calami. This is shown by the fact that in the nestling +these remiges have a normal calamus, rhachis and vane; but as +development proceeds the rhachis with its vane sloughs off, while the +calamus becomes enormously lengthened and solid.</p> + +<p>In the emeu the wing is less atrophied than in the cassowary, +but is not yet completely degenerate. Altogether seventeen remiges +are represented, of which seven correspond to primaries. Since, +however, these feathers have each an aftershaft as long as the main +shaft—like the rest of the body feathers—it may be that they answer +not to remiges, but to major coverts.</p> + +<p>The wing of apteryx, like that of the cassowary, has become +extremely reduced. The remiges are thirteen in number, four of +which answer to primaries. These feathers are specially interesting, +inasmuch as they retain throughout life a stage corresponding to +that seen in the very young cassowary, the calamus being greatly +swollen, and supporting a very degenerate rhachis and vane.</p> + +<p>The penguins afford another object-lesson in degeneration of this +kind. Here the wing has become transformed into a paddle, clothed +on both sides with a covering of small, close-set feathers. A pollex +is wanting, as in the cassowary, emeu and apteryx, while it is +impossible to say whether remiges are represented or not.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—The following authors should be consulted for +further details on this subject:—</p> + +<p><i>For General Reference as to Structure, Colour, Development and +Pterylosis.</i>—H. Gadow, in Newton’s <i>Dictionary of Birds</i> (1896); +W.P. Pycraft, “The Interlocking of the Barbs of Feathers,” <i>Natural +Science</i> (1893).</p> + +<p><i>On the Colours of Feathers.</i>—J.L. Bonhote, “On Moult and Colour +Change in Birds,” <i>Ibis</i> (1900); A.H. Church, “Researches on +Turacin, an Animal Pigment containing Copper,” <i>Phil. Trans.</i> +clix. (1870), pt. ii.; H. Gadow, “The Coloration of Feathers as affected +by Structure,” <i>Proc. Zool. Soc.</i> (1882); Newbegin, <i>Colour in Nature</i> +(1898); R.M. Strong, “The Development of Color in the Definitive +Feather,” <i>Bull. Mus. Zool. Harvard College</i>, vol. xl.</p> + +<p><i>On Moulting.</i>—J. Dwight, “The Sequences of Plumage and +Moults of the Passerine Birds of New York,” <i>Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci.</i>, +vol. xiii. (1900); W.E. De Winton, “On the Moulting of the King +Penguin,” <i>Proc. Zool. Soc.</i> (1898-1899); W.P. Pycraft, “On some +Points in the Anatomy of the Emperor and Adélie Penguins,” <i>Report +National Antarctic Expedition</i>, vol. ii. (1907).</p> + +<p><i>On Development of Embryonic, Nestling and Adult Feathers.</i>—T.H. +Studer, “Die Entwicklung der Federn,” <i>Inaug.-Diss.</i> (Bern, 1873); +“Beiträge zur Entwickl. der Feder,” <i>Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool.</i>, Bd. xxx.; +J.T. Cunningham, “Observations and Experiments on Japanese +Long-tailed Fowls,” <i>Proc. Zool. Soc.</i> (1903); H.R. Davies, “Beitrag +zur Entwicklung der Feder,” <i>Morph. Jahrb.</i> xiv. (1888), xv. (1889); +W.P. Pycraft, “A Contribution towards our Knowledge of the +Morphology of the Owls,” <i>Trans. Linn. Soc.</i> (1898); W.P. Pycraft, +“A Contribution towards our Knowledge of the Pterytography of +the Megapodii,” <i>Report Willey’s Zoological Results</i>, pt. iv. (1900); +W.P. Pycraft, “Nestling Birds and some of the Problems they +Present,” <i>British Birds</i> (1907).</p> + +<p><i>On Pterylosis.</i>—H. Gadow, “Remarks on the Numbers and on the +Phylogenetic Development of the Remiges of Birds,” <i>Proc. Zool. Soc.</i> +(1888); Z. Gerbe, “Sur les plumes du vol et leur mue,” <i>Bull. Soc. +Zool. France</i>, vol. ii. (1877); J.G. Goodchild, “The Cubital Coverts +of the Euornithae in relation to Taxonomy,” <i>Proc. Roy. Phys. +Edinb.</i> vol. x. (1890-1891); Meijere, “Über die Federn der Vögel,” +<i>Morphol. Jahrb.</i> xxiii. (1895); P.C. Mitchell, “On so-called ‘Quintocubitalism’ +in the Wing of Birds,” <i>Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool.</i> vol. +xxvii. (1899); “On the Anatomy of the Kingfishers, with special +reference to the Conditions known as Eutaxy and Diastataxy,” +<i>Ibis</i> (1901); C.L. Nitzsch, “Pterytography,” <i>Ray Soc.</i> (1867); +W.P. Pycraft, “Some Facts concerning the so-called ‘Aquintocubitalism’ +of the Bird’s Wing,” <i>Journ. Linn. Soc.</i> vol. xxvii.; +C.J. Sundevall, “On the Wings of Birds,” <i>Ibis</i> (1886); R.S. Wray, +“On some Points in the Morphology of the Wings of Birds,” <i>Proc. +Zool. Soc.</i> (1887).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(W. P. P.)</div> + +<p><i>Commercial Applications of Feathers.</i>—The chief purposes for +which feathers become commercially valuable may be comprehended +under four divisions:—(1) bed and upholstery feathers; +(2) quills for writing; (3) ornamental feathers; and (4) miscellaneous +uses of feathers.</p> + +<p><i>Bed and Upholstery Feathers.</i>—The qualities which render +feathers available for stuffing beds, cushions, &c., are lightness +elasticity, freedom from matting and softness. These are +combined in the most satisfactory degree in the feathers of the +goose and of several other allied aquatic birds, whose bodies +are protected with a warm downy covering. Goose feathers +and down, when plucked in spring from the living bird, are most +esteemed, being at once more elastic, cleaner and less liable to +taint than those obtained from the bodies of killed geese. The +down of the eider duck, <i>Anas mollissima</i>, is valued above all +other substances for lightness, softness and elasticity; but it +has some tendency to mat, and is consequently more used for +quilts and in articles of clothing than unmixed for stuffing beds. +The feathers of swans, ducks and of the common domestic fowl +are also largely employed for beds; but in the case of the latter +bird, which is of course non-aquatic, the feathers are harsher +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page229" id="page229"></a>229</span> +and less downy than are those of the natatorial birds generally. +Feathers which possess strong or stiff shafts cannot without +some preliminary preparation be used for stuffing purposes, as +the stiff points they present would not only be highly uncomfortable, +but would also pierce and cause the escape of the feathers +from any covering in which they might be enclosed. The barbs +are therefore stripped or cut from these feathers, and when so +prepared they, in common with soft feathers and downs, undergo +a careful process of drying and cleaning, without which they +would acquire an offensive smell, readily attract damp, and +harbour vermin. The drying is generally done in highly heated +apartments or stoves, and subsequently the feathers are smartly +beaten with a stick, and shaken in a sieve to separate all dust +and small debris.</p> + +<p><i>Quills for Writing.</i>—The earliest period at which the use of +quill feathers for writing purposes is recorded is the 6th century; +and from that time till the introduction of steel pens in the early +part of the 19th century they formed the principal writing +implements of civilized communities. It has always been +from the goose that quills have been chiefly obtained, although +the swan, crow, eagle, owl, hawk and turkey all have more or +less been laid under contribution. Swan quills, indeed are +better and more costly than are those from the goose, and for +fine lines crow quills have been much employed. Only the +five outer wing feathers of the goose are useful for writing, and +of these the second and third are the best, while left-wing quills +are also generally more esteemed than those of the right wing, +from the fact that they curve outward and away from the +writer using them. Quills obtained in spring, by plucking or +otherwise, from living birds are by far the best, those taken +from dead geese, more especially if fattened, being comparatively +worthless. To take away the natural greasiness to remove the +superficial and internal pellicles of skin, and to give the necessary +qualities of hardness and elasticity, quills require to undergo +some processes of preparation. The essential operation consists +in heating them, generally in a fine sand-bath, to from 130° to +180° F. according to circumstances, and scraping them under +pressure while still soft from heat, whereby the outer skin is +removed and the inner shrivelled up. If the heating has been +properly effected, the quills are found on cooling to have become +hard, elastic and somewhat brittle. While the quills are soft +and hot, lozenge-shaped patterns, ornamental designs, and names +are easily and permanently impressed on them by pressure +with suitable instruments or designs in metal stamps.</p> + +<p><i>Ornamental Feathers.</i>—Feathers do not appear to have been +much used, in Europe at least, for ornamental purposes till the +close of the 13th century. They are found in the conical caps +worn in England during the reigns of Edward III. and Richard +II.; but not till the period of Henry V. did they take their +place as a part of military costume. Towards the close of the +15th century the fashion of wearing feathers in both civil and +military life was carried to an almost ludicrous excess. In the +time of Henry VIII. they first appeared in the bonnets of ladies; +and during Elizabeth’s reign feathers began to occupy an important +place as head-dress ornaments of women. From that +time down to the present, feathers of endless variety have continued +to be leading articles of ornamentation in female head-attire; +but, except for military plumes, they have long ceased +to be worn in ordinary male costume. At the present day, the +feathers of numerous birds are, in one way or another, turned +to account by ladies for the purpose of personal ornament. +Ostrich feathers, however, hold, as they have always held, a +pre-eminent position among ornamental feathers; and the +ostrich is the only bird which may be said to be reared exclusively +for the sake of its feathers. Ostrich farming is one of the established +industries of South Africa, and is also practised in Kordofan +and other semi-desert regions of North Africa, in Argentina, +and in Arizona and California in North America. The feathers +are generally plucked from the living animal—a process which +does not appear to cause any great inconvenience. In the male +bird, the long feathers of the rump and wings are white, and the +short feathers of the body are jet black; while the rump and +wing feathers of the female are white tinged with a dusky grey, +the general body colour being the latter hue. The feathers +of the male are consequently much more valuable than those +of the female, and they are separately classified in commerce. +The art of the plumassier embraces the cleaning, bleaching, +dyeing, curling and making up of ostrich and other plumes and +feathers. White feathers are simply washed in bundles in hot +soapy water, run through pure warm water, exposed to sulphurous +fumes for bleaching, thereafter blued with indigo solution, +rinsed in pure cold water, and hung up to dry. When dry the +shafts are pared or scraped down to give the feathers greater +flexibility, and the barbs are curled by drawing them singly +over the face of a blunt knife or by the cautious application of a +heated iron. Dull-coloured feathers are usually dyed black. +Feathers which are dyed light colours are first bleached by +exposure in the open air. Much ingenuity is displayed in the +making up of plumes, with the general result of producing +the appearance of full, rich, and long feathers from inferior +varieties and from scraps and fragments of ostrich feathers; +and so dexterously can factitious plumes be prepared that +only an experienced person is able to detect the fabrication.</p> + +<p>In addition to those of the ostrich, the feathers of certain +other birds form articles of steady commercial demand. Among +these are the feathers of the South American ostrich, <i>Rhea +americana</i>, the marabout feathers of India obtained from +<i>Leptoptilos argala</i> and <i>L. javanica</i>, the aigrettes of the heron, +the feathers of the various species of birds of paradise, and of +numerous species of humming-birds. Swan-down and the skins +of various penguins and grebes and of the albatross are used, +like fur, for muffs and collarettes.</p> + +<p>The Chinese excel in the preparation of artificial flowers and +other ornaments from bright natural-coloured or dyed feathers; +and the French also skilfully work fragments of feathers into +bouquets of artificial flowers, imitation butterflies, &c.</p> + +<p><i>Miscellaneous Applications of Feathers.</i>—Quills of various +sizes are extensively employed as holders for the sable and +camel hair brushes used by artists, &c. Feather brushes and +dusters are made from the wing-feathers of the domestic fowl +and other birds; those of a superior quality, under the name +of vulture dusters, being really made of American ostrich +feathers. A minor application of feathers is found in the dressing +of artificial fly-hooks for fishing. As steel pens came into +general use it became an object of considerable importance +to find applications for the supplanted goose-quills, and a large +field of employment for them was found in the preparation of +toothpicks.</p> +<div class="author">(J. Pa; W. P. P.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEATHERSTONE,<a name="ar182" id="ar182"></a></span> an urban district in the Osgoldcross +parliamentary division of the West Riding of Yorkshire, England, +6 m. E. of Wakefield on the Lancashire & Yorkshire railway. +Pop. (1901) 12,093. The industrial population is employed in +large collieries in the vicinity; and here, on the 7th of September +1893, serious riots during a strike resulted in the destruction +of some of the colliery works belonging to Lord Masham, and +were not quelled without military intervention and some bloodshed.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEATLEY<a name="ar183" id="ar183"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">Fairclough</span>) <b>DANIEL</b> (1582-1645), English +divine, was born at Charlton, Oxfordshire, on the 15th of March +1582. He was a scholar of Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and +probationer fellow in 1602, after which he went to France as +chaplain to the English ambassador. For some years he was +domestic chaplain to George Abbot, archbishop of Canterbury, +and held also the rectories of Lambeth (1619), Allhallows, Bread +Street (<i>c.</i> 1622), and Acton (1627), this last after leaving the +archbishop’s service in 1625. His varied activities included a +“scholastick duel” with James I. in 1625, and the publication +of (1) the report of a conference with some Jesuits in 1624, (2) +a devotional manual entitled <i>Ancilla Pietatis</i> (1626), (3) <i>Mystica +Clavis, a Key opening divers Difficult Texts of Scripture in 70 +Sermons</i> (1636). He was appointed provost of Chelsea College +in 1630, and in 1641 was one of the sub-committee “to settle +religion.” In the course of this work he had a disputation with +four Baptists at Southwark which he commemorated in his book +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page230" id="page230"></a>230</span> +<span class="grk" title="Katabaptistai kataptystoi">Καταβαπτισταὶ καταπτυστοί</span>, <i>The Dippers dipt or the Anabaptists +duckt and plunged over head and ears</i> (1645). He sat in the +Westminster Assembly 1643, and was the last of the Episcopal +members to remain. For revealing its proceedings he was +expelled and imprisoned. He died at Chelsea on the 17th of +April 1645.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEBRONIANISM,<a name="ar184" id="ar184"></a></span> the name given to a powerful movement +within the Roman Catholic Church in Germany, in the latter +part of the 18th century, directed towards the “nationalizing” +of Catholicism, the restriction of the monarchical power usurped +by the papacy at the expense of the episcopate, and the reunion +of the dissident churches with Catholic Christendom. It was +thus, in its main tendencies, the equivalent of what in France +is known as Gallicanism (<i>q.v.</i>). The name is derived from +the pseudonym of “Justinus Febronius” adopted by Johann +Nikolaus von Hontheim (<i>q.v.</i>), coadjutor bishop of Treves (Trier), +in publishing his work <i>De statu ecclesiae et legitima potestate +Romani pontificis</i>. This book, which roused a vast amount of +excitement and controversy at the time, exercised an immense +influence on opinion within the Roman Catholic Church, and the +principles it proclaimed were put into practice by the rulers of +that Church in various countries during the latter part of the +18th and the beginning of the 19th century.</p> + +<p>The main propositions defended by “Febronius” were as +follows. The constitution of the Church is not, by Christ’s +institution, monarchical, and the pope, though entitled to a +certain primacy, is subordinate to the universal Church. Though +as the “centre of unity” he may be regarded as the guardian +and champion of the ecclesiastical law, and though he may +<i>propose</i> laws, and send legates on the affairs of his primacy, his +sovereignty (<i>principatus</i>) over the Church is not one of jurisdiction, +but of order and collaboration (<i>ordinis et consociationis</i>). +The Roman (ultramontane) doctrine of papal infallibility is not +accepted “by the other Catholic Churches” and, moreover, +“has no practical utility.” The Church is based on the one +episcopacy common to all bishops, the pope being only <i>primus +inter pares</i>. It follows that the pope is subject to general councils, +in which the bishops are his colleagues (<i>conjudices</i>), not merely +his consultors; nor has he the exclusive right to summon such +councils. The decrees of general councils need not be confirmed +by the pope nor can they be altered by him; on the other hand, +appeal may be made from papal decisions to a general council. +As for the rights of the popes in such matters as appeals, reservations, +the confirmation, translation and deposition of bishops, +these belong properly to the bishops in provincial synods, and +were usurped by the papacy gradually as the result of a variety of +causes, notably of the False Decretals. For the health of the +Church it is therefore necessary to restore matters to their condition +before the False Decretals, and to give to the episcopate its +due authority. The main obstacle to this is not the pope himself, +but the Curia, and this must be fought by all possible means, +especially by thorough popular education (<i>primum adversus +abusum ecclesiasticae potestatis remedium</i>), and by the assembling +of national and provincial synods, the neglect of which is the +main cause of the Church’s woes. If the pope will not move +in the matter, the princes, and notably the emperor, must act in +co-operation with the bishops, summon national councils even +against the pope’s will, defy his excommunication, and in the +last resort refuse obedience in those matters over which the +papacy has usurped jurisdiction.</p> + +<p>It will be seen that the views of Febronius had but little +originality. In the main they were those that predominated +in the great general councils of Constance and Basel in the 15th +century; but they were backed by him with such a wealth of +learning, and they fitted so well into the intellectual and political +conditions of the time, that they found a widespread acceptance. +The book, indeed, was at once condemned at Rome (February +1764), and by a brief of the 21st of May the pope commanded +all the bishops of Germany to suppress it. The papal condemnation +met with a very mixed reception; in some dioceses the order +to prohibit the book was ignored, in others action upon it was +postponed pending an independent examination, in yet others +(nine in all) it was at once obeyed “for political reasons,” +though even in these the forbidden book became the “breviary +of the governments.” The Febronian doctrine, in fact, exactly +fitted the views of the German bishops, which were by no means +disinterested. It must be remembered that the bishops were +at this time great secular princes rather than Catholic prelates; +with rare exceptions, they made no pretence of carrying out +their spiritual duties; they shared to the full in the somewhat +shallow “enlightenment” of the age. As princes of the Empire +they had asserted their practical independence of the emperor; +they were irked by what they considered the unjustifiable +interference of the Curia with their sovereign prerogatives, and +wished to establish their independence of the pope also. In +the ranks of the hierarchy, then, selfish motives combined +with others more respectable to secure the acceptance of the +Febronian position. Among secular rulers the welcome given +to it was even less equivocal. Even so devout a sovereign as +Maria Theresa refused to allow “Febronius” to be forbidden +in the Habsburg dominions; her son, the emperor Joseph II., +applied the Febronian principles with remorseless thoroughness. +In Venice, in Tuscany, in Naples, in Portugal, they inspired +the vigorous efforts of “enlightened despots” to reform the +Church from above; and they gave a fresh impetus to the movement +against the Jesuits, which, under pressure of the secular +governments, culminated in the suppression of the Society +by Pope Clement XIV. in 1773. “Febronius,” too, inspired +the proceedings of two notable ecclesiastical assemblies, both +held in the year 1786. The reforming synod which met at +Pistoia under the presidency of the bishop, Scipione de’ Ricci, +is dealt with elsewhere (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pistoia</a></span>). The other was the so-called +congress of Ems, a meeting of the delegates of the four +German archbishops, which resulted, on the 25th of August, +in the celebrated “Punctation of Ems,” subsequently ratified +and issued by the archbishops. This document was the outcome +of several years of controversy between the archbishops and +the papal nuncios, aroused by what was considered the unjustifiable +interference of the latter in the affairs of the German +dioceses. In 1769 the three archbishop-electors of Mainz, +Cologne and Treves (Trier) had drawn up in thirty articles +their complaints against the Curia, and after submitting them +to the emperor Joseph II., had forwarded them to the new +pope, Clement XIV. These articles, though “Febronius” was +prohibited in the archdioceses, were wholly Febronian in tone; +and, indeed, Bishop von Hontheim himself took an active part +in the diplomatic negotiations which were their outcome. In +drawing up the “Punctation” he took no active part, but it +was wholly inspired by his principles. It consisted of XXIII. +articles, which may be summarized as follows. Bishops have, +in virtue of their God-given powers, full authority within their +dioceses in all matters of dispensation, patronage and the like; +papal bulls, briefs, &c., and the decrees of the Roman Congregations +are only of binding force in each diocese when sanctioned +by the bishop; nunciatures, as hitherto conceived, are to cease; +the oath of allegiance to the pope demanded of bishops since +Gregory VII.’s time is to be altered so as to bring it into +conformity with episcopal rights; annates and the fees payable +for the pallium and confirmation are to be lowered and, in the +event of the pallium or confirmation being refused, German +archbishops and bishops are to be free to exercise their office +under the protection of the emperor; with the Church tribunals +of first and second instance (episcopal and metropolitan) the +nuncios are not to interfere, and, though appeal to Rome is +allowed under certain “national” safe-guards, the opinion is +expressed that it would be better to set up in each archdiocese +a final court of appeal representing the provincial synod; finally +the emperor is prayed to use his influence with the pope to secure +the assembly of a national council in order to remove the grievances +left unredressed by the council of Trent.</p> + +<p>Whether this manifesto would have led to a reconstitution +of the Roman Catholic Church on permanently Febronian lines +must for ever remain doubtful. The French Revolution intervened; +the German Church went down in the storm: and in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page231" id="page231"></a>231</span> +1803 the secularizations carried out by order of the First Consul +put an end to the temporal ambitions of its prelates. Febronianism +indeed, survived. Karl Theodor von Dalberg, prince primate of +the Confederation of the Rhine, upheld its principles throughout +the Napoleonic epoch and hoped to establish them in the new +Germany to be created by the congress of Vienna. He sent +to this assembly, as representative of the German Church, +Bishop von Wessenberg, who in his diocese of Constance had +not hesitated to apply Febronian principles in reforming, on +his own authority, the services and discipline of the Church. +But the times were not favourable for such experiments. The +tide of reaction after the Revolutionary turmoil was setting +strongly in the direction of traditional authority, in religion as +in politics; and that ultramontane movement which, before +the century was ended, was to dominate the Church, was already +showing signs of vigorous life. Moreover, the great national +German Church of which Dalberg had a vision—with himself +as primate—did not appeal to the German princes, tenacious +of their newly acquired status as European powers. One by +one these entered into concordats with Rome, and Febronianism +from an aggressive policy subsided into a speculative opinion. +As such it survived strongly, especially in the universities (Bonn +especially had been, from its foundation in 1774, very Febronian), +and it reasserted itself vigorously in the attitude of many of +the most learned German prelates and professors towards the +question of the definition of the dogma of papal infallibility in +1870. It was, in fact, against the Febronian position that the +decrees of the Vatican Council were deliberately directed, and +their promulgation marked the triumph of the ultramontane +view (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Vatican Council</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Ultramontanism</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Papacy</a></span>). In +Germany, indeed, the struggle against the papal monarchy was +carried on for a while by the governments on the so-called +<i>Kulturkampf</i>, the Old Catholics representing militant Febronianism. +The latter, however, since Bismarck “went to Canossa,” +have sunk into a respectable but comparatively obscure sect, and +Febronianism, though it still has some hold on opinion within the +Church in the chapters and universities of the Rhine provinces, is +practically extinct in Germany. Its revival under the guise of so-called +Modernism drew from Pope Pius X. in 1908 the scathing +condemnation embodied in the encyclical <i>Pascendi gregis</i>.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—See Justinus Febronius, <i>De statu ecclesiae et +legitima potestae Romani pontificis</i> (Bullioni, 1765), second and +enlarged edition, with new prefaces addressed to Pope Clement +XIII., to Christian kings and princes, to the bishops of the Catholic +Church, and to doctors of theology and canon law; three additional +volumes, published in 1770, 1772 and 1774 at Frankfort, are devoted +to vindications of the original work against the critics. In the +<i>Revue des deux mondes</i> for July 1903 (tome xvi. p. 266) is an interesting +article under the title of “L’Allemagne Catholique,” from the +papal point of view, by Georges Goyau. For the congress of Ems +see Herzog-Hauck, <i>Realencyklopädie</i> (Leipzig, 1898), s.v. “Emser +Kongress.” Further references are given in the article on Hontheim +(<i>q.v.</i>).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(W. A. P.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEBRUARY,<a name="ar185" id="ar185"></a></span> the second month of the modern calendar. +In ordinary years it contains 28 days; but in bissextile or leap +year, by the addition of the intercalary day, it consists of 29 days. +This month was not in the Romulian calendar. In the reign of +Numa two months were added to the year, namely, January +at the beginning, and February at the end; and this arrangement +was continued until 452 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, when the decemvirs placed +February after January. The ancient name of <i>Februarius</i> was +derived from <i>februare</i>, to purify, or from <i>Februa</i>, the Roman +festival of general expiation and lustration, which was celebrated +during the latter part of this month. In February also the +Lupercalia were held, and women were purified by the priests +of Pan Lyceus at that festival. The Anglo-Saxons called this +month Sprout-Kale from the sprouting of the cabbage at this +season. Later it was known as <i>Solmonath</i>, because of the return +of the sun from the low latitudes. The most generally noted days +of February are the following:—the 2nd, Candlemas day, one +of the fixed quarter days used in Scotland; the 14th, St Valentine’s +day; and the 24th, St Matthias. The church festival of +St Matthias was formerly observed on the 25th of February in +bissextile years, but it is now invariably celebrated on the 24th.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEBVRE, ALEXANDRE FRÉDÉRIC<a name="ar186" id="ar186"></a></span> (1835-  ), French +actor, was born in Paris, and after the usual apprenticeship in +the provinces and in several Parisian theatres in small parts, +was called to the Comédie Française in 1866, where he made his +début as Philip II. in <i>Don Juan d’Autriche</i>. He soon became +the most popular leading man in Paris, not only in the classical +répertoire, but in contemporary novelties. In 1894 he toured +the principal cities of Europe, and, in 1895, of America. He +was also a composer of light music for the piano, and published +several books of varying merit. He married Mdlle Harville, +daughter of one of his predecessors at the Comédie Française, +herself a well-known actress.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FÉCAMP,<a name="ar187" id="ar187"></a></span> a seaport and bathing resort of northern France, +in the department of Seine-Inférieure, 28 m. N.N.E. of Havre +on the Western railway. Pop. (1906) 15,872. The town, which +is situated on the English Channel at the mouth of the small +river Fécamp, consists almost entirely of one street upwards of +2 m. in length. It occupies the bottom and sides of a narrow +valley opening out towards the sea between high cliffs. The most +important building is the abbey church of La Trinité, dating +for the most part from 1175 to 1225. The central tower and +the south portal (13th century) are the chief features of its +simple exterior; in the interior, the decorative work, notably +the chapel-screens and some fine stained glass, is remarkable. +The hotel-de-ville with a municipal museum and library occupy +the remains of the abbey buildings (18th century). The church +of St Étienne (16th century) and the Benedictine liqueur +distillery,<a name="fa1m" id="fa1m" href="#ft1m"><span class="sp">1</span></a> a modern building which also contains a museum, are +of some interest. A tribunal and chamber of commerce, a board +of trade-arbitrators and a nautical school, are among the public +institutions. The port consists of an entrance channel nearly +400 yds. long leading to a tidal harbour and docks capable of +receiving ships drawing 26 ft. at spring-tide, 19 ft. at neap-tide. +Fishing for herring and mackerel is carried on and the town +equips a large fleet for the codbanks of Newfoundland and +Iceland. The chief exports are oil-cake, flint, cod and Benedictine +liqueur. Imports include coal, timber, tar and hemp. Steam +sawing, metal-founding, fish-salting, shipbuilding and repairing, +and the manufacture of ship’s-biscuits and fishing-nets are among +the industries.</p> + +<p>The town of Fécamp grew up round the nunnery founded in +658 to guard the relic of the True Blood which, according to the +legend, was found in the trunk of a fig-tree drifted from Palestine +to this spot, and which still remains the most precious treasure +of the church. The original convent was destroyed by the Northmen, +but was re-established by Duke William Longsword as a +house of canons regular, which shortly afterwards was converted +into a Benedictine monastery. King Richard I. greatly enlarged +this, and rebuilt the church. The town achieved some prosperity +under the dukes of Normandy, who improved its harbour, but +after the annexation of Normandy to France it was overshadowed +by the rising port of Havre.</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1m" id="ft1m" href="#fa1m"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The liqueur is said to have been manufactured by the Benedictine +monks of the abbey as far back as 1510; since the Revolution +it has been produced commercially by a secular company. The +familiar legend D.O.M. (<i>Deo Optimo Maximo</i>) on the bottles preserves +the memory of its original makers.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FECHNER, GUSTAV THEODOR<a name="ar188" id="ar188"></a></span> (1801-1887), German experimental +psychologist, was born on the 19th of April 1801 at +Gross-Särchen, near Muskau, in Lower Lusatia, where his father +was pastor. He was educated at Sorau and Dresden and at the +university of Leipzig, in which city he spent the rest of his life. +In 1834 he was appointed professor of physics, but in 1839 +contracted an affection of the eyes while studying the phenomena +of colour and vision, and, after much suffering, resigned. Subsequently +recovering, he turned to the study of mind and the +relations between body and mind, giving public lectures on the +subjects of which his books treat. He died at Leipzig on the 18th +of November 1887. Among his works may be mentioned: +<i>Das Büchlein vom Leben nach dem Tode</i> (1836, 5th ed., 1903), +which has been translated into English; <i>Nanna, oder über das +Seelenleben der Pflanzen</i> (1848, 3rd ed., 1903); <i>Zendavesta, oder</i> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page232" id="page232"></a>232</span> +<i>über die Dinge des Himmels und des Jenseits</i> (1851, 2nd ed. +by Lasswitz, 1901); <i>Über die physikalische und philosophische +Atomenlehre</i> (1853, 2nd ed., 1864); <i>Elemente der Psychophysik</i> +(1860, 2nd ed., 1889); <i>Vorschule der Ästhetik</i> (1876, 2nd ed., +1898); <i>Die Tagesansicht gegenüber der Nachtansicht</i> (1879). +He also published chemical and physical papers, and translated +chemical works by J.B. Biot and L.J. Thénard from the French. +A different but essential side of his character is seen in his +poems and humorous pieces, such as the <i>Vergleichende Anatomie +der Engel</i> (1825), written under the pseudonym of “Dr Mises.” +Fechner’s epoch-making work was his <i>Elemente der Psychophysik</i> +(1860). He starts from the Spinozistic thought that bodily +facts and conscious facts, though not reducible one to the other, +are different sides of one reality. His originality lies in trying +to discover an exact mathematical relation between them. +The most famous outcome of his inquiries is the law known +as Weber’s or Fechner’s law which may be expressed as follows:— +“In order that the intensity of a sensation may increase in arithmetical +progression, the stimulus must increase in geometrical +progression.” Though holding good within certain limits only, +the law has been found immensely useful. Unfortunately, from +the tenable theory that the intensity of a sensation increases by +definite additions of stimulus, Fechner was led on to postulate +a unit of sensation, so that any sensation <span class="scs">S</span> might be regarded +as composed of <i>n</i> units. Sensations, he argued, thus being +representable by numbers, psychology may become an “exact” +science, susceptible of mathematical treatment. His general +formula for getting at the number of units in any sensation is +<span class="scs">S</span> = <span class="scs">C</span> log <span class="scs">R</span>, where <span class="scs">S</span> stands for the sensation, <span class="scs">R</span> for the stimulus +numerically estimated, and <span class="scs">C</span> for a constant that must be separately +determined by experiment in each particular order of sensibility. +This reasoning of Fechner’s has given rise to a great mass +of controversy, but the fundamental mistake in it is simple. +Though stimuli are composite, sensations are not. “Every +sensation,” says Professor James, “presents itself as an indivisible +unit; and it is quite impossible to read any clear meaning into +the notion that they are masses of units combined.” Still, the +idea of the exact measurement of sensation has been a fruitful +one, and mainly through his influence on Wundt, Fechner was +the father of that “new” psychology of laboratories which +investigates human faculties with the aid of exact scientific +apparatus. Though he has had a vast influence in this special +department, the disciples of his general philosophy are few. His +world-conception is highly animistic. He feels the thrill of life +everywhere, in plants, earth, stars, the total universe. Man +stands midway between the souls of plants and the souls of stars, +who are angels. God, the soul of the universe, must be conceived +as having an existence analogous to men. Natural laws are +just the modes of the unfolding of God’s perfection. In his last +work Fechner, aged but full of hope, contrasts this joyous +“daylight view” of the world with the dead, dreary “night +view” of materialism. Fechner’s work in aesthetics is also +important. He conducted experiments to show that certain +abstract forms and proportions are naturally pleasing to our +senses, and gave some new illustrations of the working of aesthetic +association. Fechner’s position in reference to predecessors +and contemporaries is not very sharply defined. He was +remotely a disciple of Schelling, learnt much from Herbart +and Weisse, and decidedly rejected Hegel and the monadism +of Lotze.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See W. Wundt, <i>G. Th. Fechner</i> (Leipzig, 1901); A. Elsas, “Zum +Andenken G. Th. Fechners,” in <i>Grenzbote</i>, 1888; J.E. Kuntze, +<i>G. Th. Fechner</i> (Leipzig, 1892); Karl Lasswitz, <i>G. Th. Fechner</i> +(Stuttgart, 1896 and 1902); E.B. Titchener, <i>Experimental Psychology</i> +(New York, 1905); G.F. Stout, <i>Manual of Psychology</i> +(1898), bk. ii. ch. vii.; R. Falckenberg, <i>Hist. of Mod. Phil.</i> (Eng. +trans., 1895), pp. 601 foll.; H. Höffding, <i>Hist. of Mod. Phil.</i> (Eng. +trans., 1900), vol. ii. pp. 524 foll.; Liebe, <i>Fechners Metaphysik, im +Umriss dargestellt</i> (1903).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(H. St.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FECHTER, CHARLES ALBERT<a name="ar189" id="ar189"></a></span> (1824-1879), Anglo-French +actor, was born, probably in London, on the 23rd of October +1824, of French parents, although his mother was of Piedmontese +and his father of German extraction. The boy would probably +have devoted himself to a sculptor’s life but for the accident +of a striking success made in some private theatricals. The +result was an engagement in 1841 to play in a travelling company +that was going to Italy. The tour was a failure, and the company +broke up; whereupon Fechter returned home and worked +assiduously at sculpture. At the same time he attended classes +at the Conservatoire with the view of gaining admission to the +Comédie Française. Late in 1844 he won the grand medal of +the Académie des Beaux-Arts with a piece of sculpture, and was +admitted to make his debut at the Comédie Française as Seide +in Voltaire’s <i>Mahomet</i> and Valère in Molière’s <i>Tartuffe</i>. He +acquitted himself with credit; but, tired of the small parts he +found himself condemned to play, returned again to his sculptor’s +studio in 1846. In that year he accepted an engagement to +play with a French company in Berlin, where he made his first +decisive success as an actor. On his return to Paris in the +following year he married the actress Eléonore Rabut (d. 1895). +Previously he had appeared for some months in London, in a +season of French classical plays given at the St James’s theatre. +In Paris for the next ten years he fulfilled a series of successful +engagements at various theatres, his chief triumph being his +creation at the Vaudeville on the 2nd of February 1852 of the +part of Armand Duval in <i>La Dame aux camélias</i>. For nearly +two years (1857-1858) Fechter was manager of the Odéon, +where he produced <i>Tartuffe</i> and other classical plays. Having +received tempting offers to act in English at the Princess’s +theatre, London, he made a diligent study of the language, and +appeared there on the 27th of October 1860 in an English +version of Victor Hugo’s Ruy Blas. This was followed by <i>The +Corsican Brothers</i> and <i>Don César de Bazan</i>; and on the 20th of +March 1861 he first attempted <i>Hamlet</i>. The result was an +extraordinary triumph, the play running for 115 nights. This +was followed by <i>Othello</i>, in which he played alternately the Moor +and Iago. In 1863 he became lessee of the Lyceum theatre, +which he opened with <i>The Duke’s Motto</i>; this was followed +by <i>The King’s Butterfly</i>, <i>The Mountebank</i> (in which his son Paul, +a boy of seven, appeared), <i>The Roadside Inn</i>, <i>The Master of +Ravenswood</i>, <i>The Corsican Brothers</i> (in the original French version, +in which he had created the parts of Louis and Fabian dei +Franchi) and <i>The Lady of Lyons</i>. After this he appeared at +the Adelphi (1868) as Obenreizer in <i>No Thoroughfare</i>, by Charles +Dickens and Wilkie Collins, as Edmond Dantes in <i>Monte Cristo</i>, +and as Count de Leyrac in <i>Black and White</i>, a play in which the +actor himself collaborated with Wilkie Collins. In 1870 he +visited the United States, where (with the exception of a visit +to London in 1872) he remained till his death. His first appearance +in New York was at Niblo’s Garden in the title rôle of +<i>Ruy Blas</i>. He played in the United States between 1870 and +1876 in most of the parts in which he had won his chief triumphs +in England, making at various times attempts at management, +rarely successful, owing to his ungovernable temper. The last +three years of his life were spent in seclusion on a farm which +he had bought at Rockland Centre, near Quakertown, Pennsylvania, +where he died on the 5th of August 1879. A bust of the +actor by himself is in the Garrick Club, London.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FECKENHAM, JOHN<a name="ar190" id="ar190"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1515-1584), English ecclesiastic, +last abbot of Westminster, was born at Feckenham, Worcestershire, +of ancestors who, by their wills, seem to have been substantial +yeomen. The family name was Howman, but, according to +the English custom, Feckenham, on monastic profession, changed +it for the territorial name by which he is always known. Learning +his letters first from the parish priest, he was sent at an +early age to the claustral school at Evesham and thence, in his +eighteenth year, to Gloucester Hall, Oxford, as a Benedictine +student. After taking his degree in arts, he returned to the +abbey, where he was professed; but he was at the university +again in 1537 and took his B.D. on the 11th of June 1539. +Returning to Evesham he was there when the abbey was surrendered +to the king (27th of January 1540); and then, with a +pension of £10 a year, he once more went back to Oxford, but +soon after became chaplain to Bishop Bell of Worcester and +then served Bonner in that same capacity from 1543 to 1549. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page233" id="page233"></a>233</span> +In 1544 Bonner gave him the living of Solihull; and Feckenham +established a reputation as a preacher and a disputant of keen +intellect but unvarying charity. About 1549 Cranmer sent +him to the Tower of London, and while there “he was borrowed +out of prison” to take part in seven public disputations against +Hooper, Jewel and others. Released by Queen Mary (5th of +September 1553), he returned to Bonner and became prebendary +of St Paul’s, rector of Finchley, then of Greenford Magna, +chaplain and confessor to the queen, and dean of St Paul’s +(10th of March 1554). He took part, with much charity and +mildness, in the Oxford disputes against Cranmer, Latimer and +Ridley; but he had no liking for the fierce bigotry and bloody +measures then in force against Protestants. Feckenham used +all his influence with Mary “to procure pardon of the faults or +mitigation of the punishment for poor Protestants” (Fuller), +and he was sent by the queen to prepare Lady Jane Grey for +death. When Elizabeth was sent to the Tower (18th of March +1554), Feckenham interceded for her life and liberty, even at +the cost of displeasing the queen.</p> + +<p>The royal abbey of Westminster having been restored to its +primitive use, Feckenham was appointed abbot, and the old +life began again within its hallowed walls on the 21st of November +1556. The abbey school was reopened and the shrine of St +Edward restored. On the accession of Elizabeth Feckenham +consistently opposed all the legislation for changes in religion, +and, when the hour of trial came, he refused the oath of +supremacy, rejecting also Elizabeth’s offer to remain with his +monks at Westminster if he would conform to the new laws. +The abbey was dissolved (12th of July 1559), and within a year +Feckenham was sent by Archbishop Parker to the Tower (20th +of May 1560), according to Jewel, “for having obstinately refused +attendance on public worship and everywhere declaiming and +railing against that religion which we now profess” (Parker +Society, first series, p. 79). Henceforth, except for some brief +periods when he was a prisoner at large, Feckenham spent the +rest of his life in confinement either in some recognized prison, +or in the more distasteful and equally rigorous keeping of the +bishops of Winchester and Ely. After fourteen years’ confinement, +he was released on bail and lived in Holborn, where his +benevolence was shown by all manner of works of charity. +“He relieved the poor wheresoever he came, so that flies flock +not thicker to spilt honey than beggars constantly crowd about +him” (Fuller). He set up a public aqueduct in Holborn, and a +hospice for the poor at Bath; he distributed every day to the +sick the milk of twelve cows, took care of orphans, and encouraged +manly sports on Sundays among the youth of London by giving +prizes. In 1577 he was committed to the care of Cox of Ely +with strict rules for his treatment; and the bishop (1578) could +find no fault with him except that “he was a gentle person +but in the popish religion too, too obstinate.” In 1580 he was +removed to Wisbeach Castle, and there exercised such an influence +of charity and peace among his fellow-prisoners that was remembered +when, in after years, the notorious Wisbeach Stirs +broke out under the Jesuit Weston. Even here Feckenham +found a means of doing public good; at his own cost he repaired +the road and set up a market cross in the town. After twenty-four +years of suffering for his conscience he died in prison and +was buried in an unknown grave in the parish church at Wisbeach +on the 16th of October 1584.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The fullest account of Feckenham is to be found in E. Taunton’s +<i>English Black Monks of St Benedict</i> (London, 1897), vol. i. pp. +160-222.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. Tn.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEDCHENKO, ALEXIS PAVLOVICH<a name="ar191" id="ar191"></a></span> (1844-1873), Russian +naturalist and traveller, well known for his explorations in +central Asia, was born at Irkutsk, in Siberia, on the 7th of +February 1844; and, after attending the gymnasium of his +native town, proceeded to the university of Moscow, for the +study more especially of zoology and geology. In 1868 he +travelled through Turkestan, the district of the lower Syr-Darya +and Samarkand; and shortly after his return he set out for +Khokand, where he visited a large portion of territory till then +unknown. Soon after his return to Europe he perished on Mont +Blanc while engaged in an exploring tour in Switzerland, on the +15th of September 1873.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Accounts of the explorations and discoveries of Fedchenko have +been published by the Russian government,—his <i>Journeys in +Turkestan</i> in 1874, <i>In the Khanat of Khokand</i> in 1875, and <i>Botanical +Discoveries</i> in 1876. See Petermann’s <i>Mittheilungen</i> (1872-1874).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEDERAL GOVERNMENT<a name="ar192" id="ar192"></a></span> (Lat. <i>foedus</i>, a league), a form of +government of which the essential principle is that there is a +union of two or more states under one central body for certain +permanent common objects. In the most perfect form of +federation the states agree to delegate to a supreme federal +government certain powers or functions inherent in themselves +in their sovereign or separate capacity, and the federal government, +in turn, in the exercise of those specific powers acts directly, +not only on the communities making up the federation, but on +each individual citizen. So far as concerns the residue of powers +unallotted to the central or federal authority, the separate states +retain unimpaired their individual sovereignty, and the citizens +of a federation consequently owe a double allegiance, one to +the state, and the other to the federal government. They live +under two sets of laws, the laws of the state and the laws of the +federal government (J. Bryce, <i>Studies in History and Jurisprudence</i>, +ii. 490). The word “confederation,” as distinct from +“federation” has been sometimes, though not universally, +used to distinguish from such a federal state (<i>Bundesstaat</i>) +a mere union of states (<i>Staatenbund</i>) for mutual aid, and the +promotion of interests common to all (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Confederation</a></span>).</p> + +<p>The history of federal government practically begins with +Greece. This, however, is due to the fact that the Greek federations +are the only ones of which we have any detailed information. +The obvious importance, especially to scattered villages or tribes, +of systematic joint action in the face of a common danger makes +it reasonable to infer that federation in its elementary forms +was a widespread device. This view is strengthened by what we +can gather of the conditions obtaining in such districts as Aetolia, +Acarnania and Samnium, as in modern times among primitive +peoples and tribes. The relatively detailed information which +we possess concerning the federal governments of Greece makes +it necessary to pay special attention to them.</p> + +<p>In ancient Greece the most striking tendency of political +development was the maintenance of separate city states, each +striving for absolute autonomy, though all spoke practically +the same language and shared to some extent in the same +traditions, interests and dangers. This centrifugal tendency is +most marked in the cases of the more important states, Athens, +Sparta, Argos, Corinth, but Greek history is full of examples of +small states deliberately sacrificing what must have been obvious +commercial advantage for the sake of a precarious autonomy. +Such examples as existed of even semi-federal union were very +loose in structure, and the selfishness of the component units +was the predominant feature. Thus the Spartan hegemony in +the Peloponnese was not really a federation except in the broadest +sense. The states did, it is true, meet occasionally for discussion, +but their relation, which had no real existence save in cases of +immediate common danger, was really that between a paramount +leader and unwilling and suspicious allies. The Athenian empire +again was a thinly disguised autocracy. The synod (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Delian +League</a></span>) of the “allies” soon degenerated into a mere form; +of comprehensive united policy there was none, at all events after +the League had achieved its original purpose of expelling the +Persians from Europe.</p> + +<p>None the less it is possible, even in the early days of political +development in Greece, to find some traces of a tendency towards +united action. Thus the unions of individual villages, known as +synoecisms, such as took place in Attica and Elis in early times +were partly of a federal character: they resulted in the establishment +of a common administration, and no doubt in some degree +of commercial and military unity. On the other hand, it is likely +that these unions lacked the characteristic of federation in that +the units could hardly be described as having any sovereign +power: at the most they had some municipal autonomy as in the +case of the Cleisthenic demes. The union was rather national +than federal. Again the Amphictyonic unions had one of the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page234" id="page234"></a>234</span> +characteristic elements of federation, namely that they were free +sovereign states combining for a particular purpose with an +elaborate system of representation (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Amphictyony</a></span>). But +these unions, at all events in historic times, were mainly concerned +with religion, and the authority of the councils did not seriously +affect the autonomy of the individual states.</p> + +<p>Thus among the city-states as well as among scattered villages +the principle of cohesion was not unknown. On the other hand +the golden mean between an easily dissoluble relationship, more +like an alliance than a federation, and a national system resulting +from synoecism was practically never attained in early Greek +history. There are, however, examples in Greece proper, and +one, Lycia in Asia Minor, of real federal unions. The chief +Greek federations were those of Thessaly, Boeotia, Acarnania, +Olynthus, Arcadia, Aetolia, Achaea, the most important as well +as the most complete in respect of organization being the Aetolian +League and the Achaean League.</p> + +<p>1. The Thessalian League originated in the deliberate choice +by village aristocracies of a single monarch who belonged from +time to time to several of the so-called Heracleid families. Soon +after the Persian War this monarchy (dynasty of the Aleuadae, +Herod, v. 63 and vii. 6) disappeared, and in 424 we find Athens +in alliance with a sort of democratic federal council representing +<span class="grk" title="to koinon thettalôn">τὸ κοινὸν Θετταλῶν</span> (cf. Thuc. i. 102, ii. 22, iv. 78), and probably +composed of delegates from the towns. The local feudal nobles, +however, seem to have put an end to this government by council, +and a dictator (<i>tagus</i>) was appointed, with authority over the +whole military force of the federation. Three such officers, +Lycophron, Jason and Alexander, all of Pherae, endeavoured +vainly to administer the collective affairs of the federation, the +last by means of a revived republican council. The final failure +of this scheme coincided with the disappearance of Thessaly +as a sovereign state (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Thessaly</a></span>).</p> + +<p>2. The form and the history of the Boeotian federation +are treated fully under Boeotia (<i>q.v.</i>). It may probably have +originated in religious associations, but the guiding power +throughout was the imperial policy of Thebes, especially during +its short-lived supremacy after 379 <span class="scs">B.C.</span></p> + +<p>3. The federation of Acarnania is of peculiar interest as being +formed by scattered villages or tribes, without settled, still less +fortified, habitation. In the early part of the 4th century a +<span class="grk" title="koinon tôn Akarnanôn">κοινὸν τῶν Ἀκαρνάνων</span> met at Stratus (Xen. <i>Hell.</i> iv. 6. 4). Late +in the same century towns began to form, without, however, +disturbing the federation, which existed as late as the 2nd century +<span class="scs">B.C.</span>, governed by a representative council (<span class="grk" title="boula">βουλά</span>), and a common +assembly (<span class="grk" title="koinon">κοινόν</span>) at which any citizen might be present.</p> + +<p>4. The foundation of the Olynthian federation was due to +the need of protection against the northern invaders (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Olynthus</a></span>). +It was in many respects based on liberal principles, but +Olynthus did not hesitate to exercise force against recalcitrants +such as Acanthus.</p> + +<p>5. The 4th century Arcadian league, which was no doubt a +revival of an older federation, was the result of the struggle for +supremacy between Thebes and Sparta. The defeat of Sparta +at Leuctra removed the pressure which had kept separate the +Arcadian tribes, and <span class="grk" title="to koinon tôn Arkadôn">τὸ κοινὸν τῶν Ἀρκάδων</span> was established in +the new city, Megalopolis (<i>q.v.</i>, also Arcadia).</p> + +<p>6 and 7. The Aetolian and Achaean leagues (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Aetolia</a></span>, +and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Achaean League</a></span>) were in all respects more important than +the preceding and constitute a new epoch in European politics. +Both belong to a period in Greek history when the great city +states had exhausted themselves in the futile struggle against +Macedon and Rome, and both represent a conscious popular +determination in the direction of systematic government. This +characteristic is curious in the Aetolian tribes which were famous +in all time for habitual brigandage; there was, however, among +them the strong link of a racial feeling. The governing council +(<span class="grk" title="to koinon tôn Aitôlôn">τὸ κοινὸν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν</span>) was the permanent representative +body; there was also a popular assembly (<span class="grk" title="panaitôlikon">παναιτωλικόν</span>), +partly of a primary, partly of a representative kind, any one +being free to attend, but each state having only one official +representative and one vote. Of all the federal governments of +Greece, this league was the most certainly democratic in constitution. +There was a complete system of federal officers, at the head +of whom was a Strategus entrusted with powers both military +and civil. This officer was annually elected, and, though the chief +executive authority, was strictly limited in the federal deliberations +to presidential functions (cf. Livy xxxv. 25, “ne praetor, +quum de bello consuluisset, ipse sententiam diceret”). The +Achaean League was likewise highly organized; joint action +was strictly limited, and the individual cities had sovereign +power over internal affairs. There were federal officers, all the +military forces of the cities were controlled by the league, and +federal finance was quite separate from city finance.</p> + +<p>8. Of the Lycian federation, its origin and duration, practically +nothing is known. We know of it in 188-168 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> as dependent on +Rhodes, and, from 168 till the time when the emperor Claudius +absorbed it in the provincial system, as an independent state +under Roman protection. The federation was a remarkable +example of a typical Hellenic development among a non-Hellenic +people. Strabo (p. 665) informs us that the federation, composed +of twenty-three cities, was governed by a council (<span class="grk" title=" koinon +synedrion">συνέδριον</span>) which assembled from time to time at that city which +was most convenient for the purpose in hand. The cities were +represented according to size by one, two or three delegates, +and bore proportionate shares in financial responsibility. The +Lycian league was, therefore, in this respect rather national than +federal.</p> + +<p>Of ancient federal government outside Greece we know very +little. The history of Italy supplies a few examples, of which the +chief is perhaps the league of the cities of Latium (<i>q.v.</i>; see also +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Etruria</a></span>).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See E.A. Freeman, <i>Federal Government in Greece and Rome</i> (2nd +ed., 1893, J.B. Bury), and works quoted in the special articles.</p> +</div> + +<p>Among the later European confederations the Swiss republic +is one of the most interesting. As now constituted it consists +of twenty-two sovereign states or cantons. The government +is vested in two legislative chambers, a senate or council of +state (<i>Ständerat</i>), and a national council (<i>Nationalrat</i>), constituting +unitedly the federal assembly. The executive council +(<i>Bundesrat</i>) of seven members elects the president and vice-president +for a term of three years (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Switzerland</a></span>: <i>Government</i>). +Before the French Revolution the German empire was a +complex confederation, with the states divided into electoral +colleges, consisting—(1) of the ecclesiastical electors and of the +secular electors, including the king of Bohemia; (2) of the +spiritual and temporal princes of the empire next in rank to the +electors; and (3) of the free imperial cities. The emperor was +elected by the first college alone. This imposing confederation +came to an end by the conquests of Napoleon; and the Confederation +of the Rhine was established in 1806 with the French +emperor as protector. But in 1815 the Germanic confederation +(<i>Deutscher Bund</i>) was established by the congress of Vienna, +which in its turn has been displaced by the present German +empire. This, in its new organization, conferred on Germany the +long-coveted unity and coherence the lack of which had been a +source of weakness. The constitution dates, in its latest form, +from the treaties entered into at Versailles in 1871. A federation +was then organized with the king of Prussia as president, under +the hereditary title of German emperor. Delegates of the various +federated governments form the Bundesrath; the Reichstag, or +popular assembly, is directly chosen by the people by universal +suffrage; and the two assemblies constitute the federal parliament. +This body has power to legislate for the whole empire in +reference to all matters connected with the army, navy, postal +service, customs, coinage, &c., all political laws affecting citizens, +and all general questions of commerce, navigation, passports, &c. +The emperor represents the federation in all international +relations, with the chancellor as first minister of the empire, and +has power, with consent of the Bundesrath, to declare war in +name of the empire.</p> + +<p>The United States of America more nearly resembles the Swiss +confederacy, though retaining marks of its English origin. The +original thirteen states were colonies wholly independent of each +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page235" id="page235"></a>235</span> +other. By the Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union +adopted by the Continental Congress in 1777, and in effect in +1781-1789, the states bound themselves in a league of common +defence. By the written Constitution, drafted in 1787 and in +operation since 1789, a stronger and more centralized union was +established—in theory a federal republic formed by the voluntary +combination of sovereign states. A common citizenship was +recognized for the whole union; but the federal government was +to exercise only such powers as were expressly delegated to it +(Amendment of 1791). The powers of the central government +are entrusted to three distinct authorities—executive, legislative +and judicial. The president, elected for a term of four years by +electors chosen for that purpose by each state, is the executive +head of the republic. The vice-president, <i>ex officio</i> president +of the Senate, assumes the presidency in case of resignation or +death. Legislative power is vested in a Congress, consisting of +two Houses: a Senate, composed of two members elected by each +state for a term of six years; and a House of Representatives, +consisting of representatives in numbers proportionate to the +population of each state, holding their seats for two years. The +supreme judicial authority is vested in a Supreme Court, which +consists of a chief justice and eight associate justices, all appointed +for life by the president, subject to confirmation by the Senate.</p> + +<p>The extension of responsible constitutional government by +Great Britain to her chief colonies, under a governor or viceregal +representative of the crown, has been followed in British North +America by the union of the Canadian, maritime and Pacific +provinces under a federal government—with a senate, the +members of which are nominated by the crown, and a house of +commons elected by the different provinces according to their +relative population. The governor-general is appointed by the +crown for a term of five years, and represents the sovereign in all +matters of federal government. The lieutenant-governors of the +provinces are nominated by him; and all local legislation is +carried on by the provincial parliaments. The remarkable +federation of the Dominion of Canada which was thus originated +presented the unique feature of a federal union of provinces +practically exercising sovereign rights in relation to all local +self-government, and sustaining a constitutional autonomy, +while cherishing the colonial relationship to Great Britain.</p> + +<p>The Commonwealth of Australia (<i>q.v.</i>), proclaimed in 1901, is +another interesting example of self-governing states federating +into a united whole. There is, however, a striking difference to be +observed in the powers of the federal governments of Canada and +Australia. The federal parliament of Canada has jurisdiction +over all matters not specially assigned to the local legislatures, +while the federal parliament of Australia has only such jurisdiction +as is expressly vested in it or is not expressly withdrawn +from the local legislatures. This jurisdiction is undoubtedly +extensive, comprising among others, power to legislate concerning +trade and industry, criminal law, taxation, quarantine, marriage +and divorce, weights and measures, legal tender, copyrights and +patents, and naturalization and aliens. There was also an early +attempt to federate the South African colonies, and an act was +passed for that purpose (South African Act 1877), but it expired +on the 18th of August 1882, without having been brought into +effect by the sovereign in council; in 1908, however, the Closer +Union movement (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">South Africa</a></span>) ripened, and in 1909 a +federating Act was successfully passed.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See also Bluntschli, <i>The Theory of the State</i>; W. Wilson, <i>The State</i>; +Wheaton, <i>International Law</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEDERALIST PARTY,<a name="ar193" id="ar193"></a></span> in American politics, the party that +organized the national government of the United States under +the constitution of 1787. It may be regarded as, in various +important respects, the lineal predecessor of the American Whig +and Republican parties. The name <i>Federalists</i> (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Anti-Federalists</a></span>) +was first given to those who championed the +adoption of the Constitution. They brought to the support of +that instrument “the areas of intercourse and wealth” (Libby), +the influence of the commercial towns, the greater planters, the +army officers, creditors and property-holders generally,—in short, +of interests that had felt the evils of the weak government of the +Confederation,—and also of some few true nationalists (few, +because there was as yet no general national feeling), actuated by +political principles of centralization independently of motives of +expediency and self-interest. Most of the Federalists of 1787-1788 +became members of the later Federalist Party.</p> + +<p>The Federalist Party, which may be regarded as definitely +organized practically from 1791, was led, leaving Washington +aside, by Alexander Hamilton (<i>q.v.</i>) and John Adams. A +nationalization of the new central government to the full extent +warranted by a broad construction of the powers granted to it by +the constitution, and a correspondingly strict construction of the +powers reserved to the states and the citizens, were the basic +principles of Hamilton’s policy. The friends of individual liberty +and local government naturally found in the assumption by the +central government of even the minimum of its granted powers +constant stimulus to their fears (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Democratic Party</a></span>); +while the financial measures of Hamilton—whose wish for +extreme centralization was nowise satisfied by the government +actually created in 1787—were calculated to force an immediate +and firm assumption by that government, to the limit, of every +power it could be held to possess. To the Republicans (Democratic +Republicans) they seemed intended to cause a usurpation +of powers ungranted. Hence these measures became the issues +on which the first American parties were formed. Their effect +was supplemented by the division into French and British +sympathizers; the Republicans approving the aims and condoning +the excesses of the French Revolution, the Federalists siding +with British reaction against French democracy. The Federalists +controlled the government until 1801. They, having the great +opportunity of initiative, organized it in all its branches, giving +it an administrative machinery that in the main endures to-day; +established the doctrine of national neutrality toward European +conflicts (although the variance of Federalist and Republican +opinion on this point was largely factitious); and fixed the +practice of a liberal construction of the Constitution,<a name="fa1n" id="fa1n" href="#ft1n"><span class="sp">1</span></a>—not only +by Congress, but above all by the United States Supreme Court, +which, under the lead of John Marshall (who had been appointed +chief-justice by Pres. John Adams), impressed enduringly on the +national system large portions of the Federalist doctrine. These +are the great claims of the party to memory. After 1801 it +never regained power. In attempts to do so, alike in national +and in state politics, it impaired its morale by internal dissension, +by intrigues, and by inconsistent factious opposition to Democratic +measures on grounds of ultra-strict construction. It took up, +too, the Democratic weapon of states’ rights, and in New England +carried sectionalism dangerously near secession in 1808, and in +1812-1814, during the movement, in opposition to the war of 1812, +which culminated in the Hartford Convention (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Hartford</a></span>). +It lost, more and more, its influence and usefulness, and by 1817 +was practically dead as a national party, although in Massachusetts +it lingered in power until 1823. It is sometimes said that +Federalism died because the Republicans took over its principles +of nationality. Rather it fell because its great leaders, John +Adams and Alexander Hamilton, became bitter enemies; +because neither was even distantly comparable to Jefferson as a +party leader; because the party could not hold the support of +its original commercial, manufacturing and general business +elements; because the party opposed sectionalism to a growing +nationalism on the issues that ended in the war of 1812; and, +above all, because the principles of the party’s leaders (<i>e.g.</i> of +Hamilton) were out of harmony, in various respects, with +American ideals. Their conservatism became increasingly a +reactionary fear of democracy; indeed, it is not a strained +construction of the times to regard the entire Federalist period +from the American point of view as reactionary—a reaction +against the doctrines of natural rights, individualism, and states’ +rights, and the financial looseness of the period of the War of +Independence and the succeeding years of the Confederation. +The Federalists were charged by the Republicans with being +aristocrats and monarchists, and it is certain that their leaders +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page236" id="page236"></a>236</span> +(who were really a very remarkable body of men) distrusted +democratic government; that their Sedition Law was outrageous +in itself, and (as well as the Alien Law) bad as a party measure; +that in disputes with Great Britain they were true English Tories +when contrasted with the friendly attitude toward America held +by many English Liberals; and that they persisted in New +England as a pro-British, aristocratic social-cult long after they +lost effective political influence. In short, the country was already +thoroughly democratic in spirit, while Federalism stood for +obsolescent social ideas and was infected with political “Toryism” +fatally against the times.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Besides the standard general histories see O.G. Libby, <i>Geographical +Distribution of the Vote of the Thirteen States on the Federal Constitution</i>, +1787-1788 (Madison, Wis., 1894); the <i>Memoirs</i> of Oliver +Wolcott (ed. by Gibbs); C.D. Hazen, <i>Contemporary American +Opinion of the French Revolution</i> (“J.H.U. Studies,” Baltimore, 1897); +Henry Adams, <i>Documents relating to New England Federalism</i>, 1800-1815 +(Boston, 1878); A.E. Morse, <i>The Federalist Party in Massachusetts</i> +(Princeton, N.J., 1909); and the biographies and writings +of George Cabot, Fisher Ames, Gouverneur Morris, John Jay, Rufus +King, Timothy Pickering, Theodore Sedgwick, C.C. Pinckney and +J.A. Bayard.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1n" id="ft1n" href="#fa1n"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Even the Democratic party has generally been liberal; although +less so in theory (hardly less so in practice) than its opponents.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEDERICI, CAMILLO<a name="ar194" id="ar194"></a></span> (1749-1802), Italian dramatist and +actor, was born at Garessio, a small town in Piedmont, on the +9th of April 1749. His real name was Giovanni Battista Viassolo, +and that by which he is now known and which he transmitted +to his children was taken from the title of one of his first pieces, +<i>Camillo e Federico</i>. He was educated at Turin, and showed +at an early age a great fondness for literature and especially +for the theatre. The praises bestowed on his early attempts +determined his choice of a career, and he obtained engagements +with several companies both as writer and actor. He made a +happy marriage in 1777, and soon after left the stage and +devoted himself entirely to composition. He settled at Padua, +and the reputation of his numerous comedies rapidly spread in +Italy, and for a time seemed to eclipse that of his predecessors. +Most of his pieces were of the melodramatic class, and he too +often resorted to the same means of exciting interest and curiosity. +He caught, however, something of the new spirit which was +manifesting itself in German dramatic literature in the works +of Schiller, Iffland and Kotzebue, and the moral tone of his +plays is generally healthy. Fortune did not smile upon him; +but he found a helpful friend in a wealthy merchant of Padua, +Francis Barisan, for whose private theatre he wrote many pieces. +He was attacked in 1791 with a dangerous malady which disabled +him for several years; and he had the misfortune to see +his works, in the absence of any copyright law, published by +others without his permission. At length, in 1802, he undertook +to prepare a collected edition; but of this four volumes only +were completed when he was again attacked with illness, and +died at Padua (December 23).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The publication of his works was completed in 14 volumes in 1816. +Another edition in 26 volumes was published at Florence in 1826-1827. +A biographical memoir of Federici by Neymar appeared at +Venice in 1838.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEE,<a name="ar195" id="ar195"></a></span> an estate in land held of a superior lord on condition +of the performance of homage or service (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Feudalism</a></span>). In +English law “fee” signifies an estate of inheritance (<i>i.e.</i> an +estate descendable to the heirs of the grantee so long as there +are any in existence) as opposed to an estate for life. It is +divisible into three species: (1) fee simple; (2) conditional fee; +(3) fee tail. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Estate</a></span>.) A fee farm rent is the rent reserved +on granting a fee farm, <i>i.e.</i> land in fee simple, to be held by the +tenant and his heirs at a yearly rent. It is generally at least +one-fourth of the value of the land at the time of its reservation. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Rent</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>The word “fee” has also the sense of remuneration for services, +especially the <i>honorarium</i> paid to a doctor, lawyer or member +of any other profession. It is also used of a fixed sum paid for +the right to enter for an examination, or on admission to membership +of a university or other society. This sense of the word is +taken by the <i>New English Dictionary</i> to be due to a use of “fee” +in its feudal sense, and to represent a sum paid to the holder +of an office “in fee.”</p> + +<p>The etymology of the Med. Lat. <i>feudum</i>, <i>feodum</i> or <i>feum</i>, of +its French equivalent <i>fief</i>, and English “fee,” in Scots law “feu” +(<i>q.v.</i>), is extremely obscure. (See the <i>New English Dictionary</i>, +s.v. “Fee.”) There is a common Teutonic word represented +in Old English as <i>feoh</i> or <i>féo</i>, in Old High German as <i>fehu</i>, +meaning property in the shape of cattle (cf. modern Ger. <i>Vieh</i>, +Dutch <i>vee</i>). The old Aryan <i>péku</i> gives Sanskrit <i>paçu</i>, Lat. +<i>pecus</i>, cattle, whence <i>pecunia</i>, money. The O. Eng. <i>feoh</i>, in +the sense of money, possibly survives in “fee,” honorarium, +though this is not the view of the <i>New English Dictionary</i>. The +common explanation of the Med. Lat. <i>feudum</i> or <i>feodum</i>, of +which Ducange (<i>Glossarium</i>, s.v.) gives an example from a +constitution of the emperor Charles the Fat of the year 884, is +that it is formed from the Teutonic <i>fehu</i>, property, and <i>ôd</i>, +wealth (cf. <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Allodium</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Udal</a></span>). This would apparently +restrict the original meaning to movable property, while the +early applications of <i>feudum</i> are to the enjoyment of something +granted in return for service (<i>beneficium</i>). Another theory +takes the origin to be <i>fehu</i> alone, in a particular sense of wages, +payment for services. This leaves the <i>d-</i> of <i>feudum</i> unexplained. +Some have taken the origin to be a verbal form <i>feudare</i> = <i>feum +dare</i>. Another theory finds the source in the O. High Ger. <i>fehôn</i>, +to eat, feed upon, “take for one’s enjoyment.”</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEHLING, HERMANN VON<a name="ar196" id="ar196"></a></span> (1812-1885), German chemist, +was born at Lübeck on the 9th of June 1812. With the intention +of taking up pharmacy he entered Heidelberg University about +1835, and after graduating went to Giessen as <i>préparateur</i> to +Liebig, with whom he elucidated the composition of paraldehyde +and metaldehyde. In 1839 on Liebig’s recommendation he was +appointed to the chair of chemistry in the polytechnic at Stuttgart, +and held it till within three years of his death, which +happened at Stuttgart on the 1st of July 1885. His earlier +work included an investigation of succinic acid, and the preparation +of phenyl cyanide (benzonitrile), the simplest nitrile +of the aromatic series; but later his time was mainly occupied +with questions of technology and public health rather than with +pure chemistry. Among the analytical methods worked up by +him the best known is that for the estimation of sugars by +“Fehling’s solution,” which consists of a solution of cupric +sulphate mixed with alkali and potassium-sodium tartrate +(Rochelle salt). He was a contributor to the <i>Handwörterbuch</i> +of Liebig, Wöhler and Poggendorff, and to the Graham-Otto +<i>Textbook of Chemistry</i>, and for many years was a member of the +committee of revision of the <i>Pharmacopoeia Germanica</i>.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEHMARN,<a name="ar197" id="ar197"></a></span> an island of Germany, belonging to the Prussian +province of Schleswig-Holstein, in the Baltic, separated from +the north-east corner of Holstein by a strait known as the +Fehmarn-Sund, less than a quarter of a mile in breadth. It is +a gently undulating tract of country, about 120 sq. m. in area, +bare of forest but containing excellent pasture-land, and rears +cattle in considerable numbers. Pop. 10,000.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEHMIC COURTS<a name="ar198" id="ar198"></a></span> (Ger. <i>Femgerichte</i>, or <i>Vehmgerichte</i>, of +disputed origin, but probably, according to J. Grimm, from +O. High Ger. <i>feme</i> or <i>feime</i>, a court of justice), certain tribunals +which, during the middle ages, exercised a powerful and sometimes +sinister jurisdiction in Germany, and more especially in +Westphalia. Their origin is uncertain, but is traceable to the +time of Charlemagne and in all probability to the old Teutonic +free courts. They were, indeed, also known as free courts +(<i>Freigerichte</i>), a name due to the fact that all free-born men +were eligible for membership and also to the fact that they +claimed certain exceptional liberties. Their jurisdiction they +owed to the emperor, from whom they received the power of +life and death (<i>Blutbann</i>) which they exercised in his name. +The sessions were often held in secret, whence the names of +secret court (<i>heimliches Gericht</i>, <i>Stillgericht</i>, &c.); and these +the uninitiated were forbidden to attend, on pain of death, +which led to the designation forbidden courts (<i>verbotene Gerichte</i>). +Legend and romance have combined to exaggerate the sinister +reputation of the Fehmic courts; but modern historical research +has largely discounted this, proving that they never employed +torture, that their sittings were only sometimes secret, and that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page237" id="page237"></a>237</span> +their meeting-places were always well known. They were, in +fact, a survival of an ancient and venerable German institution; +and if, during a certain period, they exercised something like a +reign of terror over a great part of Germany, the cause of this +lay in the sickness of the times, which called for some powerful +organization to combat the growing feudal anarchy. Such an +organization the Westphalian free courts, with their discipline +of terror and elaborate system of secret service, were well calculated +to supply. Everywhere else the power of life and death, +originally reserved to the emperor alone, had been usurped by +the territorial nobles; only in Westphalia, called “the Red +Earth” because here the imperial blood-ban was still valid, +were capital sentences passed and executed by the Fehmic courts +in the emperor’s name alone.</p> + +<p>The system, though ancient, began to become of importance +only after the division of the duchy of Saxony on the fall of +Henry the Lion, when the archbishop of Cologne, duke of Westphalia +from 1180 onwards, placed himself as representative of +the emperor at the head of the Fehme. The organization now +rapidly spread. Every free man, born in lawful wedlock, and +neither excommunicate nor outlaw, was eligible for membership. +Princes and nobles were initiated; and in 1429 even the emperor +Sigismund himself became “a true and proper <i>Freischöffe</i> of the +Holy Roman Empire.” By the middle of the 14th century these +<i>Freischöffen</i> (Latin <i>scabini</i>), sworn associates of the Fehme, were +scattered in thousands throughout the length and breadth of +Germany, known to each other by secret signs and pass-words, +and all of them pledged to serve the summons of the secret +courts and to execute their judgment.</p> + +<p>The organization of the Fehme was elaborate. The head of +each centre of jurisdiction (<i>Freistuhl</i>), often a secular or spiritual +prince, sometimes a civic community, was known as the <i>Stuhlherr</i>, +the archbishop of Cologne being, as stated above, supreme +over all (<i>Oberststuhlherr</i>). The actual president of the court was +the <i>Freigraf</i> (free count) chosen for life by the <i>Stuhlherr</i> from +among the <i>Freischöffen</i>, who formed the great body of the +initiated. Of these the lowest rank were the <i>Fronboten</i> or <i>Freifronen</i>, +charged with the maintenance of order in the courts and +the duty of carrying out the commands of the <i>Freigraf</i>. The +immense development of the Fehme is explained by the privileges +of the <i>Freischöffen</i>; for they were subject to no jurisdiction but +those of the Westphalian courts, whether as accused or accuser +they had access to the secret sessions, and they shared in the +discussions of the general chapter as to the policy of the society. +At their initiation these swore to support the Fehme with all their +powers, to guard its secrets, and to bring before its tribunal +anything within its competence that they might discover. +They were then initiated into the secret signs by which members +recognized each other, and were presented with a rope and with +a knife on which were engraved the mystic letters S.S.G.G., +supposed to mean <i>Strick</i>, <i>Stein</i>, <i>Gras</i>, <i>Grün</i> (rope, stone, grass, +green).</p> + +<p>The procedure of the Fehmic courts was practically that of +the ancient German courts generally. The place of session, +known as the <i>Freistuhl</i> (free seat), was usually a hillock, or +some other well-known and accessible spot. The <i>Freigraf</i> and +<i>Schöffen</i> occupied the bench, before which a table, with a sword +and rope upon it, was placed. The court was held by day and, +unless the session was declared secret, all freemen, whether +initiated or not, were admitted. The accusation was in the old +German form; but only a <i>Freischöffe</i> could act as accuser. +If the offence came under the competence of the court, <i>i.e.</i> was +punishable by death, a summons to the accused was issued under +the seal of the <i>Freigraf</i>. This was not usually served on him +personally, but was nailed to his door, or to some convenient +place where he was certain to pass. Six weeks and three days’ +grace were allowed, according to the old Saxon law, and the +summons was thrice repeated. If the accused appeared, the +accuser stated the case, and the investigation proceeded by the +examination of witnesses as in an ordinary court of law. The +judgment was put into execution on the spot if that was possible. +The secret court, from whose procedure the whole institution +has acquired its evil reputation, was closed to all but the initiated, +although these were so numerous as to secure quasi-publicity; +any one not a member on being discovered was instantly put +to death, and the members present were bound under the same +penalty not to disclose what took place. Crimes of a serious +nature, and especially those that were deemed unfit for ordinary +judicial investigation—such as heresy and witchcraft—fell +within its jurisdiction, as also did appeals by persons condemned +in the open courts, and likewise the cases before those tribunals +in which the accused had not appeared. The accused if a +member could clear himself by his own oath, unless he had revealed +the secrets of the Fehme. If he were one of the uninitiated +it was necessary for him to bring forward witnesses to his innocence +from among the initiated, whose number varied according +to the number on the side of the accuser, but twenty-one in favour +of innocence necessarily secured an acquittal. The only punishment +which the secret court could inflict was death. If the +accused appeared, the sentence was carried into execution at +once; if he did not appear, it was quickly made known to the +whole body, and the <i>Freischöffe</i> who was the first to meet the +condemned was bound to put him to death. This was usually +done by hanging, the nearest tree serving for gallows. A knife +with the cabalistic letters was left beside the corpse to show that +the deed was not a murder.</p> + +<p>That an organization of this character should have outlived +its usefulness and issued in intolerable abuses was inevitable. +With the growing power of the territorial sovereigns and the +gradual improvement of the ordinary process of justice, the +functions of the Fehmic courts were superseded. By the action +of the emperor Maximilian and of other German princes they +were, in the 16th century, once more restricted to Westphalia, +and here, too, they were brought under the jurisdiction of the +ordinary courts, and finally confined to mere police duties. +With these functions, however, but with the old forms long +since robbed of their impressiveness, they survived into the +19th century. They were finally abolished by order of Jerome +Bonaparte, king of Westphalia, in 1811. The last <i>Freigraf</i> died +in 1835.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—P. Wigand, <i>Das Femgericht Westfalens</i> (Hamm, +1825, 2nd ed., Halle, 1893); L. Tross, <i>Sammlung merkwürdiger +Urkunden für die Geschichte der Femgerichte</i> (Hanover, 1826); F.P. +Usener, <i>Die frei- und heimlichen Gerichte Westfalens</i> (Frankfort, +1832); K.G. von Wächter, <i>Beiträge zur deutschen Gesch., insbesondere +... des deutschen Strafrechts</i> (Tübingen, 1845); O. Wächter, +F<i>emgerichte und Hexenprozesse in Deutschland</i> (Stuttgart, 1882); +T. Lindner, <i>Die Feme</i> (Münster and Paderborn, 1888); F. Thudichum, +<i>Femgericht und Inquisition</i> (Giessen, 1889) whose theory +concerning the origin of the <i>Fehme</i> is combated in T. Lindner’s +<i>Der angebliche Ursprung der Femgerichte aus der Inquisition</i> (Paderborn, +1890). For works on individual aspects see further Dahlmann-Waitz, +<i>Quellenkunde</i> (ed. Leipzig, 1906), p. 401; also <i>ib.</i> supplementary +vol. (1907), p. 78.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEHRBELLIN,<a name="ar199" id="ar199"></a></span> a town of Germany, in the kingdom of Prussia, +on the Rhine, 40 m. N.W. from Berlin on the railway to Neu-Ruppin. +Pop. (1905) 1602. It has a Protestant and a Roman +Catholic church and some small industries, among them that +of wooden shoes. Fehrbellin is memorable in history as the scene +of the famous victory gained, on the 18th of June 1675, by the +great elector, Frederick William of Prussia, over the Swedes +under Field-Marshal Wrangel. A monument was erected in +1879 on the field of battle, near the village of Hakenberg, to +commemorate this great feat of arms.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See A. von Witzleben and P. Hassel, <i>Zum 200-jährigen Gedenktag +von Fehrbellin</i> (Berlin, 1875); G. Sello, “Fehrbellin,” in <i>Deutsche +Zeitschrift für Geschichtswissenschaften</i>, vii.; M. Jähns, “Der Grosse +Kurfürst bei Fehrbellin, &c.,” in <i>Hohenzollern Jahrbuch</i>, i.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEIJÓO Y MONTENEGRO, BENITO JERÓNIMO<a name="ar200" id="ar200"></a></span> (1676-1764), +Spanish monk and scholar was born at Santa María de Melias, +near Orense, on the 8th of October 1676. At the age of twelve +he entered the Benedictine order, devoted himself to study, +and waged war against the superstition and ignorance of his +countrymen in the <i>Teatro crí-tico</i> (1726-1739) and the <i>Cartas +eruditas</i> (1742-1760). These exposures of a retrograde system +called forth embittered protests from narrow-minded patriots +like Salvador José Maner, and others; but the opposition was +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page238" id="page238"></a>238</span> +futile, and Feijóo’s services to the cause of knowledge were +universally recognized long before his death, which took place +at Oviedo on the 26th of September 1764. He was not a great +genius, nor a writer of transcendent merit; his name is connected +with no important discovery, and his style is undistinguished. +But he uprooted many popular errors, awakened an +interest in scientific methods, and is justly regarded as the +initiator of educational reform in Spain.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEITH, RHIJNVIS<a name="ar201" id="ar201"></a></span> (1753-1824), Dutch poet, was born of an +aristocratic family at Zwolle, the capital of the province Overijssel, +on the 7th of February 1753. He was educated at Harderwijk +and at the university of Leiden, where he took his degree in +1770. In 1772 he settled at his birthplace, and married. In 1780, +in his twenty-seventh year, he became burgomaster of Zwolle. +He built a luxurious villa, which he named Boschwijk, in the outskirts +of the town, and there he lived in the greatest comfort. +His first important production was <i>Julia</i>, in 1783, a novel written +in emulation of <i>Werther</i>, and steeped in <i>Weltschmerz</i> and despair. +This was followed by the tragedy of <i>Thirsa</i> (1784); <i>Ferdinand +and Constantia</i> (1785), another <i>Werther</i> novel; and <i>The Patriots</i> +(1784), a tragedy. Bilderdijk and other writers attacked his +morbid melancholy, and Johannes Kinker (1764-1845) parodied +his novels, but his vogue continued. In 1791 he published a +tragedy of <i>Lady Jane Grey</i>; in 1792 a didactic poem, <i>The Grave</i>, +in four cantos; in 1793 <i>Inez de Castro</i>; in 1796 to 1814 five +volumes of <i>Odes and Miscellaneous Poems</i>; and in 1802 <i>Old Age</i>, +in six cantos. He died at Zwolle on the 8th of February 1824.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His works were collected (Rotterdam, 11 vols.) in 1824, with a +biographical notice by N.G. van Kampen.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEJÉR, GYORGY<a name="ar202" id="ar202"></a></span> (1766-1851), Hungarian author, was born on +the 23rd of April 1766, at Keszthely, in the county of Zala. He +studied philosophy at Pest, and theology at Pressburg; eventually, +in 1808, he obtained a theological professorship at Pest +University. Ten years later (1818) he became chief director of the +educational circle of Raab, and in 1824 was appointed librarian +to the university of Pest. Fejér’s works, which are nearly all +written either in Latin or Hungarian, exceed one hundred and +eighty in number. His most important work, <i>Codex diplomaticus +Hungariae ecclesiasticus ac civilis</i>, published from 1829 to 1844, +in eleven so-called tomes, really exceeds forty volumes. It +consists of old documents and charters from <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 104 to the end +of 1439, and forms an extraordinary monument of patient industry. +This work and many others relating to Hungarian +national history have placed Fejér in the foremost rank of Hungarian +historians. He died on the 2nd of July 1851. His latest +works were <i>A Kunok eredete</i> (<i>The Origin of the Huns</i>), and <i>A +politikai forradalmak okai</i> (<i>The Causes of Political Revolutions</i>), +both published in 1850. The latter production, on account of +its liberal tendencies, was suppressed by the Austrian government.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Magyar Irók: Életrajz-gyüjtemény</i> (Pest, 1856), and <i>A Magyar +nemzeti irodalomtörténet vázlata</i> (Pest, 1861).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELANITX,<a name="ar203" id="ar203"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Felaniche</span>, a town of Spain, in the south-east +of the island of Majorca, Balearic Islands; about 5 m. inland +from its harbour, Puerto Colon. Pop. (1900) 11,294. A range +of low hills intervenes between Felanitx and the Mediterranean; +upon one summit, the Puig de San Sebastian, stands a Moorish +castle with a remarkable series of subterranean vaults. From +the 3rd century <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and possibly for a longer period, earthenware +water-coolers and other pottery have been manufactured in the +town, and many of the vessels produced are noteworthy for their +beauty of form and antiquity of design. There is a thriving +trade in wine, fruit, wheat, cattle, brandy, chalk and soap.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELDKIRCH,<a name="ar204" id="ar204"></a></span> a small town in the Austrian province of the +Vorarlberg, some 20 m. S. of the S. end of the Lake of Constance. +It is situated in a green hollow, on the Ill river, between the two +narrow rocky gorges through which it flows out into the broad +valley of the Rhine. Hence, though containing only about +4000 inhabitants (German-speaking and Romanist), the town +is of great military importance, since it commands the entrance +into Tirol from the west, over the Arlberg Pass (5912 ft.), and +has been the scene of many conflicts, the last in 1799, when the +French, under Oudinot and Masséna, were driven back by the +Austrians under Hotze and Jellachich. It is a picturesque little +town, overshadowed by the old castle of Schattenburg (now a +poor-house), built about 1200 by the count of Montfort, whose +descendant in 1375 sold it to the Habsburgs. The town contains +many administrative offices, and is the residence of a suffragan +bishop, who acts as vicar-general of the diocesan, the bishop of +Brixen. Among the principal buildings are the parish church, +dating from 1487, and possessing a “Descent from the Cross” +(1521), which has been attributed to Holbein, the great Jesuit +educational establishment called “Stella Matutina,” and a +Capuchin convent and church. There is a considerable amount +of transit trade at Feldkirch, which by rail is 11 m. from Buchs +(Switzerland), through the principality of Liechtenstein, 24 m. +from Bregenz, and 99½ m. from Innsbruck by tunnel beneath +the Arlberg Pass. The town also possesses numerous industrial +establishments, such as factories for cotton-spinning, weaving, +bell-founding, dyeing, &c.</p> +<div class="author">(W. A. B. C.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FÉLIBIEN, ANDRÉ<a name="ar205" id="ar205"></a></span> (1610-1695), sieur des Avaux et de Javercy, +French architect and historiographer, was born at Chartres in +May 1619. At the age of fourteen he went to Paris to continue +his studies; and in 1647 he was sent to Rome in the capacity +of secretary of embassy to the Marquis de Marueil. His residence +at Rome he turned to good account by diligent study of its +ancient monuments, by examination of the literary treasures of +its libraries, and by cultivating the acquaintance of men eminent +in literature and in art, with whom he was brought into contact +through his translation of Cardinal Barberini’s <i>Life of Pius V</i>. +Among his friends was Nicholas Poussin, whose counsels were +of great value to him. On his return to France he married, and +was ultimately induced, in the hope of employment and honours, +to settle in Paris. Both Fouquet and Colbert in their turn recognized +his abilities; and he was one of the first members (1663) of +the Academy of Inscriptions. Three years later Colbert procured +him the appointment of historiographer to the king. In 1671 +he was named secretary to the newly-founded Academy of +Architecture, and in 1673 keeper of the cabinet of antiques in +the palace of Brion. To these offices was afterwards added by +Louvois that of deputy controller-general of roads and bridges. +Félibien found time in the midst of his official duties for study +and research, and produced many literary works. Among these +the best and the most generally known is the <i>Entretiens sur les +vies et sur les ouvrages des plus excellents peintres anciens et +modernes</i>, which appeared in successive livraisons, the first in +1666, and the fifth in 1688. It was republished with several +additions at Amsterdam in 1706, and again at Trévoux in 1725. +Félibien wrote also <i>Origine de la peinture</i> (1660), <i>Principes de +l’architecture, de la sculpture, de la peinture</i>, &c. (1676-1690), +and descriptions of Versailles, of La Trappe, and of the pictures +and statues of the royal residences. Among other literary works, +he edited the <i>Conférences</i> of the Academy of Painting, and translated +the <i>Castle of the Soul</i> from the Spanish of St Theresa. His +personal character commanded the highest esteem, agreeing +with the motto which he adopted—<i>Bene facere et vera dicere</i>. +He died in Paris on the 11th of June 1695.</p> + +<p>His son, Jean François Félibien (<i>c.</i> 1658-1733), was also an +architect who left a number of works on his subject; and a +younger son, Michel Félibien (<i>c.</i> 1666-1719), was a Benedictine +of Saint Germain-des-Prés whose fame rests on his <i>Histoire de +l’abbaye royale de S. Denys en France</i>, and also his <i>L’Histoire +de la ville de Paris</i> in 5 vols., a work indispensable to the student +of Paris.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELIX,<a name="ar206" id="ar206"></a></span> the name of five popes.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Felix I.</span>, pope from January 269 until his death in January 274. +He has been claimed as a martyr, and as such his name is given in +the Roman calendar and elsewhere, but his title to this honour is +by no means proved, and he has been probably confused with +another bishop of the same name. He appears in connexion with +the dispute in the church of Antioch between Paul of Samosata, +who had been deprived of his bishopric by a council of bishops for +heresy, and his successor Domnus. Paul refused to give way, and +in 272 the emperor Aurelian was asked to decide between the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page239" id="page239"></a>239</span> +rivals. He ordered the church building to be given to the bishop +who was “recognized by the bishops of Italy and of the city of +Rome” (Felix). See Eusebius, <i>Hist. Ecc.</i> vii. 30.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Felix II.</span>, antipope, was in 356 raised from the archdeaconate +of Rome to the papal chair, when Liberius was banished by the +emperor Constantius for refusing to subscribe the sentence of +condemnation against Athanasius. His election was contrary to +the wishes both of the clergy and of the people, and the consecration +ceremony was performed by certain prelates belonging to the +court. In 357 Constantius, at the urgent request of an influential +deputation of Roman ladies, agreed to the release of Liberius on +condition that he signed the semi-Arian creed. Constantius also +issued an edict to the effect that the two bishops should rule +conjointly, but Liberius, on his entrance into Rome in the following +year, was received by all classes with so much enthusiasm +that Felix found it necessary to retire at once from Rome. +Regarding the remainder of his life little is known, and the +accounts handed down are contradictory, but he appears to have +spent the most of it in retirement at his estate near Porto. He +died in 365.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Felix III.</span>, pope, was descended from one of the most influential +families of Rome, and was a direct ancestor of Gregory +the Great. He succeeded Simplicius in the papal chair on the +2nd of March 483. His first act was to repudiate the Henoticon, +a deed of union, originating, it is supposed, with Acacius, +patriarch of Constantinople, and published by the emperor Zeno +with the view of allaying the strife between the Monophysites +and their opponents in the Eastern church. He also addressed a +letter of remonstrance to Acacius; but the latter proved refractory, +and sentence of deposition was passed against him. As +Acacius, however, had the support of the emperor, a schism +arose between the Eastern and Western churches, which lasted +for 34 years. Felix died in 492.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Felix IV.</span>, pope, a native of Beneventum, was, on the death of +John in 526, raised to the papal chair by the emperor Theodoric +in opposition to the wishes of the clergy and people. His election +was followed by serious riots. To prevent a recrudescence of +these, Felix, on his death-bed, thought it advisable to nominate +his own successor. His choice fell upon the archdeacon Boniface +(pope as Boniface II.). But this proceeding was contrary to all +tradition and roused very serious opposition. Out of two old +buildings adapted by him to Christian worship, Felix made the +church of SS. Cosimo and Damiano, near the Via Sacra. He died +in September 530.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Felix V.</span>, the name taken by Amadeus (1383-1451), duke of +Savoy, when he was elected pope in opposition to Eugenius IV. in +1439. Amadeus was born at Chambéry on the 4th of December +1383, and succeeded his father, Amadeus VII., as count of Savoy +in 1391. Having added largely to his patrimonial possessions he +became very powerful, and in 1416 the German king Sigismund +erected Savoy into a duchy; after this elevation Amadeus added +Piedmont to his dominions. Then suddenly, in 1434, the duke +retired to a hermitage at Ripaille, near Thonon, resigning his +duchy to his son Louis (d. 1465), although he seems to have taken +some part in its subsequent administration. It is said, but some +historians doubt the story, that, instead of leading a life of +asceticism, he spent his revenues in furthering his own luxury +and enjoyment. In 1439, when Pope Eugenius IV. was deposed +by the council of Basel, Amadeus, although not in orders, was +chosen as his successor, and was crowned in the following year as +Felix V. In the stormy conflict between the rival popes which +followed, the German king, Frederick IV., after some hesitation +sided with Eugenius, and having steadily lost ground Felix +renounced his claim to the pontificate in 1449 in favour of +Nicholas V., who had been elected on the death of Eugenius. +He induced Nicholas, however, to appoint him as apostolic +vicar-general in Savoy, Piedmont and other parts of his own +dominions, and to make him a cardinal. Amadeus died at +Geneva on the 7th of January 1451.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELIX,<a name="ar207" id="ar207"></a></span> a missionary bishop from Burgundy, sent into East +Anglia by Honorius of Canterbury (630-631). Under King +Sigebert his mission was successful, and he became first bishop of +East Anglia, with a see at Dunwich, where he died and was +buried, 647-648. It is noteworthy that the Irish monk Furseus +preached in East Anglia at the same time, and Bede notices the +admiration of Felix for Aidan.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Bede, <i>Hist. Eccl.</i> (Plummer), ii. 15, iii. 18, 20, 25; <i>Saxon +Chronicle</i> (Earle and Plummer), s.a. 636.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELIX,<a name="ar208" id="ar208"></a></span> of Urgella (fl. 8th century), Spanish bishop, the friend of +Elipandus and the propagator of his views in the great Adoptian +Controversy (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Adoptianism</a></span>).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELIX,<a name="ar209" id="ar209"></a></span> of Valois (1127-1212), one of the founders of the +monastic order of Trinitarians or Redemptionists, was born in +the district of Valois, France, on the 19th of April 1127. In early +manhood he became a hermit in the forest of Galeresse, where he +remained till his sixty-first year, when his disciple Jean de Matha +(1160-1213) suggested to him the idea of establishing an order of +monks who should devote their lives to the redemption of Christian +captives from the Saracens. They journeyed to Rome about +the end of 1197, obtained the sanction of the pope, and on their +return to France founded the monastery of Cerfroi in Picardy. +Felix remained to govern and propagate the order, while Jean +de Matha superintended the foreign journeys. A subordinate +establishment was also founded by Felix in Paris near a chapel +dedicated to St Mathurin, on which account his monks were also +called St Mathurins. He died at Cerfroi on the 4th of November +1212, and was canonized.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELIX, ANTONIUS,<a name="ar210" id="ar210"></a></span> Roman procurator of Judaea (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 52-60), +in succession to Ventidius Cumanus. He was a freedman either +of the emperor Claudius—according to which theory Josephus +(<i>Antiq.</i> xx. 7) calls him Claudius Felix—or more probably of the +empress Antonia. On entering his province he induced Drusilla, +wife of Azizus of Homs (Emesa), to leave her husband and live +with him as his wife. His cruelty and licentiousness, coupled +with his accessibility to bribes, led to a great increase of crime in +Judaea. To put down the Zealots he favoured an even more +violent sect, the Sicarii (“Dagger-men”), by whose aid he +contrived the murder of the high-priest Jonathan. The period of +his rule was marked by internal feuds and disturbances, which he +put down with severity. The apostle Paul, after being apprehended +in Jerusalem, was sent to be judged before Felix at +Caesarea, and kept in custody for two years (Acts xxiv.). On +returning to Rome, Felix was accused of having taken advantage +of a dispute between the Jews and Syrians of Caesarea to slay and +plunder the inhabitants, but through the intercession of his +brother, the freedman Pallas, who had great influence with the +emperor Nero, he escaped unpunished.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Tacitus, <i>Annals</i>, xx. 54, <i>Hist.</i> v. 9; Suetonius, <i>Claudius</i>, 28; +E. Schürer, <i>History of the Jewish People</i> (1890-1891); article in +Hastings’ <i>Dict. of the Bible</i> (A. Robertson); commentaries on the +Acts of the Apostles; Sir W.M. Ramsay, <i>St Paul the Traveller</i>; +Carl v. Weizsäcker, <i>Apostolic Age</i> (Eng. trans., 1894); art. <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Jews</a></span>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FÉLIX, LIA<a name="ar211" id="ar211"></a></span> (1830-  ), French actress, was the third +sister and the pupil of the great Rachel. She had hardly been +given any trial when, by chance, she was called on to create the +leading woman’s part in Lamartine’s <i>Toussaint Louverture</i> at +the Porte St Martin on the 6th of April 1850. The play did not +make a hit, but the young actress was favourably noticed, and +several important parts were immediately entrusted to her. +She soon came to be recognized as one of the best comediennes +in Paris. Rachel took Lia to America with her to play second +parts, and on returning to Paris she played at several of the +principal theatres, although her health compelled her to retire +for several years. When she reappeared at the Gaiété in the +title-rôle of Jules Barbier’s <i>Jeanne d’Arc</i> she had an enormous +success.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELIXSTOWE,<a name="ar212" id="ar212"></a></span> a seaside resort of Suffolk, England; fronting +both to the North Sea and to the estuary of the Orwell, where +there are piers. Pop. of urban district of Felixstowe and Walton +(1901), 5815. It is 85 m. N.E. by E. from London by a branch +line from Ipswich of the Great Eastern railway; and is in +the Woodbridge parliamentary division of the county. It +has good golf links, and is much frequented by visitors for its +bracing climate and sea-bathing. There is a small dock, and +phosphate of lime is extensively dug in the neighbourhood and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page240" id="page240"></a>240</span> +exported for use as manure. The neighbouring village of Walton, +a short distance inland, receives many visitors. The vicinity +has yielded numerous Roman remains, and there was a Roman +fort in the neighbourhood (now destroyed by the sea), forming part +of the coast defence of the Litus Saxonicum in the 4th century.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELL, JOHN<a name="ar213" id="ar213"></a></span> (1625-1686), English divine, son of Samuel Fell, +dean of Christ Church, Oxford, was born at Longworth in Berkshire +and received his first education at the free school at Thame in +Oxfordshire. In 1636 he obtained a studentship at Christ Church, +and in 1640 he was specially allowed by Archbishop Laud on +account of his “known desert,” when wanting one term’s residence, +to proceed to his degree of B.A. He obtained his M.A. in +1643 and took holy orders (deacon 1647, priest 1649). During +the Civil War he bore arms for the king and held a commission +as ensign. In 1648 he was deprived of his studentship by the parliamentary +visitors, and during the next few years he resided +chiefly at Oxford with his brother-in-law, Dr T. Willis, at +whose house opposite Merton College he and his friends Allestree +and Dolben kept up the service of the Church of England +through the Commonwealth.</p> + +<p>At the Restoration Fell was made prebendary of Chichester, +canon of Christ Church (July 27, 1660), dean (Nov. 30), master +of St Oswald’s hospital, Worcester, chaplain to the king, and +D.D. He filled the office of vice-chancellor from 1666 to 1669, +and was consecrated bishop of Oxford, in 1676, retaining his +deanery <i>in commendam</i>. Some years later he declined the +primacy of Ireland. Fell showed himself a most capable and +vigorous administrator in his various high employments, and +a worthy disciple of Archbishop Laud. He restored in the +university the good order instituted by the archbishop, which +in the Commonwealth had given place to anarchy and a general +disregard of authority. He ejected the intruders from his +college or else “fixed them in loyal principles.” “He was the +most zealous man of his time for the Church of England,” says +Wood, “and none that I yet know of did go beyond him in the +performance of the rules belonging thereunto.” He attended +chapel four times a day, restored to the services, not without some +opposition, the organ and surplice, and insisted on the proper +academical dress which had fallen into disuse. He was active +in recovering church property, and by his directions a children’s +catechism was drawn up by Thomas Marshall for use in his +diocese. “As he was among the first of our clergy,” says +Burnet, “that apprehended the design of bringing in popery, +so he was one of the most zealous against it.” He was forward +in making converts from the Roman Catholics and Nonconformists. +On the other hand, it is recorded to his honour that +he opposed successfully the incorporation of Titus Oates as +D.D. in the university in October 1679; and according to the +testimony of William Nichols, his secretary, he disapproved +of the Exclusion Bill. He excluded the undergraduates, whose +presence had been irregularly permitted, from convocation. +He obliged the students to attend lectures, instituted reforms +in the performances of the public exercises in the schools, kept +the examiners up to their duties, and himself attended the +examinations. He encouraged the students to act plays. He +entirely suppressed “<i>coursing</i>,” <i>i.e.</i> disputations in which the +rival parties “ran down opponents in arguments,” and which +commonly ended in blows and disturbances. He was an excellent +disciplinarian and possessed a special talent for the education of +young men, many of whom he received into his own family and +watched over their progress with paternal care. Tom Browne, +author of the <i>Dialogues of the Dead</i>, about to be expelled from +Oxford for some offence, was pardoned by Fell on the condition +of his translating extempore the 33rd epigram from Martial:—</p> + +<table class="reg f90" summary="poem"><tr><td> <div class="poemr"> +<p>“Non amo te, Sabidi, nec possum dicere quare;</p> + <p class="i05">Hoc tantum possum dicere, non amo te.”</p> +</div> </td></tr></table> + +<p class="noind">To which he immediately replied with the well-known lines:—</p> + +<table class="reg f90" summary="poem"><tr><td> <div class="poemr"> +<p>“I do not love you, Dr Fell,</p> + <p class="i05">But why, I cannot tell,</p> + <p class="i05">But this I know full well,</p> + <p class="i05">I do not love you, Dr Fell.”<a name="fa1o" id="fa1o" href="#ft1o"><span class="sp">1</span></a></p> +</div> </td></tr></table> + +<p class="noind">Delinquents, however, were not always treated thus mildly +by Fell, and Acton Cremer, for the crime of courting a wife +while only a bachelor of arts, was set as an imposition the +translation into English of the whole of Scheffer’s history of +Lapland. As vice-chancellor, Fell himself visited the drinking +taverns and ordered out the students. In the university elections +he showed great energy in suppressing corruption.</p> + +<p>Fell’s building operations almost rivalled the plans of the +great ecclesiastical architects of the middle ages. In his own +college he completed in 1665 the north side of Wolsey’s great +quadrangle, already begun by his father but abandoned during +the Commonwealth; he rebuilt in 1672 the east side of the +Chaplain’s quadrangle “with a straight passage under it leading +from the cloister into the field,” occupied now by the new +Meadow Buildings; the lodgings of the canon of the 3rd stall +in the passage uniting the Tom and Peckwater quadrangles +(<i>c.</i> 1674); a long building joining the Chaplain’s quadrangle +on the east side in 1677-1678; and lastly the great tower gate, +begun in June 1681 on the foundation laid by Wolsey and +finished in November 1682, to which the bell “great Tom,” +after being recast, was transferred from the cathedral in 1683. +In 1670 he planted and laid out the Broad Walk. He spent large +sums of his own on these works, gave £500 for the restoration +of Banbury church, erected a church at St Oswald’s, Worcester, +and the parsonage house at Woodstock at his own expense, and +rebuilt Cuddesdon palace. Fell disapproved of the use of St +Mary’s church for secular purposes, and promoted the building +of the Sheldonian theatre by Archbishop Sheldon. He was +treasurer during its construction, presided at the formal opening +on the 9th of July 1669, and was nominated with Wren curator +in July 1670. In the theatre was placed the University Press, +the establishment of which had been a favourite project of Laud, +which now engaged a large share of Fell’s energy and attention, +and which as curator he practically controlled. “Were it not +you ken Mr Dean extraordinarily well,” writes Sir L. Jenkins +to J. Williamson in 1672, “it were impossible to imagine how +assiduous and drudging he is about his press.”<a name="fa2o" id="fa2o" href="#ft2o"><span class="sp">2</span></a> He sent for +type and printers from Holland, declaring that “the foundation +of all success must be laid in doing things well, which I am sure +will not be done with English letters.” Many works, including +a Bible, editions of the classics and of the early fathers, were +produced under his direction and editing, and his press became +noted not only in England but abroad. He published annually +one work, generally a classical author annotated by himself, +which he distributed to all the students of his college on New +Year’s day. On one occasion he surprised the Press in printing +surreptitiously Aretino’s <i>Postures</i>, when he seized and destroyed +the plates and impressions. Ever “an eager defender and +maintainer of the university and its privileges,” he was hostile +to the Royal Society, which he regarded as a possible rival, and +in 1686 he gave an absolute refusal to Obadiah Walker, afterwards +the Roman Catholic master of University College, though +licensed by James II., to print books, declaring he would as soon +“part with his bed from under him” as his press. He conducted +it on strict business principles, and to the criticism that more +great works were not produced replied that they would not sell. +He was, however, not free from fads, and his new spelling (of +which one feature was the substitution of <i>i</i> for <i>y</i> in such words +as <i>eies</i>, <i>daies</i>, <i>maiest</i>) met with great disapproval.</p> + +<p>Fell also did much to encourage learning in the university. +While still a young man at Christ Church he had shown both his +zeal and his charity by reading gratuitously with the poor and +neglected students of the college. He bore himself a high +reputation as a Grecian, a Latinist and a philologist, and he found +time, in spite of his great public employments, to bring out with +the collaboration of others his great edition of St Cyprian in +1682, an English translation of <i>The Unity of the Church</i> in 1681, +editions of <i>Nemesius of Emesa</i> (1671), of <i>Aratus and of Eratosthenes</i> +(1672), <i>Theocritus</i> (1676), <i>Alcinous on Plato</i> (1677), +<i>St Clement’s Epistles to the Corinthians</i> (1677), <i>Athenagoras</i> (1682), +<i>Clemens Alexandrinus</i> (1683), <i>St Theophilus of Antioch</i> (1684), +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page241" id="page241"></a>241</span> +<i>Grammatica rationis sive institutiones logicae</i> (1673 and 1685), +and a critical edition of the New Testament in 1675. The first +volumes of <i>Rerum Anglicarum scriptores</i> and of <i>Historiae +Britannicae</i>, &c. were compiled under his patronage in 1684. +He had the MSS. of St. Augustine in the Bodleian and other +libraries at Oxford generously collated for the use of the Benedictines +at Paris, then preparing a new edition of the father.</p> + +<p>Fell spent such large sums in his building, in his noble patronage +of learning, and in charities, that sometimes there was little +left for his private use. Occasionally in his schemes he showed +greater zeal than prudence. He was the originator of a mission +to India which was warmly taken up by the East India Company. +He undertook himself to train as missionaries four scholars at +Oxford, procured a set of Arabic types, and issued from these +the Gospels and Acts in the Malay language in 1677. But this +was scarcely the best method of communicating the gospel to +the natives of India, and the mission collapsed. He affected +to despise public opinion, and was masterful and despotic in +his dealings with others, especially with those upon whom he +was conferring favours. Having generously undertaken at his +own charge to publish a Latin version of Wood’s <i>History and +Antiquities of the University of Oxford</i>, with the object of presenting +the history of the university in a manner worthy of the great +subject to European readers, and of extending its fame abroad, +he arrogated to himself the right of editing the work. “He +would correct, alter, dash out what he pleased.... He was a +great man and carried all things at his pleasure.” In particular +he struck out all the passages which Wood had inserted in praise +of Hobbes, and substituted some disparaging epithets. He +called the philosopher’s <i>Leviathan</i> “monstrosissimus” and +“publico damno notissimus.” To the printed remonstrance of +Hobbes, Fell inserted an insulting reply in the <i>History</i> to “irritabile +illud et vanissimum Malmesburiense animal,” and to the +complaint of Wood at this usage answered only that Hobbes +“was an old man, had one foot in the grave; that he should mind +his latter end, and not trouble the world any more with his +papers.” In small things as in great he loved to rule and direct. +“Let not Fell,” writes R. South to R. Bathurst, “have the +fingering and altering of them (<i>i.e.</i> his Latin verses), for I think +that, bating the want of <i>siquidems</i> and <i>quinetiams</i>, they are as +good as his Worship can make.” Wood styles him “a valde vult +person.” He was not content with ruling his own college, but +desired to govern the whole university. He prevented Gilbert +Ironside, who “was not pliable to his humour,” from holding +the office of vice-chancellor. He “endeavoured to carry all +things by a high hand; scorn’d in the least to court the Masters +when he had to have anything pass’d the convocation. Severe +to other colleges, blind as to his own, very partiall and with +good words, and flatterers and tell-tales could get anything out +of him.” According to Bishop Burnet, who praises his character +and his administration, Fell was “a little too much heated +in the matter of our disputes with the dissenters.” “He had +much zeal for reforming abuses, and managed it perhaps with +too much heat and in too peremptory a way.” “But,” he adds, +“we have so little of that among us that no wonder if such men +are censured by those who love not such patterns nor such severe +task-masters.” And Wood, whose adverse criticism must be +discounted a little on account of the personal dispute,—after +declaring that Fell “was exceeding partial in his government +even to corruption; went thro’ thick and thin; grasped at all +yet did nothing perfect or effectually; cared not what people +said of him, was in many things very rude and in most pedantic +and pedagogical,”—concludes with the acknowledgment, “yet +still aimed at the public good.” Roger North, who paid Fell +a visit at Oxford, speaks of him in terms of enthusiasm:—“The +great Dr Fell, who was truly great in all his circumstances, +capacities, undertakings and learning, and above all for his +superabundant public spirit and goodwill.... O the felicity of +that age and place when his authority swayed!”</p> + +<p>In November 1684, at the command of the king, Fell deprived +Locke, who had incurred the royal displeasure by his friendship +with Shaftesbury, and was suspected as the author of certain +seditious pamphlets, of his studentship at Christ Church, summarily +and without hearing his defence. Fell had in former +years cultivated Locke’s friendship, had kept up a correspondence +with him, and in 1663 had written a testimonial in his +favour; and the ready compliance of one who could on occasion +offer a stout resistance to any invasion of the privileges of the +university has been severely criticised. It must, however, be +remembered in extenuation that the legal status of a person on +the foundation of a collegiate body had not then been decided +in the law-courts. With regard to the justice of the proceeding +Fell had evidently some doubts, and he afterwards expressed +his regret for the step which he was now compelled to take. +But such scruples, however strong, would, with a man of Fell’s +political and religious opinions, yield immediately to an order +from the sovereign, who possessed special authority in this case +as a visitor to the college; and such subservience, however +strange to modern notions, would probably only be considered +natural and proper at that period.</p> + +<p>Fell, who had never married, died on the 10th of July 1686, +worn out, according to Wood, by his overwhelming public +duties. He was buried in the divinity chapel in the cathedral, +below the seat which he had so often occupied when living, where +a monument and an epitaph, now moved elsewhere, were placed +to his memory. “His death,” writes John Evelyn, “was an +extraordinary losse to the poore church at this time”; but for +himself Fell was fortunate in the time of his departure; for a +few months more of life would have necessitated a choice, most +painful to a man of his character and creed, between fidelity +to his sovereign and to his church. With all his faults, which +were the defects which often attend eminent qualities such as +his, Fell was a great man, “the greatest governor,” according +to Speaker Onslow, “that has ever been since his time in either +of the universities,” and of his own college, to which he left +several exhibitions for the maintenance of poor scholars, he +was a second founder. He was a worthy upholder of the Laudian +tradition at Oxford, an enlightened and untiring patron of +learning, and a man of exemplary morals and great piety which +remained unsullied in the midst of a busy life and much contact +with the world. A sum of money was left by John Cross to +perpetuate Fell’s memory by an annual speech in his praise, but +the <i>Felii laudes</i> have been discontinued since 1866. There are +two interesting pictures of Fell at Christ Church, one where he +is represented with his two friends Allestree and Dolben, and +another by Vandyck. The statue placed on the N.E. angle of +the Great Quadrangle bears no likeness to the bishop, who is +described by Hearne as a “thin grave man.”</p> + +<p>Besides the learned works already mentioned Fell wrote the +lives of his friends Dr Henry Hammond (1661), Richard Allestree, +prefixed to his edition of the latter’s sermons (1684), and Dr +Thomas Willis, in Latin. His <i>Seasonable advice to Protestants +showing the necessity of maintaining the Established Religion in +opposition to Popery</i> was published in 1688. Some of his sermons, +which Evelyn found dull, were printed, including <i>Character of +the Last Daies</i>, preached before the king, 1675, and a <i>Sermon +preached before the House of Peers Dec. 22, 1680</i>. <i>The Interest +of England stated</i> (1659), advocating the restoration of the king,<a name="fa3o" id="fa3o" href="#ft3o"><span class="sp">3</span></a> +and <i>The Vanity of Scoffing</i> (1674), are also attributed to him. +Fell probably had some share in the composition of <i>The Whole +Duty of Man</i>, and in the subsequent works published under the +name of the author of <i>The Whole Duty</i>, which included <i>Reasons +of the Decay of Christian Piety</i>, <i>The Ladies Calling</i>, <i>The Gentleman’s +Calling</i>, <i>The Government of the Tongue</i>, <i>The Art of Contentment</i>, +and <i>The Lively Oracles given us</i>, all of which were published +in one volume with notes and a preface by Fell in 1684.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—Wood’s <i>Athenae Oxonienses</i> and <i>Fasti</i> (ed. Bliss); +Wood’s <i>Life and Times</i>, ed. by A. Clark; Burnet’s <i>Hist. of His Own +Time</i>, ed. 1833; J. Welch, <i>Alumni Westmonasterienses</i>; Thomas +Hearne, <i>Collections</i>, ed. by C.E. Doble and others; <i>History of the +Univ. of Oxford</i> (1814); <i>Christ Church</i>, by Rev. H.L. Thompson; +<i>Fortnightly Review</i>, lix. 689 (May 1896); <i>Macmillan’s Magazine</i> +(Aug. 1875); <i>A Specimen of the several sorts of Letter given to the</i> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page242" id="page242"></a>242</span> +<i>University by Dr J. F</i>(<i>ell</i>) (1695); <i>Notes and Queries</i>, ser. vi. 2, and +ser. vii. 166; <i>Calendars of State Papers, Dom. Series</i> (1660-1675). +Fell’s books and papers were bequeathed by his nephew Henry Jones +to the Bodleian library. A few of his letters are to be found in +<i>Add. MSS.</i> Brit. Mus. 11046, and some are printed in <i>Life of +James II.</i>, by Ch. J. Fox, <i>Appendix</i>; <i>Gent. Mag.</i> 77, p. 633; +<i>Academy</i>, 8, p. 141; <i>Athenaeum</i> for 1887 (2), p. 311; J. Gutch, +<i>Collectanea Curiosa</i>, i. 269; and in <i>Cal. of State Papers, Dom. +Series</i>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(P. C. Y.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1o" id="ft1o" href="#fa1o"><span class="fn">1</span></a> J.T. Browne, <i>Works</i> (9th ed. by J. Drake), iv. 99-100; T. Forde, +<i>Virtus rediviva</i> (1661), 106.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2o" id="ft2o" href="#fa2o"><span class="fn">2</span></a> <i>Cal. of State Pap. Dom.</i>, 1672, p. 478, and 1670, p. 26.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3o" id="ft3o" href="#fa3o"><span class="fn">3</span></a> F. Maseres, <i>Tracts of the Civil War</i>, ii. 673.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELL.<a name="ar214" id="ar214"></a></span> (1) (Through the O. Fr. <i>fel</i>, from Low Lat. <i>fello</i>, felon), +savage, ruthless, deadly; only used now in poetry. (2) (Of +Scandinavian origin, cf. Danish <i>fjeld</i>, probably connected with +a Teutonic root appearing in German <i>fels</i>, rock), a hill, as in +the names of mountains in the Lake District in England, <i>e.g.</i> +Scawfell; also a lofty moorland down. (3) (A word common +to Teutonic languages, cf. Ger. <i>fell</i>, and Dutch <i>vel</i>, cognate with +Lat. <i>pellis</i>, skin), the pelt or hide of an animal, with the hair +or wool and skin; also used of any thick shaggy covering, like +a matted fleece. (4) To cause to “fall,” a word common to +Teutonic languages and akin to the root of the Lat. <i>fallere</i> and +Gr. <span class="grk" title="sphallein">σφάλλειν</span>, to cause to stumble, to deceive. As a substantive +“fell” is used of a flat seam laid level with the surface of the +fabric; also, in weaving, of the end of the web.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELLAH<a name="ar215" id="ar215"></a></span> (pl. Fellahin), Arabic for “ploughman” or “tiller,” +the word used in Arabic-speaking countries to designate +peasantry. It is employed especially of the peasantry of Egypt, +“Fellahin” in modern English usage being almost equivalent +to “Egyptians.” In Egypt the name is applied to the peasantry +as opposed to the Arabs of the desert (and even those who have +settled on the land), the Turks and the townsfolk. Fellah is +used by the Arabs as a term of reproach, somewhat like the +English “boor,” but rather implying a slavish disposition; +the fellahin, however, are not ashamed of the name and may +pride themselves on being of good fellah descent, as a “fellah +of a fellah.” They may be classified as Hamito-Semites, and +preserve to some extent the blood of the ancient Egyptians. +They form the bulk of the population of Egypt and are mainly +Mahommedan, though some villages in Upper Egypt are almost +exclusively Copt (Christian). Their hybridism is well shown by +their great divergence of colour, fellahin in the Delta being +sometimes lighter than Arabs, while in Upper Egypt the prevailing +complexion is dark brown. The average fellah is somewhat +above medium height, big-boned, of clumsy but powerful +build, with head and face of fine oval shape, cheek-bones high, +forehead broad, short flattish nose with wide nostrils, and black +but not woolly hair. The eyebrows are always straight and +smooth, never bushy. The mouth is thick-lipped and large but +well formed. The eyes are large and black, and are remarkable +for the closeness of the eyelashes. The women and girls are +particularly noted for their graceful and slender figures and +their fine carriage, due to the custom of carrying burdens, especially +water-jars, on their heads. The men’s heads are usually +shaved. The women are not as a rule closely veiled: they +generally paint the lips a deep blue, and tattoo a floral device +on the chin, sometimes on the forehead and other parts of the +body. All but the poorest wear necklaces of cheap pearls, +coins or gilt disks. The men wear a blue or brown cotton shirt, +linen drawers and a plain skull-cap, or on occasion the tarbush +or fez, round which sometimes a turban is wound; the women +wear a single cotton smock. The common fellah’s home is a +mere mud hut, roofed with durra straw. Inside are a few mats, +a sheepskin, baskets and some earthenware and wooden vessels. +He lives almost entirely on vegetables, millet bread, beans, +lentils, dates and onions. But some of the sheikhs are wealthy, +and have large houses built of crude brick and whitewashed with +lime, with courtyard, many apartments and good furniture. +The fellah is laborious in the fields, and abominates absence from +his occupations, which generally means loss of money to him. +Military service on the old oriental plan was both ruinous and +distasteful to him; hence voluntary mutilations to avoid conscription +were formerly common and the ingrained prejudice +against military service remains. Trained by British officers +the fellahin make, however, excellent soldiers, as was proved in +the Sudan campaigns of 1896-98. The fellah is intelligent, cheerful +and sober, and as hospitable as his poverty allows. (See +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Copts</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Egypt</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELLENBERG, PHILIPP EMANUEL VON<a name="ar216" id="ar216"></a></span> (1771-1844), +Swiss educationist, was born on the 27th of June 1771 at Bern, +in Switzerland. His father was of patrician family, and a man +of importance in his canton, and his mother was a grand-daughter +of the Dutch admiral Van Tromp. From his mother +and from Pfeffel, the blind poet of Colmar, he received a better +education than falls to the lot of most boys, while the intimacy +of his father with Pestalozzi gave to his mind that bent which +it afterwards followed. In 1790 he entered the university of +Tübingen, where he distinguished himself by his rapid progress +in legal studies. On account of his health he afterwards undertook +a walking tour in Switzerland and the adjoining portions +of France, Swabia and Tirol, visiting the hamlets and farmhouses, +mingling in the labours and occupations of the peasants +and mechanics, and partaking of their rude fare and lodging. +After the downfall of Robespierre, he went to Paris and remained +there long enough to be assured of the storm impending over +his native country. This he did his best to avert, but his warnings +were disregarded, and Switzerland was lost before any +efficient means could be taken for its safety. Fellenberg, who +had hastily raised a levy <i>en masse</i>, was proscribed; a price was +set upon his head, and he was compelled to fly into Germany. +Shortly afterwards, however, he was recalled by his countrymen, +and sent on a mission to Paris to remonstrate against the rapacity +and cruelty of the agents of the French republic. But in this +and other diplomatic offices which he held for a short time, he +was witness to so much corruption and intrigue that his mind +revolted from the idea of a political life, and he returned home +with the intention of devoting himself wholly to the education +of the young. With this resolution he purchased in 1799 the +estate of Hofwyl, near Bern, intending to make agriculture the +basis of a new system which he had projected, for elevating the +lower and rightly training the higher orders of the state, and +welding them together in a closer union than had hitherto been +deemed attainable. For some time he carried on his labours in +conjunction with Pestalozzi, but incompatibility of disposition +soon induced them to separate. The scheme of Fellenberg at +first excited a large amount of ridicule, but gradually it began +to attract the notice of foreign countries; and pupils, some of +them of the highest rank, began to flock to him from every +country in Europe, both for the purpose of studying agriculture +and to profit by the high moral training which he +associated with his educational system. For forty-five years +Fellenberg, assisted by his wife, continued his educational +labours, and finally raised his institution to the highest point +of prosperity and usefulness. He died on the 21st of November +1844.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Hamm, <i>Fellenberg’s Leben und Wirken</i> (Bern, 1845); and +Schoni, <i>Der Stifter von Hofwyl, Leben und Wirken Fellenberg’s</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELLER, FRANÇOIS XAVIER DE<a name="ar217" id="ar217"></a></span> (1735-1802), Belgian +author, was born at Brussels on the 18th of August 1735. In +1752 he entered a school of the Jesuits at Reims, where he +manifested a great aptitude for mathematics and physical +science. He commenced his novitiate two years afterwards, +and in testimony of his admiration for the apostle of India added +Xavier to his surname. On the expiry of his novitiate he became +professor at Luxembourg, and afterwards at Liége. In 1764 he +was appointed to the professorship of theology at Tyrnau in +Hungary, but in 1771 he returned to Belgium and continued to +discharge his professorial duties at Liége till the suppression of +the Jesuits in 1773. The remainder of his life he devoted to study, +travel and literature. On the invasion of Belgium by the French +in 1794 he went to Paderborn, and remained there two years, +after which he took up his residence at Ratisbon, where he died +on the 23rd of May 1802.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Feller’s works exceed 120 volumes. In 1773 he published, under +the assumed name Flexier de Reval (an anagram of Xavier de +Feller), his <i>Catéchisme philosophique</i>; and his principal work +<i>Dictionnaire historique et littéraire</i> (published in 1781 at Liége in 8 +volumes, and afterwards several times reprinted and continued +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page243" id="page243"></a>243</span> +down to 1848), appeared under the same name. Among his other +works the most important are <i>Cours de morale chrétienne et de littérature +religieuse</i> and his <i>Coup d’œil sur congrès d’Ems</i>. The <i>Journal +historique et littéraire</i>, published at Luxembourg and Liége from +1774 to 1794 in 70 volumes, was edited and in great part written by +him.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELLING,<a name="ar218" id="ar218"></a></span> an urban district in the Jarrow parliamentary +division of Durham, England, forming an eastern suburb of +Gateshead. Pop. (1901) 22,467. Its large industrial population +is employed in the neighbouring collieries and the various +attendant manufactures.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELLOE,<a name="ar219" id="ar219"></a></span> the outer rim of a wheel, to which the spokes are +attached. The word is sometimes spelled and usually pronounced +“felly.” It is a Teutonic word, in O. Eng. <i>felg</i>, cognate with +Dutch <i>velge</i>, Ger. <i>Felge</i>; the original Teutonic root from which +these are derived probably meant “to fit together.”</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELLOW,<a name="ar220" id="ar220"></a></span> properly and by origin a partner or associate, hence +a companion, comrade or mate, as in “fellow-man,” “fellow-countryman,” +&c. The word from the 15th century has also +been applied, generally and colloquially, to any male person, +often in a contemptuous or pitying sense. The Old English +<i>féolage</i> meant a partner in a business, <i>i.e.</i> one who lays (<i>lag</i>) +money or property (<i>féoh</i>, fee) together for a common purpose. +The word was, therefore, the natural equivalent for <i>socius</i>, a +member of the foundation of an incorporated college, as Eton, or +a college at a university. In the earlier history of universities +both the senior and junior members of a college were known as +“scholars,” but later, as now, “scholar” was restricted to those +members of the foundation still in <i>statu pupillari</i>, and “fellow” +to those senior graduate members who have been elected to the +foundation by the corporate body, sharing in the government and +receiving a fixed emolument out of the revenues of the college. +It is in this sense that “fellow” is used at the universities of +Oxford and Cambridge and Trinity, Dublin. At these universities +the college teaching is performed by those fellows who are also +“tutors.” At other universities the term is applied to the +members of the governing body or to the holders of certain sums +of money for a fixed number of years to be devoted to special +study or research. By analogy the word is also used of the +members of various learned societies and institutions.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELLOWS, SIR CHARLES<a name="ar221" id="ar221"></a></span> (1799-1860), British archaeologist, +was born in August 1799 at Nottingham, where his family had +an estate. When fourteen he drew sketches to illustrate a trip to +the ruins of Newstead Abbey, which afterwards appeared on the +title-page of Moore’s <i>Life of Lord Byron</i>. In 1820 he settled in +London, where he became an active member of the British +Association. In 1827 he discovered the modern ascent of Mont +Blanc. After the death of his mother in 1832 he passed the +greater portion of his time in Italy, Greece and the Levant. +The numerous sketches he executed were largely used in illustrating +C<i>hilde Harold</i>. In 1838 he went to Asia Minor, making +Smyrna his headquarters. His explorations in the interior and +the south led him to districts practically unknown to Europeans, +and he thus discovered ruins of a number of ancient cities. He +entered Lycia and explored the Xanthus from the mouth at +Patara upwards. Nine miles from Patara he discovered the ruins +of Xanthus, the ancient capital of Lycia, finely situated on hills, +and abounding in magnificent remains. About 15 m. farther up +he came upon the ruins of Tlos. After taking sketches of the +most interesting objects and copying a number of inscriptions, he +returned to Smyrna through Caria and Lydia. The publication +of <i>A Journal written during an Excursion in Asia Minor</i> (London, +1839) roused such interest that Lord Palmerston, at the request +of the British Museum authorities, asked the British consul at +Constantinople to get leave from the sultan to ship a number +of the Lycian works of art. Late in 1839 Fellows, under the +auspices of the British Museum, again set out for Lycia, accompanied +by George Scharf, who assisted him in sketching. This +second visit resulted in the discovery of thirteen ancient cities, +and in 1841 appeared <i>An Account of Discoveries in Lycia, being +a Journal kept during a Second Excursion in Asia Minor</i>. A +third visit was made late in 1841, after Fellows had obtained +a <i>firman</i> by personal application at Constantinople. He shipped +a number of works of art for England, and in the fourth and +most famous expedition (1844) twenty-seven cases of marbles +were despatched to the British Museum. His chief discoveries +were at Xanthus, Pinara, Patara, Tlos, Myra and Olympus. In +1844 he presented to the British Museum his portfolios, accounts +of his expeditions, and specimens of natural history illustrative +of Lycia. In 1845 he was knighted “as an acknowledgment +of his services in the removal of the Xanthian antiquities to +this country.” He paid his own expenses in all his journeys and +received no public reward. Fellows was twice married. He +died in London on the 8th of November 1860.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>In addition to the works above mentioned, Fellows published the +following: <i>The Xanthian Marbles; their Acquisition and Transmission +to England</i> (1843), a refutation of false statements that had +been published; <i>An Account of the Ionic Trophy Monument excavated +at Xanthus</i> (1848); a cheap edition of his two <i>Journals</i>, entitled +<i>Travels and Researches in Asia Minor, particularly in the Province +of Lycia</i> (1852); and <i>Coins of Ancient Lycia before the Reign of +Alexander; with an Essay on the Relative Dates of the Lycian Monuments +in the British Museum</i> (1855). See C. Brown’s <i>Lives of Nottinghamshire +Worthies</i> (1882), pp. 352-353, and <i>Journ. of Roy. Geog. +Soc.</i>, 1861.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELO DE SE<a name="ar222" id="ar222"></a></span> (M.L. a felon, <i>i.e.</i> murderer, of himself), one who +commits murder upon himself. The technical conditions of +murder apply to this crime; <i>e.g.</i>, “if one commits any unlawful +malicious act, the consequence of which is his own death, as if +attempting to kill another he runs upon his antagonist’s sword, +or shooting at another the gun bursts and kills himself,” he is a +<i>felo de se</i>. The horror inspired by this crime led to the revolting +punishment of an “ignominious burial on the highway, with a +stake driven through the body.” This was abolished by an act of +1823, which ordered the burial of the body of a person found to be +<i>felo de se</i> within 24 hours after the coroner’s inquest, between the +hours of 9 and 12 at night, and without Christian rites of sepulture. +This act was again superseded in 1882 by the Interments (<i>Felo +de se</i>) Act, which permits the interment of any <i>felo de se</i> in the +churchyard or other burial ground of the parish or place in +which by the law or custom of England he might have been +interred but for the verdict. The interment is carried out in +accordance with the Burial Laws Amendment Act 1880 (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Burial</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Burial Acts</a></span>). The act does not authorize the +performance of any of the rites of Christian burial, but a special +form of service may be used. Formerly the goods and chattels, +but not the land, of a <i>felo de se</i> were forfeited to the crown, but +such forfeitures were abolished by the Forfeiture Act 1870. +(See also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Suicide</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELONY<a name="ar223" id="ar223"></a></span> (O. Fr. <i>felonie</i>, from <i>felon</i>, a word meaning “wicked,” +common to Romanic languages, cf. Italian <i>fello</i>, <i>fellone</i>, the +ultimate origin of which is obscure, but is possibly connected +either with Lat. <i>fel</i>, gall, or <i>fallere</i>, to deceive. The English +“fell” cruel or fierce, is also connected; and the Greek <span class="grk" title="phêlus">φῆλυς</span>, +an impostor, has also been suggested). Legal writers have sought +to throw light on the nature of felony by examining the supposed +etymology of the word. Coke says it is <i>crimen animo felleo perpetratum</i> +[a crime committed with malicious or evil intent (<i>fee +lohn</i>)]. Spelman connects it with the word <i>fee</i>, signifying fief +or feud; and felony in this way would be equivalent to <i>pretium +feudi</i>, an act for which a man lost or gave up his fee (see Stephen’s +<i>Commentaries</i>, vol. iv. p. 7). And acts involving forfeiture were +styled felonies in feudal law, although they had nothing of a +criminal character about them. A breach of duty on the part +of the vassal, neglect of service, delay in seeking investiture, +and the like were felonies: so were injuries by the lord against +the vassal. Modern writers are now disposed to accept Coke’s +definition. In English law, crimes are usually classified as +treason, felony, misdemeanour and summary offence. Some +writers—and with some justice—treat treason merely as a grave +form of felony and it is so dealt with in the Juries Detention Act +1897. But owing to legislation in and since the time of William +and Mary, the procedure for the trial of most forms of treason +differs from that of felony. The expression summary offence +is ambiguous. Many offences which are at common law or by +statute felonies, or misdemeanours indictable at common law +or by statute, may under certain conditions be tried by a court +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page244" id="page244"></a>244</span> +of summary jurisdiction (<i>q.v.</i>), and many merely statutory +offences which would ordinarily be punishable summarily may +at the election of the accused be tried by a jury on indictment +(Summary Jurisdiction Act 1879, s. 17).</p> + +<p>The question whether a particular offence is felony or misdemeanour +can be answered only by reference to the history +of the offence and not by any logical test. For instance, killing +a horse in an unlicensed place is still felony under a statute of +1786. But most crimes described as felonies are or have been +capital offences at common law or by statute, and have also +entailed on the offender attaint and forfeiture of goods. A few +felonies were not punishable by death, <i>e.g.</i> petty larceny and +mayhem. Where an offence is declared a felony by statute, +the common law punishments and incidents of trial attach, +unless other statutory provision is made (Blackstone, <i>Commentaries</i>, +iv. 94).</p> + +<p>The chief common law <i>felonies</i> are: homicide, rape, larceny +(<i>i.e.</i> in ordinary language, theft), robbery (<i>i.e.</i> theft with violence), +burglary and kindred offences. Counterfeiting the coin has +been made a felony instead of being treason; and forgery of +most documents has been made a felony instead of being, as it +was at common law, a misdemeanour. At the beginning of the +19th century felony was almost equivalent to capital crime; +but during that century capital punishment was abolished as to +all felonies, except wilful murder, piracy with violence (7 W. IV. +& 1 Vict. c. 88, s. 2) and offences against the Dockyards, +&c., Protection Act 1772; and by the Forfeiture Act 1870, a +felon no longer forfeits land or goods on conviction, though +forfeiture on outlawry is not abolished. The usual punishment +for felony under the present law is penal servitude or imprisonment +with or without hard labour. “Every person convicted +of any felony for which no punishment is specially provided by +the law in force for the time being is liable upon conviction +thereof to be sentenced to penal servitude for any period not +exceeding seven years, or to be imprisoned with or without +hard labour for any term not exceeding two years” (Stephen, +<i>Dig. Cr. Law</i> (6th ed.), art 18, Penal Servitude Act 1891). A +felon may not be fined or whipped on conviction nor put under +recognizance to keep the peace or be of good behaviour except +under statutory provision. (See Offences against the Person Act +1861, ss. 5. 71.)</p> + +<p>The result of legislative changes is that at the present time +the only practical distinctions between felony and misdemeanour +are:—</p> + +<p>1. That a private person may arrest a felon without judicial +authority and that bail on arrest is granted as a matter of discretion +and not as of right. Any one who has obtained a drove +of oxen or a flock of sheep by false pretences may go quietly +on his way and no one, not even a peace officer, can apprehend +him without a warrant, but if a man offers to sell another a bit +of dead fence supposed to have been stolen, he not only may +but is required to be apprehended by that person (Greaves, +<i>Criminal Law Consolidation Acts</i>). (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Arrest</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bail</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>2. That on an indictment for felony counts may not be joined +for different felonies unless they form part of the same transaction. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Indictment</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>3. That on a trial for felony the accused has a right peremptorily +to challenge, or object to, the jurors called to try him, up +to the number of twenty. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Jury</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>4. That a felon cannot be tried <i>in absentia</i>, and that the jury +who try him may not separate during the trial without leave of +the court, which may not be given in cases of murder.</p> + +<p>5. That a special jury cannot be empanelled to try a felony.</p> + +<p>6. That peers charged with felony are tried in a special manner. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Peerage</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>7. That the costs of prosecuting all felonies (except treason +felony) are paid out of public funds: and that a felon may be +condemned to pay the costs of his prosecution and to compensate +up to £100 for any loss of property suffered by any person +through or by means of the felony. In the Criminal Code Bills +of 1878-1880 it was proposed to abolish the term felony altogether: +and in the Queensland Criminal Code 1899 the term +“crime” is substituted, and within its connotation are included +not only treason and piracy but also perjury.</p> + +<p>8. That a sentence of a felon to death, or to penal servitude +or imprisonment with hard labour or for over twelve months, +involves loss of and disqualification for certain offices until the +sentence has been served or a free pardon obtained. (Forfeiture +Act 1870.)</p> + +<p>It is a misdemeanour (i.) to compound a felony or to agree +for valuable consideration not to prosecute or to show favour +in such prosecution; (ii.) to omit to inform the authorities of a +felony known to have been committed (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Misprision</a></span>), and, +(iii.) not to assist in the arrest of a felon at the call of an officer +of the law. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Criminal law</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Misdemeanour</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Misprision</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELSITE,<a name="ar224" id="ar224"></a></span> in petrology, a term which has long been generally +used by geologists, especially in England, to designate fine-grained +igneous rocks of acid (or subacid) composition. As a +rule their ingredients are not determinable by the unaided eye, +but they are principally felspar and quartz as very minute +particles. The rocks are pale-coloured (yellowish or reddish as +a rule), hard, splintery, much jointed and occasionally nodular. +Many felsites contain porphyritic crystals of clear quartz in +rounded blebs, more or less idiomorphic felspar, and occasionally +biotite. Others are entirely fine-grained and micro- or crypto-crystalline. +Occasionally they show a fluxional banding; they +may also be spherulitic or vesicular. Those which carry porphyritic +quartz are known as quartz-felsites; the term soda-felsites +has been applied to similar fine-grained rocks rich in soda-felspar.</p> + +<p>Although there are few objections to the employment of +felsite as a field designation for rocks having the above characters, +it lacks definiteness, and has been discarded by many +petrologists as unsuited for the exact description of rocks, +especially when their microscopic characters are taken into consideration. +The felsites accordingly are broken up into “granite-porphyries,” +“orthophyres” and “orthoclase-porphyries,” +“felsitic-rhyolites,” “keratophyres,” “granophyres,” “micro-granites,” +&c. But felsite or microfelsite is still the generally +accepted designation for that very fine-grained, almost crypto-crystalline +substance which forms the ground-mass of so many +rhyolites, dacites and porphyries.</p> + +<p>In the hand specimen it is a dull, lustreless, stony-looking +aggregate. Under the microscope even with high powers and +the very thinnest modern sections, it often cannot be resolved +into its components. In places it may contain determinable +minute crystals of quartz; less commonly it may show grains +which can be proved to be felspar, but usually it consists of an +ultra-microscopic aggregate of fibres, threads and grains, which +react to polarized light in a feeble and indefinite manner. +Spherulitic, spotted, streaky and fluidal structures may appear +in it, and many different varieties have been established on such +characters as these but without much validity.</p> + +<p>Its association with the acid rocks, its hardness, method of +weathering and chemical composition, indicate that it is an +intermixture of quartz and acid felspar, and the occasional +presence of these two minerals in well-defined grains confirms +this. Moreover, in many dikes, while the ground-mass is +microcrystalline and consists of quartz and felspar near the centre +of the mass, towards the margins, where it has been rapidly +chilled by contact with the cold surrounding rocks, it is felsitic. +The very great viscosity of acid magmas prevents their molecules, +especially when cooling takes place suddenly, from arranging +themselves to form discrete crystals, and is the principal cause +of the production of felsitic ground-masses. In extreme cases +these conditions hinder crystallization altogether, and glassy +rocks result. Some rocks are felsitic in parts but elsewhere +glassy; and it is not always clear whether the felsite is an original +substance or has arisen by the devitrification of primary glass. +The presence of perlitic structure in some of these felsites points +to the latter conclusion, and the results of an examination of +ancient glasses and of artificial glass which has been slowly +cooled are in accordance with this view. It has been argued that +felsite is a eutectic mixture of quartz and felspar, such that when +solidification takes place and the excess of felspar (or quartz) has +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page245" id="page245"></a>245</span> +crystallized out it remains liquid till the temperature has fallen +to its freezing point, and then consolidates simultaneously. +This may be so, but analyses show that it has not always the +same composition and consequently that the conditions which +determine its formation are not quite simple. Felsitic rocks are +sometimes silicified and have their matrix replaced by granular +aggregates of cloudy quartz.</p> +<div class="author">(J. S. F.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELSPAR,<a name="ar225" id="ar225"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Feldspar</span>, a name applied to a group of mineral +silicates of much importance as rock-constituents. The name, +taken from the Ger. <i>Feldspath</i>, was originally written with a +“d” but in 1794 it was written “felspar” by R. Kirwan, on the +assumption that it denoted a mineral of the “fels” rather than +of the “field,” and this corrupted form is now in common use in +England. By some of the earlier mineralogists it was written +“feltspar,” from the Swedish form <i>fältspat</i>.</p> + +<p>The felspar-group is divided into two subgroups according +to the symmetry of the crystals. Although the crystals of all +felspars present a general resemblance in habit, they are usually +regarded as belonging to two systems, some felspars being monoclinic +and others anorthic. Figures of the crystals are given in +the articles on the different species. Two cleavages are generally +well marked. In the monoclinic or monosymmetric felspars +these, being parallel to the basal pinacoid and clinopinacoid, +necessarily make an angle of 90°, whence the name +orthoclase applied to these minerals; whilst in the anorthic +or asymmetric felspars the corresponding angle is never exactly +90°, and from this obliquity of the principal cleavages they are +termed plagioclase (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Orthoclase</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Plagioclase</a></span>). There +are consequently two series of felspars, one termed orthoclastic +or orthotomous, and the other plagioclastic or clinotomous. +F.E. Mallard suggested that all felspars are really asymmetric, +and that orthoclase presents only a pseudo-monosymmetric +habit, due to twinning. Twin-crystals are very common in all +the felspars, as explained under their respective headings.</p> + +<p>The two divisions of the felspar-group founded on differences +of crystalline symmetry are subdivided according to chemical +composition. All the felspars are silicates containing aluminium +with some other metallic base or bases, generally potassium, +sodium or calcium, rarely barium, but never magnesium or iron. +The monoclinic series includes common potash-felspar or orthoclase +(KAlSi<span class="su">3</span>O<span class="su">8</span>) and hyalophane, a rare felspar containing +barium (K<span class="su">2</span>BaAl<span class="su">4</span>Si<span class="su">8</span>O<span class="su">24</span>). The anorthic series includes at one +end the soda-felspar albite (NaAlSi<span class="su">3</span>O<span class="su">8</span>) and at the other extremity +the lime-felspar anorthite (CaAl<span class="su">2</span>Si<span class="su">2</span>O<span class="su">8</span>). It was suggested +by G. Tschermak in 1864 that the other plagioclastic +felspars are isomorphous mixtures in various proportion of albite +(Ab) and anorthite (An). These intermediate members are the +lime-soda felspars known as oligoclase, andesine, labradorite and +bytownite. There are also placed in the anorthic class a potash-felspar +called microcline, and a rare soda-potash-felspar known +as anorthoclase.</p> + +<p>The specific gravity of the felspars has been shown by G. +Tschermak and V. Goldschmidt to vary according to their +chemical composition, rising steadily from 2.57 in orthoclase to +2.75 in anorthite. All the felspars have a hardness of 6 to 6.5, +being therefore rather less hard than quartz. Pure felspar is +colourless, but the mineral is usually white, yellow, red or green. +Certain felspars are used as ornamental stones on account of +their colour (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Amazon Stone</a></span>). Other felspars are prized for +their pearly opalescence (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Moonstone</a></span>), or for their play of +iridescent colours (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Labradorite</a></span>), or for their spangled +appearance, like aventurine (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Sun-stone</a></span>).</p> + +<p>Felspar is much used in the manufacture of porcelain by reason +of its fusibility. In England the material employed is mostly +orthoclase from Scandinavia, often known as “Swedish spar.” +The high translucency of “ivory porcelain” depends on the +large proportion of felspar in the body. The mineral is also +an important constituent of most ceramic glazes. The melting +points of felspars have been investigated by Prof. J. Joly, Prof. C. +A. Doelter y Cisterich and especially by A.L. Day and E.T. +Allen in the Geophysical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institute at +Washington.</p> + +<p>Among the applications of felspar is that of pure orthoclase +in the manufacture of artificial teeth.</p> + +<p>Felspar readily suffers chemical alteration, yielding kaolin (<i>q.v.</i>). +The turbidity of orthoclase is usually due to partial kaolinization. +Secondary mica is also a common result of alteration, and among +other products are pinite, epidote, saussurite, chlorite, wollastonite +and various zeolites.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Albite</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Amazon Stone</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Andesine</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Anorthite</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bytownite</a></span>, +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Labradorite</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Microcline</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Moonstone</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Oligoclase</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Orthoclase</a></span>, +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Plagioclase</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Sun-stone</a></span>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELSTED,<a name="ar226" id="ar226"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Felstead</span>, a village of Essex, England, between +Dunmow and Braintree, and 10 m. from Chelmsford; with a +station on the Great Eastern railway. Felsted is only noteworthy +by reason of its important public school, dating back to +its foundation as a grammar school in 1564 by Richard 1st +Baron Rich, who as lord chancellor and chancellor of the court +of augmentations had enriched himself with the spoil of the +adjoining abbey and priory of Little Leez at the dissolution +of the monasteries. It became a notable educational centre for +Puritan families in the 17th century, numbering a hundred or +more pupils, under Martin Holbeach (1600-1670), headmaster +from 1627-1649, and his successors C. Glasscock (from 1650 to +1690), and Simon Lydiatt (1690 to 1702). John Wallis and +Isaac Barrow were educated here, and also four sons of Oliver +Cromwell, Robert, Oliver, Richard (the Protector), and Henry. +Another era of prosperity set in under the headmastership of +William Trivett (1745-1830) between 1778 and 1794; but under +his successors W.J. Carless (from 1794 to 1813) and E. Squire +(from 1813 to 1829) the numbers dwindled. As the result of the +discovery by T. Surridge (headmaster 1835-1850), from research +among the records, that a larger income was really due to the +foundation, a reorganization took place by act of parliament, +and in 1851, under the headmastership of Rev. A.H. Wratislaw, +the school was put under a new governing body (a revised scheme +coming into operation in 1876). The result under Rev. W.S. +Grignon (1823-1907), the headmaster from 1856 to 1875, who +may be considered almost the second founder, was the rapid +development of Felsted into one of the regular public schools +of the modern English type. New buildings on an elaborate +scale arose, the numbers increased to more than 200, and a +complete transformation took place, which was carried on under +his successors D.S. Ingram (from 1875 to 1890), H.A. Dalton +(to 1906), and F. Stephenson, under whom large extensions to +the buildings and playing-fields were made.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See John Sargeaunt, <i>History of Felsted School</i> (1889); and <i>Alumni +Felstedienses</i>, by R.J. Beevor, E.T. Roberts and others (1903).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELT<a name="ar227" id="ar227"></a></span> (cognate with Ger. <i>Filz</i>, Du. <i>vilt</i>, Swed. and Dan. <i>filt</i>; +the root is unknown; the word has given Med. Lat. <i>filtrum</i>, +“filter”), a fabric produced by the “matting” or “felting” +together of fibrous materials such as wools, hairs, furs, &c. Most +textile fibres (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Fibres</a></span>) possess the quality of matting to some +extent, but wools, furs and some few hairs are the only fibres +which can be felted satisfactorily. It is probable that the quality +of felting must be attributed to the scale structure and waviness +of the wools, furs and hairs referred to. When it is desired +to incorporate non-felting fibres in felt cloths, wool must be +employed to “carry” them.</p> + +<p>There are two distinct classes of felts, viz. woven or “thread-structure” +felts, and “fibre” or true felts. In the manufacture +of thread-structure felts, wools possessing the quality of felting +in a high degree are naturally selected, carefully scoured so that +the felting quality is not seriously damaged, spun into woollen +yarn possessing the necessary fibre arrangement and twist, +woven into cloth of such a character that subsequently satisfactory +shrinking or felting may be effected, and finally scoured, +milled in the stocks of machine of both, dyed and finished on the +lines of an ordinary woven fabric. The lighter styles of woven +felts may be composed of a single cloth only, but for the heavier +styles two or more cloths are woven, one on top of the other, +at one and the same time, arrangements being made to stitch +the cloths together during the weaving operation.</p> + +<p>Fibre felts are exceedingly interesting from the historical +point of view. It is now generally admitted that the art of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page246" id="page246"></a>246</span> +weaving preceded that of spinning, and it must further be conceded +that the art of felting preceded that of weaving, so that the +felt fabric is probably one of the oldest of the various styles of +recognized fabrics. The inhabitants of the middle and northern +regions of Asia seem to have employed felt from time immemorial, +as clothing and also as a covering for their habitations. Most +of the classical writers refer to it and some of them actually +describe its manufacture. Felt was also largely employed by +the ancients for their hats, outer garments, and sometimes as +a species of armour.</p> + +<p>Fibre felts may be divided into three classes, viz. ordinary +felts; hat felts; and impregnated felts. As all felts are based +upon the ordinary felt, the process of manufacture of this will +first be described. Of the wools employed the principal are:—East +Indian, German or mid-European, New Zealand cross-breds, +and Australian, Cape and Buenos Aires merinos. Vegetable +fibres and silk are also employed, but wool must be used to +“carry” them; thus a good felting wool may be made to carry +its own weight of cotton, hemp, &c. Hairs and furs are principally +used in the hat felts. The average loss upon the wool from +the raw state to the finished felt is 40 to 50%. The order of +the manufacturing processes is as follows:—mixing, willowing, +teasing, scribbling and carding. It is interesting to note that +it is not usual to scour felting wools. This is not because they +are really clean—some are dirty—but because the felting property +is liable to be interfered with in the scouring operation. +Some wools, however, must be scoured to ensure satisfactory +working in the machines. From the card the wool is delivered +as a gossamer-like film from 50 to 60 in. wide on to an endless +sheet from 30 to 60 yds. long, upon which the felt is built up +film upon film until the required thickness—perhaps 4 in.—is +obtained. To harden this somewhat tender sheet of felt it is +now passed through an ironing process, effected by either steam-heated +rollers—to which a rotatory and vibratory motion is given—playing +upon the continually drawn-through cloth; or a huge +vibrating flat-iron, to which the cloth is automatically fed, held +in position and then wound up while the following length to be +treated is drawn under the iron. Soaping, fulling or “felting” +and the ordinary finishing operations—including dyeing and +printing if desirable—now follow, so that ultimately a strong +firm fabric is turned out. It must be admitted, however, that +the strength is much greater lengthwise than cross-wise, owing +to the parallelization of the fibres induced in the scribbling and +carding operations. Of course, the true felting or contraction +occurs in the fulling or felting stock, the fabric being perpetually +“hammered” in the presence of fulling agents such as soap, +fuller’s earth, &c., for a considerable time. The reduction in +width, length and thickness is remarkable. This may be controlled +within certain limits. The principal styles of ordinary +fibre-felts are—linings for coats, furniture and rubber shoes; +saddlery; seatings for carriages and pews; carpets, surrounds +and under-felts for carpets; mantles, dresses and table-cloths; +felt-slippers; mattress felts; chest-preservers, and shoulder-pads; +steam-engine packing, motor-car and anti-vibration +felts, shipbuilding felts; drawing-roller felts and gun-wad +felts.</p> + +<p>Hat felts may be divided into two classes, viz. those made from +wool and fur respectively. Wool “bodies” used for the lower +quality hats are manufactured in the same way as ordinary felts, +but the “shape” upon which the film issuing from the carder is +built up takes the form of a double cone and thus approximates +to the shape of the two hats ultimately formed. The shape is +further controlled and developed in the fulling or felting operation. +In the fur hat felts an air-blast is employed to carry the +finely separated fibres on to the shape required, upon which +shape the fibres are held in position by suction until the required +thickness is obtained. The structure is then further developed +and “stiffened,” <i>i.e.</i> impregnated with certain stiffening agents +according to requirements. If desirable the exterior fibres blown +on to any shape may be of a different material from the body +fabric.</p> + +<p>Impregnated felts are simply felts made in the ordinary way +but subsequently impregnated with certain agents which give +a special quality to the fabric. Messrs McNeill & Co., of London, +were the originators of “asphalted-felt” for roofing and, among +other styles, place on the market sheathing felt, inodorous felt, +dry hair felt, foundation felt, &c., &c. A later development, +however, is the impregnated iron-felt manufactured by Messrs +Mitchells, Ashworth, Stansfield & Co., of Waterfoot, near Manchester, +who not only produce from 70 to 80% of the ordinary +felts manufactured in Great Britain, but also place on the +market several specialties of which this “iron-felt” is largely +used in the construction of bridges, &c., and as a substitute for +rubber, it being apparently more durable.</p> +<div class="author">(A. F. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELTHAM,<a name="ar228" id="ar228"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Felltham</span>, <b>OWEN</b> (d. 1668), English moralist, +was the son of Thomas Feltham or Felltham of Mutford in Suffolk. +The date of his birth is given variously as 1602 and 1609. <span class="correction" title="amended from Hs">He</span> is +famous chiefly as the author of a volume entitled <i>Resolves, Divine, +Moral and Political</i>, containing one hundred short and pithy +essays. To later issues of the <i>Resolves</i> Feltham appended +<i>Lusoria</i>, a collection of forty poems. Hardly anything is known +of his life except that T. Randolph, the adopted “son” of Ben +Jonson, addressed a poem of compliment to him, and became his +friend, and that Feltham attacked Ben Jonson in an ode shortly +before the aged poet’s death, but contributed a flattering elegy to +the <i>Jonsonus Virbius</i> in 1638. Early in life Feltham visited +Flanders, and published observations in 1652 under the title of +<i>A Brief Character of the Low Countries</i>. He was a strict high-churchman +and a royalist; he even described Charles I. as +“Christ the Second.” Hallam stigmatized Feltham as one of +our worst writers. He has not, indeed, the elegance of Bacon, +whom he emulated, and he is often obscure and affected; but +his copious imagery and genuine penetration give his reflections +a certain charm. To the middle classes of the 17th century +he seemed a heaven-sent philosopher and guide, and was only +less popular than Francis Quarles the poet.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Eleven editions of the <i>Resolves</i> appeared before 1700. Later. +editions by James Cumming (London, 1806; much garbled; has +account of Feltham’s life and writings), and O. Smeaton in “Temple +Classics” series (London, 1904).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELTON, CORNELIUS CONWAY<a name="ar229" id="ar229"></a></span> (1807-1862), American +classical scholar, was born on the 6th of November 1807, in West +Newbury, Massachusetts. He graduated at Harvard College in +1827, having taught school in the winter vacations of his sophomore +and junior years. After teaching in the Livingstone high +school of Geneseo, New York, for two years, he became tutor at +Harvard in 1829, university professor of Greek in 1832, and +Eliot professor of Greek literature in 1834. In 1860 he succeeded +James Walker as president of Harvard, which position he held +until his death, at Chester, Pennsylvania, on the 26th of February +1862. Dr Felton edited many classical texts. His annotations +on Wolf’s text of the <i>Iliad</i> (1833) are especially valuable. +<i>Greece, Ancient and Modern</i> (2 vols., 1867), forty-nine lectures +before the Lowell Institute, is scholarly, able and suggestive of +the author’s personality. Among his miscellaneous publications +are the American edition of Sir William Smith’s <i>History of +Greece</i> (1855); translations of Menzel’s <i>German Literature</i> (1840), +of Munk’s <i>Metres of the Greeks and Romans</i> (1844), and of Guyot’s +<i>Earth and Man</i> (1849); and <i>Familiar Letters from Europe</i> (1865).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELTON, JOHN<a name="ar230" id="ar230"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1595-1628), assassin of the 1st duke of +Buckingham, was a member of an old Suffolk family established +at Playford. The date of his birth and the name of his father are +unknown, but his mother was Eleanor, daughter of William +Wright, mayor of Durham. He entered the army, and served +as lieutenant in the expedition to Cadiz commanded by Sir +Edward Cecil in 1625. His career seems to have been ill-starred +and unfortunate from the beginning. His left hand was early +disabled by a wound, and a morose temper rendered him unpopular +and prevented his advancement. Every application made +to Buckingham for his promotion was refused, on account of an +enmity, according to Sir Simonds D’Ewes, which existed between +Felton and Sir Henry Hungate, a favourite of Buckingham. To +his personal application that he could not live without a captaincy +Buckingham replied harshly “that he might hang.” Whether he +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page247" id="page247"></a>247</span> +took part in the expedition to Rhé in 1627 is uncertain, but there +is no doubt that he continued to be refused promotion, and +that even his scanty pay earned during the Cadiz adventure was +not received. Exasperated by his ill-treatment, his discontent +sharpened by poverty, and his hatred of Buckingham intensified +by a study of the Commons “Remonstrances” of the previous +June, and by a work published by Eglesham, the physician of +James I., in which Buckingham was accused of poisoning the king, +Felton determined to effect his assassination. He bought a +tenpenny knife on Tower Hill, and on his way through Fleet +Street he left his name in a church to be prayed for as “a man +much discontented in mind.” He arrived at Portsmouth at +9 o’clock in the morning of the 23rd of August 1628, and immediately +proceeded to No. 10 High Street, where Buckingham was +lodged. Here mingling with the crowd of applicants and unnoticed +he stabbed the duke, who immediately fell dead. Though +escape would have been easy he confessed the deed and was +seized and conveyed to the Tower, his journey thither, such was +the unpopularity of the duke, being accompanied by cries of +“God bless thee” from the people. Charles and Laud desired he +should be racked, but the illegal torture was prevented by the +judges. He was tried before the king’s bench on the 27th of +November, pleaded guilty, and was hanged the next day, his +body being exposed in chains subsequently at Portsmouth.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELTRE, MORTO DA,<a name="ar231" id="ar231"></a></span> Italian painter of the Venetian school, +who worked at the close of the 15th century and beginning of the +16th. His real name appears to have been Pietro Luzzo; he is also +known by the name Zarato or Zarotto, either from the place of his +death or because his father, a surgeon, was in Zara during the +son’s childhood: whether he was termed Morto (dead) from his +joyless temperament is a disputed point. He may probably +have studied painting first in Venice, but under what master is +uncertain. At an early age he went to Rome, and investigated +the ancient, especially the subterranean remains, and thence to +Pozzuoli, where he painted from the decorations of antique crypts +or “grotte.” The style of fanciful arabesque which he formed for +himself from these studies gained the name of “grottesche,” +whence comes the term “grotesque”; not, indeed, that Morto +was the first painter of arabesque in the Italian Renaissance, for +art of this kind had, apart from his influence, been fully developed, +both in painting and in sculpture, towards 1480, but he may have +powerfully aided its diffusion southwards. His works were +received with much favour in Rome. He afterwards went to +Florence, and painted some fine grotesques in the Palazzo +Pubblico. Returning to Venice towards 1505, he assisted +Giorgione in painting the Fondaco dei Tedeschi, and seems to +have remained with him till 1511. If we may trust Ridolfi, +Morto eloped with the mistress of Giorgione, whose grief at this +transaction brought him to the grave; the allegation, however, +is hardly reconcilable with other accounts. It may have been +in 1515 that Morto returned to his native Feltre, then in a very +ruinous condition from the ravages of war in 1509. There he +executed various works, including some frescoes, still partly +extant, and considered to be almost worthy of the hand of +Raphael, in the loggia beside San Stefano. Towards the age of +forty-five, Morto, unquiet and dissatisfied, abandoned painting +and took to soldiering in the service of the Venetian republic. +He was made captain of a troop of two hundred men; and fighting +valorously, he is said to have died at Zara in Dalmatia, in 1519. +This story, and especially the date of it, are questionable: there +is some reason to think that Morto was painting as late as 1522. +One of his pictures is in the Berlin museum, an allegorical subject +of “Peace and War.” Andrea Feltrini was his pupil and assistant +as a decorative painter.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELTRE<a name="ar232" id="ar232"></a></span> (anc. <i>Feltria</i>), a town and episcopal see of Venetia, +Italy, in the province of Belluno, 20 m. W.S.W. of it by rail, +situated on an isolated hill, 885 ft. above sea-level. Pop. (1901) +5468 (town), 15,243 (commune). The cathedral has a fine polygonal +apse of the 16th century. The Palazzo del Consiglio, now +a theatre, is attributed to Palladio. At one end of the chief +square of the town, the Piazza Maggiore, is the cistern by which +the town is supplied with water, and a large fountain. There +are some remains of the medieval castle. The ancient Feltria, +which lay on the road (Via Claudia) from Opitergium to Tridentum, +does not seem to have been a place of any importance under +the Romans. Vittorino dei Rambaldoni da Feltre (1378-1446) +was a famous educator and philosopher of his time.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FELUCCA<a name="ar233" id="ar233"></a></span> (an Italian word; in forms like the Span. <i>faluca</i>, +Fr. <i>felouque</i>, it appears in other languages; it is probably of +Arabic origin, cf. <i>fulk</i>, a ship, and <i>falaka</i>, to be round; the +modern Arabic form is <i>falūkah</i>), a type of vessel used in the +Mediterranean for coasters or fishing-boats. It is a long, low +and narrow undecked vessel, built for speed, and propelled by +oars or sails. The sails are lateen-shaped and carried on one or +two masts placed far forward (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Boat</a></span>).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEMALE,<a name="ar234" id="ar234"></a></span> the correlative of “male,” the sex which performs +the function of conceiving and bearing as opposed to the begetting +of young. The word in Middle English is <i>femelle</i>, adopted +from the French from the Lat. <i>femella</i>, which is a diminutive, +and in classical Latin used strictly as such, of <i>femina</i>, a woman. +The present termination in English is due to a connexion in +ideas with “male.” In various mechanical devices, where two +corresponding parts work within the other, the receiving part is +often known as the “female,” as for example in the “male” +and “female screw.” The O. Fr. <i>feme</i>, modern <i>femme</i>, occurs in +legal phraseology in <i>feme covert</i>, a married woman, <i>i.e.</i> one +protected or covered by a husband, and in <i>feme sole</i>, one not so +protected, a widow or spinster (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Women</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Husband and +Wife</a></span>).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FEMERELL,<a name="ar235" id="ar235"></a></span> properly <span class="sc">Fumerell</span> (from O. Fr. <i>fumeraille</i>, +Lat. <i>fumus</i>, smoke), the old English term given to the lantern +in the ridge of a hall roof for the purpose of letting out the smoke +of the fire kindled on a central hearth.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENCING.<a name="ar236" id="ar236"></a></span> If by “fencing”—the art of fence, <i>i.e.</i> of defence +or offence—were meant generally the dexterous use of the sword, +the subject would be wide indeed; as wide, in fact, as the history +of the sword (<i>q.v.</i>) itself. But, in its modern acceptation, the +meaning of the word has become considerably restricted. The +scope of investigation must therefore be confined to one kind of +swordsmanship only: to that which depends on the regulated, +artificial conditions of “single combat.” It is indeed this play, +hemmed in by many restrictions, which we have come to mean +more specially by “fencing.” It differs, of course, in many +respects, from what may be called the art of fighting in the light +of nature. But as its restrictions are among the very elements +which work to the perfection of the play, it is undoubtedly in +the history of swordsmanship as applied to duelling (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Duel</a></span>) +that we shall trace the higher development of the art.</p> + +<p>It may be said that the history of fencing, therefore, would be +tantamount to the history of private duelling. Now, this is an +ethical subject; one, again, which would carry the investigation +too far; and it need not be taken up farther back than the +middle of the 16th century, when, on the disuse of the medieval +wager of battle, the practice of <i>private duelling</i> began to take +an assured footing in a warlike society. It is curious to mark +that the first cultivation of refined cunning in fence dates from +that period, which corresponds chronologically with the general +disuse of armour, both in battle and in more private encounters. +It is still more curious to note that, in order to fit himself to +meet what was an illegal but aristocratic obligation, the gallant +of those days had to appeal to a class of men hitherto little +considered: to those plebeian adepts, in fact, who for generations +had cultivated skill in the use of hand weapons, on foot and +without armour. Thus it came to pass that the earliest masters +of fence in all countries, namely, the masters of the art of conducting +skilfully what was essentially considered as an honourable +encounter, were almost invariably to be found among a somewhat +dishonoured gentry—gladiators, free companions, professional +champions, more or less openly recognized, or bravoes +of the most uncompromising character.</p> + +<p>In Germany, which may be considered the cradle of systematic +swordsmanship, these teachers of the sword had, as early as the +15th century, formed themselves into gilds; among which the +best known were the <i>Marxbrüder</i>, or the Associates of St Marcus +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page248" id="page248"></a>248</span> +of Löwenberg, who had their headquarters at Frankfort, and +branches in all the more important towns. Similarly, in Spain +and in northern Italy, professional swordsmen were at various +times allowed to form themselves into recognized or at least +tolerated associations.</p> + +<p>In England “swordmen” had been looked upon with especial +disfavour by the powers that were, until Henry VIII., who +was a great lover of all manly exercises, found it likewise +advisable to turn their obnoxious existence to a disciplined and +profitable channel by regularizing their position. The most redoubtable +masters were allowed to form themselves into a +company, with powers to increase their numbers with suitable +and duly tried men, in imitation of the world-famed German +<i>Marxbrüder</i> or <i>Marcusbrüder</i>. Under these conditions they +were granted the lucrative monopoly of teaching the art of fight +in England. The enormous privileges that the king, in course of +time, conferred on his Corporation of Masters of Defence very +soon enabled it to put down or absorb all the more ferocious of +independent swashbucklers, and thereby to impart to the profession +a moderate degree of respectability under the coat of +arms granted by the royal heralds: gules a sword pendant +argent.</p> + +<p>It was in the midst of such corporations and in the fighting +dens of independent swordsmen, therefore, that sprouted the +first buds of systematic swordsmanship. Among the professional +fencers, curiously and happily for the historian, there +seem to have been a few with a literary turn of mind.</p> + +<p>The oldest manuscripts of fence belong to Italy and Germany. +They deal with the methods of carrying out single combats on +foot, with any of the most generally accepted weapons—long +sword and short sword, dagger and every kind of knives, mace, +long and short staff, axes, &c.,—and with the tricks of wrestling +recommendable therefor. Among the most comprehensive in +their scope may be mentioned <i>Il Fior di battaglia di Maestro Fiore +dei Liberi da Premariaco</i>; a work which, although illustrated +with truly Italian taste and grace, shows, as far as its fighting +style is concerned, unmistakable marks of German influence. +The text of the MS. bears the date 1410, but the writer was known +to be flourishing as a master of fence as early as 1383. A reprint +of this invaluable codex has been published, under the care of +Francesco Donati, by the <i>Istituto Italiano d’ Arti Grafiche</i>. +Another is the better known <i>Thalhofer’s Fecht Buch, gerichtliche +und andere Zweykämpfe darstellend</i> (1467), a reprint of which, +with its 268 plates in facsimile, was brought out by Gustave +Hergsell in Prague. The oldest printed book is likewise German: +<i>Ergründung der ritterlicher Kunst der Fechterei, von Andreas +Paurnfeindt, Freifechter zu Wien</i> (1516). This work, which is +exceedingly rare, is a very complete exponent of the ways of +wielding long and short blades to the utmost of their lethal +capacity. It was reproduced (under various titles, very confusing +to the bibliographer) in Frankfort, Augsburg, Strassburg, +and finally done into French under the name of <i>La Noble science +des joueurs d’épée</i>, published in Paris and Antwerp, 1535.</p> + +<p>Following the Germans, the oldest printed books of fence are +Italian. The first French book on the sword is known to be a +translation from the German. Curiously enough, the second, and +one of the most notable, <i>Le Traité de l’épée seule, mère de toutes +armes</i>, of the Sieur de St Didier, published in Paris in 1573, can +be shown to be a transparent adaptation of two Italian treatises, +the <i>Trattato di scienza d’ arme</i> of Camillo Agrippa, and Grassi’s +<i>Ragione di adoperar sicuramente l’arme</i>, &c.</p> + +<p>It is about this time, namely, the latter half of the 16th century, +that swordsmanship pure and simple may be said to find its +origin; for then a great change is perceptible in the nature and +tendency of fence books: they dissociate themselves from +indecorous wrestling tricks, and approximate more and more +to the consideration of what we understand by swordsmanship. +The older works expounded the art of fighting generally; taught +the reader a number of valuable, if not “gentlemanlike,” +dodges for overcoming an adversary <i>at all manner of weapons</i>: +now the lucubrations of fence-masters deal almost exclusively +with the walking sword, that is, the duelling weapon—with the +rapier in fact, both with and without its lieutenant, the +dagger.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered that at this period private duelling +and cavalier quarrelsomeness amounted to a perfect mania. +The fencing master was no longer merely a teacher of efficacious, +if rascally, tricks; he was becoming a model of gallant deportment; +in many cases he was even a recognized arbiter on +matters of honour. He was often a gentleman himself: at all +events he posed as such.</p> + +<p>Although the Germans were always redoubtable adepts at +the rougher games of swordsmanship, it is in Italy that is to be +found development of that nimbler, more regulated, more +cunning, better controlled, kind of play which we have learned +to associate with the term “fencing.” It was from Italy that +the art of fence first spread over Europe: not from Spain, as +it has been asserted by many writers. The Italians—if we take +their early books as evidence, and the fact that their phraseology +was adopted by all Europe—were the first to perceive (as soon +as the problem of armour-breaking ceased to be the most important +one in fight) the superior efficiency of the point. They +accordingly reduced the breadth of their sword, modified the +hilt portion thereof to admit of readier thrust action, and +relegated the cut to quite a secondary position in their system. +With this lighter weapon they devised in course of time that +brilliant cunning play known as rapier fence.</p> + +<p>The rapier was ultimately adopted everywhere by men of +courtly habit; but, in England at least, it was not accepted +without murmur and vituperation from the older fighting class of +swordsmen, especially from the members and admirers of the +English Corporation of Defence Masters. As a body Englishmen +were as conservative then as they are now. They knew the +value of what they had as their own, and distrusted innovations, +especially from foreign quarters. The old sword and the buckler +were reckoned as your true English weapons: they always went +together—in fact sword and buckler play in the 16th century was +evidently held to be as national a game as boxing came to be in a +later age. Many are the allusions in contemporary dramatic +literature to this characteristic national distrust of continental +innovations. There is the well-known passage in Porter’s play, +<i>The Two Angry Women of Abingdon</i>, for instance: “Sword and +buckler fight,” says a sturdy Briton (in much the same tone of +disgust as a British lover of fisticuffs might now assume when +talking of a French “Mounseer’s” foil play), “begins to grow +out of use. I am sorry for it. I shall never see good manhood +again. If it be once gone, this poking fight with rapier and dagger +will come up. Then the tall man (that is, a courageous man and +a good sword-and-buckler man) will be spitted like a cat or a +rabbit!” The long-sword, that is, the two-hander, was also an +essentially national weapon. It was a right-down pleasing and +sturdy implement, recalling in good steel the vernacular quarter-staff +of old. It required thews and sinews, and, incidentally, +much beef and ale. The long-sword man looked perhaps with +even greater disfavour than the smaller swashbuckler upon the +new-fangled “bird-spit.” “Tut, man,” says Justice Shallow, +typical <i>laudator</i> of the good bygone days, on hearing of the +ridiculous Frenchman’s skill with his rapier, “I could have told +you more. In these times you stand on distance, your passes, +stoccadoes, and I know not what; ’tis the heart, Master Page; +’tis here, ’tis here. I have seen the time, with my long-sword, I +would have made you four tall fellows skip like rats.”</p> + +<p>Now, sword-and-buckler and long-sword play was no doubt a +manly pursuit and a useful. But, as an every-day companion, +the long-sword was incongruous to a fastidious cavalier; and, +again, the buckler, indispensable adjunct to the broad swashing +blade of home production, was hardly more suitable. In +Elizabethan days it soon became obvious that the buckler was +inadmissible as an item of gentlemanly attire. It was accordingly +left to the body attendant; and the gallant took kindly to the +fine rapier of Milanese or Toledan make. On the other hand, it is +not difficult to understand the rapid popularity gained among the +gentry by this nimble rapier, so much reviled by the older fighting +men. The rapier, in fact, came in with the taste for “cavalíero” +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page249" id="page249"></a>249</span> +style, and may be looked upon as its fit outward symbol already +in the days of Queen Mary. In Elizabeth’s reign it was firmly +established as your only gentlemanlike weapon.</p> + +<p>The rapier was decidedly a foreigner; yet it suited the +Elizabethan age, for it was decorative as well as practical. Its +play was picturesque, fantastic—almost euphuistic, one might +say—in comparison with the matter-of-fact hanger of older days. +Its phraseology had a quaint, rich, southern smack, which +connoted outlandish experience and gave those conversant with +its intricate distinctions that marvellous character, at once +precious and ruffling, which was so highly appreciated by the +cavalier youth of the time. The rapier in its heyday was an +admirable weapon to look at, a delicious one to wield. And, +besides, in proper hands, it was undoubtedly one that was most +conclusive. It was, in short, as elegant and deadly as its predecessors +were sturdy and brutal.</p> + +<p>By the time that the most perfect, namely, the Italian, rapier +fence came to be generally taught in England—that is, during the +last third of Elizabeth’s reign—the theory of swordsmanship, as +applied to a single combat, after having passed through many +phases of imperfection, was already tolerably simple and practical. +(The exact story of its evolution may be found in a work now +included in Bohn’s Libraries, <i>Schools and Masters of Fence</i>.) +What may be considered as one of the cardinal actions of regulated +sword-play on foot, namely, the lunge, had already been +discovered. Although a great many movements which, according +to modern notions, would be considered not only unnecessary but +actually pernicious, still formed part of the system, it may be +doubted whether, considering the character of the weapon, +anything very much better could be devised, even in our present +state of knowledge.</p> + +<p>For it must be remembered that the evolution of the forms of +the sword and of the theories concerning its most efficient use +are closely connected. It is, in fact, sometimes difficult to +decide whether the change in the shape of the weapon was the +result of a development of a theory; or whether new theories +were elaborated to fit alterations in these shapes due to fashion or +any other reason.</p> + +<p>When systematic fence came over to England it was already +much simplified (it should be noted that improvement in the +art, from its earliest days down to the present time, seems always +to have been in the direction of simplification); yet, for more +than a century from the appearance of the first real treatise, +simplification never reached that point which would render +impossible a belief in the undoubted efficacy of those “secret +thrusts,” of that “universal parry,” of those ineluctable passes, +which every master professed to teach. These precious secrets +remain long, among a certain shady class of swordsmen, an object +of untiring study, carried on with much the same faith and zest +as the quest of the alchemist for his powder of projection, or of the +Merchant Adventurer for El Dorado. There can, of course, be no +such thing as an insuperable pass, a secret thrust or parry; every +attack <i>can</i> be parried, every parry can be deceived by suitable +movements. Yet there was some justification for the belief in +the existence of secrets of swordsmanship in days when, as a rule, +lessons of fence were given in jealous privacy; constant practice +at one particular pass, especially with the long rapier, which +required a great deal of muscular strength, might render any +peculiarly fierce, sudden and audacious stroke excessively +dangerous to one who did not happen to have opposed that stroke +before. Undoubtedly there was little in Elizabethan fencing-schools +of what we understand in modern days by loose-play +between the pupils; practice was almost invariably conducted +between scholar and teacher in private; and thus the +opportunities for watching or testing any particular fencer’s play +were few. Such an opportunity would, as a rule, only occur on +occasions of an earnest fight; and the possessor of a specially +handy thrust (if it came off at all) would of course take good care +that his opponent should not live to ponder over the secret. +The secret, such as it was, remained. In this guise it was +inevitable that an almost superstitious belief in “secret foynes,” +in the <i>botte secrète</i> of certain practised duellists, should arise.</p> + +<p>Be that as it may, there is no doubt that towards the end of +the 16th century there were many free-lances in the field of arms +who professed to teach, in exchange for much gold, strokes that +were not to be parried. From one truculent personage, whom +Brantôme mentions, Tappa the Milanese, you could learn how to +cut (if it so took your fancy) both eyes out of your adversary’s +face with a <i>rinverso tondo</i>, or circular “reverse of the point.” +From Caizo, another Italian teacher, at one time much favoured +by the French court, lessons were to be had in the special art of +ham-stringing. Caizo’s <i>botte secrète</i> seems to have been nothing +more nor less than a <i>falso manco</i>, that is, a left-handed drawing +cut, at the inside of the knee. But, as practised and taught by +him, it was infallible. This stroke has come down to us as <i>le +coup de Jarnac</i>—a stroke, be it said, which, notwithstanding its +bad name, was quite as fair as any in rapier fence. One Le +Flamand, a French master in Paris, was reputed the inventor of a +jerky time-thrust at the adversary’s brows, which was a certainty. +This special foyne, which was merely an <i>imbrocata</i> at the head, +has become legendary in the fencing world as <i>la botte de Nevers</i>. +English fencers have their own legends about “the very butcher +of a silk button,” and this brings us to the first writer on the +rapier in England, Vincenzio Saviolo, the great expounder of that +Italianated fence which was so obnoxious to the old masters, +withal so much admired of Elizabethan courtiers; the man, in +short, who—there seems to be much internal evidence to show it—was +Shakespeare’s fencing master.</p> + +<p>Vincenzio was not the only foreign master of note established +in London during the latter part of Elizabeth’s reign. One, +Signor Rocco, had, we hear, a very gorgeously appointed +academy in Warwick Lane, near St Paul’s, where he coined +money rapidly at the expense of gulls and gallants alike. But +this man came to grief ultimately in an encounter with the long-sword +with an old-fashioned English master of defence. Another +popular teacher was a certain “Geronimo”; but he also met +with a melancholy and premature end by the hands of one Cheefe, +“a tall man in his fight and natural English,” says George Silver, +the champion of the Corporation of Masters of Defence. Saviolo, +however, seems to have remained unconquered. In his work +(<i>Vincentio Saviolo, his practise, in two bookes, the first intreating +of the use of the Rapier and Dagger, the second of Honor and +honorable quarrels.</i> London. Printed by John Wolfe, 1595) +are expounded in a most typical manner the principles of rapier +play.</p> + +<p>The fencing phraseology of Elizabethan times is highly +picturesque, but with difficulty intelligible in the absence of +practical demonstration. Without going into technical details +it may be pointed out that the long Elizabethan rapier, however +admirably balanced it might otherwise be, was still too heavy to +admit of quick parries with the blade itself. Thrusts, as a rule, +had to be avoided by body movements, by ducking, or by a +vault aside (<i>incartata</i>), or beaten away with the left hand, the +hand being protected with a gauntlet or armed with a dagger. +In fact, one may say that the chief characteristic of Elizabethan +sword-play was the concerted action of the left hand parrying +while the right delivered the attack. Benvolio’s description of +Tybalt’s fight is graphic:—</p> + +<table class="reg" summary="poem f90"><tr><td> <div class="poemr"> +<p>“With piercing steel he tilts at bold Mercutio’s breast,</p> + <p class="i05">Who, all as hot, turns deadly point to point,</p> + <p class="i05">And with a martial scorn, with one hand beats</p> + <p class="i05">Cold death aside, and with the other</p> + <p class="i05">Sends it back to Tybalt, whose dexterity</p> + <p class="i05">Retorts it....”</p> +</div> </td></tr></table> + +<p>Of these body movements, in Saviolo’s days, the most approved +were: the <i>incartata</i>, just mentioned; the pass (the “passado,” +in the ruffling Anglo-Italian jargon), that is, passing of one +foot in front of the other whilst delivering the attack; the <i>botta +lunga</i>, or lunge; and the <i>caricado</i>, which was a far-reaching +combination of the two. Of systematic sword movements there +were six: <i>stocata</i>, a thrust delivered with nails upwards; <i>imbrocata</i>, +with nails down; <i>punta-reversa</i>, any thrust delivered from the +left side of the body; <i>mandritto</i>, a cut from the right; <i>rinverso</i>, +one from the left; <i>stramazone</i>, a right-down blow with the point +of the sword.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page250" id="page250"></a>250</span></p> + +<p>The new art of fence, as systematized by the principles of +rapier play, was on the whole already accepted in England +during the last decade of the 16th century, and was, as we know, +destined to endure. Nevertheless, there were still many partisans +of the older school: lovers of the national short-sword and the +buckler. Their tenets are to be found embodied, in very strenuous +language, by the George Silver mentioned above, a member, +it would seem, of the now dwindling company of Masters of +Defence, in his small work: <i>Paradoxe of Defence, wherein is +proved the true ground of fight to be in the short ancient weapons, etc.</i> +Printed in London, 1599. (The work has been reprinted by +Messrs George Bell & Sons.)</p> + +<p>The Italians were undoubtedly the leaders in sword-play; +but, towards the beginning of the 17th century, the Spaniards +developed a peculiar school of their own, which for a short while +was all the mode in England as well as in France. The last trace, +be it stated, of that school is now extinct. Yet the Spaniard of +cavalier days was undoubtedly a formidable duellist; that was +no doubt owing to the quality of the man, not of his art. The +Italian’s fence was artistic; the Spaniard’s dexterity was essentially +scientific. In Spain were to be found typically those +“Captains of Complements,” who not only understood in their +most intricate mazes the proper “dependencies” for the cartel, +but also the mathematical certainties for the “reason demonstrative.” +These Spanish books are marvellously pedantic; +one may as well say it, frankly ridiculous. Spanish masters instructed +their scholars on mathematical lines, with the help of +diagrams drawn on the floor within a circle, the radius of which +bore certain cryptic proportions to length of human arms and +Spanish swords. The circle was inscribed in squares and intersected +by sundry chords bearing occult but, it was held, incontrovertible +relations to probabilities of strokes and parries. +The scholar was to step from certain intersections to certain +others. If this stepping was correctly done the result was a foregone +victory. “A villain,” exclaims Mercutio, indignantly, +“who fights by the book of arithmetic.” Elizabethan comedies +bring us many an echo of its great expounder of mathematical +swordsmanship, the magnificent Carranza, the <i>primer inventor +de la Ciencia de las Armas</i>, the writer of treatises so abstruse on +“the first and second cause,” in questions of honour and swording, +that they have never been quite understood to this day.</p> + +<p>Perhaps the most curious matter in connexion with the +Spanish fence is that the most splendid treatise of the sword +published in the French language is in reality purely Spanish +(we have seen that the first was German, and the second an +adaptation of Italian treatises). This third work, <i>Académie de +l’épée de Girard Thibault, d’Anvers, etc.</i>, is indeed a monument; +one of the biggest books ever printed, and beyond compare the +biggest book of fence. It was issued in 1628 by the Leiden +Elzevirs, and took fifteen years to complete. Nine reigning +princes and a vast number of private gentlemen subscribed to +meet its stupendous expenses.</p> + +<p>This work was spoken of as a “monument.” It may, in some +respects, be looked upon as the funeral monument of the old +rapier fence; for soon after that period rose an entirely new +school, one adapted to the use of a less portentous weapon, the +small-sword of French pattern; a school destined to endure, +and to lead to the perfection of our modern <i>escrime</i>.</p> + +<p>The evolution of this new school is an instance of the influence +of fashion upon the shape of the sword, and hence upon theories +concerning its use. The French school of fencing may be said +to owe its origin to the adoption, under Louis XIV., of the short +court-sword in place of the over-long wide-hilted rapier of the +older style. With a weapon of such reduced dimensions, of such +reduced weight, the advantage of the dagger as a fencing adjunct +at once ceased to be felt. The dagger, last Gothic remnant, +disappeared accordingly; and there arose rapidly a new system +of play, in which most of the defensive actions were performed +by the blade alone; in which, at the same time (the reduction +in the size and weight of the weapon rendering the efficiency of +the edge almost nugatory in comparison with that of the point), +all cutting action was ultimately discarded.</p> + +<p>It is from that date, namely, from the last third of the 17th +century, that the sword, as a fighting implement, becomes +differentiated into two very different directions. The military +weapon becomes the back-sword or sabre; the walking companion +and duelling weapon becomes what we now understand +by the small-sword. Two utterly different kinds of fence are +practised: one, that of the back-sword; the other, what we +would now call foil-play.</p> + +<p>The magnificent old cut and thrust rapier still flourished, it +is true, in parts of Italy and Spain; but by the end of the 17th +century it had already become an object of ridicule in the +eyes of all persons addicted to <i>bon ton</i>—and it must be +remembered that <i>bon ton</i>, on the Continent everywhere and +even in England, at that time, was French <i>ton</i>. The walking +sword, fit for a gentleman’s side, was therefore the small-sword +of Versailles pattern. Its use had to be learnt from French +masters of deportment; the old magniloquent Italo-Spanish +rapier jargon was forgotten; French terms, barbarized into +<i>carte</i>, <i>tierce</i>, <i>sagoon</i>, <i>flanquonade</i>, and so forth, were alone understood. +In fact, French fencing became as indispensable an +accomplishment to the Georgian gentlemen as the fine Italianated +foyning had been to the Elizabethan.</p> + +<p>The new French sword-play was, it must be owned, very neat, +quiet, precise, and, if anything, even more deadly than the old +fence. It was perfect as a decorous mode of fight, and as well +suited to the lace ruffles, to the high perruque and the red heels +of the “beau” as the long cup-hilted rapier had been to the +booted and spurred “cavalier.” The essence of its play was +nimbleness of wrist; it required quickness of spirit rather than +muscular vigour. It is to be noted, however, that the same sort +of popular opposition met the invasion of French fencing, in +post-Restoration days, that had been offered to the new-fangled +Italian rapier a century earlier. During the Parliamentary +period the rapier and its attendant dagger had practically disappeared; +they were not true warlike weapons, their chief +virtue was for duelling or sudden encounters. But the stout +English back-sword survived; and with it a very definite school +of back-sword play. Under Charles II., the amusement of stage +or prize-fighting with swords had become <i>à la mode</i>. Courteous +assaults at many weapons, of course rebated, had been frequent +functions under the auspices of the Corporation of Masters of +Defence during the second half of the 16th century; it is (be it +remarked) in such sword-matches on the scaffold that we find +the origin of our modern prize-fights at fisticuffs. The first +instance known of a challenge at sharps on the fighting stage is +seen in a cartel sent by George Silver and Toby his son, as +champions of the Corporation of Masters of Defence, to the obnoxious +“Signors” Saviolo and Geronimo. As a matter of fact, +the latter, having apparently no wish to improve their excellent +social position or to risk forfeiting it, declined this invitation to +a public trial of skill. But the idea was right martial and pleasing +to the English mind, and the fashion of prize-fighting took the +firm hold it retained on English minds till stringent legislation, +not so very long ago, was brought to bear upon it. Be it as it +may, this prize-fighting with swords endured until middle +Georgian days; when, under the impetus given to fistic displays +then by the renowned Figg (who was at one and the same time +the most formidable of English fencers and the first on the long +list of English pugilistic champions), back-swording became +relegated to the provinces, and ultimately dwindled into our +bastard “single-stick.”</p> + +<p>Fencing, in its restricted sense of purely thrusting play, was +always an “academic” art in England. The first great advocate +and exponent of the new small-sword fence, as taught by the new +French school, was Sir William Hope of Balcomy, at one time +deputy governor of Edinburgh Castle, who wrote a great number +of quaint treatises of great interest to the “operative” as well as +to the “speculative” fencer. Yet, oddly enough, Sir William +Hope was instrumental in endeavouring to push through parliament +a bill for the establishment of a court of honour, the office +of which was to have been the deciding of honourable quarrels, +whenever possible, without appeal to fencing skill. The House, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page251" id="page251"></a>251</span> +however, being at the time excited and busy on the question +of the union of Scotland and England, the bill never became act.</p> + +<p>To resume: since it began to be practised as a regulated art +one may say broadly that sword play has already passed through +four main phases. The first belongs to the early Tudor days +of sword and buckler encounters, whereof, if the best theoretical +treatises appeared in Italy, the sturdiest practical exponents +were most probably found in the British Isles. Then came the +age of the rapier, coeval with the general disuse of the buckler. +There may be discerned the dawn of fencing proper, which will +fully arise when, in Caroline times, the outrageous length of +the tucke will at last be sufficiently reduced no longer to require +the dagger as a helpmate. The third was the age of the small-sword. +With its light, elegant and deadly practice we enter a +new atmosphere, so to speak, on fencing ground. Suppleness of +wrist and precision of fingering replace the ramping and traversing, +the heavy forcing play, of the Elizabethan. If the rapier +age was well exemplified by Vincent Saviolo, this one was +typified, albeit perhaps at a time when it was already somewhat +on the wane, by the admirable Angelo Tremamondo Malevolti.</p> + +<p>In the early days of the small-sword age men still fenced in +play as they fought in earnest. But presently there appeared +on the scene (during the last years of the 18th century) an implement +destined to revolutionize the art and hopelessly to divide +the practice of the school from that of the field: that was the +fencing mask. Before this invention, small-sword play in the +master’s room was perforce comparatively cautious, correct, +sure and above all deliberate. The long, excited, argumentative +phrases of modern assaults were unknown; and so was the +almost inevitably consequent scrimmage. But under the protection +of the fencing mask a new school of foil-play was evolved, +one in which swiftness and inveteracy of attack and parry, of +<i>riposte</i>, <i>remise</i>, <i>counter-riposte</i> and <i>reprise</i>, assumed an all-important +character. With the new style began to assert itself +that utter recklessness of “chance hits” which in our days so +markedly differentiates foil-practice from actual duelling. And +this brings us to the fourth phase, the fencing art, to what may +be called the age of the foil.</p> + +<p>If anything were required to demonstrate that foil-play has +nowadays passed into the state of what may be called fine art +in athleticism, it would be found in the rise of the method which +French masters particularize as <i>le jeu du terrain</i>, as duelling play +in fact; a play which differs as completely from academic foil-fencing +as cross-country riding in an unknown district from +the <i>haute école</i> of horsemanship in the <i>manège</i>. By fencing, +nowadays, that is by foil-play, we have come to mean not simply +fighting for hits, but a strictly regulated game which, being quite +conventional, does not take accidental hits into consideration +at all. This game requires for its perfect display a combination +of artificial circumstances, such as even floors, featherweight +weapons, and an unconditional acceptance of a number of +traditional conventions. Now, for the more utilitarian purposes +of duelling, the major part of the foil fencer’s special achievement +and brilliancy has to be uncompromisingly sacrificed in the presence +of the brutal fact that thrusts in the face, or below the waist, +<i>do</i> count, insomuch as they may kill; that <i>accidental</i> hits in the +arm or the leg cannot be disregarded, for they may, and generally +do, put a premature stop to the bout. The “rub on the green” +must be accepted, perforce, and indeed often plays as important +a part in the issue of the game as the player’s skill. The fact, +however, that in earnest encounters all conventionalities which +determine the value of a hit vanish, does not in any way justify +the notion, prevalent among many, that a successful hit justifies +any method of planting the same; and that the mere discarding +of all convention in practical sword-play is sufficient to convert +a bad fencer into a dangerous duellist.</p> + +<p>It is the recognition of this fact (which, oddly enough, only +came to be generally admitted, and not without reluctance, +by the masters of the art during the last quarter of the 19th +century) which has led to the elaboration of the modified system +of small-sword fence now known as <i>épée</i> play. The new system, +after passing through various rather extravagant phases of its +own, gradually returned to the main principle of sound foil-play, +but shorn of all futile conventions as to the relative values of hits. +In <i>épée</i> play a hit is a hit, whether correctly delivered or reckless, +whether intentional or the result of mere chance, and must, at +the cost of much caution and patience, be guarded against.</p> + +<p><i>Per contra</i> the elaboration by the devotees of the <i>épée</i> of a really +practical system of fence, that is, one applicable to trials in +earnest, has reacted upon the teaching of foil-play by the best +masters of the present day—a teaching which, without ceasing +to be academical up to a certain point, takes now cognisance of +the necessity of defending every part of the body as sedulously +as the target of the breast, and, moreover, of warding the many +possibilities of chance hits in <i>contretemps</i>.</p> + +<p>In both plays—in the highly refined, complicated and brilliant +fence of the first-class “foil,” as well as in the simpler and more +cautious operations of the practised duellist—the one golden rule +remains, that one so quaintly expressed by M. Jourdain’s +<i>maître d’armes</i> in Molière’s comedy: “Tout le secret des armes ne +consiste qu’en deux choses, à donner et à ne point recevoir.”</p> + +<p>The point most usually lost sight of by sanguine and self-reliant +scorners of conventionalities is that, although with the +sword it may be comparatively easy at any time “to give,” it is +by no means easy to make sure of “giving without receiving.” +The mutual simultaneous hit—the <i>coup-double</i>—is, in fact, the +dread pitfall of all sword-play. For this reason, in courteous +bouts, a hit has no real value, not only when it is actually +cancelled by a counter, but when it is delivered in such a way as +to admit of a counter. In short, the experience of ages and the +careful consideration of probabilities have given birth to the +various make-believes and restrictions that go to make sound +foil-play. These restrictions are destined to act in the same +direction as the warning presence of a sharp point instead of a +button; and thus, as far as possible, to prevent those mutual +hits—the <i>contretemps</i> of the old masters—which mar the greater +number of assaults. The proper observance of those conventions, +other things being equal, distinguishes the good from the indifferent +swordsman, the man who uses his head from him who +rushes blindly where angels fear to tread. So much for foil-play.</p> + +<p>In modern sword-play, on the other hand, is seen the usual +tendency of arts which have reached their climax of complication +to return to comparative simplicity. With reference to actual +duelling, it is a recognized thing that it would be the height of +folly to attempt, sword in hand, the complex attacks, the full-length +lunges, the neat but somewhat weak parries of the foil; so +much so, that many have been led to assert that, for its ultimate +practical purpose (which logically is that of duelling), the +refined art of the foil, requiring so many years of assiduous and +methodical work, is next to useless. It is alleged, as a proof, that +many successful duellists have happened to be indifferent +performers on the fencing floor. Some even maintain that a few +weeks’ special work in that restricted—very restricted—play, +which alone can be considered safe on the field of honour, will +produce as good a practical swordsman as any who have walked +the schools for years. Nothing can be further from the truth: +were it but on the ground that the greater includes the less; that +the foil-fencer of standing who can perform with ease and +accuracy all the intricate movements of the assault, who has +trained his hand and eye to the lightning speed of the well-handled +foil, must logically prove more than a match for the more +purely practical but less trained devotees of the <i>épée de combat</i>. +The only difference for him in the two plays is that the latter is +incomparably slower in action, simpler; that it demands above +all things patience and caution; and especially that, instead of +protecting his breast only, the <i>épée</i> fencer must beware of the +wily attack, or the chance hit, at <i>every</i> part of his body, especially +at his sword-hand.</p> + +<p>The difference which still exists between the French and +Italian schools of small-sword fence—by no means so wide, in +point of theory, as popularly supposed—is mainly due to the +dissimilarity of the weapons favoured by the two countries. +The quillons, which are retained to this day in the Italian +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page252" id="page252"></a>252</span> +<i>fioretto</i> and <i>spada</i>, conduce to a freer use of wrist-play and a +straight arm. The French, on the other hand, having long ago +adopted the plain grip both for <i>fleuret</i> and <i>épée</i>, have come to +rely more upon finger-play and a semi-bent arm. Both schools +have long laid claims to an overwhelming superiority, on theoretical +ground, over their rivals—claims which were unwarrantable. +Indeed, of later days, especially since the evolution of a +special “duelling play,” the two schools show a decided tendency, +notwithstanding the difference in the grip of the weapons, towards +a mutual assimilation of principles.</p> + +<p>As a duelling weapon—as one, that is to say, the practice of +which under the restrictive influence of conventions could +become elaborated into an art—the sabre (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Sabre-fencing</a></span>) +returned to favour in some countries at the close of the +Napoleonic wars. Considered from the historical point of view, +the modern sabre, albeit now a very distant cousin of the small-sword, +is as direct a descendant as the latter itself of the old cut-and-thrust +rapier. It is curious, therefore, to note that, just as +the practice of the “small” or thrusting sword gave rise to two +rival schools, the French and the Italian, that of the sabre or +cutting sword (it can hardly be called the broadsword, the blade, +for the purposes of duelling play, having been reduced to +slenderest proportions) became split up into two main systems, +Italian and German. And further it is remarkable that the +leading characteristics of the latter should still be, in a manner, +“severity” and steadfastness; and that the former, the Italian, +should rely, as of yore, specially upon agility and insidious +cunning.</p> + +<p>Concerning the latter-day evolution of that special and still +more conventional system of fence, the <i>Schläger</i> or <i>Hau-rapier</i> +play favoured by the German student, from that of the ancestral +rapier, the curious will find a critical account in an article +entitled “<i>Schlägerei</i>” which appeared in the <i>Saturday Review</i>, +5th of December 1885.</p> + +<p>See also the separate articles on <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cane-Fencing</a></span> (<i>canne</i>); +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Épée-de-Combat</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Foil-Fencing</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Sabre-Fencing</a></span>; and +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Single-stick</a></span>.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—The bibliography of fencing is a copious subject; +but it has been very completely dealt with in the following works: +<i>Bibliotheca dimicatoria</i>, in the “Fencing, Boxing and Wrestling” +volume of the Badminton library (Longmans); <i>A Bibliography of +Fencing and Duelling</i>, by Carl A. Thimm (John Lane). For French +works more especially: <i>La Bibliographie de l’escrime</i>, by Vigeant +(Paris, Motteroz); and <i>Ma Collection d’escrime</i>, by the same (Paris, +Quantin). For Italian books: <i>Bibliografia generale della scherma</i>, +by Gelli (Firenza, Niccolai). For Spain and Portugal: <i>Libros +de esgrima españoles y portugueses</i>, by Leguina (Madrid, Los +Huérfanos). Both M. Vigeant’s and Cav. Gelli’s works deal with +the subject generally; but their entries are only critical, or even +tolerably accurate, in the case of books belonging to their own +countries. Concerning the history of the art, Egerton Castle’s +<i>Schools and Masters of Fence</i> (George Bell); Hutton’s <i>The Sword +and the Centuries</i> (Grant Richards); and Letainturier-Fradin’s <i>Les +Joueurs d’épée à travers les âges</i> (Paris, Flammarion) cover the ground, +technically and ethically. As typical exponents of the French and +Italian schools respectively may be mentioned here: <i>La Théorie de +l’escrime</i>, by Prévost (Paris, de Brunhof) (this is the work which was +adopted in the Badminton volume on Fencing), and <i>Trattato teorico-pratico +della scherma</i>, by Parise (Rome, Voghera).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. Ca.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENDER,<a name="ar237" id="ar237"></a></span> a metal guard or defence (whence the name) for a +fire-place. When the open hearth with its logs burning upon dogs +or andirons was replaced by the closed grate, the fender was +devised as a finish to the smaller fire-places, and as a safeguard +against the dropping of cinders upon the wooden floor, which was +now much nearer to the fire. Fenders are usually of steel, brass +or iron, solid or pierced. Those made of brass in the latter part of +the 18th and the earlier part of the 19th centuries are by far the +most elegant and artistic. They usually had three claw feet, and +the pierced varieties were often cut into arabesques or conventional +patterns. The lyre and other motives of the Empire +style were much used during the prevalence of that fashion. The +modern fender is much lower and is often little more than a kerb; +it is now not infrequently of stone or marble, fixed to the floor.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FÉNELON, BERTRAND DE SALIGNAC,<a name="ar238" id="ar238"></a></span> seigneur de la Mothe +(1523-1589), French diplomatist, came of an old family of +Périgord. After serving in the army he was sent ambassador to +England in 1568. At the request of Charles IX. he endeavoured +to excuse to Elizabeth the massacre of St. Bartholomew as a +necessity caused by a plot which had been laid against the life of +the king of France. For some time after the death of Charles IX. +Fénelon was continued in his office, but he was recalled in 1575 +when Catherine de’ Medici wished to bring about a marriage +between Elizabeth and the duke of Alençon, and thought that +another ambassador would have a better chance of success in the +negotiation. In 1582 Fénelon was charged with a new mission to +England, then to Scotland, and returned to France in 1583. He +opposed the Protestants until the end of the reign of Henry III., +but espoused the cause of Henry IV. He died in 1589. His +nephew in the sixth degree was the celebrated archbishop of +Cambrai.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Fénelon is the author of a number of writings, among which +those of general importance are <i>Mémoires touchant l’Angleterre et +la Suisse, ou Sommaire de la négociation faite en Angleterre, l’an +1571</i> (containing a number of the letters of Charles and his mother, +relating to Queen Elizabeth, Queen Mary and the Bartholomew +massacre), published in the <i>Mémoires</i> of Castelnau (Paris, 1659); +<i>Négociations de la Mothe Fénelon et de Michel, sieur de Mauvissière, en +Angleterre</i>; and <i>Dépêches de M. de la Mothe Fénelon, Instructions au +sieur de la Mauvissière</i>, both contained in the edition of Castelnau’s +<i>Mémoires</i>, published at Brussels in 1731. The correspondence of +Fénelon was published at Paris in 1838-1841, in 7 vols. 8vo.</p> + +<p>See “Lettres de Catherine de’ Médicis,” edited by Hector de la +Ferrière (1880 seq.) in the <i>Collection de documents inédits sur l’histoire +de France</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FÉNELON, FRANÇOIS DE SALIGNAC DE LA MOTHE<a name="ar239" id="ar239"></a></span> (1651-1715), +French writer and archbishop of Cambrai, was born at +the château of Fénelon in Périgord on the 6th of August 1651. +His father, Pons, comte de Fénelon, was a country gentleman of +ancient lineage, large family and small estate. Owing to his +delicate health the boy’s early education was carried on at home; +though he was able to spend some time at the neighbouring +university of Cahors. In 1666 he came to Paris, under charge +of his father’s brother, Antoine, marquis de Fénelon, a retired +soldier of distinction, well known for his religious zeal. Three +years later he entered the famous theological college of Saint +Sulpice. Here, while imbibing the somewhat mystical piety +of the house, he had an excellent chance of carrying on his +beloved classical studies; indeed, at one time he proposed to +couple sacred and profane together, and go on a missionary +journey to the Levant. “There I shall once more make the +Apostle’s voice heard in the Church of Corinth. I shall stand +on that Areopagus where St. Paul preached to the sages of this +world an unknown God. But I do not scorn to descend thence +to the Piraeus, where Socrates sketched the plan of his republic. +I shall mount to the double summit of Parnassus; I shall revel +in the joys of Tempe.” Family opposition, however, put an end +to this attractive prospect. Fénelon remained at Saint Sulpice +till 1679, when he was made “superior” of a “New Catholic” +sisterhood in Paris—an institution devoted to the conversion of +Huguenot ladies. Of his work here nothing is known for certain. +Presumably it was successful; since in the winter of 1685, just +after the revocation of the edict of Nantes, Fénelon was put +at the head of a number of priests, and sent on a mission to the +Protestants of Saintonge, the district immediately around the +famous Huguenot citadel of La Rochelle. To Fénelon such +employment was clearly uncongenial; and if he was rather +too ready to employ unsavoury methods—such as bribery and +espionage—among his proselytes, his general conduct was kindly +and statesmanlike in no slight degree. But neither in his actions +nor in his writings is there the least trace of that belief in liberty +of conscience ascribed to him by 18th-century philosophers. +Tender-hearted he might be in practice; but toleration he declares +synonymous with “cowardly indulgence and false <span class="correction" title="amended from compasssion">compassion</span>.”</p> + +<p>Meanwhile the marquis de Fénelon had introduced his nephew +into the devout section of the court, dominated by Mme de +Maintenon. He became a favourite disciple of Bossuet, and at +the bishop’s instance undertook to refute certain metaphysical +errors of Father Malebranche. Followed thereon an independent +<span class="correction" title="amended from philsophical">philosophical</span> <i>Treatise on the Existence of God</i>, wherein Fénelon +rewrote Descartes in the spirit of St Augustine. More important +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page253" id="page253"></a>253</span> +were his <i>Dialogues on Eloquence</i>, wherein he entered an eloquent +plea for greater simplicity and naturalness in the pulpit, and +urged preachers to take the scriptural, natural style of Bossuet +as their model, rather than the coldly analytic eloquence of his +great rival, Bourdaloue. Still more important was his <i>Treatise +on the Education of Girls</i>, being the first systematic attempt +ever made to deal with that subject as a whole. Hence it was +probably the most influential of all Fénelon’s books, and guided +French ideas on the question all through the 18th century. It +holds a most judicious balance between the two opposing parties +of the time. On the one side were the <i>précieuses</i>, enthusiasts +for the “higher” education of their sex; on the other were +the heavy Philistines, so often portrayed by Molière, who +thought that the less girls knew the better they were likely to +be. Fénelon sums up in favour of the cultivated house-wife; +his first object was to persuade the mothers to take charge of +their girls themselves, and fit them to become wives and mothers +in their turn.</p> + +<p>The book brought its author more than literary glory. In +1689 Fénelon was gazetted tutor to the duke of Burgundy, +eldest son of the dauphin, and eventual heir to the crown. The +character of this strange prince has been drawn once for all by +Saint-Simon. Shortly it may be said that he was essentially a +mass of contradictions—brilliant, passionate to the point of mania, +but utterly weak and unstable, capable of developing into a +saint or a monster, but quite incapable of becoming an ordinary +human being. Fénelon assailed him on the religious side, and +managed to transform him into a devotee, exceedingly affectionate, +earnest and religious, but woefully lacking in tact and +common sense. In justice, however, it should be added that +his health was being steadily undermined by a mysterious +internal complaint, and that Fénelon’s tutorship came to an end +on his disgrace in 1697, before the pupil was fifteen. The abiding +result of his tutorship is a code of carefully graduated moral +lessons—the <i>Fables</i>, the <i>Dialogues of the Dead</i> (a series of imaginary +conversations between departed heroes), and finally <i>Télémaque</i>, +where the adventures of the son of Ulysses in search of +a father are made into a political novel with a purpose. Not, +indeed, that Fénelon meant his book to be the literal paper +Constitution some of his contemporaries thought it. Like other +Utopias, it is an easy-going compromise between dreams and +possibilities. Its one object was to broaden Burgundy’s mind, +and ever keep before his eyes the “great and holy maxim that +kings exist for the sake of their subjects, not subjects for the sake +of kings.” Here and there Fénelon carries his philanthropy to +lengths curiously prophetic of the age of Rousseau—fervid +denunciation of war, belief in nature and fraternity of nations. +And he has a truly 18th-century belief in the all-efficiency of +institutions. Mentor proposes to “change the tastes and habits +of the whole people, and build up again from the very foundations.” +Fénelon is on firmer ground when he leads a reaction +against the “mercantile system” of Colbert, with its crushing +restrictions on trade; or when he sings the praises of agriculture, +in the hope of bringing back labour to the land, and thereby +ensuring the physical efficiency of the race. Valuable and far-sighted +as were these ideas, they fitted but ill into the scheme +of a romance. Seldom was Voltaire wider of the mark than when +he called <i>Télémaque</i> a Greek poem in French prose. It is too +<i>motivé</i>, too full of ingenious contrivances, to be really Greek. +As, in Fénelon’s own opinion, the great merit of Homer was his +“amiable simplicity,” so the great merit of <i>Télémaque</i> is the art +that gives to each adventure its hidden moral, to each scene +some sly reflection on Versailles. Under stress of these preoccupations, +however, organic unity of structure went very much +to the wall, and <i>Télémaque</i> is a grievous offender against its +author’s own canons of literary taste. Not that it altogether +lost thereby. There is a curious richness in this prose, so full +of rhythm and harmony, that breaks at every moment into +verse, as it drags itself along its slow and weary way, half-fainting +under an overload of epithets. And although no single +feature of the book is Greek, there hangs round it a moral +fragrance only to be called forth by one who had fulfilled the +vow of his youth, and learnt to breathe, as purely as on “the +double summit of Parnassus,” the very essence of the antique.</p> + +<p><i>Télémaque</i> was published in 1699. Four years before, Fénelon +had been appointed archbishop of Cambrai, one of the richest +benefices in France. Very soon afterwards, however, came the +great calamity of his life. In the early days of his tutorship he +had met the Quietist apostle, Mme Guyon (<i>q.v.</i>), and had been +much struck by some of her ideas. These he developed along lines +of his own, where Christian Neoplatonism curiously mingles with +theories of chivalry and disinterestedness, borrowed from the +<i>précieuses</i> of his own time. His mystical principles are set out +at length in his <i>Maxims of the Saints</i>, published in 1697 (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Quietism</a></span>). Here he argues that the more love we have for +ourselves, the less we can spare for our Maker. Perfection lies +in getting rid of self-hood altogether—in never thinking of ourselves, +or even of the relation in which God stands to us. The +saint does not love Christ as <i>his</i> Redeemer, but only as <i>the</i> +Redeemer of the human race. Bossuet (<i>q.v.</i>) attacked this position +as inconsistent with Christianity. Fénelon promptly appealed +to Rome, and after two years of bitter controversy his book was +condemned by Innocent XII. in 1699. As to the merits of the +controversy opinion will always be divided. On the point of +doctrine all good judges agree that Fénelon was wrong; though +many still welcome the <i>obiter dictum</i> of Pope Innocent, that +Fénelon erred by loving God too much, and Bossuet by loving +his neighbour too little. Of late years, however, Bossuet has +found powerful defenders; and if they have not cleared his +character from reproach, they have certainly managed to prove +that Fénelon’s methods of controversy were not much better +than his. One of the results of the quarrel was Fénelon’s banishment +from court; for Louis XIV. had ardently taken Bossuet’s +side, and brought all the batteries of French influence to bear on +the pope. Immediately on the outbreak of the controversy, +Fénelon was exiled to his diocese, and during the last eighteen +years of his life he was only once allowed to leave it.</p> + +<p>To Cambrai, accordingly, all his energies were now directed. +Even Saint-Simon allows that his episcopal duties were perfectly +performed. Tours of inspection, repeated several times a year, +brought him into touch with every corner of his diocese. It was +administered with great strictness, and yet on broad and liberal +lines. There was no bureaucratic fussiness, no seeking after +popularity; but every man, whether great or small, was treated +exactly as became his station in the world. And Saint-Simon +bears the same witness to his government of his palace. There he +lived with all the piety of a true pastor, yet with all the dignity of a +great nobleman, who was still on excellent terms with the world. +But his magnificence made no one angry, for it was kept up +chiefly for the sake of others, and was exactly proportionate to +his place. With all its luxuries and courtly ease, his house +remained a true bishop’s palace, breathing the strictest discipline +and restraint. And of all this chastened dignity the archbishop +was himself the ever-present, ever-inimitable model—in all that +he did the perfect churchman, in all the high-bred noble, in all +things, also, the author of <i>Télémaque</i>.</p> + +<p>The one great blot on this ideal existence was his persecution of +the Jansenists (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Jansenism</a></span>). His theories of life were very +different from theirs; and they had taken a strong line against +his <i>Maxims of the Saints</i>, holding that visionary theories of +perfection were ill-fitted for a world where even the holiest could +scarce be saved. To suppress them, and to gain a better market +for his own ideas, he was even ready to strike up an alliance with +the Jesuits, and force on a reluctant France the doctrine of papal +infallibility. His time was much better employed in fitting his +old pupil, Burgundy, for a kingship that never came. Louis XIV. +seldom allowed them to meet, but for years they corresponded; +and nothing is more admirable than the mingled tact and firmness +with which Fénelon spoke his mind about the prince’s faults. +This exchange of letters became still more frequent in 1711, +when the wretched dauphin died and left Burgundy heir-apparent +to the throne. Fénelon now wrote a series of memorable +criticisms on the government of Louis XIV., accompanied by +projects of reform, not always quite so wise. For his practical +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page254" id="page254"></a>254</span> +political service was to act as an alarm-bell. Much more clearly +than most men, he saw that the Bourbons were tottering to their +fall, but how to prevent that fall he did not know.</p> + +<p>Not that any amount of knowledge would have availed. In +1712 Burgundy died, and with him died all his tutor’s hopes of +reform. From this moment his health began to fail, though he +mustered strength enough to write a remarkable <i>Letter to the +French Academy</i> in the autumn of 1714. This is really a series of +general reflections on the literary movement of his time. As in +his political theories, the critical element is much stronger than +the constructive. Fénelon was feeling his way away from the +rigid standards of Boileau to “a Sublime so simple and familiar +that all may understand it.” But some of his methods were +remarkably erratic; he was anxious, for instance, to abolish +verse, as unsuited to the genius of the French. In other respects, +however, he was far before his age. The 17th century has treated +literature as it treated politics and religion; each of the three +was cooped up in a water-tight compartment by itself. Fénelon +was one of the first to break down these partition-walls, and +insist on viewing all three as products of a single spirit, seen at +different angles.</p> + +<p>A few weeks after the <i>Letter</i> was written, Fénelon met with a +carriage-accident, and the shock proved too much for his enfeebled +frame. On the 7th of January 1715 he died at the age of +63. Ever since, his character has been a much-discussed enigma. +Bossuet can only be thought of as the high-priest of authority +and common-sense; but Fénelon has been made by turns into a +sentimentalist, a mystical saint, an 18th-century <i>philosophe</i>, +an ultramontane churchman and a hysterical hypocrite. And +each of these views, except the last, contains an element of truth. +More than most men, Fénelon “wanders between two worlds—one +dead, the other powerless to be born.” He came just at a +time when the characteristic ideas of the 17th century—the ideas +of Louis XIV., of Bossuet and Boileau—had lost their savour, +and before another creed could arise to take their place. Hence, +like most of those who break away from an established order, he +seems by turns a revolutionist and a reactionary. Such a man +expresses his ideas much better by word of mouth than in the +cold formality of print; and Fénelon’s contemporaries thought +far more highly of his conversation than his books. That +downright, gossiping German princess, the duchess of Orleans, +cared little for the <i>Maxims</i>; but she was enraptured by their +author, and his “ugly face, all skin and bone, though he laughed +and talked quite unaffectedly and easily.” An observer of very +different mettle, the great lawyer d’Aguesseau, dwells on the +“noble singularity, that gave him an almost prophetic air. Yet +he was neither passionate nor masterful. Though in reality he +governed others, it was always by seeming to give way; and he +reigned in society as much by the attraction of his manners as +by the superior virtue of his parts. Under his hand the most +trifling subjects gained a new importance; yet he treated the +gravest with a touch so light that he seemed to have invented the +sciences rather than learnt them, for he was always a creator, +always original, and himself was imitable of none.” Still better is +Saint-Simon’s portrait of Fénelon as he appeared about the time +of his appointment to Cambrai—tall, thin, well-built, exceedingly +pale, with a great nose, eyes from which fire and genius poured in +torrents, a face curious and unlike any other, yet so striking and +attractive that, once seen, it could not be forgotten. There were +to be found the most contradictory qualities in perfect agreement +with each other—gravity and courtliness, earnestness and gaiety, +the man of learning, the noble and the bishop. But all centred in +an air of high-bred dignity, of graceful, polished seemliness and +wit—it cost an effort to turn away one’s eyes.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—The best complete edition of Fénelon was brought +out by the abbé Gosselin of Saint Sulpice (10 vols., Paris, 1851). +Gosselin also edited the <i>Histoire de Fénelon</i>, by Cardinal Bausset +(4 vols., Paris, 1850). Modern authorities are <i>Fénelon à Cambrai</i> +(Paris, 1885), by Emmanuel de Broglie; <i>Fénelon</i>, by Paul Janet +(Paris, 1892); <i>Bossuet et Fénelon</i>, by L. Crouslé (2 vols., Paris, 1894); +J. Lemaître, <i>Fénelon</i> (1910). In English there are: <i>Fénelon, his Friends +and Enemies</i>, by E.K. Sanders (1901); and <i>François de Fénelon</i>, +by Lord St Cyres (1906); see also the <i>Quarterly Review</i> for January +1902, and M. Masson, <i>Fénelon et Madame Guyon</i> (1907). (St. C.)</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENESTELLA,<a name="ar240" id="ar240"></a></span> Roman historian and encyclopaedic writer, +flourished in the reign of Tiberius. If the notice in Jerome be +correct, he lived from 52 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> to <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 19 (according to others 35 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>-<span class="scs">A.D.</span> +36). Taking Varro for his model, Fenestella was one of the +chief representatives of the new style of historical writing which, +in the place of the brilliant descriptive pictures of Livy, discussed +curious and out-of-the-way incidents and customs of political and +social life, including literary history. He was the author of an +<i>Annales</i>, probably from the earliest times down to his own days. +The fragments indicate the great variety of subjects discussed: +the origin of the appeal to the people (<i>provocatio</i>); the use of +elephants in the circus games; the wearing of gold rings; the +introduction of the olive tree; the material for making the toga; +the cultivation of the soil; certain details as to the lives of Cicero +and Terence. The work was very much used (mention is made of +an abridged edition) by Pliny the elder, Asconius Pedianus (the +commentator on Cicero), Nonius, and the philologists.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Fragments in H. Peter, <i>Historicorum Romanorum fragmenta</i> +(1883); see also monographs by L. Mercklin (1844) and J. Poeth +(1849); M. Schanz, <i>Geschichte der röm. Litt.</i> ed. 2 (1901); Teuffel, +<i>Hist. of Roman Literature</i>, p. 259. A work published under the name of +L. Fenestella (<i>De magistratibus et sacerdotiis Romanorum</i>, 1510) is +really by A.D. Fiocchi, canon and papal secretary, and was subsequently +published as by him (under the latinized form of his name, +Floccus), edited by Aegidius Witsius (1561).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENESTRATION<a name="ar241" id="ar241"></a></span> (from O. Fr. <i>fenestre</i>, modern <i>fenêtre</i>, Lat. +<i>fenestra</i>, a window, connected with Gr. <span class="grk" title="phainein">φαίνειν</span>, to show), an +architectural term applied to the arrangement of windows on the +front of a building, more especially when, in the absence of +columns or pilasters separating them, they constitute its chief +architectural embellishment. The term “fenestral” is given to a +frame or “chassis” on which oiled paper or thin cloth was +strained to keep out wind and rain when the windows were not +glazed.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENIANS,<a name="ar242" id="ar242"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Fenian Brotherhood</span>, the name of a modern +Irish-American revolutionary secret society, founded in America +by John O’Mahony (1816-1877) in 1858. The name was derived +from an anglicized version of <i>fiann</i>, <i>féinne</i>, the legendary band +of warriors in Ireland led by the hero Find Mac Cumaill (see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Finn Mac Cool</a></span>; and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Celt</a></span>: <i>Celtic Literature: Irish</i>); and it +was given to his organization of conspirators by O’Mahony, who +was a Celtic scholar and had translated Keating’s <i>History of +Ireland</i> in 1857. After the collapse of William Smith O’Brien’s +attempted rising in 1848, O’Mahony, who was concerned in it, +escaped abroad, and since 1852 had been living in New York. +James Stephens, another of the “men of 1848,” had established +himself in Paris, and was in correspondence with O’Mahony +and other disaffected Irishmen at home and abroad. A club +called the Phoenix National and Literary Society, with Jeremiah +Donovan (afterwards known as O’Donovan Rossa) among its +more prominent members, had recently been formed at Skibbereen; +and under the influence of Stephens, who visited it in +May 1858, it became the centre of preparations for armed rebellion. +About the same time O’Mahony in the United States +established the “Fenian Brotherhood,” whose members bound +themselves by an oath of “allegiance to the Irish Republic, now +virtually established,” and swore to take up arms when called +upon and to yield implicit obedience to the commands of their +superior officers. The object of Stephens, O’Mahony and other +leaders of the movement was to form a great league of Irishmen +in all parts of the world against British rule in Ireland. The +organization was modelled on that of the French Jacobins at the +Revolution; there was a “Committee of Public Safety” in +Paris, with a number of subsidiary committees, and affiliated +clubs; its operations were conducted secretly by unknown and +irresponsible leaders; and it had ramifications in every part of +the world, the “Fenians,” as they soon came to be generally +called, being found in Australia, South America, Canada, and +above all in the United States, as well as in the large centres +of population in Great Britain such as London, Manchester +and Glasgow. It is, however, noteworthy that Fenianism +never gained much hold on the tenant-farmers or agricultural +labourers in Ireland, although the scurrilous press by which it +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page255" id="page255"></a>255</span> +was supported preached a savage vendetta against the landowners, +who were to be shot down “as we shoot robbers and +rats.”<a name="fa1p" id="fa1p" href="#ft1p"><span class="sp">1</span></a> The movement was denounced by the priests of the +Catholic Church.</p> + +<p>It was, however, some few years after the foundation of the +Fenian Brotherhood before it made much headway, or at all +events before much was heard of it outside the organization +itself, though it is probable that large numbers of recruits had +enrolled themselves in its “circles.” The Phoenix Club conspiracy +in Kerry was easily crushed by the government, who +had accurate knowledge from an informer of what was going on. +Some twenty ringleaders were put on trial, including Donovan, +and when they pleaded guilty were, with a single exception, +treated with conspicuous leniency. But after a convention held +at Chicago under O’Mahony’s presidency in November 1863 +the movement began to show signs of life. About the same time +the <i>Irish People</i>, a revolutionary journal of extreme violence, was +started in Dublin by Stephens, and for two years was allowed +without molestation by the government to advocate armed +rebellion, and to appeal for aid to Irishmen who had had military +training in the American Civil War. At the close of that war in +1865 numbers of Irish who had borne arms flocked to Ireland, +and the plans for a rising matured. The government, well served +as usual by informers, now took action. In September 1865 the +<i>Irish People</i> was suppressed, and several of the more prominent +Fenians were sentenced to terms of penal servitude; Stephens, +through the connivance of a prison warder, escaped to France. +The Habeas Corpus Act was suspended in the beginning of 1866, +and a considerable number of persons were arrested. Stephens +issued a bombastic proclamation in America announcing an +imminent general rising in Ireland; but he was himself soon +afterwards deposed by his confederates, among whom dissension +had broken out. A few Irish-American officers, who landed at +Cork in the expectation of commanding an army against England, +were locked up in gaol; some petty disturbances in Limerick +and Kerry were easily suppressed by the police.</p> + +<p>In the United States, however, the Fenian Brotherhood, now +under the presidency of W.R. Roberts, continued plotting. +They raised money by the issue of bonds in the name of the +“Irish Republic,” which were bought by the credulous in the +expectation of their being honoured when Ireland should be +“a nation once again.” A large quantity of arms was purchased, +and preparations were openly made for a raid into Canada, which +the United States government took no steps to prevent. It was +indeed believed that President Andrew Johnson was not indisposed +to turn the movement to account in the settlement of the +Alabama claims. The Fenian “secretary for war” was General +T.W. Sweeny (1820-1892), who temporarily (Jan. 1865-Nov. +1866) was struck off the American army list. The command +of the expedition was entrusted to John O’Neill, who crossed the +Niagara river at the head of some 800 men on the 1st of June +1866, and captured Fort Erie. But large numbers of his men +deserted, and at Ridgeway the Fenians were routed by a battalion +of Canadian volunteers. On the 3rd of June the remnant surrendered +to the American warship “Michigan”; and the tardy +issue of President Johnson’s proclamation enforcing the laws +of neutrality brought the raid to an ignominious end; the +prisoners were released, and the arms taken from the raiders +were, according to Henri Le Caron, “returned to the Fenian +organization, only to be used for the same purpose some four +years later.” In December 1867, John O’Neill became president +of the Brotherhood in America, which in the following year held +a great convention in Philadelphia attended by over 400 properly +accredited delegates, while 6000 Fenian soldiers, armed and in +uniform, paraded the streets. At this convention a second invasion +of Canada was determined upon; while the news of the +Clerkenwell explosion in London (see below) was a strong incentive +to a vigorous policy. Le Caron (<i>q.v.</i>), who, while acting +as a secret agent of the English government, held the position +of “inspector-general of the Irish Republican Army,” asserts +that he “distributed fifteen thousand stands of arms and almost +three million rounds of ammunition in the care of the many +trusted men stationed between Ogdensburg and St Albans,” in +preparation for the intended raid. It took place in April 1870, +and proved a failure not less rapid or complete than the attempt +of 1866. The Fenians under O’Neill’s command crossed the +Canadian frontier near Franklin, Vt., but were dispersed by a +single volley from Canadian volunteers; while O’Neill himself +was promptly arrested by the United States authorities acting +under the orders of President Grant.</p> + +<p>Meantime in Ireland, after the suppression of the <i>Irish People</i>, +disaffection had continued to smoulder, and during the latter +part of 1866 Stephens endeavoured to raise funds in America +for a fresh rising planned for the following year. A bold move +on the part of the Fenian “circles” in Lancashire had been +concerted in co-operation with the movement in Ireland. An +attack was to be made on Chester, the arms stored in the castle +were to be seized, the telegraph wires cut, the rolling stock on +the railway to be appropriated for transport to Holyhead, where +shipping was to be seized and a descent made on Dublin before the +authorities should have time to interfere. This scheme was +frustrated by information given to the government by the informer +John Joseph Corydon, one of Stephens’s most trusted +agents. Some insignificant outbreaks in the south and west of +Ireland brought “the rebellion of 1867” to an ignominious close. +Most of the ringleaders were arrested, but although some of them +were sentenced to death none was executed. On the 11th of +September 1867, Colonel Thomas J. Kelly, “deputy central +organizer of the Irish Republic,” one of the most dangerous of +the Fenian conspirators, was arrested in Manchester, whither +he had gone from Dublin to attend a council of the English +“centres,” together with a companion, Captain Deasy. A plot +to effect the rescue of these prisoners was hatched by Edward +O’Meaher Condon with other Manchester Fenians; and on the +18th of September, while Kelly and Deasy were being conveyed +through the city from the court-house, the prison van was +attacked by Fenians armed with revolvers, and in the scuffle +police-sergeant Brett, who was seated inside the van, was shot +dead. Condon, Allen, Larkin, Maguire and O’Brien, who had +taken a prominent part in the rescue, were arrested. All five +were sentenced to death; but Condon, who was an American +citizen, was respited at the request of the United States government, +his sentence being commuted to penal servitude for life, +and Maguire was granted a pardon. Allen, Larkin, and O’Brien +were hanged on the 23rd of November for the murder of Brett. +Attempts were made at the time, and have since been repeated, +to show that these men were unjustly sentenced, the contention +of their sympathizers being, first, that as “political offenders” +they should not have been treated as ordinary murderers; and, +secondly, that as they had no deliberate intention to kill the +police-sergeant, the shot that caused his death having been fired +for the purpose of breaking open the lock of the van, the crime +was at worst that of manslaughter. But even if these pleas rest +on a correct statement of the facts they have no legal validity, +and they afford no warrant for the title of the “Manchester +martyrs” by which these criminals are remembered among the +more extreme nationalists in Ireland and America. Kelly and +Deasy escaped to the United States, where the former obtained +employment in the New York custom-house.</p> + +<p>In the same month, November 1867, one Richard Burke, who +had been employed by the Fenians to purchase arms in Birmingham, +was arrested and lodged in Clerkenwell prison in London. +While he was awaiting trial a wall of the prison was blown down +by gunpowder, the explosion causing the death of twelve persons, +and the maiming of some hundred and twenty others. This +outrage, for which Michael Barrett suffered the death penalty, +powerfully influenced W.E. Gladstone in deciding that the +Protestant Church of Ireland should be disestablished as a concession +to Irish disaffection. In 1870, Michael Davitt (<i>q.v.</i>) was +sentenced to fifteen years’ penal servitude for participation in +the Fenian conspiracy; and before he was released on ticket of +leave the name Fenian had become practically obsolete, though +the “Irish Republican Brotherhood” and other organizations +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page256" id="page256"></a>256</span> +in Ireland and abroad carried on the same tradition and pursued +the same policy in later years. In 1879, John Devoy, a member +of the Fenian Brotherhood, promoted a “new departure” in +America, by which the “physical force party” allied itself with +the “constitutional movement” under the leadership of C.S. +Parnell (<i>q.v.</i>); and the political conspiracy of the Fenians was +combined with the agrarian revolution inaugurated by the Land +League.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See William O’Connor Morris, <i>Ireland from 1798 to 1898</i> (London, +1898); <i>Two Centuries of Irish History, 1601-1870</i>, edited by R. Barry +O’Brien (London, 1907); Henri Le Caron, <i>Twenty-five Years in the +Secret Service</i> (London, 1892); Patrick J.P. Tynan, <i>The Irish National +Invincibles and their Times</i> (London, 1896); Justin M‘Carthy, <i>A +History of our own Times</i> (4 vols., London, 1880).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. J. M.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1p" id="ft1p" href="#fa1p"><span class="fn">1</span></a> William O’Connor Morris, <i>Ireland 1798-1898</i>, p. 195.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENNEL,<a name="ar243" id="ar243"></a></span> <i>Foeniculum vulgare</i> (also known as <i>F. capillaceum</i>), +a perennial plant of the natural order Umbelliferae, from 2 to +3 or (when cultivated) 4 ft. in height, having leaves three or four +times pinnate, with numerous linear or awl-shaped segments, +and glaucous compound umbels of about 15 or 20 rays, with +no involucres, and small yellow flowers, the petals incurved at +the tip. The fruit is laterally compressed, five-ridged, and has a +large single resin-canal or “vitta” under each furrow. The plant +appears to be of south European origin, but is now met with in +various parts of Britain and the rest of temperate Europe, and +in the west of Asia. The dried fruits of cultivated plants from +Malta have an aromatic taste and odour, and are used for the +preparation of fennel water, valued for its carminative properties. +It is given in doses of 1 to 2 oz., the active principle being a +volatile oil which is probably the same as oil of anise. The +shoots of fennel are eaten blanched, and the seeds are used for +flavouring. The fennel seeds of commerce are of several sorts. +Sweet or Roman fennel seeds are the produce of a tall perennial +plant, with umbels of 25-30 rays, which is cultivated near Nismes +in the south of France; they are elliptical and arched in form, +about <span class="spp">2</span>⁄<span class="suu">5</span> in. long and a quarter as broad, and are smooth externally, +and of a colour approaching a pale green. Shorter and +straighter fruits are obtained from the annual variety of <i>F. +vulgare</i> known as <i>F. Panmorium</i> (<i>Panmuhuri</i>) or Indian fennel, +and are employed in India in curries, and for medicinal purposes. +Other kinds are the German or Saxon fruits, brownish-green in +colour, and between <span class="spp">1</span>⁄<span class="suu">5</span> and ¼ in. in length, and the broader but +smaller fruits of the wild or bitter fennel of the south of France. +A variety of fennel, <i>F. dulce</i>, having the stem compressed at the +base, and the umbel 6-8 rayed, is grown in kitchen-gardens for +the sake of its leaves.</p> + +<p>Giant fennel is the name applied to the plant <i>Ferula communis</i>, +a member of the same natural order, and a fine herbaceous plant, +native in the Mediterranean region, where the pith of the stem +is used as tinder. Hog’s or sow fennel is the species <i>Peucedanum +officinale</i>, another member of the Umbelliferae.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENNER, DUDLEY<a name="ar244" id="ar244"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1558-1587), English puritan divine, +was born in Kent and educated at Cambridge University. +There he became an adherent of Thomas Cartwright (1535-1603), +and publicly expounded his presbyterian views, with the result +that he was obliged to leave Cambridge without taking his degree. +For some months he seems to have assisted the vicar of Cranbrook, +Kent, but it is doubtful whether he received ordination. +He next followed Cartwright to Antwerp, and, having received +ordination according to rite of the Reformed church, assisted +Cartwright for several years in preaching to the English congregation +there. The leniency shown by Archbishop Grindal to +puritans encouraged him to return to England, and he became +curate of Cranbrook in 1583. In the same year, however, he was +one of seventeen Kentish ministers suspended for refusing to sign +an acknowledgment of the queen’s supremacy and of the authority +of the Prayer Book and articles. He was imprisoned for a time, +but eventually regained his liberty and spent the remainder of +his life as chaplain in the Reformed church at Middleburgh.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A list of his authentic works is given in Cooper’s <i>Athenae Cantabrigienses</i> +(Cambridge, 1858-1861). They rank among the best +expositions of the principles of puritanism.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENNY STRATFORD,<a name="ar245" id="ar245"></a></span> a market town in the Buckingham +parliamentary division of Buckinghamshire, England, 48 m. +N.W. by N. of London on a branch of the London & North-Western +railway. Pop. of urban district (1901), 4799. It lies +in an open valley on the west (left) bank of the Ouzel, where the +great north-western road from London, the Roman Watling +Street, crosses the stream, and is 1 m. E. of Bletchley, an important +junction on the main line of the North-Western railway. +The church of St Martin was built (<i>c.</i> 1730) on the site of an older +church at the instance of Dr Browne Willis, an eminent antiquary +(d. 1760), buried here; but the building has been greatly enlarged. +A custom instituted by Willis on St Martin’s Day (November +11th) includes a service in the church, the firing of some small +cannon called the “Fenny Poppers,” and other celebrations. +The trade of the town is mainly agricultural.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENRIR,<a name="ar246" id="ar246"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Fenris</span>, in Scandinavian mythology, a water-demon +in the shape of a huge wolf. He was the offspring of Loki +and the giantess Angurboda, who bore two other children, +Midgard the serpent, and Hel the goddess of death. Fenrir grew +so large that the gods were afraid of him and had him chained up. +But he broke the first two chains. The third, however, was +made of the sound of a cat’s footsteps, a man’s beard, the roots +of a mountain, a fish’s breath and a bird’s spittle. This magic +bond was too strong for him until Ragnarok (Judgment Day), +when he escaped and swallowed Odin and was in turn slain by +Vidar, the latter’s son.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">FENS,<a name="ar247" id="ar247"></a></span><a name="fa1q" id="fa1q" href="#ft1q"><span class="sp">1</span></a> a district in the east of England, possessing a distinctive +history and peculiar characteristics. It lies west and south of +the Wash, in Lincolnshire, Huntingdonshire, Cambridgeshire and +Norfolk, and extends over more than 70 m. in length (Lincoln to +Cambridge) and some 35 m. in maximum breadth. (Stamford to +Brandon in Suffolk), its area being considerably over half a +million acres. Although low and flat, and seamed by innumerable +water-courses, the entire region is not, as the Roman name of +<i>Metaris Aestuarium</i> would imply, a river estuary, but a bay of the +North Sea, silted up, of which the Wash is the last remaining +portion. Hydrographically, the Fens embrace the lower parts +of the drainage-basins of the rivers Witham, Welland, Nene +and Great Ouse; and against these streams, as against the +ocean, they are protected by earthen embankments, 10 to 15 ft. +high. As a rule the drainage water is lifted off the Fens into +the rivers by means of steam-pumps, formerly by windmills.</p> + +<p><i>General History.</i>—According to fairly credible tradition, the +first systematic attempt to drain the Fens was made by the +Romans. They dug a catchwater drain (as the artificial fenland +water-courses are called), the Caer or Car Dyke, from Lincoln to +Ramsey (or, according to Stukeley, as far as Cambridge), along +the western edge of the Fens, to carry off the precipitation of the +higher districts which border the fenland, and constructed +alongside the Welland and on the seashore earthen embankments, +of which some 150 m. survive. Mr S.H. Miller is disposed to +credit the native British inhabitants of the Fens with having +executed certain of these works. The Romans also carried +causeways over the country. After their departure from +Britain in the first half of the 5th century the Fens fell into +neglect; and despite the preservation of the woodlands for the +purposes of the chase by the Norman and early Plantagenet +kings, and the unsuccessful attempt which Richard de Rulos, +chamberlain of William the Conqueror, made to drain Deeping +Fen, the fenland region became almost everywhere waterlogged, +and relapsed to a great extent into a state of nature. In addition +to this it was ravaged by serious inundations of the sea, for +example, in the years 1178, 1248 (or 1250), 1288, 1322, 1335, +1467, 1571. Yet the fenland was not altogether a wilderness of +reed-grown marsh and watery swamp. At various spots, more +particularly in the north and in the south, there existed islands of +firmer and higher ground, resting generally on the boulder clays of +the Glacial epochs and on the inter-Glacial gravels of the Palaeolithic +age. In these isolated localities members of the monastic +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page257" id="page257"></a>257</span> +orders (especially at a later date the Cistercians) began to settle +after about the middle of the 7th century. At Medeshampstead +(<i>i.e.</i> Peterborough), Ely, Crowland, Ramsey, Thorney, Spalding, +Peakirk, Swineshead, Tattershall, Kirkstead, Bardney, +Sempringham, Bourne and numerous other places, they made +settlements and built churches, monasteries and abbeys. In +spite of the incursions of the predatory Northmen and Danes in +the 9th and 10th centuries, and of the disturbances consequent +upon the establishment of the Camp of Refuge by Hereward the +Wake in the fens of the Isle of Ely in the 11th century, these +scattered outposts continued to shed rays of civilization across +the lonely Fenland down to the dissolution of the monasteries in +the reign of Henry VIII. Then they, too, were partly overtaken +by the fate which befell the rest of the Fens; and it was only in +the end of the 18th and the beginning of the 19th century that the +complete drainage and reclamation of the Fen region was finally +effected. Attempts on a considerable scale were indeed made to +reclaim them in the 17th century, and the work as a whole forms +one of the most remarkable chapters of the industrial history of +England. Thus, the reclamation of the Witham Fens was taken +up by Sir Anthony Thomas, the earl of Lindsey, Sir William +Killigrew, King Charles I., and others in 1631 and succeeding +years; and that of the Deeping or Welland Fens in 1638 by Sir +W. Ayloff, Sir Anthony Thomas and other “adventurers,” after +one Thomas Lovell had ruined himself in a similar attempt in the +reign of Queen Elizabeth. The earl of Lindsey received 24,000 +acres for his work. Charles I., declaring himself the “undertaker” +of the Holland Fen, claimed 8000 out of its 22,000 acres +as his share.</p> + +<p>A larger work than these, however, was the drainage of the +fens of the Nene and the Great Ouse, comprehending the wide +tract known as the Bedford level. This district took name from +the agreement of Francis, earl of Bedford, the principal land-holder, +and thirteen other adventurers, with Charles I. in 1634, to +drain the level, on condition of receiving 95,000 acres of the +reclaimed land. A partial attempt at drainage had been made +(1478-1490) by John Morton, when bishop of Ely, who constructed +Morton’s Leam, from Peterborough to the sea, to carry the +waters of the Nene, but this also proved a failure. An act was +passed, moreover, in 1602 for effecting its reclamation; and Lord +Chief-Justice Popham (whose name is preserved in Popham’s +Eau, S.E. of Wisbech) and a company of Londoners began the +work in 1605; but the first effectual attempt was that of 1634. +The work was largely directed by the Dutch engineer Cornelius +Vermuyden, who had begun work in the Fens in 1621, and was +knighted in 1628.</p> + +<p>Three years after the agreement of the earl of Bedford and his +partners with the king, after an outlay of £100,000 on the +part of the company, the contract was annulled, on the fraudulent +plea that the works were insufficient; and an offer was +made by King Charles to undertake its completion on condition +of receiving 57,000 acres in addition to the amount originally +agreed on. This unjust attempt was frustrated by the breaking +out of the civil war; and no further attempt at drainage was +made until 1649, when the parliament reinstated the earl of +Bedford’s successor in his father’s rights. After an additional +outlay of £300,000, the adventurers received 95,000 acres of +reclaimed land, according to the contract, which, however, fell +far short of repaying the expense of the undertaking. In 1664 a +royal charter was obtained to incorporate the company, which +still exists, and carries on the concern under a governor, 6 +bailiffs, 20 conservators, and a commonalty, each of whom must +possess 100 acres of land in the level, and has a voice in the election +of officers. The conservators must each possess not less than 280 +acres, the governor and bailiffs each 400 acres. The original +adventurers had allotments of land according to their interest of +the original 95,000 acres; but Charles II., on granting the +charter, took care to secure to the crown a lot of 12,000 acres out +of the 95,000, which, however, is held under the directors, +whereas the allotments are not held in common, though subject +to the laws of the corporation. The level was divided in 1697 into +three parts, called the North, Middle, and South Levels—the +second being separated from the others by the Nene and Old +Bedford rivers.</p> + +<p>These attempts failed owing to the determined opposition of +the native fenmen (“stilt-walkers”), whom the drainage and +appropriation of the unenclosed fenlands would deprive of +valuable and long-enjoyed rights of commonage, turbary (turf-cutting), +fishing, fowling, &c. Oliver Cromwell is said to have put +himself at their head and succeeded in stopping all the operations. +When he became Protector, however, he sanctioned Vermuyden’s +plans, and Scottish prisoners taken at Dunbar, and Dutch +prisoners taken by Blake in his victory over Van Tromp, were +employed as the workers. Vermuyden’s system, however, was +exclusively Dutch; and while perfectly suited to Holland it did +not meet all the necessities of East Anglia. He confined his +attention almost exclusively to the inland draining and embankments, +and did not provide sufficient outlet for the waters themselves +into the sea.</p> + +<p>Holland and other Fens on the west side of the Witham were +finally drained in 1767, although not without much rioting and +lawlessness; and a striking account of the wonderful improvements +effected by a generation later is recorded in Arthur Young’s +<i>General View of the Agriculture of the County of Lincoln</i> (London, +1799). The East, West and Wildmore Fens on the east side of the +Witham were drained in 1801-1807 by John Rennie, who carried +off the precipitation which fell on the higher grounds by catchwater +drains, on the principle of the Roman Car Dyke, and +improved the outfall of the river, so that it might the more easily +discharge the Fen water which flowed or was pumped into it. +The Welland or Deeping Fens were drained in 1794, 1801, 1824, +1837 and other years. Almost the only portion of the original +wild Fens now remaining is Wicken Fen, which lies east of the +river Cam and south-east of the Isle of Ely.</p> + +<div class="center pt2"><img style="width:611px; height:842px; vertical-align: middle;" src="images/img258.jpg" alt="" /></div> + +<p class="pt2"><i>The Fen Rivers.</i>—The preservation of the Fens depends in an +intimate and essential manner upon the preservation of the +rivers, and especially of their banks. The Witham, known +originally as the Grant Avon, also called the Lindis by Leyland +(<i>Itinerary</i>, vol. vii. p. 41), and in Jean Ingelow’s <i>High Tide on the +Lincolnshire Coast</i>, is some 80 m. long, and drains an area of 1079 +sq. m. It owes its present condition to engineering works carried +out in the years 1762-1764, 1865, 1881, and especially in 1880-1884. +In 1500 the river was dammed immediately above Boston +by a large sluice, the effect of which was not only to hinder free +navigation up to Lincoln (to which city sea-going vessels used to +penetrate in the 14th and 15th centuries), but also to choke the +channel below Boston with sedimentary matter. The sluice, or +rather a new structure made in 1764-1766, remains; but the +river below Boston has been materially improved (1880-1884), +first by the construction of a new outfall, 3 m. in length, whereby +the channel was not only straightened, but its current carried +directly into deep water, without having to battle against the +often shifting sandbanks of the Wash; and secondly, by the +deepening and regulation of the river-bed up to Boston. The +Welland, which is about 70 m. long, and drains an area of 760 sq. +m., was made to assume its present shape and direction in 1620, +1638, 1650, 1794, and 1835 and following years. The most +radical alteration took place in 1794, when a new outfall was +made from the confluence of the Glen (30 m. long) to the Wash, a +distance of nearly 3 m. The Nene, 90 m. long, and draining an +area of some 1077 sq. m., was first regulated by Bishop Morton, +and it was further improved in 1631, 1721, and especially, under +plans by Rennie and Telford, in 1827-1830 and 1832. The work +done from 1721 onward consisted in straightening the lower +reaches of the stream and in directing and deepening the outfall. +The Ouse (<i>q.v.</i>) or Great Ouse, the largest of the fenland rivers, +seems to have been deflected, at some unknown period, from a +former channel connecting via the Old Croft river with the Nene, +into the Little Ouse below Littleport; and the courses of the two +streams are now linked together by an elaborate network of +artificial drains, the results of the great engineering works +carried out in the Bedford Level in the 17th century. The old +channel, starting from Earith, and known as the Old West river, +carries only a small stream until, at a point above Ely, it joins the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page258" id="page258"></a>258</span> +Cam. The salient features of the plan executed by Vermuyden<a name="fa2q" id="fa2q" href="#ft2q"><span class="sp">2</span></a> +for the earl of Bedford in the years 1632-1653 were as follows: +taking the division of the area made in 1697-1698 into (i.) the +North Level, between the river Welland and the river Nene; (ii.) +the Middle Level, between the Nene and the Old Bedford river +(which was made at this time, <i>i.e.</i> 1630); and (iii.) the South +Level, from the Old Bedford river to the south-eastern border of +the fenland. In the North Level the Welland was embanked, the +New South Eau, Peakirk Drain, and Shire Drain made, and the +existing main drains deepened and regulated. In the Middle +Level the Nene was embanked from Peterborough to Guyhirn, +also the Ouse from Earith to Over, both places at the south-west +edge of the fenland; the New Bedford river was made from +Earith to Denver, and the north side of the Old Bedford river and +the south side of the New Bedford river were embanked, a long +narrow “wash,” or overflow basin, being left between them; +several large feeding-drains were dug, including the Forty Foot or +Vermuyden’s Drain, the Sixteen Foot river, Bevill’s river, and the +Twenty Foot river; and a new outfall was made for the Nene, +and Denver sluice (to dam the old circuitous Ouse) constructed. +In the South Level Sam’s Cut was dug and the rivers were +embanked. Since that period the mouth of the Ouse has been +straightened above and below King’s Lynn (1795-1821), a new +straight cut made between Ely and Littleport, the North Level +Main Drain and the Middle Level Drain constructed, and the +meres of Ramsey, Whittlesey (1851-1852), &c., drained and +brought under cultivation. A considerable barge traffic is +maintained on the Ouse below St Ives, on the Cam up to Cambridge, +the Lark and Little Ouse, and the network of navigable +cuts between the New Bedford river and Peterborough. The +Nene, though locked up to Northampton, and connected from +that point with the Grand Junction canal, is practically unused +above Wansford, and traffic is small except below Wisbech.</p> + +<p>The effect of the drainage schemes has been to lower the level +of the fenlands generally by some 18 in., owing to the shrinkage of +the peat consequent upon the extraction of so much of its +contained water; and this again has tended, on the one +hand, to diminish the speed and erosive power of the +fenland rivers, and, on the other, to choke up their +respective outfalls with the sedimentary matters which +they themselves sluggishly roll seawards.</p> + +<p><i>The Wash.</i>—From this it will be plain that the Wash +(<i>q.v.</i>) is being silted up by riverine detritus. The formation +of new dry land, known at first as “marsh,” goes +on, however, but slowly. During the centuries since +the Romans are believed to have constructed the sea-banks +which shut out the ocean, it is computed that +an area of not more than 60,000 to 70,000 acres has +been won from the Wash, embanked, drained and +brought more or less under cultivation. The greatest +gain has been at the direct head of the bay, between +the Welland and the Great Ouse, where the average +annual accretion is estimated at 10 to 11 lineal feet. +On the Lincolnshire coast, farther north, the average +annual gain has been not quite 2 ft.; whilst on the +opposite Norfolk coast it has been little more than 6 in. +annually. On the whole, some 35,000 acres were enclosed +in the 17th century, about 19,000 acres during the 18th, +and about 10,000 acres during the 19th century.</p> + +<p>The first comprehensive scheme for regulating the +outfall channels and controlling the currents of the +Fen rivers seems to be that proposed by Nathaniel +Kinderley in 1751. His idea<a name="fa3q" id="fa3q" href="#ft3q"><span class="sp">3</span></a> was to link the Nene with +the Ouse by means of a new cut to be made through the +marshland, and guide the united stream through a +further new cut “under Wotten and Wolverton +through the Marshes till over against Inglesthorp or +Snetsham, and there discharge itself immediately into +the Deeps of Lyn Channel.” In a similar way the +Witham, “when it has received the Welland from +Spalding,” was to be carried “to some convenient place +over against Wrangle or Friskney, where it may be discharged +into Boston Deeps.” This scheme was still +further improved upon by Sir John Rennie, who, in a +report which he drew up in 1839, recommended that the +outfalls of all four rivers should be directed by means +of fascined channels into one common outfall, and that +the land lying between them should be enclosed as +rapidly as it consolidated. By this means he estimated +that 150,000 acres would be won to cultivation. +But beyond one or two abortive or half-hearted attempts, +<i>e.g.</i> by the Lincolnshire Estuary Company in 1851, and in +1876 and subsequent years by the Norfolk Estuary Company, +no serious effort has ever been made to execute either of these +schemes.</p> + +<p><i>Climate.</i>—The annual mean temperature, as observed at Boston, +in the period 1864-1885, is 48.7° F.; January, 36.5°; July, +62.8°; and as observed at Wisbech, for the period 1861-1875, +49.1°. The average mean rainfall for the seventy-one years +1830-1900, at Boston, was 22.9 in.; at Wisbech for the fifteen +years 1860-1875, 24.2 in., and for the fifteen years 1866-1880, +26.7 in.; and at Maxey near Peterborough, 21.7 for the nineteen +years 1882-1900. Previous to the drainage of the Fens, +ague, rheumatism, and other ailments incidental to a damp +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page259" id="page259"></a>259</span> +climate were widely prevalent, but at the present day the Fen +country is as healthy as the rest of England; indeed, there is +reason to believe that it is conducive to longevity.</p> + +<p><i>Historical Notes.</i>—The earliest inhabitants of this region of +whom we have record were the British tribes of the Iceni confederation; +the Romans, who subdued them, called them +Coriceni or Coritani. In Saxon times the inhabitants of the +Fens were known (<i>e.g.</i> to Bede) as Gyrvii, and are described as +traversing the country on stilts. Macaulay, writing of the year +1689, gives to them the name of Breedlings, and describes them +as “a half-savage population ... who led an amphibious life, +sometimes wading, sometimes rowing, from one islet of firm +ground to another.” In the end of the 18th century those who +dwelt in the remoter parts were scarcely more civilized, being +known to their neighbours by the expressive term of “Slodgers.” +These rude fen-dwellers have in all ages been animated by a +tenacious love of liberty. Boadicea, queen of the Iceni, the +worthy foe of the Romans; Hereward the Saxon, who defied +William the Conqueror; Cromwell and his Ironsides, are representative +of the fenman’s spirit at its best. The fen peasantry +showed a stubborn defence of their rights, not only when they +resisted the encroachments and selfish appropriations of the +“adventurers” in the 17th century, in the Bedford Level, in +Deeping Fen, and in the Witham Fens, and again in the 18th +century, when Holland Fen was finally enclosed, but also in the +Peasants’ Rising of 1381, and in the Pilgrimage of Grace in the +reign of Henry VIII. So long as the Fens were unenclosed and +thickly studded with immense “forests” of reeds, and innumerable +marshy pools and “rows” (channels connecting the pools), +they abounded in wild fowl, being regularly frequented by various +species of wild duck and geese, garganies, polchards, shovelers, +teals, widgeons, peewits, terns, grebes, coots, water-hens, water-rails, +red-shanks, lapwings, god-wits, whimbrels, cranes, bitterns, +herons, swans, ruffs and reeves. Vast numbers of these were +taken in decoys<a name="fa4q" id="fa4q" href="#ft4q"><span class="sp">4</span></a> and sent to the London markets. At the same +time equally vast quantities of tame geese were reared in the +Fens, and driven by road<a name="fa5q" id="fa5q" href="#ft5q"><span class="sp">5</span></a> to London to be killed at Michaelmas. +Their down, feathers and quills (for pens) were also a considerable +source of profit. The Fen waters, too, abounded in fresh-water +fish, especially pike, perch, bream, tench, rud, dace, roach, eels +and sticklebacks. The Witham, on whose banks so many +monasteries stood, was particularly famous for its pike; as +were certain of the monastic waters in the southern part of the +Fens for their eels. The soil of the reclaimed Fens is of exceptional +fertility, being almost everywhere rich in humus, which is +capable not only of producing very heavy crops of wheat and +other corn, but also of fattening live-stock with peculiar ease. +Lincolnshire oxen were famous in Elizabeth’s time, and are +specially singled out by Arthur Young,<a name="fa6q" id="fa6q" href="#ft6q"><span class="sp">6</span></a> the breed being the +shorthorn. Of the crops peculiar to the region it must suffice to +mention the old British dye-plant woad, which is still grown on a +small scale in two or three parishes immediately south of Boston; +hemp, which was extensively grown in the 18th century, but is +not now planted; and peppermint, which is occasionally grown, +<i>e.g.</i> at Deeping and Wisbech. In the second half of the 19th +century the Fen country acquired a certain celebrity in the world +of sport from the encouragement it gave to speed skating. +Whenever practicable, championship and other racing meetings +are held, chiefly at Littleport and Spalding. The little village +of Welney, between Ely and Wisbech, has produced some of the +most notable of the typical Fen skaters, <i>e.g.</i> “Turkey” Smart +and “Fish” Smart.</p> + +<p>Apart from fragmentary ruins of the former monastic buildings +of Crowland, Kirkstead and other places, the Fen country of +Lincolnshire (division of Holland) is especially remarkable for +the size and beauty of its parish churches, mostly built of +Barnack rag from Northamptonshire. Moreover, in the possession +of such buildings as Ely cathedral and the parish church +of King’s Lynn, other parts of the Fens must be considered +only less rich in ecclesiastical architecture. Using these fine +opportunities, the Fen folk have long cultivated the science +of campanology.</p> + +<p><i>Dialect.</i>—Owing to the comparative remoteness of their +geographical situation, and the relatively late period at which +the Fens were definitely enclosed, the Fenmen have preserved +several dialectal features of a distinctive character, not the least +interesting being their close kinship with the classical English +of the present day. Professor E.E. Freeman (<i>Longman’s +Magazine</i>, 1875) reminded modern Englishmen that it was a +native of the Fens, “a Bourne man, who gave the English +language its present shape.” This was Robert Manning, or +Robert of Brunne, who in or about 1303 wrote <i>The Handlynge +Synne</i>. Tennyson’s dialect poems, <i>The Northern Farmer</i>, &c., +do not reproduce the pure Fen dialect, but rather the dialect of +the Wold district of mid Lincolnshire.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—Sir William Dugdale, <i>History of Imbanking and +Draining</i> (2nd ed., London, 1772); W. Elstobb, <i>A Historical Account +of the Great Level</i> (Lynn, 1793); W. Chapman, <i>Facts and Remarks +relative to the Witham and the Welland</i> (Boston, 1800); S. Wells, +<i>History and Drainage of the Great Level of the Fens</i> (2 vols., London, +1828 and 1830); P. Thompson, <i>History of Boston</i> (Boston, 1856); +Baldwin Latham, <i>Papers on the Drainage of the Fens</i>, read before the +Society of Engineers, 3rd November 1862; N. and A. Goodman, +<i>Handbook of Fen Skating</i> (London, 1882); Moore, <i>Associated +Architectural Societies’ Reports and Papers</i> (1893); <i>Fenland Notes +and Queries</i>, and <i>Lincolnshire Notes and Queries, passim</i>; W.H. +Wheeler, <i>A History of the Fens of South Lincolnshire</i>, pp. 223 et seq. +(2nd ed., Boston, 1897). Various phases of Fen life, mostly of the +past, are described in Charles Kingsley’s <i>Hereward the Wake</i> (Cambridge, +1866); Baring Gould’s <i>Cheap-Jack Zita</i> (London, 1893); +Manville Fenn’s <i>Dick o’ the Fens</i> (London, 1887); and J.T. Bealby’s +<i>A Daughter of the Fen</i> (London, 1896).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. T. Be.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1q" id="ft1q" href="#fa1q"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The word “fen,” a general term for low marshy land or bog, is +common to Teutonic languages, cf. Dutch <i>ven</i> or <i>veen</i>, Ger. <i>Fenne</i>, +<i>Fehn</i>, Goth. <i>fani</i>, mud; the Indo-European root is seen in Gr. <span class="grk" title="pêlos">πῆλος</span>, +mud, Lat. <i>palus</i>, marsh. The word “bog” is from the Irish or +Gaelic bogach, formed from Celtic <i>bog</i>, soft, and meaning therefore +soft, swampy ground.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2q" id="ft2q" href="#fa2q"><span class="fn">2</span></a> The principles upon which he proceeded are set forth in his +<i>Discourse touching the Draining of the Great Fennes</i> (1642), reprinted +in <i>Fenland Notes and Queries</i> (1898), pp. 26-38 and 81-87.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3q" id="ft3q" href="#fa3q"><span class="fn">3</span></a> Set forth in <i>The Present State of the Navigation of the Towns of +Lyn, Wisbeach, Spalding and Boston</i> (2nd ed., London, 1851), pp. 82 +seq.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4q" id="ft4q" href="#fa4q"><span class="fn">4</span></a> For descriptions of these see Oldfield, Appendix, pp. 2-4, of +<i>A Topographical and Historical Account of Wainfleet</i> (London, 1829); +and Miller and Skertchly, <i>The Fenland</i>, pp. 369-375.</p> + +<p><a name="ft5q" id="ft5q" href="#fa5q"><span class="fn">5</span></a> See De Foe’s account in <i>A Tour through the Eastern Counties</i>, +1722 (1724-1725).</p> + +<p><a name="ft6q" id="ft6q" href="#fa6q"><span class="fn">6</span></a> <i>General View</i>, pp. 174-194 and 288-304.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="art" /> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th +Edition, Volume 10, Slice 2, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA *** + +***** This file should be named 36452-h.htm or 36452-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/4/5/36452/ + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/36452-h/images/img138.jpg b/36452-h/images/img138.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..496512e --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img138.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img139a.jpg b/36452-h/images/img139a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cf1175 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img139a.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img139b.jpg b/36452-h/images/img139b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..08beae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img139b.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img142.jpg b/36452-h/images/img142.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a00c61 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img142.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img148.jpg b/36452-h/images/img148.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6f6b09 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img148.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img206a.jpg b/36452-h/images/img206a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..baeb869 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img206a.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img206b.jpg b/36452-h/images/img206b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9afafe --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img206b.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img206c.jpg b/36452-h/images/img206c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..814cbb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img206c.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img206d.jpg b/36452-h/images/img206d.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebb70fa --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img206d.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img206e.jpg b/36452-h/images/img206e.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f9f247 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img206e.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img206f.jpg b/36452-h/images/img206f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2098a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img206f.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img206g.jpg b/36452-h/images/img206g.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cf41ba --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img206g.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img207a.jpg b/36452-h/images/img207a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..312b348 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img207a.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img207b.jpg b/36452-h/images/img207b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b0df71 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img207b.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img207c.jpg b/36452-h/images/img207c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..005a70e --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img207c.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img207d.jpg b/36452-h/images/img207d.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..892228c --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img207d.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img207e.jpg b/36452-h/images/img207e.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7dd5b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img207e.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img207f.jpg b/36452-h/images/img207f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..89cc453 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img207f.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img207g.jpg b/36452-h/images/img207g.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1153b69 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img207g.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img208a.jpg b/36452-h/images/img208a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..788c2a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img208a.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img208b.jpg b/36452-h/images/img208b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b02104 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img208b.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img208c.jpg b/36452-h/images/img208c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e50514b --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img208c.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img208d.jpg b/36452-h/images/img208d.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a02171a --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img208d.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img208e.jpg b/36452-h/images/img208e.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cd6e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img208e.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img224.jpg b/36452-h/images/img224.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..37411f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img224.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img227.jpg b/36452-h/images/img227.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..52ef2d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img227.jpg diff --git a/36452-h/images/img258.jpg b/36452-h/images/img258.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b184bbb --- /dev/null +++ b/36452-h/images/img258.jpg |
